(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Examination Papers"

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at |http : //books . google . com/ 



I 



WlDENtR UBRASY 



ilKli 

HX QfUK J 



III 



r 



€\i ^apl Unibcrsitu td |rfla«i 



EXAMINATTON PAPEivD, 
1906, 



A SUFPLSUBKT 

TQ rem 

TTXTiVEESITY CAJLENDAil 

FOB THE TEAB 1907. 







ADVERTISEMENTS. 



Diploma Correspondence College, Ltd. 




{:kiA.i c /f -'TV-' i'. 



l^arbari College librarg 


( 


9 




J*,A-<ywo 





cted. 

B. B.A., 
f, B.D., 
, B.D., 
B.A., 
H.A.. 
ONES, 

Mm. 

Dnb., 



Prospectus of CourseAS, post free from the 

Manaifep, Dip. Gorr*. Coll., Ud.» Aldine Chambers, 
Pafernosfei* Row, LOKDOK, E.G. 




J^obe Jl^anufacfurers to T. C. 2>., J^opal 
Univsrsifif, J^.CS.J., # J^.CP.X bp 
^ppoinfment 

A. k I THOMPSON. 

< 

8 Westmoreland Street, 
DUBLIN, 



Price Lists Post Free of Robes and 
Clerical Clothing. 



Terephone No. 177y. Wires— " Robes," Dublin, 

R. U. L BADGES, 5s. 6d. 

Colleges and Schools supplied at 
Wholesale Prices. 



o 



fJJ'ie 8l0gal Winibtmix^ ai ^xthnh. — 



EXAMINATION PAPERS 

1906. 



^ Supplement 



UNIVEESITY CALENDAR 



FOR THE YEAR 1907. 




DUBLIN : 
PRINTED FOR THE ROYAL UNIVERSITY OF IRELAND, 

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, BY PONSONBY A GIBBS. 

1907, 



€<:\'.f../\S7^^S 




f'Y\j^ /L t> II. \> e/ L'Ci Oj. i 




CONTENTS. 



Examinations In MsDicfiNE (Spring) : — Page 

Fas8 — Second Examination in Medicine, 5 

Third „ „ 8 

M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. Degreefl Examination, . . 13 

Honours — Second Examination in Medicine, 18 

Third „ „ 20 

M.B., B.Ch., B.A.0 Degrees Examination, . . 23 

The M.D. Degree Examination, 25 

Examinations in Medicine (Summer): — 

Paw-^ First Examination in Medicine, 27 

Honours — First Examination in Medicine, 36 

Examinations in Arts (Summer) : — 

Pass — Matriculation Examination, . 40 

First University Examination, 62 

Second University Examination in Arts, . . . 106 

The B. A. Degree Examination, 169 

Honours — Matriculaticm Examination, 210 

First University Examination, 242 

Second University Examination in Arts, . . . 282 

Examinations for Degrees in Law :— 

Pass and Honours — First Examination in Law, 332 

The LL.B. Degree Examination, 336 

The LL.D. Degree Examination 340 

Examinations in the School op Civil Enginbbrino : — 

Pass— Ffrst Professional Examination, 361 

'*: Second Professional Examination, 369 

The B.E. Degree Examination, 367 

J5ro«oMr«— Firet Professional Examination, 379 

Second Professional Examination, 386 

The B.E. Degree Examination, 391 

Diploma in Public Health Examination, 399 

Examinations in Arts (Autumn) : — 

Pass — Matriculation Examination, ....... 404 

First University Examination, 423 



4 CONTENTS. 

ExAMiNATiONB IN Abts ( Autumn) eofUinmd : — 

ffonoun — The B.A. Degree Examinatioii : — Page 

Ancient Classics, 461 

Modem Literature, 477 

Mental and Moral Science, 500 

History and Political Science, 506 

Mathematical Science, 511 

Honours—The M. A. Degree and Studentship Examination : — 

Ancient Classics, 534 

Modem Literature, 553 

Mental and Moral Science, 583 

History and Political Science, 589 

Mathematical Science, 594 

Experimental Science, 613 

Junior Fellowship Examination: — 

Ancient Classics 623 

Mathematical Science — (Spesial Course), . . . 642 

Mental and Moral Science, 661 

The D.Ph. Deobee Examination, 666 

The D.Sc. Degree Examination, 668 

Scholarship Examinations :— ^ 

Ancient Classics, 670 

Modem Literature, 683 

Mathematical Science, 707 

Examinations in Music: — 

Pass — First Examination in Music, 719 

Examination for the B. Mus. Degree, .... 722 

Examinations in Mbdicinb (Autumn) : — 

P(M«— First Examination in Medicine, 727 

Second ,, ,, 735 

Third „ „ 739 

The M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. Degrees Examination, 744 

Honours — First Examination in Medicine, 749 

Second . ,, ,, 753 

Third „ „ 756 

The M.B., B.Ch., B.A.O. Degrees Examination, 758 

The M.D. Degree Examination, 760 

The M.Ch. Degree Examination, 762 

Diploma in Mental Diseases Examination, . .764 

Medical Studentship Examination, 766 

Diploma in Teaching Examination, 768 



%^t 8l0pl Itiiifrjersitg of ^xthnh. 



EXAMINATION PAPERS, 1906. 

PASS EXAMINATIONS IN MEDICINE. 

SFBINO, 1906. 
SECOND EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 



ANATOMY. 
Section A. 
Prop. Pye. 

1. The two rows of carpal bones having been separated 
from one another in the recent state, describe the appear- 
ance presented by the lower (articular) surface of the bones 
of the first row. 

2. Describe the crucial ligaments of the knee-joint. 

Section B. 
Pbof. Stionoton. 

8. Describe the course, relations, and insertion of the 
tendons of the flexor sublimis digitorum. 

4. Describe the external oblique muscle of the abdomen 
including its aponeurosis. 

Section G. 

Pbof. McLoughlin. 

' 5. Describe the course and relations of the facial artery, 

I and name its branches in order of origin. 

> 6. Describe the naked-eye appearance of the pancreas, 

I $knd mention its important relations. 



6 SECOND EXASflMATION IN MEDICINE. 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Ghables. 

1. Give an account of the action of the auriculo-ventri- 
cular valves. Explain what is meant by the * self-steering 
action ' of the heart. 

2. (a) What is muscular tonus, and how is it maintained? 
(b) Give diagrams of (!> Henle's fenestrated membrane, 

(2) Sharpey's perforating fibres, and (8) a node of Eanvier. 
Where in the body is each of these structures found ? 

Section B. 

Pbofessob Coffey. 

8. Describe the mechanism by which the chest is 
increased in size in its antero-posterior and transverse 
diameters during inspiration. 

What is the pleural pressure ? How does it vary in 
amount during respiration ? 

4. Give a full account of the digestive processes to which 
the carbohydrates of the food are subjected. How are 
they absorbed ? 

Section C. 

Pbofessob Milbot. 

6. Describe the structure of sweat-glands and their 
ducts. Give any evidence, experimental or otherwise, in 
support of the view that there are special secretory nerves 
to these glands. 

6. What views were held by Ludwig and Heidenhain as 
to the nature of ijpnal secretion ? 

Describe the experiments carried out by Heidenhain, 
and state the conclusions which he drew from the results 
of his investigations. 



SFBIMG, 1906 — ^PASB. 



PBAGTICAL CHEMISTBT. 

[Special stress wiU be laid upon the written record of your 
work, and your attention is directed to the following 



(a) Give a concise account of all the steps of the processes 
you employ, and of all the tests you use in searching for 
the different substances. 

(b) If you find a metal capable of forming two series of 
compounds, ascertain, if possible, to which of these series 
the metal present in the substance you are examining 
belongs. 

(c) In testing a solid, dry way tests, in addition to wet 
way tests, nmst be employed. 

{d) In testing a solution, dry way tests should be em- 
ployed in all cases where it is advisable to do so — in 
ad^tion to liquid tests. 

(e) Use confirmatory tests where it is possible to do so. 

(/) At the end of your paper, give a statement of the 
constituents found in each solid or solution given you for 
examination.] 

1. Detect acid and base or metal and non-metal in the 
solid marked 1. 

2. Detect acid and base or metal and non-metal in the 
solid marked 2. 

3. Detect acid and base or metal and non-metal in the 
solution marked 3. 

4. Ascertain the alkaloid in the solution marked 4. 



62 



( 8 ) 
THIRD EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 



ANATOMY. 
Section A. 
Prop. Pyb. 

1. Describe the superior mesenteric artery. 

2. A transverse section is niade through the mid-brain, 
passing between the nates and testes — ^corpora quadri- 
gemina). Describe the appearance of we section. 

[Microscopic details may be given.] 

Section B. 
Prof. Stminoton. 

8. Describe the naked-eye anatomy and the microscopic 
structure of the conjunctiva. 

4. Describe the position and relations of the right lateral 
lobe of the thyroid gland. Give a brief sketch of the 
development of the thyroid gland. 

Section 0. 
Prof. MoLoughlin. 

6. Give a careful account of the first lumbar spinal 
nerve and its branches. 

6. Describe the lesser sac of the peritoneum and its 
relations. State what you know of its development. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 

Section A. 

Professor Charles. 

1 (a) Describe the utricle of the membranous labyrinth. 
Give diagrams. 



SPBINO, 1906— PASS. 9 

(b) Explain the meaning of the terms: — * optogram/ 
• Purkinje's figures,' and * corresponding points of the two 
retinsB.' 

2. (a) Name the varieties of colourless corpuscles, in the 
order of their relative proportions, in human blood. How 
can they be demonstrated ? Give diagrams. 

(6) Make a diagram of the arrangement of apparatus 
you would employ in order to determine the dwration of 
each phase of a simple mnsole-ourye. Oarefully index 
your diagram. 

Section B. 

Pbofbssob Coffey. 

8. How has pure gastric juice, unmixed with food, been 
obtained ? How is the formation of gastric juice in- 
fluenced (a) by psychical conditions, (b) by mechanical 
irritation of the stomach, and (c) by the quantity and 
quality of the food? 

4.' How are the movements of respiration influenced 
(a) by section, and (b) by stimulation, i^ter section, of the 
central end of the vagus, the superior laryngeal, and the 
glosso-pharyngeal nerves, respectively? 

Is respiration affected by stimulation of the peripheral 
fibres of the vagus ? 

Section 0. 

Pbofessob Milbot. 

5. Name the inorganic constituents of the urine, and 
describe the tests which you would employ in order to 
detect them. What is the average daily excretion of each 
of these salts ? What conditions may lead to variations in 
the quantity of each of the inorganic constituents excreted 
during the course of the day ? 

6. (a) What fibres end in the nucleus cuneatus and 
nucleus gracilis? 



10 THIBD EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 

Describe the course of the axones from the nerve-cells in 
these nuclei to their terminations. 

(b) In what part of the internal capsule are the sensory 
fibres situated ? From what nerve-cells have these fibres 
arisen, and where have they been supposed to end ? 



PBACTIOAL PHYSIOLOGY AND HISTOLOGY. 

Schema A. 

[N.B. — Write your examination number and the letter 
indicating the section on each of the glass slips on which 
you mount the sections. 

Candidates are reminded that they must leave a 
written record of all the processes (chemical, physical, 
or mechanical) employed in arriving at their ultimate 
results, and preserve, as far as possible, all specimens and 
records obtained. 

You will be held responsible for any damage, arising frmn 
careless handling, which may happen to the microscope 
entrusted to you. 

One hour will be allowed for this examination.] 

1. Tease out the specimen of tissue provided ; stain with 
hematoxylin ; mount in glycerine ; identify it. 

2. You are supplied with two out sections [(A) and (B)] 
in spirit — 

Stain and mount the first (A), which has been infil- 
trated with paraffin, and state the method you have 
followed. 

Stain and mount the second (B). 

Identify each. 

Schema B. 

[N.B. — Write your examination number and the letter 
incUcating tiie section on each of the glass slips on which 
you mount the sections. 



SPRING, 1906 — PASS. 11 

Candidates are reminded that they must leave a 
written record of all the processes (chemical, physical, 
or mechanical) employed in arriving at their ultimate 
results, and preserve, as far as possible, all specimens and 
records obtained. 

You will he held responsible for any damage, arising from 
careless handling^ which may happen to the microscope 
entrusted to you. 

One hour will be allowed for this examination.] 

1. Tease out the specimen of tissue provided ; stain with 
hsBmatoxylin ; mount in glycerine ; identify it. 

2. You are supplied with two cut sections [(1) and (B)] 
in water — 

Stain and mount the first (A), which has been infil- 
trated with celloidin, and state the method you 
have followed. 

Stain and mount the second (B). 

Identify each. 



PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY. 

The fluid A contains a proteid and a carbohydrate. 
Identify them, and describe the methods employed. 



MATERIA MEDICA, PHARMACOLOGY, AND 
THERAPEUTICS. 

Section A. 

Pbofbssob Dempset. 

1. Describe the mode of preparation, composition, dose, 
actions, anch uses of nitro-hy^ochloric acid. 

2. Enumerate with their doses the official preparations 
of Hyoscyamus. Describe their actions and uses. 



12 THIBD EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 

8. What are the contra-indications to the use of the 
following drugs : — (a) Oantharides, (6) Opium, (c) Mercury, 
(d) Chloral Hydrate ? 

4. Describe the actions and uses of chlorate of potash. 
What are the effects of a poisonous dose? 

Write out in full a prescription for a mixture containing 
this drug, and a salt of iron. 

Seotion B. 
Sib William Whitla. 

5. Enumerate the different B.P. drugs obtained from 
the N.O. MyrtacesB, mentioning the parts of the plants 
used. 

6. Write out a list of the compound powders which 
contain opium, giving the composition, strength in opium, 
and dose of each. 

7. What are the component parts of a model prescription ? 
and illustrate your answer by writing out a prescription 
lor a patient suffering from any disease of the heart, 
stomach, or bowels. 

8. Describe the pharmacological and therapeutical 
actions of apomorphine, especially mentioning the dose 
to be given in different diseased conditions. 



( IB ) 



THE M.B., B.OH., AND B.A.O. DEGEEES 
EXAMINATION. 



MEDICINE AND PATHOLOGT. 

FmsT Pafbb. 

Sbotion a. 

Medioinb. 

Fbofessob Lindsat. 

1. A man, aged fifty-five, has been oomplaining, for two 
or three months, of pain and discomfort i^r food. The 
diagnosis seems to lie between chronic gastritis and 
commencing carcinoma of the stomach. 

How would you seek to difiierentiate these conditions? 

2. In a case of valyular disease of the heart, what 
symptoms would lead you to apprehend that the patient 
was in a dangerous condition, and that a &tal issue might 
be impending? 

8. Write a note on the following types of hemoptysis : — 
(a) The sputum is watery, contains much saliva, and 

the blood is uniformly diffused in it. 
{b) There are streaks of blood upon the surface of pellets 

of mucus or muco-pus. 
{6) The sputum contains smaU solid lumps consisting 

almost entirely of smaU blood-coagula. These 

lumps sink in water. 
{d) The sputum consists almost entirely of bright-red 

blood mixed with air. 
What treatment would you reoonamend for — 

(a) the hemoptysis of incipient phthisis, 

(b) the hemoptysis of advanced phthisis ? 

4. Facial paralysis may be either central^ or peripheral. 
How would you distinguish the two varieties ? 
Discuss the prognosis and treatment of peripheral facial 
paralysis. 

bS 



14 bxaionation fob dbgbbb8 in mxdioinb. 

Seotion B. 
Pbofessob E. J. MoWbenet. 

PaTHOIiOGT. 

1. Desoribe, in its main features, the morbid anatomy of 
a case of typhoid fever that has died at the end of the third 
week. If you require to start a pure cultivation of the 
bacillus, what part of the cadaver would you select ? 



Second Papeb. 

Medicine. 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Lynham. 

1. Enumerate and classify the various forms of hepatic 
enlargement. 

2. Mention the symptoms which would assist you in 
recognising typhus fever before the appearance of the 
eruption. 

Section 6. 

Db. O'Gabboll. 

3. Discuss the causes and signs of subphrenic abscess. 

4. Give an account of 'crossed paralysis/ with a 
description of one or more forms of it. 

Pathology, 

Section G. 

Pbofessob Symmebs. 

1. Describe in detail how you would open the heart at a 
post-mortem examination, and state what points you would 
consider in determining whether the organ was normal or 
otherwise. 



spsiNa, 1906 — PASS. 15 

PRACTICAL PATHOLOGY. 

PsoFESSOB £. J. MgWeekey; Psofessob Moobe; 
Pbofessob Stmmebs. 

1. Stain the section A. with haematozyliny counterstain 
with eosin, mount in Canada balsam, briefly describe, and 
identify. 

2. Make .a fihn-preparation of the sputum. Stain for 
tubercle bacilli. Mention the various steps in the process 
adopted. 

[N.B. — No credit will be given to slovenly mounts. 



SUEGERY AND PATHOLOGY. 

SUBOEBY. 

Section A. 
Pbofesbob M'Abdle. 

1. Mention the causes, symptoms, and treatment of 
spreading emphysematous gangrene. 

2. What are the varieties of abscess ? Suggest a treat- 
ment for each type. 

Section B. 

Pbofessob Peabson. 

8. Describe the nature of the injuries usually inflicted 
in suicidal wounds of the neck. Describe the manner in 
which you would treat a case of * cut throat.* 

4. Describe the mode of production, the nature of the 
injuries, and the best forms of treatment for the recognised 
varieties of Pott's fracture. 

Section C. 
Pbofessob Sinclaie. 

5. Give the differential diagnosis of volvulus of the large 
intestine, and its surgical management. 



16 EXAMINATION FOB DEGBBES IN MBDIOINB. 

6. How does tubercular epididymitis arise? Give the 
signs and possible complications of this disease, and the 
treatment suitable for a unilateral case. 



Pathology. 

Seotion D. 

Pbofessob E. J. MgWeeney; Pbofessob Moobe ; 
Pbofessob Stmmebs. 

1. What are chondromata ? Discuss their sites, their 
macroscopic and microscopic appearances, and their 
character as to malignancy. 

2. Describe the naked-eye and microscopical appearance 
of a glandular cyst of the ovary. How are ovarian cysts 
to be distinguished from parovarian ? 



OPHTHALMOLOGY, SANITARY SCIENCE AND 
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE. 

[Four hows allowed for thds Paper.] 

Section A. 

Ophthalmology. 

Pbofessob Sandfobd ; Pbofessob Webneb. 

1. What are the results of granular ophthalmia in a late 
stage ? How would you treat them ? 

2. Define hypermetropia. Explain how it is corrected, 
and mention any conditions or group of symptoms asso- 
ciated with it. 

8. What is the commonest cause of bleeding from the 
ear in cases of purulent otitis media ? How would you 

treat it? 



8PBING, 1906— PASS. 17 

BBonoN B. 

Banitaby Schenob and Mbdioal Jubisfbvdsmob. 

Pbofebbob Boohb. 

1. Desoribe two ventilators that would be snitable for 
use in the rooms of the working-okuraes. 

2. Mention the ways soarlet-fever may spread, and how 
you would control a threatened epidemic of it. 

8. Give your views as to the causation of the increase of 
tuberculosis in Ireland. 

Sbchok C. 

Pbofbssob O'Suluvan. 

4. Describe the symptoms and treatment of acute 
cocaine poisoning. 

5. Give a brief description of gunshot wounds. How 
would you determine whether they were accidental, 
suicidal, or homicidal? 

6. Describe the post-mortem appearances found in a 
case of acute phosphorus poisoning. 



( 18 ) 
HQNOUE EXAMINATIONS IN MEDICINE. 



SPEING, 1906. 



SECOND EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 



ANATOMY. 
Pbof. MoLoughlin ; Prof. Pye ; Prof. Syminoton. 

1. Write a fall account of the coarse and distribation of 
the bloodvessels of the rectum and anal canal. 

2. Describe the ossification of a vertebra, and refer to the 
earlier skeletal structures — the notochord and the proto- 
vertebra, 

3. Give the origin, insertion, and relations of each of 
the constrictors of the pharynx. 



PHYSIOLOGY. 

Pbofessob Charles ; Professor Coffey ; Professor 
MniROY. 

1. How can salted and oxalate plasma, respectively, be 
prepared ? By what experiments may the conditions which 
influence the coagulability of plasma be demonstrated, and 
by what method may its proteid constituents be separated ? 

2. Make a diagram showing simultaneous cardiographic, 
endocardiac, and aortic curves. Draw lines through the 
synchronous parts of these curves, and state concisely the 
inferences to be derived from a careful study of the whole 
diagram. 

8. Give a full account of the end-products of the 
pancreatic digestion of proteid, including the methods by 
which they may be separated, or identified. 



SPRING, 1906 — HONOUBS. 19 

4. Describe in detail the phenomena, respiratory and 
vascular, of asphyxia. 

5. Describe fully the microscopic stmotiire of the supra- 
renal body. From which part of the gland can active 
extracts be obtained, and what are the effects produced by 
intra- venous injection ? 

6. What may be considered a suitable diet for a person 
doing a moderate amount of work (stating in terms of proxi- 
mate principles) ? What is the carbon and nitrogen in-take 
on the diet you mention, and what is its total energy 
value ? How would you determine whether the diet were 
sufficient for the bodily requirements or not ? 



PBAOTIOAL CHEMISTRY. 

[Special stress will he laid upon the written record of your 
work, and you/r attention is directed to the following 
points : — 
{a) Give a concise account of all the steps of the processes 

you employ, and of all the tests you use in searching for 

the different substances. 

(b) If you find a metal capable of forming two series of 
compounds, ascertain, if possible, to which of these series 
the metal present in the substance you are examining 
belongs. 

(c) In testing a solid, dry way tests, in addition to wet 
way tests, must be employed. 

{d) In testing a solution, dry way tests should be em- 
ployed in all cases where it is advisable to do so — in 
addition to liquid tests. 

{e) Use confirmatory tests where it is possible to do so. 

(/) At the end of your paper, give a statement of the 
constituents found in each solid or solution given you for 
examination.] 

1. Detect three basic radicals in the solid marked 1. 

2. Detect three acid radicals in the solution marked 2. 
8. Solid deposited from urine. Make a complete examina- 
tion, including its appearance under the microscope. 



( 20 ) 



THIRD EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 

ANATOMT. 
Pbov. MoLouaHLiN ; Pbof. Ptb ; Fbof. Stmington. 

1. Gompare in a general way the mnsoolar nerve-supply 
of the upper and lower limbs, and indicate how the dis- 
tribution of certain motor nerves serves to difEerentiate 
the primitive ventral from the primitive dorsal aspect of a 
limb. 

How do you explain the innervation of such musdes as 
the brachifllis anticus and the biceps flexor cruris ? 

2. Describe carefully the middle (descending) comu of 
the lateral ventricle of the brain. 

Explain its development. 

8. Describe the membranous cochlea and its relations 
to the auditory nerve. 

PHYSIOLOGY. 

Pbofbssqb Ghablbs ; Pbofbssob Ooffbt ; 
Pbofessob Milbot. 

1. (a) Bods and cones of the retina : which of them is 
the more sensitive to weak illumination, and why ? Give 
evidence in support of your statement. 

(b) Mention some facts which indicate the existence of a 
rmmber of primary sensations of smell. 

2. (a) How can Nissl's granules be demonstrated, and 
in what conditions have changes in them been observed? 
Give diagrams. 

{b) How can it be shown experimentally that the con- 
ductivity of a nerve is diminished at the anode when the 
current is made ? Give a diagram^ 



SPBINO, 1906 — HONOUBS. 21 

8. (a) Describe the changes in the mammary glands 
during and after pregnancy. How is the secretion of milk 
influenced by the quantity and quality of the food ? 

{b) Describe the development of the placenta. 

4. Fully describe the intestinal absorption of proteids, 
salts, and water, respectively. 

5. (a) Describe fully the methods which have been 
adopted to record alterations in the volume of the kidney. 

(b) How may the amount of work which the kidneys 
perform in excreting 1500 c.c. of urine be calculated, 
presuming that the blood-plasma and urine are normal in 
character ? 

6. {a) How may the reaction-time for touch be deter- 
mined ? Describe fully the arrangement of the apparatus 
which you would adopt. 

(h) In what respects does the eye-centre in the firontal 
diner from the visual centre in the occipital lobe ? Explain 
the movements of the eyes resulting from stimulation of 
the latter. 



PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY. 

1. Demonstrate periphera nerve-cells. 

2. Demonstrate endothelium. 

8. Estimate the amount of dextrose in the fluid A. 

4. What substance of physiological importance is present 
in powder A ? 

5. Name the pigments present in solutions B, 0, and D. 



MATERIA MEDIOA, PHARMACOLOGY, AND 
THERAPEUTICS. 

Pbofessob Dempsbt ; Sm William WmiLA. 

1. Give an account of the physical and chemical 
characters of alkaloids. Describe the more important 
tests for these bodies. Give a list of the official alkaloids 
(excluding salts), and name the source of each. 



22 THIBD EXAMINATION IN BfEDICINE. 

2. Write out in full a prescription for each of the 
following : — 

(a) Quinine in e£fervescence. 

(b) Mixture containing oil of turpentine. 

(c) Iron in efifervescence. 

8. Describe the actions of the following drugs on the 
cardio-vascular system : — (a) Btrophanthus, (6) Belladonna, 
(c) Caflfeine. 

4. Enumeratethe official Lamellae. Give the composition 
of each, and describe its actions and uses. 

5. Describe the action of carminatives in health and 
disease, and write out a list of the most important members 
of the group. 

6. Write out a list of the B.P. wines, giving the com- 
position, strength, and dose of each. 

7. What are the symptoms of chronic poisoning by lead ? 
and how would you treat them? Write a recipe in 
unabbreviated Latin for. a patient suffering under this 
condition. 

8. Write out (a) a list of the B.P. weights and measures 
of the Imperial system, (b) of the weights and measures 
employed in prescribing ; and (c) give a list of the ordinary 
domestic measures often referred to in prescriptions and 
give their equivalents in the Imperial system. 



SPBIN6, 1906 HONOURS. 28 



THE M.B., B.OH., AND B.A.O. DEGREES 
EXAMINATION. 



MEDICINE AND PATHOLOGY. 

Section A. 

Medicine. 

Pbofessob Lindsay; Pbofessob Ltnham; Db. O'Cabboll. 

1. Discuss the differential diagnosis between enteric fever 
and tubercular peritonitis in a boy aged ten who has been 
ailing for about a fortnight. 

2. What are the characters of hysterical paralysis? 
Mention the more common forms, and give the diagnosis 
and prognosis. 

8. In addition to pernicious ansBmia, what conditions 
may be attended by grave reduction in the number of red 
corpuscles, and the presence of nucleated red cells of one 
kind or another ? 

Section B. 

Pathology. 

Pbof. MoWeeney ; Pbof. Moobe ; Pbof. Syumebs. 

Bequired : — The lesions in acute pancreatitis. 



SURGEEY AND PATHOLOGY. 
Section A. 

SUBGEBY. 

PSOF. M< Abdle ; Pbof. Peabson ; Pbof. Sinolaib. 

1. What principle underlies the radical cure of abdominal 
hemisd ? Describe a method of dealing with the femoral 
variety. 



24 EXAMINATION FOB DEGBEES IN MEDICINE. 

2. Describe any method you wish to select of performing 
the operation of posterior gastro-enterostomy. What are 
the indications for this operation ? 

8. In complete excision of the superior maxilla, mention 
the parts necessarily divided. What are the risks attending 
this operation, and how may each risk be provided for ? 

Section B. 

Pathology. 

Pbof. MgWeeney ; Pbof. Moobe ; Pbof. Symmebs. 

4. What are * opsonins ' ? How may the existence of 
such substances be demonstrated ? What practical value 
attaches to the determination ef the * opsonic index ' ? 



SPRING, 1906 — H0N0UB8. 25 



THE M.D. DE&BEB EXAMINilTION. 



BPBINa, 1906. 



MEDICINE. 

FmsT Pafbb. 

Pbofessob Ltnham; Db. O'Gabboll ; Pbofebsob Lindsay. 

1. Discuss the reasons why, upon the whole, compensa- 
tion is osnally better maintained in mitral regurgitation 
than in mitral obstruction. 

2. A patient presents the ordinary physical signs of 
general bronchial catarrh ; but the temperature is high and 
there is a good deal of prostration. For what conditions 
would you inquire in such a case ? 

8. Discuss the treatment of bronchial asthma. 

4. Compare the sensory phenomena of peripheral neuritis 
with those of tabes dorsdis. 



Sboond Pafbb. 
Pbofessob Lindsay ; Pbofessob Lynham ; Db. O'Cabboll. 

1. Discuss the causes and treatment of haamoptysis in 
association with heart-disease. 

2. Give an account of pancreatitis, dealing with its 
causes, symptoms, course, and treatment. 

8. Write as full an account as you can of herpes zoster 
(shingles). 

4. Give a brief description of the clinical varieties of 
malarial fever, and their etiology. 



26 THE M.D. DKGBBB EXAMINATION. 

PATHOLOGY. 
Pbop. E. J. MoWeenbt; Prof. Moobe; Pbof. Stmmebs. 

1. What diseases have been shown to be due to the 
parasitism of SpirochsBtsB ? Give some account of the 
biological position, structure, and staining-reaction of 
these organisms. 

2. Give a careful account of glioma of the brain and 
cord ; and in connexion with the latter, define the relations 
of gliomatosis to syringomyelia. 

3. What changes are found in the blood during an 
attack of acute croupous pneumonia ? What points would 
influence you in giving a prognosis ? 

4. Discuss the pathology of the oedema of acute Bright's 

disease. 

5. Describe the liver in a case of acute yellow atrophy. 
Discuss the etiology of this disease. 

6. Given a case of pysBmia secondary to suppurative 
cystitis, describe the lungs and kidneys. 



( 27 ) 
PASS EXAMINATIONS IN MEDICINE. 



SUMMEB, 1906. 



FIRST EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 



EXPERIMENTAX PHrSICS. 

Section A. 

Pbofessob McClelland. 

1. Describe any method — other than by the use of a 
hydrometer — of determining the specific gravity of a liquid, 
and mention the precautions to ensure accuracy. 

2. Why is the apparent pitch of the note given by the 
whistle of an engine higher when the engine is approaching 
than when it is going away from you ? Explain fuUy. 

3. Explain what is meant by resonance and interference, 
and give examples. 

4. Being given a glass prism, describe how you would 
determine the index of refraction of the glass. 

5. Explain carefully the use of a single convex lens as a 
magnifying glass. 

Section B. 
Pkofessok Mobton. 

6. Explain what is meant by the statement that water 
has a greater specific heat than any other substance. Men- 
tion some important consequences of this property of water. 

7. What infiuence .has the colour of clothing on the 
temperature of the body? 

8. What is meant by the poles of a magnet ? Does the 
iron midway between the poles possess any properties to dis- 
tinguish it from ordinary iron ? How would you justify 
your answer ? 

9. Explain the construction and use of an induction- 
coil. 

10. State what you know of the electric arc light. 



2 FIBST EXAMINATION IN BCEDIOINB. 

PRACTICAL PHYSICS. 

1 . Find the density of the given body, using the graduated 
vessel and the balance. 

2. Arrange the spectrosoope to show the spectrum of 
the given light. 

B. Find which of the two cells gives the larger current 
through the galvanometer. 



CHEMISTRY. 

[All chemical changes nmst be expressed both in words and 
by equations. Candidates who neglect this instruction 
will not receive full credit for their answers.] 

Sbctiok a. 

Pbofessob Letts. 

1. A certain hydrocarbon contains an equal number of 
carbon and hydrogen atoms, and 55*85 c.c. of its vapour at 
N.T.P. weigh 0*065 gram. What is its formula, and how do 
you deduce it ? 

2. Describe the usual method for preparing ammonia. 
How may it be proved that three volumes of hydrogen and 
one volume of nitrogen give two volumes of ammonia, or vice 
v&rsa? 

3. Metallic copper is heated in the following gases: — 
{a) air, {h) nitrous oxide, (e) nitric oxide. What chemical 
changes occur, and what will be the final volumetric result 
in each case, supposing that the temperature and pressure 
are the same before and after the experiments, and that one 
volume of each gas was taken originaUy ? 

4. Define the following: — {a) molecule, (h) alcohol, 
{e) organic ficid, {d) ester, (d) amide, (/) aldehyde, giving in 
each case a specific example with its structural formula. 

5. How may marsh gas be obtained from acetic acid, and, 
vice versa, acetic acid from Qiarsh gas? 



summer, 1906 pass. 29 

Section B. 
Paofessok Etait. 

6. Name two nitrates wMcli occur in nature. Describe 
how pure nitric acid can be prepared. 

7. Give the empirical formulae for : — 

{a) calomely 
(h) corrosive sublimate, 
and state how these substances are usually obtained. 

8. Find the percentage composition of glucose from its 
formula (CaHiaOc). 

9. Oive the empirical and structural formulee for ether, 
acetic aldehyde, and acetone. 

10. Describe the preparation and give the chief propeiiies 
of iodine. 



BOTANY. 

FiBST Pap^b. 

Sectiok a. 

Pbofessob Sigebson. 

1 . Describe the different forms of underground stems ; note 
those commonly confused with roots ; state the distinguishing 
characters, and give sketches. 

2. Explain fully what is meant by positive and negative 
geotropism, with examples. 

3. Briefly describe the formation of true fruits, and the 
modes of dehiscence observable. 

4. Notice how cross-fertilisation is prevented in sdme 
flowers and facilitated in others. 

Section B. 
PboiFessob Gbegg Wilson. 

5. Describe the gametophyte generation (prothallus) of a 
Fern. 

c 



80 FIRST EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 

6. Describe fully (with drawings) any albtuninons and 
any exalbuminous seed. 

7. Oive an account of the Natural Order FHmuIaeea. 

8. Draw a diagram of a section across a typical stem of a 
Monocotyledon, and explain by means of short notes the 
uses of the various structures represented. 



PfeAOTICAIi BOTANY. 
Schema A, 

1. Lay out in glycerine the flower provided ; sketch and 
name the parts, and assign it to its natural order. 

2. Mount a thin section of a petiole; sketch and 
describe. 

8. Identify and describe briefly the objects under the 
microscope A, 6. 

Schema B. 

1. Lay out in glycerine the flower provided ; sketch and 
name the parts, and assign it to its natural order. 

2. Mount a transverse section of the ovary ; sketch and 
describe. 

8. Identify and describe briefly the objects under the 
microscope A, B. 

Schema. G. 

1. Lay out in glycerine the flower provided ; sketch and 
name the parts, and assign it to its natural order. 

2; Mount a sectioiti of the ovary ; sketch and describe. 

8. Identify and describe briefly the microscopic objects 
A,B. 

Schema D. 

1. Dissect, lay out in order, sketch and name the parts 
of a spikelet of the grass provided. 

2. Mount, draw, and describe a section across the 
specin^en B. 

8. Identify, draw, and describe specimens and D. , 



snuHEB, 1906 — PAsSv 81 

Schema E. 

1. Dissect and lay out in order the parts of the flo:ver 
provided. Befer to natural order with reasons ; sketch 
your preparation. 

2. Mount, sketch, and describe a section through the 
stem. 

3. Identify, draw, and describe specimens A and B. 



ZOOLOGY. 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Cubban. 

1. Describe the vascular system of the Dog-fish. 

2. Describe fully the digestive system of the Leech. 

8. Give a full account of the distinctive characters of 
Cetacea. 

:^4. Describe and compare the Hydra and the Sea* 
Anemone. 

Section B. 
Pbofessob Habtoo. 

5. Describe the brain of a Babbit, with sketches. 

6. Give a brief account of the histology of muscle and 
the distribution of striated muscular fibre. 

7. Describe with diagram the structure of Paramecium 
and the functions of its parts. 

8. Give an account of the alimentary system in a 
Gasteropod Mollusk. 

PBAOTIOAL ZOOLOGY. 
Schema A. 

1. Make a dissection to display as much as possible of 
the anatomy of the animal prodded ; sketch and describe 
the preparation. 

2. Mount a nephridium ; sketch and describe. 

8. Identify and describe briefly the slides A and B. 
c2 



St F1B8T EXAMINATION IN 3IEDI0INE. 

80HEMA B. 

1. Dissect the heart and great vessels of the u&imal 
provided ; sketch and describe your preparation. 

2. Mount a blood-fibn ; sketch and describe. 

8. Identify and describe briefly the microscopio slides 
A andB. 

Schema G. 

1. Lay out in order from behind forwards the adoral 
appendages of the animal provided (third maxiUipeds to 
mandibles) ; sketch and describe your specimen. 

2. Mount in glycerine a piece of the cornea as a micro* 
scopic specimen ; sketch and describe your preparation. 

8. Identify and describe briefly specimens A and B. 

SCHKMA D. • 

1. Bemove carefully the left valve and mantle-lobe of 
the animal provided ; sketch with references, and describe 
all organs in view* 

2. Teaze and mount in glycerine some muscular fibre 
from the foot ; sketch and describe your preparation. 

8. Identify and describe briefly specimens A and B. 

Schema E. 

1. Dissect the animal provided, so as to demonstrate the 
organs in its body-cavity to the best advantage; sketch 
with references, and describe your preparation, 

2. Teaze and mount in glycerine some muscular tissue 
from the leg ; sketch and describe your preparation. 

8. Identify and describe briefly specimens A and B. 



SUHMEB, 1906 — IPASS, 88 

FRENCH. 

PbOFESSOB STBHTBUBOiai. 

1. Tranfilate into French : — 

The father and the dain^hter spent the afternoon waiting 
anxiously lor the viscount, but the ti^joie passed and he did 
not arrive. 

While the father complained about his, unpunetttality, the 
drawingroom door opened and the viAsonnt was announced. 

He excused himself for being so late, and ezplauued why 
he could not arrive earlier. 

After some time they slewed him tho^ ^eatifi, eooAhbouses, 
and stables, and invited him, to. din^ with them the loUowing 
day. 

When Laura went an hour later to her husband's room, 
she f oond him making preparations to depart, and then she 
guessed all. 

' Are you going away,' she said, ' without me ? Will 
you not confide to me your plans ? I am ready to share 
with you youx life of activity and danger.' 

The husband hesitated for some time, but finally he 
resolved to mention his plans to his wile, and after two days 
they left for Pavis. 

CfnAMHAB. 

2. Qive the feminine of the loUowing words : aigu, grec, 
vengeor, eondneteur, net, oomplet, mcdin, sec. 

3. Put into the plural : c'est lui ; upt bel enfant ; un habit 
bleu-fonce ; un timbre-poste ; un arc-en-cieL 

4. Translate into French : — What a beautiful day ! What 
does he say ? What has happened ? I do not know what 
you mean. Of what does he complain ? 

5. State the rules for the concord of the following 
participles :-^ 

I<e» eanemis ont /Wt. 

Les ennemis se sent e^fttis. 

Les deux heures que cet orateur ^pa/rU. 

Les pfQjgames q^ue ^Qpromis de vons envoy^i. 



84 FIB8T EXAMINATION IN MBDIOINE. 

6. Distingiiisli between aaehant and savant ; aiU&urs and 
d'ailUurs ; puis and depuis. 

7. Translate into English : — 

{a) Autres temps, autres moeurs, madame la marquifie. 
Quand ils yivaient, les ancetres de M. Gaston en f aisaient a 
leur t^te ; ils sent morts, qu*ils trouvent bon que M. Gaston 
en fasse & la sienne. Je vons le demande, ou en serait 
aujourd'hui le monde si, depuis qu'il existe, cbaque genera- 
tion eut suiyi semlement, pas 4 pas, les traces de la genera- 
tion prec6dente ? Nous irions encore v^tus de peaux de betes. 
L'liumanit6 n'est pas un 6cureuil en cage, un cheval borgne 
attach^ d. une manivelle. Tout change, tout se renouyeUe, 
tout se perfectionne. Les chemins de fer ont remplace les 
routes royales \ la monarchie constitutionnelle a detr6n6 le 
droit diyin. — Sandsau. 

{h) * Monsieur le Pr6fet, je crois devoir prevenir Tautorite 
que deux insenses ont Fintention de croiser le fer demain, k 
midi moins un quart - . .* (Parli.) Je mets moins un quart 
afin qu'on soit exact. H suffit quelquefois d'un quart 
d'heure ! . . . . {Eeprenant sa lecture.) ^ A midi moins un 
quart . . . dans les bois de la Malmaison. Le rendez-vous 
est et la porte du garde ... H appartient d. votre haute 
administration de veiUer sur la vie des citoyens. Un des 
combattants est un ancien commer^ant, p^re de famille, 
devoue & nos institutions et jouissant d'une bonne notori^te 
dans son quartier. YeuiUez agreer. Monsieur le Fr6fet, etc., 
etc....' S'il croit me faire peur oe commandant!... 
maintenant I'adresse... (2? ^crit) Trds presse, com- 
munication importante . . . comme 9a, 9a amvera ... Oik 
est Jean? — Labiche et Mabxin. 

IJnfbesgbibei) Passage. 

8. Translate into English : — 

Ce fut dans les demiers jours d'octobre qu'Annibal com- 
menqa 4 gravir les Alpes. L'aspect de ces montagnes etait 
vraiment effrayant: leurs masses couvertes de neige et de 
glace, confondues avec le ciel ; 4 peine quelques miserables 
cabanes ^parses sur les pointes de rochers; des hommes & 
demi-sauvages ; le betail, les chevaux, les arbres, greles et 



SUMMER, 1906 — PASS. 85 

Tapetiss6s ; en un mot la nature yivante et la nature inanimee 
frappees d'un 6gal engourdisseznent. Tant qp'elle chemina 
dans un yaUon spacieiix et decourert, Parm^e^ carthaginoise 
fut tranquille et nul ennemi n'inquieta sa marche; mais 
parvenue dans un endroit ou le T&Llon n'offrait pour issue 
qu'un 6tioit passage, elle aperqut des bandes nombreuses de 
montagnards qui couyraient les hauteurs. . . Ce passage ne 
pouvait ^tre force sans les plus grands perils, et si les 
montagnards, dressant mieuz leur embuscade, fussent tombes 
4 I'improyiste sur I'armeey elle y serait restive presque tout 
entiSre. 



( 36 ) 
HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN MEDICINE. 



SUMMER, 1906. 



FIRST EXAMINATION IN MEDICINE. 



NATITRAL- PHILOSOPHY. 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Bebgin. 

1. What is the least weight of lead of specific gravity 
11 '35 which will sink an ounce of wood of specific gravity 
•54 in a liquid of specific gravity '8 ? 

2. Descrihe a method of measuring the velocity of sound 
in a gas. 

3. How may a sensitive flame be obtained? Mention 
any uses of it you are acquainted with. 

4. How is an achromatic lens constructed ? 

5. Deduce an expression for the magnifying power of a 
telescope. 

Section B. 
Mb. Hagkbtt. 

6. Describe how you would obtain the specific heat of 
a liquid. 

7. What are the essentials of a good clinical thermo- 
meter ? 

8. What is Ohm's Law ? How can Joule's equivalent 
be obtained, using an electric current ? 

9. Describe the construction and action of the galvano- 
meter. How may a suitable galvanometer be used to 
compare voltages? 

10. Describe the apparatus necessary for the production of 
llontgen rays. 



ftUMMEB, 1906 — ^HONOUBg. 87 



PRACTICAL PHYSIOS. 



1. Find the internal diameter of the given tube. 

2« Find the optioal index of the glass block. 

8. Measure the resistance of the given piece of wire. 



CHEMISTRY. 

[All Chemical chcmges must be expressed both in words and 
by equaticms. Candidates who neglect this instruction 
will not receive full credit for their a/nswersJ] 

Pbofessob Letts; Pbofessob Rtan, 

1. Ooniarast, in tabul&r form, the following eleittents and 
their chief compounds with reference to their chemical and 
physical properties : — siUcon, phosphorus^ sulphur, 

2. Starting from a hydrocarbon of the paraffin series, 
how would you introduce tiie following groups: — (OH), 
(OOOH), (NH2). Name the substances thus obtained from 
methane. 

8. A certain, but not a rare, element has the following 
properties : — Metallic lustre. It forms one ozide, which 
dissolves in hydrochloric acid, and one hydrate soluble in 
caustic soda, and also in oxy-acids. It does not combine 
with hydrogen. Can you identify and name it from these 
properties ? If not, state whether in your opinion it is a 
metal, non-metal, or transitional element. 

4. What are the chief reactions which take place when 
milk gets sour ? 

5. Describe the synthesis of benzene. Give its structural 
formula, and those for its dibromo-derivatives. 

6. State briefly how the molecular wo^hts of noii*T<datik 
substances can be determined. 

08 



B6 FIB8T EXAMINATION IN MEDlOlNE. 

BOTANY. 

Pbofessob Sigbbson ; Pbofessob Gbeog Wilson. 

1. State the influence of heat, light, and cold upon the 
development, arrangement, and fate of chlorophyll cor- 
puscles. 

2. Describe the characteristics of the staminal whorls in 
Fumariacesd and Grucifer®. Mention any theories in 
explanation, with sketches. Classify the fruits in Gruciferas. 

8. Give succinctly the distinctive characters of the four 
orders : — Boraginacess, Scrophulariacesd, Labiataa, and 
SolanacesB. 

4. Compare the life-histories of Equisetum and Sela- 
ginella. 

5. Draw, describe, and compare typical transverse 
sections through Monocotyledon and Dicotyledon roots. 

6. From what sources is the nitrogen found in the 
tissues of plants derived ? 



PRACTICAL BOTANY. 

1. Lay out in order the parts of the flower provided. 
Sketch your preparation, name the parts, and refer tiie 
flower to its natural order. 

2. Make a section through the tuber provided. Draw 
and describe the cell-contents. 

8. Draw, briefly describe, and identify the preparations 
A and B. 



ZOOLOGY. 
Mb. Butleb ; Db. Habtog. 

1. Give an account of the digestive and respiratory 
systems of the Cockroach. 

2. Describe the cranial characters of any Primate. 



SUMMBB, 1906— HONOURS. 89 

8. Give a comparative account of the visoal organs in 
such Invertebrata as you have studied. 

4. Oive a full account of the classification of theMollusca, 
with examples and diagrams. 

5. Compare briefly the urinogenital system, male and 
female, in Dogfish and Mammal. 

6. Oive an account of the skeleton of the Starfish 
( Uraster). 



PRACTICAL ZOOLOGY. 

1. Mount in glycerine, sketch, and describe the mouth- 
parts of the animd provided. 

2. Mouixt in glycerine a specimen of striated muscle; 
sketch and describe your preparation, noting all structures 
displayed. 

8. Identify and describe briefly specimens A, B. 



( 40 ) 

PASS EXAMINATJONS IN ARTS. 



SUMMER, 1906. 



MATEICTTLATIOir EXAMHATIOIT. 



LATIN. 

Professob MagMastkb. 

Section A. 

1. Translate into Latin : — 

(a) What is pleasanter than to have a finend with whom 
you can converse freely ? 

(b) Very few days before his death, when Balbuft and 
several others were {Hresent, he discoursed {eUssero) on the 
evils which men dread. 

(c) If Caesar had friends, were they bound to bear arms 
on his side against their native land ? 

(d) Beading what-I-have-written {mea), 1 am sometimes 
brought (afficior) to think that Oato is speaking, and not 
myself. 

(e) No one will ever hesitate to undertake great tasks 
who sets the image of Scipio before his mind. 

Gbammab. 

2. {dj What are the feminines in -us of the second 
declension ? 

(b) Distinguish in meaning between— cZova, claviSf and 
clavics : irrlto and imto ; nitens and nltens : pa/rvm and 
parvum : rSfert and refert. 

(c) Set down the principal parts of — allicio, comminiscor, 
mentior, percello, pungo, refringo. 

(d) Form short sentences to illustrate the constructions 
of— dcciLso, laedo, medeor^ vescoTi and taedeL In each case 
add the translation. 



(ad! 



SUMMEB, 1906 — ^PASS. 41 

[e) state the rale for the sequence of tenses, and giye 
ding a translation of it) an illustration of each teoise 

of the subjunctive mood in the dependent clause. 

(/) What is unusual or irregular in the syntax of the 

ioUowing sentences ? — 

(1) Quamvis ingenio non valets arte valet. 

(2) Omnium rerum mors est extremwm. 

(^) Senatus populusque Bomanus intelUgit. 

(4) Spatium est non (mpUus pedum duoentoram. 

(5) OuaefiUae altera oecisa, altera capta est. 

Section B. 

1. Translate the following passage from the Introduction 
to the Dream of Scipio the Younger : — 

Gum in Africamvenissem M'. Manilio consuli adquartam 
legionem tribunus, ut scitis, militum, nihil mihi fuit potius 
quam ut Masinissam convenirem regem, famiUae nostrae 
iustis de eausis amicissimum. Ad quem ut veni, com- 
plexus me senex conlacrimavit aliquantoque post suspexit 
ad caelum et ' Grates ' inquit ' tibi ago, summe sol, vobisque, 
reliqui eaeHtes,* quod, ante quam ex hac vita migro, con- 
spicio in meo regno et his tectis P. Gornelium Scipionem, 
cuius ego nomine ipso recreor : ita numquam ex animo 
meo discedit illius optimi atque invictissimi viri memoria.' 
Deinde ego ilium de suo regno, ille me de nostra re publica 
pereontatus est, multisque verbis ultro citroque habitis ille 
nobis consumptus est dies. 

2. Translate— 

^a) Omni noamicitiae, corroboratis iam oonfirmatisque 
et mgeniis et aetatibus, iudicandae sunt : neo, si qui ineunte 
aetate venandi aut pilae studiosi fuerint, eos habere neces- 
saries oportet, quos turn eodem studio praeditos dilexerunt. 
Isto enim modo nutrices et paedagogi iure vetustatis pluri- 
mum benevolentiae postulabunt : qui negligendi quidem non 
sunt, sed alio quodam modo; Alitor amicitiae stabiles per- 
manere non possunt. Dispares enim mores disparia studia 

* Caelites - caelestes. 



a MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 

sequuntnTy quorum dissimilitudo dissociat amioitiaa. — 
CiGEBo, LaeUus. 

Explain clearly the meaning of inetmte aetate, the 
construction of eos habere, and the force of qtiodam, 

^et down the meaning oi—plla (sing, fem.) and plla 
(neut. pL). 

What is the nominatwe of ineunte ? 

(b) Plus apud me antiquorum auctoritas valet, vel nos- 
trorum maiorum, qui mortuis tam religiosa iura tribuerunt, 
quod non fecissent profecto, si nihil ad eos perjdnere arbi- 
trarentur, vel eorum, qui in hac terra fufflrnnt» magnamque 
Graeciam, quae nunc quidem deleta est, tunc florebat, insti- 
tutis et praeceptis suis erudierunt. — Ibid. 

Explain clearly what is meant by quae . . . deleta est, 
. Give the names of the more important oities of Magna 
Graecia, and of the persons referred to in the last sentence. 

8. Translate — 

(a) Namque sub Oebaliae memini me turribus arcis, 
Qua niger humectat flaventia culta Galaesus» 
Gorycium vidisse senem, cui pauca relicti 
lugera ruris erant ; nee f ertiUs ilia iuvencis, 

Nee pecori opportuna seges nee commoda Baccho. 
Hie rarum tamen in dumis olus albaque circum 
Lilia verbenasque premens vescumque papaver, 
Regum aequabat opes animis ; seraque revertens 
Nocte domum dapibus mensas onerabat inemtis. 

ViRGm, Oeorgics. 

Explain the epithets Oebaliae and Corycvum* 

Where was the Oalaesus ? 

Explain the construction of ilia (line 4). 

(b) Et gemina auratis taurine comua vultu 
EridanuSy quo non alius per pinguia culta 

In mare purpureum violentior effluit amnis. Ibid* 
What is the modem name of the Eridarms ? 

Section C. 

1. (a) When was the De Amicitia written by Cicero ? 

Set down what you know about the following persons 
mentioned in it : — T. Coruncanius, Q. Ennius, P. Scipio 
Nasica, Neoptolemus, Pylades. 



StJMMEB, 1906 — PASS. 48 

(b) What are the subjects of the first three books of the 
Georgics respectively ? 

What is the story told regarding the alteration of the 
original ending of the fourth book ? 

Roman Histoby, 188 to 44 b.g. 

[Dates should be given in connexion with all events,] 

2. (a) Give a short sketch of the war waged by the 
Bomans against the Cimbri and the Teutones. 

{b) What powers were conferred on Pompey by the 
Lex Gabinia and the Lex Manilia respectively ? 

{c) Give a brief summary of Caesar's operations from his 
leaving Brundusium in 48 until his return to Rome in 46. 

(d) Set down what you know of M. Livius Drusus (the 
elder), M. Livius Drusus ^the younger), Pontius Telesinus, 
M. Perpema, Vercingetonx. 



GREEK. 

Pbofessob Ke£K£. 

1. Translate iuto English : — 

{a) T« 8c a\A.a> It«, <J ^v ^OXvfnria^ rpirr}^ icai cvcw/icocm/, ^ 
'7rpoaT€0€Lara $W(opl$ cvuca Evayopov 'HXcmv, to 8^ oroSiov 
EvySo)Tas Kvprfvaio^, hrl €<f>6pov fiev ovto^ iv ^irdpry Ev(zp;(i'3r- 
TTov, apxo^o? 8' ev 'A^ijvais 'EvKrqp.ovo^, 'A^iyvatoi /acv 
©opiKov €T€t;(iCPav, ©pacrvXXos 8c rd tc ^^(crdcKra irXoia 
Xa^uiV kclL 7r€VTaict(r;(iAxbvs rStv vavTwv iriXraaTa^ Tronycpa/Acvo?, 
a>9 ifm Kal ircXraoTOis iaofUyov^^ l^cirXcvcrcv Sipxofiivov rov 
0€pov^ CIS Sa/Aov. 

Gtive, according to our notation, the year mentioned, and 
show how you determine it. 

(3) apxo/iiyov 8c rov capo? iropcvoficvois avroU irapa fid&ifiia 
dmjvrrjcrav icara/SaiVovrcs ot tc AaiccSaifiovuov Trpco-jScis, Boko- 
Tios^ ovofia Koi ol fitr* avrov koX oi aXXai ar/y€Koiy koX IXcyov , 
oTi AaiccSdifiovioi t-avTiov tav Stovrai ffCTfpayoTcs cTev Trapa 



44 MAttoOULAtlON EZAMINATIOK. 

fiaaiXiioi, Kol KvptK, ap(iinf Travrwf iw hr\ OaXdtrrff icat <nt/iirO' 
X.€/n^iov AaKc8aifiovioi9, hrioToX'qv re ^^pc rots Kona wmm to 
PwrrCktiJov o'^payicr/ia ^xowroMy iv ^ iv^v xal roSc. 
Explain tlie constraction of the first voktoiv. 

{o) 6 8c AvcravSpos ro /acv vpStrov oXiya? roiv vcuv Ka0cXjcv- 
cra? cSicDJccy avrov, cttcI 8c oi ^A$rjva2oi rf 'Avrio;(^ cjSoi/^ovv 
TrXciWi vavfTL, rorc 8^ Kai vdura? awrd^a^ hreirXti. fitra 8c 
ravra icol ot 'A^ip^axoi ^x rov Nortbv Jca^cXicvq-avrcs ras Xotvas 
rpti^pcts dn7;(^o'av, a>s ckootos ^voi^cv. 

TJnpbesgbibeb PASSAeS. 

2. Translate into English : — 

S 2v8pcs Mocro'vvotKOi, 17/Acrs j8ovXofic0a 8100-0)071^01 irpos 
r^i^ '£XA.a8a irc{[j* ^Xoia yap ovic l;(o/Aev* iccoXvovo't 8c oSroc 
17/Aas, ov? d/covo/Acv vfiiv TToXcfiiovs ctvau ci ovv ^ovXco-^c, 
c^coTiv vfLiv i7/ta9 Xa^tiv (vfifidYovs koI rifJiMpT^atrOuf ci rt 
TTorc v/u(a9 oSroe ^im/Kao'CK, ical to Xoi'ttov v/tci>v vsn^icoov? cTvat 
Tourovs. ci 8c i7ftas d^iTO-cre, o-kc^oo^c, 7ro(9cv aS &v rwravmjv 
Bvvafiiv Xd/Sotrc jv/t/xa;(ov.^-XBNOPHON, Anabasis, 

Gbammab. 

3. (tf) Write down the gen. sing, of jSovs, ypav9, ^x**» 
ai8(i)9j Kcpas. 

(3) Write out the nom. and gen. sing, masc, fern., and 
neut. of xapici9y t8pt9y riprjv, yXvicvs. 

{e) Gfive the principal parts of alpito, 8cfti (bind), Kdfivw, 
oXXvfUj dor^paivo/xa(. 

(i) Distinguish the meanings of — d7ro8ovvai, diroSoo-^at: 
ypd<l>€iv, ypd<l>€cr6ai : rtfuopciv, ripMptlcrOax. 

{e) State the four forms of ordinary conditiom, and write 
down and translate an example of each. 

CoMPosiTioir. 

4. Translate into Greek : — 

{a) The Athenians having learned that the enemy were 
about to sail against them, put to sea with twenty ships. 



SUMMER, 1906 — tASS. 45 

(h) He ordered the soldiers to oome together, -with three 
months' proyisions, and posted them as guards of the coimlTy. 

{o) Phamabazus detained the ambassadors four days, in 
order that they might not carry the letter to the generals. 

Sbotion B. 
"Rev. Peofessoe Beowbte. 

1. Translate into English : — 

TJnpeesceibed Passage. 

irov Twv ^AxpLiiav iv$aS^ 6 oTpanyA.a'nys ; 
ris av ^pcurctc irpoairoXiov rov Urfkews 
f TTTOuvra viv ttoiS* iv irvXacs ' A;(tAAea ; 
ovK i$ torov yap fieyofiev £vp»rov TrcAas. 
ot /A€V yap ^fiSiV Surcs afvycs yafwov 
oiKovs ipT^fiovi eicAiTTovrcs iv6a&€ 
Od<rcrovcr* iir^ ancraUf ol 8' Ixovrcs €i5vi8as 
icat iratSas* ovra> 8civo9 e/ATreTrrcDic' cpois 
T^aSc orparccas 'EAXaS' ovic ^vcv 0€a>i/. 

EuEiPiDES, Iphigmia in AuL 

2. Translate into English : — 

{a) ikOiav 8* ava/cra rov /icXa/tn-CTrXov V€KpSaf 
®dvarov ^vXafo), jcat viv evpi/crciv Soicco 
irivovra tv/aPov irkriartov vpoarff^ayimriav, 
KavTctp Xo^aias avrov i^ I8pas oi;deis 
fkdp^iA^ kvkXov 8c irtpiPaXia ^epoiv iftaiVf 
OVK loTtv ooTts avTov i^aipTJa-eraL 
• fioyovrra grXcv^, vptv ywoLK c/xol fw^. 

(3) ^E. irov 8* &v irpoOvqo'Kdiv fiaXkov iirjfiapTavov, 
AA. ravrov yap rjPSxvr ^v8pa icac irp€C0W Baofw ; 
^E. ^x$ Mt^ £4i^> ov 8vorv o^ciXg^cv. 
AA. jcat fii^v Atos yc /aci^Iov' Sv {wi;s xpovov. 

{o) aW* 5A.yos oXyci tovt' av ^v irpoarK€ip.€VOVy 
ei rov Trpos cSXXov h^^pjoff &pp,'iid7ys ihofv. 

Parse — oi;0eis, fic0^, ^t^y SXyti. 

Scan the last three lines of the passage marked {a). 



46 MATRIGULATION EXAMINATION. 

3. Wiite a short note npon the character of Admetus. In 
what respect is the AleesUs exceptional among the plays of 
Euripides ? 

History. 

4. {a) Assign dates to the following events : — The death 
of Pericles ; the Sicilian expedition ; the death of Thera- 
menes. 

{h) "What do you know of Cleon ? 

(o) Mention the names of the most successful naval Com- 
manders in the Peloponnesian War. 



ENGLISH. 

Pbofessob 6 agon. 

Section A. 

1. Write grammatioal notes on the following forms : — 
vixen, songstress^ kine, nearer, foremost. 

2, Correct any errors in the following sentences, with an 
explanation of your correction in each case :-t- 

(a) I believe that when he died the Cardinal, spoke at 
least fifty languages. 

(b) This is one of the worst books that has ever been 
written. 

(c) I never remember to have seen a more preferable 
residence. 

(d) Many years practical experience of the congested 
districts enable me to assert this. 

(e) Neither you nor I are right. 

8. What does Macaulay say of Basselas in his Life of 
Johnson? 

Section B. 

4. Give an account of Johnson's Club. 

5. Sketch the character of the SoUtwry ; 

Or, 

Compare the poems Fidelity and Helvellyn, 



SUMMER, 1906 PASS. 47 

6. Write notes on the following passages, and refer to 
the context : — 

(a) Oh ! many, are the Poets that are sown 

By Nature ; men endowed with highest gifts, 

The vision and the faculty divine. 
{b) Wisdom is oft-times nearer when we stoop 

Than when we soar, 
(c) He could afford to suffer 

With those whom he saw suffer. 
Or, 
Write notes on the following passages, and refer to the 
context : — 

(a) They flash upon that inward eye 
Which is the hliss of soHtude. 

(b) Music ! sphere-descended maid, 
Friend of Pleasure, Wisdom's aid ! 

(c) Thy shores are empires, changed in all save thee — 
Assyria, Greece, Bome, Carthage, what are they? 
Thy waters washed them power while they were free, 
And many a tyrant since. 

Section C. 

7 Write an Essay on one of the following subjects : — 

(a) Lord Macaulay. 

(b) Earthquakes. 

(o) Music for the People. 



FRENCH. 

Pbofessob Cadic. 

Section A. 

I. — Composition. 

Translate into French : — 

It is a pleasure to meet you, I have not seen you for 
the last three years. Where da you live ? 



48 MATRICULAtiON EXAMINATION. 

As you know, I used to live in London ; now I live with 
my brother-in-law, who has taken a house near a 
provincial town. 

He has six children, two boys and four girls, who go to 
school in the neighbourhood. 

In the evenings I play with them, and I help them 
with their exercises. 

I like the scenery ; we have the sea and mountains, the 
air is pure and good for me. 

From my windows I see a park where there are always 
many sheep and oxen. 

They belong to a rich butcher who has several shops. 

II. — Gbamhab. 

1. Write in the plural : — 

Inutile travail, que je ne puis aohever. 

Tu dis que ton frdre est venu ; je ne Tai pas vu. 

Je ne pleure plus .,. je le veux, je le dois. 

Tu vois, ja souris. 

2. Give the present indication of prdtendre, nov/rrvr, 
and hoire. 

8. Write in the feminine any ten words ending in ewr 
in the masculine. 

4. Translate : — My guardian is in your room. Tell 
him to come and speak to me. I told him so. Bring me 
something from Paris. Perhaps you are right, but I do 
not think so. 

Section B. 

III. — Pbbsgbibei) Authobs. 

Translate into English : — 

{a) Maitre FerraH, 

J'espdre, mes entants, que vous triompherez 
L'un ou I'autre. Je suis un maitre, et les profanes 
Peuvent sur leurs crins-crins user des oolophanes I ... 
Le prix sera pour nous. — Je viens de faira \m tour 
Dans la ville et partaut s'annonce le grand ^our. 



SUKMEB, 1906— PASS. 49 

Leg gens endimanoh^s vont Toir en ribambeUe 

S'assembler le jury ; le maitre de chapelle 

D6j& sidge au fautenil et son noble profil 

Se voit de loin, poudr6 comme on pommier d'avril. 

II circule dans Tair un 80ii£9e m^lodiqne, 

Dans la rue, on respire, on sent de la musiqne. 

Far la fldte d'Euterpe et le luth d' ApoUon ! 

A chaque oarrefour s'accorde nn violon. 

Dans tons les pignons noirs, dans toutes les tourelles, 

On entend doucement g^mir les chanterelles, 

Et Gr^mone, o^ grandit on oonfus crescendo. 

Semble nn orohestre avant le lever du rideau I 

Copp^Ei Le Luthier Crimone. 

(b) Aprdsle diner on rentra au salon oiH le groupe d'Her- 
man fat de nouveau examine et lou6; mais tons regret- 
t&rent que le jeone soulptenr n*edt point ohoisi un sujet 
different. Les enfants n'6taient plus k la mode; il y 
avait eu, dans ce genre, deux ou trois suoods qui d6fen- 
daient de traiter de pareils sujets. Toute la fftveur, pour 
le moment, ^tait aux sujets moyen &ge, et Ton oonseiUa 
k Herman de sculpter quelque seine empruntte aux vieilles 
ballades de son pays. 

— Gela vous surprend, reprit le joumaliste avec un sourire. 

— ^En effet, dit Cloffer, j'avais oru jusqu'& present que ce 
qui donnait de la valeur k Toeuyre, c'itait sa perfection. 

— O'est une id^e de la ForSt-Noire, mon cher maister ; 
ici nous sommes plus avancis. Ce qui donne de la valeur 
^Toeuvre, ce n'est point son mirite, mais son opportunity. — 
SouvESTBE, Au Com du Feu. 

IV. — Unpresobibed Passage. 

Translate : — 

Ne pas faire k autrui ce que nous ne voudrions pas 
qu'on nous fit, voilJt la justice. 

Faire pour autrui, en toute rencontre, ce que nous 
voudrions qu'il fit pour nous, voUk la charity. 

Un homme vivait de son labour, lui, sa femme et ses 
petits enfants; et oomme il avait uniB bonne 8ant6, des bras 
robustes, et qu'il trouvait ais^ment k s'employer, il pouvait, 



50 MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 

sans trop de peine, ponrvoir k sa snbsistahce et k ^leile des 
siens. 

Mais il arriva qa'une grande gSne etant survenae dans 
le pays, le travail y fut moins demand^, parce qa'il 
n'offrait plus de b^n^fices k ceux qui le payaient, et en 
memo temps le prix des ohoses n^cessaires k la vie augmenta. 

L'homme de labeut et sa iamille conunenodrent done k 
s(5ufErir beaucoup. 



GERMAN. 

Professor Butler. 
I. — Composition. 

> 1 . Translate into German :-^ 

"We live in Ireland, which is one of the British Islands, and 
is, not Very far from Great Britain. 

To go to Ireland one must cross the sea in a steamer^ and 
the journey lasts four hours. 

I write this to you so that, if you wish to visit this 
country^ you .will know how to travel. 

Sounds axe spoken, but people could not speak to their 
friends if they were absent. 

They therefore invented signs for each sound, and they 
called these signs letters. 

Several hundred years ago our forefathers had no paper ; 
they wrote the letters on pieces of wood. 

Nowadays we use paper, pens, and ink, and bring our 
copy-books with us to school every day. 

II. — Gbammab. 

2. "What is the difEerence between the pronunciation of o 
in ))or and o in ^oU ; and between f in fie and ^ in e^ ? 

3. Explain the uses of bu^ i^Vf and ®ie* 

4. Form sentences (which must be translated) to show the 
use of bafur/. t»oburd§, bajU/ tt)OJ)on/ nje^l^att. 

5. Give the first person singular of the past tense (imper- 
fect) and the past participle of ittommcti, flerten^ ^tS^U^tn, 
flubiren/ and l^eif eu. 



SUMMER, 1906 ^PASS. 51 

6. Put into German:— He giyes; I prayed; we invited; 
he takes ; I rode ; it has been written ; we were reading ; 
the snow has melted. 

III. — FKESCBiBKn Atjthobs. 

7. Translate into English : — 

,/2ton,* ful^r et fort, tAaitioat eBen jenc graii, Me m^'mtt* 
n^mtn ttnb Btlben laffen wUtt, bit l^otte tin fttnb, tin SBdb^en 
))on ^titxt ober ai^t Sal^ren/ etn feltfame^ ^eftige^ fttnb itnb bod^ 
gnt &>ie 3u(Ier unb fd^Sn tvie ein Sngel. S)em l^atte ^ bidfad^ 
ben 2)iener unb Sefd^fi^er madden ntuffen unb e^ l^atte ftd^ an 
mid^ gemol^nt. 3d^ mn^tt t^ regelmSfis ttad^ bem entfetnten 
?)forr]Jof brmgcn, n)0 e« 6ei bem alien ^Jfarter Unterrtd^t genof, 
unb t€ ))on ba n^ieber ad^olen. Slud^ fonfi mn^tt i^ ofter mit i^m 
in^ 'Svtit, mm fonfi niemanb gerabe ntitgel^en lonnte. 
, 8. Describe bte <^tabt @olbau, 

9. Translate into English : — 

S)a becldffet er auf immer 

Seiner ffiater ®d§Iof, 
©eine 2Bapn flel^t er nimmer, 

Kod^femtreue^aiofi; 
Son: bet SoggenSurg l^ernieber 

©telgt er unJefanntf 
3)enn e^ bedtt.bk :ebeIn.@Keber 

^arene^ @en)anb. ■ 

. TV. — ^U»PBESCBIBED PaSSIGB. 

10. Translate into English : — 

gin^aufmann in 'Sonbon tarn *urd5 SufaO in ben ®ej!t eitie^ 
^wnbe^T ber friil^cr einem 2)ie5 gel^Srt l^atie unb »on btefenrgum 
©tel^Ien aJgeridfttet toorben tt)ar» S)er Saufmann l^atte tetne 
ai^nung loon ber OefdJidHid^feit be^ $unbe^. ©ne^ Zage^ nun 
tarn biefer in feine« neuen Sierra arbeit^jimmei: gelaufen unb 
legte i^m bie 25orber6eine auf ben @d§of. S)er$unb l^ielt ein 
^Jadfet in ber ©d^nauje. ©ein ^err naljmt^ i^m ai unb fanb, 
bof e« eine 3loIle Oelb mt. dx fonnte nid^t Jegreifcn/ ttie ber 
$unb baju gefommen fei. 



DZ MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 

ITALIA!!^. 
Mb. O'Sullivan. 
I. — Composition. 

Translate into Italian : — 

(a) The flowers are still growing in the green fields. 

(b) I took a walk in the eoimtry, and returned two hours 
ago. 

(c) Here is the wine. Will you have some ? No, thank 
you ; Z do not like it. 

(d) A lion had tired himself running, and lay down under 
a tree and went to sleep. Boon after a little mouse ran 
over his nose and awoke him. Angrily the lion seized the 
disturber of his rest. But when he saw how small it was, 
he let it run away. A short time after the lion was caught 
in a strong net in the wood. All his strength was not 
sufficient to set him free. 

II. — Osammab. 

1. Give the Italian for : — my uncles, his children, their 
oxen, those boots, ten towns. 

2. Give the comparative and supedative forms of — alto, 
buono, cattivo, bene, male. 

8. Give the meaning of: — ^peggio, ciascuno, assai, 
abbastanza, altrove. 

4. What is the Italian for ? — The tenth of June. At 
half-past six. A wine-glass. A white horse. It is seven 
o'clock. 

5. Translate into Italian: — ^We shall see. They will 
come. He has come. You must go. They have given it 
to us. 

III. — Pbbsobibbd Auis<»b. 

1. Translate into English : — 

Emaus d citt& cui breve strada, 
Dalla regal Gerusalem disgiunge ; 
Ed uom, che lento a suo diporto vada, 
Se parte mattutino, a nona giunge. 



SVMlfEB, 1906 — ^PA88. 68 

Oil quanto intender questo ai Franehi aggrada ! 
Oh quanto piA il desio gli affiretta e punge ! 
Ma, perch' oltra il meriggio il Sol gik scende, 
Qui fa spiegar il Gapitan le tende. 

L' avean gi& tese, e poco era remota 
L' alma luce del Sol dtdl' oceano,^ 
Quando duo gran baroni in veste ignota 
Venir son visti, e in portamento estrano. 
Ogni atto lor paoifico dinota 
Che Tengon come amici al Oapitano. 
Del gran re dell' Egitto eran messaggi, 
E molti intomo hauno scudieri e paggi, 

Tasso, Oeirusalm,me Liberata. 

2. Translate into English : — 

Ah, mio zio h un uomo dabbene ! Se Dorval ottenesse 
da lui qualche cosa ! Be potessi sperare un soocorso eguale 
al mio bisogno ! Se potessi tener occulto a mia moglie. • • • 
Ah ! perchel'.ho io ingannata ? Perchd mi sono ingannato 
io medesimo ? Mio zio non torna. Ogni momento per 
me 6 prezioso. Ander6 frattanto dal mio procuratore. Oh, 
con qual pena ci vado ! ... !& vero, ei mi lusinga che 
malgrado la sentenza, trover^ il mezzo di guadagnare del 
tempo, ma i cavilli sono odiosi, Io spirito pena, e ci va di 
mezzo r onore. Sventurati quelli che hanno bisogno di 
raggiri b1 vergognosi !— Goldoni, H Bmbero Benefice. 

rV.---UNFR]ESOBIBBD FaSSAGE. 

8« Translate into English :— 

Tre giovani compagni francesi, un letterato, on pittore, 
un meccanioo, venuti per veder I'ltalia, per istudiarvi le 
antichit^, e per oercarvi occasion di guadagno, s' erano 
accostati a non so qual parte esterna del duomo, e stavan 
11 guaxdando attentamente. Uno che passava, li vede e 
si ferma ; gli accena a un altro, ad altri che arrivano : si 
form6 un crocchio, a guardare, a tener d' occhio coloro, che 
il vestiario, la capigliatura, le bisacce, accusavano di 
stranieri e, quel ch'era peggio, di francesi* Come per 



54 MATRIGULATION EXAMINATION. 

accertarsi oh' era marmo, stesero essi la mano a tocoare. 
Bast6. Furono circondati, afferrati, malmenati, spinti, a 
furia di percosse, alle carceri. Per buona sorte, il palazzo 
di giustizia & poco lontano dal duomo ; e» per unasorte 
ancor piii felice, furon trovati innooenti, e rilasciati. 



IRISH. 

Rev. Peopessoe Hogan ; Rev. Pbofessoe Muepht. 

Composition. 

I. 

Translate into Irish : — 

(a) What o'clock is it, if you please, sit? 

(h) It is just a quarter past eight. 

(c) How far is Cork from this ? 

{d) I think, if I had twenty-five pounds, I would buy a 

new coat. 
{$) Who owns these seventeen white cows ? 
(/) John owes me fifteen shillings ; but I owe his mother 

four shillings and sixpence. 

(j) Her hair was as black as coal, and her forehead as 
white as snow. 

{hy William went to school for the first time nine years 
ago. 

(f)20ne morning all alone I walked out on the mountain 
top. 

(^) They caught him and cast him out of the vineyard 
and slew him. 

II. 

Geammae. 

1. Decline fully — an cpann djtXyy an bean dpb, an Idrh 
&eap5. 

2, Write the infinitive active of — buailim, cuipim, ceilim, 
pdjaim, gluaipim, pdpaiin. 



SX7MHEB, 1906— PASS. 56 

3. ' Write the infinitiye active of — beipint, beipim, beipim, 
pdgaim, ichim. 

4. Correct, if necessary — bo chuaift f6 cap a h-aip, 
he went back; bo chuaib piab cap a aip, they went back ; 
cd 6 ip peap ip maiche pan btiichche 6, he is the best man 
in the country ; cd ni6 a m-baile Qcha Cliach ; b'eipij 
in Q c-peapaih, he^^stood up. 

m. 

Translate into English : — 

Pbescbibsd Texts. 

Nf itiai6pea6 a mddaip cdipc nd bpaon bam 

a6c 6aicpea& pf an edible b'f djail jan pl6 uaim ; 

t)'panap 'na b-peijil pin puim be lae6ib 
Qg peiceaih ap lomj bo pa$a6 ap 6ipinn — 
bhf capcaom Qllen, peap meanmna6 aepea6 
Qg cea6cpd'n mbaile, 'p^^P b-paba gup p6i6eap leip 
gleupaim opm 50 h-obann le p6ippce 
JX\6 p6in ap mo 6opcap ap pooap in aenpea6c. 
C6i6im bon phapdipce aj\ Jeuppdn le caip]i6ipe 
Qgup uala6 pcabdn am* itieaba6an ap 6aob be. 
Do 6uai6 mo 66ppa ap b6pb 50 h-eupcai6 
t)hf uaiple an ]f)6ipc 05 61 gan cpao6a6 ann, 
piappuijib 50 h-aibi J an labpaim beupla 
Gl* b'^eubap a bppeagaipc 1 Laibin aip 6i5ion. 
Mfp b'puldip bam m'amm bo tfcabaipc bo'n 6l6ipea6. 

IV. 

Translate into English : — 

O'fiiappui Jeabap clonna Lip cionnap bo bdbap CuaiSa 
t)e t)anann, agup 50 h-dipijce Lip, agup bo6b t)eap5, 
aj5up a mumnceapba ap 6eana. ^Qcdib 50 maic, a 
n-6inionab,' ap piab, *a b-cij bup n-acappa a*8to6 
fhonn-adaib, agup Cuaca t)e t)anann map aon piti 

d2 



56 MATBIOULATION EXAMINATION. 

ann, ag caifciOTh na piei6e Qoipe, 50 ftSbad, f oiihean- 
mnac, 5011 impnf oih 5011 anf»ocpa6c, a6c bup m-beicpi 
'na b-p6a5Tnaip; agup 5011 a piop aca cd ap gababaip 
uataf 6'n 16 a t)*ftd5abaip L06 t)aipbpea6.* < No6a t 
pin ap m-beaca-ne pe na h-mnipm,' ap pionnjualo, 
'6ip ip m6p b'olc agup t)'eat)^ulain5, agup t)'anp66 
puapamaip pea6n6n na mapa po Spo6a na TTIaoile 50 
t>-cpdpca ' ; ajup a btibaipc an laoi6 : — 

Goibinn an 06c cea$la6 Lip ! 
lomba a mi 06 a^y a b-pfon ; 
5t6 cd ano6c a n-d6bab i^uap, 
t)peain bo 6uan p6$lan an ptoj. 

Ip lab ap 5-coilcib gan lo6c, 
pola6 ap 5-copp bo 6ldTh 6ap, 
3ib minic bo beapgcaoi pp6ll 
Tomainn 05 61 rheaba map. 

Oidheadh Chloinne Lir, 

(a) Parse the underlined words. 

(5) Identify Stoch pionnachaib and Loch t)aipbpeach. 

{c) Translate : — b'fidjail bdip bo galap cpf n-oi6ce, 
and say why the genitive bdip is used here,, and wherefore 
is there an n- between cpf and oi&6e. 

VL 

TJnpsesgbibed Passages. 

Translate into English : — 

Do chuaib apceach 50 ceampull t)6, agup bo cheilg 
p6 amach a paib 05 peic agup ag ceannach annpa 
ceampull agup bo cheilg p6 btiipb luchc malapca 
an a>p5ib ap Idp agup cacatpea6a luchc peocca 
na gcolum .;c;c;c. 

Cdngabap fcuige an cpdc poin baill agup bacai J agup 
pldnuij p6 lab. Qg pilleab bo 6uni na cacpach ap 
maibin bo $ab ocapup 6. 



BumoBB, 190ft— PAJW. 67 

VII. 

Translate into English : — 

5106 b6 Tiea6 btiailpeap tti aip bo Jtallbeap, lompoij 
611156 p6p an gtall oile. Q^j* an c6 I6p ab aill cdip 
bpeiceaihnuip bo 6up opc,"| bo 66ca bobdain btoc, I615 
leip bo 6l6oa p6p. Qgup 510b b6 b6upap leip ap pea6 
mtle ap ^i^in cti, ini6i$ leip ap peab t>d ihfle. Cabaip 
nt bon c6 lappup ope 6, "| 510b b6 le n-ab mtan aipleagab 
b'po Jail iiaic na pill uaib 6. t)o 6ualabaip 50 nbubpab, 
'5P<^i^6o6uib v6 bo 6oihappa, 1 bioi6 pua6 a^ab bob 
ndihaib.' Q6b a beipimpi pib btob 5pd6 a^oib bd bup 
ndiThbib, beannai Jtb na baome rhallaijeap pib, beunafb 
mai^bo na bdoinib aip ap beag pib, *] beunatb upnaij^e 
ap pon na mumncipe buaibpeap pib, -] bfbpeap pib ; bo 
chum 50 mbeic pib bup scloinn 05 bup n-achaip p6in 
acd Gip neom : 6ip bo beip peipean pa beapa 50 n6ip- 
geon Q $pfan aip na bpo6-6aofnib *] aip na bej-baofnib 
T bo nf p6 peap^uinn aip na pfpeun^aib t aip na 
neiTti]fifpeun6aib. Oipmd btonn gpdb a^aib bo'n riiuinncip 
05 d bpuil 5pdb baoib, cp6ub 6 an luaibea^b bo Jeub- 
6001 ? a n6 na6 beunaib na publiocdin an nf ceubna? 
Qsup ma 6uip6f pdilce pouh bup nt)eapbpdi6pib p6in 
aiiidin, cp6ut> bo nffcf bo bdpp aip 6dt ? a n6 na6 
beunaib na puibliocdm map an 5ceubna? 



MATHEMATICS. 
FnusT Papib. 

AbETHXETIO AJTD AjLeEB&A. 

Pbofbssok Dizok; Pbofbssob McWbeitict. 

Sbotion a. 

1. Find the produet of 34*67, 47*63, 64*37 to the nearest 
figure in the second place of decimals. 



58 MATBXOUhktlOV EZAMtKATlOK. 

2. Find the value of 7 cwt. 3 qrs. of coffee, at U, 7^. 
a pound. 

8. Find the value of 

to the nearest figure in the third place of decimaLs. 

4. Find the simple interest on £548 17«. for 5 years at 3^ 
per cent. Give the answer to the nearest penny. 

5. Find the cost of papering the walls and ceiling of a 
room 14 ft. 9 in. long, 11 ft. 6 in. wide, and 9 ft. 3 in. high 
with paper 2 ft. 3 in. wide, at 8«. Ad, for 12 yds. 

6. A man builds a house costing £750; he lets it for 
£60 a year ; the valuation is £43 ; and he has to pay £8 10«. 
a year ground-rent, as well as yearly rates at Zb, bd, in the 
pound on the valuation. Find what percentage he receives 
on his investment. 

7. Multiply together 

«* - 23:" - a? + 2, and «* + 2«* - 9a? - 18. 
Divide the product by 

«>4-6«' + ll« + 6. 

8. Bring to a common denominator 

8a? -9 15a? -31 40a? +119 12a? +11 

+ 



8(a?-l) 15 (a: -2) 40 (a? + 3) 12(a?+l) 

Sscnov B. 

9. If 

a?- [2 -{3a?- (4 -5a;)}] = 5a?-[4+ {3a?-(2 + a?)}] : 
find a?. 

10. Prove that the product of three consecutive whole 
numbers, increased by the second, is equal to the cube of 
the second. 



SUHMEB, 1906 PASS. 59 

11. In tlie expression 

«* + y' + «' - ys - m: - a?y 
substitute 

a' -bCf i* - cw, tf* - oJ for a:, y, s, respectively, 
and divide the result by 

(a + i + cy. 

12. Prove tbat the sum of the fourth powers of the sum 
and difference of any two numbers exceeds twice the sum of 
the fourth powers of the numbers by twelve times the square 
of the product of the numbers. 



Segond Paper. 

Qeometby Aim Algebba. 

Pboeessob Bbomwich; Pbofessob £gan« 

[in questians on Practical Oeometryfull credit will not he given 
unless the constructions arefidly described in words,"] 

1. Prove that the sum of the three angles of a triangle is 
equal to two right angles. 

five points A^ B, C, i>, JE are taken in order on a circle ; 
a crossed pentagon is formed by joining ACf C£, JS£, BD, 
DA. What is the sum of the angles at A, B^ C, i>, £ 
in this figure ? 

2. Construct a square of side 2i inches, and apply to one 
of its diagonals a rectangle equivalent (in area) to the 
square. 

3. In the two triangles BCD, XYZ, the angles C md 1 
are equal, and BC = XF, BB = XZ: prove that when 2) 
is a right angle the triangles are congruent (equal in all 
respects). 

4. Construct a square equivalent to an equilateral triangle 
of side 4 inches, and measure the side of the square. 



60 MATBIOULATION EXAMINATION. 

5. Enunciate two propositions of Euclid's Second Book 
which are represented algebraically by the identities 

(1) a»-5«=(a-*)(« + *). 

(2) (a + J)» + (a-J)» = 2(a» + *»). 
Prove either of these theorems geometrically. 

6. What is the relation between an angle at the centre of 
a circle, and an angle at the circun^erence, standing on the 
same arc ? Prove your statement. 

7. Draw a circle of radius 2 inches and mark a point at a 
distance of 3 inches from the centre. Construct the two 
tangents from the point to the circle^ and measure their 
lengths ; verify your measurements by calculation. 

8. Draw a segment of a circle on a base of 3 inches to 
contain an angle equal to half a right angle. Heasure 
the radius of the circle. 

9. Two chords of a circle PTQ^ RT8 cut in an internal 
point T, prove that the rectangles FT. TQ, RT . T8 are 
equal. 

10. Calculate the values of 

1 
y = «- - 

X 

corresponding to x = % '4, "8, 1*2, 2*0, giving answers 
to two decimals. 

11. Solve the equations for x, y : 

a? + y = a-i, - Ix ■{- ay - a^ -{- 1^. 

12. Find a fraction which becomes equal to f when 2 is 
added to the numerator ; and to f , when h is taken from 
the denominator. 



NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 

Section A. 

Mb. Haokett. 

1. Define the terms ' kinetic energy ' and * work.' 
Explain what relation exists between them. 

2. A body falls from a height in three seconds. What 

is the distauce ? 



SUHMSBy 1906 — PASS. 61 

8. Explain how to measure the aooeleration due to 
gravity* 

4. Distinguish between stable, unstable, and neutral 
equilibrium. Give an example of each. 

6. How can different masses be compared by sii of a 
lever ? 

Sbotion B. 
Pbofessos McClelland. 

6. Sketch and explain a simple hydraulic apparatus by 
means of which a small force could raise a heavy weight. 

7. Explain the working of a common pump, showing 
clearly why the water rises in the pipe. 

8. How would you determine the specific gravity of ice ? 

9. A spherical balloon contains air at a pressure equal 
to 76 cms. of mercury. The balloon contracts until its 
radius is i of its original length : what is now the pressure 
of the enclosed air ? 

10. Describe a mercurial barometer. Why is mercury 
usually employed in barometers ? 



dd 



MEST UnVEESITY EXAMIUATIOir. 



SUMMER, 1906. 

LATIN. 

First Papib. 

F^FBSSOB DouGAir. 

Sectiov a. 

1. Translate into Latin : — 

{a) The Carthaginian said that the Eomans had an 
excellent army, bnt as they had no fleet, they could not 
injure his country. 

(h) The Eoman general, tearing an ambuscade, refused to 
lead out his men before day-break into the open plain. 

{c) If the enemy had gained possession of the merchant 
ships, he would have reduced the fleet to great straits. 

{d) As they fled pell-mell, some were sunk in the deep 
sea; others, rowing hurriedly to land, fell a prey soon 
afterwards to the people of Thurii. 

{e) He asked what was the use of talking about what 
might have happened. 

(/) Julius CsBsar gained even greater advantages by his 
clemency than by his military skill. 

TJwrREBCBJBKD PaSSIGE. 

2. Translate into English : — 

Haec secum agitans Sertorius praeter Hiberum amnem 
per pacatos agros quietum exercitum sine ullius noxa duxit. 
Profectus inde in Brusaonum et Gascantinorum et Qraccuri- 
tanorum fines, euastatis omnibus proculcatisque segetibus ad 
Galagurrim Nasicam, sociorum urbem, uenit transgressusque 
amnem propinquum urbi ponte facto castra posuit. postero 
die li. Mariuni quaestorem in Aruacos et Cerindones misit 
ad conscribendos ex eis gentibus milites frumentumque inde 



SUkMEiB, 1906 — PASS. 68 

Contrebiam, quae Leucada appellatur, conportandum, praeter 
quam urbem opportunissimus ex Beronibus transitns erat, 
in quamcumque regionem ducere exercitum statuisset; et 
C. Insteium, praefectnm equitum, SegOTiiam et in Yacaeio- 
rum gentem ad equitum conquisitionem misit iasBTim cum 
equitibus Contrebiae sese oppeiiri. — ^Liyt. 

Section B. 

3. Translate into English : — 

(a) lectum quoque senatus consultum, priusquam securi 
f eriret, quidam auctores sunt ; sed quia adscriptum in senatus 
consulto fuerity si ei uideretur, integram rem ad senatum 
reiceret, interpretatum esse, quid magis e re publica duceret, 
aestimationem sibi permissam. 

{h) ubi cum Syracusas Capuamque captam in fidem in 
Italia Siciliaque rerum secundarum ostentasset adiecissetque 
iam inde a maioribus traditum morem Eomanis colendi 
socios, ex quibus alios in ciuitatem atque aequum secum ius 
accepissenty alios in ea f ortuna haberent, ut socii esse quam 
ciues mallent ; Aetolos eo in maiore futuros bonore, quod 
gentium transmarinarum in amicitiam primi uenissent: 
Philippum eis et liacedonas grauis accolas esse, quorum 
se uim, ac spiritus et iam fregisse et eo redacturum esse, ut 
non eis modo urbibus, quas per uim ademissent Aetolis, 
excedant, sed ipsam Macedoniam infestam habeant; et 
Acamanas, quos aegre f errent Aetoli a corpore suo diremptos, 
restituturum se in antiquam formulam iurisque ac dicionis 
eoruin: haeq dicta promissaque a Bomano imperatore Scopas, 
qui turn praetor gentis erat, et Dorimachus, princeps 
Aetolorum, adfirmauerunt auctoritate sua, minore cum 
uerecundia et maiore cum fide uim maiestatemque populi 
Eomani extollentes. 

(c) ad urbem unam oppugnandam si quis uos adductos 
credit, is magis opens uestri quam emolumenti rationem 
exactam, milites, babet. 
4. Explain — r 

(a) triumuiri mensarii. 
{h) in monte Albano triumphauit. 
{c) praerogatiua Veturia iuniorum. 



64 FIBST UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION. 

5. Where were the following places?— -4»^ma, NepeU^ 
Regium, 

HiSTOBY. 

6. {a) State facts which serve to show the constitutioiial 
position of the early Roman King. 

{h) Show what extent of territory Eoxne possessed at the 
outbreak of the second Samnite war, and how her citizen 
and allied population was at that time distributed. 

{c) What events led to the third Macedonian war ? 

What was the nature of the settlement which followed 
upon that war ? 



Secokd Papbb. 

Pbofessob MacMastee. 

Sectiow a. 

1. Translate the following unprescribed passage : — 

l^ox erat, et terras animalia f essa per omnes 
Alituum pecudumque genus sopor altus habebat : 
Cum pater in ripa gelidique sub aetheris axe 
Aeneas, tristi turbatus pectora hello, 
Procubuit seramque dedit per membra quietem. 
Euic deus ipse loci fluvio Tiberinus amoeno 
Populeos inter senior se attollere frondes 
Yisus : eum tenuis glauco velabat amictu 
Carbasus, et crines umbrosa tegebat hanmdo ; 
Turn sic adf ari et curas his demere dictis : 
' sate gente deum, Troianam ex hostibus urbem 
Qui revehis nobis aetemaque Pergama servas, 
Hie tibi certa domus, certi, ne absiste, Penates ; 
Neu belli terrere minis.' 

Obahhab. 

2. (a) Set down the principal parts of the verbs in italics 
in the following phrases: — Extremes metendo: quod eon- 
tuderit minas : quaerere disttUi: lex edomuitnetas: aurum 
vestibus illitum : instratos ostro alipedes : iam saetis ohsita : 
nam mihi pa/rta quies. 



suMUB, 1906 — PASS. 66 

{b) Give the meaning of the following words, and mark 
the quantity of the penult in each of them : — ^bncina, pagina, 
crastinns, pristinuB, fldicen, tibicen. 

{e) Which of the following adjeotiyes and adyerbs do not 
admit of compariBon? Set down the degrees of oomparison 
for the rest :--obnoziiiSy pius, ocius, secns, ezpeiB, soUeiSy 
nuper, paromper. 

{d) Distingnish in meaning between — CVc^roiMSi aemnlor 
and Ciceroni aemulor : considem metoo and eontuli metuo : 
conveni B<Mwn and conyenit mihi mmBatto : patiens labarum 
and patiens More», 

{e) Set down the Latin for the itafieised words in the 
following sentences : — 

(1) The king was crowned on th$fint of June. 

(2) Having giyen r^ht hands to one another. 

(3) The consul sent a letter to hie father in Some. 

(4) He gave his soldiers four eovereigne (aurei) apiece. 

(5) Then at last that part of the city he^am to be 

attacked. 

(/) Set down the actual words used by Fulyius, of which 
the following are the report in indirect form : — Cum effuse 
omnes effugerent, se quoque turba ablatum, ut Yarronem 
Gannensi pugna, ut multos imperatores. Qui autem solum 
se restantem prodesse rei publicae, nisi si mors sua remedio 
publicis cladibus futura esset, potuisse ? Keo suorum animos 
nee hostium in potestate habuisse. 

Section B. 
1. Translate — 

(a) ' Tume, tot incassum fuses patiere I&^res, 
Et tua Dardaniis transciibi sceptra oolonis ? 
Bex tibi coniugium et quaesitas sanguine dotes 
Abnegat, extemusque in regnum quaeritnr heres. 
I nunc, ingratis offer te, irrise, periclis ; 
Tyrrhenas, i, steme acies ; tege pace Latinos. 
Haec adeo tibi me, placida quum nocte iaceres 
Ipsa palam f ari omnipotens Satumia iussit. 
Quare age, et armari pubem portisque moveri 
Laetus in arma para, et Phrygios, qui flumine pulchro 



66 FIRST tmtVEBSITV EXAMINATION. 

Oonsedere, duces pictasque exure carinas. 
Caelestum vis magna iubet. Rex ipse Latinus, 
M dare coniugium et dicto parere fatetur, 
Sentiat et tandem Tumnm experiatur in armis.' 
Explain what is meant by tua seeptra ; qumsitas sanguine 
dotes ; tege pace Latinos ; pictas carinas. 

Comment on the force of adeo, and give the reason for the 
mood of iaeeres. 

{h) Oens, quae cremate fortis ab Ilio 
lactata Tuscis aequoribus sacra 
l^atosque maturosque patres 
:■ ) ' Pertulit Ausonias ad urbes, 

Duris ut ilex tonsa bipennibus 
Nigr£^e feraci frondis in Algido^ 
Per damna, per caedes, ab ipso 
Ducit opes animumque ferro. 

Ilio. In this book Horace employs two forms of this 
word. Distinguish them. 
Explain the epithet Ausonias, 
Where and what was Algidus ? 

(c) Ut tamen noris quibus advoceris 
. Gaudiis, Idus tibi sunt agendae, 
Qui dies mensem Veneris marinae 

Pindit Aprilem, 
lure soUemnis mihi sanctiorque 
Paene natali proprio. 
Parse noris and advoceris, and account for the mood. 
Qui dies. Which day, according to our calendar ? 
marinae. Explain this epithet, and give the Greek name. 
What reason does Horace give in the immediate context 
for saying iure soUemnis mihi ? 

2. Do not translate the passages which follow: merely 

explain clearly what is meant by the words in italics : 

(a) uvidi Tibwis ripae. 

(*) ilium 

fingent Aeolio carmine nobilem. 
{c) Calahrae Fierides. 

{d) profestis lueibus et sacris. 

{e) argute percurrens pectine tolas. 



StJHSdBB, 1906 — PASS. 6i 

(f) orlm faialia crusti. 

(jf) invocat duplices caeloque Erehoque parentes. 

{h) Qumnahs liiuus. 

{%) sonat amnis et Asia longe 

j^vlsBLpalus, 

{k) qnos secans mfauakim interluit Alia nomm. 

(l) ipse repertorem medietnae talis et artis 

fulmine Phoehigenam Stygias detrusit ad undas. 

3. {a) What is the evidence to show when Horace may 
have puhlished the Fourth Book of his 0(fo»? {h) What 
works are generally supposed to have heen written by him 
subsequent to the publication of Books i.-iii., and before 
this Book? 

4. What passages in the Seventh Aeneid illustrate YirgiPs 
love for Italy, and his interest in the ritual of Eoman 
religion ? 

5. How do the Saturae of Ennius differ from the Satire 
of later writers? Give in order the names of the more 
important of these writers, and a full account of any one of 
them who flourished after the time of Augustus. 

6. How much of Livy's work is still extant? How 
many books of it are supposed to have been lost? What 
authorities had he for the period covered by the 26th book ? 
Wliat is his chief merit as a writer ? 



GREEK. 
FiRSX Papeb. 

PSOFESSOB KbENE. 

1. Translate into English : — 

{a) Slv fi€y TOivWf ^v 8' cyd), dKrifcararcivavrcs Xiyiofitv 
avTia \6yov vapa Xdyov, o<ra aZ dya^a €;(« to ZUaiov cii/ai/ 
icat aZBi'i ouros, ical dXXov riyiW, dpi,Ofi€iv Sci^o-et rdyaOa kol 
/Acrpctv, ocra iKartpoi iv iKaripi^ Xeyofiev, kol ^Si; BiKoa-rSiv 



68 TIBST UNIVEBSITT EZAIONATION. 

Ttvcjv rwv StaKptvovvrcov ^€rf<r6fi€$a' 6y 8c cMnrcp cf^^ os^/ao- 
\oyovficvoi irpos dXXi/Xovs cricoirftf/EACV, a/tqi avrot re Sucaaral icoi 
piQTop€S itrofitOa. 

What are the alternative methods of discussion here pro- 
posed? 

(b) fMvOdv(a, €^rp^f ort (rb^ ovros $v 6 Xoyos* dXXa roSc frepl 
avTov o-icoiroi* irorcpov ^ KptLrrfav ytvvofUmfj ir^Xi9 irtfAca>$ £ycv 
iiKoiofrvvi^i T^v ivvafiiv ravrqv 2t€^ V «v«y*o7 avrj /icra 
8tfcatooi;vi79 ; €i /xei^, {^i;, ^s crv olprt cXcyets lx*^» ^ SucaLOfrvvq 
(To^Ca, fiera SLKaLoavvrf^' ci 8' a>s ^(o IXeyov, /Acra dSiicias. 
iraw dya/Mii, ^v 8' cyco, S ®paurvfia)(€y ort ovic ^ivcvcts fidvov 
ical ^b^vcvets, oAAa fcat airoKpiv€i waw KtxXm. 

What is meant by r^v Bwa/uif ravngy? 

Explain the construction of ^ dvaym; avr]J. 

(^) Xcyovo't 8e ttov fcal irapaKcXcvovrat viarcpcs Yc vcctrt irat 
TraKTCS ol rivSiV KrfB6fi€Voi, a>$ XP^ 8(Katov cTvat, ovk avro 
Sifcaioo^n^v cTratvovvres, dAAa ras aTr' avr$9 €v8oict/i»70-ci;9, Iva 
SoKovvTi SiK€u<o cTvai yiyn;rai d'n-o r^$ 8o^$ ^X^ '''^ '^^^ 
ydfioi Kal oa'airep VXavKtav SirjXOcv dpri dirh tov evSoKifieiv 
ovra T(3 dStfccp. ctti -ttXcov 8c ovtoi to. twv 8of(i)v Xeyovai' ras 
yap irapa ^cwv ci8oKi/Ai7(rcis c|i,jSa\Xorrc9 axftOova €;(ou(ri Xcycii' 
ayaBd, rots 6o-tot9 d ^o't ^covs 8t8ovai, oKnr^ 6 ycwatos 
H(rtb8os re icat "OfArjpoi f^axnv. 

Comment on yiymfrai. 

2. What is the meaning of — 17 dvayicaiordTi^ irdXts, (rfuvmjf 
virovoia. 

XJkpbescbibed Passage. 

3. Translate into English : — 

8uo ftijv, ^v 8* lyw, crt Xot^d, d ?ct Kart8ctv cv rg ^oXct, ^ re 
(Tw^poa-vm] KOi ov 8^ Ivcica irdi^a irprovfuv 8i,KauHnvrj, vdw 
lk\v o^v. vm o^v dv rrjv ^iKaiocrvvrfv cv/DOtftcv, tva firjK€Ti 
vpaypxiT€vmp.€Ba ircpt crox^poo-vn^s ; ^yw ftcv rotniy, li^i^, ovrc 
otSa our' dv fiov\oC/iTjv avro irpdrcpov ^oK^i^aty ctircp fiffKm 
iTTLa-Kexl/ofieOa (na^pwrvv-qV dAA* ct cftotyc fiovXu )(aptifcrOaif 
(TKOTTct wp6r€pov roSro cKctvov. dXXd /Uvroi^ rjv 8' iyw, /SovXo- 
/yuu yc, ct /a^ d8tK0)* o-icoirct 817, I^i/.'-^Plaio, i2ePfM<^. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — PASS. 69 

Obaiocab. 

4. (a) Parse — /AtTariOta-o, SaroKplvoVf lircfcXOctv, xofuovaiVj 
cTraiVecrov. 

(3) Give four examples of verbs begiimiiig with a vowel 
tliat take syllabic augment. 

(c) Write down tbe adverbs formed from the following 
adjectives :-~ira$, <rof^j <ra^i^9, a^flipw^, \apl€t^y i^Svs. 

{d) Qive in contzaoted form all the plural cases of dvos 
and oariov, 

(e) What are denominative verbs? Give examples to 
illustrate at least five of the principal terminations used in 
forming them. 

Coifvosrriov. 

5. Translate into Greek : — 

(a) According to the ancient proverb, we old men take 
pleasure in coming together, and chatting with one another. 

{b) If one had asked him, by administering what drugs 
does the medical art try to make the sick healthy, what do 
you think he would have answered ? 

{e) He said he had never replied when the philosophers 
asked such questions, and spoke such nonsense. 

{d) Do not hope to persuade me by saying what you 
yourseU know to be false. 



Sboosd Pafeh. 

BSV. PbOIXSSOB BfiOWlTE. 

1. Translate: — 
(a) 9 Kat ^fippdxop phf d^' hntwv Sec ;(afia{€, 

Sovpl paXwv Kara fia(,6v dpurrepov* avrap '08v<rcr€vs 

avTL0€ov Oepdvovra MoAcova roio clvaicTos. 

Tovs ficv eTTciT* ctooxiv, IttcI voXifiov awefrava-av 

TO) 8' av ofukov idyrc KvioCfieov, ws ore xair/Mo 

cv Kvcrl Oyjp^vryo'L fiiya ^povcoKTC ireoTyroV 

^ oXcieov T/MMis fpaXLVOpfAiyiii' avrap 'AxoaoI 

dffirasriuis ■^€vyovT^ -oU'cflTcov ^Eicropa 8ioi^. 



70 FIRST UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION. 

€v6* eXerqv 3i^pov re icat ca^€p€ SrjfAov dptcrrctf, 
vtc 3vQ> MipOTTOs IIcpKoxriov, 09 TTcpc irdvTtav 
^Scc /Aavroo'vvas, ov8c 08$ iratSas cocriccy 
OTccYCiv ^9 iroXcfiov ifkOi<Trivopa' ro) 8c ot ovrt 
w€i$€<rdrp^' fc^pc9 yap ayov /acAavos tfavaroto. 
rov9 /Acv TvBctSi^s SovptfcAciros Aio/ai^Sits 
^/jU>v icat ^XV^ icckoSqiv icXvra rcvxc' iirqvpa* 
*Iinr6Safjj}v 8' 'OSvcrcvs icot 'YTreipoxoi' cfcvapi^cv. 

(J) 'E»CTC«)p7A€V /il€Ta TOMTtV 6/A(Xei, fl€pfJi€pa pC^CDV 

ey^ct d' t7r7ro(rvv27 Tc, vccdv 8' dXaTro^c ^oXayyos* 
ov8' olv TTO) vo^ovTO KcXcv^ov Stoi 'Axaioi, 
€t firf 'AXc^av8p09, 'EXeviys ttoo-is ^ko/aoio, 
•Trava-ev dpLorevovra Maxaova, troiixeva Xocuv, 
t(p rpiyXw^tvi j3oiXo)V Kara Sc^iov (o/iov. 
Tw pa 7r€pi88ci(rav fievea -Tn^ctoiTCs 'Avatoi, 
ftiy TTWs fttv 7roX.€fiOLO fieraKkivOevTO^ cXocev, 
avriKa 8' 'ISo/acvcvs irpocrc^covce Nccrropa 8rov 
" 2 NcoTop NiyXiytaSiy, ftcya ki)8o9 *Axatc»)V, 
aypci, (Twv ox€(i)v €7rtj8iJo-€o, Trap 8c Maxa<i»v 
jSaivero), cs v^as 8c tcix^ot' €X« fuowxas wnrovs* 
ti/Tpos yap dv^p iroXXcov Slvto^los oXXcdv 
iovs T iKTdfiV€LV cTTi t' ^la ffxipfiaKa 7ra(r<rciv." 

(i^) Scan the last five lines, marking feet and quantities. 
What is the rule for shortening a final long vowel before a 
word commencing with a vowel ? 

{d) Parse the formEi — ciocrav, Trccn/rov, oXcicov, cXoicv. 
2. Translate:— 

{a) iirl 8' €y8ou7n7crav ^AOtfvairf tc #cai "Hpiy, 

rt/toKrai paxnXriQ. woKvxpva-OLO, Mvfn^n^?. 
Is there any special reason for accounting the epithet 
TToXvxpvcroto appropriate? 

(J) 01 8', wot' a/iryr^p€i Ivavrioi aXX^XoMTiv : 

oy/xov cXavvcocrtVy dv8po9 /XAicopos xar' dpovpav 
irvpcov § KpiOimv rd Sc Spdy/iaTa rop^ca irnrrci. 
To what incident is this simile applied by the poet ? 
(<?) Tofota, \(op7)T7jpf K€pq. dyXac, irap^cvomira, 
ct /Acv 8^ avrCPiov <rvv rcvxccri V€ipif0€Cij^, 
ovK dv roi xpO'^o-fxyo'i /8ios #cat rap^ccs loi* 
vuv 8c fi' cTTiypdi^ag rapaov voSoi cvx^at avrcAS. 
Write short notes on Kcp^ dyXac, and on rapcrov woSos, 



StTHMSB, 1906 — PASS. 71 

{d) oLjfa 8' iraipov iov UarpoKXtja irpo<T€€LTr€V, 

^cy^a/iicvo9 itapa n/os' 6 Sc icXt(rci;^cv dKovcraf 
cK/AoXcv Zeros "Apijfl, kokov 6' €^a oi ^cXcv <ipx^* 

What is the allusion in the final clause ? 

(tf) €A^o)v yap p iKiiKwre pCrj ^Hpajckyjail 

T(ov irporipinv er4(ov, Kara 8' cicra^cv oa-troi aptcrroi. 

Account for the genitive here ; and parse IktoB^v. 

Uhpbescbibed Passage. 

3. Translate:— 

HpiafuSrj^ fi€v cTTcira fUa-ov croicos ovrao-c Bovpi, 
ovS* €pprj$€V ;(aXKov, aveyvd/x<li$rj 8c ot ai^/Ai;. 
Aias 8' do-iri8a vvf cv CTroXficvos* 17 8c Siairpo 
^Xv^cv €y;(CM7, orv^cXt^c 8e /itv fi^fiawraf 
TfirjSrjv 8 avxcF* c?r^X^c, fiiXav 8' dvcfci/Kicv atfia. 
dXX' ov8' ws ctTTcXiyyc fio-xV^ KopvOaCoXos "EKTwp, 
dXX* dvaxourcrd/iicvo? Xii^ov CiXcro x^^P^ ""^X^^tf 
K€Cp,€Vov iv weBua, /AcXava, rpnffxyv tc fAeyav tc* 
r^ jSdXev Auivros 8eivov crdicos hrrafioeiov 
pAa-frov cTTo/x^dXiov* fr€pvi^)(7j<r€V 8' d/»a x<3^os. 
8cvrcpos avr' Atas ttoXv fie^oya Xaav dci/oas 
^k' cTTiSivi/cras, iirepeLO-^ 8c ly' diriX^OpoVf 
eta-fa S* daTrl^ lait l3aX.uiv fn;Xoci8ct* virpt^n 
jSXd^e 8c ol ^iXa yovvaO*' 6 8' vTrrtos l^travvfrOij 
danriS^ lvi)(pLfjL(j>$€i9' rov 8' al^' <apO(a<r€v 'AirdXXwv. 
icot lo; K€ 8^ ^K^cco-o-' avTO<rxe8ov ovrdf ovto, 
€( /A^ KTipvKeSy Aeo9 oLyycXot ^^ icat dv8pQ>y, 
^\0ov, 6 /Acv Tpioiov, 6 8' 'Axotwv xaXicoxtra>VQ)v, 
TaXOv/Sio^ T€ fcal '18010$, TreTnrvfUvft) i^^^m. 

Homer. 

HllSTOBY. 

4. {a) Make a rough plan, showing the positions of 
Mycenae, Argos, and Tiryns, respectively, with regard to 
the Corinthian isthmus. 

{h) Mention the chief religious festivals of the Greeks, 
including the so-called Great Games. 

{c) * Let us drink and reel, for Myrsilus is dead.' Explain 
the allusion. 

. . * /wAof iJHIrf meauB 'like a mill-stone.' 



72 FIBST UNIVBBSITT BZAMIMAnON. 

{d) Whj was the Battle of Salamis the crucial event in 
the great Persian war? Give the date of this and of the 
other battles of the same war. 

{e) How were the days of the month reckoned by the 
Greeks ? and how the years ? Answer as fully as possible. 



ENGLISH. 

First Papsb. 

Pbofebsob Gbegoby SiaTH. 

Sbotion a. 

1. ISame the dialects of Old English. How are these 
represented in the Middle-English Period ? Through which 
dialect or dialects of Old English and Middle English is 
Modem Englii^ most directly descended ? 

2. (i) Give some reasons for the destruction of (a) gram- 
matical gender, and (h) inflexion in the noun and adjective, 
(ii) Explain these forms — 'bridegroom,' * indexes,' *mice,' 
* alms,* * the prince his brother/ * farther.* 

3. Give an aeoount of the works of Addison and Swift. 
What is the importance of either of these writers in the 
history of English literature ? 

4. Name outstanding examples of the following literary 
kinds in your period : — ^Pastoral, Comedy, Fable, Novel of 
Adventure, Literary Essay, Social Satire. Give a detailed 
description of any one of the works which you name. 

Section B. 

6. What do you understand by the * correctness ' of Pope 
and his contemporaries ? 

6. Give some account of the other writings of the authors 
of any three of these — Robinson Crueoe^ Pamela, The CaeUe ef 
Otranto, The CaeUe ef Indokn^, TheJheerted FOlage, Trivia. 



SUMXEB, 190&— PASS. 78 

ESSAT. 

7. Write an essay on one of the following snbjects : — 

(a) Biography. 

(h) The Eetum to Nature in Eighteenth Century 
Literature. 



Seoomd Pafbb. 

Bey. Pbofessob O'Neill. 

Sbotion a. 

1. Contrast the conclusion of the careers of Macbeth and 
Lady Macbeth. 

2. Give some account of blank verse as used in Macbeth. 
In what places, and for what reasons, are rhymed verse and 
prose introduced ? 

8. Explain any/ot^ of the following passages, mention- 
ing the speakers and context, and commenting on any' 
peculiarities of language : — 

(a) The flighty purpose never is overtook 
Unless the deed go with it. 

(b) Had I as many sons as I have hairSi 

I would not wish them to a fairer death. 

(c) Their malady convinces 
The great assay of art. 

{d) Let our just causes 

Attend the true event, and put we on 
Industrious soldiership. 

(e) The expedition of my violent love 

Outrun the pauser reason. 
(/) TiU that Bellona's bridegroom, lapped in proof. 
Confronted him with self-comparisons. 

4. Describe Pope's rels^tion with any four literary men of 
his time. 



74 fmst university examination. 

Section B. 

5. Discuss, on the lines of Pope's verse and Johnson's 
criticisms, the question of * sound an echo to the sense.' 

6. Comment on Gray's use of personification, and on the 
structure of his Pindaric Odes. 

7. How far do the circumstances of Gray's life and his 
temperament find expression in the poems prescribed ? 



FRENCH. 

FiBST Paper. 

Professor Cadig. 

Section A. 

Grammar. 

1. Form adverbs from the following adjectives : — impuni, 
geutil, ais^, resolu, profond, obscur. 

2. Give the English for the following nouns, when they 
are masculine : m^moire, voile, souris, guide, mode, crepe. 

3. Write short French sentences (which must be trans- 
lated) to illustrfbte the meaning of — tantdt, auparavant, 
aujourd'hui, autrefois, longtemps. 

4. Give the conditional present of se repentir, appeler, 
se lever, courir, cueillir. 

6. Translate into French : — 
Nature taught her to understand poetry. 
We do not think she understands that poet. 
Do as you like, we shall not follow your advice. 
Neither he nor I have seen your watch. 

6. Turn into French : — 

They are in the drawing-room. They gave her a scolding. 
Does he tell the truth ? What can I do with such a 
donkey ? Sell it. That foreigner is a strange man. 



SUMMBB, 1906 — PASS. 75 

7. Translate — That depends on you. To take an oath. 
What an idea! Are they in earnest? Sometimes. I 
warn yon not to do it. The pilot was drowned. 

8. Write in the plural : — 

Je souffire, tu le sais, toi qui lis dans le fond de mon &me. 

II assisterait k la premiere stance s*il n'avait pas mal k 
I'ceil. 

Son revenu lui permet d'oavrir un magasin pour son 
neveu. 

Fbesobibed Axjthob. 

Translate into English :— 

{a) Laure avait promis d'assister h la fdte. Gaston 
monta en carriole avec sa femme, et s'achemina vers la 
ferme. 

Laure, aveo sa rohe de mousseline et son chapeau de 
paille, &taM cent fois plus charmante qu'autrefois avec ses 
toilettes ^blouissantes. Le trajet se fit en silence; leux 
pensee se reportait involontairement au jour de leur manage. 
A leur arriv^e, ils se virent entour^s avec empressement, 
accueillis avec cordiality. Laure fut touch^e de T^motion 
joyeuse qui se peignait sur tons les visages. Son mari 
etait aimi, et elle prenait sa part de Tamour qu'il inspirait, 
— Sandeau, Sacs et Parchemdns. 

(b) Coname une hirondelle qui b&tit son nid dans les 
mines, sa pens6e habitait avec les exiles; mais elle ne 
cberchait pas k dissimuler les feiutes de la Bestauration, et 
se faisait peu d'illusions sur les chances du pr^tendant. Ce 
qu'elle demandait par-dessus tout, c'^tskit le d^veloppement 
des institutions lib^rales, qui seules pouvaient assurer la 
grandeur et la prosp^rit^ de la France. Elle r^p^tait 
volontiers qu'une seconde restauration n'^tait possible qu'^ 
la condition d'entrer franchement dans la voie du progrds et 
de s*6tayer de la bourgeoisie. — Ibid. 

La cour avait 6t6 le rdve de toute sa jeunesse. G'^tait k 
la cour qu'elle voulait retrouver ses anciennes compagnes, 
qui I'avaient humili^e de leurs railleries. — Ibid, 



76 FIBST imiVBBSITT BZAHINATION. 

Section B. 
Unpbesobibed Passage. 
Translate into English :— 

i^BUFTION DU V^SUVE. 

Le feu da torrent est d'une ooulenr fondbre ; n^amnoiDa, 
quand il br^ les vignes on les arbres, on en voit sortir une 
flamme claire et briUante ; mais la lave mSme est sombre ; 
eUe roule lentement oomme on sable noir le jonr, et rouge 
la nuit. On entend, quand elle approche, un petit bruit 
d*6tinoelleSy qui fait d'autant plus de peur qu'il est 16ger, et 
que la ruse semble se joindre k la force : le tigre royal 
arrive lentement, secrdtement, 4 pas oompt^s. Gette lave 
avance, avance, sans jamais se n&ter, et sans perdre un 
instant ; si elle rencontre un mur 61ev6, un Edifice quel- 
conque qui s'oppose k son passage, elle s'arrSte, elle 
amoncelle devant Tobstacle ses torrents noirs, et Tense- 
velit enfin sous ses vagues brtUantes. Sa marche n'est 
point assez rapide pour que les hommes ne puissent pas 
f uir devant elle ; mais elle atteint, comme le Temps, les 
imprudentset les vieillards qui, la voyant venir lourdement 
et silenoieusement, s'imaginent qu'il est ais6 de lui 
6chapper. 

Second Paper. 
Pbofessob Stbinbebgeb. 
Section A. 

1. Translate into French : — 

Young Junot was a sergeant in a French regiment when 
General Bonaparte was besieging Toulon. 

The love of their country was the chief sentiment with 
which the Spartans tried to inspire their young men. 

Lycurgus seems to have had the intention to form a 
nation of soldiers. He wanted them to be able to maintain 
the peace and liberty of 'their country against dangerous 
neighbours. 



817MMEB» 1906 PAB8. 77 

My father was walking one day in the oouni^y, when he 
met two boySy twelve years old, who asked him for money. 
He answered them that he had no money about him and 
ihat he was astonished that they were begging. 

They told him that their parents had died a short time 
ago, and that their friends were not troubling themselves 
about them. 

It was the King's duty to go through the cities of the 
kingdom, and to see witii his own eyes that thosa who 
ruled in his name refused or sold justice to no man. 

Columbus and his companions believed that there existed 
a large continent to the west of the Atlantic Ocean. 

It is, as a rule, easier to translate from French into 
English than from English into French. 

Section B. 
li. Pbesobibed Authobs. 

Translate into English : — 

(a) Pebbiohon, montrant le journal, Certes, je ne suis 
pas un revolutionnaire, mais je le proclame hautement, la 
presse a du bon ! [Mettant le journal dans sa poche et d 
part,) J*en ferai acheter dix num^ros I 

Mapamr Pebbiohon. Dis done, mon ami, si nous 
envoyions au journal le r^cit de la belle action de 
M. Armand? 

Henbiette. Oh I oui I cela ferait un joli pendant I 

Pebbiohon, vivement, G'est inutile ! je ne peux pas tou- 
jonrs occuper les journaux de ma personnalit^... 

Jean, entrant, un pajpier h la main. Monsieur ? 

Pebbiohon. Quoi? 

Jean. Le concierge vient de me remettre un papier 
timbr6 pour vous. 

Madame Pebbiohon. Un papier timbr^ ? 

Pebbiohon. N'aie done pas peurl je ne dois rien k 
personne...au contraire, on me doit... 

Majobin, a part, O'est pour moi qu'il dit 9a I 

Pebbiohon, regardant le papier, Une assignation h com- 
paraltre devant la sixi^me chambre pour injures envers un 
agent de la force publique dans Texercice de ses fpnctions. 

e 



78 FIBST UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION. 

Tous. Ah f mon Diea ! 

Perbiohon, lisant. Vu le proc^s-verbal dress6 au bu- 
reau de la douane fran9aise par le sienr Machut, sergent 
douanier... (Mfl/orm remonte), 

Abmand. Qu'est-ce que cela signifie 7 

Pebbighon. Un douanier qui m'a saisi trois montres 
...j'ai 6t6 trop vif...je Tai appel^ gabelouf rebut de 
rhumanit6!... 

(b) La mdre pleure et la fiUe vous d^coche des phrases 
bien senides. 

Je suis tout k fait remis. 

II va le prendre en grippe. 

II n'est pas banal celui-l& I 

Si la barbue etait trop chere, elle la remplacerait par un 
morceau de veau k la casserole. 

III. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 
Translate into English : — 

Tout passe. 
Quand le soleil a jauni Therbe 
Des grands monts, quand descend le soir, 
Quand r6pi miir courbe la gerbe, 
Quand la grappe attend le pressoir, 
II faut que vienne la faucille, 
Que le cercle de la famille 
Se reforme autour du foyer, 
Que les bl^s emplissent la grange, 
Et des tr^sors de la vendange 
Que se gamisse le cellier. 

Ainsi, fr^res, de toute chose. 
Ainsi, Dieu puissant, sous ta main 
Tout nait, grandit, se decompose, 
H^las t entre hier et demain ; 
Ainsi tout change, ainsi tout passe, 
Ainsi dans les temps et Tespace 
Bien pour nous qui puisse durer. 
Sombre 6nigme ! fatal probl^me ! 
Qu'y faire, 6 sagesse supreme ? 
Baisser la t^te et t'adorer. 



^ SUMMBB, 1906 — PASS. 79 

GEKMAN. 

FiBBT Paper. 

Pbofessor Steinbeboeb. 

I. — Gbammab. 

1 . Form the third person singular of the present indicative 
and subjunctive of: effenf bitten^ tvcttn, aotrcd^en, ^ergeWen, 
au^aittrtf »erjeil^en, umjiel^en. 

2. State and exemplify the principal rules connected with 
the use of the subj unctive mood. 

3. How must participial clauses denoting time or cause be 
expressed in German ? Give examples. 

4. Form German sentences in the active and passive voice 
with the following verbs :— tefel^len^ txlanitn, raten. 

5. Translate : — He could do it, if he liked. He could 
have done it, if he had liked. You ought to do it. I do 
not think that he ought to go out. 

6. Show clearly, by means of examples, when to he in 
connexion with a past participle is to be translated by fctn^ 
and when by tt)Crben ? 

7. Translate : — We know him to be an honest man. All 
my friends wished me to come. "No one expected the ship 
to arrive to-day. 

8. Give five examples of the use of the infinitive with- 
out ju. 

II. — Pbescbibkd Axjthob. 

9. Translate into English : — 

®oBalb e« ba^er kbl^after tt)jitbe auf ben ©trafleit unb ber 
SBorgen ganj l^eraufgefommen tvar^ ttat er juerfl in bie ftir^e 
unb ©erric^tetc feiit ®tUt £)ann ttat er feineit SBeg an. ©er 
^erjog/ ber $err be^ fianbe«, toax ein befannter ®(i^lemttier Jinb 
SedCer/ ber eine gute Safel liebte unb feine ftod^e in aQen SBelt^ 
tl^eilen anffud^te. 3u feincm ^aU^ begab jld^ ber ^tetne. ate er 
an bie auferfle ^^forte tarn, fvagteu bie ^^iirl^iiter nad§ feinem 

e2 



8G FIBST UKTVERSITT EXAMINATION. 

Segel^r unb l^atten il^ren @poti mil if)m ; er akr t^erlangte mii 
bem OBerfud^enmeiflfr- @te lad^ten unb fiil^rten il^n burd§ btc 
Sorl^ofe, unb M tx l^infam, MieBen btc Dtencr pe^en^ fd^auteit 
mi) t^nt/ lad^ten n>eibli(i^ unb fd^Ioffen fid^ ati/ fo bag nai) unb 
na^ ein ungel^eurer 3ug i^on £)tenern aUer SIrt fld^ btc 2^re))))c bc^ 
55alaflc5 l^tnauf Bcttscgtc ; bic ©taUfncd^tc ttsarfcn il^rc ®tricgcl 
tt)cg/ btc Soufcr licfcn^ tt)a« flc fonntcn; btc Ztppiiiixtitet »crgaf en 
btc Scppid^c au^}u!Io))fcn/ SSUcd brdngtc unb ttte( fid^/ c^ tvar ein 
©cnjul^I, ate fci ber gctnb »or ben Z^otm, unb ba« ®cfd^ret: 
„6tn 3n)ei*g, ein Stvcrg ! ^a6t 31^r ben 3n?erg gefcl^en ?" fiiUtc 
bic Sufte. 

III. — Unfbesobibbd Passage. 

10. Translate into English : — 

Satrtciu^ faw in ba« Sagcr bc^ ^J^rrl^u^ aW ©cfanbter bcr 
Womct. 2)a bcr 96nig wugtc/ in tDcId^em anfcl^cn cr in Mom 
panb/ fud^tc er il^n auf jcbc SBcifc fur jld^ ju getwinneril Sr lief 
il^n balder aUctn gu fld^ lommen unb ^pvai) }u il^m : r/3(i^ tDcig/ 
ItcBcr ga6rtciu5, bag bu ein fricg^crfal^rcncr unb tugenbl^aftcr 
SKann unb bcnnod^ arm tip ; ba^ t^nt mix Icib. SrlauBc mir 
balder/ bag i(ij bir i)on meinen ©d^o^cn fo »icl ge6c/ bag bu retd^er 
feifl ate bic anbercn ®enatoren. 2)enn ba^ ifl ber beflc @c6raud^/ 
ben gurflen i>m il^rcn Sieid^tpmern madden f&nnen; bag flc grogcn 
2Rannern bamit au^l^elfcn. 3d^ i)erlangc bafiir »on bir nid^te 
Sntel^renbe^, fonbern nur, bag bu beinem SSoIte jum griebcn ratp. 
31^ braud^c cinen tugenb^aften unb trcucn grcunb/ unb bu cincn 
96nig, njeld^er bid^ burd^ feinc grcigetigfeit in ben @tanb fcfrt/ 
mel^r ®utc^ gu tl^un al^ bi^l^cr." gatriciu^ anttoortcte : ,/3d§ 
banfc bir, o Sonig, fiir bic gutc SRcinung/ bic bu wn mir l^afl; 
abcr xij »finfd§c anij, bag bu flc bel^altcfl; barum nimm bein ®clb 
jurfidC. S)u l^afl gan} rcd^t/ bag i^ arm Bin. 3d§ l^aBc cinctt 
Kcinen JSdtcr unb ein ^du^d^cn unb IcBc nid§t i»on 3infcn unb bee 
SSrBctt »on ®!Ia»en/ aber bennod^ bin i^ gludHid^ ; benn i(ii toerbr 
^on meinen 3Ritburgcm gead^tet unb gcl^c mit ben Slcid^flcn unb 
Sttngefcl^enpen ate mcine^ ©leid^cn urn. 



8U1IME&, 1906 — BA86. 81 

SXCOITD PaFBB. 

Pbopsssob Gasic. 
I. — GoMFOflmoir. 

Translate into Oerman : — 

In Upper Suabia stand the wallfl of a castle, which was 
once the most stately in the neighbourhood — HohenzoUem. 

Now many centuries ago, there lived in this stronghold a 
Zollem who, by nature, was an extraoi-dinary man. 

This morning I went to town with my two nieces. 

They bought presents for one of their school-fellows, who 
will be married next Monday at ten o'clock. 

She and her husband will go to N"orway for their honey- 
moon. They intend to spend six weeks in that country. 

I was there twenty years ago, and was delighted with the 
scenery. 

There are many remarkable waterfalls, and mountains 
which even in summer are covered with snow. 

The people are polite and obliging. 

The hotels, especially in large towns, cau be recommended. 

In the bedrooms there are lM*ge stoves. 

Our landlord told us in excellent English : Please, 
gentlemen, make yourselves comfortable. 

We followed his good advice at once. 

II. — Tbsbcbibsd Author. 

Translate into English : — 
I. 

S)e« Sanger^ glut^. 

& fianb in alten deiten tin @(i^Iop/ fo §oc§ unb ^e^r^ 
SBeit glaiijt* e« ixUx bie Sanbe bi^ an ba« blaue 2Reer/ 
Unb ring« »on buft'gen ®arten etn bWtl^enretd^er ftranj, 
S)rin fprangen frifd^e SSrunnen im JRegenJogenglanj. 

S)ort fag etn flolger S&ni^ an Sanb unb ®tf gen xci^, 
Sr fag auf feinem Xl^rone fo flnflcr unb fo bleid^ ; 
2)enn ma^ er f!nnt i{l ®d^reden/ unb wad er Wit, ifl SSntSi, 
Unb toa» er f))rid^t/ t|l @leif el/ unb leo^ ex ,\ifctiit, ifl Slut 



2 FIBST tJKlVEBSItT EXAMINATION. 

©np jog tiad^ biefem ©d^Ioffe tin eble^ ®5nger<)aar/ 
2)er Sin' in golbneit ioitn, bcr Snbre gtou »oti $aar; 
2)er aite mit bcr ^arfe, er faf ouf fd^mutfem IRo^f 
S^ fd^ritt tl^tn frif^ jur ®eite ber (iiil^enbe ®eno{l. 

2)cr aitc frrad^ jum 3«ngen : wSButi fei tereit mein ©ol^n ! 
2)enf* unfrer tiefpen £iebei:# fltmm* an ben tooHflen Son/ 
Sttimm oDe ftraft jnfommen/ bte £np nnb aud^ ben @(i§merj ! 
e« gilt m^ f)mi, ju riil^ren bc« Ronig^ peinern ^erj," 

U^lanb. 

n. 

2)a fprid^t ber fiorb unb fd^toingt'^ baBci : 
,/S)ie« @Ia« »on leud^tenbem SripaH 
OaB meinem ^n am DueD bie gei, 
S)rein fd^rieB pe: lomtnt bie« ®M gn gaD, 
gal^r* tool^l bonn/ o ®lfl* »Ott (Sbenl^all. 

(Sin Md^gla^ n^arb gum Sood mit gug 
S)em freub'gen @tamm 'oon Sbenl^aH ; 
SBir fd^lilrfcn gern in ijoDem Bug/ 
2Bir lauten gem mit lantern ©d^aQ ; 
®tof t an mit bem Oliidte J)on gben^aD !« 

Srfl flingt e« ntilbe/ tief nnb »oD/ 
®Ieid^ bem ®efang ber Bai)ti^aU, 
5Dann toie be« 2BaIbjhom« laut ©eroU, 
Sule^t erbrSl^nt toic ©onnerl^aD 
2>a« ]^errlid§e ®IM i)on Sbenl^aH* 



Ihtd, 



III. — XJnpeescbibbd Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

auf bem ®erge pel^t bie ^nttt, 
2Bo ber alte Sergmann tool^nt; 
Morten ranfd^t bie griine S^anne^ 
Unb erglanjt ber golbne iiSonb. 



SUHMEBy 1906 — PASS. 88 

3tt ber ^ntit flel^t tin Se^n|hi]^l, 
9{eid§ gefd^ni^t unb tDunberlid^/ 
35er barajif pft/ ber ifl ^VxSliSi, 
Unb ber ©IMid^e iin 3(i§ I 

Suf bem ®d^etnel fi^t bie Jtleine/ 
®tti(t ben SIrm auf metnen ®d§oog ; 
SSeugletn n)ie gtvei Blaue ®teme^ 
SBfinbleitt tt)ie bie 3>uq)urroP* 

Unb bie Utitn, ilantn ®tmit 
®(i^au^n miSj an fo l^immelgrog/ 
Unb fie legt ben Silienflnger 
©d^alE^aft auf bie ^Jurpurrof. 

SRein, e« jlel^t un« nid^t bie 2Butter, 
2)enn fie frinnt mit grof em gteip, 
Unb ber Sater frielt bie Sitl^er, 
Unb er jlngt bie alte mi\\ 



' SPANISH. 
FiBST Papeb. 
Bev. Thomas Wheeleb. 
Gbammab* 

1. What is the general rule for the formation of the 
plural of compound words in Spanish? 

2, Write the plural of the following words : — 

ricahembraf cvaXquiera^ ferToca/rril^ viad/ucto. 

8. How is the plural formed when a verb is one of the 
components — e.g. portciestandarte ? 

4. Where is generally the place of adjectives in a 
sentence ? Give an example of the difference in meaning 
of the same adjective, when placed before, and after the 
same substantive. 



84 FIRST UNIVEBSITY EXAUINATION. 

5. Write out the cardinal nnmbers from one ix) fifteen, 
and the ordinals irom first to twelfth. 

6. Write out in full the preterite, fotnre indicative, 
and present subjunctive of the verbs : — creer^ ser, da/r, and 
caer. 

7. Translate into Spanish the following sentences : — 

I think we shall have a hot summer with little rain and 
no wind. 

I am very glad a^ there will be plenty of fruit, and a 
good harvest. 

We have not had a warm summer for some years. The 
spring of this year has been very wet and cold. 

The long evenings of winter are agreeable to the 
studious. 

Do not be long. We breakfast at 8 o'clock. 

II. — Pbescbibed Author. 

8. Translate into English : — 

JPSfdx, , 
^Por qu6? 

Don Fernando, 

Porque suyo soy. 

Fenix» 

^ Pues no te ha estimado hoy ? 

Don Fernando. 
Y tambien me ha aborrecido. 

Fenix, 

^ Un dia posible ba sido 
A desunir dos estrellas ? 

Don Fernando. 
Para presumir por alias, 
Las flores habran venido. 
Estas, que fusion pompa y alegria, 
Des^pertando al albor de la manana, 
A la tarde seran lastima vana, 



SUIOIEB, 1906— ^A8S. 9$ 

Durmiendo en brazos de la noche &ia. 

Este matiz, que al cielo desaffa, 

Iris listado de oro, nieve j grana, 

Serd esoarmiento de la vida bumana: 

i Tanto se emprende en t^rmino de un dia ! 

A.florecer las rosas madrugaron, 

Y para envejecerse florecieron : 

Ouna 7 sepulcro en nn boton hallaron. 
Tales los hombres sus fortonas vieron : 
En nn dia naoieron y e^piraron ; 
Que pasados los siglos, boras fa^ron. 

FSntZm 
Horror y miedo me bas dado, 
Ni oirte ni verte quiero ; 
S6 el desdicbado primero 
De qoien buye un desdicbado. 

Don Fernando. 
^ T las flores ? 

9. Translate into Englisb : — 

Ya nos cogen en medio, 

Un ej6rcito y otro, sin remedio. 

] Que bellaca palabra ! 

La llave eterna de los cielos abra 

Un resquicio siquiera, 

Que de aqueste peligro si^a afuera 

Quien aqui se ba venido 

Sin qu6 ni para qu6. Pero fingido 

Muerto estar6 un instante, 

Y muerto lo tendre para adelante. 

III.; — Unpbesoeibbd Passaoe. 

10. Translate into Englisb : — 

Berenguer t\i6 llevado i, la tienda de Bodrigo, que, 
sentado magestuosamente en su silla, escucb6 oon 
semblante airado las disculpas y bumillaciones abatidas 
del prisionero, sin responderle benignamente, y sin 
Gonsentirle sentarse. Orden6 d. sas soldados que le 

eS 



86 FIBST tJNIVEBSITY EXAHINAtlON. 

custodiasen faera ; pero tambien mand6 que se le tratase 
espl^ndidamente y d. pocos dias le concedio la libertad. 
Tratose luego del rescate de los demas cautivos. En los 
principales no hubo dificultad; pero ^ qu6 habian de 
dar los infeliees soldados? Ajust6sey sin embargo su 
libertad pQjr una soma alzada, y partieron despues & su 
patria. 



Second Pafeb. 

Bev. Thomas Wheeleb. 

I. Composition. 

1. Translate into Spanish : — 

(a) I went yesterday to see the new hospital for soldiers. 
I was very much pleased with it and all I saw there. 

(b) Everything seems to have been thought of for the 
comfort and amusement of the inmates. 

(c) I have determined upon leaving town next month, 
and I hope to be able to be away for seven or eight days. 

{d) The professors are very busy at this season, and 
cannot be spared for any length of time. Some of them 
are rather tired out and iU. 

(e) We shall have plenty of walking, bathing, and 
rowing, and there is no reason why we shall not spend 
many happy days by the sea. 

(/) Won't you pay us a visit while we are there? 
Certainly, if possible. But in any case I hope to see you 
come back with renewed health and vigour. 

(ff) Thanks. I hope so. All this is very kind of you. 
Good-bye. 

II. Pbbsobibed Authobs. 

What is the meaning of the word Gaviota, and how is 
it applied in the title of this novel of Feman Caballero ? 
Mention three other novels of this author, and give some 
biographical details. 



SUMHEB, 1906 — PASS. 87 

2. Translate into English : — 
(a) La suegra sigai6 los pasos de la nuera. 
lAlabado sea Dios ! Buenas noches, Madre : buenas 
nocbes, mujer, dijo al entrar un bombre alto y de buen 
talante, que parecia tener de treinta y ocbo & cuarenta 
auos, y & quien seguia un mucbacbo como de unos trece. 

{b) Dolores volyi6 & cerrar la puerta, y se reani6 en la 
oOcina con sn marido y con su madre. 

^Me traes, le dijo, el jabon y el almidon ? 

Aqui viene. 

^Y mi lino ? pregunt6 la madre. 

Ganas tuve de no traerlo, respondi6 Manuel sonri^n 
dose, y entregando & su madre unas madejas. 

I Y por qu6, hijo ? 

Es que me acordaba de aquel que iba & la feria, y & 
quien daban encargos todos sus vecinos. Tr4eme un 
sombrero ; tr^eme un par de polainas : una prima queria 
un peine ; una tia, chocolate ; y d. todo esto, nadie le daba 
un cuarto. Guando estaba ya montado en una mula, lleg6 
un chiquillo y le dijo : ' Aqui tengo dos cuartos para un 
pito 6 Dae lo quiere Vd. traer ? ' Y diciendo y haciendo, 
le puso las monedas en la mano. El bombre se inclin6, 
tom6 el dinero, y le respondi6 : * Tu pitards ! * Y en 
efecto, yolyi6 de la feria, y de todos los encargos no trajo 
mas que el pito. 

iFues estd bueno! repuso la madre: ^para qui^n me 
paso yo hilando los dias y las noches ? 

m. Unfbesgbibed Authob. 

(c) Con estas injurias enconados mas los animos, todos 
se apercibieron a la pelea. Dos del conde ocuparon por la 
noche el monte que dominaba el campamento del Gid ; y 
al rayar el dia embisten atropelladamente, dando gritos 
furiosos. Bodrigo, puestas sus tropas & punto de batalla, 
sale de sus tiendas y se arroja d. ellos con su Impetu 
acostumbrado. Ya ciaban, cuando el Gid, caido del caballo, 
quebrantado y herido, tuvo que ser Uevado a su tienda por 
los suyos ; y este accidente restableci6 el equilibrio. Mas 
lo que en otras oeasiones hubiera sido causa de una derrota. 



88 FIRST UNIVERSITT EXAMINATION. 

lo fa6 entonces de la victoria. Los inYioios oastell^nos 
siguieron el impiilso dado por su general, y arrollaron por 
todas partes a los franceses y catalanes ; gran numero de 
ellos fueron muertos : cinco mil quedaron prisioneros, 
entre ellos el conde y sus principles cabos; y todo el 
bagaje y tiendas cayeron en manos del vencedor. 



HEBEEW. 
FmsT Paper. 

Bev. Professor Dickey. 
1. Translate the following passages into EngHsh : — 

lm^^ ]hnvh^ hb^dS KhpS njh^ ina>M^) 

<T JT T *^ : IV T : Kv " I v: j t r • vt t 

njna ts^» KV^i .'wn msn-rtK p"i %p 

*A ; - ^^* •• I...... IV- V JT - V I V- -'t r* 

: »JTT T - I <T : ' -: t— it ; v *.-Tv- 

lonyp "jin^ "j?? "rn^ n|"|s 

• v: jtt I : ^^ t v ^ : - j- - : • :- 

-ip«P5 Kin an;? ^a wi^dh^ p.§ TO 

;-« : IT T ; • jr : • ^t -^. t» • v • v: 



somas, 1906— R488. 89 

• itT • I vrf" V" T : • i- : i*T s»» s-:i- ' * 

DjarF^T qai ran w^p Vmi win'? ^J^:^^ 
:.Ti.T ora p^ril '>B'3j?i?^ -TvT"^^ O'^^'l^n 



^,3^ nv^ijT! i?5|"|«i rh^pi M^Hp C'''S?'f! ^''^ 
:d"»5t;9 i^ni< nij'^ a^n nfe^jD nTt??D ti'Bh 

DD*? naSan rh^2rr) mujn «-i» rm nans'? 

V T V T - <T • : • : ^^ IT ' J-: W V T - 

'2. Fdrse fnlljr the f ollotdng : — 



do FIBST UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

Comment on the pointing of HTlTJ/n, and transliterate 
into English characters, showing the syllables. In what 
other way may 7li<5'^ be pointed? Transliterate D^lll^p» 

nsB^ and D^'a^bni" 

3. Write brief notes on the construction of 1U^) in (a), 
13Bfl in (*), iriBhpi in W, and U^y\l^ i^\d). 

Some authorities prefix wdio cof^'unctwe to DIT11* How 
should it be pointed ? 

4. Write out the principal parts ftal of tJfJJ. What 
verbs of this class do not reject the Mn ? What other class 
of irregular verbs reject the first radical ? Illustrate. 

5. Give in full the Perfect Mphal of lyj and Perfect 
Hiph'il of 33D» In what ways may the Imperfect of the 
latter be pointed, and with what difference in meaning ? 

6. Write out in Hebrew the numerals from one to ten for 
masculine nouns. 



Sbcond Papeb. 
Rev. Peofessoe Dickey. 
1. Translate the following passages into English : — 

D^3 Dnina nan ^idb^i nn-Qi; Sin? w 
riD^O ^'•ifo m^ bS vn ^vi^nn d^^kSd •'fiani 

1.T • : • - » J" ; - T < T AT ; T v t ; r* t i 

^W r^^l m:- 05; V -ati^n npkTSi 
h^litn 3j5^ n^iBrpS ]ny->D :"iin«'? rp^l 

tt:* <t i: jtt < at: j-: i.*:i: 



dUUHEB, 1906 tABB. 91 

'^ TT J ; • T • <••-:»-:- at t : • i.^iv 

:3^-bur D-'fe^-i^^ i3'T1^5i!»T 
c^pt?'^"! i^v;; "'.^pi "•man t^p niafe^sirr (*) 

T AT 1.V h- ^» .»; - . T IT- • V 't J : • 

T •• I : <• - ir It : O -: : • ' v : t v : • < • : 

SiSl D]^«1 n-?3 mn fWDB' : DIV '•SDiT '«'7DD1 

J -: vv - : TV. •• -: tT <- t it • i« : • : j» : • 

k)) nny;') nriyp nia^"T|^ "V^W^ '''^1.^ 

J ; V •• : • : t •• J : : • • <t'^ it^ -: 

• "T -T <• 'Av: T jt : • i vt •• - tT -t j -< 

'i^ «"Jl? l^ip j;;b!qi nili?rt im 
'«!2!i^-TT' DnvD niH*" '«nK "11DK nb •'S («) 

>^^ -IT •:;-:• • v; jt -: - t < j* 

n^jr? :ij?a?^ DQg5 iia^i?? Dg' "ii^i^ l^i^^l? 
iWd Dan ""lai; np'7-'3 KIit-dw nb-^V-na 

<T : I AT . r^ N— .. !• t ; \ : . - 



92 FIBST UNirXUHTT KXAMIHATIOIt. 

»nn-«3§->5 mriT} Dija ]^) ^^f v^ jrv gV 



2. («) Comment on tT^n^ n^H and ia« HOn. 

and on the form HD wDv and the conBtraction 

of '^^hn. 

(h) Point out any difficoltieB in this passage and 
' explain. 

{e) When is ^^^^V so painted? Comment on the 

use of 3 in D&K3 t^d on the pointing of 

3. Parse folly the following : — 

'J^T. '^y ♦'"'.to 

4. Give the singular and plural (abs. and cons.) of the 
following nouns, specifying the declension to which each 
belongs : — 

and the duals of "^^^ and ?[3tt^« 

5. Translate and comment on the following : — 

: nja/Ki 'h-rti^^ oipan 'b-^)i w 
l]M^^D) |3-iD| rv'^i^) r^^ 1335 yi^n) w 

TITT • T T* T ••-; •- 



sumoBB, 1906— PASS. 9S 

IRISH. 

FiBST Papee. 

Bev. Pboemsob HoeAV. 

1. Translate into English : — 

'Sf TOO fitip f, Y^ '"o ?^^ ^ Y^ '"O tr^ ^9 'r^ ^o 6alca, 
'S f spiandn na Bpeap 65 f 506 aon Id'fon cfo^^^cThain. 
Cd a 5piiai6 map an p6f a*f a pfab map an eala. 
S6 TOO ttiho san to6 1 sc6Thnui6e TOap a s-c6pai$eann 
pf a leabai6. 

Mt'l aipjeat) nf 1 6p o^oto, nf I c6ca, nfl I6nie, 
"Nf I pijm cnn too f)6ca 'p 50 Iip6ipi6 ITlac t)6 opTO, 
t>o geall to6 paoi 66 6tiic, pnl a f)63 to6 t)0 56ilfn 
Q Thaigpe an 6tiil 6TOpaiS na6 bp6ppainn le to* pafi cti. 

Ip TO6p TOO bp6n, 6n 'p TO6p too bp6n 
pd an bpoc-Theap TO6p 
Qg an TOnaoi bo too 6laoi6' 
Ip f plab m€ 6 too be6. 

'S f TOO ihian, 6n 'p^ too ihian, 

bean ip annpa Iioto paoi 'n n^^in, 
Qn bean na6 j-cuippeab opTO binn 
t)d puibpinn le na ca6b. 

'8t bo cpdbaig too 6poi6e 

a'p bY<3i5biiiJ opna am* Idp, 

TDuna t>cdstap an c-olc po 6to' ^'oi^e 

W b^ib to6 50 be6 pldn, 

2. Translate into English : — 

(a) Ip a TO'psei^ 1 mbeul beapnan 

t)o pdgbab m6 aip maibin t)6liiain, 
5an aon t)uine be6 1 nt)dil Iioto 

Q6c mo $pd6 bdn a'p 6 imci^ce a bpab uaim 



94 FIBST UNIVEBSITY EXAMIMATION. 

NT bpuil gile Tid bpedja6c 

Nd dillea6c b'd paib ann pan pfoga6c 
Na6 bpuil ann mo Jpdb bdn 

^'r 5^P F<^5 F^ r^^ opna ann mo 6liab. 

Ahhrdin Qrddh Chiiige Connaeht 

(b) G cdillitiip, a cdillidip 

'8 a cdiUiljipfn an 6ut)ai$, 
Mtbeipe liom map geappap ctj 

'Md map 6umap cti na bpeuga, 
Ml cpuime liom bp6 Thmlinn 

'8 t cuicim 1 Loc 6ipne, 
'Md 5pd& buan an cdillitiip. 

3. What is the meaning of the following words and 
expressions from * Qbpdin 5p^^ 6^150 Connate ' : — 
Comlnabap, leanabdn, cuaipipg, 6mpa, annpa6c, 
cluaimgeadc, leannbub or lionnbub^ bolcaib ap mo 
6aolaib, cabaippmn-pe camall b'd bp6u5a6, nt m6p 
Oom con^noTh Idibip. 

4. Correct the following sentences : — 

Qn c6at) coipc6im = the first footstep. Tllapb66a6 p6 
caoipige = he used to kill sheep. Cea6 a£;aip na cailin = 
the girl's father's house. Qn plije mapcamn bo bt 0150 = 
the means of livelihood he had. t)'iappai6 p6 an in gin aip 
a 66mappa » he asked his neighbour for his daughter. 

Write correctly the following sentence, amending all 
faults in orthography and grammar : — 

Mnaip paib m6 aip an paippje camnic pcoipm mop 
6 na pp6ap6a opptnn, asnp bo bpipeab an cpan pe6l. 
t)o peaban na peolcaib a^up cuic cldp ap coob na 
loinj. 

6. Translate into Irish : — 

On a certain occasion a pilgrim from Ireland, named 
O'Dungal, on his way from Rome, stopped for some time 
at Tours to make his devotions at the tomb of St. Martin. 
One morning as he was walking through the city, he observed 



SUHMBB, 1906 — ^PASS. 95 

a little crowd of people a short way off busying themselves 
about something. Stepping up to find what was the matter, 
lie there saw, quite plainly, his own mother Kentigem, 
standing in the midst of the crowd, distributing flesh meat 
and new milk among the poor people. 

Translate : — 

(a) Are these beans yours ? They are, and the peas you 
see there. 

(b) "Will you have some hen eggs ? No ; I prefer duck 
eggs. 

(e) I will give you forty pounds for that mare. I cannot 
take less than forty-five. 

(d) I suppose you have been in Belfast. No; indeed I 
never was there ia my life. But I was in Dublin ; and I 
went from that to Kingstown (t)un-LaoJaipe) in a little 
boat. 

[Retranslate : — I do not think that the expedition of that 
man should be called a conquest of Ireland, because he did 
not make a long stay in it, and, accordingly, as it seems to 
me, Partholon's conquest is more properly to be accounted 
the first conquest of Ireland after tike flood. 

Unfbescbibed Passage. 

6. Translate into English : — 

Qgup t)o eug gach uile peoil bap choppuij ap an 
ccalarh, ibip eunaib agup dpn6ip agup aniThmce, agup 
gach aoinnt6 pndiTheach pTidriiap ap an ccalarh, agup 
gach uile t)Uine : gach nf& ap a paib andl na beacha 
a b-polldpaib a pp6na&, bo'n uile nfb b'a paib ap 
calarh cipim, puapabap bdp. Qgup bo pgpiopab gach 
uile 6tJil beo noch bo bt ap bpuim na caiman ibip 
buine agup beachach agup an ntb pndmap agup 
ei]nlai6 neiihe ; agup bo f^an Naoi aihdin 'na beachaib 
agup an luchc bo bt 'na pochaip pan dipc ; agup bo 
buai6i$ an c-uipge 6p cionn na caiman ceub agup 
caogab id. 



66 IfmST UNIVIB8ITT BXAMINATIOK. 

Ibish Histobt. 

7. Giye some account of the foUowiiLg notable men : — 
Gl?urgesiii8, MaelsecUainn the Ard-rf, and Hasculf mac 
Turkill. 

8. What was the Boru Tribute, and what were the results 
of its exaction on the course of Irish history ? 

9. Write an account of the character and career of 
Strongbow, 



Seoohi) Pafsb. 

EiEY. Professor Hogan. 

I. 

Translate into English : — 

Qg po an ceipc t)o-beip ITlp. S^ot), pajapc 8acpana6 
t)0 bt aj peolab pcoile i LuiTnnea6, ap 6ipeaTni6aib, an 
can pd haoip t)o'n Cigeapna, mtle, ct3i5-c6at), p6 
blia&na a'p cpf pi6it) . Cinea6 po, ap p6, acd IdiDip i 
gcopp, agup acd Iticrhap, ag a mbt incirni poipcill dpb, 
mcleacc Seup, btop coscamail, nearii-6oi5ealca6 ap a 
beacaib, ag a mbt pulans paocaip, piia6ca, agup 
ocpaip, btop poi-6eannpa pe haoibeabaib, buain- 
feapmad i ngpdb, t)o-fdpui$ce i bpalcanop, btop poi- 
cpeibTheo6, btop ponnihap ap 6lti b^j^agbdil , btop neaih- 
poi$ibnea6 ap riiapla n6 ap eu^o^ip b'pulan^. 

Q5 po p6p an ceipc bo-beip Sccnihuppc oppo; — 
bpeam po-pi]ilin5cea6 ap paocopaib, a^up cap an uile 
cin6al be 6aoinib, ip annaih btop cldi6 1 n^uapaccaib. 

II. 

Translate into English : — 

Ip lonsnab liom hanmep bo bt 'na Sacpana6, Tia6 
paca, agup na6 ap* 61115 pean6up 6ipeann pioih, 
cionnup bo beibeab a piop aige, cia an pt bo X>i ap 
6ipinn pe linn Cptopc bo bpeic, asup 5an a piop 015© 



50 cinnce bdil bpeacan p6in. (5ip acd Samiiel t)aniell, 
aguf Tn6pdn t)'t5Jbapaib eile bo pgptob pcdip na 
bpeacan T116ipe, 05 a abitidil gup ab neoin-6piiinn an 
peaTi6up acd aca p6in ap 6dlaib peanba na bpeacan 
[bo bptj 50 pugabap 1^6itidnaiJ agup SacpanaiJ a 
peancTip agup a pein-pcptbne uafca : lonnup na6 bfo& 
GCo ace amup n6 bapaThail bo 6abaipc bo bdlaib 
peanba na bpeacjon], p6p na 8acpan6aib agup p6p na 
'R6Tiidn6aib ; a^up uime pin abeip Camben p6$lunie;a 
p6in nac peap b6 ca ham cdn^abap na *picci' 
b'diciu$a6 na caoibe cuoiifeebe'n bpeacain Til6ip, agup 
p6p na6 peap X>6 cp6ab 6 n-abap6ap bpicannm pe 
bpeacam, atv a bapaihail bo i&abaipc map 506 peap 
eile. 

in. 

Translate into English : — 

W ptop b6, p6p, map abeip, 50 paibe Sldinje mac 
t)eala cpfo6a blia6an 1 bplai6eap 6ipeann, 6ip bo p6ip 
an cpeancnpa, nt paibe 1 bplaiceap a6c aon blia6ain 
GThdm. Ip neiTh-ptpinnea6 map an ^ceubna 66 a 
pd& 50 paibe cop 6 aimpip djuipcfn Tnana6, 05 dipb- 
eappo5 Camceapbuipib ap 6l6ip 6ipeann, 50 haimpip 
Uilliaiin *Concuip.' Ip pollup lomoppo, ap pean6np 
6ipeann, na6 paibe cop 05 dipbeappog Cainceapbuipib 
ap 6l6ip 6ipeann, 50 haimpip Uilliaim * Concnip/ agup 
na6 paibe cop aca an cpdd;-poin p6in, a6c ap 6l6ip 
dca-cliafc, Lo6a-5apman, puipc-laipge, 6opcaiJe ajup 
Luimni J, agup ip lab an 6liap-poin p6in (cp6 6oTnbdi6 
pialapa le lu6c na Nopmanbie, ap mbeic 66ib p6in 
b'lapThap na Lo6lonna6 b'd ngoipfet 'Nopmanm' agnp 
p6p cp6 nearh-mbdib le 500^0^01^) cngpab lab p6in pd 
pTna6c dipbeappoj 6ainceapbiiipi6; agup nf iheapaim 
50 paibe cop 05 dipbeappoj Oamceapbuipib oppa pm 
p6in a6c pe linn cpfp dipbeappog t)^6 paibe 1 jCam- 
ceapbuipift, map acd Rabulp Lanppanc agup Qnpelm, 



98 FIBST UNIVEB8ITT EXAMINATION. 

TTlap pin, ip bpeugac t)o Tianinep a pd6 50 paibe cop 
05 dipt)eappo5 6ainceapbuipi6 ap 6l6ip 6ipeaTin 6 
aimpip dguipctn manac. 

IV. 

Qbeip p6p 'pan 50^15006 caibibil pi6eat) t)e'n leabap 
cuapapgbdla 6115 ap 6ipinn, gup ab arhlaid bo-gnfcf pf 
6in6il Conaill (.1. Ua-t)6riinaill), cpuinniugab bo cup 
ap luce a ctpe ap cnoc dpb in a btjcai^, Idip bdn bo 
Thapbab, a cup b'd bpui6 1 gcoipe mbp ap Idp an 
ihacaipe, ajup ap mbeit bpui6ce bf, beic 05 61 a 
hanbpuic aihail coin nb sabap le n-a beul, agup beic 
05 ice na peola ap a Idrhaib gan pgian gan apm b'd 
geappab aige, agup ,50 poinneab an cum eile be'n 
peoil ap an gcoitibdil, agup 50 nb6anab 6 p6in b'po6- 
pu5ab X)^d 6ip pin inp an anbpuic. Ip pollup gup ab 
bpeujac an ntb-peo abeip Cambpenp, bb p6ip peancupa 
na h6ipeann. — DionbhroUach, 

V. 

(a) Of what matters does Keating treat in the Dion- 
bhrollach? [b) Who are the writers whose statements he 
refutes ? 

VL 

{a) Write down five idiomatic phrases from texts I., 
II., III., IV., and give other examples of those idioms. 
(b) Parse the underlined words, {c) Decline fully Idip 
bdn of text IV. (d) Write the sing., nom., gen., and 
dative of: — bliabna, picib, cpfp, cl6ip. (e) Write the 
1st person sing, indicative of b'fiagbdil;. 

VII. 

TJnpeesceibed Passages. 

Translate into English : — 

(a) bub bean iniheapba TTldipe nt TTlhaoilciapain, 
bean cui5piona6, dpb-mncmneac, c6iUibe, a cug aipe 
t)'d cig agup b'd cupam, agup b'acaip a cloinne. TTlap 



SUHMEB, 1906— PA88. 99 

geall aip po, X>i gean m6j\ 05 a mac Sedjan uippe coifi 
paba a'p bi ft b6o, agup cap 6ip a bdip hi a cuirhne i 
5-coThiiiiibe aj a 6poi6e map p6p pool bide 05 cabaipc 
ua^t^ balaib ^aicTieaihaiJ rhilip. 

{b) Y\6b GOibmn bo na h-6intne 

t)'6ip Jeann 50 h-dpb, 
Ip feuipliTijeann le 66ile 
Gp aon 6paoib aihain : 
W map pin bo b^anaim 
Ip mo 6eab mfle 5pa6, 
G6c ip paba 6 na 66ile 
bhfop dp n6ip$e 506 la. 

vin. 

Translate into English : — 

bf capaillfn beag cneapca 05 S^amup Cdillitipa. 6f 
an b6cap p6i6 asup an oi66e ^eal, -| bd mb6a6 on 
beipc pdpca leip an m6ib bo hi 6lca aca nnaip pd^a- 
bap ppdib Cill dipne b6a& an ps^al 50 mai6 aca, a6c 
nf pobobap. Muaip cdngabap 50 t)poi6eab na Learhna 
bt beo6 le bei6 aca, -j nnoip bt an gaba 05 cea6c ama6 
ap an bcpucaill cuic p6 ap pleapg a 6poma ap an 
mb66ap, agup 'pa^ a^n 66abna bo 6iiip pub 6i5in an 
capoll ap piljbal. 

IX. 

Idioics. 

Translate into English : — 

t)'d paibe a'p beibeap u6 amtn^ na beip bpoichpgeiil 
a baile ope p6in. glac 5p6im bamgion bo ^eagapc, ip 
cpann beacha 6 bon bpuinj glacap 5p6im be. beupaib 
aon mabpab ariidin ap ihabpaibe an baile capann. t)o- 
beupaip opm gaipbeachap bo chlop. 



100 VIB8T unniBEsm ESumunoN. 

X. 

TraEslate into Irish : — 

The ploughman wOl overtake the reaper. I will wait for 
you at this place, as you might overtake me before nightfall 
if I continued to walk on. Judge not that ye be not judged, 
for with what judgment ye judge ye ahaU be judged. ^ He 
uses no diligence to overcome hiB failings* Do this in 
remembrance of me. 

MATHEMATICS. 

FlBST PaPEK. 

Abithhtoc Aim AiaBWA^ 

Fbofbssob Dixok; Fbofbbsob Egah. 

[Not more than ten qtiestiom to be answered.] 

1. Beduce -AV to a recurring decimal, and find the square 
root correct to five places. 

2. A bin at six months for £531 is drawn on March 6th, 
and discounted on May 11. Find the true discount to the 
nearest penny, reckoning interest at 3^^ per cent, per annum. 

3. Reduce to a single fraction in its lowest terms 

2a? + 5 2a? + 9 2a? + 11 

«* + 5a?+'6 " i^ + 9;r + 18 '*' a?» + liar + 30' 

4. Solve the equations 

2a?+_3_ 4a?-9 5 
3y +~2 ■" 9y -26 * 4* 

5. Explain what is meant by multiplication when the 
factors are positive whole numbers. Show that the product 
of two positive whole numbers is the same in whichever 
otiet the factors aret taken, 

6. A, Bf € start together to run ten miles at uniform 
rates. A finishes 200 yards in front of B, and B finishes 
220 yards in front of C, while C finishes 1 min. 2d}- sees. 
after A. Find the time taken by each. 



\ 



SUMMKB, 1906 ^PASS. 101 

7. Prove that 1 - ar** is divisible by 1 - a? for every positive 

integral value of n. Give the quotient. 

In the series 

4 4 4 

find the sum of the first, third, fifth . • . terms to infinity. 

8. Eesolve into factors 

fl* + 2a» + 9, |?» - ^2 + r* - «* - 2^r - 2q8, 
p^-q^ + r^ + 8^-^2pr-2p8- 2r«. 

9. There are three mixtures Ay JB, C. A contains wine 
and water in the ratio of 3 : 1 ; JB contains wine and brandy 
in the ratio of 5 : 2 ; C contains brandy and water in the 
ratio of 3 : 5. In what proportions must they be taken 
to form a mixture of wine, brandy, and water in the ratio 
of 6 : 3 : 2 ? 

10. Calculate the 45th out of 100 arithmetic means 
between 30 and 40, and also the 70th out of 100 harmonic 
means between the same two numbers. 

11. Solve the equation 

3;r + 2 2x 5a? + 1 

12. Find the number of permutations of n things taken 
r at a time, (1) when repetitions of the same thing are 
allowed, (2) when they are not. 

13. Given 

a?Arxy-y^ ^ 355, x^ ->r y^ ^ 325, 
find X and y. 

14. In the expansion of [ 1 + - j by the binomial theorem 

write down the 7th term, the middle term, and the term 
which is greatest when x has the value 3. 

/ 



102 fibst university examination. 

Second Papee. 

Geometry and Tbioonometby. 

Pbofessob Bbomwich; Fboeessob McWeeney. 

[Ten and not more than ten questions to he answered.^ 

1. Two points P, Q are t&ken within a. triangle EST, so 
that E is on the opposite side of PQ from S and T: prove 
that 8P+PQ+ QT is less than 8E + BT. 

Draw a figure in which S is on the opposite side of PQ 
from It and T, and such that SP-^PQ-^^ QT is greater 
than SE + jRTy and state your measurements. 

2. A circle is touched by the line TP at P, and TQR cuts 
the circle in and JR : prove that TP^^TQ. TR, and that 
the triangles TPQ, TRP are similar. 

3. Two chords AB^ CD of a circle cut at a point within 
the circle at an angle equal to 60^ : prove that the arcs A C 
and BD are together equal to either one-third or two-thirds 
of the circumference. 

4. Inscribe a regular polygon of 12 sides in a given 
circle. 

What is the perimeter of the polygon if the radius 
of the circle is 2 inches? 

5. In two triangles BCD, PQRy the angles C, Q are equal 
and BC: BB ^ PQ : PR ; prove that the angles B, R are 
either equal or supplementary, and that if J9 is a right 
angle, the t\90 triangles are similar. 

6. Describe a construction for drawing a triangle equi- 
valent in area to a given rectangle, and similar to a given 
triangle. 

Construct a triangle XYZ, given that the area is 4^ sq. 
inches, r= 60°, and XY=^iYZ. Verify your work by 
calculating the area of the triangle constructed. 

7. State and prove a theorem of Euclid's which enables us 
to construct the side of a regular pentagon equivalent to the 
sum of two regular pentagons whose sides are given. 

8. If tan A ^ i, calculate tan 2A and tan 4A ; and 
verify your results by drawing a figure to scale. 



8UMMSB, 1906— PA8B. 108 

9. Express sin^ and coe in terms of ^ = tan iO. Find 
tani^ if 8 sin d - cos d - 4. 

10. Prove that 
sin 3« _ sin^a? ^ cob Sx ein'^r 



3 sin a: 8in'(ifl-) ' cos a? sin'(j7r)' 

11. Write down the f onnulae for (cos -4 + cos J?) and 
(cos A - cos B) as products. 

Prove that cos 12° - cos 48° = sin 18°. 

cos 48° . cos 12° = Jcos 86° + J. 

12. A man travels 20 miles S.E., then 25 miles E., and, 
finally, 30 miles S. How many more miles has he travelled 
than he would have done if he had gone straight to his 
destination ? Draw a plan to scale, and verify your calcula* 
tions by measurement. 

13. In a triangle a = 7-07, J9 = 15°, C = 45° : find the 
other sides to two decimals, and verify by drawing. 

14. If in a triangle £ = 2-4, prove that - = 2 cos ^ ; and 

a 

deduce that either P = a^ + ao, or o = a. 



NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 

First Paper, 

Mr. Haokett. 

Section A. 

1. Explain the principle of < the Conservation of energy.' 
Describe the main transformations of energy which take 
place when a gun is discharged. 

2. What is Boyle's Law ? How can it be experimentally 
verified ? 

8. Explain the influence of resonance in the production 
of musical notes. Give examples. 

4. How can the pitch of a note be determined ? 

5. Explain how sound-waves are propagated in air. 

/2 



104 first univebsitt exabonation. 

Section B. 

6. What are the laws of reflection and refraction of 
light? 

7. Draw diagrams exhibiting the positions of image and 
object for both real and virtual images in a concave mirror. 

8. Describe the construction of the astronomical tele- 
scope, and draw a diagram showing the path of the light 
rays. 

9. How does the colour of transparent bodies arise ? 
10, Describe the spectroscope and its uses. 



Second Papeb. 

Professor Bebgin. 

Section A. 

1. What are the readings on the Fahrenheit and 
Reaumur thermometers corresponding to 16° C. ? 

2. A mass of gas exerts a pressure of 40 cms. of mercury 
at 10° C. : find its pressure at 68° C, the volume being 
doubled. 

8. Define the dew-point, and describe a method of 
determining it. 

4. A piece of metal at 98° 0. and weighing 10 grammes 
is dropped into a calorimeter containing 25 grammes of 
water at 12° 0. : if the resulting temperature be 16° C, 
find the specific heat of the metal. 

6. What is the cause of a draught up a chimney ? 

Section B. 

6. Explain clearly what is meant by lines of force in a 
magnetic field. How may they be exhibited ? 

7. Describe and explain the action of an electrophorus. 

8. Describe any form of two-fluid cell. What is the 
function of each fluid ? 

9. How would you measure the strength of an electric 
current ? 

^ 10. Explain how to obtain thermo-electric currents. 
Mention any uses of them you are acquainted with. 



SUMMEB, 190&— PASS. 105 

SECOID UIIYERSITT ElillHATIOIl IH ARTS. 



LATDf. 

Fnusi Papbb. 

Pbofessob M°Eld£bbt. 

1. Translate into Latin prose : — 

When the army came near the town, they captured a 
young man who confessed that he was a spy, and that he 
had been sent to find out how many men the general 
had with him. The poor fellow feared that he would be 
executed; but the general only bade him look well upon 
his men, and then return to the town and tell those who had 
sent him what he had seen. ' Go,' said he, ' and tell the 
magistrates that if they submit to the king no harm shall be 
done them. But if they compel me to enter the town by 
force, it will not be in my power to prevent my soldiers from 
taking by force what they will win by their blood.' This 
generous act was not in vain, for the fellow went back 
and told a fine tale of the strength and gallantry of the foe, 
which so lessened the hopes and courage of the citizens, that 
when the soldiers arrived they went not boldly to meet them, 
but shut themselves up in their houses, nor struck one blow 
in defence of the town. 

2. Translate the following unprescribed passage : — 

Expende Hannibalem ; quot libras in duce summo 
Invenies ? hie est quem non capit Africa Mauro 
Percussa Oceano Niloque admota tepenti, 
Kursus ad Aethiopum populos altosque elephantos. 



lam tenet Italiam : tamen ultra pergere tendit : 

* Actum,' inquit, * nihil est, nisi Poeno milite portas 

Pragimus et media vexillum pono Suburra.' 

qualis f acies et quali digna tabella, 

Quum Gaetula ducem portaret bellua luscum ! 

Exitus ergo quis est ? gloria ! vincitur idem 

Nempe et in exsilium praeceps fugit, atque ibi magnus 

Mirandusque cliens sedet ad praetoria regis. 



106 SECOND UNIV1SBSIT7 EXAIONATION IK ABT8. 

Donee Bithyno libeat vigilare tyranno. 
Finem animae, quae res humanaB miscuit olim, 
Non gladiiy non saxa dabtint, nee tela ; sed ille 
Cannamm yindex et tanti sangainis ultor 
Annlus. I, demens, et saevas enrre per Alpes, 
irt pueris plaeeas et deelamatio fias ! 

3. I. Translate:— 

(a) Praeter maiorum cineres atque ossa volucri 
Carpento rapitur pinguis Lateranus, et ipse, 
Ipse rotam adstringit multo sufflamine Consul ; 
Nocte quidem : sed luna videt, sed sidera testes 
Intendunt oculos. Finitum tempus honoris 
Cum f uerit, elara Lateranus luee flagellum 
Sumet, et oeeursum nunquam trepidabit amici 
lam senis, ac virga prior annuet, atque maniples 
Solvet, et infundet iumentis hordea lassis. 

{h) Sed si euneta vides simili fora plena querella, 
Si deeies leetis diyersa parte tabellis 
Vana supervaeui dieunt ehirograplia ligni, 
Ajguit ipsorum quos litera gemmaque prineeps 
Sardonyehum, loeulis quae custoditur eburnis : 
Ten, 6 delieias ! extra eommunia eenses 
Fonendum, quia tu gallinae filius albae, 
Nob yiles pulli nati inf elieibus ovis ? 

{c) Servorum ventres medio eastigat iniquo, 

Ipse quoque esuriens: neque enim omnia sustinet 

unquam 
Mueida caerulei panis eonsumere frusta, 
Hestemum selitus medio servare minutal 
Septembri, nee non difPerre in tempera cenae 
Alterius cenchem aestivi eum parte laeerti 
Signatam vel dimidio putrique siluro, 
Fuaque' secti'vi nuinerata ineludere porri. 
Inyitatus ad haee aliquis de pente negabit. 

II. Translate and explain with reference to the con- 
text : — 

(a) Oocidit miseros crambe repetita magistros. 

{h) Quid enim Yerginius armis 

debuit ulcisci magis aut eum Yindiee Galba ? 



SUMMEB, 1906— PASS. 107 

{c) et si qua est nubilis illi 

Iphigenia domi, dabit banc altaribus, etsi 
non sperat tragicae furtiYa piacula cervae. 

(d) et deducendum corio boyis in mare, cum quo 
clauditur adversis iDnoxia simia fatis. 

(e) * accipe ceras, 

scribe, puer, vigila, causas age, perlege rubras 
maiorum leges aut yitem posce libello.* 

4. (a) *Tbe equestrian order was reorganised by Augustus, 
and altered both in its constitution and in its political 
position.' Explain fully. 

{b) Explain the system of provincial governorships insti- 
tuted by Augustus. 

{c) Give some account of Sejanus. 

(d) Kow did Claudius deal with the Senate ? 
Write a note upon the Apocolocyntosis. 



Second Papeb. 

Pbofessob Semfle. 

Unpbesobibed Passage. 

1. Translate : — 

Omni Macedonum gaza, quae fiiit maxima, potitus 
Paulus tantum in aerarium pecuniae invexit ut unius 
imperatoris praeda finem attulerit tributorum. At hie 
nihil domum suam intulit praeter memoriam nominis 
sempitemam. Imitatur patrem Afirioanus, nihilo locu- 
pletior Oarthagine eversa. Quid ? qui eius collega fuit in 
censura, L. Mummius ; num quid copiosior, cum copiosis- 
simam urbem fiinditus sustulisset ? Italiam omare quam 
domum suam maluit. Quanquam, Italia omata, domus 
ipsa mihi videtur omatior. Nullum igitur vitium taetrius 
est, ut eo unde egressa est referat se oratio, quam avaritia, 
praesertim in principibus et rem publicam gubemantibus. 
Habere enim quaestui rem publicam non modo turpe est 
sed sceleratum etiam et nefarium. 



108 SECOND UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 

Tacitus, Dialogics ; Cicebo, Tvsculanae Disputationes. 

2. Translate:— 

(a) At nunc adulescentuli nostri deducuntur in scholas 
istorum qui rhetores vocantur, quos paulo ante Ciceronis 
tempora extitisse nee placuisse maioribus nostris ex eo 
manifestum est, quod a Crasso et Domitio censoribus 
cludere, ut ait Cicero, *ludum impudentiae ' iussi sunt. 
Sed ut dicere institueram, deducuntur in scholas, in quibus 
non facile dixerim utrumne locus ipse an condiscipuli an 
genus studiorum plus mali ingeniis adferant. Nam in loco 
nihil reverentiae, sed in quern nemo nisi aeque imperitus 
intrat ; in condiscipulis nihil profectus, cum pueri inter 
pueros et adulescentuli inter adulescentulos pari securitate 
et dicant et audiantur ; ipsae vero exercitationes magna ex 
parte contrariae. Nempe enim duo genera materiarum 
apud rhetoras tractantur, suasoriae et controversiae. 

Explain clearly sicasoriae and controversiae. 

{b) Me vero *dulces,* ut Virgilius ait, *Musae,' remotum 
a sollicitudinibus et curis et necessitate quotidie aliquid 
contra animum f aciendi, in ilia sacra illosque fontes ferant ; 
nee insanum ultra et lubricum forum famamque pallentem 
trepidus experiar. Non me fremitus salutantium nee 
anhelans libertus excitet, nee incertus futuri testamentum 
pro pignore scribam, nee plus habeam quam quod possim 
cui velim relinquere ; quandoque enim fatalis et mens 
dies veniet : statuarque tumulo non maestus et atrox, sed 
hilaris et coronatus, et pro memoria mei nee consulat 
quisqtcam nee roget. 

Explain the italicised phrases. 

(c) Transeo ad formam et consuetudinem veterum iudi- 
ciorum. Quae etsi nunc aptior est, eloquentiam tamen 
illud forum magis exercebat, in quo nemo intra paucis- 
simas horas perorare cogebatur et liberae comperendi- 
nationes erant et modum dicendi sibi quisque sumebat et 
numerus neque dierum neque patronorum finiebatur. 

{d) Tenebam enim quosdam senariolos quos in eius 
monumento esse inscriptos acceperam, qui declarabant 
in summo sepulcro sphaeram esse positam cum cylindro. 
Ego autem, cum omnia collustrarem oculis, (est enim ad 



dUMMEB, 1906 ^PABS. 109 

portas Agragianas magna frequentia sepulororum,) animnm 
adverti columellam non multmn e dumis eminentem, in 
qua inerat sphaerae figora et cyb'ndri. Atqne e^o statim 
Syracusanis (erant autem principes mecum) dixi me illud 
ipsum arbitrari esse, quod quaererem. Immissi onm 
falcibus multi purgarunt et aperuerunt locum. Quo oum 
patefactus esset aditus, ad adversam basim accessimuB. 
Apparebat epigramma exesis posierioribus partibus versi- 
cuiorum, dimidiatis fere. Ita nobilissima Graeoiae civitas, 
quondam vero etiam doctissima, sui civis unius aoutissimi 
monumentum ignorasset, nisi ab homine Arpinate di- 
dicisset. 
Who are the persons mentioned in tly last sentence ? 

^ (e) Quid ? Victum Lacedaemoniorum in philitiis nonne 
yidemus 7 Ubi cum tyrannus cenavisset Dionysius 
negavit se iure illo nigro, quod cenae caput erat, 
delectatum. Tum is qui ilia coxerat : Minime mirum ; 
condimenta enim defuerunt. — Quae tandem, inquit ille? 
labor in venatu, sudor, cursus ab Eurota, fames, sitis; 
his enim rebus Lacedaemoniorum epulae condiuntur. 

(/) Appium quidem veterem ilium, qui caecus multos 
annos fuit, et ex magistratibus et ex rebus gestis inteL 
ligimus in illo suo casu nee privato nee publico muneri 
defuisse. 

Who is Appius here mentioned ? 

{g) Socrates autem primus philosophiam devocavit e 
caelo et in urbibus collocavit et in domus etiam introduxit 
et coegit de vita et moribus rebusque bonis et malis 
quaerere. 

Explain fully. 

3. (a) Distinguish in meaning decvmae, scriptural 
tribut/um. 

{h) Name the principal laws defining the right of 
provocation 

{c) What is meant in Boman law by parricicUum? 
What was the legal penalty ? 

4. (a) Give some account of Quintilian and his work. 

/8 



110 SEOONB trmVBBftllT SXAmKAtlOM IN ABtft. 

{b) What is meant by satmae Menippeae ? Who was 
the chief Latin writer of them ? 

(c) Name Oicero's leading philosophical works. About 
what period were the majority of them written ? 



GBEEK. 

FntsT Papeb. 
Pbofessob EEEirE. 

1. TroDBlate into En^sh : — 

(fl) TOL fi€V ovv 8tKaca vtvcoo-KCtv •^fia^ •qyovfuu koI avrovs 
7rape<rK€vd<r$aif ourircp eyo) irurrevaa^ vTrcfiecva, op&v v/jjSs koI 
€V Tois t8toi5 ical €v Tots 8i7/£o<rtofc? vepl vXcurrov tovto voiov- 
fi€Vov^f \frrifl>(Z,€o-Bai Kara rovs opKOv?* o?rcp koX <rw€)(€i fiovov 
rrfv TToXtv, oLKOVTiav tSv ov fiovXofievwv ravra ovna^ ^*^^' 
rdSc 8c vftwv Scofiai, /ict' cvvota? ftov t^v aKpoaxriv ryj^ AwoXo- 
yta5 irowjcroo'^at, Ka\ /aiJt' cfiol dvrtSticovs Karaor^vat ft^r* 
wovoetv ra Xcyoficva fiiTTC pruuxra ^pcvciv, aKpoaa-afievovs Sc 
8ta reXovs t^s diroXoyias totc ^Siy i/ri^^ti^ecrdai Tovd' o ti av 
vfuv avrot? dpurrov Kai evopKorarov vofiC^rjTc cTvat. 

Comment on the case of dxpoacraficvov?. 

(i) Torepa ircpiiSto rows c/iavrov oin^ycvcts d^oXXvfici^ovs 
d8tK0)s, Kal avrovs re dTTO^avoKras icai ra xprjfJLara avrcdV 
BrjfievOiirraf irpo^ Sc rovrots dvaypa^cvras cv OT^Xats ws ovras 
aXvrqpiov^ Toiv ^€a)v T0U5 ovSevos atrtovs Twy yeyevrffievfav, ert 
8c TpiaKoaiovs ^AOrfvadov fiiXXovras d8urci>s dTroXco-^at, t^v 8c 
woXtv cv KaK0t9 oucav rots ftcytorot? Kai viroiffCav cts dXXi^Xovg 
c^ovra?, iy cittcd ^AOrjvaioi^ dircp T]KOv<ra Ev^tXiyTou avrov roO 
irotiJcravTOs. 

Parse irepuSo). What is the grammatical difficulty in 
c;(0VTa? ? 

{c) Tot? ftcv 8£ica9, 5 di'8p€S, Kat ras 8tatTas iirotrjo-are Kvpia^ 
civat, oTToo-at ci' SrjfioKpaTovfUvr) ry ttoXci iyivovro, OTTtoq fi'^re 
;(pc(uv dTTOfCorral ctcv fiifrc 8tKat aydSiKoi ytyvoivro, dXXa r<i>v 
c8t(i)v (rvfiPokaifDv at ?rpd^ci$ cTcv twv 8c Brjfioo'tfov owocoi? 
^ ypa^at ctaiv -^ ^dorcts ^ cv8€tf €t5 "^ d^aycoyat, tovtwv Ivcica 
rot? vd/AOts hlnj^ura(r6€ ■)(p7Ja'6ai ait^ EvkXcSov ap\ovro^. 

What is the date referred to in the last line ? 



SUMMBB, 1906 — PASS. Ill 

(d) cyw T04VW iK twv irtipovTiov €ik6firfv ravra, a cftot fi€v 
Xwras €wl )(p6vov irXeLtrTOV ota-civ l/ieXXcv, v/uv Sc Ta\La"rqv 
Tov irapovTOs rore KaKcv iLerdxrrao'iv, avafJLvrf<rdijT€ 8c iv oto) 
Kii/8w<^ re Kai a}i,-q\avicf. xa^ccrrarc, xal ort ovro> a-<l>6ipa cr^as 
avTov? €ir€<l}6Prj<r6e, wct' ov8' €ts t^v dyopav eri ^^ctrc, 
cKooTO? v/ta>v otdficvos crvAAi^^^i/O'CO'dai. ravra Toiwv «I>ot€ 
fi€v y€V€a-dai rotavra, ttoAAoo-tov 817 rt €ya» fUpos rrj^ aircas 
€vp€OYjv €)((tav, cjoTC fifVToi iravBrjvaLy iytb cfs u»v fidvof atrios. 

Comnient on o-^as avrovs. 

2. Where did Andocides live, and how did he occupy 
himself during the periods of his absence from Athens ? 

3. Translate into English : — 

Unpbescribed Passage. 

ri yap &v otco-^e ^iXittttof cv rots rdrc Koxpoii ciUf acflai ; ou 
X^opts ftcv Trpos r^v 7roXiri#c^v Svvafitv, x^P^^ 8' ^ ^Afi<l>iarcrg 
TToos rov5 fcvov« Biayoivto-acrOai, Siffvfiovs 8c row? 'EXXiyvas 
XftyScti' nyXifcatJnT? ^Xiyy^? yeyeyrjfihn^ ; kol rrjXiKinrnav KaKtov 
atrio9 yeytvrjfihro^ ^TjfioaShrrf^, ovk ayair^y ct /li^ Sticiyi' 8c8a>fC€v, 
dXX ct fi^ KoX xpvtri^ oTC^ai/(p orc^vco^i^craiy dyavaicTct' 
ou8 cKavoV coTtv avr<p Ivavriov vyuSxv K7jpvrT€<r$ai, dXX' ci /x^ 
roiv "EXXiyvcov ivavriov avapprjOT^aerai, rovr ^817 dyavaxrci. 
OvTcos, ws cotKC, iravripa ^vai^ fieydXrf^ iiavcria^ cfftXajSo/icvry, 
hffioa-Cas d?rcpya{crai (rvfi^opds. — Aeschhtes, C^M. 

GoVPOSITION, 

4. Translate into Greek : — 

The timid inhabitants, on the sudden apparition of the 
strangers, quitted their huts in dismay ; and the famished 
Spaniards, rushing in, eagerly made themselves masters of 
their contents. The astonished natives made no attempt at 
resistance. But gathering more confidence as no violence 
was offered to their persons, they drew nearer the white 
men, and inquired, *Why they did not stay at home, and till 
their own lands, instead of roaming about to rob others who 
had never harmed them?' The Spaniards, no doubt, felt 
that it would have been wiser to do so. But the savages 
wore about their persons gold ornaments of some size, and 
it was this golden bait that lured the Spaniard to forsake 
his home. 



112 second university examination in arts. 

Second Paper. 
Bey. Professor Browne. 

1. Translate into English : — 

Unprescribed Passage. 

dAA*, w Kaa'lyvrj6\ wS' ottcos kol aol ^iXov 
Kai Tovfiov €(rrai ryo eirci ras 17001^09 
Trpos o-ov \afiovo-a kovk c/aois iKT'qa'afir)v, 
icovS' av <r€ AuTnycacra /SovXoifirfv fipa^v 
avrrf fiey^ evpuv kc/)3o9* . ov yap av koXcos 
vTnjperoCrjv t<3 vapovTi haCpx>vi, 
dAA' ourOa fiev rdv^cvSc, Trois yap ov ; icAvcdv 
odovvcK* AtyMT^os fL€V ov Kara o-rcyas, 
fiT^Trjp 8' €1/ oiKots* ^v av firj 8C10779 ^dd' ws 
ycAoiTt rovfibv ^atSpov oi/rerat Koipa. 
fiia-o^ T€ yap TraAatov cvtctt/kc p,ot, 
icd^ct (T* co'ctSov, ov wot' ckAi^^oj X^P^ 
BaKpvppoovara, ttcus yap av Xrjiaip, eyo), 
^Tts fttoi crc T^8' o3w davovra t€ 
icat ^wvt' co-ciSoi/ ; etpyacrat 3c /w,' axTKOira' 
wot' €t Trarrjp fiOL ^iav lkoito, p.r)KiT* av 
ripas vofiCieiv avro, irto-rcvctv S* opav. 

Sophocles, JEkctra. 

2. Translate into English : — 

{a) AN. Tt 8^a ficAAcis ; ws cftot tSv o^wv Adycov 
apcoTov ovSkv, /iiyS' apecOeLrj xorc, 
ovTo) 8c /cat 0*01 Tap.' d^av8dvovT' l^v. 
KaCroi iroOev icAcos y' dv cvKAccorcpov 
Karia^ov ^ toi^ avTd8€A^ov cv Ta^o) 
rtOelo'a ; TOVTOts tovto wcurtv dv8dvc(v 
AcyotT* dv, ct ft^ yAwo-o-av iyKkyoi ^d)Sos. 
dAA' 17 Tupavvis TroAAd t' dAA' cv8aip,ovct 
Ka^co-Ttv avT^ Spav Aeyciv ^' d fiovXerai, 

KP. o^v TOUTO fiovvrj rtovSe Ka8p.ctW 6poi9. 

AN. oploa-i )(0VT0C (Tol 8' wrtAAovo'i (rrofia. 

KP. av o' ouic C7rat8ct, t(i>v8c x«>pts ct ^ovcts ; 

AN. ov8ci' yap ato-^poi' tovs o/xooTrAdyxvovs o'c^ctv. 

KP. ovKOuv ofxaLfio^ x^ KaravrLov Oavixiv ; 

AN. o/xai/A09 €ic /xtds tc icat Tavrov varpos. 

KP. TTWS BiJT^ iK€LV(^ SvCTCe^^ TLfJL^S X^P^^ » 



SUMMER, 1906 — PASS. lift 

AN. ov fiaprvpi^crci ravd^ 6 KarOaviov V€kv^. 

KP. Ct TOt Or^C rt/A^S cf tO-OV T« SlMrorc/Sci. 

AN. ov yap rt SovXos, dXX' dScX^s o>Xcro. 

KP. vopOSiV &€ TrjvBe y^v' 6 8' arrio'Tas vttc/d. 

AN. ofuos o y' "AiSiys tows vd/xovs icrovs iroOti. 

KP. oXA.' oux o xpiyoTos t^ icaK^ Xaxcu' icros. 

AN. Tts oTScv €fc Kara) 'otiv cuay^ toSc ; 

KP. OVTOl TTOO* OV^OpO^, Ov8' OTttV ^aKT/, ^iXoS. 

AN. ovTot <rvv€)($€LV, dXXa (ru/A^tX€ti/ c^w. 
(J) ical KJiOiyfia kol dvcfioev (jipovrjfia kcu acTWOfJiovs 
opyoLS cOtSa^aro icat SvcravXcov 
Trayo)!/ \nraC6p€ia icai 
^va-ofippa ^cvyciv jScXiy' 
TravToirdpos 5iropos c^' ovScv cpxcrat 
TO ftcXXov ^AiSa /xdvov 

v6<ro>v 8' d/Ai7x«''<«>v ^vyas ^fi^rc^pacrrat. 
oroifiov Ti TO firf)(av6€y Tcx^as wrcp cXttiS' cx<ov 

^OT€ /i<€V ICaKOV, oXXot' €w' ^(T^XoV CpTTCt, 

vd/A0V9 iraptupuiv v^ov^s 

^€0)1/ r' evopKOV StKav 

vil/LiroXi^* aTToXt? oro) ro firj koXov 

^'vecTL Tok/ias X^^^' 

pLTfT ifiol ^apccTios 

yci'OiTO ft^' to-ov fl>poviiiV 8s Ta8* cpSct. 
And with short notes : — 
{c) ov yap Ti vvv yc K&)(Ok^, dXX' dct ttotc 

|[^ ravra, kovo€is oIocv cf orou* (jidvrj. 
Explain the reference. 
(d) ScSoyfiev, a>s eoticc, rqvSe KarOaveiv. 
What is the construction ? 
(^) ap\aXa to. Aa/SBaiKSdv ocKiav bpSipLai 

trfjiiar aXX* dXXois €7rt irqpiaa'i ttltttovt, 

ovd>* diraXXda'a-ei ycvcav yei^os, dXX* cpctVet 

^€(i>v ris, ov8' €;(€i Xvo-tv. 
What is meant by the dpxo-^o- Tn^fiara ? 

(/) cyO) 8' OTTCOS (TV ft^ X€y€tS Op^CUS TttSc, 

ovr' ai' SvvaCfJLrjv pLYjr* liriO'Talfiriv Xcycti/' 
ycvoLTO fieyrav xdripta icaXcjg €;(0v. 
Discuss the negatives of the second, and the meaning of 
the third, line. 

{.9) <l>poy€i j8€)3a)s av vvv €7rl $vpov rv^V^' 



114 SEOOMD UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABT8. 

3. Scan the following : — - 

oucXavros of^cXos dwficvaio^ ip^o/iai 
&fioipov &KT€purTov avwTiov viicvv 
'EreoicXca ^tev, ds ttoXccos vTrepfMLX^v 
fivrJiJL hrCofffiov Sea \€ipo^ c;(cuv 
KOivw Krfpvypjari irifiif/ai. 

In tragic trimeters what is the rule for the admission of 
anapaests ? What is meant by logaoedic verse ? 

4. (a) What do you know of the career of Sophocles? 
Mention dates of important events. 

{b) What were the irdpoSoi, the <ricqvriy the mk^-^ ^^ ^ 
Greek theatre? What is meant by wtok/wtiJ^, xoprriyo^^ 
KopvffHuo^ ? How many xopcvra^' were engaged in a tragedy 
of Sophocles ? 

HiSTOBT. 

5. {a) Gfive a brief outline of the events that led to the 
appointment of Cleon as strategus in b.c. 425. 

{h) Discuss the question of the complicity of Andocides in 
the affair of the Hermae. 

{e) Discuss fully the political sympathies of Alcibiades 
and of Aristophanes, respectively. 

{<S) Give a detailed account of any great battle falling 
within the prescribed period of history. 



ENGLISH. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Mb. Mebbuian. 

1. Explain carefully the position of English in the 
Teutonic group of languages. With what cUalect is Old 
English in closest affinity ? 

2. (a) Give instances of verbs into which different roots 

enter. 
(h) Write an etymological note on the pronouns — 
either, none, else, every, they. 



filtJMXEB, 1906 — ^PABS. 115 

8. Explain clearly what class of consonants comes under 
the operation of Vemer's Law. ' Yerner's Law explains 
two grammatical points.' Give the fall explanation of 
either of these points. 

4. Give an account of the dramatic works of Marlowe 
and of Chapman. Did Chapman distinguish himself in 
any other department of literature ? 

5. What do you know of The Mirror for Magistrates ? 
What is its importance in the history of English poetry ? 

6. Write a note on Sir Philip Sidney's Arcadia. What 
is >the value of Milton as a prose-writer ? Mention two 
other poets of your period who also wrote important prose 
works. 

Essay. 

Write an essay on one of the following subjects : — 
(a) The Elizabethan Stage. 
{b) Epic Poetry. 



Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Tbenoh. 

1. Do you see traces of humour in Sidney's style in the 
Apology for Poetry 9 What other characteristics have you 
observed in Sidney's treatment of his subject ? 

2. ' Poesie therefore is an art of imitation, for so 
Aristotle termeth it in his word mimesis.* Explain clearly 
what is meant here by ' imitation.' 

8. Estimate the influence exercised by the women in 
Hamlet. 

4. When was Hamlet written? State the textual 
problem presented by this play. 

5. Consider to what extent the fallen angels in Paradise 
Lost, Bks. i. and ii., exhibit human characteristics. 

6. Discuss, and illustrate by quotations, the peculiarities * 
of Milton's diction. 



116 SECOND UNIVERSITT EXAMINATION IN ARtS. 

7. Give clearly the context of the following passages, 
adding any notes that occnr to you as apposite : — 

(a) The spirit that I have seen 
May be the devil 

(b) I have a speech of fire, that fain would blaze, 
But that this folly douts it. 

(c) limed soul that struggling to be free 
Art more engaged I 

(d) Never but once more was either like 
To meet so great a foe. 

(e) Eloquence the soul, song charms the sense. 

(/) War then, war, 

Open or understood, must be resolved. 



FRENCH. 

FntsT Papeb. 

Mr. 0*Sullivan. 
I. — History of the French Language. 

1. Discuss the origin of the Romance Languages, with 
special reference to French. 

2. Mention the main points of difference between the 
Gallo-Roman and Classical Latin. 

8. Name five of the most anient French texts, and give 
the century to which each belongs. 

4. How are words of popular formation distinguished 
from words of learned origin ? 

6. What were the effects on the language of the theory 
and practice of Eonsard and his school ? 

6. How were the vowels e, i, o, u of Classical Latin 
represented in Gallo-Roman ? 



SUMMBB, 1906 — PASS. 117 

II. — Pbesgbibed Authors. 

Translate into English : — 

Derouler les consequences d'un vice dont la contagion 
6tend ses ravages sur toute une famille; telle est Tintention 
de MoliSre. Le caract^re d'Harpagon, voili. le grand 
ressort qui met I'intrigue en mouvement. Or il ne s'agit 
plus ici, comme chez Alceste, d'un travers exceptionnel qui 
n'entame pas la droiture, et ne nuit k personne; ni, comme 
chez don Juan, d'un Hbertinage raffine dont Tinsolence ou 
la fatuite sentent leur grand seigneur; ni, comme chez 
Tartuffe, d'un fl^au social qui tient aux mcBurs d'une 
^poque plus qu'aux entrailles de la nature humaine; car 
I'avarice est une peste qui s'attaque k toutes les classes, et 
dont le germe pent se d^velopper dans tous les temps. On 
voit par Ik que cette piSce a sa physionomie distincte dans 
le theatre de MoliSre, et que jamais il n'a propos6 plus 
directement une IcQon plus universelle. — Mbrlbt. 

Translate into English : — 

L'ironie de Boileau a beau jeu centre des pretentions 
p6dantesques ; et pourtant, fcrop lou^ par les uns, le chef 
de la Pieiade n'a-t-il pas 6te trop d6nigr6 par les autres ? 
8'il fit plus de bruit que de besogne, s'il n'a pas tenu ses 
promesses outrecuidantes, s'il prit I'emphase pour la 
noblesse, son zSle d'^rudit pour du feu sacr6, Timitation 
pour rinspiration, il r^ussit du moins k d6rouiller le vers 
h^roique, il rencontra Tode par hasard, il eut le sentiment 
du rythme, il sut enchainer des strophes, il assouplit Talex- 
andrin, il inaugura des genres inconnus de nos peres, 11 
excella meme dans Tel^gie et la chanson, et suscita toutes 
les ambitions littdraires que les siScles suivants allaient 
r^aliser : nous conclurons done en disant que Boileau ne le 
juge pas, mais Texecute. — Ibid. 

Give an account of the early life of Moliere up to the 
publication of Les Frecieuses Bidicules, 

III. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

Les gondoliers, debout sur la poupe, dans leur attitude 
hardie, se dessinaient dans Pair bleu, comme de lagers 



118 SEOOND UNIYEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 

spectres noirs, demure les groupes d'amis et d'amants 
qu'ils oonduisaient. La Inne s'^levait peu k pea et com- 
menqait k montrer sa face Gurieuse au-dessus des toits ; elle 
aussi avait Pair d'^outer et d'aimer cette musique. Une 
des rives da palais da canal, plong^ encore dans Tobsoa- 
rit6, d^coapait dans le ciel ses grandes dentelles maa- 
resques, plas sombre qae les portes de I'enf er. L'autre rive 
recevait le reflet de la pleine lune, large et blanche alors 
comme an boaclier d'argent sar ses fa9ades maettes et 
sereines. Cette file immense de constractions f6eriques, 
qae n'6clairait pas d'aatre lami^re qae celle des astres, 
avait an aspect de solitade, de repos et d'immobilit^ vrai- 
ment sablimes. Les minces stataes qai se dressent par 
centaines dans le ciel semblaient des vol6es d'esprits myst6- 
rieax charg6s de prot^er le repos de cette mnette cit^, 
plongee dans le sommeil de la Belle aa bois dormant, et 
condamn6e comme elle k dormir cent ans et plas. 



Second Pafee. 

Fbofessor Butleb. 

I. — Composition. 

Bayeux is an old Norman town, celebrated for its 
cathedral and Qaeen Mathilda's tapestry. Having arrived 
at the station, which lies a little outside the town, our 
travellers took the omnibus, which brought them to a hotel 
situated in the main street. To tell the truth, this street, 
long, narrow, and uneven, makes up nearly the whole town. 
Many very old and very picturesque houses, dating from the 
fifteenth century, are to be seen in it. The cathedral is a 
magnificent building in the Gothic style, with two western 
towers and one central one. 

The neighbourhood of Bayeux offers many objects worthy 
of interest to the traveller. All this part of Normandy is 
very like England; the roads, bounded by hedges, run 
through meadows where cows are grazing, and orchards 
where the apple-trees are laden with fruit. A great amount 
of butter and cider is made in Normandy. 



<tUMHBB, 1906 — PASS. 119 

The river which flows below the castle of Bayeux, and 
which formerly served to fill the moat, is crossed by a 
bridge. At the door of the castle, which is still inhabited, 
a woman, holding a child in her arms, was waiting to show 
the curiosities to the visitors. The remains of the fortifica- 
tions are very interesting ; and so are the different halls and 
corridors, on the walls of which ancient weapons are still 
hanging. With a little imagination it is easy, here, to call 
up before our minds the image of the past. 

II. — LlTEKATTTRE AND PRESCRIBED AuTHOES. 

1. What literary abuses were attacked by Boileau ? 

2. What do you know of Voiture, Pascal, La Fontaine, 
Mdlle de Scudery ? 

3. In what works do the following characters occur : — 
Scapin, Ghim^ne, Har{>agon, Artam^ne, Eliante? 

4. What were the relations between Boileau, Moli^re, 
and Eacine? 

5. What does MoliSre attack in Le% Femmes Savantes ? 

6. What are Chrysale's views on the education of women, 
and how do they agree with those of Clitandre ? 

7. What is Boileau's definition of an epic poem ? What 
Frenchmen of his day wrote epic poetry ? 

8. In what connexion do the following lines (which you 
need not translate) occur : — 

(a) Ici s'offre un perron ; la regno un corridor 

(b) La verite n'a point cet air impetueux. 

{c) Ou fait flechir I'Escaut sous le joug de Louis. 
(d) Chez elle un beau desordre est un effet de Tart. 
{e) Qui parle d'offenser grand'mere ni grand-p^re ? 

9. Translate into English : — 

(a) J'aime mieux un ruisseau, qui sur la moUe arene, 
Dans un pr6 plein de fleurs lentement se prom^ne, 
Qu'un torrent deborde, qui, d'un cours orageux, 
Eoule, plein de gravier, sur un terrain fangeux. 

Art Foetiquef Chant i. 



120 SECOND UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

{h) FaiteB choix d'un censeur solide et salutaire, 
Que la raison conduise et le Bavoir 6claire ; 
Et dont le crayon sur d'abord aille chercher 
L'endroit que Von croit faible, et qu'on ae veut cacher. 
Lui seul eclaircira vos doutes ridicules ; 
De votre esprit tremblant l^vera les scrupules. 

Ibid,, Chant iv. 

(<j) Muses, dictez sa gloire d tons vos nourrissons : 

Son nom vaut mieux pour eux que toutes vos le9ons. 
Que Corneille, pour lui ralluinant son audace, 
Soit encore le Comeille et du Cid et d^ Horace ; 
Que Racine, enfantant des miracles nouveaux, 
De ses heros sur lui forme tons les tableaux ; 
Que de son nom, cbante par la bouche des belles, 
Benserade en tons lieux amuse les ruelles ; 

Ibid,, Chant iv. 

(d) Clitandbe. 

Eh ! mon Dieu ! tout cela n'a rien dont il s' offense. 
11 entend raillerie autant qu'homme de France ; 
Et de bien d'autres traits il s'est senti piquer, 
Sans que jamais sa gloire ait fait que s*en moquer. 

Teissotin. 

Je ne m'etonne pas, au combat que j'essuie, 

De voir prendre k monsieur la these qu'il appuie ; 

II est fort enfonce dans la cour, c*est tout dit. 

La cour, comme Fon sait, ne tient pas pour Tesprit ; 

EUe a quelque interet d'appuyer Tignorance ; 

Et c'est en courtisan qu'il en prend la defense. 

Les Femmes Savantes. 

10. (a) Annotate briefly passage {c) in question 9. Also 
annotate the following lines, which you need not translate. 

{b) Vaugelas n'apprend point d bien faire un potage ; 

Et Malherbe et Balzac, si savants en beaux mots, ' 

En cuisine peut-etre auraient et6 des sots. I 

{c) Ld, le vin et la joie eveillant les esprits, ' 

Du plus habile chantre un bouc etait le prix. j 

(d) Amusant le Pont-Neuf de ses somettes fades, I 

Aux laquais assembles jouer ses mascarades. 



SUMMER, 1906 ^PASS. 121 

III. UkPBKSC&IBED PASSAeE. 

Translate into English : — 

Nnl troupeau n'erre ni ne broute, 
Le berger s'allonge 4 I'ecart ; 
La poussi^re dort but la route, 
Le charretier sur le brancard. 

Le f orgeron dort dans la forge ; 
Le magon s'etend sur nn banc ; 
Le boucher ronfle d, pleine gorge, 
Les bras rouges encor de sang. 

La gu^pe rode au bord des jattes ; 
Les ramiers couyrent les pignons ; 
Et, la gueule entre les deux pattes, 
Le dogue a des reyes grognons. 

Les lavandi^res babillardes 
Se taisent. Non loin du lavoir, 
En plein azur, s^chent les haides 
D*une blancbeur blessante d. voir. 

La ferule k peine surveille 
Les 6coliers inattentifs ; 
Le murmure 6pars d'une abeille 
Se m^le aux alphabets plaintifs. 



GERMAN. 

FiBST Paper. 

Professor Butler. 

I. — HiBTOBY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 

1. Give the various branches of the Teutonic family of 
languages. 

2. State Vemer*s law, and give some examples to illus- 
trate it. 

3. Which are the tenues and the spirants, and why are 
they 80 called ? 



122 SECOND UNITEB8ITT EXAMINATION IN ABT8. 

4. Where is tha best German now spoken ? 

5. Explain the doublets Dot and fjlt/ fd§on and fd^on/ fafi 
and fep. 

6. Give the history of initial 8 followed by a consonant. 

7. Mention German words (a) of Latin, (h) of Celtic, 
{e) of Slavonic origin, respectively. 

n. — Fbbscbibed Authobs. 

8. Translate into English : — 

(fl) 2)a^ grautein^ 2)er JKnig tann niiit atte ijcrbienten 
SRanner fennen. 

2)cr SBirtl^. O gctoif/ er fcnnt flc, cr fcnnt f!e oUe. 

S)a^ grSuIein. ®o lann er fie nid^t aDe klol^nen. 

S)er 2Birt^. ®ie kooren aUe belol^nt/ tvenn fte banad^ geleBt 
l^ottcn. SSBcr fo tcBten bte $crren wSl^rcnb be^ Rriege^, oW oB 
eivig Jtrieg (Iet(en tourbe. 3e^t Itegen aUe SBirtl^^l^aufer unb 
®afl]^ofe )»on tl^nen DoU ; unb ein SBirtl^ l^at fid^ tool^I mtt il^neu 
in '2ld^t }u nel^men. 3c^ bin mit biefem nod^ fo jiemlid^ ivegge^ 
lommen. — fief f in g, SKinna J)on Sarnl^elm. 

(J) 2)0^ grautein. 3^/ mein $err, e^ »are hjciblid^e dittU 
feit/ mid^ fait unb l^ol^nifd^ }U flellen. 2Beg bamit ! ®ie ))erbienen 
e^, mid^ ebenfo hjal^rl^aft }u flnbeu/ ate @ie fcKfl jlnb. 3d^ tiebe 
@ie nod^/ ScU^eim; id^ tiebc @ie nod^ ; aBer bent ungead^tct — 

^. Seltl^cim. Bid^t weiter; liebfle JKinna, nid^t tociter! 
(Srgreift il^re ?)onb nod^maW, il^r ben JRing anjufledfen.) 

2)a^ grautein (bie il^re 5^anb juriidfjiel^t). S)cm unge* 
a^ttt — urn fo ttiet mt^x n>erbe id§ bicfc« nimmermcl^r gefd^el^eu 
tajfen ; nimmermel^r ! — 2Bo benfen @ie l^in^ 5^err miajor ? 3d^ 
meinte/ @ie l^atten an Sl^rem eigenen Ungliidf genug. @tc mujfeu 
l^ier bleiben ; @ie miiffen jtd^ bte aUcr^ollflanbigfle ©enugtl^uung 
— crtrofren. 3d^ tocif in ber ©efd^minbigfett fetn anbcr SBort. 
Srtrofren — unb foHte @ie and) ba^ augerfle glenb »or ben SSugcn 
^xet Serteumber bariiber toerjel^ren. — Ibid. 

9. Translate into English : — 

{a) SUeine $errfd§aft n^eif }u leku/ unb ^ foil il^n bei^faO^ 
um Ser^eil^ung bitten. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — PASS. 128 

{h) aSBte toax% tocnn ton il^m M 2l6enb^/ toenn cr m^ ber 
Zaiaiit fommt/ au^aflten unb i^n BraD burd^^riigelten ? 

(e) m^ ba« tottb fld^ flnbcn, i>m mxt^. 

{d) W)tx jle hjar uBcr allc Serge. 

{e) 2Bir l^attett au^gemad^t; feiner ti^fil^renb ber SRa]^I}ett nid^t 
}u em>a]^nett. . 

10. Sketch the character of Just. 

III. — Unpbesgbibed PASSAaS. 

1 1 . Translate into English : — 

3)a« aicbcrlanbifd^e Soli- 

©agegen flnben »ir auf bem ®tVxtit ber SBiffenfd^aft grofle 
WoLtrnti tdttg/ n>ie ben gelel^rten ^ui^if^^n ®rottu^/ bie ^umantfien 
Sra^mu^ unb Sgrtcola unb naml^afte ^l^tlologen in betrad^tlid^er 
3a]^t. SBur mtt ber 5)]§iIofoj)]^ie tfl e^ fd^Ied^t BePellt; benn ber 
3fraeKt ®|)tnoja, beffen ©Itcrn i)on Portugal j!ammten/ fann ntd^t 
bem granfenjlamme gugered^nct hjerben. 

Snblid^ fiir biegreil^eit^Itefc be^ ntebertanbifd^en SoKe^ frred^en 
feine SBaffentoten m SottHJfe gegen bie @j)anier, ouf geifligem 
@e6iete aber il^re Scfreiung S)on ber glut ber grembhjorter; bie wi^ 
bem9lomanifd^en eingebrungen tooren. fteiner )»on ben @ermanen^ 
Pammen Ijai fo grunblidj mtt biefen Sinbringltd^en aufgerSumt n>ie 
bie ^oUSnber, clvx hjenigj!en bie 2)eutfd§en/ bie nod§ immer bagegen 
anguMmpfen ^aben* 2)enn j[ene befl^en feit mel^reren 3tt^r]^ttn< 
berten l^cimifd^e SStu^brudfe fur S)iete ©egenflanbe unb aBgegogene 
Segriffe, Bei bencn un^ ber au^Ianbtfd^c SRame unentbel^rltd^ unb 
in gleifd^ unb Slut iibergegangen gu fein fd^eint. Sei il^nen l^aBen 
(xwii beutfd^e (Sprad^reiniger be^ 17. S^l^rl^unbert^ bebeutfame 2In* 
regungen gu il^rcm Sorl^aben erl^alten. Unter il^rem ©nfluffe ffnb 
bolder dViii SSerbeutfd^ungen tt>ie Srbfunbe unb Slltertum^funbe fiir 
®eogro<)]^ie u. f, h). S)on ber beutfd^en SBiffeufd^aft il6ernommen 
toorben. 



124 SECOND UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

Second Paper. 

Professor Steinberqer. 

I. — Composition. 

1. Translate into German: — 

Lady Nithisdale, the bold and affectionate wife of the con- 
demned Earl, having in vain thrown herself at the feet of 
the reigning monarch to implore mercy for her husband, de- 
vised a plan for his escape, of the same kind with that since 
practised by Madame Lavalette. She was admitted to see 
her husband in the tower upon the last day which, according 
to his sentence, he had to live. She had with her two female 
confidants. One brought on her person a double suit of 
female clothes. This individual was instantly dismissed 
when relieved of her second dress. The other person gave 
her own clothes to the Earl, attiring herself in those which 
had been provided. Muffled in a riding-hood and cloak, the 
Earl, in the character of lady's maid, holding a handkerchief 
to his eyes as one overwhelmed with deep affliction, passed 
the sentinels, and being safely conveyed out of the tower, 
made his escape to France. We are startled to find that, 
according to the rigour of the law, the life of the heroic 
Countess was considered as responsible for that of the hus- 
band whom she had saved; but she contrived to conceal 
herself. 

II. — ^Literature. 

2. Sketch the history of Schiller's friendship with Goethe. 

3. Write a brief account of Goethe's life in Strassburg, 
stating the cause which brought him there and the important 
acquaintances during his sojourn in that town. 

4. Who is the author of * Messias ' ? What is its merit, 
and in what verse-measure is it written ? 

5. What was the Xenien-Sturm ? What led to it, and 
how did it end ? 

6. What reasons does Tellheim give for breaking off his 
engagement with Minna, and how does she refute them ? 

7. Contrast Tellheim's character with that of Riccaut de 
la Marlini^re. 



SUMMEK, 1906 — PASS. 125 

III. — Pbesobibed Author. 

8. Translate into English : — 

(Srfler Sfltafftcr. 
SBill etncr In bcr SBelt »a6 erjiagen, 
SRag er fld§ ritl^rett unb mag fi^ plagen; 
SBin er gu l^ol^en VSjvm unb 2Butben» 
SudC er {f(i^ unter bie go&nett Surben ; 
2BJtt er genteflen ben Saterfegen/ 
JKnber unb gnfefein ttm fld^ tJflegen, 
Zreffi er etn el^rKd^ ®enjer6 in {Rttl^. 
3d^ — id^ ]^a5 fein ®tmif} bagu. 
grei »itt id^ leBen unb atfo fferBen, 
Bieuionb itxanitn ttnb Rtemonb BeerBen; 
Unb anf ba^ ©el^ubel unter mir 
ieiSit toegfdjauen S)on meinem lifter* 

erflet asger. 
Sraioo I iufi fo ergel^t e^ mir. 

(grfler SSrlebufter. 
Sufltger fretltd^ mag fld^'« f)aUn, 
Ueter Hnberer S3pf toegtraBen. 

(grjler ffiflraffier. 
Samerab/ bte 3eiten f!nb \S)tt>n, 
S)a^ ®d^n)ert tft nid^t (et ber 2Bage mel^r ; 
a(er fo mag mir* fteiner Derbenlen/ 
S)a|l id^ mid^ Iteber ium ®d^toert n)iQ lenfem 
Sann i^ im Srieg mid^ bod^ menfd^Iid§ faffeu/ 
8Bcr nic^t auf mir trommein laffen. 

©dottier, SBallenpein^ Sager. 

IV. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 

9. Translate into English :— 

S(enbliebd^en. 
@0tM ®ternlein gtanjen hjieber/ 
®tin unb fd^dn in golbner ^rad^t; 
Sieber ®ott im $immel oBen, 
@teb mir eine gutc SBot^t. 
9 



126 SECOND UNIVERBITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

SBBad^et, ©ternlctn, iij toiU fd^lafen, 
^i^ bie fd^one Sonne tad^t; 
iicbex ®t>tt, bein Stnblein l^ute, 
®xcb mix eine gute ^att^t 

@d^t(fe ntir bein Snglein ntebet/ 
S)a|l cr mtr am ^tttt tt>aSit I 
@ie6 oud^ meinen KeBen (Sttcm 
@ine gute; gute ^atijt I 

^tite aud^ bie muben Sinber^ 
kimm fie S)oterIid^ in SStd^t ! 
8ic6er ^err @ott/ gie6 un^ alien 
@ine iutt, iuit ^a(^t. 



ITALIAN. 

First Paper. 

Professor Butler. 

I. — History of the Italian Language. 

1. What is the relationship between Italian and Latin ? 

2. Give an account of the foreign elements in Italian. 

8. Why have we vi^ne alongside of veniamo; mtuno 
alongside of moriamo ? 

4. Give some general rules governing consonants in the 
interior of words in passing from Latin into Italian. 

5. What are the uses of the letter h in modem Italian, 
and how does it originate ? 

6. What are the requisites for a perfect alphabet? and 
to what extent does the Italian alphabet possess these 
requisites ? 

7. Mention some obsolete forms occurring in Machiavelli. 

8. What is the derivation of — piA, sono, chiesa, duomo, 
bottega ? 



SUMMBB, 1906 — ^PASS. 187 

II. — Pbesobibed Authobs* 

1. Translate into English : — 

Ma sendone il papa andato con la corte in Francia, e 
venendo Arrigo di Lucemborgo in Italia per andare per la 
corona a Boma, fu ricevuto in Milano da Mafifeo Visconti 
e Guido della Torre, i quali allora erano i capi di quelle 
famiglie. Ma disegnando Mafifeo servirsi dell' imperatore 
per cacciare Guido, giudicando 1' impresa facile per essere 
quello di contraria fazione all' imperio, prese occasione dai 
rammarichi che il popolo &ceva per i sinistri portamenti 
dei Tedeschi, e cautamente andava dando animo a ciasouno, 
e gli persuadeva a pigliar Parmi, e^ levarsi da dosso la 
servit^ di quel barbari. E qoando gli parve aver disposta 
la materia a suo proposito, feee per alcun suo fidato nascere 
un tumulto, sopra il quale tutto il popolo prese V armi oon- 
tro il nome tedesco. Nd prima fu mosso lo scandolo, che 
Mafieo con i suoi figliuoli e tutti i suoi partigiani si 
trovarono in arme, e corsero ad Arrigo, significandogli 
come questo tumulto nasceya da quelli della Torre, i qucJi, 
non contenti di stare in Milano privatamente, avevano 
presa occasione di volerlo spogliare, per gratificarsi i Guelfi 
d' Italia, e diventar principi di quella citt^ ; ma che stesse 
di buon animo, chd loro con la loro parte, quando si volesse 
difendere, erano per salvarlo in ogni modo. — Maohiyelli. 

2. Explain the following extracts : — 

(a) La cagione della prima divisione (in Firenze) 

h notissima, perchS k da Dante e da molti altri 
scrittori celebrata. 

(b) I principi pertanto delle arti prowidero che qualun- 

que Signoria dovesse creare un Gonfaloniere di 
giustizia, uomo popolano. 

{c) Noi abbiamo narrate davanti, come dopo la vittoria 
di Carlo prime si cre6 il magistrate di parte 
Guelfa, e a quello si dette grande autoriti. sopra 
i Ghibellini. 

8. Translate into English : — 

Binfrescando adunque costoro con i loro sinistri modi 
ogni di 1' odio nell' universale, e non vigilando le cose nocive 

^2 



128 SECOND UNr?EBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABT8. 

per non le temere, o uutrendole per invidia 1' uno delP altro, 
fecero che la famiglia dei Medici riprese autorit^. II primo 
che in quella cominci6 a risurgere fa Giovanni di Bicci. 
Costui sendo diventato ricchissimo, ed essendo di natura 
benigno ed umano, per concessione di quelli che gover- 
navano fu condotto al supremo magistrato. Di che per 
r universale della citti. se ne f ece tanta allegrezza, parendo 
alia moltitudine aversi guadagnato un difensore; che 
meritamente ai piu savi la fu sospetta, perch^ si vedeva 
tutti gli antichi umori cominciare a risentirsi.— Machiavelli. 

4. Give the history of the rise of the family of the 
Medici. 

ni. — UnFBXSGBIBBD PASBAaB. 

Translate into English : — 

Ghi di voi, cari amioi, non d stato testimonio d' alouno 
di quegli atti di spensierata crudelt^ onde i fanciulli 
sogliono aggravar la disgrazia di un loro compagno 
maltrattato dalla sorte o dalla natura ? Non sono molti 
anni, mi accadde di trovarmi presente ad una di queste 
scene. Un povero nanino contraffatto della persona, mentre 
passava per la via frettoloso, s' imbattd in uno stormo di 
scolarucci che, come uccelli fuggiti di gabbia, soorraz- 
zavano per la via. Urtato non so se a caso o per be& da 
alcuno di quegli storditi, si lasci6 cadere di man uno 
boccettino ch'era ito a cercare alia farmacia. II dolore e 
la collera che ne prov6 si manifestarono con modi cosi 
grotteschi, che i monelli, anziche prendeme compassione, 
cominciarono a riderne e a motteggiarlo. Non era la prima 
volta che si divertivano alle sue spalle, poichd alcuno di 
que' tristarelli lo interpell6 come una vecchia sua conoscenza. 
— * Che hai, Squasimo ? ' — disse questi, storpiando per 
ischemo il nome del gobbino, che, come seppi, era 
Gosimo. 



I 
I 

avmtXR, 1906— PASS. 129 { 

! 
Second Pafbb. 

PbOFBSSOB STXUmtBOBB. 
I. — GOMPOSITION. 

Translate into Italian : — 

We have illustrated our meaning by an instance taken 
from history. We will select another from fiction. Othello 
murders his wife ; he gives orders for the murder of his 
lieutenant ; he ends by murdering himself. Yet he never 
loses the esteem and afifection of Northern readers. His 
intrepid and ardent spirit redeems everything. The un- 
suspecting confidence with which he listens to his adviser, 
the agony with which he shrinks from the thought of 
shame, the tempest of passion with which he commits his 
crimes, and the haughty fearlessness with which he avows 
them, give an extraordinary interest to his character. 

lago, on the contrary, is the object of universal loathing. 
Many are inclined to suspect that Shakespeare has been 
seduced into an exaggeration unusual with him, and has 
drawn a monster who has no archetype in human nature. 
Now we suspect that an Italian audience in the fifteenth 
century would have felt very differently. Othello would 
have inspired nothing but detestation and contempt. The 
folly wi^ which he trusts the friendly professions of a 
man whose promotion he had obstructed, the credulity 
with which he takes unsupported assertions, and trivial 
circumstances, for unanswerable proofs, the violence with 
which he silences the exculpation till the exculpation 
can only aggravate his misery, would have excited the 
abhorrence and disgust of the spectators. 

II. — Italian Literature. 

State what you know about the Scuola siciliana. 

Write a brief account of Guido Guinicelli. 

Sketch Dante's life during his exile. 

Mention the principal chronicle-writers of the fourteenth 
century. 



ISO SEOOND UNIYEBSITT EXAMINATION IN A&T8. 

How does Alfieri observe the three unities in his 
Oreste? 

In what verse-measure are the Trionfi written ? 

Translate into English : — 

Da poi che Morte trionf6 nel volto 
Che di me stesso trionfar solea, 
E fu nel nostro mondo 11 suo Sol tolto ; 

Partissi quella dispietata e rea, 
Pallida in vista, orribile, e superba 
Che 1 lume di beltate spento avea : 

Quando, mirando intorno su per 1* erba, 
Vidi dair altra parte giunger quella 
Che trae 1' uom del sepoloro, e 'n vita il serba. 

Quale in sul giomo 1' amorosa stella 
Suol venir d' oriente innanzi al sole, 
Che s' acGompagna volentier con ella ; 

Cotal venia. Ed or di quali scole 
Verri. '1 maestro che descriva appieno 
Quel ch' i' vo* dir in semplici parole ? 

Era d' intorno il ciel tanto sereno, 
Che per tutto '1 desio ch' ardea nel core, 
L' occhio mio non potea non venir meno. 

Scolpito per le fronti era '1 valore 
Dell* onorata gente ; dov' io scorsi 
Molti di quel che legar vidi Amore. 

Pbtbaeoa, I Trionfi. 

III. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 
Translate into English : — 

Al S&polcro del Petrarca in Arqvd. 

Verde e solingo Golle 
Ch' al Tosco Vate in guisa tal piacesti, 
Che riposo alle ignude ossa qui voile, 
Deh per tanta che avesti 
Sorte di lui veder, quand' ebbe in uso 
Trar sua vecchiezza a lenti passi e gravi 
Per queste ombre soavi, 
Spesso del morto italico valore 



SUMMEBj 1906 — PASS. ISl 

Pensier gravosi e mesti 
Portando nel sembiante, ancor diffuso 
De la doloezza che v'impresse Amore, 
Di', qual parte di questa ombrosa chiostra 
Guopre V avanzo della gloria nostra ? 

Ecoo, tu se' pur quello : 
lo mi ti prostro umile e riverente, 
chiaro o prezioso o sacro Avello, 
A cui devotamente 
Muove peregrinando alma bennata 
Ghe qui gode inchinarsi e star pensosa, 
Ed anima amorosa 

Che sospir piii soavi unqua non spera 1 
lo veggio Amor dolente, 
lo '1 veggio, che quel marmo accenna e guata ; 
A lui dappresso Poesia, la vera 
La casta V immortal figlia del cielo, 
Agli occhi tristi di sua man fa velo. 

Mabohetti. 



HEBREW. 
FiBST Fapsb. 
Eey. Pbofessob Dickey. 
1. Translate the following into English : — 

iDpTr"? onvDa DDflK npi; iti^a "jbi dd"? 
^fh^ ni.T ^sfe'a na'K tvki la^s lanaai 

» V v: JT : • -; It : <v -: t • t jv -: t : • - 

iT T - IV - '^ T - ^ vv -: ~ '- V : •" -: 



182 SECOND UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

T JV*T $•• T • i: • - • T ^ V J T I* 

•v : - T^ - < : • T " V <• : - i t : t : 

°7^'^ ''3 ^V^ ^'7 i^'^l ''^^^ ''3^9 'I 

I J.. I - IT- • I V T • y T V T - I J" 

n^V «inn^.^ Tjf/rr--'?^ niio ri'>33i finDi 
:nmT ti? non'70 i?ai/ 

IT : • *> VT T : • -r t*^* 

DDn ii*?! "733 01/ riKhi'jDjfi hrrhnio) 

AT T J : VTT ^y : : • t : - 

"ihvn^ matt^ ira D'?ijr niD"" nbr 

AT I J : w T J : : 

F* T : • r* : V • ; • : • *- j \ : 

2. (a) Comment on the construction of 03^ .... rY)il\ 

V T T : 

and on the use of the Imperfect ^i^\ Distinguish in 

muuning botweeu DD^iV^ and D5^p^i/3# 



81IMHBB, 1906— PAin. 188 

(h) Write a note on the use of 7 eum Inf. in this passage. 
How may DTKH be explained ? and how if pointed 

T T V 

{e) Parse ?|J]j?y and explain the Daghesh. Comment on 
Tf^^^l both as to form and construction. Write a brief 
critical note on the last line and its bearing on the date of 
the composition. 

3. Parse fully the following words : — 

:m3 :;;-rji ronkn^ it^nkih roinanS 

T AT T ^ - .. T : • T : - V • T -: I- 

What is the construct of tlfyn/Di and the plural of 

T T : • 

4. What classes of inaoiinate things are feminine? 
lUtistrate. Distinguish between ^3K Bud n^3K> HIK 

and nmit 

T : I 

5. How may the following be expressed in Hebrew ?— 
The sons and daughters of the man. Te were the fewest 

of all the peoples. Aiid when they saw her they praised her. 
Whoever speaks to thee bring him to me. Eemember, forget 
not. Thou didst want nothing. And he built the stones 
into an altar. This shall be called woman. 



Secokd Papeb. 
Eey. Pbofessob Dicxey. 
1. Translate the following passages into English :— 

A*. •• ; I V jv I" J ; - T\ <• T v<v : 



184 SBOOMD mmrxBsnnr KXAiiiiiAnoN in abts. 

rn -il?>3 :te Tvni 11533 TIT njts^ 

?iiK3 ij^s?"*? -ti^;;!:! ^"t^^) ^iti ^l!)">. 

lapS^ ?I3^;^ irnjli^ ab' naSi?? ^n^n^i 

:niiT 2^*111? PD^^ '130^? ^f^^ i»j^5j?n(*^ 
ro^j^Bh Ein^j;! ndnj on-jij^ B>»-nj5;3ril 

V T - IT •• - : -: I- : • - A" : v^- ^:i- 

:3fc';; "73^ iiB' n^33n3 Dins 

<• T- h- • : v-:r • : : • • t t: i- - »- 

pmns nnf) n^jfe'i rr3iD nnn n;;i ••'?;; 

!• T -: I- - J- t : • : at l - j- 'r tv j- *t 

icoQB'ns : ijiQ"'--'?;; ifcii?'' \th\ir\ jjtih rba iPiirt 

i JT • :v I • : • ^ ^^1- I t T : ^ at t jt't 'j**: - 

/tt : I* IT T -: I- jv: i* t • : ^ at t j*— 

lahni 'i'?gBh V33 ii/ijj j[;i3i :naa^» iji^^i 



SUMMXB, 1906 PASS. 186 

2. (a) How may Stt^fl be explained? Comment on the 

construction of ^7TV and the pointing of 77llQ\ 
and write a critical note on ^'|^^|Q7. 

(h) Give an account of the incidents referred to in this 
passage. Comment on itt^JtT* and explain 
DTISS' What word is to be supplied as the 

object of nnsfi *^ 

(e) Explain n^aJl '^JSI- For ]^^1 Jftt/l Duhm 
reads |DB^ IJ/B^T • translate. For ^tthl\ 
LXX reads Itt^nJI • parse and translate. 

3. Parse fully the following words : — 

Derive JIDDD' and ]1^3Ilfl" Wbat is the construct of 

T TV 

4. Give a brief account of the Call of Moses. What three 
signs were given as a proof of his mission ? 

5. Descrihe the events that led up to the capture of Jericho 
by Joshua. What eurse was pronounced on the restorer of 
the city, and how was it fulfilled? 

6. Relate and explain Jotham's parable. What was the 
occasion of it ? 



186 SECOND tJNiVEftSITY EXAMINATION IN ABT8. 

IRISH. 

FiBST Pafeb. 

Bey. Fbofessob Hooan. 

I. 

Translate into English : — 

lap pin 6tpgeap t)iapmint) ma feaparh, agup cug Iditi 
capa6lao6t>a cap a lea6an-apmaib, agup Do 6iomain 
ceat) agup c6ileabpa6 t)o Oipfn agup t)0 itiaicib na 
p^inne ; agup nfop Th6 Tn6nat)dn mfncopcpa md 506 
beep t)d pilea& t)iapniuit) ap a 6eapcatb ap pgapaTtiain 
pe n-a rtiuincip X)6. t)o cuaib t)iapniuib ap bdpp an 
btjna, ajup t)o 6uip tiplanna a 6d pleaj paoi, agup 
t)'6ipig bo baoipl6im aiceubcputm tipdipt) eunarhail 
gup gab leiceat) a 6d bonn t)on peapann dlainn peup- 
uai6ne aniui$ ap an b-paic6e, agup cdpla gP^^ii^Ti© QiP« 

Ip t pin aimpip ajup uaip bo 6onnaipc pionn 6ui5e 
t)6ipbpe an t)uib pl6ibe, agup a copa ap poluaitiam, 
agup a ceanga ap lomluajail, agup a ptjile 05 pilea6 
ina ceann ; agupdfconnaipcpionnpdn coi6im pm duige 
t, po piappuig pgeula 61. *Qcdib pgeula ni6pa olca 
ajam pe n-a n-mnpin buic, agup ip b6iS liom gup buine 
San cigeapna n\6 ' ; ajup po mnip pgeula 66 6 6dip 50 
beipeab ap 506 mapbab bd n-bedppna t)iapniuib O 
t>uibne, agup map cuiceabap na cpf coince niime pip, 
* ajup ip ap ^igean bo 6uai6 mipe p6in ap.' 

II. 

Translate into English :-— 

Q h-ai6le pin po Jluaipeabap ip an dipb ba 6uai6 
5060 n-bipea6 bo leac caoib Sl6ibe h-e6cSe, agup ap 
pm boib 50 qiiu6a ceub O b-pia6pa6; agup, ai^gabdil 
no cpiu6a ceub pm b6ib, bo bf gpdinne ba cop ; a6c bo 
gab mipneaa f, agup bo gab 05 piubal. 



StniMBB, 1906 — ^PABB. 187 

La t)d paib pf 6ipeann a n-t>dil aonaig ajuf oipea6- 
caif ap ]^ai66e no Ceaitipa6, cdpla pionn agup peo6c 
5-ca6a na ^ndife^inne ann an Id pin agup po 6ipiJ 
lomdin coTn6pcaip ibip Chaipbpe Lipea6aip itiac Chop- 
in aic Ggup Thac Lui$6ea6, agup po 6ipjeat)ap pip 
bhpeajThaiJe agup Cheapna, agup colaTtino ceonna no 
CeoThpofc ap 6aob Chaipbpe, agup pianna 6ipeann ap 
CGob TTiic Lui$6ea6, ajup nt paib ma pui&e pan aona6 
an Id pin a6c an pt agup pionn agup cupa, a t)hiap- 
muit). Cdpla an lomdin 05 bul ap itiac Lui J6ea6, agup 
po 6ip$ip»pe at) f eapaiti agup t)o bainip a 6amdn t)on c6 
pd neapa 6uic, agup po I6151P pd Idp ajup Idncalaih 6, 
agup bo duabaip pan lomdm agup po 6uipip an bdTpe 
cpt h-uaipe ap Chaipbpe ajup ap Jappab na Ceaihpaft. 

T^o labaip pionn 50 t>6i6eana6, 
' Cuipi6 cop5 ap bap n-apmaib; 
"Nd bfob clanna m6ipne m bap n-t)iaij, 
50 t)-c6i6ef 50 h-aiitium.' 

t)'iTn6i J uamne pe 66ile 
t)iapmuit) b6it)$eal O t)uibne, 
Qjup Opgap na mdipgnfoiti 
t)']^di5 pmn 50 cp6ili$ea6. 

ni. 

(a) Write notes on Qlmhum, bpuj na bdmne, Qme, 
Cnoc na n-Op, Cap Ruaib itiic bo6aipn, Sliab e^cSe, 
6 b-pia6pa6. 

(i) State from wliat mss. the text of Oiopmoib ajup 
5pdinne has been derived. 

(c) Condense into about twenty-five or thiriy lines a 
summary of that story. 

IV. 
Write grammatical comments on the underlined words of 
texts I. and II. Write the infinitive active of ^tpgeap, the 



188 SECOND X7NIVEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

nom. plural of aonach, the genitive of t)iapTniiit>9 the gen. 
sing, and gen. plural of baoicl^im. What are some other 
meanings of beapcaib besides that in which it is used in 
text I. ? 

V. 

Retranslate into the Irish of t>iapTnaib a^up 5r<^i^TiG 
or into Modem Irish : — 

Of a day that Fionn was in Teamhair Luachra and the 
chiefs and great nobles of the Fenians of Erin by him, they 
were not long before they saw a taU, warriorlike, actively 
valiant youth coming towards them, completely arrayed in 
weapons and armour ; and Eionn inquired of the Fenians of 
Erin whether they knew him. They all and every one said 
that they knew him not. * Not so I,' quoth Fionn ; * I per- 
ceive that he is an enemy to me.' The youth came before 
them after that, and greeted them. Fionn asks tidings of 
him, who he was, or of what country or what region he 
came. ^ Conan the son of Fionn of Liathluachra is my 
name,' said he ; ' and my father was at the slaying of thy 
father at the battie of Cnucha ; and he perished himself for 
that act ; and it is to ask for his place among the Fenians 
that we are now come.' ' Thou shalt obtain that,' quoth 
Fionn, * but tiiou must give me eric for my father.' * Ask 
no fuither eric of him,' said Oisin. 

VI. 

TJnpbesgbebed Fassages. 

Translate into English : — 

6t Sedgan 50 polui$cea6 'gd iillaiht5Sa& p6in -] nt 
paib na Sapanai$ *na scobla. 6tot)ap 05 cabptigab le 
h-6 t)6mnaill i jan piop, i 'gd Jpiopab 1 ^coinmb 
Sedjam. Go bob b'mnm be'n 6 t)6Thnaill bo h^ anoip 
ap Ctp 6onaill, map cailleab Calba6 le b^ibeannaije. 
Nfop b'puldip t)o'n cpiafc nuab po 6a6c 615111 bo 66anab 
1 bcopa6 a piajla, map ba Jndca6 le 506 plaic an uaip 
(lb. 6pip Qob ipcea6 50 Ctp e6$ain ap dpbdjab na 
Sapana6 t bo 6pea6 p6 an caob ciap cuaib bi. X)o 



smtMBB, 1906 — PASS. 189 

buib T t>o 6eap5 05 SedJan-an-Dtomuip^. t)ap claibeaih 
3aip5e Tvl^ill Naoi n5ioillai$, t)tolpai6 C t)6Thnaill ap 
an 5cop5aipc;peo! 

t)o 6tpd qioi$6ea6a -] Tnapcai$ 05 cpiall ap jdd dipt) 
pd 66111 ctje Th6ip 6einnboipb poiiti 6ipje jp^iiie 1 
bcopa6 na bealcaine mp an mbliabain 1567. 6pom na 
com Tfi6pa ap uaiU le ceapba6 ap 6ea6c na pluag, i aj 
Itjcdil -| aj cpocab a n-eapball, map t)0 ptleabap 50 
mbiab peilg aca map ba $nd6a6. R16 an pia& pua& 1 
an macctpe 1 bpolad inp na coillcib m6p-t)cim6eallmap 
ptleabap poin leip le cuigpinc an ainTht6e 50 pabcap 
ap a bc6ip. 

Qbubaipc p6 I61, 'pulamg ap ctjp an 6lann t)o 
pai^iujab, 6ip nt hiom6ubui$ apdn na cloinne bo 
glacab agup a ceil^ean 6um na 5COil6an'; ache bo 
ppeajaip pipi, *lp ptop-pin, gibeab ichib na cuil6in 
paoi an mbopb nf Do pbptiilead na lectYiab. 



Second Papeb. 
Bbv. Pilofbssob Ho&an. 

I. 

Translate into English : — 

Ro p6i* ajup po i^opbaip an 6nuTii pm lonnup 50 
mbabh 6i5ean an ponna6 bo pgaoileab ma cim6ioll, 
ajup cea6 coihblti^ bo beunam &t. Ro pdy agup po 
popbaip ap pm 50 ceann bliabna, lonnup 50 paib c6ab 
ceann uippe, agup 50 mbab 6uma I6i cia an ceann ma 
b-cemgeomab an biab bo cuipct dtiice, agup bo PI015- 
peab cupab no laoc 50 n-a apmaib agup a 6ibea6 ann 
506 ceann 6paop-6o5anca6 bd paib uippe. 

Ip t pm uaip agup aimpip pd a bcdinig pt Ciappuibe 
Lua6pa b'piop a 6oihbalca ."i. Cian mac Oiliolla, agup 



140 SEOOKD UKIVBB8ITT EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

map 6iialai6 cup,ap5bdil na cnmihe fin, po 6uai6 t>o 6eu- 
Tiaiti lOTijancaip bt, Q^nf t)' 6ipi J p6 ma feapaiti ap bdpp 
an cponnaiS. THap puaip an dniiiti pa6apc aip, cuj pi6 
pannca6 nirhnead ndiTht)eaThail aip, jup bam an 6op 
6'n gcolpa ptop t)6. Qgup map 6oncat)ap mnd agup 
mion-baome an baile an jntom pm, po 6ei6eat)ap uile, 
agup po pdgbabap an t)tin ma pdpac polaih ma 
n-biaij. TTlap 6ualai6 Oilioll pm, abubaipc an 6nuTh 
bo mapbab, b* eagla 50 nbiongnab eu6c pd m6 md pm, 
a?5up po aoncuij Sabb a mapbab. 

Qgup map puapabap an cea^lac an ceab pm, po 
cuipeabap an btin cp6 boigip bonn-puaib beapj-lappac 
ma cim6ioll. — Dtarmmd agua Grdinne, 

IJ. 

{a) Decline pt and ndiihbeamail and an 6op . 

(5) Parse po pdjbabap and bo beunam. 

{c) What other form is in use as well as 50 nbiongnab ? 

{d) Decline cnum with definite article and the adjective 
m6p in singular and plural ? 

III. 

Translate into English : — 

*t)eipimpe leac gp^^ii^ii© bo leanarham,' ap Opgap, 
* 6ip ip peap cpuaj bo 6ailleap a Jeapa/ * Cpeub an 
6omaiple beipip bam a Chaoilce?' ap t)iapmuib. 
'Qbeipimpe,' ap Caoilce, '50 b-puil mo biongiiidil 
p6m bo mnaoi agampa, ajup bo b'pedpp liom md mai6 
na cpumne gup bam p6m bo beuppab gpdmne an 
5pdb tib.* ^ Cpeub an 6oTiiaiple bo beipip barh, a 
t)hioppum5 ? ' ' Oeipimpe pioc 5p<i^Tme bo leanamam/ 
ap t)ioppum5, * 51b 50 b-ciocpaib bo hdj* be, agup ip 
olcliompa §.' *an t \*tt> bdp 5-comaiple uile bam/ 
ap Oiapmuib. *lp t,' ap Oiptn, agup ap cd6 a 
50Oic6mne. 



SUMMER, 1906 — PASS. 141 

Q t)ubpat)ap gup t)uine 6 Tia6 b-peacai6 aon 6leap 
aji pojnaih apiarti, map 50 t)-cuj; p6 cleaf ap an 5*cleap 
fin ; agup pip pm po 6uai6 peap t)tob ap an conna. Ro 
tcu^ t)iapniuib buille bd 6oip annp an conna, ajup ba 
luaice ap Idp 6 ind an conna 05 pmbal, agup po f»iubal 
an conna dp rhuin an 651016 pm jup I615 a aba6 agup 
a lonnocap pe n-a 6opaib. 

1^0 665 t)iapTnuil) an conna lap pm, agup pug leip 
ap Thulla6 an 6nuic 6, agup po 6uai6 p6m ap a itium, 
agnp po I615 pe pdnab an cnuic 6 n6 50 pdinij an 6um 
to6bapac bon 6noc, agup bo pug an conna pip a 
n-a$ai6 an 6nuic puap aptp, agup bo pijne an cleap 
pm cpt h-uaipe a b-pia&naipe no n-allihupa6, agup b']^an 
6^ cionn an conna 05 cea6b agup 05 nncea6b bo. — 
Tifr Diarmdda agus Grdinne, 

IV. 

Translate into Irish : — 

Wlien the wonn caught sight of him, it gave an eager, very 
strong spring at the giant. Se answered her not a word, 
and they besought him, saying ' Send her away.' 

Translate into English : — 

Cabpaib b'd bup n-aipe nach bcabap6aoi capcuipne 
ap 6inneach bon rhumcip big-pi. t)p pomn p6 ap no 
beipciobiaib agup na Oeipciobuil ap an mumcip bo b^ 
'na pui&e ptop lab. 

V. 

(a) Write down examples of nouns of the five declensions 
in Irish, giving the genitive and vocative sing, of each word. 

{I) Give five rules for the genders of nouns. Give four 
rules for aspiration and four for eclipsis. 

((?) Show how the order of words in an Irish sentence 
differs from the arrangement of words in English. 



142 SECOND UNIYEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

VI. 

Translate into Irish : — 

This is a very fine day. It is indeed a very fine day. 
Have we not had very beautiful weather for a long time ? 
We have had, indeed, very good weather for some time, thanks 
be to Otodl Who is this coming? It is your dear and 
faithful friend, James O'Brien. Is it he that is there ? It 
is he; here he is. Who is there? I. Who are you? 
James O'Brien. Come in, James : welcome, a thousand 
times welcome, my bosom friend? How are you to-day? 
I am very well, thank you. I am glad to see you in health. 
Sit down, now. ITo, thank you : let us have a walk. 

VII. 

Where the following phrases are faulty, write them out 
correctly, and state what rules of grammar they violate : — 

(0) Qn bdpp Tia mp e, the top of the island. 
(b) Q cpiup mic, his three sons. 
(<?) Qn ceach rn'achap, the house of my father. 
{d) Ip mmch peap 6, he is a good man. 
(0) peap agup bean maich, a good man and woman. 
(/) t)o pijne p6 na bpaic glapa, he made the mantles 
green ; pepjup t)0 gluaip, Fergus went. 

vm. 

{a) What parts did the Oeraldine, De Burgo, and Butler 
families play in the history of Ireland in the fifteenth and 
early sixteenth centuries ? 

(5) What was the career of Art Mac Morough ? 

IX. 

Give ten instances of the idiomatic uses of Irish preposi- 
tions which play so large and lively a part in Irish speech. 



SUBfHBB, 1906— PA8S. 148 

mSTOBT. 

FiBST Papbb. 
Pbofbssor Cahbbbt. 

1. Describe how the question of religious toleration was 
discussed and how it was settled at the beginning of the 
reign of James I. 

2. Write an historical note on Archbishop Laud. 

3. Sketch briefly the campaign of 1643 in England. 

4. Trace the course of events in England from the death 
of Oliver Cromwell to the Restoration. 

5. Explain the object of the Exclusion Bill and the 
efforts made to carry it. 

6. Qive an account of the last Parliament of Charles II., 
and of the events which led to the flight of Shaftesbury. 

7. Give a brief account of the expedition of Edward 
£ruce to Ireland. 

8 . Describe the administrations of Lionel, Duke of Clarence, 
and Richard, Duke of York, in Ireland. 

9. Give an account of the various parties in Ireland in 
1642, and of the formation of the Confederation of Kilkenny. 



S:Ecoirn Papxb. 
Rev. R. J. Sekple. 

1. For what are the following celebrated in history: — 
Ulfllas, Baldwin Count of Flanders, Rienzi, John Sobieski, 
Garibaldi ? 

2. Describe the events associated with Chalons, Tours, 
Navarete, Lepanto, Culloden. 

3. Trace the growth of Portuguese power from the time 
of John the Great. Give an account of her maritime dis- 
coveries and of her settlements in Africa and India. When 
was Portugal annexed to Spain ? 



144 SECOND UNIVBBSITT EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 

4. Give an account of the exploits and death of Gustavns 
Adolphus and Charles XII. of Sweden. What was the 
Union of Calmar ? 

5. Give an account of the battles of Ivry and Rocroi. 

6. Relate the history of the revolt of Gaston of Orleans 
and of Marshal Montmorency. What was the fate of the 
latter? 

7. What led to Louis XIV.'s attack upon Holland in 
1672 ? Describe the course of hostilities during the first two 
years of the war which ensued. 

8. State the terms of the Treaty of Ryswick so far as they 
affected England and the Empire. What led to the accep- 
tance of this peace by Louis XIY. ? 

9. Describe the campaign of Villars in Germany in 1703, 
and his subsequent mission against the Camisards. 



LOGIC. 

Seoxion a. 

Rev. Pbofessob Daeungton. 

1 . Logic is a Science^ concerned with the formal Laws of 
valid thought, prior to experience. 

Discuss the above definition, and explain the words in 
italics. 

2. Explain what is meant by Connotation and Definition. 
Are there any terms which cannot be defined ? 

3. Point out the relations of immediate inference, if 
any, between — ' All Logicians are wise,' and the following 
propositions : — 

{a) Every Logician is not unwise. 

(5) Some Logicians are not wise. 

{c) All wise men are Logicians. 

{£) Some unwise men are not Logicians. 

{e) No wise men ure not Logicians. 



SUMUBB, 1906 — ^PABS. 146 

Or, 

State in logical form, convert, and give the contrapositive 
of— 

* No boy was ever an old man.' 

* Few men live a century.' 

Ssonoir B. 
Rev. Pbofsssob WooDBtmir. 

4. Prove the rules of the second figure, and mention any 
classes of arguments which naturally fall into it. In what 
respects is the first figure superior to any of the others ? 

5. Explain : 

' A dilemma is a complex hypothetical argument, which is 
often used fallaciously because we overlook one of the 
possible alternatives.' Give a concrete example of the 
dilemma to illustrate your remarks. 

6. Explain the 'Joint Method of Agreement and Dif- 
ference,' and give a concrete example. 



MATHEMATICS. 

FxBST Fapeb. 

[Full credit will be given for answering five-sixths of 
this pa^er,] 

[Tables allowed for Section B on application to the 
Superintendent.] 

Sbciion a. 

FuBB Geometst. 

Feofessoe Dixon. 

1. Describe a square having a given straight line as 
diagonal, giving a practical solution with ruler and com- 
passes only, and using as few construction lines as possible. 



146 SECOND UNIVEBSITT EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

2. From a point T is drawn a straight line cutting two 
fixed circles in P, 6, and -P, 6', respectively. Prove that 
the difference between the rectangles TF . TQ, and TF , TQ\ 
is twice the rectangle of which one side is the distance between 
the centres and the other is the distance of Tfrom a fixed 
straight line. 

3. In a given circle inscribe a regular figure of twelve sides, 
and prove that its area is thrice the square on the radius. 

4. Prove that similar triangles are to each other in the 
ratio of the squares on the corresponding sides, and that this 
is the duplicate ratio of corresponding sides. 

When do you say that two diagrams are similar if they 
consist in part of curved lines ? Take as an illustration two 
semicircles. 

5. Find a point within a given equilateral triangle whose 
distances from the sides shaU be proportional to 1, 2, 3. 

6. In a triangle ABC^ F is the orthocentre, and the 
centre of the circumscribed circle. Prove that the distance 
of from J? (7 is half of AF, 

U AB = 5, AC =7, £C=6, find AF to two places of 
decimals. 

Section B, 

AXOEBRA. 

Db. Stuabt. 

7. Find the complete solution of the equations 

3a;2 + 2x^ + 5y' = 69 

x^ + 9x^ = - 92. 

8. Show that if 

F=3«y(^ + y), 
then 

when 

«* + a?y + y» = C. 

9. Find the greatest term in the expansion of (1 + a?)** when 

n = 14 and a; = f . 



SUMUEB, 1906 — PASS. 147 

Prove that if » is any positive integer 
5*» - 24n - 1 
is always divisible by 676. 

10. Find the sum of n terms of a Geometrical Progression 
and, when the common ratio is less than unity, the sum to 
infinity. 

Find, by the tables, the least number of terms of the series 

2 1 3 9^ 

whose sum differs from the sum to infinity by less than 

200 ' 

11. In how many different ways can ten persons be seated 
at a round table, if three particular persons are never to sit 
together ? 

12. A person deposits in a bank £44 a year annually for 
25 years. What sum is due to him five years after the last 
payment is made if the bank allows him compound interest 
at the rate of 4 per cent, per annum ? 

[Given log 1-04 = -017033.] 



SECOim Paper. 

Plane and Sphebical Tbiookometby Aim Solid Geometry. 

Section A. 

Professor McWeenbt. 

[^Tables allowed an applieaticn to the Superintendent, "] 

1. Show how to solve a plane triangle, being given the 
radii of the escribed circles. Given 

ri = 20, fa = 5, r, = 4, 

find the angles of the triangle and the radius of the circum- 
circle. 



148 SECOND UNIYEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABT8. 

2. ABC is a. triangle on a horizontal plane ; CD is a ver- 
tical tower, i;?ho8e elevation viewed from -4 is half its elevation 
viewed from B. Prove that 

BD^ CA- CB. 
3; Prove that, in a spherical triangle. 



tan - = / ~co8i8fco8(iSf-^) 
2 ^Ico8{S-B)cob{S^ Cy 

where 28 ^ A -¥ B ■¥ C. 

In a spherical triangle, 

A = 76° 30', B = 66° 24', C = 107° 6' : 

find the sides, and compare the area with that of the sphere. 

4. If, in a spherical triangle, 

» = 2*, and C = 60°, 
prove that 

cose = cos*i. 

5. A right-angled triangle is revolved round its hypo- 
tenuse AB, Express in terms of the angle A the ratio of 
the volume of the solid generated to the volume of the 
sphere whose diameter is AB. Show that this ratio is J, if 
^ = 16°. 

Section B. 

Mb. Riok. 

6. Prove that the sum pf the plane angles forming a poly- 
hedral angle is less than four right angles. 

7. Prove that two tetrahedra on equivalent bases and of 
equal heights have the same volume. 

'Show that the volume of a tetrahedron is equal to one- 
third of the volume of a prism having the same base and 
height. 

8. Find (using tables) all the angles less than 360° which 
satisfy the equation 

sin Zx = 2 sm^x. 



SUMMEK, 1906 — PASS. 149 

Pind the general soiution of tbe equation 

Sin ar COB + a? = — • 

2 

9. Ji A, B, Cf D are the angles of a quadrilateral, prove 

(1) cos -4 + cos-ff + cos C+ cosD 

+ 4 cos J(^ + B) COB J(^ + C) coBi{A + 2)) = ; 

(2) tan-4 4 tan^ + tanC + tan-D 

= tan-4 tan J5 tan C + tan-4 tanJ5tanZ) 

+ tan -4 tan C tan 2) + tan J? tan C tan L, 

10. Prove that, in a spherical triangle ABC^ 

cot a Blab = cot ^ sin C + cos C cos b. 

If CX is the arc of a great circle bisecting the angle 
and meeting AB in X, prove that 

cot a + cot ^ 



cot CX 



C 

2 008-- 
2 



MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Pbofessob Conway. 

1. If two forces be represented by m . OP and n . OQ 
where m and n are certain multiples, prove that the resultant 
wilt be represented in magnitude and direction by {m + n) 
OB where 22 is a point dividing the line PQ in the 
ratio n : m. 

2. Find the position of the centre of gravity of a hemi- 
spherical shell of given internal and external radii. 

8. Assuming the parallelogram of forces, prove that the 
effect of a couple is unaltered as long as the plane of the 
couple and its moment remains unaltered. 

h 



150 SECOND UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABT8. 

d. A rod whose centre of gravity is not at its middle 
point rests in equilibrium inside a smooth sphere. Find the 
inclination to the vertical. 

5. Find an expression for the sensibility of a balance. 

6. Define an absolute unit of force. If the ton, }i«rd, 
and minute were taken as the units of mass, space, and time, 
respectively, express the corresponding unit of force in 
poundals. 

7. A wheel rolls without slipping on a horizontal plane. 
Find the velocity of any point on its rim. 

8. A particle is allowed to fall on a horizontal plane from 
a height h, coefficient of restitution being e. Find the 
heights of the successive rebounds. 

9. A point moves in a circle of radius a. Prove that the 
acceleration in the direction of the centre at any instant is 
v^/a, where v is its velocity. 

10. Find the direction of motion of a projectile at any 
instant. 



Seoond Pafeb. 
Mb. Vintoomb. 

1. A plane rectangle is immersed in a liquid with one 
edge in the surface. Find the position of the centre of 
pressure. If the rectangle is kept fixed, and more liquid is 
poured in, how does the position of the centre of pressure 
change? 

2. A cylindrical diving-bell is lowered in water until the 
air occupies two-thirds of its original volume. Air is now 
pumped in till the bell is full again. The bell is lowered 
till the air only occupies half the volume. How far must 
it be lowered ? 

8« Show that the surface of the liquid in a vessel rotating 
with uniform angular velocity is a paraboloid. 

4, Prove that the resultant thrust on a body immersed 
in a liquid is equal to the weight of the liquid displaced, 



SUHMBB, 1906-^PAS8. Iffl 

and acts through the centre of gravify of the displaced 
liquid. Is this law affected by increasing the pressure on 
the surface of the liquid ? 

5. Two equal lenses (focal length =/) are placed at a 
distance apart 2/. Find the limiting positions in which 
an object may be placed in order that a real image may be 
formed by the system. 

6. Find the position of the image of an object observed 
directly through a parallel jdate of glass. 

7. Obtain the formula connecting the focal length with 
index of refraction, and the radii of curvature of the sur- 
faces of a lens. 

8. Give two methods for determining the latitude of a 
place by observation. 

9. Describe a transit instrument and explain the purpose 
of the observations made with it. 

10. Explain the conditions necessary for the occurrence 
of an eclipse of the Sun. Why does it occur so seldom ? 
Why is it visible only at oertain parts of the Earth's 
surface ? 



EXPEKIMENTA.L PHYSICS. 

FiKST Paper. 

Pbofessor Morton. 

1 . Enumerate the sources of error in obtaining an accurate 
reading of the barometric height. Explain how they may 
be avoided or allowed for. 

2. State Hooke's law. Within what limits is it true? 
What occurs when these limits are passed? 

3. What is meant by the coefficient of viscosity of a liquid ? 
How is it determined experimentally ? 

4. Liquid rises in a capillary tube to a level above that of 
the surface outside the tube. How can this be reconciled 
with the statement that the pressure in the liquid is the 
same at points on the same level ? 

h2 



162 SEOOND UMIVBBSITT EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

6. What is a * resonator ' ? What investigations in the 
theory of sound have been made by its use ? 

6. Write down the formula for the velocity of propagation 
of sound in a gas ; and explain, as far as you can, why the 
different magnitudes appear in it. 

7. Explain the reasons for the use of compound, rather 
than single, lenses, in the construction of good telescopes and 
microscopes. 

8. Describe the appearances presented when a spectrum 
is allowed to fall on screens made of different coloured 
papers. What light would such experiments throw on the 
question of the origin of the colour of the paper ? 

9. How could you obtain a measure of the relative degrees 
of transparency of different specimens of glass ? 

10. Describe two methods by which the speed of light 
has been determined, and give your opinion as to their 
relative merits. 



Second Paper. 
Pbofessob McClelland. 

1. Why are two specific heats determined for gases, and 
only one for solids and liquids ? 

Indicate how the difference between the two specific heats 
of a gas may be calculated. 

2. If the bulb of a thermometer is kept moistened with 
water, the temperature it indicates is influenced by the 
humidity of the air. Explain this carefully, and describe 
how wet and dry bulb thermometers are used to determine 
the humidity of the atmosphere. 

3. How would you compare the thermal conductivities of 
two metals ? Mention any necessary precautions. 

4. Describe some experiments which, in your opinion, 
would prove that heat is a form of energy. 

5. How, in general, does the intensity of magnetisation 
of an iron bar increase as the magnetising force is gradually 
increased ? 



SUHHBB, 1906 PASS. 168 

6. A well-insulating plate of glass is inserted between 
the plates of a charged condenser. How does the inserting 
of the glass change the difference of potential of the plates 
and the energy of the condenser ? Explain your answer. 

7. How would you determine the direction of the Earth's 
magnetic force ? 

8. Give a short summary of what, in your opinion, are 
the main facts in the subject of electrolysis. 

9. Explain the construction and working of a dynamo. 

10. Describe an electrical method of determining the 
mechanical equivalent of heat. 



PBAOTIOAL PHYBIOS. 

1. Find the speoifio gravity of the given pieoe of wood. 

2. Arrange the given lenses in order of their focal lengths. 

3. Find the humidity of the air of the room, using the 
wet and dry bulb thermometers. 



CHEMISTBY, 

\_AU Chemical cha/nges must he expressed both in words and by 
equations. Candidates who neglect this instruction will not 
receive fuH credit for their answers.^ 

Seotion a. 

Pbofessob Letts. 

1 Define < molecule ' and ' molecular weight.' Give in 
outline a method with the underlying principle in each 
case for determining the molecular weight (a) of a volatile, 
and (b) of a non-volatile substance. 

2. Describe any method employed now for the com- 
mercial manufacture of washing-soda. 



154 SEOOND UNIVXB8ITT EXAMIMATION IK ABT8. 

8. How may ethylene (olefiant gas or ethene) be 
obtained (a) by synthesis, (b) by any other method ? How 
does the gas behave when treated with (1) fuming 
sulphuric add, (2) chlorine, and (8) hypochlorous aoid ? 

Seotion B. 
Db. Hawthobkb. 

4. Describe, with equations, the action of heat upon the 
following substances: (a) ammonium nitrite, (b) manganese 
dioxide, (c) limestone, {d) ammonium oyanate, (e) oxalic 
acid. 

5. Give the names and formulaa of the oxides of 
nitrogen, and describe the preparation of any two of them. 

6. Write the structural formula of ether, and state how 
this substance is prepared. 

SsoxioN 0« 
Pbofessob Byan. 

7. Describe the preparation, and give the chief properties, 
of hydrochloric acid. 

8. How is chloroform prepared? How does it react 
with alcoholic potash and aniUne ? 

9. Contrast the elements barium, calcium, and stron- 
tium. 



PRACTICAL CHEMISTBY. 

[Special stress will he laid upon the written record of your 

work, and your attention is directed to the following 

points : — 

(a) Give a concise account of all the steps of the 
processes you employ, and of all the tests you use in 
searching for the different substances. 

{b) If you find a metal capable of forming two series of 
compounds, ascertain, if possible, to which of these series 
the metaJ present in the substance you are examining 



SUMMBB, 1906 — ^PASS. 155 

(c) In testing a solid, dry way tests, in addition to wet 
way tests, m/ust be employed. 

(d) In testing a solution, dry way tests should be em- 
ployed in aU cases where it is advisable to do so — in 
addition to liquid tests. 

{e) Use confirmatory tests where it is possible to do so. 

(/) At the end of your paper, give a statement of the 
constituents found in each soUd or solution given you for 
examination. 

1. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in the solid 
marked 1. 

2. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in the solid 
marked 2. 

3. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in the solution 
marked 8. 



BOTANY, 

FiBST Paper. 

Sbciiok a. 

PbOFESSOS SlGlEBSGir. 

1 . Describe the different forms of underground stems ; note 
those commonly confused with roots ; state the distinguishing 
characters, and give sketches. 

2. Explain fully what is meant by positive and negative 
geotropism, with examples. 

3. Briefly describe the formation of true fruits, and the 
modes of dehiscence observable. 

4. Notice how cross-fertilisation is prevented in some 
flowers and facilitated in others. 

Sbction B. 

Fbofessob Gbbog Wilsok. 

6. Describe the gametophyte generation (prothallus) of a 
Fern. 



156 SECOND UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

6. Describe fully (with drawings) any albuminous and 
any exalbuminous seed. 

7. Give an account of the Natural Order Frimtdaoea. 

8. Draw a diagram of a section across a typical stem of a 
Monocotyledon, and explain by means of short notes the 
uses of the various structures represented. 



PBACTICAL BOTANY. 
Schema A. 

1. Lay out in glycerine the flower provided ; sketch and 
name the parts, and assign it to its natural order. 

2. Mount a thin section of a petiole; sketch and 
describe. 

3. Identify and describe briefly the objects under the 
microscope A, B. 

ZOOLOGY. 

Section A. 

Pbofessos Gubban. 

1. Describe the vascular system of the Dog-fish. 

2. Describe fully the digestive system of the Leech. 

3. Give a full account of the distinctive characters of 
Getacea. 

4. Describe and compare the Hydra and the Sea- 
Anemone. 

Section B. 
Professor Hartog. 

5. Describe the brain of a Babbit, with sketches. 

6. Give a brief account of the histology of muscle and 

the distiibution of striated muscular fibre. 



J^UMMElt, 1906 — PAB&. 157 

7. Describe with diagram the straotnre of Parameoium 
and the fanctions of its parts. 

8. Oive an account of the alimentary system in a 
Gasteropod Mollosk. 

PRACTICAL ZOOLOGY. 
Soheiial a. 

1. Make a dissection to display as much as possible of 
the anatomy of the animal provided ; sketch and describe 
the preparation. 

2. Mount a nephridium ; sketch and describe. 

8. Identify and describe briefly the slides A and B. 



GEOLOGY. 

FmsT Paper. 

Pbofbssob Andebson. 

1. Give an account of the physical features of Asia. 

2. Write an account of atmospheric moisture. 

8. Define the terms : — * strike-fault,' * cleavage,' * dip/ 
* inlier,' * hade of a fault,' ' crush breccia,' ' sill/ ' valley of 
erosion,' * outcrop,' and * overthrust.' 

4. Arrange in a vertical series, placing the newest 
formation at the top, and the others in proper sequence : — 
Arenig < Bocks,' Wenlock Limestone, Millstone Grit, 
Garadoc Sandstone, Marl Slate, Carboniferous Limestone, 
Eimeridge Clay, ' Gault,' ' Lingula Mags.' 

5. Give the characters of basalt, pumice, shale, peat, and 
siliceous sinter. 

6. What are the chief kinds of limestone rocks ? 

7. Give the characters and composition of the chief 
ores of lead. 

8. Give the notation of the chief faces in the monoolinic 
system. Mention six minerals that crystallize in this 
system. 

^^8 



Iffd SECOND tTNIVBBflITT SSUXIliATiOif JH ABfS. 

Seoond Pafibb. 
Mb. Seyhoub. 

1. Make sketches of typical crystals of pyrites, tourma- 
line, hdite and fluorite, indicating any special character- 
istics usually seen in these crystals. 

2. Give a list of the principal minerals containing 
calcium as an essential constituent, and state the chemical 
composition and crystalline system of each. 

8. Discuss briefly the mode of origin of — (a) a delta ; 
(b) a seorstack, and (c) a moraine. 

4. Describe fully how river-terraces are formed. 

6. State clearly the points of resemblance and of differ- 
ence between granite and rhyolite, and account for them. 

6. State clearly how you would determine the presence 
of each of the foUowing minerals in a rock-section under 
the microscope: — au^ite, hornblende, orthoclase, biotite, 
quartz, apatite, and zircon. 

7. What was the essential difference between the Grapto- 
lites of the Ordovician and Silurian periods ? Name a few 
typical genera from each of these formations. 

8. What are the chief types of mountains ? Discuss the 
mode of origin of each. 



SUMMER, 1906 — PASS. 159 

EXAMINATION FOE THE B.A. DEGEEE. 



PASS EXAMINATIONS. 

LATIN. 

First Paper. 

Pbofessob Dougan. 

1. Translate into Latin : — 

It seems difficult for any king of England, however con- 
scientiously observant of the lawful rights of his subjects, 
and of the limitations they impose on his prerogative, to 
rest always very content with this practical condition of 
the monarchy. The choice of his councillors, the conduct 
of government, are entrusted, he will be told, by the 
constitution to his whole pleasure ; yet both as to the one 
and the other he finds a perpetual disposition to restrain 
his exercise of power ; and though it is easy to demonstrate 
that the public good is far better promoted by the virtual 
control of parliament and the nation over the whole 
executive government than by adhering to the letter of the 
constitution, it is not to be expected that the argument 
will be conclusive to a royal understanding. 

2. Translate into English : — 

Huic deus optandi gratum, sed inutile, fecit 
Muneris arbitrium, gaudens altore recepto. 
Ille, male usurus donis, ait ' effice, quicquid 
Corpore contigero, fuluum uertatur in aurum.' 
Annuit optatis, nocituraque munera soluit 
Liber, et indoluit, quod non meliora petisset. 
Laetus abit gaudetque malo Berecyntius heros : 
Pollicitique fidem tangendo singula temptat. 
Ilice detraxit uirgam : uirga aurea fieuita est. 
ToUit humo saxum : saxum quoque palluit auro. 
Contigit et glaebam : contactu glaeba potenti 
Massa fit. arentes Cereris decerpsit aristas 



160 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

Aurea messis erat. demptum tenet arbore pomum : 
Hesperidas donasse putes. si postibus altis 
Admouit digitos, postes radiare uidentur. 

3. Translate into English : — 

(a) Procedo, et paraam Troiam simulataque magnis 
Pergama et arentem Xanthi cognomine rinum 
Adgnosco, Scaeaeque amplector limina portae. 
Nee non et Teucri socia simul urbe fruuntur. 
lUos porticibus rex accipiebat in amplis ; 
Aulai medio libabant pocula Bacchi, 
Inpositis auro dapibus, paterasqae tenebant. 

(b) Non tamen Anna nouis praetexere fiinera sacris 
Germanam credit, nee tantos mente furores 
Concipit, aut grauiora timet quam morte Sychaei. 

(c) Hand mora, festinant iussi rapidisque feruntur 
Passibus. ipse humili designat moenia fossa, 
Moliturque locum, primasque in litore sedes 
Castrorum in morem pinnis atque aggere cingit. 

(d) Me nunc Thressa Chloe regit, 

Dulces docta modos et citharae sciens, 
Pro qua non metuam mori. 

Si parcent animae fata superstiti, 

(e) Oaudet inuisam pepulisse fossor 

Ter pede terram. 

(/) Longas o utinam, dux bone, ferias 
Praestes Hesperiae I dicimus integro 
Sicci mane die, dicimus uuidi, 
Cum Sol Oceano subest. 

4. Questions on the above extracts : — 
(a) Name the rex referred to in 3 (a). 
(6) Who was Sychasus ? 

(c) Write a note on pepulisse of 8 (e). 
(i) What is referred to in ferias of 3 (/) ? 

5. Translate and explain : — Dionaea mater — auri sacra 
fames — Agyllina urbs — crateras laeti statuunt et uina 
coronant — ^tam saeuae facies, tot puUulat atra colubris — 
incisa notis marmora publicis. 



STJMHBB, 1906 PAB8. 161 

6. How does Horace express ? — 

(a) ' If yoa seek to fire a congenial heart.' 

(b) * Poor amid vast possessions.* 

7. Mark the metrical feet and the quantity of each 
syllable in the following extracts : — 

[a) Vestris saccedere terris nee sidus regione. 

(b) Fit tortile collo aurom ingens coluber fit longae. 
{c) Quod regum tumidas contuderit minas. 

8. Why did Horace write the fourth book of the Odes 
after having for many years abstained from writing lyric 
poetry? 

Sbgond Fapbb. 
Pbopessob Sbhple. 

TJkpbsscbibed Passage. 

1. Translate: — 

De minoribus rebus principes consultant, de maioribus 
omnes, ita tamen ut ea quoque, quorum penes plebem 
arbitrium est, apud principes pertractentur. Coeunt, nisi 
quid fortuitum et subitum incidit, certis diebus, cum aut 
inchoatur luna aut impletur : nam agendis rebus hoc auspi- 
catissimum initium credunt. Nee dierum numerum, ut nos, 
sed noctium computant. Sic constituunt, sic condicunt: 
nox ducere diem videtur. Illud ex libertate vitium, quod 
non simul nee ut iussi conveniimt, sed et alter et tertius dies 
cunctatione coeuntium absumitur. Ut turbae placuit, con- 
sidunt armati. Silentium per sacerdotes, quibus turn et 
coercendi ius est, imperatur. Mox rex vel princeps, prout 
aetas cuique, prout nobilitas, prout decus bellorum, prout 
facundia est, audiuntur, auctoritate suadendi magis quam 
iubendi potestate. — Tacitus, Oermania. 

Tacittts, AnnaleSf Eks. ii., iii. 

2. Translate: — 

{a) Sub idem tempus luliae Augustae valetudo atrox 
necessitudinem principi fecit festinati in urbem reditus, 
sincera adhuc inter matrem filiumque concordia sive occultis 



162 EXAMINAnON FOB THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

odiis. Neque enim multo ante, cum baud procul theatro 
M arcelli effigiem divo Augasto lulia dicaret, Tiber! nomen 
8U0 postscripserat, idque ille credebatur ut inf erius maiestate 
principis gravi et dissimulata offensione abdidisse. Set turn 
supplicia dis ludique magni ab senatu decemuntur, quos 
pontifices et augures et quindecimviri septemyiris simiil et 
sodalibus Angastalibus ederent. Oensuerat L. Apronius ut 
fetiales quoque iis ludis praesiderent. Contra dixit Caesar, 
distmcto sacerdotiorum iure et repetitisexemplis: iieque enim 
umquam fetialibus boo maiestatis fuisse. Ideo Augustales 
adiectos, quia proprium eius domus sacerdotium esset, pro 
qua vota persolverentur. 

Wbat were tbe functions of tbe quindecinmri, s&ptemviri^ 
and fetiales ? 

(h) Turn Cn. Fompeius tertium consul corrigendis moribus 
delectus, set gravior remediis quam delicta erant suarumque 
legum auctor idem ac subversor, quae armis tuebatur, armis 
amisit. Exim continua per yiginti annos discordia, non mos, 
non ius ; deterrima quaeque impune ac multa bonesta exitio 
f uere. Sexto demum consulatu Caesar Augustus, potentiae 
securus, quae triumviratu iusserat abolevit deditque iura, 
quis pace et principe uteremur. Acriora ex eo vincla, inditi 
custodes et lege Papia Poppaea praemiis inducti, ut, si a 
priyilegiis parentum cessaretur, velut parens omnium populus 
vacantia teneret. Sed altius penetrabant urbemque et Italiam 
et quod usquam civium corripuerant, multorumque excisi 
status. 

Annotate fully. 

{o) Foetumi Agrippae servus, nomine Clemens, conperto 
fine Augnsti pergere in insulam Planasiam et £raade aut vi 
raptum Agrippam f erre ad exercitus Germanicos non servili 
animo concepit. Ansa eius inpedivit tarditas onerariae navis; 
atque interim patrata caede ad maiora et magis praecipitia 
conversus furatur cineres vectusque Cosam Etruriae pro- 
munturium ignotis locis sese abdit, donee crinem barbamque 
promitteret : nam aetate et forma baud dissimili in dominum 
erat. Tum per idoneos et secreti eius socios crebrescit vivere 
Agrippam, occultis primum sermonibus, ut vetita solent, mox 
vago rumore apud inperitissimi cuiusque promptas aures aut 
rnrsum apud turbidos eoque nova cupientes. 

Wbo was Postumus Agzippa ? 



fiUHMBB, 1906 — PASS. 168 

(d) Mox atro nubium globo efhisa grando, Bimul variis 
undique procellis incerti fluctus prospectum adimere, regimen 
inpedire ; milesque payidus et casunm maris ignaroB dnm 
turbat nantas vel intempestdve iuvat, officia pradentium 
comunpebat. Omne deihiiLC caelum et mare omne in austrum 
cessit, qui umidis Germaniae terris, profnndis amnibus, 
immenso nubium tractu validus et rigore yicini septentrionis 
borridior rapuit diaieeitque naves in aperta Oceani aut 
insulas sasds abruptis vel per occulta vada inf estas. 

{e) Cum censeretur clipeus auro et magnitudine insignis 
inter auctores eloquentiae, adseveravit Tiberius solitum par- 
emque ceteris dicaturum : neque enim eloquentiam fortuna 
discemi, et satis inlustre, si veteres inter scriptores haberetur. 
Equester ordo cuneum Germanici appellavit qui iuniornm 
dicebatur, instituitque uti turmae idibus luliis imaginem 
eius sequerentur. 

Annotate idthtu Itdiis. 

(/) Mihi, quonto plura recentium sen veterum revolve, 
tanto magis ludibria rerum mortalium cunctis in negotiis 
obversantur. Quippe fama spe veneratione potius omnes deb- 
tinabantur imperio quam quern futurum principem fortuna 
in occulto tenebat. 

Who is referred to in the last sentence ? 

iff) Igitur factum senstus oonsultum, ne decreta patrum 
ante diem decimum ad aerarium deferrentur idque vitae 
spatium damnatis prorogaretur. 

On what occasion was this decree passed ? 

LUERATUBE AJSm HiSIOBY. 

3. {a) What were the causes of the extreme unpopularity 
of Domitian with the senatorial party ? 

(5) Give some account of Hadrian's wall in Britain. 

{c) Mention any changes made by Yespasian in the 
arrangement of the provinces. 

4. (fl) Give a short account of Cornelius Nepos and his 
writings. 

(h) Name the principal works of Ovid. 

{e) What are the merits and faults of Livy as a historian? 



164 ESIAMINATION FOtt THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

OEEEE. 

FiBOT Papbb. 

Fbofsssor Kbbnb. 

1. Translate into English : — 

{a) avTos 8€ airoXeidfievoi Ik travnav k^rfKovra birXira^ koX 
Toforas oXryovs, ix^p^i- €^ tot) T€i;(Ovs ctti rrjv OaXaLO'a'aVy Tf 
fiaXurra ckcivovs irpoa't^\ero ireipdo'eiv airofiaCvtiv e$ xaipia 
fi€v ;(aX€7ra icat verpiSi^ irpoi to irikayos T€Tpap.p.€vay a-ff^lxTL 
Sc Tov r€i\ov% ravry dcr^€V€crTaTOi; ovros hriairda'aaOaL avrovs 
rfy€iro TrpoOvfiT^a-ecrdou.' ovtc yap avrol cATrtfovrcs ttotc vav«-l 
KpaTT)6rj<r€€r0aL ovk Icrxvpov €T€i)(Liov, cicctvots re ySto^o/iei'ois 
r^v dirofiao'LVf aXtJiHrifJLOV ro \(opiov yCyv€a'Oai, 

Comment on the construction and meaning of eino^a- 
aaurOai. 

(h) KCLL rjv 1^ fiayi; Koprtpa #cal cv X^pal vaara. icat ro ficv 
3c^iov Kcpas Twv ABrjjVaitixv koI Kapvorecuv (ovroi yap vapa- 
T€TayfX€voi, rjaav €(r)(aTOi) iSiiavro re tovs Kopiv^iovs icat 
iiiicravTo ftoXts* oi &€ VTroYCopiyo'avTcs Trpos ai/xao'iav (^v yap to 
\(apCov irpwravTt^ 7rav\ fiaXKovre^ rots Xidois Ka6v7r€p0€v orre? 
Kat TratwvMTarTcs €7r|2€0-av av^is, 8€$a/i€V(ov Sc ruiv * ABrp^aLmv 
€V xepalv riv ttoXlv 17 p-d^T), 

Why is the article used with Xi^ois ? 

(c) Kal yap ov pjovov on avrol avBCaraa-Ot^ oXXa kqX oIs av 
€9ri(i), ^o-o"ov Tis kpjoi irpoaeuri, 8vo7(€p€S ?roiovficvoi, ct im oS^ 
wpCiyrov ^X^ov v/ias, icat ttoXiv Siiioxpetav irapcxpfiivov^ koX 
(vv€a'iv SoKovvra^ 'hc^''^f P'V ^^^ioxr$€' icat r^v atrtav ov\ cfo) 
TTco-r^v aTToSctKVvvat, dXX' ^ aSticov r^ eXev^cptav hruj^ipeLV, 
§ do-^cv^s icat dSwaros Tt/Lwop^o-at tol xpo? 'A^vatovs, /i(t 
iTTiiaa-LVf d<f>L)(Oai. icatrot arpan^ yc t^8' ^v vOv cyu) e^o), 
€7rt Nto-atav c/xov ^orjOi^a-avro^, ovk ^Oikrjcrav *A0rjvaLOL irXiove^ 
OKT€s irpoo'pJiat,^ wore ovk €tK09 nytTjy yc avrovs rw €V Nto-attgi 
trrpart^ wrov irX^^o? c^' v/ias aTooTctXat. 

Comment on nytTiy. 

{d) rrjv ftcv ovv oXXi/v iroXtv twv Topcovatov icat tovs 
*AOrjvaCov^y Tovs €fjL«f>povpovvra^ ekaOev' oi Sc irpdxro'ovrt^ 
avTitf €t8oT€s oTt ^^ot, icat ?rpo€X^orr€$ Ttvcs atn'oiv XdOpa 
oXtyot, inijpovv rrjv TrpoaoSov, Kal a>$ 'QcOovro xapovTa, co'ko- 
/Lit^ovort Trap' avTovs iyx^ipiBia cxovras dvhpa^ ^tXovs cirra 



SUHHBB, 1906 — PASS. 165 

(roorovroi yap fiovoi ScySpSiv €iKO<n to trpSnov raxOivnav ov 
jcarcScio-av co-cX^civ* rjp\€ hi avrfiv Kwriarparo^ 'OA.vv^ios\ 
ot 8ta8iW€S 8ia tov irpos to ireXayo? TCtxovs koX Xa^OKrts tows 
T€ cirt TOV dvcii)TaTa <l>v\aKTrfpLOV €f>povpovs, oiwn^ T^ iroXwus 
irpos Xo^v, dvaj3avT€S hU<l>0€ipay koi t^v icaTci Kavacrrpaibv 
TrvXiSa Siypovv, 

Where was Canastraeum ? 

2. Give the meaning of — ot irlXot, aTpaieros, Soieoi Tcrpa- 
ytavoLf TCficvos ai^KCV, iccuScov, Opov^. 

3. State briefly how the Athenians came to occupy Pylos. 

4. Where were Mende, Cenchreae, Crommyon, Mount 
Oneum ? 

Unfbbsgsibei) Fassa&x. 

5. Translate into English : — 

iv€iSrf Bk irap€fTK€vwrro vols KopivOloLSt Xafiovrts rpiMV 
riiu€puiv aiTia &irqyovTo cos ciri vavfjLa^iav diro rw "Ktifi^plov 
WKTo^f Koi afia €(^ irXcon'cs KojQopSKn, ras rwv KtpicvpaCtov 
vavs iJL€T€wpov^ TC KoL ivl (Tc^as irXcoiMras. cos Sc KaTctSov 
dXXi^XovSy ajmivaperauonrovTo, eirt /licv t^ Sc^iov kc/mis KtpKvpaiutv 
ai 'ATTiKat i^cs, to 8c dXXo avrot lircixov, Tpiia tcXi^ iroi^aKTcs 
Twv v€ci)v, cliv 9px^ TpiSv arparrfySiV Ikcuftov tis. ouro) ftcv 
K€pKvpaLot, cToufayro, Kopiv^tbis Sc ro /xcv Seiiov KCpas at 
McyczpiScs v^cs ctxoi' '^^^^ <>^ 'A/ATrpaKiorrtSeSy icara Sc to p.ia-ov 
ol dXXoi $vfifJLa)(Oi, cos licao'TOi' ewowfiov 8c ic^pas avrot ol 
Kopiv6i.oi, Tats dpicrra rwv vcwv irXcovo'ais, icarct Tovs'Atfi^vaiovs 
fcat TO 8c^iov Tcuv KcpKvpatcdv cTxov. — ^THUCYDlDESy Book I. 

CoHPosiTioir. 

6. Translate into Greek : — 

Many of the Spaniards perished miserably in this way, 
and others were waylaid by the natives, who kept a jealous 
eye on their movements, and availed themselves of every 
opportunity to take them at advantage. Famine came in 
addition to other troubles; and it was with difficulty that 
they found the means of sustaining life on the scanty fare of 
the forest. In this extremity of suffering aU schemes of 
avarice were exchanged for the one craving desire to return. 



166 EXAMINATION FOR THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

It was at this crisis that the pilot returned with the report 
of his brilliant discoveries; and not long after Almagro 
sailed into port with his vessel laden with refreshments and 
a considerable reinforcement of volunteers. 



Second Papek. 
Rev. P&0BB880E Bbowns. 

1 . Translate into English : — 

Unfbescbibed Passage. 

BoKOVvra koI Soiavr ATrayycXXciv /*€ xpV 
Srjfiov 7rpoj8ovA,ots TTjirSt KaSficias ttoXccds* 
'EreoicXca fx€v t6v8* eir evvolijf. \Oovb^ 
0dirT€LV eSofc yrj^ ^lAais KaTOLtrKtuj^aW 
crreYiav yap ixOpovq Sdvarov ctXcr' Iv ^Xec, 
Up&v irarptoofy 8* o<rtos Av fion^rj^ drtp • 
T€6vrjK€v ovirep rois veots 0v^K€iV koKov. 
oirv} fily dfi^t tov8' hricrraXrai XeyctV 
rovrov 3' aS€k<f>ov rovSe JLoXvveUoy^ VMKpw 
i((a PaXelv dOairrav^ apirayrfv tcvcrlv, 
ws^ ovr dtvacrraT^pa KaS/ActW x^^^^^: 
el firj Oe&v ri9 ifiiroBiiiv Icrr^ Sopl 
T<o rovo\ ayos Sc icat Oavwv Kdcn^crcrai 
OeSiv 'n-arptaiiiVf ov9 dripLoxra^ oSc 
arpdrtvp! iiraKTOv e/Aj^oXwv ^p€i xoXcv. 
ovro) irertfViav rovS" vir' oicovcov 8oic€i 
Ta^CKT* arifKOi TovirLTLfiLOV XajSctv, 
Kat /u,)/^' o/JXLpretv rvfi/^oxpa ;(€ip(o/Liara 
/i^' o^fioXTTOts irpoaa-iPeLV olp.wyp,(UTLV^ 
drifiov cTvat 8' iK<f>opa^ ^tXa>v wo, 
TOiaOr' €8o^€ t^8c Ka8fici(i)v rcXct. 

Aeschylus, Septem. 

2. Translate into EngHsh — 
(a) vvv Karoa-rpoifiai vcW 

Sea-fACoiVf et Kpcin^areL SUa ical jiXafia 

TovSe /jLarpOKTovov. 

irdvra^ ^817 to8' cpyov €vx«p€t- 

^ <njvcLpfi6a-€L Pporovif 



StJMMBB, 1906 — t»A88. 167 

TToAAa S* fTVfia iraiSor/Mirra 

irdOta Trfioav€fM,€i roiccvo'iv ficravtfis ^ ^(povto. 

ovT€ yap PpoTtHrKoirtav 

fiaivaStav twvS' €<^€p^ct kotos Ttv' ipyfidrfaV 

Travr' l^ria-fa p,6pov, 

irevcrcTcu S' oXXos cl[AAo0€v irpofjxo- 

vu»v Tct Twv 9rc\as icaica 

X^^iv virdSoo'tV T€ fi6)(0<ov, 

aK€a r' ov fiifiaia rXdpMv fidrav vaprjyopei, 

fJLTfM rt9 KiKAi^o'iccrco 

ivfJL<f>Opa T€TVfXp.€VO^f 

TOVT «ros Spoovfityo^, 

& SiKa r', 2 Spovoi r' 'EpiviW. 

Tavra rts rax* &v irari^p 

^ rcicoikra vcoiratf^s 

oIktov oiicrurair', cttccS^ irtrvci 8o)xo$ Si/cas. 

(3) Movcra g(c)p«M^ UpS^v 

iirCfirj6i, Koi c\(r eirl rip^ffiv doiSas ^/tas, 

XaSny oxXoVf ov o-o^tai 
fjivoiai KoBr/vrat, 
<f>ikoTLp^T€pai KA€0^a>yro$, c^' ov 
Bti xtiXta-iv d/x^tXaXoi9 

SciVOV hn,fip€/JL€TCU 

®plfKia \€kl^V, 

iwl pdpPapov k^opjimi weraXw 

KcXaScZ 3' ^iTiicXavrov di/Sdvcov 

vofxov, 0)$ dTToXcirai, 

K&v tcrai yei'covrai. 

Tov upov )(op6v BiKaiov ioTi XPV^^^ '^ irdXct 
^vfiirapou.veiv kolL StSocricciv. vptarov oZv rjpXv 8ok€l 
i((,(rwa'ai rov^ iroXCraSy icd<^eXc4v rd Secaara. 
K€t Tts rjfjM.pT€ o-i^oAcis Tt ^pWLX.ov TraXaCcrfiao'LV, 
iyy€V€<rOai <f>r)fxl xprjvaL rots oXto-^oucrtv totc, 
airCav eic^cto'i, A.i}o'ai ras TrpoTc/oov d/iapruxs. 
cir' arifiov ^j^rjfil XPV^^^ prjBev* cTv* €v t^J ttoA-ci. 
Kat yap alo'^pov iarcy tov^ p.\v vavfia^ijaavTa^ plav 
Koi nXaraias cv^v? cti'at, Kavrt SovXwi' SccrTrdras. 
Kov^c TavT* eycoy* <^\0ifJi^ hv fU) ov icaXcas K^ao-Kciv €)(€lv. 
dAX' cxcuvca* /Aova ydp avrd vovv c;(ovt' iSpdarart. 



168 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBBE. 

vpos 8c TovTOis eticos v/AaS| ot /xc^' v/uov iroAAa hij 
X^ oi fl-arcpcs cvav/biaxi^o-av, icai vpoa-rJKOva-iv ycvci, 
r^v fiiav Tavrrjv trapiivai (vfiifiopav, alrov/xiyoi^* 

Scan the last three lines of this passage, marking the feet, 
the quantities, and the principal pause. 

3. Translate, with short notes : — 

{a) tv fi^ roS' T^Srj rdv rpuuiv vaXata-fioLTOiv. 

(h) Trcfuro^cr' opOSi^ cic^SoXas ijnjflHav, (eyoi, 
TO fxrj aSi,K€iv (refiovre^ iv Statpco'ci. 

(&) dAA' €i /xcv ayvov iarC aoL Ilctdovs o-c/Sas, 

(TV S' ovi^ fi€VOi,s ay» 

{d) dliro yof) /xc ti- 

/Aav f Sa/uaKf 0€(ov 
8v(nraAAfuu irap' ovScf 9pav SoXoi. 

(tf) OS hrrenji t>v ovk l^vcre ^/Mxrcpas. 

(/) ou TToXw ov8* 6 irCOrfKOi ovto9 6 vvv ivo)(Xi!>Vj 
KXciyeyrf^ 6 fiucpoSf 
6 iron^poraros fiaXavw, otroaoi 
KpoTOwn miiOTO'ire^pov 
^€v8oviTpov fcovias 
Kat Ki/buoXia9 y$s, 
;(/odvov ivSiaTpC\lf€L. 

(j) dXXa TTvcovras 3dpv, xai Aoy^as, icai XcvicoXd<^ovs rpvi^oXctas, 
Kat m^Xi^icas, icai KVrjfuSa^, kcu Bvfiov^ cirrajSoctovs. 

Besides explaining this passage, give a clear account of its 
metre. 

4. {a) What is the real attitude of Aristophanes towards 
Dionysiac cult ? towards Aeschylus ? 

(5) How is the question of the dramatic Unities affected 
by the Eummides ? 

{e) In what important particulars did the chorus of Comedy 
differ from that of Tragedy ? 



SUHHEB, 1906— PASS. 169 

HiBIOBY. 

\_N.B, — You a/re expected to give dates in your answers.'} 

5. {a) Give a brief account of the Spartan Empire and its 
downfaU. 

(h) Describe briefly the following battles, and indicate 
their results — ^Leuctra, Gbaeronaea, Issus. 

{c) What was the foreign policy of Isocrates ? and mention 
other leading statesmen of Athens who agreed with him. 

{d) What was the extent of the Empire of Dionysius when 
at its highest power ? 

{e) Classify the sources of Athenian revenue ; and describe 
the arrangements for holding the Ecclesia. 



ENGLISH. 

FntST Papeb. 
Fbofessob Bacon. 

1. Explain and illustrate the meaning of the terms 
* vowel-mutation ' and * vowel-gradation.' Give instances 
of any peculiarities in grammar or in word-formation due to 
vowel-mutation. 

2. Describe the principle of accentuation followed in Old 
English, Middle English, and Modem English, respectively. 
Show that the influence of accent accounts for many changes 
in the history of sounds and inflexions. 

3. Write a brief historical sketch of the various elements 
in the English language derived from other European 
languages. 

4. Give an account of Byron's literary career, and 
estimate his position in English poetry. 

5. Describe the chief characteristics of the poetry of 
Shelley and of Keats. 

6. State what you know of the work and literary 
importance of any two of the following — Jane Austen, De 
Quincey, Bulwer-Lytton, Sydney Smith, Leigh Hunt. 



172 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

3. How do the oharaoters of Bacine differ from those of 
Gorneille ? 

4. Explain what is meant by the three unities. How 
does MoUSre observe them ? 

5. Discuss the literary qualities of La Fontaine, 

6. Discuss the defects of Boileau's Art Poitiqiie. 

II. — Pbesobibed Authobs. 

1. Translate into English : — 

Le fruit rong6 par le ver, un champ de bataille convert 
de morts, un enfant expirant dans les douleurs, un peuple 
libre qui tombe en servitude, n'oflfrent point de plus triste 
probleme k notre curiosite impuissante et ne prodament 
point plus haut qu*une telle vie I'imperfection de tout ce 
qui est dans ce monde. Et ce qui est un autre abime, c*est 
qu'il y a, dans le spectacle mdme de ces agonies et de ces 
ruines, je ne sais quelle beaute qui chatouille une des fibres 
les plus myst^rieuses du cceur de Phomme. Pascal aussi 
clairvoyant et plus raisonnable, Pascal aussi eloquent et 
moins dechir6 arreterait moins notre regard. Mais nous 
ne pouvons d6toumer nos yeux de la flamme qui le con- 
sume, comme les Bomains admiraient les nuances chan- 
geantes qu'une mort lente faisait passer sur la murine, ou 
comme nous admirons nous-mSmes les couleurs 6traniges et 
brillantes que nous donnons k certaines fleurs en les 
abreuvant de poison. — Pb^vost-Pabadol. 

2. Translate into English :— 

On ne sait pas Stre sobre dans la recherche du beau ; on 
ignore Tart de s'arreter tout court en de9^ des omements 
ambitieux. Le mieux, auquel on aspire, fait qu'on g&te le 
bien, dit un proverbe italien. On tombe dans le defaut de 
r6pandre un pen trop de sel et de vouloir donner un goiit 
trop relev6 k ce qu'on assaisonne ; on fait comme ceux qui 
chargent une 6toffe de trop de broderie. Le goiit exquis 
craint le trop en tout, sans en exceptor I'esprit m^me. 
L'esprit lasse beaucoup, d^s qu'on Tafifecte et qu'on le 
prodigue. C'est en avoir de reste que d'en savoir retran- 
cher pour s'accommoder k celui de la multitude et pour lui 



SUIOCEB, 1906 — ^PASB. 178 

aplanir le chemin. Les pontes qui ont le plus d'essor de 
genie, d'etendue de pens6es et de f6condit6, sont ceux qui 
doivent le plus oraindre cet eoueil de I'excds d'esprit. 

FiSNELON. 

(a) Give some aoGOunt of the method and style of La 
Brayfee. 

{b) Give a summary of F^nelon's criticism of Molidre. 

III. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

Ces belles ruines de I'Auvergne et du Velay sont des plus 
imposantes qu'il y ait au monde. Sombres et rougedtres 
comme le dyke dont leurs materiaux sont sortis, elles ne font 
qu'un avec ces redoutables supports, et cette unite de 
couleurs, jointe quelquefois k une similitude de formes, leur 
donne Taspect d'une dimension invraisemblable. Jet6es 
dans des paysages grandioses que h^rissent en mille endroits 
des accidents analogues, et que dominent des montagnes 
elev^es, elles y tiennent une place qui dtonne la vue, et y 
dessinent des silhouettes terribles que rendent plus &ap- 
pantes les teintes fratches et vaporeuses des herbages et 
des bosquets environnants. 

A rinterieur, le ch&teau de Murol est d'une ^tendue et 
d'une complication fantastiques. Ge ne sont que passages 
hardis franchissant des brSches de roches k donner le yertige, 
petites et grandes salles, les unes gisant en partie sur les 
herbes des prdaux, les autres s'^levant dans les airs sans 
escaliers qui s'y rattachent ; tourelles et poternes ^chelon- 
n6es en zigzag jusque sur la declivity du monticule qui 
porte le dyke ; portes richement fleuronn6es d'armoiries et 
k moiti6 ensevelies dans les d^combres; logis ^l^ants de la 
Renaissance caches, avec leurs petites niches myst^rieuses, 
dans les vastes flancs de T^difice f6odal, et tout cela bris6, 
disloqu6, mais luxuriant de plantes sauvages aux aromes 
p6n6trants et dominant un pays qui trouve encore moyen 
d'etre adorable de y6g6tation, tout en restant bizarre de 
forme et dpre de caractSre. 



174 examination fob the b.a. degbee. 

Second Papee. 
Pbofessob Steinbebgeb. 

1. Translate into French : — 

Charlemagne, haltmg one day in a town of Narbonnese 
Gaul, looked out of a window, and saw a fleet of Northmen 
cruising in the Mediterranean. They even entered the 
port of the town where he was, causing no small alarm 
and sudden manning and arming of his galleys. As they 
put out to sea again, the emperor gazed long after them, 
his eyes bathed in tears. * I am tormented with sorrow,' 
he said, * when I foresee the evils they will bring on my 
posterity.' There was reason for these Xerxes' tears. 
The men who have built a ship and invented the rig, — 
cordage, sail, compass, and pump, — the working in and 
out of port, have acquired much more than a ship. Now 
arm them, and every shore is at their mercy. For, if they 
have not numerical superiority where they anchor, they 
have only to sail a mile or two to And it. Bonaparte's art 
of war, namely, of concentrating force on the point of 
attack, must always be theirs who have the choice of the 
battle-ground. Of course they come into the fight from a 
higher ground of power than the land-nations ; and can 
engage them on shore with a victorious advantage in the 
retreat. 

II.— HiSTOIBE DE LA LANGUE FBAN9AISE. 

1. Indiquez par des exemples les sources du v fran9ais. 

2. De quel dialecte est sorti le fran9ais moderne ? 
8. Indiquez les d6fauts de Palphabet fran9ais. 

4. Donnez des exemples de la vocalisation de la consonne 
I ; sous quelles conditions s'est produit ce changement ? 

5. Distinguez entre IV alv^olaire (roul6e) et Vr palatale 
(grassey6e). 

6. Boileau accuse Bonsard de parler grec et latin en 
fran9ais. Gette accusation est-elle justifi^e? 



SUMMEB, i906— PASS. 175 

U. — Pbesobibed Authobb. 

Translate into English : — 

(a) Areas, N'en doutez point, madame, un dieu 

combat pour vous. 
Achille, en ce moment, exauce yos pri^res ; 
II a bris6 des Grecs les trop faibles barriSres : 
Achille est k Tautel. Galchas est ^perdu : 
Le fatal sacrifice est encor suspendu. 
On se menace,, on court, Pair gemit, le fer brille, 
Achille fait ranger autour de yotre fille 
Tous ses amis, pour lui prSts k se d^vouer. 
Le triste Agamemnon, qui n'ose Tavouer, 
Pour d^tourner ses yeux des meurtres qu'il presage, 
Ou pour cacher ses pleurs, s'est voil6 le visage. 
Venez, puisqu'il se tait, venez, par vos discours, 
De Yotre d^fenseur appuyer le secours. 

RAoraB, Iphdginie. 

Annotate the proper names occurring in above passage. 

Eelate the legend of Iphiginie, and state in what respects 
and for what reasons Racine deviated from it. 

(b) Maitre Jacques. Monsieur, puisque vous le voulez, je 
vous dirai franchement qu*on se moque partput de vous, 
qu'on nous jette de tous cot^s cent brocards k votre sujet, 
et que Ton n'est point plus ravi que de vous tenir 
aux chausses, et de faire sans cesse des contes de votre 
lesine. L'un dit que vous faites imprimer des almanachs 
particuliers, oii vous faites doubler les quatre-temps et les 
vigiles afin de profiter des jelines oii vous obligez votre 
monde ; I'autre, que vous avez toujours une querelle toute 
prete k faire k vos valets dans le temps des ^trennes, ou de 
leur sortie d'avec vous, pour vous trouver une raison de ne 
leur donner rien. Gelui-1& conte qu'une fois vous fttes 
assigner le chat d'un de vos voisins, pour vous avoir mange 
un reste d'un gigot de mouton, — Molierb, L'Ava/re. 

III. — Unpbescbibed Passage. 
Le Presbytdre, 
(c) Quelques vases de terre, ou de bois, ou d'6tain ; 
04 de Marthe attentive on voit briller la main ; 
i2 



176 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

Snr la table un pain noir sous une nappe blanche, 

Dent chaque mendiant vient diner d'une tranche ; 

Des grappes de raisin que Marthe &it s6cher 

De leur pampre encor vert d6corent le plancher ; 

La s^ve en hiver meme y jaunit leors grains d'ambre. 

De ce salon rustique on passe dans ma chambre ; 

C'est elle dont le mur s'eclaire du couchant ; 

Tu sais que pour le soir j'eus toujours du penchant, 

Que mon dme un peu triste a besoin de lumi^re, 

Que le jour dans mon cceur entre par ma paupiere, 

Et que j'aimais tout jeune k boire avec les yeux 

Ces demiSres lueurs qui s'eteignent aux cieux. 

La chaise ou je m'assieds, la natte oii je me couche, 

La table ot3i je t'^cris, I'dtre ou fume une souche, 

Mon breviaire vetu de sa robe de peau, 

Mes gros souliers ferr6s, mon baton, mon chapeau, 

Mes livres pele-mele entasses sur leur planche, 

Et les fleurs dont I'autel se pare le dimanche, 

De cet espace 6troit sont tout I'ameublement. 

Lamabtine. 



GERMAN. 

FiBST Pafeb. 

Pbopessob Cadic. 

I. — HiSTOBT OF LiTEBATUBE. 

1. Mention the chief services rendered to German litera- 
ture by Wieland. 

2. Write a note on Lessing's ' Laokoon.' 

3. In what sense can Mtnna von Bamhelm be called a 
national drama? 

4. Treat of the three unities in Goethe's Iphigenie. 

5. How and why does Py lades try to win the favour of 
Iphigenie ? 

6. Discuss this statement of Goethe, referring to Gessler's 
death : ' An assassination which is regarded by th& whole 
world as commend ably heroic and patriotic' 



L 



SUMMEB, 1906 PASS. 177 

7. What led Schiller to call his Jungfrau van Orleans a 
romantic tragedy ? 

II. — Pbescbibed Authoks. 

8. Translate into English : — 



gin geuer brcnut auf bcm ^crb, 2)te offenflcl^enbe Zffuxt jetgl 
in^ greie. 

f)ebttig. SBaltl^er unb SBil^elm. 

iE)ebtt)ig. 
$eut fommt ber Sater. ftinber, HeBe JKnbct ! 
@r teBt/ ifl fret/ unb toix flnb frei unb atfc^ ! 
Unb euer Satcr ij^% ber'« Sanb geretteh 

ffialt^er. 
Unb i(^ (in aud^ baBei geitefen/ SRutter ! 
12Ri(§ muf man au(§ mit nennen. Sater^ $feil 
®in9 mir am Men ffavt sorbet/ unb id^ 
^aB' nic^t gejittert. 

^ebtoig (umarmt il^n). 
3a/ bu bifl mix itieber 
©egeben ! Biteimal l^ab* xSj bid^ geboren ! 
Smimal litt id^ ben 2Rutterf(§mer} um bi(§ ! 
g« ifl »orbei — iij ffaV euc^ beibe, beibe ! 
Unb l>eute fommt ber liebe SSater ttjieber ! 

(Sin Winij erfd^eint an ber ^au^tpre.) 

aBill^elm. 
<Sie]^/ SKuttev/ fle)^ — bort flel^t ein frommer Sruber ; 
@en)if ttjirb er um eine (Sabc flel^n. 

^ebttig. 
gul^r* il^n l^ereiUf bamit ttjir il^n erquidfen ; 
@r fm% bafi er in« greubenl^au^ gefommen. 
{®ef)t l^inein unb fommt balb mit mem Sed^er toieber.) 

©driller/ miftdrnZOi. 



178 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 



@o lang* c« 3eit ifr fd^ont man toeber Wx^e 
^e^ eine^ guten ZBorte^ ZBteberl^oIung. 

3))^tgenie* 
3)u mac^fi bit Wix^\ unb mir erregfl bu ®d^mer)en ; 
SSergeben^ Beibe^ : barum Ia{l mid^ nun. 

arfa«. 
Die ©d^merjen flnb'^/ bie t(§ ju 5)ulfe rufc : 
£)enn e^ flnb greunbe/ ®ute^ ratl^en |{e» 

3|)l^igentc. 
@te faffcn mctnc ®eele mit ©ettalt 
Dod^ tilgen fie ben SBtbertoiOen ntd^t 

atlad. 
3fi§tt eine fd^one ®eele SibertDiQen 
giir etne SBol^ltl^at, bie ber Sble reid^t ? 

Sf^l^igenie. 
3a/ ttjenn ber (S>le, nja^ fld^ niiit ftejiemt, 
®tatt meine^ 5Danfe^ mi(§ emergen b>iQ. 

«rfa^- 
aSJer feine SBeigung ful^tt, bent mangelt e^ 
SKn einem SBorte ber entfd^ulb*gung nie. 
a5em gurjlen fag* iSj an, ttja^ l^ier gefd^el^n. 
O, tt)ieber]^oItefl bu in beiner @eele, 
SBie ebel er fld^ gegen bid^ bctrug 
Son beiner ^nfunft an hi9 biefen 2ag ! 

©oetl^e; 31^))igenie auf Zauri^. 

III. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 
9. Translate into English : — 

@orbon. 
2Rein gilrfl ! Wit leid^tem SRut^ ^niipft ber arme gifd^er 
2)en Iteinen SSad^en an m fld^ern ^ort/ 
Sit^t er im <Sturm ba^ groje 2Beerfi^iff jteanben. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — PASS. 179 

SBaUenftein. 
(So (ift bu fd^on im ^afen, alter 2Rann ? 
34 nid^i. (S^ treiBt ber ungefd^toad^telSlutl^ 
SlodJ firifdj unb IJerrlidJ auf ber SeBcn^wogC; 
a)ie ^offnuttfl nenn* tti^ meine ®ottm no^; 
©n Stogltng tjl ber ®etjl/ unb [e^ Oj mii^ 
S)ir gegentKer/ ia/ fo tnSd^f td^ rfil^menb fagen 
a)a|l uJer mcinem Braunen Sdjeitel^aar 
Ste fd^neUen ^ol^re mad^tlo^ l^ingegangen. 
(@r geljt tnit groflen Sd^ritten burd§5 Simmer unb iUiU auf ber 
entgegengefeften Seite, ®orbon gegenuter/ flel^^nO 
SBer nennt ba^ ®Iu(I nod^ falf(i§ ? 2Rtr mx e^ treu/ 
^ol6 an^ ber SRenfd^en Sleil^en mi(i§ l^erau^ 
2Bit SieJe, burdj be« Seten^ ©tufen miii 
2Rit fraftvott Uiiittn ©fitterarmen tragenb* 



Seoond Papbb. 

Mb. O'SuLLiTAir. 

I. — Composition. 

1. Translate into German : — 

The road to the town turns ofP to the left as soon as you 
leave the shore. It looks unpromising at first, as if it would 
grow narrower and narrower; but it really is a very fair 
road, and takes you through a pretty country, past rocks and 
ruins, and little homesteads, till you come to tiie crossing of 
the river. Here a beautiful sketch may be got. A long, 
wooden bridge, over which the white poplars droop, now 
replaces a former one in stone, which the river carried away 
in one of those fits of rage that earn for it the name of the 
Wolf. Of this older bridge the crumbling piers compose a 
charming foreground, as the greenish stream sweeps away 
under their shadow. Just in front of them is the village 
with its church, and above that is the great portal in the 
outer wall of the castle. Through that arched gateway, and 
up that steep, paved road, kings came and went. 



180 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

II. — ^HlSTOBY OP THE LANGUAGE. 

2. What changes did the unvoiced stops A;, t, p undergo in 
the development from Teutonic to Old High German ? Give 
examples. 

3. State approximately during what centuries Old High 
German and Middle High German were written. 

4. How did Luther contribute to the unity of the Modem 
German @d^riftf})rad^e ? 

5. Compare the Middle German and Upper German ele- 
ments in ^ew High German. 

6. Account for the difference in the root vowels in SBuvf 
and gettjorfctt/ and their identity in gunb and gefunben* 

7. Write notes on the formation of the following words : — 
i^om(urg/ empflnben/ Silanb/ ^offart/ entlang; 3emanb/ einfl/ 

III. — Fbesobibed Authob. 

8. Translate into English : — 

SBieber n^ogten bie SBeUen ber reifen Slel^ren/ aK 3Ife mii il^rem 
®atten bem ®\xk be^ Sater^ juful^^. ©n 3«^r/ tcid^ an greuben, 
mSjt fret ^on <S(i§mer}en/ lag l^inter i^Xf aud^ f!e l^atte eine tleine 
®ef(^i(^te, grieben mit &tteUf SBad^^tl^um unb SSergel^en om 
cigenen Scben erfal^ren* SBer in i§r SStntliJ fal^/ ber fonnte an 
ber (Iei(^en SBange ba^ Seib cxhnntn, kveld^e^ f!e getroffen; unb an 
bem jlnnenben 93li(f/ bafi ernjle @ebanlen bur^ i^r ^aupt gejogen 
n^aren* Stiei: al^ fte auf ber ^ol^e ba^ bunOe S)ad^ be^ SJater*' 
l^aufe^ txbliitt unb an ber toetterl&Iauen ^oljfird^e toorJeiful^r/ ba 
tt)ar ©rofle^ unb Sleine^ »ergeffen/ unb j!e mpfant p^ toieber aW 
Sinb in bem grieben ber ^cimatJi, ber i§r jie^t fo ivo^lt^uenb unb 
trojltringenb erf(i§ien. SSK f!c§ bie ©uWIeute urn bie J)§ur 
brangteu/ aW bie @ef(^n)ifler l^eranflurmtcn; unb ber SSater aHe 
iiberragenb ben ®atten unb jlc fef&fl an^ bem 2Bagen ^ot/ ba l^ielt 
f!e 3cben in jlummem ®rup umfangeu/ aber aW ber Heine granj 
an Wjx auffrrang/ brudfte jle iljn fo lange an ifjx ^erj, Ji^ fte bie 
^altung uxUx unb in Xl^ranen au^ixa^, fo bafI il^r ber SSater ba^ 
ftinb t)om iSirme nel^men mupte. •— gre^tag/ S)ie ^erlorene 
©anbfd^rift. 



StJMHEB, 1906— PASS. 181 

rv. — Unpbesobibbd Passage. 

9. Translate into English : — 

Salb fanben jl(i§ bie breie im ®aalc gufamtnen ; ba^ (Effen tt)arb 
aufgetragen/ unb 3RittIer er}£l§tte t)on feinen l^eutigen £§aten unb 
Sorl^aten. 3)tcfer feltfame 2Bann war frfil^erljin ®ei|iKti^er gc* 
tt>efen unb l^atte ^Sj Bet einer rajllofen S^Stigfeit in feinem Hmtc 
baburd^ au^gegeid^net/ baf er aUe Streitigfeiten/ fotoo^I bie ft&u^" 
liijtn aU bie mSjiaxliSjtn, erfl ber einjelnen Senjo^net/ fobann 
ganger ©emeinben unb mel^rerer ©ut^befifer, gu jiiHen unb gu 
jijlid^ttn ttjufte. ®oIange er im 2)ienPe war l^atte fld§ fein &it^ 
))aar fd^eiben laffen^ unb i>xt Sanbe^foUegien wurben mit feinen 
^anbeln unb ^Jrogeffen »on bortl^er beljetliget SBie notig iljm bie 
iRed^t^funbe fei, warb er geitig gewa^r. 6r Warf fein ganged 
^tniinm barauf unb fu^Ite jld^ Balb ben gefd^idftejien Slb^ofatcn 
gewad^fen- @ein SBirfung^frei^ bel^nte fld^ wunberbar an^, unb 
man war im Segriff/ il^n nad^ ber iReflbeng gu giel^eu/ urn ba^ toon 
o6en l^erein gu tooHenbeu/ wa5 er loon unten l^erauf begonnen ^attt, 
aW er einen anfel^nlid^en Sotteriegewinnfl Gjat^ jld§ tin mSf ige^ 
@ut faufte, e« toerpad^tete unb gum Witttipuntt feiner SBBirlfamfeit 
mad§te. 

IRISH. 

First Paper. 

Bev. Professor Hogan. 

I. 

Composition. 

Translate into Irish : — 

They soon arrived at the den of the lions. It was a 
large place, surrounded by a strong and high wall of stone, 
having only one window, furnished with strong iron bars, 
for the visitors to look at them. This window was wide, 
but the width between the bars was such that a lion could 
put his paw out with ease ; and strangers were therefore 

i8 



182 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

cautioned not to go too near. It was a fine sight to see 
eight or ten of these noble-looking animals lying down in 
various attitudes, quite indifferent apparently to the people 
outside — basking in the sun, and slowly moving their large 
tails to and fro. 

William examined them at a respectful distance, and so 
did little George, who had his mouth wide open with 
astonishment, in which there was at first not a little fear 
mixed ; but he soon got bolder. 

The gentleman who had accompanied them, and who 
had been long at the Gape, was relating to Mr. Seagrave 
and Captain Osborne some very curious anecdotes about 
the lions. Their attention was thus diverted from George, 
who took advantage of it to slip away and come back to 
the lions' den without anyone noticing it. He at first 
looked quietly at the lions, and then he wanted to make them 
move about. There was near the window a fine full-grown 
young lion, about three years old, which he would have 
liked to see walking ; accordingly, he threw a stone at him 
which the animal did not appear to notice, though he fixed 
his eyes on George. 

II. 

Fbescbibed Authobs. 
Translate into English : — 

5ar ap ppap a Ocpeapaib calma cpua6a, 
t)o glac na glaic an ceapc X>o p eaparh gan t)ua6, 
G 6eap na bpeapc ip Gcaip papcaip puap. 
Op ceapc a ceapc 50 bcagaib 50 luat, 

Cp6at) 6 an cldp po ap ceannaib 6ipionn, 

Cp6at) t)0 beo-Jnui J pnua6 na 5p6ine, 

dp Rtg-plaic t>o pptOTh na ngp^agac, 

G gcltjit) ^i*QT\ bpeapc ^an ppeab nd eipea6c. 

Gp Idp 6y ptop 50 ptnpiom uile turn bdip, 
G §pd6 vn6 6poi6e 6uic p5pi6baiTn 50 h-oilce mo pd& 
Md pdpuig naoi le Oltge t)0 ppiocal gan dipt) 
t)ap Idm mo coim cd nt ndp 6U151P le pa$dil. 



SUMIOSB, 1906 — ^PABB. 188 

III. 

Translate into English : — 
'Se t)07i7icha6 p6iTh cap 6euX> if mtn dlumn, 
Popba bOTi cl^ip ip t)*6i5pi 6aoin 6ldip 6uipc, 
Ollarh na p6;c a 5-C61II *p a 5-caom-6dipt)ib 
CluThab poipcil 71a bpaon ip aon t)on fifop-dpt)-f ml. 

Cfp ip cpdi$ce cp6an-pip 
Cfp 05 pfp-501 1 50 h-6at)Thap 
t)aincpea6 t)eopa6 leoince l^anrfiap 
Scai6ce bpui6ce cucail, cpea6ca6. 

Cpt pfontJip ba6 6aom, cpf coltiip jan baoip, 

Cpt ppfOThubla cpooib tiip bob pijeaihail a bctjeap 

Cpf pionn-ctJip an cige, ndp fcpionbitjlca jnaoi, 

a t)cpf plfTn-6oTn, aTnfongptiaibboUoTi Ouba^mo^poibe. 

Cpf t)tc liom a nbfc, cpf caoi cdip mo 6aoi 

Cpf aoiTifi6ib an naoirh-tjipt), qpf elf ^urhpa bf. 

IV. 

(a) Give a brief sketch of the career of XJa Eathaille, with 
some dates. 

{b) State the number of his printed poems. 
{e) Mention six of the subjects of his poems. 
(d) Mention his poem or poems which you consider the 
best. 

V. 

(a) Write down a pann or two from memory from 
Ua Rathaille's poems. 

(b) Write the meaning of the following words used in the 
poems: — bpaca6 apgnairh, anacpa, alpaipeadc^ cla6c, 
pin6l, popaipe. 

VI. 

TJnpbesceibxi) Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

6f pin ann, t ip pat)6 bf, t bd mbei&innpe ann an 
uaip pm nf beibinn anoip ann, beab ps^al tip n6 



184 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBBE. 

pean-p56al 050111. I>u6 cpfon I106 on pg^oloibe tti6 
n6 bei6iTin 50T1 oon pg^oL. 

6t pt 1 5CoTina6caib pat)6 op b'ainiTn t>6 RtJ Cpuo6 
6onno6c. 6f p6 'no §aip5i6ea6 Th6p. Nt poib oon Id 
Tia6 ngobob p6 OTno6, o 6tiloi6 Soipge t o 6loi6eafh 
poluip oip 05 c6pui$eo6c pip o cpoiOpeob 6, t nf poib 
p6 05 pd$ail pip op bic. Ip Tninic o t)'abpoiSea& on 
bonpfogoTi leip 5011 bocob l^ no cuib cpobo, i nop b'f 
o b'pedpp 06c nf poib oon dipt) 0150 uipct. 

Ld t)d nt)eo6ai6 p6 aTna6 copob Rf no Spocob 66 
op on Ooiiion coip. 6eonnoi§ p6 66 ip no bpiocpoib 
poipceonco poipceonocoDo bi onn pon om pom. 6eonn- 
U15 Rt Cpuoc 66 po inbeonnugob c6u&no b'pioppuij 
Rf§ no 5raco& be c6upb bo bf p6 a loppoib. 

* Cdim 05 loppqib pip o cpoibpeob ni6.' 

* Cpoibpib mipe cd/ oppo Rf no gpocob. 

* Qn bcpoibpfbmoib onoip ? ' oppo Rf Cpuo6. 

' Coicpib cd mo 6poib in mo cfp p6in/ oppo Rt no 
Spocob. 

*Cio 'n 6ooi o bpuijeob on c-e6lop onpoin'?* oppo 
Rf Cpuo6. 

* Cuip bo pp6n p6Thoc i mdinpib pt eolop Ouic* 
tdinig Rt Cpuoc ipceo6 in a 6aipledn gon ih6pdn 

puoipcip, b'oipig on bonpiogon oip 50 poib pub 6i5in 
bun op cionn leip. 

* C6opb pm ope onoip,* op pipe. 

* S^op ^^^ bom op peipon coi6pib m6 bul bo*n 
t)OThon coip 50 bcpoibeob RfJ no 5po^ci^ onn.' 

* Ip mime o bdboipc mipe leoc,' oppon 6onpiojan 
* 6ipceocc 16 bo cuib cpobo, ndp bf a b'pedpp. Nd 
imcijeonn cd onoip c6'n coThop6o o beibeop 050m md 
6ipiJeonn oon ce6 buic' 

'Hid 6ipi$eonn'aon 6e6 bompo, b6ib uoccop polo op 
on cobop ocd 05 c6in on JdipOfn,' oppon Rf. 

$l6op pf I6n b6. tug p6 o copoc bo itiuip ogup o 
beipeob bo 6fp. — Sen-aceidta an larthair. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — PASS. 186 



Second Papeb. 
Rev. Propessob Hogan. 
Pbescbebed Texts. 
I. 

Translate into English : — 

Cuapccabcha cpi each cpo6a, 
t)iana, bepcca, t)iin6pa 
CO n-aca each apoile 
ap cheap cldp an rfidp-Thoige. 

Ro laipem ap gcochla binn, 
map no la6 muinceap t)eijpf J, 
po baoi muipeheapcach glan, gle 
oc imbipc a pi6chille. 

Qcpubaipc Ceallachdn cpuai6, 
ocup po bat)h t)t5inn a buaib, 
* a j5iipu TTluThan co mblait)h 
nd ecpiiicci6 damn Oojam.* 

Qppa meipi t)0 6ul leo 
mbap ap jcop uile i ngleo, 
muipbpic t)uine ceach pip 
mmncep miabach Tnuipcheapcaigh. 

Cuccpom linn Ceallachdn C6ip 
po uapapcap a on6ip 
pail 6615 n-ungae nt)6ec po Idim 
lb laipn im a choip chorhldin. 

Q&ai^h oun uile immalle 
1 machaipe Ua gCaipppe, 
po be ap sell chap, po be ap gcoill 
ap gcochaill coppa, cpocomn. 



186 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

n. 

Translate into English : — 

t)d 6abai3 &6cc bo Thio6 meant) 
cuccat)h bo ptogpaibh 6peann, 
ppoinb c6b bi each bia6 co mblaibh 
mb aipccib boib 6n Rfojam. 

Sobb bealaijh 5abpdin no ngleann 
po belebh bo rhndib ^peann 
im Jeanup, im ceill gan chol, 
iTTi chabcipc, iTTi chiobnacol. 

beanbachc cech pip co cengaib 
pop ingm maich Th6ip Cheallaig, 
ocup beanbachc Chpipc Jloin-Jle 
pop inJiTi pfj Oppaije. 

Nocho npacQ cheap no chuaib 
uile p6n 6pinn aprnpuaib, 
nocha npuapup chiap no choip 
bean map bo mnaoi, a TTlhuipcheapcaigh ! 

C6n boi an pfojpabh no nbpenn 
inb Qiliuch puipeach T^igpenb 
5an choinnmeabh pop neach oile 
ache pop t)ub nbail nbagboipe. 

a&aigh 6t5inn im TTlaiJ Rach peib, 
Qbai3h i n5liTin Rige pel, 
abai^h 10 Capon Lmne, 
nop abaigh bup beg-gille. 

m. 

Translate into English :— 

t)o gluaip Cpeunbopn 50 cea6 na 6paoibe Ruai&e, 
agup puaip b6ippe agup pumneosa na bpuijne lap na 
n-btina6, agup po Jab ea^la agup uaiiian m6p 6. Qgup 
ip6popdib; *Nt 6onaip 66ip b'aon nea6 TTlic Uipnij 



suiooB, 1906 — PASS. 187 

b'lonnpuije, 6ip meap aim 50 b-puil peap5 50 h-iomap- 
ca6 oppa.' Qgup t)'a 6ip pm, puaip puinneog bo 
pdgbab opgailce a n-t>eapTnat> ap an m-bpuijin, agup 
bo }ji 05 a n-amapc apcea6. 0'^eu6 t)^ipt)pe aip q:i6p 
an b-puinneoi5, ^S^p b'lnnip t)6ipt)pe X>o Naoipe 50 
b-paca aon 65106 ogoThapc oppa cp6p on b-puinneoig. 
Ip QThlaib t)o bt Nooipe on can pm, ojup peop puipne 
b'puipmn no pic6ille m a Idiiti, ogup cug up6ap dgitiap, 
gon coime, gon clooine, op ptjil an 651016, gup 6uip on 
c-ptiil cop a fcloigeann aina6. t)o luib an c-65la6 mop 
o poib Con6obap agupb'mmp pgeulo 6 fetiip 50 beipe 66. 
* Ip ptop pm,' op Con6obap, ^bo pf op an borhan peop 
an up6aip pin, muna b-pml poojal goipib oige.* * Cpeub 
t on beolb ocd op 06ipbpe?' ap Condobop. ' Qcd,' op 
Cpeunbopn, * na6 b-puil 'pan bomon bean ip pedpp 
bealb ogup b^onaih 'nd t.' 

TTlop bo 6uala Cbn6obqp pm, po Ifon b'6ab ogup 
b'popmab, ogup b*fi65aip bo no pluojoib bulb'ionnpuige 
no bpui^ne. 

Comment on the underlined words. 

IV. 
Ibish Fbosodt. 

(a) What seven things are required in t)dn t)fpe6 ? 

(b) Explain those terms of Irish prosody : — Muirhip, 
ceocpaman, Cinnce6c pillob, Uoim, Comdpba6, Rmn, 
Uai6ne, Cenn, Rann lomldn, peolab, comab, Uaim 
cluoipe, lopmb^plo, Uoim ptilo, Uonn Jntjipe. 

(e) Illustrate some of these terms from : — 

Q eol6a 6ipenn dipbe 
8lomni6 bo 6dc gan cdipbe 
Co Ifn ptg bo Jab 50 gpmn, 
De pfl Thac THileb 6ipinn 



188 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DBOBEE. 

O'p t)o p6ip an nei6' Oojnf 
(lT16it)e ip incea^aipc (SipOpf) 
C15 leap no anileap an pumn 
l>6p nf hanb6p a n-abpaim. 

V. 

H18TORT. 

Describe the parts played, respectively, in the second half 
of the sixteenth century, by Hugh O'Neill, Ked Hugh 
O'Donnell, and the Earls of Thomond, Ormond, and Desmond. 

VI. 
Unpbbscbibed Passage. 

Nuaip a bt TUtdedl na jCleap 05 bul a bcile t)o cop 
p6 ipceac 6iini ci Je pilib 615, peipmeoip becg eile bt 
'na 6oThnai6e 1 n-aice le TUtdedt p6in. 

' Cd pabaip, a Tnf6tl ? ' appa pilib. 

* 6fop ag an 3ceapt)6ain ag p6a6ainc an nib6a6 an 
gaba ullaiti 1 nibdpa6 cum ptonnat 'cup im' bpdca. 6f 
Cabg ag cacanc opm 6 'cup 6ui5e mOiu map nd paib 
m6pdn le b^anaih aige.' 

* Na6 bpuil p6 as bul 50 Cill (Sipne ?' 

* 6uala 6 ag pd6 50 mb6a& ladall aip an c-apal a 6up 
50 Cill Opglan a b'lappaib beagdm guail.' 

*lp maic liom gup Jabaip ipcea6 dugam. 6fop ag 
came le Ca&5 acpugab int>6, agup 'p6 Oubaipc p6 liom 
nd b6a& am aige aon nt a b^anam lem' 66act)a 50 bet 
t)ia C6at>aoin peo 6u5ainn. Cd an aimpip ag plearfi- 
nu Jab uaim agup gan pumn t)6anca agam. '86 ip pedpp 
bom a b^anarh mo 66a6t)a a bpeic 6ui5e anoip 6 cd caoi 
05 an ngaba. Nf b6ib aon neach 05 ceacc ^uigembiu.' 

t)o beap5 TTlfdedl a pfopa, agup b'lmci J p6 aip a baile. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — PASS. 189 

LOGIC. 
Bet.;Fbofbssob Csoimr. 

1. Examine the relations between Logic and Psychology. 

2. (a) Give three of the leading views on the import of 
propositions, {h) Is a proposition only a complex idea ? 

3. Why is * Indirect Reduction ' resorted to ? Is there 
any need for this type of Rednction ? 

4. ^ In experimental inquiry we must be careful to 
eliminate the immateiial circumd».nces ; but it is only when 
our inquiry is ended that we can 'say what circumstances are 
immaterial.' How does the Logic of Induction deal with 
this difficulty ? 

5. Discuss either of these two statements : — 

{a) ' If the premisses anticipate the conclusion, what is 
the use of drawing it ; and if tiiey do not anticipate it, how 
can it be valid ? ' 

(5) * A conclusion materially true may be formally drawn 
from premisses which are not both true.' 

6. What is a fallaoy? Explain, with examples, the 
fallacy known as Igmratio Elenohi. 



METAPHYSICS. 

Section A. 

[F(yr Candidates who take Course h in Calendar.'] 

Key. Pkofessob Dablington. 

1. What is the place of Ontology in the Science of Meta- 
physics, and of what object does it treat ? 

2. Define space and timej and give some account of the 
origin of these ideas. 

3. What is the exact nature of the relations between soul 
and body : and what the importance of this problem from a 
philosophical point of view ? 



190 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

4. What reasons have we for supposing that the soul is 
an immaterial subatanee, and in what sense is it a substance ? 

5. Discuss : — 

^ Intellectual activity depends only extrinsioallyi and per 
accidem on the organic faculties.' 

6. Comment on :-^ 

* A rational will must be essentially free : compulsion 
comes from without.* 

Can the freedom of the will be established from introspec- 
tion alone ? 

SiitiiiON B. 

[For candidates who take Cowrse IL in Calendar,"] 

Rev. Pbofbssob Woodbubn. 

1. Explain the following statements : — 

(a) * Without the combining activity of understanding 
there can be no consciousness of an object at all.' 

(h) ^ The unity of consciousness is confused with a 
perception of the subject as object; and hence we suppose 
that we may apply to the subject the category of substance.' 

2. Write notes on the following expressions taken from 
Kant:— 

(a) The transcendental ideality of time. 
(h) The schematism of the categories. 
(c) Constitutive and regulative principles. 

3. Distinguish, with examples, between * complication ' 
and * free reproduction.' 

4. State the views of Stout and James on the improvement 
of memory by practice. 

5. Write notes on two of the following : — 

(a) ^ Thinking is restrained speaking or acting.' 
{h) General characteristics of emotion. 
{c) Extensity. 

6. May Philosophy be defined as perfectly unified 
knowledge ? How may we distinguish between Metaphysics 
and Science ? 



SUMMER, 1906 — PASS. I9l 

ETHICS. 

Section A. 

\^For Candidates taking Course L in Calendar.^ 

Rev. Professor Darlington. 

1. What are the moral elements of a deliberate human 
action ? Is the external act moral ? 

2. Discuss : — 

* Utility, as a moral standard, does not give us a knowledge 
of right and wrong, but of prudent and imprudent conduct.' 

3. What is virtue ? Must virtue and happiness coincide 
here ? In estimating virtue, must happiness hereafter be taken 
into account ? 

4. 'A right is a moral power (Jaetdtas moralts) : a duty 
is a moral necessity.' 

Explain and point out the relations between what we must 
do ; what we may do ; and what we have a right to do. 

5. What are the essential characteristics of ethical 
Truth? 

6. < The Stoics defended suicide on the ground that nature 
sometimes prompted the miserable man to take away his own 
life.' 

Examine this contention. 

Section B. 

For Candidates taking Comse II, in Calendar. 

Rev. Professor Woodburn. 

1. Write notes on the following statements : — 
{a) Benevolence is love of power, and delight in the 
exercise of it. 

(b) Compassion is imagination of future calamity to our- 
selves, proceeding from the sense of another man's calamity. 
{e) Happiness does not consist in self-love. 



192 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGBEB. 

2. Can the principle, Live according to Nature, be accepted 
as a supreme moral law ? 

Or, 
Discuss the statement that there is no possible transition 
from * is ' to ^ ought.* 

3. Explain and discuss one of these views : — 

(a) Justice consists in equality of freedom ; 
{h) Justice consists in requital of desert. 

4. What, according to Sidgwick, are the marks of a moral 
axiom ? What does he mean by Philosophical Intuitionism ? 

5. Write a note on * the vital need that our Practical 
Eeasoh feels of proving or postulating a connexion between 
virtue and self-interest, if it is to be made consistent with 
itself.' 

6. Explain clearly : — * Moral progress is not only the 
widening of the range of persons whose common good is 
sought, but the gradual determination of the content of the 
idea of good.' 



HISTOEY OF PHILOSOPHY. 

[Candidates will answer on two sections only, one of which 
must be section ^.] 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Magennis. 

1. Annotate histarieaUt/ this statement of the leading lines 
of argument followed by philosophical Theism — (1) the 
inference from the Contingent to the Necessary ; (2) from 
the Finite to the Infinite ; (3) from the Kelative to the 
Absolute ; (4) from the idea of Perfection to the Reality of 
it ; (5) from the watch to the Watch-maker. 

2. Compare briefly Plato's theory of Matter with 
Aristotle's. 

3. * In ancient, as in modem times, important Theories of 
Knowledge were essentially related to the attitude of the 
theorist towards a doctrine of innate ideas.' 

Illustrate this by brief historical references. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — PASS. 198 

Section B. 
Key. Pbotessob Cboion. 

4. Write a note on Abelard's contribution {a) to Logic, 
{h) to Ethics. 

5. What are the main differences between the philosophical 
theories of Alberi^us Magnus and St. Thomas ? 

6. Give some account of the Pantheistic philosophers of 
the Middle Ages, and indicate the sources from which their 
doctrines were drawn. 

Or, 
Give a short historical account of the mediaeval conceptions 
of substance and accident. 

Section C. 
Fbofessob Pabk. 

7. Give an historical account of the doctrines of Perception 
advocated by Locke, Berkeley, and Eeid. 

8. Sketch the leading developments of metaphysical doctrine 
in the period presented. 

9. Give a short account of the topics dealt with in three 
of the following works: — Nouveaux JSssais; Dtscours de la 
Methode; Sritik of Judgment; Treatise on Human Nature ; The 
Leviathan ; Siris, 



HISTORY. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Kev. K. J. Semple. 

1. Kelate the history of the Third Parliament of Charles I. 
What incidents marked its close ? 

2. Give an account of the actions of Glamorgan in Ireland, 
and of the campaigns of Montrose in Scotland. 

3. Write an historical note on the administration of Warren 
Hastings in India. State the terms, and relate the parliamen- 
tary history, of Fox's India Bill. 



194 EXAMINATION FOB THB B.A. DEOBEE. 

4. Trace the origin of the American war of Independence, 
and state its history until the Convention of Saratoga. What 
led to the capitulation of Yorktown ? 

5. Describe the composition and history of the Ministry of 
All the Talents. What were the principal measures of their 
administration, and what led to their fall from power ? 

6. State the part taken by the following in Irish history : — 
Sir Conyers Clifford, Sir George Carew, Sir Cahir O'Doherty, 
Sir PheUm O'Neill. 

7. Describe the Siege of Athlone and the Battle of Aughrim. 
What services were rendered by Sarsfield at Limerick ? 

8. Estimate the constitutional importance of {a) Bates' 
Case, (b) the Case of Commendams. 

How is the dismissal of Chief Justice Coke an historical 
landmark? 



Second Paper. 
Pbopessob Cabbebt. 

1. Give an account of the final struggle between the 
Huguenots and the Crown in the reign of Louis XIII. How 
and when were the religious privUeges of the Huguenots 
taken away? 

2. Describe the home and foreign policy of Cardinal 
Fleury. 

3. GKve a brief account of the opposition offered to the 
Court by the French Parliaments in the reign of Louis XVI. 

4. Describe the revolution of the Ninth Thermidor. 
What was the subsequent fate of the Jacobin party? 

5. Give a brief sketch of the campaigns of Gustavus 
Adolphus in Germany. 

6. Write notes on (a) Bethlen G^bor, (3) Bernhard of 
Saxe-Weimar. 

7. GKve an account of Frederick William I. of Prussia. 
What territories were gained by Prussia during his reign ? 

8. Give a brief accoimt of the principal Prussian victories 
during the Seven Years' War. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — ^PASS. 196 

POLITICAL ECONOMY. 

Section A. 

Pbofbbsob Obaham. 

1. 'Money is the one convenient means of measuring 
motives on a large scale.' 

' Money is a measure of value.' 

Explain and illustrate each of these statements. 

2. Explain and illustrate : — consumers' surplus ; social 
income ; factors of production ; a representative firm ; 
conventional necessaries ; profits on the turnover. 

8. Show that ' good cultivation,' and ' fertility of land ' 
are relative expressions, and give Professor Marshall's 
examples. 

4. Account for the extraordinary growth of the great 
towns in England and the United States during the nine- 
teenth century. 

How far does the explanation apply to Ireland ? 

Seotion B. 

Bev. Pbofebsob FmuLY. 
.6. Explain:—- 

(a) the advantages of a currency partly in paper ; 
{b) the disadvantages of a currency wholly so composed. 

6. Describe briefly the functions of the Issue Depart- 
ment of the Bank of England. In what respects is it 
defective ? Give the reasons for your answer. 

7. On what grounds have degressive taxes been advo- 
cated ? Are any English taxes of this type ? 

8. Discuss the proposition — * The Wages of Labour tend 
to a normal rate — a rate which is determined by the cost 
of production of the human agents in question,' 



196 EXAMINATION FOR THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

MATHEMATICS. 

FiEST Paper. 

Algebra and Pure Geometry. 

\^Full credit will he given firr amwering three-fourths of 
this Paper.'] 

Section A. 

Professor Egan. 

1. Sum the series 

(a) 5 + v^2, 5, 5 - y/2, ... to » terms. 
{h) -v/5 + 2, 1, -v/5 - 2, ... to infinity. 
(c) {x + ay, {x + 2a)*, (a? + 3a)», ... to n terms. 

2. If the constituents of one row of a determinant are 
(1) equal or (2) proportional to the corresponding con- 
stituents of another row, prove that the determinant 
vanishes. 

Solve the equation in x 

X "b a a 



a 
x-h 



= 0. 



3. From a bag containing 7 white and 4 black balls, 
4 balls are drawn at random. What is the chance that the 
4 will consist of 2 white and 2 black ? 

4. ABC, PQR are two unequal triangles having AB^ BC, 
CA parallel to PQ, QjR, RP, respectively. Prove that the 
lines APy BQ, CR meet in a point. 

What happens if the triangles are equal ? 

5. Through each of the edges of a tetrahedron a plane 
is drawn to pass through the middle point of the opposite 
edge. Show that the six planes have a common point. 



suMifSB, 1906 — PASS. 197 

6. Prove that the section of a right circular cylinder made 
by a plane cutting the axis obliquely is an ellipse. 

If a line I is drawn inside the cylmder parallel to the axis, 
show how to draw a plane whose section will be an ellipse 
having a focus at the point where / meets the plane. 

ssotiojbt b. 

Analttioal Oboxbtbt. 

Mb. Eicb. 

7. Find the equation of a circle passing through the origin 
of rectangular coordinates and intercepting lengths 6 aud 7 
on the axes of x and y. 

A variable circle intercepts constant lengths a and b on 
the axes, prove that the locus of its centre is a rectangular 
hyperbola. 

8. The centre of an ellipse is the point 6, 8 ; its semi- 
major axis is the line joining this point to the origin, and its 
eccentricity is i. Find the equation representing it. 

9. PiV is the ordinate of a point P on a parabola whose 
vertex ia A, A line is drawn through the mid-point of PiV 
parallel to ^JV meeting the curve in Q. NQ meets the 
tangent at A in the point T. 

Prove that AT = iNP. 

10. P is a point on an ellipse whose centre is C, Q is the 
corresponding point on the auxiliary circle. The normal at 
P to the ellipse and the line QC meet at JD. Prove that CD 
is equal to the sum of the semiaxes of the ellipse. 

11. Find the condition that the equation 

aa? + 2kxy + iy' + 2yar + 2/^ + (? = 

should represent two straight lines. 

Find (ii the condition is satisfied) the equation of the lines 
through the origin parallel to the bisectors of the angles 
between the lines. 

12. Find the equation of a hyperbola refeiTed to its 
asymptotes as axes. 



198 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

P and Q are two points on a hyperbola ; PMy FN, Qm, 
Qn are lines parallel to the asymptotes meeting asymptotes 
in M, Nj m, n. FM and Qn meet in E ; Fm and QN meet 
in S. Prove that Jt and S are coUinear with the centre of 
the hyperbola. 



Second Papsb. 

[^Full credit mil he given for answering thbHS-foitbths of 
this Faper."] 

Section A. 

DiPPEBENTIAL CaLCULUS AND PlANE TbIGONOMETRY. 

Pbofessob Bbomwich. 
[^Tables siipplied on (plication to the Superintendent.'] 

1. Differentiate 

tan"* I ] and tan"* ( — -— ) . 

Can you account for the similarity of the results ? 

2. Find the maximum and minimum values of 

y = 2x^''9x^ + V2x + a. 

For what values of a does this curve cut the axis of ^ in 
three real points ? 

3. Find the equations to the tangent and normal at the 
point {a\ a') on the curve y^ = a^. 

If the tangent at {a\ c^) is the normal at (i*, h^), prove that 

« + 2i = 0, 9«i + 4 = 0, 
and find a, 

4. Find the point of contact of the line 

X BecO + y cosec tf = 1, 

with its envelope. Show that the radius of curvature of the 
envelope is i sin 2$. 



SUMMBB, 1906 PASS. 199 

5. Write down the valneB of 

^(tantf-tf) and ^ (sin tf - tf + W»). 

Hence prove that when is in the first quadrant 

tan tf > d + !*■ and sin tf > d - ifl». 

[The angle 6 is expressed in circular measure.] 

6. In a quadrilateral AJBCDy the opposite angles B, I) are 
right angles : find the angle A and the side CD, given that 

AB = 12, BC =10, AI) ^ 14. 

Section B. 
Spherical Tsigonometry and Intkoeal Calculus. 

PSOFBSSOE M cWeENET. 

7. Given in a spherical triangle a = 65° 12', i = 33° 48', 
e = 76° 30', find the spherical radii of the inscribed and 
circumscribed circles. 

8. Prove that in a spherical triangle 

sin {A + B) _ cos « + cos & 
sin C 1 + cos « 

Deduce the relation connecting the sides of a spherical triangle 
whose area is one-fourth of the surface of the sphere. 

9. Find the integrals 

j2ar + 3 Jv/(2a?-l)(2;r+3) J 

10. Find the values of the definite integrals 

f* Ax fl 
-y Bin' X coR^ X dx. 

1 1 . Find by integration the area of the ellipse 

- + ?^=1 
k2 



200 EXAMINATION FOR THE BJL, DEGBEE. 

and show that one- quarter of it is between the double ordi- 
nates through the points whose eccentric angles are 

IT , Sir 
- and — ■• 
8 8 

12. Find the length of the arc of the curve ^ = 3(2a:y- 1) 
between the points ^ *= 1 and x = 2. Fiad also the area of 
the surface formed by revolving this arc round the axis of x. 



MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Pbofessob Bebgin. 

1. What is the condition that a system of forces should 
reduce to a couple ? 

2. Determine the condition that the resultant of forces 
P, Q, and JR, acting along the sides of a triangle should pass 
through the centre of the circumscribing circle. 

3. Obtain an expression for the work done in stretching 
an elastic string. 

4. Find the least horizontal force which will keep a weight 
^from slipping down a rough inclined plane, the inclination 
of which to the horizon exceeds the angle of friction. 

5. A semicircular arc is suspended by a string attached to 
an extremity : find the position of equilibrium. 

6. A mass m moves in a circle of radius r under an attrac- 
tive force -^-j— at the centre: determine the velocity of m 

and its time of revolution round the attracting centre. 

7. Obtain an expression for the deviation of a plumb-line 
at a place of latitude X, due to the revolution of the earth 
round its axis. 

8. A particle is projected along a smooth inclined plane : 
show that it describes a parabola, and determine the horizontal 
range through the point of projection. 



gumiEB, 19061 — PAgft. IMl 

9. A hollow, vOTtioal cylinder of mass m is filled with 
liquid, and connected by a string passing over a smooth 
horizontal pulley to a mass m : find the acceleration of the 
system and the pressure of the liquid on the base of the 
cylinder. 

10. A particle moves along a smooth, straight tube under 
the influence of an attractive force /ir at an external point 0, 
r being the distance of the particle from : find the time 
of oscillation. 



SitooHB Fa? SB. 
Pbofe»8ob CoirwAT. 

1. rind the position of the centre of pressure of a square 
area completely immersed with its plane vertical. 

2. Two liquids of different densities which do not mix 
are placed in a vessel, and set rotating about a vertical axis. 
Find the form of the surfaces of equal pressure. 

3. The length of stroke of the piston of a common suction- 
pump is 3 feet, and the area of its cross-section is five times 
that of the supply-pipe, which is vertical. The length of 
the supply -pipe to the surface of the water is 12 feet. Find 
the height which the water will rise in the first stroke, the 
height of the water barometer being 34 feet. 

4. Discuss the number of images of a bright point formed 
by two plane mirrors which make an angle wii^i each other. 

6. A bright point is situated on the axis of symmetry of 
a glass hemisphere facing the curved surface. Find the 
position of the image. 

6. The focal length of the field lens of a telescopic eye- 
piece is three times that of the eye-lens, and the distance 
between them is twice the focal length of the latter. Prove 
that it is achromatic, and find where it would be situated 
with reference to the focus of the object-glass when adjusted 
for a distant ^bject. 

7. Explain how to calculate the longitude of the nona- 
gesimal. 



SOS EXAMINATIOK ^OB THE B.A. DEOBBS. 

8. What properties of gravitation may be inferred from 
Kepler's Laws? 

9. Obtain any formula for the correction due to refraction 
suitable for small zenith distances. 

10. How are the stationary points of a planet found ? 



EXPEEIMENTAL PHYSICS. 

FiBsi Papeb. 

Pbofessob Mobton. 

1. What do you understand by the * dimensions' of a 
physical quantity ? Explain how in certain cases we may 
obtain information concerning physical laws by consideration 
of dimensions. 

2. Prove the formula for the difference of pressure on the 
two sides of a curved liquid film. Is it possible to have a 
curved film with the same pressure on botii sides ? 

3. Define the moment of inertia of a solid body, and give 
illustrations of the importance of this magnitude. 

How would you determine it experimentally for a body of 
irregular shape ? 

4. How can the average speed of the molecules of a gas be 
found, on the basis of the kinetic theory ? How does its value 
vary in the same gas at different temperatures, and in different 
gases at the same temperature ? 

5. Give an account of experiments in which use is made 
of flames in connexion with sound. 

6. What do you know of combination-tones ? 

7. Describe a method of measuring the optical index which 
depends on the phenomenon of total reflexion. 

8. Under what conditions will two trains of light- waves 
interfere ? Describe any method of producing interference 
effects, pointing out how the conditions are satisfied. 



SUMMEB, 1906 PASS. 208 

9. Give an account of the phenomenon of double refraction 
as obserred in a crystal like Iceland spar. "What meaning 
can be attached to the expression ' index of refraction ' in 
such cases ? 

10. Explain how polarized light can be obtained without 
the nse of crystalline media. 



Second Pafeb. 
Mb. Hackbtt. 

1. Discuss the methods employed for measuring very high 
and very low temperatures. 

2. What do you know of the variation of the specific hq^it 
of water ? Discuss its relation to the unit of specific heat. 

3. What is Van Der Waals' modification of the perfect gas 
equation ? Explain the significance of the new terms. 

4. Deduce the thermo-dynamic relation 
l^\ ^ L 



(m 



How does the formula agree with experiment ? 

5. What is the theory of the ballistic galvanometer? 
In what electrical measurements can it be advantageously 
employed ? 

6. What is the modem theory of magnetisation? How 
does it explain hysteresis ? 

7. What is the electromagnetic unit of current ? How 
can the other units in common use be deduced from it ? 

8. What do you know of the properties of radium ? 

9. Describe some method of measuring specific induc- 
tive capacity. 

10. Obtain an expression for the energy of a charged 
condenser. Show that this energy may be regarded as 
residing in the medium, and find the amount per unit 
volume. 



204 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

PRACTICAL PHYSIOS. 

1. Plot the connexion between power and weight in the 
given arrangement of pulleys. 

2. Obtain the deviations of the sodium lines in the 
successive spectra given by the diffraction grating, the 
light being incident normally. 

8. Measure the resistances of the pair of coils in series, 
and in parallel. 



CHEMISTRY. 

[All Chemical changes must he expressed both in words and 
' by equations. Candidates who neglect this instruction 
will not receive full credit for their answers,] 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Letts. 

1. How may the following be obtained from toluene : — 
benzyl chloride, mono-chloro-toluene, benzyl alcohol, cresol ? 
Indicate from the production and structural formulsa of 
these substances that toluene is partly an aliphatic and 
partly an aromatic substance. 

2. Givegeneral structural formulae for primary,secondary, 
and tertiary alcohols. How would you ascertain to which 
of these three classes a given alcohol belonged ? 

8. Account for the fact that three different varieties of 
ethylidene lactic acid are known. How do they differ 
from each other? 

4. What is meant by the expression ' atomic volume ' ? 
How have the atomic volumes of carbon and hydrogen 
been determined, and what are their values ? 

5. Describe a method for obtaining indigo-blue artificially. 
What is its structural formula ? 



SUMMBB, 1906— PAS6. fiOK 

Seotiok B. 
Db. Hawthobne. 

6. Describe the manufactare of glycerine. How has its 
formula been established, and what are the products of its 
oxidation ? 

7. Trace by means of stmetaral formula the ooxmeotion 
between succinic, malic, and tartaric acids, and show how 
each may be prepared from either of the other two. 

8. How may the following elements be detected in an 
organic compound :^hlorine, nitrogen, sulphur, carbon, 
phosphorus? 

9. Given a neutral organic liquid boiling at 62° C, 
describe in detail how you would determine its molecular 
weight. 

10. How would you ascertain whether a given di- 
derivative of benzene belonged to the ortho-, meta-, or 
para-series ? 

PEACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 

[Special stress wiU be laid upon the written record of your 
work, and your attention is directed to the following 
points : — 

(a) Give a concise account of all the steps of the 
processes you employ, and of all the tests you use in 
searching for the different substances. 

(h) If you find a metal capable of forming two series of 
compounds, ascertain, if possible, to which of these series 
the metal present in the substance you are examining 
belongs. 

(c) In testing a solid, dry way tests, in addition to wet 
way tests, nmst be employed. 

(d) In testing a solution, dry way tests should be em- 
ployed in all cases where it is advisable to do so — in addi- 
tion to liquid tests. 

{e) Use confirmatory tests where it is possible to do so. 
A;8 



206 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DBGBEE. 

(/) At the end of your paper, give a statement of the 
constituents found in each solid or solution given you for 
examination.] 

1. Detect three basic and two acidic radicals in solid 
marked 1. 

2. Detect two acidic radicals in solution marked 2. 

8. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in solid 
marked 8. 



VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. 
Section A. 
Pbofessob Sigebson. 

1. State and discuss the income and expenditure of 
a plant. 

2. Give an account of the chief characters of spore- 
reproduction. 

8. Describe and discuss the experiments made to 
determine the influence of different spectrum-rays on 
the phenomena of plant-life. 

Section £. 
Pbofessob Wils6n. 

4. Give an account of any explanations of the ascent 
of sap in high trees. 

5. Give examples of the influence of mechanical contact 
on the growth of plant members, and explain the 
phenomena as far as you can. 

6. Write a short account of the adaptations of 
hydrophytes to their environment. 



SUIIMEB, 1906 ^PASS. 207 

ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 

Seotion a. 

Pbofbssob Ousban. 

1. How is the temperature of the body maintained ? 

2. State what you know of internal secretions. Oiye 
examples. 

8. What theories haye been put forward regarding the 
clotting of blood ? 

Seotion B. 
Pbofesbob Habtog. 

4. Describe typical mitotic-cell division, and state 
briefly what you consider the special fonction of this 
complicated mechanism. 

5. Give an accomit of animal symbiosis. 

6. Briefly classify taxies (or 'tactisms'), citing one or 
two cases of each. 



GEOLOGY. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Pbofessob Biohabd J. Andbbson. 

1. Give an account of the investigations that have been 
made with reference to underground temperatures. Note 
the hypotheses formulated concerning the heat of the 
interior of the Earth. 

2. What are the fauna and flora of the Holarctic 
Province ? 

8. Befer each of the following to its proper organic 
position, and note the geological system or systems in 
which the fossil is found : — Psaronius, Odontopteris, 
Phaeops, Micraster, Gryphoea, Hippopodium, Odontor- 
nithes, Notosaurus, Platysomus, Machairodus. 



208 EXAMINATION VOU THE B.A. DEGfifi£. 

4. Give a short description of the Eocene rocks of 
England. Mention the order of sequence, and add a list 
of ten fossils most charapteristic of this system. 

5. Mention the felspars most characteristic of basic and 
acid rocks respectively) and give the composition of each 
mineral mentioned. 

6. Give the physical (including crystalline) characters 
and chemical composition of Spodumene, Anhydrite, Augite, 
Harmotome, Albite, Wavellite, and Epidote. 

7. Give an account of the ores of manganese. 

8. Mention five minerals that crystallize in the rhombo- 
hedral system. Give th^ notation of the chief forms found 
there. 



Second Pap^r. 
Mb. Setmoub. 

1. A series of strata observed in a shore-section are seen 
to pass gradually from a pure limestone to black shales and 
grits, in ascending order. What would you infer to have 
been the sequence of events resulting in their super- 
position ? 

2. What is a hanging valley ? What are the character- 
istics of a mature as distinct from a recently-formed 
valley ? 

8. In a heavily-glaciated region, how could you determine 
which strisB were produced by the ice of the continental 
sheet, and which by local valley-glaciers ? 

4. State all you know of the phenomena of earthquakes, 
and define the terms 'seismic vertical,' and 'angle of 
emergence.' 

5. How would you be able to recognise inversion of 
strata in the field ? What surface-phenomena would lead 
you to suspect the presence of a fault ? 

6. Write a brief account of the various structures 
produced by (a) thermal metamorphism, (b) dynamic 
metamorphism. 



SUMBfSB, 1906— PASS. 

7. Describe folly the microscopic structure of the 
following rocks : — ^leucite trachyte, schistose grit', and 
dolerite. 

8. Make a detailed sketch, naming the various parts 
shown, of any Carboniferous Oephalopod with which you 
are specially familiar. 

PRACTICAL GEOLOGY. 

1. Name and note the constituents and origin of the 
rocks I. to IV. 

2. Identify and give the composition and physical 
characters of the minerals 1-4 placed on the bench. 

8. Give the name and locality of etuA of the four fossils 
marked (a - d) placed on the table. Mention the geological 
range and the organic positicm (systematic). 

4. Identify and describe the microscopic sections placed 
before you. 

5. Investigate the angles of minerals A and B. Note 
these, and refer the crystals isolated, each to its proper 
type. 



( 210 ) 
HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN ARTS. 



SUMMEB, 1906. 



MATEICULATIOH EXAMDrATIOH. 



LATIN. 
FiBST Pafeb. 
Fbofbssob M'^Eldbbbt. 
Sbotiom a. 

1. Translate into Latin : — 

As long as a hope survived/ Bomanus attempted to rally 
and save the relics of his army. When the centre, the 
imperial station, was left naked on all sides, and encom- 
passed by the victorious Turks, he still, with desperate 
courage, maintained the fight till the close of day, at 
the head of the brave and faithful subjects who adhered 
to his standard. They fell around him; his horse was 
slain; the emperor was wounded; yet he stood alone 
and intrepid till he was oppressed and bound by the 
strength of multitudes. The glory of this illustrious prize 
was disputed by a slave and a soldier ; a slave who had 
seen him on the throne, and a soldier excused from 
punishment on the promise of some signal service. 
Despoiled of his arms, his jewels, and his purple, 
Bomanus spent a dreary and perilous night on the field 
of battle, amid a disorderly crowd of the meaner 
barbarians. 

2. (a) Exhibit the various forms of ago in composition, 
giving the principal parts in each case. 

(6) State the rule for the formation of the passive 
compounds of facio. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 211 

(c) Write a fall acoonnt of the optative or wishing 
subjunotive. 

(d) Distinguish between quidam and aliquUf and 
illustrate the uses of gmsque. 

Unpsescbibed Passage. 

B. Translate into English : — 

Me quoque iuvat, velut ipse in parte laboris ac periouli 
f uerim, ad finem belli Funici pervenisse. Nam etsi profiteri 
ausum perscripturum res omnes Bomanas in partibus 
singulis tanti operis fatigari minime conveniat, tamen, 
cum in mentem venit tres et sexaginta annos (tot enim 
sunt a primo Punico ad secundum helium finitum) aeque 
multa volumina occupasse mihi, quam occuparint quadrin- 
genti octoginta octo anni a condita urbe ad Ap. Glaudium 
consulem, qui primus helium Oartha^iensibus intulit, 
iam provideo animo, velut qui proximis litoris vadis 
inducti mare pedibus ingrediuntur, quicquid progredior, 
in vastiorem me altitudinem ac velut profundum invehi, 
et crescere paene opus, quod prima quaeque perficiendo 
minui videbatur. — Lrvy, xxxi. 

Section B. 

1. Translate into English : — 

(a) Ac primo temporis ac loci vitio et aegri erant et 
moriebantur, postea curatio ipsa et contactus aegrorum 
vulgabat morbos, ut aut neglecti desertique qui incidissent 
morerentur aut adsidentes curantesque eadem vi morbi 
repletos secum traherent, cotidianaque funera et mors 
ob oculos esset et undique dies noctesque ploratus audiren- 
tur. Postremo ita adsuetudine mali efferaverant animos, 
ut non modo lacrimis iustoque comploratu prosequerentur 
mortuos sed ne efferrent quidem aut sepelirent, iacerentque 
strata exanima corpora in conspectu simUem mortem 
exspectantium, mortuique aegros aegri validos cum metu, 
turn tabe ac pestifero odore corporum conficerent, et ut 
ferro potius morerentur, quidam invadebant soli hostium 
stationes. — Lrw, xxv. - 

What was Livy's model for this description ? 



212 matbioitijAtion examination. 

Comment upon the eonstruotioD of ineidisaent and the 
use of non modo. 

(6) Alius igitur finis verae amieitiae eonstituendus est, si 
prius, quid maxime reprehendere Seipio solitus sit, edixero. 
Negabat uUam vocem inimiciorem amieitiae potuisse 
reperiri, quam eius, qui dixisset ita amare oportere, ut 
si aliquando esset osurus : nee vero se adduci posse, ut 
hoc, quemadmodum putaretur, a Biante esse dictum 
crederet, qui sapiens habitus esset unus e septem ; impuri 
cuiusdam aut ambitiosi aut omnia ad suam pofcentiam 
reyocantis^ esse sententiam. Quonam enim modo quis- 
quam amicus esse poterit, cui se putabit inimicum esse 
posse ? Quin etiam necesse erit cupere et optare, ut quam 
saepissime peccet amicus, quo pluies det sibi tamquam 
ansas ad reprehendendum : rursum autem recte factis 
commodisque amicorum necesse erit angi dolere invidere. 
— CiCBRO, de AmiciHa, 

Write a note upon the interlocutors in this dialogue. 

(c) Habent enim rationem cum terra, quae numquam 
recusat imperium nee umquam sine usura reddit quod 
accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque maiore cum fenore. 
Quamquam me quidem non fructus modo sed etiam ipsius 
terrae vis ac natura delectat ; quae cum gremio moUito ac 
subacto sparsum semen excepit, primum id occaecatum 
cohibet, ex quo occatio quae hoc efficit nominata est ; 
deinde tepefactum vapore et compressu suo diffindit et 
elicit herbescentem ex eo viriditatem, quae nixa fibris 
stirpium sensim adolescit eulmoque erecta geniculato 
vaginis iam quasi pubescens includitur; e quibus cum 
emersit, fundit frugem spici ordine structam et contra 
avium minorum morsus munitur vallo aristarum. — 
Id«, de Senectute, 

Write notes upon : — Statius noster ; suadae medulla ; 
Ambivius Turpio; exspectemus Tartessiorum regis aetatem. 

BoMAN History. 

[Dates should be given where possible.] 

2. (a) Oive a brief account of the dissolution of the Latin 
league. What system replaced it ? 



SUMMER, 1906 — HONOUBS. 218 

(6) Sketch the career of the first triumvirate. 

(c) Write notes upon the two M. Livii Drusi. 

(d) Give particulars of Soman annexations between 188 

ider 



and 65. 



Sboomd Fapsb. 

Pbofessob Dougan. 

Unpbbsobibed Passage. 

1. Translate into English : — 

Sed fugit interea, fugit inreparabile tempus, 
Singula dum capti circumuectamur amore. 
Hoc satis armentis : superat pars altera curae, 
Lanigeros agitare greges hirtasque capellas. 
Hie labor ; hinc laudem fortes sperate colon!. 
Nee sum animi dubius, uerbis ea uincere magnum 
Quam sit, et angustis huno addere rebus honorem ; 
Sed me Pamasi deserta per ardua dulcis 
Baptat amor ; iuuat ire iugis, qua nulla priorum 
Gastaliam molli deuertitur orbita cliuo. 

2. Translate into English and write short notes on all 
noteworthy points : — 

{a) Haec circum casiae uirides et olentia late 
Serpylla et grauiter spirantis copia thymbrae 
Moreat, inriguumque bibant uiolaria fontem. 
(b) Quin ipsae stupuere domus atque intima Leti 
Tartara caeruleosque inplexae crinibus anguis 
Eumenides, tenuitque inhians tria Cerberus ora, 
Atque Ixionii uento rota constitit orbis. 
{c) Desine mollium 

tandem querellarum, et potius noua 
cantemus Augusti tropaea 

Gaesaris et rigidum Niphaten, 
Medumque flumen gentibus additum 
uictis minores uoluere uertices, 
intraque praescriptum Gelonos 
exiguis equitare campis. 



214 BfATRIGXJLATION EXAMINATION. 

(d) Quid uoueat dolci nutricula maius alamno, 
qui sapere et £ari possit quae aentiat, et cui 
gratia^ fama, ualetudo contingat abuude, 

et mimdas oictus, non deficiente cromena ? 

(e) * hie moltum in Fabia ualet, ille Velina ; 
cui libet bio fascis dabit eripietque curule 

cui uolet inportunus ebur.' Frater, pater adde ; 
ut cuique est aetas, ita quemque facetus adopta. 
(/) Gontinui montes, ni dissocientnr opaoa 

ualle, sed ut ueniens dextrum latus aspiciat sol, 
laeuum discedens curru fugientis uaporet. 

Explain : — 

Trabes Hymettiae — peritus Hiber — spectatum satis et 
donatum iam rude — ^locus est et pluribus umbris — 'benigne ' 
respondet — mors ultima linea rerum est — Hellespontiaci 
Priapi — Corycium senem — ferrugineos hyacinthos — Modus 
Hydaspes — ^leues Parthi. 

4. Where were Garganus — Teannm — Digentia — Man- 
dela? 



OEEEK. 

FiBST PaP£B. 

Rbv. Pbofessor Bbowne. 

1. Translate into English : — 

(a) €0-^ ooTis Saifiovia fi€V vo/ui^ci irpdy/iar clvai, 8(u/Aovas 
Sc ov vofiC(€i; OvK ccrriv. 'O9 cSn/cras, ori fioyvi drreKpLVia vvb 
TOVTtovl dvayica^dficvos. ovkovv Sai/iovia filv t^^fs fic Kal vofuieiv 
KOL SiSacTKCiv, cir' ovv Kaiva circ TraXaia* dlAA' ovv SaLfiovid yc 
vo/uf^d} Kara tov a-bv Xoyov, ical ravra icat Buofiocria iv ry 
dvTiypaxfn^, ct Se 8aifioi/ia vofiCiw, koI Bal/iova^ B'qirov iroXXrj 

(h) Kal oXXovs 7roAAov9 €ya> €)(io vfuv ctTrctv, Sv tlvol ixP^^ 
fiaXioTa fuv cv rt} cavrov Xoya> 'irapaa'\€a'$aL Me\i;rov fidprrvpa^ 

{c) KoX vvv lyo) fi€V aire PpaSv^ tov kol wpea-pyrrj^ vrrb tov 
/SpaSvrcpov laXo)v, oi 3* e/moi Karqyopoi arc 8civot icai o^cis 



SOMME&, 1906 ^HONOUBS. 215 

OKTcs xnro rov ddrrovoi, r^s kolkul^. koX vvy iyw fikv &tr€ifiL 
v<f>' vfiSiv Oavdrov Siicqv ^^Xcov, ovrot 8' wro r^s dXrfOew 
(o^Xi/fcdrcs fiox$riptav koi dStKiov. 

{d) (is Sc (TV Xcycis ras (Tkci^cis ircpt re avoXcocrcias )(p7jfjLdTUiv 
KoX o6ir}i Koi iraCBiov rpo^^s, fi^ o>s oXi/^cos ravra, & Kpirtovy 
€rK€fifiaTa ^ rStv p^8t(i>s airoKTivvvvTWV koX ovaPuoaKOfjiaftav y' 
av, el oloi T€ ^a-aVf ovScvi ^v v«, rovrutv rtSav ttoAAojv. 

(^) eyo) 8', 2> Kpiruiy Ikcivois ficv dci 7ror€ iroXcfuu rots ov 
TTpoa-Oev oio/i.ci'OiS koXi^v &v Brj/ioKparCav clvai, irpiv fcat oi 
SovXoi Ktti 01 8i' dvopCav Spaxfirjq &v diroSo/icvoi r^v irdXiv 
Spaxfiris fi€T€)(oi€yy koI TOLa-Si y a? del cvamos elpX ot ovk 
otoKrat KfliX^ av iyyw4KrOai 6\iyap\iav^ vpiv €C9 to xnr oXxyiav 
rvpawtUrOai ryp^ trokiv Kardorrja-euiv, to fihrroi oiv rots 
8wafievots Kat fieff hnmv koi fi€T acnrCiiay (o^cXctv 8ta rovro)V 
r^v TToXtrctav vpoaOev apurrov '^ovfirjv civat Kat vvv ov 
ficra/SaXXofiat. 

2. Write short explanations of the following phrases : — 
(a) dXtyov cfiavrov iireXxLdop.rjv : 17 ^vX^ Trpvravcvovo'a : 

l^coTtv, cl irdw iroXXov, Bpa)(ji^s Ik rrj^ opyjio'Tpa^ irpLaaBai : 
oXXocc oTTot dv &xf>iKQ, 

{h) "'Eppet ra KoXd. Mtv8apos dWcoTW : ot cttI Trocrt : veo- 
8afui)8cts : rov Opovov xareucovrctv : vapappvfjMra : rovs drt- 
/[lovs eirLTifiovs Trotctv. 

3. (a) What do you know of Xenophon's relations with 
Socrates ? 

(h) Mention the important distingoishing features of the 
Mellenica. 

4. Translate into English : — 

(tf) avrap eyo) fiovkevov, oircos o;^' dptora yevotro, 
€t rtv' kraipOKTiv Oavdrov Xvcriv rjS* €p,ol avr^ 
€vpoip.riv* TrdvTos Sc 8dXovs Kat p.7JTLV v<f)ai.voVy 
wo-rc TTcpt ^j/vx^^' fJL€ya yap KaKov iyyv$€V rJ€v, 
ySe 8c /Aot Kara 6vp.ov dpCoTrj ^atvcro povXrj, 
dpa-€V€^ o'ics i}o-av cvrpe^ccs, 8ao-v/xaXXot, 
KoXot r€ ficydXot re, to8v€<^€S cTpos €;(0vres' 
rous aKcojv <rvv€€pyov €va'Tp^<\>i€a'a'i Xvyoto-tv, 
r^S CTTt KvKX(i)i/r €i;8e TrcXwp, d^cfitoTta ctScos, 
oi;vrpcts atvvp.cvos* 6 /aci^ ev fiiato avSpa <\>ipt<TK€Vy 
ro) 8* crcptt) €KdT€p$€v trrjVf coiovrcs craipors. 



216 MATRICULATION E^MINATlON. 

Tp€K 8c licaoTov fpSyr* oics ffiipov' avrap cyoiyc — 
dpveibs yap erjVj firjktav o^' ^pKrros an-dvrtov — 
Tov Kara vHra A,a/3a>v, \aa-Lrfv vjto yaorcp' cXvo'^cls 
K€Lfn]v* avTop xepalv dcorov ^co-Trccrioto 

l/(i)Xcfl€(i)9 OTp€<^^€tS ^XOP'rjV T€t\i]6tI 6v/JL^. 

And with short notes : — 

(3) 0T€ TOfTCov aTnjv oaa-ov tc ycywvc jSoiJcas. 

(<j) TTopa 8c o'^iv ovciara fJLVpia /ceirai* 

/cvt(r<r^€V Sc tc Sco/ia irc/oiOTCvax£<C€rai avX^ 

(<^) 60i troifiiva voifirfv 

^TTVct curcXacov, 6 8c t* c^cXa<dv xnraKov€i. 
€v6a ic' avTTVos avrjp Soious k^vjpaTO fHfrOov^, 
TOV fih/f fiovKokiiov, TOV 8', apyv<j>a firjXa voficvwV 
cyyvs yap wkto^ tc kol ij/iaros cto-i KcXcvdoi. 

(e) CK 8' IXao-cv (rioXoKriv coiKoras cwccopoco-iv. 

5. Translate, with short explanatory/ notes : — 

{a) iTrCa-rapxii ye kovk a^vm KaKOv roBt 

TrpocrcTTTaT * ciStos 8* auT* ir€ip6firfv trdkai, 
aX\* cK<^opav yap rov8c ^lyo'O/xat vcKpov, 
TTopco-TC /cat /x-cvovTcs dvTi;;(i7(raT€ 
?raiava Tcp KarwOev do"7rov8a> ^ccue 
Tracrtv Sc ©ccrcroAotcriv u>v cya> KpaT<o 
Tr€v6ov^ yvvaLKos TTJaSe KoivovaOai Acyo) 
Kovpa ^vpr}K€i KoX fiekay^ifiois ireirXois' 
ridpnnrd & ot ^evyvvcrOc kol fiovafiirvKa's 
TTwXous, (nhrjpw rifivtr avxevtov <f>6fivfv, 
avAwv 8c fiT] Kar dcTTV, firf Xvpas KTwro9 
loTO) (TcAiyvas Sw^ck iicjrXrjpovfieya^. 

(3) ovK oTcrOa fxotpa^ ^s Tv;(Ctv avr^v \p^iav ; 

Comment on the construction. 

(<?) 6dvcto9 ^ (Tol (Tuyycv^s ycywo-d Tt9 ; 
6^vc?09} dXA.(i)9 8' ?7V dvayKaia 8o/iOi9. 

Comment on oAAcos. 

((^) KaKtas aKOvciv ov /xcAct davovTi /tot. 



SUMMER, 1906 ^HONOUBS. 217 

6. Comment on the metre of the following lines : — 

iravra Kwrk fioipav, kcu v/r ifiPpvov ^kcf cicourri/ 
avTop cTTcl 8^ (Tircvcrc TTomfardfuvos ra £ €pya 
€*c 8' €\a(r€v a-idXotcrtv ioiKora^ ivvetapoio'ty 
rjv 8' fyyv« tKdrj Oayaroq, ovScU PavKerai 
irXiov loT ayaJdoU, tovtwv fi€T€xpwr^ 
"AXtcrfOTLVj 'ASfti/r^ 8' {nrovpyrf<rai xoupiv. 

BjfiTOBT. ' 

7. {a) Name, in their order (with dates), the principal 
events which led np to the thirty years' truce. 

{I) Outline the career and the character of Brasidas. 
(^o) In what respects was Socrates similar to or in contrast 
with the Sophists ? Name the more important of the latter. 

{d) Describe as carefully as you can the Frieze of the 
Parthenon. 



Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Keene. 
1. Translate into English : — 

TJnpbesceibbd Passages. 

{a) (riyy vvv, fjirj rk fie Trpoa-avSarto hriia-friv 
vfi€T€pwy irdpmVf $v/xp\TJfi€vos rj iv dyvt^, 
rj TTov iwl Kprivrj' fii^i^ ttotl Siofia yipovri, 
iXOitiv cfctTTjy 6 8' oLadfievos KaraBi^ajf 
BeaiJLw €V dpyaXit^f vfilv 8' CTrt^pacrcrcT' oXtOpov, 
dAA' €X€t' iv <t>p€(rl fivOov, €7r€iy€T€ 8' utyov 68aiW. 
d\y oT€ K€v Sr) vrfvs TrXeCrj jStoroio yivrjraiy 
dyyeXiTj fWL €7r€LTa Oom is htapxiO^ iKicrBto' 
otcro) yap kcu ^(pva'oVf oris x' V7ro;^€tjptos €Lr}' 
Kol 86 K€V oXA* iwCpaSpoy iyo)v iOiXovcrd ye Soir^v. 
TralSa yap dvSpos irjo^ evt /x,eyapot9 drtToXXw, 
KepSakeov 817 rotov, dp.aTpo)(owvTa Ovpa^e' 
Tov K€V ay OLfJi ivl vr^os' 6 8* vfuv fivpCov S>vov 
oX^oi, oiry irepda-qre Kar' dWoOpoovs dv6piarrov<s* 

Homer, Od. 



218 MATBIOULATION EXAMINATION. 

(^) oi fi€v Srf <l>LX6a'0<l}0L, rjv 8' eyw, a> TKavKiav, koX oi firj 
Sia fuucpdu Tivo^ ^le^cX^ovrcs \6yov /xoyts ircas 6.v€^vrfcrav ot 
€i<riv €KdLT€poi, *I<r<i)S yap, • c^iy, Sia fipaxw ov paJ&LOv. ov 
<f>aiveraif dirov €/i.ol yow eri SoKct av /ScAridvcos ^ai^ai, ci 
TTcpl rovrov fiovov ISci prfOijvaiy kou. fi^ iroAAa ra Xoiira SicX^civ 
fiiXkovTi Karoi/rco'^ai, ri Buuf^ipci fiio^ Sticaios dSucov. rt o^, 
c^, TO ftcra TovTO rnuv ; ri 8' aXXo, ^v 8* eyw, ^ to c^9; 
eir€i8^ t^iXdo-o^oi ficv ot tov aei Kara ravra wa-avrta^ €XpvTos 
SwdfievoL €<l>d'jrT€a'Oai, oi 8c firj dX\' ev ttoAAoi? Kal 9rayro>9 
ta^ova-i irXav<afi€voi ov ^iXdo'o^ot, irorcpovs 8^ 8cr fl'dXccus 
iTycfidvas clvai; — Plato. 

Geamkab. 

2. (a) Give the gen. case of cvcXirt?, tvxapi^, Svo-cpi?, 
8vo'cpb>9) Svahafiap, and say what rule determines the form. 

(b) What are the respective meanings of the local endings : 
'01, -Oevy -8c ? Give two examples of the use of each. 

{c) State the limitations under which the perfect imperative 
and the future optative are used. 

((?) Translate — <l>r](rlv avrovs cXcv^cpovs av cTvai, ci tovto 
eirpa^av — and say how the meaning would differ if irpai^iav 
were substituted for hrpa^av. 

{e) What explanations have been proposed of the use of 
ov firi with the subjunctive in the sense of ov with the future 
indicative ? 

Composition. 

3. Translate into Greek Prose : — 

The Spanish commander was filled with admiration at this 
display of valour ; for he could admire valour even in an 
enemy. He gave orders that the chief should not be injured, 
but be taken alive, if possible. This was not easy. At 
length numerous ladders having been planted against the 
tower, the Spaniards scaled it on several quarters at the same 
time, and, leaping into the place, overpowered the few 
combatants who still made a show of resistance. But the 
Inca chieftain was not to be taken, and, finding further 
resistance ineffectual, he sprang to the edge of the battle- 
ments, and casting away his war-club, wrapped his mantle 
around him and tiirew himself headlong from the summit. 
He had struck his last stroke for the freedom of his country, 
and he scorned to survive her dishonour. 



SUMMER, 1906 — HONOUBS. 219 

ENGLISH. 

FiBST Pafeb. 

Pbofebsob Bacon. 

Seotion a. 

1. Describe and illustrate the anomalies and imperfec- 
tions of the English alphabet. 

2. Define and give examples of any four of the follow- 
ing : — tautology f synonyms, metonymy, epigram, anticlimax, 
metaphor, 

8. What general principles should be followed in writing 
— (a) descriptive prose ; (6) narrative prose ? Instance 
some notable English writers in these styles. 

4. What qualities of Steele's writing are specially 
commended by Thackeray? In what respect is Steele 
contrasted favourably with Swift and with AdcUson ? 

5. < In Addison's days you could scarcely show him a 
literary performance, a sermon, or a poem, or a piece of 
literary criticism, but he felt he .coidd do better. His 
justice must have made him indifferent.' Discuss this 
view. 

6. Give the substance of Macaulay's remarks on — 
(a) Boswell ; (6) Savage. 

Section B. 
Essay. 

7. Write an essay on one of the following subjects : — 

(a) Oliver Goldsmith. 

(b) Literary Societies, 
(o) Gardening. 



220 matbiculation examikation. 

Second Paper. 

PrOFESSOB STOCKIiEY. 

Section A. 

1. ' God did anoint thee with His odorous oil 

To wrestie, not to reign.' 

Illustrate these lines by reference to scenes and passages 
in Richard IL 

2. Trace the various steps in York's transference of 
allegiance. Would you say he shows * loyalty,' and • adhe- 
rence to his word and faith, once given in spite of all, even 
the most natural feelings ' ? 

3. Annotate any three of these : — 

(a) * *Tis nothing but conceit, my gracious lady.' 
* *Tis nothing less.' 

(6) < Better far off than near be ne'er the near.' 

(c) ' Like perspectives which rightly gazed upon 

Show nothing but confusion, eyed awry 

Distinguish form.' 

{d) ' We see the wind sit sore upon our sails. 

And yet we strike not, but securely perisii.' 
(«) • Imp out our drooping country's broken wing.' 

Section B. 

[Candidates to answer in either of the following pairs of 
questions.] 

*4. (a) What were the scenes before Collins' mind in the 
Ode to Evening 2 

{b) What are the objects, and the epithets applied to 
them, by which Scott in Bosabelle gives the idea of 
gorgeousness in architecture ? 

*6. Comment on : — 

{a) * Cecilia's mingled world of sound.' 
{b) ' Bead theitr history in a nation's eyes.' 
(c) * The long-drawn aisle and fretted vault.' 



SUMMBB, 1906— H0NOUB8. 221 

[''Or. 

4. {a) Oan yon describe the edueation of the Wanderer, 
as a boy ? "What element was lacking in it ? 

(6) What were the — 

'Times 
Whose echo rings through Scotland to this hour ' ? 

5. (a) ' And from the pulpit zealously maintained 

The cause of Christ and civil liberty, 
As one, and moving to one glorious end.' 
Who was it that thus preached ? What were his ideas? 
How does Wordsworth comment on the sincerity of the 
preacher ? 

(6) In Book iv., how does he proceed with the thought of 
blessed compensations to certain of the poor, after the 
lines ?— 

< That poor men's children, they, and they alone, 
By their condition taught, can understand 
The wisdom of the prayer that daily asks 
For daily bread.'] 



FRENCH. 

FmsT Fafeb. 

Fbofbssob Cadio. 

Sbotiom a. 

I. — Composition. 

Translate into French : — 

Edward VI came to the throne when he was nine years 
old. Although he was so remarkably clever and forward 
for his age as to be called the << miracle of nature," yet, 
as he died before he was sixteen, he was never able to 
govern the country by himself. 

The Kingdom was lefii in the hands of sixteen gentle- 
men, who appointed a Protector, the Duke of Bomerset, 
who ruled badly. During the time of his supremacy, the 
revenues of the Crown were wasted in extravagance and 

if 



MATBICULATION EXAMINATION. 

plunder ; the officials were dishonest. There were serious 
risings in different parts of England. 

Somerset was obliged to resign. 

His arrogance had made him very unpopular with the 
nobility. 

Architects came from Italy to construct his house ; 
several bishops' houses were pulled down to make room 
for the building ; and churches were demolished in order 
to supply materials. 

Still he was beloved by the common people. 

He was imprisoned in the Tower, but set free, and 
arrested a second time. 

Then he was tried and executed. 

After the death of Somerset, the new Protector had 
no one to fear, and he did his best to make Edward VI 
alter the proper line of succession. 

Section B. 
ii. — ^psesobibed altthobs. 

1. Translate into English:— 

(a) Depuis ce jour heureux, 

Je cache mon bonheur ainsi qu'un amoureux. 
Que j'aie ou non le prix, puisque mon oeuvre est faite, 
Que m'importe k present ? ma vie est une f^te. 
Je jouis, en avare et seul, de mon tr^sor. 
Tous les matins, avant qu'il fasse jour encor, 
Je traverse Cr^mone endormie et je gagne 
Un endroit que je sais, U-bas, dans la campagne, 
Avec mon violon cach6 sous mon manteau. 
hh, je m'assieds, tout seul, au versant d'un cdteau, 
Dans le gazon trempe de ros6e, et je rSve 
Jusqu'di rheure sublime oii le soleil se Idve. 

Copp6e, Le Luthier de CrSmone, 

What filled Filippo with enthusiasm ? 

(6) La frSle orteture ! 

Belle pourtant, bien belle. . . mar&tre nature ! 
En comblant tous les miens, tu fis de leur beaat^ 
Un sarcasme vivant pour ma difformite, 



8UHHBB, 1906 ^BONOTTBS. 228 

Eh bien I mar&tre, eh bien t j'ai ditmit ton onvrage : 
Demande-les aux vers qui rongent leur visage ! 
La mort, la p&le mort d^composa ces traits 
Oii d'un oeil complaisant jadis tu t'admirais. 
Qui doit survivre k tons ? Moi, Toenvre de ta haine, 
Moi, modMe achev6 de la laideur humaine ; 
Encore deux fronts charmants k oouvrir d'un linceul, 
Et tu ne pourras plus t'admirer qu'en moi seul. 
Delavionb, Les Enfants d'Edouurd. 
Who is the speaker ? To whom does he allude in the 
eleventh line ? 

(c) Aprds avoir tout rang6, Suzanne, qui 6prouvait le 
besoin d'etre seule, prit une lumidre, embrassa I'invalide et 
se retira dans le petit cabinet qu'elle occupait au-dessus. 
Vincent et le jeune ouvrier se trouvdrent tdte-&-tdte. 

Sa mdre avait voulu jouer le rdle de la Providence, et 
etait pay^e, comme elle, par Tinattention et Poubli. 

Elle commen9ait k le sentir douloureusement, mais sans 
oser Tavouer aux autres. 

Comment accuser Auguste de torts de caraotdre que Ton 
eut pu prendre pour de Tingratitude ? 

Nul ne savait comme elle ce qu'il y avait sous ces d6f auts ; 
les trahir, c!6tait exposer le jeune homme k un injuste arrSt. 

SouvESTBE, Au Coin du Feu, 

Write in French (eight or ten lines) either any incident 
you remember in Le Conscrit ; 
Or, 

Describe the state of mind of Joseph when he was 
declared fit for military service. 



Second Papeb. 

Pbofessob Butleb. 

Section A. 

I. — Gbammab, 

1. (a) When is s pronounced like z in French ? Give 
three examples. 

12 



824 ICATBIOULATION EXAMINATION. 

(6) Give any three words in whioh ch is pronounced 
like k, as in chaos. 

2. Write out those of the following words in which o is 
pronounced like eau in becm : — notre rose ; votre bon- 
homme ; ce gros sot ; nos rdles ; trop tdt ; hommage ; 
propre ; prot6ger. 

8. The past participles in the following are in the mas- 
culine singular. Correct, if necessary, and refer to rules. 

Yos cousines se sont r&jom de votre retour. 

Les discours que ce juge a prononc6 ont 6t6 admire. 

4. Translate into French : — 

Where are they sitting ? They are standing. 

They or you should come. 

How can we come without money ? 

Although I have but little, I give you some every day. 

5. Write the first pers. sing, of each of the tenses of 
the indicative mood of manger, and give the name of 
each tense. 

6. Put into French : — 

I have a pain in my back. 

The cat watches for the mouse. 

Where did the cabin-boy find that moss ? 

The general has come back. 

Never praise a ford till you get over. 

7. Form French sentences (which must be translated) 
to show the meaning of avant, devant, auparavant; 
avant que. 

Seotion B. 

Unpbesobibed Passages. 

(a) PBEMi]feBE Solitude. 

On voit dans les sombres ^coles 
Des petits qui pleurent toujours. 
Les autres font leurs cabrioles ; 
Eux, ils restent au fond des cours. 

Leurs blouses sont trds bien tiroes, 
Leurs pantalons en bon 6tat, 
Leurs chaussures toujours cir6es, 
lis ont Pair sage et dllicat. 



stTMHBB, 1906 — ^ROMcnms. 225 

Les forts les appellent des fiUes, 
Et les malms, des innocents : 
Us sont doux, ils donnent leors billes, 
Us ne seront pas commei9antB. 

Tout leur est terrenr.et martyre ; 
Le jour, o'est la cloche, et, le soir, 
Quand le maitre enfin se retire, 
G'est le d6s6rt do grand dortoir. 

Pendant que les autres sommeillent, 
Faits an coucher de la prison, 
Us pensent an dimanche, ils veillent 
Pour se rappeler la maison. 

(b) A une centaine de pas, je pus distingner dairement 
une petite charrette de bois blano, oouverte d'une toile 
cir6e noire. Gela ressemblait k un petit beroeau pos^ sur 
deux roues. Les roues s'embourbaient jusqu'4 Tessieu ; 
un petit mulet qui les tirait 6tait p6niblement conduit par 
un honune k pied qui tenait la bride. Je m'approchai de 
lui et le oonsid^rai attentivement. 

C'^tait un homme d'environ oinquante ans, k moustaches 
blanches, fort et grand, le dos votlt6 k la manidre des yieux 
offioiers d'infanterie qui ont port6 le sac. II en ayait 
runiforme, et Ton entrevoyait une Epaulette de chef de 
bataillon sous un petit manteau bleu et us6. II avait un 
visage endurci, mais bon, conmie k Tarmte il y en a tant. 
n me regarda de odt^ sous ses gros sourcils noirs, et tira 
lestement de sa charrette un fusil qu'il arma, en passant 
de I'autre cot^ de son mulet, dont il se fedsait un rempart. 
Ayant vu sa cocarde blanche, je me contentai de montrer 
la manche de mon habit rouge, et il remit son fusil dans la 
charrette, en disant : 

<* Ah I c'est di£f6rent, je vous prenais pour un de ces 
lapins qui courent aprds nous. Youlez-vous boire la 
goutte?" 

Nous alldmes sans rien dire durant un quart de lieue 
environ. Gonmie il s'arrStait alors pour faire reposer son 
pauvre petit mulet qui me faisait peine k voir, je m'arrdtai 
aussi et je t&chai d'exprimer I'eau qm remplissait mes 
bottes k r^cuySre, comme deux reservoirs oi!^ j'aurais eu 
les jambes tremp^es. 



226 ICATBIOirLATION BZAMINATION. 

OEBMAir. 

FiBST Papeb. 
Mb. O'SirixiYAK. 
I. — Composition. 

Translate into German : — 

Shortly after having written my last letter to yon, I left 
Berlin for Dresden, where I arrived the day hefore yesterday. 
The weather was delightful, and just as I wished it. 

I have already paid several visits, and have seen a large 
part of the city, which I like very much, especially the Alt- 
stadt, as it is called, to distinguish it from the Keustadt. 

The streets are remarkahly clean, very hroad, and well 
paved. The principal street is elegant, and runs from Alt- 
stadt to Keustadt across the magnificent hridge of the Elhe. 

You will now wonder, how I can he so well acquainted 
with these localities after a stay of only one week. I owe 
all this to our friend, Mr. B., who has heen kmd enough to 
introduce me to some respectehle people, and to conduct me 
about town, describing to me everything noteworthy. He 
has also invited me to dine with his family at his country 
residence, which stands on an eminence on the banks of the 
Elbe, and from which, in clear weather, a splendid view may 
be had for miles around, nearly into Bohemia. If I continue 
to like Dresden as I do so far, I shall stay here for the rest of 
my time in Europe, and your next letter, and soon yourself, 
will in all probability find me at Ko. 4, Konigs-Strasse. 74. 

II. — Pbesobibed Authobs. 

Translate into English : — 

I. 
Unb lautet tmmet toirb bte grage/ 
Unb al^nenb fliegt'^ mit Sli^e^flral^Ie 
S^urd^ alle Bergen : „®^itt a(f)t, 
S)a« i|i ber ®umentben 2Rad§t ! 
S)er frommc ©id^ter tuirb gerod^cn# 
Der URorber Bictet felbp fl6f bar — 
Srgreift il^n^ bet ba^ SBott gefprod^en/ 
Unb xf)n, an ben*^ gerid^tet mx U' 



SUHMXB, 1906 — HONOUBS. 227 

2)0(1^ bem tDor laum bad SBoct entfa^ren/ 
!R9d§f ei:*d im Sufen gent (ekoal^ten ; 
Umfonfl I bet fd^redenMeid^e SRunb 
SRad^t fd^neO bie ®(i^uIb(ekouf ten lunb. 
SRan reif t unb f(^Iet)t)t jie i^or ben Stid^ter, 
S)te ®2ene toirb gum Ztibnnci. 
Unb ed geflel^n bte SofekDid^tei:/ 
®etro{fen i^on bet 9tad§e ^teol^L 

®d§iner* 
n. 

S)er Slinbe nnb bet Salome* 

9Son ungefal^t muf einen SSIinben 
Sin Sal^mer auf bee ®traf e finben^ 
Unb iener l^offt fd^on freubem^oQ/ 
S)a|l il^n bet Snbre letten foS. 

2)ir, ft)rid§t ber Salome/ Beijupel^n ? 
3d^ atmer iSlann lann feKfl nic^t gel^en; 
S)od^ fd^eint*^/ baf bu gu einer Sajl 
Stod( fel^t gefunbe Sd^ultem l^ojt. 

Sntfd^Iief e bid^/ nttd^ fortgnteagen/ 
®o tDtO id^ bin bie ®tege fagen : 
®o t]}n:b betn jlarler guf mein Sein^ 
SRetn l^eUed Singe betned fein. 

S)er Salome l^Sngt ntit feinen ftrfidTen 
®id^ anf bed SItnben Breiten [RudTen* 
Sereint njtrlt alfo biefed "^aav, 
aSad etngein leinem moglid^ toax. 



Oellert. 



m. 



!Bad^ 1 Ul^t: gogen Slexanber nnb t^iebrid^ SSil^dm ntit bem 
®efoIge il^rer gelbl^enren/ nnter bem tanttn Siegedgrn^e il^ret; 
ta))fem @i^aoxtn nnb bem greubengefd^rei bei: (Sintool^ner/ in bie 
nun errettete Stobt ein» 2)er ftaifer SSIexanber ging bem IJelben* 
mittl^igen SSOid^er entgegen^ umarmte il^n mit ben SBorten : r/2Iiein 



228 MATBICULATION EXAMINATION. 

KeBer ®eneral, ®ie finb bcr Scfreier 2)eutfd^tanb« I" bann ful^rte 
er tl^n bem Stonig i^on $reuf en gU/ ber il^m bte $anb ga( unb 
fagte : wSSBeif/ tt)a« Sl^neit ju banfcn l^aBc, tt)wb*e« nic toergejfcn.'' 
^ier/ auf bem !!Rarlte in Sei))}tgf mitten im (Siese^iufiel/ {pxa^ 
®neifenau juetrfl ba^ gtof e 2Bort and : ,,5Dei: ftrieg batf nur in 
$ari^ unb mit bem ®tur}e Slapoleond enben !" SBenige Stnnben 
nad^l^er tarn ani^ ber ftatfer granj, ber britte tm Sunbe* — 
ftol^Iraufd^, J)a« 3o^r 1813. 

(a) Write short notes on Kaiser Alexander, Oneisenan, 
Eaiser Franz. 

(h) Describe, in German, any incident that you remember 
occurring in ' Kleider machen Leute ' (about ten lines). 



Second Papee. 

Feofessoe Btttlee. 

I. — Geammae. 

1. When do you write jf, when f, when ^ ? 

2. Put into German : — 

The city of Berlin. 

The siege of Paris. 

The kingdom of Frederick the Great. 

The son of the Emperor Frederick the Second. 

The river Thames. 

3. Put into German : — 

The birds' nests are on the roofs of the houses. 
Place the kniyes and forks on the table. 
The candidates bring their pens into the room. 
They place their hats under the chairs. 
The officers have spurs on their boots. 

4. Give examples, which must be translated, to show the 
use of benn/ bonn ; totttn, toann ; aM/ tote. 

5. Put into German : — ^He is dying of hunger ; he sees ; 
he eats; he helps me; he listens to me; I am of the 
opinion ; I am tired of it. 



suiaaai, 1906~Hoiiaos8. 229 

6. When is inyenioii necessary in Gbnnan? Give ezamploB. 

7. Explain what yon understand by factitiye rerbe, and 
form the same from the following :—faIIen/ liegett/ flf^en/ 
ttintm, and fle^en* 

n. — Unpbbsobibxd Passages. 

8. Translate into English : — 



©tt trflBer SBiittetmorgen »«% 

Uvb tint bwxcfft (Shit toaiA 
3m SteBd angefd^Iagm. 

Unb otd bie buntpft ®Io(Ie iOb, 

3)a towA tin l^eifte^ ®ra(e4n^/ 
Sin etnj'ger Ser^/ gefungen. 

S4 toar ein armet/ altei; ZRann/ 
S)er lang gemanft am Stalbe ; 
2ru6/ flangfo^/ tt)ic fcin Seben^tDCg, 
®o tDai; fein 2Beg }um ®ra(e. 

SSun l^oret er in US)ttn ^ol^n 
S)ec (Engel Sl^to flngen 
Unb einen ^ontn, boQen Slang 
S)ur(i^ aUe SBelten fd^toingen. 

n. 

$err Slanmann/ SSefi^er be^ gtof en^ fd^onen JRittergute^ 3tau^ 
tnann^rul^e an bet Oftfee, toar l^eute morgen bx ber fd^Ied^teflen 
Saune. Sr lel^rte foe(en Dom gelbe l^eim unb l^atte ftc^ nid^t mie 
fonjl in ba^ (Ef }immer (egeben^ urn bott in ®emeinfd^aft mit %tan 
ttnb Zod^ter ba4 jtoeite griil^pd etnjunel^men/ fonbem koai; in fein 
arbeit^jimmer gegangen. trgerlid^ faf er boct i^ot feinem 
®d^reibtifd^ unb la^ oufmerlfam w^l jnm brittenmol einen Sricf/ 
ben iim ba ^ofibote loorbin auf bem gelb gegeben kite. r,3iciu/ 



280 ICATBIOULATION EXAMBlATtOK. 

e^ iff tdifi )tt glauien I'' rief tt, fd^fittelte ba^ ergraute $»ait))t unb 
fd^Iug mtt bet ^anb auf ba^®(i^tei(en/ r/baf i^ biefen $ro}e|l nun 
in bcr Ic^ten Snpong tocrlieren mufte. SKein alter greunb^ ber 
Sled^t^antoaft/ toar feiner ®a(i§e fo fidget, ^ie bummen SSauern 
in ®d^9nefelb koerben ie^t orbentltd^ l^od^mStig fein." 

r/Onfibifler ^ew/ ba« grill^fiutf iji Bcrcit I" melbetc ber Diener/ 
in bo^ Simmer tretenb. 



IRISH. 

First Fapeb. 

Key. Fsofbssos HoeAN; Eby. Fsofessob Mttbfhy. 

L 

GoHPOBmON. 

Translate into Irisli : — 

A fox fell into a well. He was casting about for a lon^ 
time how he conld get out again, when at length a goat came 
to the place, and wanting to drink asked the fox if the 
water was good and if there was plenty of it. The fox, 
dissembling the great danger in which he was, gave this 
answer — ' Gome down, friend of my heart ! the water is so 
good that one cannot drink too much of it, and so abundant 
that it cannot be exhausted.' Upon this the goat, without 
hearing another word leaped down. Seizing the opportunity, 
the fox jumped nimbly up, getting a great lift from the 
horns of his &iend. Aiid then he said to the fool of a goat, 
' If you had half the amount of sense as you have of beard, 
you would have given a look before giving a leap.' It is not 
right to credit the words of every trickster. 

n. 

Fbesobibed Attthoss. 
Translate into English : — 

X)o Tn6at)ai$eabap no conna a b-cpeaton a^up a 
b-copTndn, 05Uf bolonnpaigceme ^ealdin, 03UP cdiTii5 



SUMHEB, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 281 

pjuabab 5apb-anpai6 ap pab na paippse , lonnap gup 

pgapabap clanna Lip 16 66ile ap pea6 an Th6p-Thapa ; 

agup cugab pea6pdn an 6uain 6pip4ead;ain oppa, 50 

nac peabaip nea6 &fob cd plije, n6 cd conaip a 

n-t)ea6ai6 an 6uit) eile. Cdinig cpd p6ifc6itiiTh pop pan 

b-paippge cop 6ip na boimnne Tn6ipe pin, agup X>0 bf 

pionnjuala ^ na h-aonap ap an ppufc; agup cuj t)a 

h-aipe a bpdicpe 'na h-eapbui&, agup t)0 bt 05 a 

n-6a5caoine 50 m6p, 50 n-btibaipc an laoit) : — 

' Qm pio6c ip Tnaip5 acd beo, 

TTlo p5ia6din bo pe6i6 peani caoib 

Suaill nap ihionai^ an $ao6 bian, 

TTlo 6poi6e am 6liab cap^ip Qoib.' 

in. 

Translate into English : — 

* t)o 6uip a p leapitidfcaip 
Sinn, an cea^pap po, 
Qno6c ''pan bo6ap po, 
. Ip olc an bea6a po.' 

Ci6 zjid a6c bo bdt)ap clanna Lip 05 pulang puaip- 
beaca map pin 50 ceann bliabna ap Spu6 na TTlaoile, 
50 pu5 oi&6e oppo ap bemn Oaippge naT?6n , a 5-callan 
lanuaip 50 ponnpa&a6, an c-am pm, agup ceaccai Jiop 
on c-uipge, ajup puapaijiop 500 aon aca lona die; 
agup map bo bdtxip ap an s-cappaig t>o leanabap a 
5-copa, agup a g-cltiiti, agup a pgiacdm b'on fcappaig, 
50 ndp p6ababap cop bo cup btob 'pan lonab a paba- 
bap ; agup cu^abap peabmanna ptop6puaibe pd na 
5-collaib, gup fidsbaOap • cpoicionn a t)-cpoiJ6eac, 
cltiiti a n-o6ca, asup bappa a n-eiceab a leanmain na 
5-caipp5e an can pin. — Oidheadh CMoinne Lvr. 

IV. 

(a) Parse the underlined words. 

(J) Besides leapiiidcaip give other words compounded of 
leap. 



^3^ tiATBiOtTLATION EXAMlKATlOK. 

V. 

Translate into English : — 

San oi&ce am' luige 'gup m6 am' aonap 
bhtop peal ag pmaomea6 ap aoibe an c-paogail po, 
Qp 6aiceaTh mo beafea, gan eappa6, jan eut)a6, 
'S50 mb' peappa 50 pat)a bei6 cam all map maol beas 
Q 5-coThaip na 5-capall n6 ag capcab na cp6 peal. 
1^6 dijbean beap bo glacab map 66iley 
1^6 p6p X)<i pa6ainn ap calaiii na h-6ipeann 
50 mb*eol bam pealab bo 6aifceaTh am' 6l6ipea6, 
50 pa6ainn pa pool pe peoifene ap p6ibeab 
5q Sacpana Muqb md'p b6ij 50 mb' fs6ibip ! 

lap b-cea6c bon maioin bo ppeabap 50 h-eubpom 
Gy mo leabaib le caicneam an pc6il pin, 
beipim ap baca 'p nf pcabpamn ap aon 6op. 
bhf peipc in mo haca bon bpaipion ap paobap aip. 
t>o 6uip m6 pldn I4m' cdipbib in aenpea6c, 
'805 cuib ntp pdgbap pldn le poip^igion, 
t)d 5-cappab bam dpca6 b'pdjail in 6ipinn, 
Do pacainn cap pdile m die ndp baogal bam 
t)hei6 am' pcpbinpe 05 cappainc ap baile 506 pm6iple 
Mb 05 61 bainne 1 b-ci§ lTlhaoilpea6lainn ui TTIhao- 

nai$! 

JEachtra GkioUa an Amardin. 

VI. 

Write a short account of Oib6ab Chloinne Lip and of 
Caccpa ghiolla an Qmapdm. 

YII. 
IJnpbescbibed Passages. 
Translate into English : — 
(a) Cobail a lemb 'pS^P ^a coblab pldn buic, 
Ip ap bo coblab 50 b-cugaip bo f»ldince, 
G\* bo pmaoince bo 6poibe ndp cpdi&ceap, 
Ip ndp ba bean gan mac bo mdcaip. 



sumiBB, 1906 — HONotms. 

(8) Q6c ciOTiTHip t)0 Tnt5mpeap D'aop 65 na h-6ipeanTi 
na pean leabpa po t>o I6i$ea6 a^up t)o dui^piTi lonnup 
50 m-beibtp 001306 ap a 5-cup a n-eagap agiip a 
t)-cp6apb6aplu§a6 'na &iai& po ? 5^ pupup. Doipe 
ColuiTncille ciTn6ioll 30 popcldip^e acd an 3^ae6ilis 
in a m-beulaib 05 iipTh6p na n-baoineab. Qcd, p6p, 
ni6pdn be na baoimb 65a annp na ceanncapaib po 6orti 
neiTh-eol5a6 pm ap &6apla gup ab bioihaomeap fab bo 
ihtinab qi6p an ceansa pin. 



SxoovB Pafieb. 
Key. Fbovessos Hogak; Bby. Fboiesbos Hitbfht. 

I. 

Translate into English : — 

a Oipfn uapail, a ihic an jii^l 

t)o b'lfiodpp ^ntoTh gaip^e 'p gliafc , 

Qi6pip btimn anoip jan ihaip^ 

Cionnup liiaipip cap 6ip na bfhann. 

1nne6pab pin buic, a pdbpai^ nnaib 

5f6 boilb lioni a luab 6p dpb, 

Cap 6ip an cdfca gabpa cpnaib 

Qnn ap mapbab, mo nuap ! an c-Opcan dj. 

Ld b'a pabamap rule an fhann, 

phnn pial 'p ap ihaip binn ann 

gtb 50 mba boilb, btibad ap pg^al 

Cap 6ip dp lao6pai6 bei6 50 ponn. 

II. 

(a) Parse the underlined words. 
(h) Point out one error in the text. 
{e) Identify 5<i^P<i a^d Loch L6in. 



284 ICATBIOULATION SICAHIKATIOM. 

III. 

Translate : — 

6a6cpa LoTniia6cdin an p8l6ibe Rippe. — Qon be 
laefcib t)d paib pinn, agup mait e ajup Tn6p-uaiple 
na p^mne map aon leip, 05 aiiiapc ap 6uan leacan- 
in6p, Idn-aoibmn Luunnige, agup ip 6 pdc pa bcdmig 
ann an Id pain: pfop agup aiplin^ bo connaic pinn 
an oi66e poiihe pin 50 bciocpab oill-^iapc inapa 1 bctp 
ann agup soplui^peab bd bcptan na cacpa6ina cpaop. 
a h-ai6le na h-aiplin^e pin bo &dipi$ pinn ap a 6obla6, 
agup bo pmaoini^ ^upab ea6cpanna6 n6 allmupad bo 
6iocpa6 ibcfp ann. 

IV. 

(a) Write down the nom. sing, of an qf'l^ibe, lae^ib 
maifee, ni6p-iiaiple. 

{h) Comment grammatically on the underlined words. 

(e) What is luimniSe ? 

{cT) Explain the 1 in oill(f>iapc) and b in bcpian. 



Write a very briei account of the subject-matter of 
Ga6cpa Lomnaccam an cSl6ibe Rippe. 



BUMliBBy 1906 — H0N0VB8. 2^5 

MATHEMATICS. 
FiBST Papeb. 

AlOEBBA Ain> TBieONOMBTBY. 

[FuU credit will be given for answering five-sixths of 
this paper,] 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Dixon. 

1. Reduce to its lowest terms 

a^ - 65a? - 21 

2i«* +66«*- r 

2. Solve the equations 

4 4 4 

3. Apply the formula for the sum to infinity of a 
geometrical progression to prove the rule for reducing a 
recurring decimal to a vulgar fraction. 

If there are two arithmetical progressions 

<h> <h| «8> • • • I 

K K K • • • > 

in which the common differences are the same, find the 
value of 

(«x« + aj» + . . . + O - (Si* + V + . . . + h^) 

in terms of ai, hi, n and the common difference. 

4. Prove that, when {x + yY is expanded in ascending 
powers of y, the (r + 1)** term is 

{n-r)l rl ^ 

When (fli + «2 + . . . + «n)* is expanded, prove that the 
coefficient of aiOi . . . a^ is n ! 



286 MATBIOULATION EXAIONATIOK. 

5. Find an expression for all angles having the same 
tangent as 6. 

If a, p are two distinct angles satisfying the equation 

sec + cosec » a, 
prove that either 

a + j3 = iir + 2nw, 
or else 

(sin a + cos a) (sin fi + cos^) = - 1. 

6. Find an expression for the length of a side of a triangle 
in terms of the other two sides and the angle included. 

In a quadrilateral ABCD^ if 

AB = a, BC--h, CJD^c^ DA^d, 

prove that 

«P = a*+ J*+ (?»- 2fl* COB -5 - 2fo cos C + 2flw cos (-5 + (7). 

Seohoh B. 

Fbofessoe McWsevey. 

7. Show that the square root of a + y/h can be expressed 

in simple quadratic surds if ^^ - ^ is a perfect square, and in 

a* 
simple surds of the fourth order if 1 - -^ is a perfect square. 

Express in simple surds the square roots of 

13 + -/T05 and 4 + v/Ts. 

8. If a, S, tf, ({ are proportionals, prove that 

a^ -{^ pab ■{■ qh^ c^ ■{- ped + qcP 
a^ + qab +ph* " (^ + qed + pd^' 

Show also that the converse is true, provided that p and q 
are unequal quantities whose sum differs from 
ae-ad -be 
hd 

9. A street contains n houses on each side, which are to 
be painted so that no house is of the same colour as the one 
on either side of it or the one directly opposite to it. If 
there are ^ colours to select from, show that the painting can 
be done in 

p{p-l){i^'3p + 3r^ 
different ways. 



S0MMBB, 1906 — HONOtJBS. 287 

10. The sides a and i of a rectangle are increased by 
X and y respectively, with the result that the area is doubled. 
Prove that if they had been increased by 2x and 2y respec- 
tively, the area of the new rectangle would have been at 
most (9-4 v/2) ab. 

11. If A + B+ C = 180^ prove the following :— 
(1) sin 2^ + sin 2^ + sin 2C7 = 4 sin ^ sin ^ sin C7. 

8in^2^ + sin' 2^ -i- sin»2 C7 - 3 sin 2 A sin 2B sin 2 C 

tan'-4 + tan'-S + ton'C -3tan-4tan-fitanC 
= 16 cos'^ cos'-5 cos'C 



(2) 

12. If 
prove that 



tan ^ » — 7 ^ , tan A = — ^ :, 



cos(« + ^) = -^. 



Secoitd Papeb. 

\FM credit will he given for answering fouk-fiffhs of 
this Paper.'] 

SSCTIOH A. 

Abiihmbtio Am> Gsoubibt. 
PnoFESSoB Bbohwioh. 

1. Pind an equilateral triangle with one vertex at a given 
point and the other two vertices on two given straight 
lines. 

Is the solution ever indeterminate ? 

2. The lines A C, BD are given in position, and A^ B are 
given points ; X, Fare variable points on AC^ BB, but are 
such that AX : BTibq. given ratio. If XT is divided in 
another given ratio at Z, prove that the locus of ^ is a 
straight line, and that if X moves at a uniform rate, F, Z 
also move at uniform rates. 



288 MATBIOULATIOM EXAMINATION. 

3. A circle with centre touches the lines XF, AX^ A T 
at ^, B, C, respectively ; XMj PSTare drawn perpendicular 
to AO. Prove that the triangles OXM, OYC are similar, 
and that 

XM.TN^ BX. CI. 

If the triangle ABC is equilateral, prove that 
AX.AY^ ABX.CY. 

4. One vertex of a rectangle is fixed, and the two adjacent 
vertices move on a circle : prove that the locus of the fourth 
vertex is a concentric circle. 

Deduce that if a chord of a circle subtends a right angle at 
a fixed point, the reflexion of the point in the chord moves 
on a circle. 

5. The English sovereign is defined legally as containing 
7'98806 grammes of gold, of which iV is worthless alloy ; 
and 155 French twenty-franc pieces are coined from a kilo- 
gramme of gold, of which iV is alloy. What is the English 
equivalent of 100 francs to the nearest penny? 

6. The present value of £1000, due at the end of 8 years, 
is £759 8«. dd. : what is the rate per cent, (compound 
interest) ? 

Section B. 

AuiTHMETIC ANn GeOMETBT. 

Pbofbssob Egan. 

7. Define the terms * pole ' and * polar ' with respect to a 
circle. Show that if the polar of a point A passes through 
a point B^ the polar of B passes through A ; and that if ti^e 
pole of a line a lies on a line 5, the pole of h lies on a. 

8. The perpendiculars AF, BQ, CR of the triangle ABC 
meet the circumcircle at P, Q, jB', respectively. Prove that 

AP BQ CP , 

+ — — + s 4. 

AP BQ^ CR 

What convention of signs becomes necessary if one angle 
of the triangle exceeds another by more than a right 
angle? 



SUMMEB, 1906 — BONOtJBS. 289 

9. Two lines AC, A'C are divided proportionally at B 
and W, The lines when produced intersect at 0. Prove 
that the circles described round OAA!^ OBB\ OCC have 
a second common point. 

10. In the base^C of atriangle ABC^ find a point P such 
that, if the line PQ parallel to AB meets AC^iQ, and PR 
parallel \^ AC meets AB at JK, we may have 

PRxPQ^ ABiAC. 

Show that BP is to PCia the duplicate ratio of BA : A C, 

11. If a cubic foot of water weighs 62*428 lbs., calculate 
to the nearest ton the weight of three inches of rain on 
a surface of 40 acres. 

12. Express the number 5896*631 (scale of 10) in a similar 
form in the scale of 11, and the number 642*51 (scale of 8) 
in the scale of 10, giving the radix-fraction in each case 
correct to three places. 

Justify briefly your methods. 



NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 
Fqst Papbb. 
Pbofessob Conway. • 
Section A. 

1. The minute-hand of a clock is six inches long and the 
hour-hand three inches, both moving about the same 
centre. Find the relative velocity of ttieir extremities at 
half-past ten o'dook. 

2. Explain fully why the surface of a road at a sharp 
bend should be inclined to the horizon. 

8. An engine developing 20 horse-power drives a vehicle 
at the rate of 45 miles per hour on a horizontal road. 
Neglecting transmission losses, calculate the total resistance 
of the air, &c. 

4. A balance has unequal arms, and its centre of gravity 
is not vertically below the knife-edge. The balance is in 



240 MATBIOULATION BXAHINATION. 

equilibrium when weights of 15 oz. are placed in eaoh 
scale-pan. These weights being removed, a certain body 
when placed in one scale-pan appears to weigh 11 oz., and 
when placed in the other appears to weigh 14 oz. Find 
its true weight. 

5. The thickness of a thin triangular plate varies as the 
distance from the base. Prove that ttie position of the 
centre of gravity is at the middle point of the median to 
the base. 

Section B. 

6. Find in direction and magnitude the least force which 
will sustain a body on a given rough inclined plane. 

7. Describe Atwood's machine, and explain how it may 
be used for verifying the laws of motion. 

8. A particle projected vertically upwards passes a cer- 
tain point after five seconds and after seven seconds. Find 
the initial velocity and the height of the point above the 
point of projection. 

9. A sphere of radius r is completely immersed in a 
liquid with its centre at a distance h below the surface. 
Fmd the resultant thrust on one of the hemispheres into 
which the sphere is divided by a vertical plane. 

10. A solid homogeneous cone floats in a liquid with two- 
thirds of its axis immersed. Find its specific gravity. 



Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Beboin. 

1. A square of side a is immersed in a liquid with its 
plane vertical and a side horizontal : find the depth of tlie 
upper edge when the pressures on the triangles into which 
the square is divided by a diagonal are as 2 to 8. 

2. Two liquids which do not mix are in equilibrium : 
prove that their surface of separation is horizontal. 



SUMMBB, 1906 — HONOUBB. 241 

8. Describe a fonn of closed manometer, and explain 
how you would graduate it, by calculation, to read atmo- 
spheres. 

4. Two masses of a gas having volumes 7, F, and pres- 
sures P, F, respectively, are mixed in a vessel of volume U : 
find the resulting pressure. 

5. Weights w, v/^ of two liquids of densities p, p\ respec- 
tively, are mixed, and the density of the mixture is a : find 
the contraction of volume. 

6. Find the centre of pressure of a triangle with a vertex 
in the surface of a liquid and its base horizontal. 



( 242 ) 

PIRST OTIVERSITT EXAMnrATIOK 



HONOUR EXAMINATIONS. 



L^TIN. 
FiBST Paper. 

FSOFBSSOB SeHPLE. 

1. Translate into Latin : — 

Now, sir, for my own part, as I naturally hate the face of 
a tyrant, the farther off he is removed from me the hotter 
pleased am I. The generality of mankind are also of my 
way of thinking, and have unanimously created one king, 
whose election at once diminishes the numher of tyrants, and 
puts tyranny at the greatest distance from the greatest 
numher of people. Now the great who were tyrants them- 
selves hef ore l^e election of one tyrant are naturally averse 
to a power raised over them, and whose weight must ever 
lean heaviest on the suhordinate orders. It is the interest of 
the great, therefore, to diminish kingly power as much as 
possihle, hecause whatever they take from that is naturally 
restored to themselves ; and all they have to do in the state 
is te undermine the single tyrant, hy which they resume 
their primeval authority. 

2. Translate the following unprescrihed passage : — 

Gollegam tuum aiunt in hac sua f ortuna, quae hona ipsi 
videtur, mihi, ne gravius quidpiam dicam, avorum etavunculi 
sui consulatum si imitaretur, f ortunatior videretur : sed eum 
iracundum audio esse factum. Video autem, quam sit odiosum 
hahere iratum eundem, et armatum, cum tanta praesertim 
gladiorum sit impunitas. Sed proponam ius, ut opinor, aequum 
quodM.Anteniumnonarhitrorrepudiaturum. Ego, si quid in 
vitam eius, aut in mores cum contumelia dixero, quo minus 
mihi inimicissimus sit non recusaho. Sin consuetudinem 
meam, quam in re puhlica semper hahui, tenuei*o, id est, si 
lihere quae sentiam de re puhlica dixero : primum deprecor 



SUMMEB, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 248 

ne irascatnr : deinde, si hoc non impetro, peto at sic irascatur 
ut civi. Aimis utatur, si ita necesse est, nt dicit, sui def en- 
dendi causa ; iis qui pro re pnblica, quae ipsis visa erunt, 
dixerint, ista anna ne noceant. — Ciceeo, First Philippic. 
3. Translate, with notes on the italicised words : — 

(a) Chun res eo maiore ageretnr certamine, quod amoti 
tantae dignitatis non tarn advocati quam moderatores 
stadiorum fuerant, C. Laelius relicto consilio ad tribunal 
ad Scipionem accedit eumque docet rem sine modo ac modestia 
agi, ac prope esse, ut manus inter se conf erant. Geterum 
etiam si vis absit, nihilo minus detestabili ezemplo rem agi, 
quippe ubi fraude ac periurio decus petatur yirtutis. Stiure 
hinc legionaries milites, hinc classicos, per omnes deos paratos 
iurare magis quae yelint, quam quae sciant vera esse, et 
obstnngere periurio non se solum suumque caput, sed signa 
militaria et aquilas sacramentique religionem. 

(b) Interrupit hos sermones nocte, quae pridie Quinquatrus 
fuit, pluribus simul locis circa forum incendium ortum. 
Eodem tempore septem tabemae, quae postea quinque, et 
argentariae, quae nunc novae appellantur, arsere ; com- 
prehensa postea privata aedi£cia — ^neque enim tum basilieae 
erant — comprehense lautumiae f orumque piscatorium et atrium 



{o) Apud quem igitur hoc dice ? Nempe apud eum, qui 
cum hoc sciret, tamen me, antequam vidit, rei publicae 
reddidit, qui ad me ex Aegypto litteras misit, ut essem idem, 
qui fuissem, qui cum ipse imperator in toto imperio populi 
Eomani unus esset, esse me alterum passus est, a quo hoc ipso 
G. Pansa mihi nuntium perferente concessos fasces laureates 
tenui, quoad tenendos putavi, qui mihi tum denique se salutem 
putavit reddere, si eam nuUis spoliatam omamentis dedisset. 

{d) At eo tempore ipso pecuniam dedit, exercitum aluit, 
ei, quem Asiae praef eceras, in nulla re defuit ; tibi yictori 
non solum ad hospitium, sed ad periculum etiam atque ad 
aciem praesto fuit. Secutum beUum est Africanum. Graves 
de te rumores, qui etiam furiosum ilium Caeeilium excitave- 
runt. 

(e) Yeniebatis igitur in Africam, provinciam unam ex 
omnibus huic victoriae maxime infestam, in qua erat rex 
potentissimus inimicus huic causae, aliena voluntas conventus 
firmi atque magni. 



244 FIBST UNITBRSITT BZAIOMATION. 

(/) Alterins vero partis nihil amplitis dioam quam, id quod 
omnes verebamur, nimis traeundam futuram fuine vietoriam. 

(^) Cum facile orari, Caesar, turn semel exorari soles. 

(h) Who were Silenus, Valerius Antias, Coelius referred 
to by Livy in Bk. XXVI. ? 

4, {a) In what various methods might a slave be regularly 
and formally freed by his master ? 

(h) What limitations were imposed upon the power of a 
dictator ? 

{e) What were the functions of the Comitia Curiata in the 
later times of the Bepublic ? 

5. {a) What important change was made in the Boman 
system of adminislxation by the acquiring of provinces outside 
of Italy? 

(b) What successive blunders on the part of the Bomans 
made Hannibal's invasion of Italy possible ? 

{c) Discuss the character of Scipio Africanus as a general 
and politician. 

Sboond Pafbb. 
Pbofessob M^'Eldebbt. 

1. {a) Give, with examples, a scheme of the various con- 
ditional constructions, in oraUo recta. 

(b) Translate, and comment upon : — 

Antoni gladios j^o^ttt^ contemnere, si sic 

Omnia dixisset. 

niud Cassianum evi bono fuerit. 

{e) Translate: — 

How few repent of their evil deeds ! 
I did not doubt that if you had believed that, you 
would have gone wrong. 

2. Translate the following unprescribed passage : — 

In summo custos Tarpeiae Manlius arcis 
Stabat pro templo, et Capitolia celsa tenebat, 
Bomuleoque recens horrebat regia culmo. 



SUMMBB, 1906 — HONOURS. 245 

Atque hie auratis volitans argenteiis anser 
Porticibiis Gallos in limine adesse canebat ; 
Galli per dumos aderant, arcemque tenebant, 
Def ensi tenebris et done noctis opacae : 
Aurea caesaries ollis atqne anrea vestis ; 
Yirgatis lueent sagulis, turn lactea coUa 
Auro inneetuntnr ; duo qnisque Alpina coruscant 
Quesa mann, scutis protecti corpora longis. 
Hie exsultantes Salios, nudosque Lupereos, 
Lanigerosque apiees, et lapsa anoilia caelo 
Extuderat ; castae ducebant sacra per urbem 
Pilentis matres in mollibus. Hinc procul addit 
Tartareas etiam sedes, alta ostia Ditis, 
Et scelerum poenas, et te, Catilina, minaci 
Pendentem scopulo, Furiarumque era trementem, 
Secretosqne pios ; his dantem iura Gatonem. 

VlHOIL. 

3. Translate: — 
(a) Quid memorem Lapithas, Ixiona Pirithoumque ? 
QuoB super atra silex iam iam lapsura cadentique 
Imminet adsimilis. Lucent genialibus altis 
Aurea fulcra toris, epulaeque ante ora paternae 
Eegifico luxu ; Furiarum maxima iuxta 
Accubaty et manibus prohibet contingere mensas, 
Exsurgitque facem adtoUens, atque intonat ore. 
Hie, quibus invisi fratres, dum vita manebat, 
Pulsatusve parens, et fraus innexa clienti, 
Aut qui divitiis soli incubuere repertis, 
Nee partem posuere suis, quae maxima turba est, 
Quique ob adulterium caesi, quique arma secuti 
Impia, nee veriti dominorum fallere dextras, 
Inclusi poenam exspectant. 

Id. 
Discuss the difficulty involved in the ms. reading of the 
opening lines. 

Criticise Virgil's philosophy of transmigration in its 
connexion with the rest of Book YI. 

(h) Namque ferunt fama Hippolytum, postquam arte 
novercae 
Occiderit patriasque explerit sanguine poenas 
Turbatis distractus equis, ad sidera rursus 
m 



246 FIRST UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION. 

Aetheria et superas caeli venisse sub anras, 
Faeoniis reyocatum herbis et amore Dianae. 
Tum Pater omnipotens, aliquem indignatus ab umbris 
Mortalem infemis ad lumina surgere vitae, 
Ipse repertorem medicinae talis et artis 
Fulmine Fhoebigenam Stygias detrusit ad undas. 
At Trivia Hippolytum secretis alma recondit 
Sedibus, et nymphae Egeriae nemorique relegat : 
Solus ubi in silvis Italis ignobilis aevum 
Exigeret, versoque ubi nomine Virbius esset. 

Id. 
Explain the allusions. 

{e) I^on incisa notis marmora publicis, 
Per quae spiritus et vita redit bonis 
Post mortem ducibus, non celeres fugae 
Reiectaeque retrorsum Hannibalis minae, 
Non incendia Oarthaginis impiae 
Eius, qui domita nomen ab Africa 
Lucratus rediit, clarius indicant 
Laudes quam Galabrae Pierides : neque 
Si chartae sileant quod bene feceris, 
Mercedem tuleris. Quid foret Iliae 
Mavortisque puer, ei tacitumitas 
Obstaret meritis invida Eomuli ? 

Horace. 
Explain allusions, and discuss the critical question involved 
in these lines. 

{d) Cui genetrix flenti, Fortuna viriliter, inquit, 

(Siste, puer, lacrimas) ista ferenda tibi. 
Sic erat in f atis : nee te tua culpa f ugavit, 

Sed deus : offenso pulsus es urbe deo. 
Non meriti poenam pateris, sed numinis iram. 

Est aliquid magnis crimen abesse malis. 
Conscia mens ut cuique sua est, ita concipit intra 

Pectora pro facto spemque metumque suo. 
Nee tamen ut primus maere mala talia passus : 

Obruit ingentes ista proceUa viros. 
Passus idem est Tyriis quondam qui pulsus ab oris 

Cadmus in Aonia constitit exsul humo. 
Passus idem Tydeus, et idem Pagasaeus Jason 

Et quos praeterea longa referre mora est. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — HONOUB8. 247 

Omne solum forti patria est, ut piBcibns aequor, 

TJt Yolucri, vacuo quidquid in orbe patet. 

Nee fera tempestas toto tamen horret in anno : 

Et tibi, crede mibi, tempora veris erunt. 

Oth), Fasti. 
What is the occasion of the speech, and why is the tale 
introduced ? 

Explain mythological allusions. 

4. (fl) Give brief particulars of the following works: — 
Sonmium Scipionis, Argonautica, Brutus, Institutio Oratoria, 
Cena Trimalchionis. 

(h) Give some account of Catullus' life and works. 
(c) Name the authors and the occasion of the following 
verses : — 

* Cras amet qui nunquam amavit, quique amavit eras 

amet.' 
' Stultum facit fortuna quem vult perdere.' 
' Obliti sunt Eomai loquier lingua Latina.* 
' Non cauponantes bellum sed belligerantes.' 
' Homo sum : humani nihil a me alienum puto.' 



GREEK. 

FiEST Papbb. 

Fbofessob Keene. 

1 . Translate into English : — 

(a) Ma^oKT€S 8^ ravra yivofieva ck rmv 'Iwvcov oi arparrjyol 
Twv Sa/Aiwv, ivOavra Srj trap Aia#ccos rov SvXoo-coKro? icetvov? 
rov^TTpoT^pov hrefiTre \6yovs 6 Aiam^?, KeXevovrtav t«v IIcpo-cW, 
8co/Li€vos ^(litdiv iKkiireiv rrfv 'icSvcov (rvfjLfJLaxirjv' ol ^dfiioi &v 
opccuKTcs afia fiev iovaav ara^Crjv iroXKyiv €#c rcuv 'Icdvcdv iSeKOvro 
T0V9 Xoyovs, aifJLa 8e Kore^aiVcro o-<^i ctvai d^vvara rd ^aaiXio^ 
Trprjyfiara xnreplSaXia-Oai,, €v re iTna-rdficvoi ws ci #cal to irapeov 
vamiKov wreppaKoiaro rbv Aapeiov, oAAo o*<^i, trapiairai wcvra- 
TrX^o-tov. Trpofj^daio^ &v hriXa/SofiiVOL, iw€L re ra^tora c78ov 
rov^ ''Iwva? dpv€Vfi€Vov^ cTvat xPV^'^^^f ^ KepBe'i iiroievvro 
TTcpi/TTOirja'ai, rd re Ipd rd o'l^crepa koI rd i8ta. 

Comment on the grammatical difficulties of this passage. 
m 2 



248 FmST TTNrVEBBITY EXAMINATION. 

(h) KXcofima Sk keyovo'i "qKOvrtav rSiv S«cv0co>v iiri ravra 
ofiiXieiv c^i /le^oviD^, ofiiXcovra 8c /aoAAov rov i/cvcv/xcVov 
^aOiiv rrp^ OKpriTonwrCifjiv irtip avTwV c#c tovtov 8c lULVrjvai fJLiv 
vofiLiov(ri X'fi'opiTiTjTai. €K Tc TOCTov, ws avTOi Xeyovo*!, circav 
^ioporepov fiovknnvTai iriieiv, *^Tria-KvOurov Xcyovo't. ovra> 8tj 
^TTOLpTirJTai ra irepl KXcoficvca Xiyovfn' ifiol 8c 8oKcct ruriv 
ravnyv o KXcoficio;? ^rnuxprqrta cKreo-at. 

What was the transaction referred to in the last line, and 
why did it seem to Herodotus so serious a matter? 

(d)* atrti; 8c €<r;(c Iv ^AOrfvaCouri cf 'AXKftaiwviScwv firi^avrj^ 
avTovs ravra cwtvoiy^^vaf tovtovs yap <rwO€fi€yovs Toiai 
ncpcTT^o-t dva8c^ai aunrCSa iowri ^817 cv rgo-t vqva-i, ovroi 
/uicv 8^ 7rcpieirX(t)0F Sovvtov, 'A^i^vaiot 8c, a>s iro8«ov cT^of, 
Tax**""* ^Pori$€ov cs to aoTV, #cat €<f}&r)a'dv re a/jriKOficvoi 
irpLv ri Tovs Papfidpovs tJkciv, #cal €OTpaT(wrc8cv<ravTO ajriyiievoi 
c^ HpafcX^iov Toi) cv Mapa^wvi cv dAAa> 'HpaicXi^up rw cv 
Kvvoo-opyct. oi 8c PdpPapoi. rffci vrpxrl wcpauopi/^crrc? 
^ak'qpov (tovto yop ^v c^rivciov totc twv *A$rfvtu(av) vTrcp 
TovTov dvaKft);(cvo'avTCS ras v^s aTreTrAoiov dwicro) cs r^ Aa-iqv. 

Comment on airirf 8c ccrxc 

(<^ a>$ 8c 17 fcvpii; cycvcro tcdv i7ficpco>v r^s re KaraKXiitrios 
rov ydfiov jcat cjc^do'io? avroi) KXcio-^cvcos rov Kpivoi c#c 
-jrdvrwv, Ovaa^ fiov^ cxarov 6 KXceo-^evi;^ cvco^^^ avrovs re rovs 
fivrjarrjpa^ koX tov^ iSiKVoiviovs -jravras. ws 8c aTro 8ciirvov 
cycvovro, ot ftVT/or^pcs cpiv ct^ov dfi^i re fiovfriKy koX t<o 
Xcyoficv<p cs ro fico'ov. irpoiov<njq 8c r^s irocios, xarc^wv 
TToXXov TOVS dXXovs 6 'iTnroicXctSiys ckcXcvctc rov avXiyr^v 
avX^o'ot ol cfifieXetav. 

2. What account does Herodotus give of the wealth of 
Thasos, and of the sources from which it came ? 

3. Give the New Ionic forms for PorjOia}, Trorcpos, IvrevOcv, 
fi€0€yr€^, iarta, icpos, ijftas, d^t#covro, and for the gen. sing, 
of iroXis, vavs, ycvos, dXiy^iys. 

4. Translate into English : — . 

(a) 'jjviiaro cKpa, ijv 8' cyco, c^s cockcv, 6 SiftoivtSi^s irociTriKois 
ro 8iKacov o ciiy. 8icvocrro ftcv yop, tt»s ^oivcrai, ori rovr' cm; 
8iKaiov, ro irpoo^Kov ckooto) d7ro8e8dvai, rovro 8c ^vo/iao'cv 
o^ciXdficvov. dXXa re otct; c^i;. 2> irpos Aids, ^v 8' cyco, 
cl ovv rts avrov ^pcro* w 2ifL«»vt8i7, 17 rwrtv ovv rC diroSiSovaa 



8UUMEB, 1906 — HONOUBS. 249 

o^etXoficvov Kol TTpooTjKov Tw^vrj laTpiKTf KoXcerai ; rt &v oict 
17/uv avrov aTTOKpivaa-Oai ; ArjXov otl, eKJitj, 17 a-^fxtun fl>dpfJMKd 
T€ Koi crma #cat irord. 17 8c ruri rt aTroStSovo-a o^€tA.d/x€Vov 
ical ?rpo(r$#cov tc^i^ /wyeipiKtj KoXeirai; 17 rot? o^ots ra 
TySvo-ftara. cTev 17 o5v 8^ Ttcrt Tt dTroSiSovcra riyyri iiKOioanjvrf 
av KoXoiTO ; 

(J) Tttura TTttKra, €^17, o) <^iXe Swicparcs, roiavra Kal roaavra 
\€y6fi€va dpenjs iripi #cai #ca«cia9, a>9 dvOpiovoi koX 0€ol irepl 
avTCL expvo'i Ti/x,^s, Ti olofieOa d/covovo'as vcwv i/o^x^^ 'wotctv, 
o(rot €v<^i;€rs #cai iicavol ctti trdvra ra Xeyofieva woTrcp cirtrro- 
fievoi trvWoyia'aa-Oai i$ avroiv, ttoios tis av wv Kal irg iropeu^eis 
Tov jStov ws dpiara ^liXOoi ; Xeyoi yap &v cic roiv €t#coTO)v ?rpos 
auTOi' Kara UivBapov cicctvo to 

TTOTCpOV 8/lC^ T€t;(OS V\ffLOV 

^ o'icoXiars d^rdrais 
dvapa% KoX ifiavrbv ovT<ii ircpK^pofas SiajSto); ra ficv yap 
Xeyo/ieva 8i#caap ficv orrt fiot, eav /^i^ xal Soko), o^eXos ov8€v 
^ao-iv €?vae, ?rovov9 8c xal iyj/iia^ <f>av€pd^' d8iK<o 8c 8o^av 
8ucatoo-vin79 7rapao'#ccvao-ap,cv(p Oecnreaio^ pioi Xeyerai. ovkovv, 
cTTCiS^ TO 8oKcrV) 0)$ Si/XovcTt p,oi 01 0*0^01, jcat Tav dXd^Ciav 
piarai koI Kvpiov €vScufiovia^f ivl tovto Brj Tpcirrcov oXcus* 
irpoOvpa fi€V Kol o-yrjfLa KVKX(a wepl ifiavrbv CKiaypaff^iav dpenjs 
ircpiypaTTTCov, Tr)v 8c tov coffxardrov 'ApxtXo;(OV dA,a>7rc«ca 
cXktcov c^oTTio-^cv «ccp8aA,cav /cat ttohciXi/v. 

Comment on 'Ap;(iXo;(oi; dXanrcica. 

5. Translate into English : — 

XJlTPBESCBIBBD FASSiaE. 

TovTov 8^ TOV AiywTTiov ^iataoTpiv dyaxtopiovTa koX dvdyovra 
iroXXovs dv^pcoTrov? rStv iOvitav rtav ra^ xtapa^ #caTCOTpci/raro, 
eXeyov ol lp€€Sy cwct T€ cycFcro dvaKOfit^dp.cvo$ iv ^d^vrjai 
TQa-L UrfXovo'Crftn, tov dheXifieov itavrov rS iir€rp€\l/€ Sco-oicrrpis 
T^v AlyvTTTov, TOVTOV iiFi ^ctvca avrov KaXeVavra icat ?rpo$ avT<p 
Tovs 7ra&8as, Tr€pivrjrja'ai c^cd^cv t^v olKirfv vXy, irepivrjrjaavTa 
8k inroTTprja'ai,, tov 8c ws fiaOeiv tovto, avrt#ca ovfA^ovXeveaOai 
rg ywaiKi' koI yap Brj #cal t^v yvvatxa avrov dfia dyco-^ai. 
r^v 8c oi avfjiPovXtva'aif rcov 7rai8a>v covrcov c^ rovs 8vo im ttjv 
TTvprjv cicrcivavra yc^vptoo-ai ro Koiofievov, avrovs 8' cir* c«cctvo)v 
cirtjSaivovras cKo-ftf^co-dat. ravra Troi^o-ai rov SctroioTpcv, icai 
8vo ficv rcdv 2rat8(i)v jcarajca^vat Tpdnrta Tounrnf, tov^ Sk Xoittovs 
dTrocw&rjvai dfia r«p ?raTpc.~-HsBODOTUS. 



250 FIRST UNIVEBRITT EXAMINATION. 



Composition. 

6. Translate into Greek : — 

Entirely discouraged by the aspect of the country, the 
Spaniards began to comprehend that they had gained nothing 
by changing their quarters from sea to shore; and they felt 
the most serious apprehensions of perishing from famine in a 
region which affoided nothing but such unwholesome berries 
as they could pick up here and there in the woods. They 
loudly complained oi their hard lot, accusing their com- 
mander as the author of all their troubles, and as deluding 
them with the promise of a fairy-land, which seemed to 
recede in proportion as they advanced. It was of no use, 
they said, to contend against fate, and it was better to take 
their chance of regaining the port in time to save their lives 
than to wait where they were to die of hunger. 



Second Paper. 

Hev. Professor Browne. 

1. Translate into English : — 

Unpresgrtbed Passage. 

avTap 6 Aioycv^s &6pv fiev Xivev avTov Itt* 0)($y 
K€K\ifi€vov fjuvpiKyaiv, 6 8' €a'6op€ BaCfiovi Icro?, 
ifidayavov olov e^oiv, #ca#ca 8c if>p€(rl /ii^Btro €pya, 
rvtrre 8* eirnTTpo^aZriv' rtav Se otovos &pwT* deiK^9 
aopi $€i,vofjL€V(aVf ipvOaCvero 8* atfian vStapj 
m 8' inro 8cA^iV09 fieyaiciTTcos tx^vcs SXX.OL 
^€vyoKT€s TTifjiirXaa-i /xv^ovs kifjuevos evopfiov, 
8€i8iores' fidKa yap tc KareaSUi ov #c€ Xa)3i;crtV 
<i)S Tpa)c9 TTorafJiolo Kara 8eiVOiO piiOpa 
Trr<aaa'ov inrb KprjfjLVov^, 6 8' cw€i Kdfi€ xelpa^ ivaipfavy 
(^CDovs CK TToraiJLolo 8v<t>8€«ca Xiiaro Kovpov^, 
woivrjv HarpOKkoio M€Votria8ao Bavovro^. 
Tovs c^^c Svpa^e rtBirftrora^ 171JTC v€)9pov9, 
8^c 8' owura-io ^ctpas ivrfirfroKriv l/tao'iv, 



SUMMEB, 1906 HONOUBS. 251 

Tovs avroi ^fHtCKoy iwi oTptwroio'i \iTiiifnv^ 
8ci>«ce 8* croupoiiriv Kwrdytiv KOtXa^ iirl VTJa^. 
avTop 6 h\ff ^TTopovce Saef c/icvai fieve<uva>v. 

HoMEB, IL xxi. 

2. Translate: — 

(a) ^Exrcop 8c ficya a$iv€i pXtyLtalvtav 

fMuverai, c#cirayX(D9, irurwo? Aii, ov8c rt rict 
dvipas ovSk dcovs' Kpareprj 8c c Xwcra 8c8vkcv. 
aparat 8c Ta;(t(rTa ^n^ficrai llo) 8idv* 
OTcvrai yap n/oiv d?ro#cdi^ctv aicpa Kopvppa 
avra? t' ifiirpi^eiv fiaXtpov Trvpbs, avrap 'A;(aiotls 
82;<6<r€iv fl'apa rjaiv, opivofiivov^ tnro koitvov, 

{h) Tv8ci8^ ficv 8a>K€ fi€V€'!rr6\€fjL09 ©pocrvfwjSiys 

4>ouryavov o/i^i/iccs — to 8' cov ?rapa viyi XcXcittto — 
KoX o-aicos* d/K^i 8c oi kvvci/v kc^oX^^iv iOr^Kev 
ravpcii/v, a^aXdv tc «cai aXXo^ov, ^rc KaTcuTv$ 
KiKkrfTai, pverai 8c icopi^ ^oXcpcov ai£i7<tfv. 
Mi7pidv77s 8' '08vo^i 8i8ov Piov ^8c <l>ap€rp-qv 
Koi (t<fios' a/i<ln 8c Oi Kwirfv icc<^aX^<^iv iOrjKiv, 
pivov TTOiifn^v' ^roXcciv 8* hrrotrOfv Ifiaciv 
hnreraro orcpccos* iKToaOt 8c Xcvicoi 88dvTcs 
dpyco8oKros vos BaiUt^ i)(ov tvOa koX €v6a 
cS ical iwurrap,€Vi09* fii(r<rQ 8' cvl iriXos dp^pci. 

(c) &9 olpa ^o>vi7(ras ipxurev KoXkirpixps tTnrov? 
fuumyi Xtyvp^* rot 8c wXiyy^s diovrcs 
pip^' €<fi€pov Ooov Spfia /lera Tptoa^ koI 'Axatovs, 
OTct)3ovrc$ vcicvds tc iccu dcnrcSas* atfiari 8' d^oiv 
v€p0€V d^ras ircirdXaxTO #cat d^Tvyc? at ?rcpi SiKfipoVy 
ds dp' d^' iTnrciW o^Xccov pa^d/xtyycs cjSoXXov 
a? t' dir' iirLa-a-wTpuiv, 6 8c tcTo 8vvai ofiiXov 
dvSp6/jL€ov prj(aC tc /ucrdX/xcvos* cv 8c fn;8oip,ov 
^Kc Kajcov Aavooio-c, fidnivOa 8c ;(d([cro 8ovpd$. 

3. Write short notes on the underlined words (you need 
not translate the passages) : — 

{a) vrjviotf ot dpa Srj rd8c rci;(ca iirj)(av6o}vro 
d^X);;(p' ov8cvoao)pa. 

(i) p^fc 8c 01 vcvp^k* vdpK7fa€ 8c ^elp hrl #cap7r<3. 



252 FIRST UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION. 

(c) ov K€V oXiytos etiy av^p a> roaaa yevotro, 
ovSc #c€v oLKT-qfitav ipiTifJLOio xpyaoiOy 
oo-cra /uoi riviUavTO aiOkia /juun;^^^ Tinrot. 

(rf) oi 8' iyprjyopOaa-i ffivXaaaifievaC T€ JceXovrai 
dAAi}Xot9. 

(^) ^Ektwp 8' (OK airiXcOpov dviSpafie. 

(/) Atas eyyvOev rjXOt ffiipinv (raicos ^vrc Trvpyov. 

4. Scan the following lines : — 

avTov cTTctra 8' cratpov 'OlX^a wX^^^wnroi' 
XoiXai T€ pu<rat re irapapXanrU t' o^0aXp.tt>. 

(Account for metrical peculiarity in this line.) 

ni7X€i;s ^^v fioi lirccra yvvatxa yafUaaerai avrds. 

(What emendation has been suggested here, and how 
would it be metrically preferable ?) 

6. {a) Briefly compare Books x. and xi. of the lUad in 
respect of style. On what points is Book ix. found to 
resemble the Odyssey ? 

(J) Write notes upon efc8oo-ccs Kara ?rdXcts — the Cypria — 
the HomeridsB — the (n/ftcZa of Aristarchus. 

6. Translate: — 
{a) fo ZcO, 

Tts eXcos, Tts oS ayiiiv 

ifiovios Ip^crac, 

Ooa^iov (re rov fiiXtov, ^ 8aicpva 

doKpvai GVIJi.p6XkiL 

iroptviov TiS cis h6px>v aXacrropviv 

liaripo% alfia (ras, o cr' dva)3aic;(cv€t ; 

xaroXo^vpo/xai KaroXo^vpo/Aai. 

6 fieyas ok/So^ ov fiovifios Iv jSporois* 

&va ok Xai^os a)S 

ris aKarov ^oa$ rtvo^as SaCfKnv 

icarcjcXvo-ev Setvoiv irdvcov, (us 7rdi/rov 

Xa)3poi$ oXiBpLouriv ev Kvfuurtv. 

riva yap In tropes oTkov oXXoi' 

lr«pov ^ Tov aTTo ^coydvwv ydfjmv 

rov diro Taprdkov ae/BiaOai fii XPV » 



SUMMER, 1906 — H0N0UB8. 268 

(^) Sv ov KaraurxavSi 

SovXov irapaxrxjmf Odvarov, dAA' iXevOipfo^ 
\lnj)(rjv a^^cro), McvcXcoiv 8c rurofxai. 
€vos yop ct XaPoi/ieO', evrvxoifiaf 5v, 
€t wo&cv ScXtttos irapairia'oi cwrrfpia 
tcravova-i fi^ OavovaiV c{lxofuii rdlSc. 

What difficulty attaches to the above passage, und how has 
it been proposed to meet it ? 

(c) 'Apyciov (i<f}OS €#c Oavdrov ire^cvya 
fiappdpois iv evfidpLO-iVf 
Kc3p(i)ra 7ra<rTa8ft)V VTrcp T€p€fJLva 
A(i)pc#cas re rpiykvtfiovs. 

Explain the last word. 

(d) 'EXevi; o-' a8eX^^ raicrSe 8<t)pcirat xo<^^$* 
What would the xoai consist of in this case ? 

7. Explain the terms anapastie, logcuBdie^ and doehmtac, as 
applied to systems, or sequences, of verse in Euripides. 

HiSTOET AITD AkHQUITIES. 

8. {a) Trace the growth of Delphi, and give a brief, but 
clear, account of its great festival. 

(5) What data do we possess as to the appearance and 
dress of the MycensBan folk ? 

(c) On what grounds is the cult of Theseus at Athens 
stated to be partly due to the policy of Peisistratus ? 

{d) What are, besides Herodotus, our chief authorities for 
the Battle of Salamis ? Do they, in the main, agree with his 
account ? 

9. What is meant by — d7ro<^pa8€s -^fiipai, BeKarrj ucrrepa, 
xorvXi;, 8apeiiC09, x^'^^^^i ^iri8ia ? 



md 



254 FIBST UNIVEBSITir EXAMTNAtlON. 

ENGLISH. 

First Paper. 

Professor GBEaoBY Smith. 

Section A. 

1. (a) Explain these terms — 'Midland English/ < Middle 
English,' * Anglo-French.' 

(b) What were the main causes of the victory of the 
Midland dialect as the literary standard ? 

2. {a) State the chief differences between the Old 
English noun and the Modern English noun, or between 
the Old English adjective and the Modern English adjec- 
tive. 

(b) What is * umlaut ' (or * mutation ') ? Give examples 
of its varieties. 

8. Discuss the changes in prose style in the eighteenth 
century, as illustrated in the transition from Swift and 
Addison to Johnson, Gibbon, and Burke. 

4. How far was Thomson's Seasons a revolt against 
contemporary literary habit? 
Or, 

Comment upon Pope's admission that he learned his 
poetry from Dryden. 

6. Give your impression of any poem, play, or essay 
published between 1700 and 1745. Choose, if possible, a 
work which is not included in the list of special readings. 

6. Sketch the political career of Sir Kobert Walpole, 
and that of Grattan to 1800. 

Section B. 

ESSAT. 

7. Write an essay on one of the following subjects : — 

(a) * True Wit is Nature to advantage dressed, 

What oft was thought, but ne'er so well expressed.' 

(b) The influence of Politics on Literature in the 

Eighteenth Century. 



summer, 1906 — honours. 255 

Seoond Paper. 
Bev. Professor O'Neill* 

1. Point out the excellence of construction in Macbetlh 

2. Comment fully on the nature and fitness of the part 
taken in Macbeth by the Witches. 

Or, 

Discuss, with special reference to the text of Macbeth — 
(a) the excellence of Shakspeare's blank verse ; {b) obscur- 
ities occurring in Shakspeare's style. 

8. Comment upon Johnson's chief characteristics as a 
critic, with special reference to three or four of Pope's works 
reviewed by him. 

4. Give some account of Pope's criticisms of, or allusions 
to, Shakspeare, Milton, ' the wits of either Charles' days,' 
and Addison. 

5. How does Addison show the evils of party-spirit, and 
how does he picture Sir Soger de Coverley in this regard ? 

Or, 
How does Addison treat the subjects of False Wit and of 
Humour. In what different senses is this latter word used 
by Addison ? 

6. Distinguish in Gray's Odes and Elegy what belongs 
to the declining classical school and what to the rising 
romantic revival. 

7. Examine the chief characteristics of Burke's eloquence 
as shown in the speech on American Taxation. 



FKENCH. 

First Paper. 

Professor Butler. 

I. Grammar. 

1. Give in each case two other French words having the 
same sound as — haut, seing, lait, verre, vainc, perds, 
Caen, scSne. 



256 FIRST UNIVBRSITY EXAMINATION. 

2. What difference is there between the pronunciation 
of the words in italics— je hais, and il a hat ; il est, and 
Vest (the east) ; il est molenty and ils violent ? 

8. Form sentences, which must be translated, to show 
the uses of — 

ce qui ; lequel ; celui ; qui est-ce qui ; qu*est-ce que. 

4. Put into French : — 

How old are you ? I am twenty-one. 

The wall is twelve feet long and four feet high. 

Three times five are fifteen. 

He had more than sixteen francs. 

5. What is the difference between the imperfect, past 
definite, and past indefinite tenses of the indicative mood ? 

6. Put into French : — 

[a) If you will do it when you come to-morrow, 
I shall be pleased. 

(h) Wait until I come. 

(c) I don't know whether I shall be here at three 

o'clock. * 

(d) After we had heard this we went out. 

{e) Unless you come in at once you will be late. 

7. Distinguish between the meaning of coiicher and se 
coucher ; marier and se marier ; vouloir and en vouloir a ; 
teiiir and s'en tenir a. 

8. Put into French :— 

I know him to be wrong. 

I believe he is right. 

I wish you to do it. 

He felt himself falling. 

May I read this book ? 

The songs I heard sung. 

It is impossible for this man to know it. 

Your brother must be told of it. 

9. Give rules for the use of the subjunctive. 



8UMMEB, 1906 — H0N0UB8. 257 

II. Pbebcbibed Authobs. 

1. Translate into English : — 

A la fa9on dont M. Levrault avait insiste pour qa*il 
rest&t k la Tr^lade, le vicomte avait oompris qn'il touchait 
an moment d^cisif. En eSet, le grand industriel s'6tait 
promis, en se levant, que la jonmee ne s'achdverait pas 
sans couronner ses esp6rances. II avait r6solu, pour pre- 
cipiter le d6no&ment, d'en agir avec Montflanquin comme 
Mahomet avec la montagne : en d'autres termes, il se dis- 
posait k lui jeter adroitement sa fille et ses teus k la tSte. 
Ainsi maitre Gaspard en ^tait venu k ses fins. Depuis prSs 
de deux mois, il sentait fr6tiller dans sa nasse les millions 
de M. Levrault ; mais, au lieu de les saisir avidement et de 
s'exposer, par trop de h&te, k les voir glisser, conmie une 
anguille, entre ses doigts, il avait pr6f^r6 attendre, pour 
plus de security, qu'ils vinssent eux-mSmes et de leur propre 
mouvement se mettre dans la poSle k frire. 

2. Translate into English :— 

II y avait trop de vie dans I'institution des communes, 
pour ^uecellede Sens p^rit parce seul 6chec. Elle se 
. r^tabht spontan6ment sous le rdgne de Philippe- Auguste, 
qui la tol6ra d'abord et, plus tard, la sanctionna par un 
acte solennel. Cette confirmation definitive eut lieu en 
1189, c'est-^-dire aprSs quarante-trois ans, durant lesquels, 
si Pon en juge par le pr6ambule de la charte royale, la 
guerre n'avait point cess^ entre les bourgeois et le clerg6 
de la ville. ** Dans Pintention de conserver la paix dor6- 
navant, nous avons octroy^ que, sauf notre M6]it6, une 
commune flit 6tablie k Sens. Elle sera jur6e par tousceux 
qui habitent soit dans Penceinte des murs, soit dans le 
faubourg, et par ceux qui entreront dans la commune, k 
Texception des hommes et des femmes que nous avons 
rendus k ParchevSque, aux eglises et aux clercs de Sens..." 

8. What is the meaning of: — 

II partit en habit de pdlerin avec le bourdon et Pescar- 
celle. 

lis se remettaient de leurs personnes et de leurs biens en 
la merci du roi. 

Le pressoir banal, qui ^tait un des droits du monastere. 



258 FIBST UNIVBBSITY EXAMINATION. 

4. What is the meaning of the following expressions ; — 
Brdler le pav6. 
Traiter de haut en has. 
Trouver k redire A. 
Acheter chat en poche. 
Sans sou ni maille ? 

6. What meaning have the words commune and bour- 
geois in Thierry, and what is their ordinary meaning 
nowadays ? 

III. Unpbesobibed Passage. 
Soigne be VoYAOhE. 

Translate into English : — 

Un aym/pa/rtiment defumeurs. Les vitres sont fermSes, 
On Anglms se Uve et d'un air determine s* approche de la 
portihe et baisse doucement la glace, 

Alfred^ se rheilhmt en sursanit. Ah o'est vous, sans 
doute, Moreland, qui avez baisse la glace. A moi c'est 
6gal, mais ce monsieur n'aimera pas 9a, je vous en avertis. 

Le FrangaiSi se rSveillant. D'oii vient cet air froid ? 
Qui a done ouvert ? C'est vous, sans doute, mon jeune 
monsieur. Otez-vous done de Ik, et levez la glace. Nous 
allons tous nous enrhumer. L'air de la nuit est tr^s 
malsain ! 

Moreland se retoume, rega/rde d'un air malin les deux 
Anglais, mads ne dit rim. Le Frangads, furiettx, reUve le 
collet de son pardessus, puis se Uve vivement et d'un geste 
violent ferme le ca/rreau. Un quart d'hewre se passe. Les 
Anglais sont m^l a lev/r aise. Le petit ga/rgon se Uve, et 
marchant swr la pointe des pieds ouvre le carrewu. 

Le Frangais, C*est trop fort! Quelle manie ont-ils, ces 
Anglais ? Mais je n'entends pas m'enrhumer moi, pour 
que ces messieurs jouissent dans un compartiment du 
chemin de fer fran9ais de la fraicheur k laquelle ils sont 
habitues dans leur pays de brouillards. Je n'ai pas envie 
de passer une nuit blanche, m^me en chemin de fer. 



summeb, 1906 honours. 269 

Sboohb Papsk. 
Mb. O'SuiuvAir. 
I. — OoMPOsinoir. 

Translate into French : — 

Baron Munchausen set out on a journey to Russia in 
the midst of winter. In those days there were no railways ; 
and he preferred travelling on horse-back to driving in a 
carriage, and to being dragged by a rude driver to every 
public-house. When he came to Russia, he found all the 
roads hidden by the snow, and thus he continued his journey 
without knowing where he was going to. He could not 
see any trace of a village when darkness came upon him. 
The whole country was covered with snow, and he did not 
know in the least where he was. Tired of riding, he at last 
dismounted, and tied his horse to a kind of pointed stake 
which one could see rising from the snow. Por safety's 
sake, he took his pistols under his arm, lay down upon the 
SHOW, and slept so soundly that he did not wake up till 
break of day. But how great was his astonishment when he 
discovered that he was lying in the churchyard in the 
middle of a village. At first he could not see his horse 
anywhere, but soon he heard it neighing somewhere above 
him. Looking up, he saw his horse which had been tied to 
the weather-cock of a church-tower, and was hanging down 
from it. 

II. — Unpbbsgbibed Passage. 

{a) Translate into English : — 

Je considere plus ; je sais mes avantages, 
Et I'espoir que sur eux ferment les grands courages : 
Us n'aspirent enfin qu'd des biens passagers. 
Que troublent les soucis, que suivent les dangers ; 
La mort nous les ravit, la fortune s'en joue ; 
Aujourd'hui dans le trone, et demain dans la boue ; 
Et leur pliis haut 6clat fait tant de mecontens. 
Que peu de vos Gesars en ont joui longtemps. 

J'ai de I'ambition, mais plus noble et plus belle : 
Gette grandeur p6rit, j'en veux une immortelle, 



FIB8T UNIVEBSITT EXAMINATION. 

Un bonliear assur6, sans mesure et sans fin, 
Au-dessus de I'envie, aa*dessu8 du destin. 
Est-ce trop I'acheter que d'nne triste vie 
Qui tantot, qui soudam me pent etre rayie ; 
Qui ne me fait jouir que d'lin instant qui fuit, 
Et ne pent m'assurer de celui qui le suit ? 

FoLYEUcis, Acte iv., scene iii. 

(h) Sketch the character of S6vJre. 

2. {a) Translate into English : — 

Le ciel ne m'a point fait, en me donnant le jour, 
line ame compatible avec Pair de la cour. 
Je ne me trouve point les vertus necessaires 
Pour y hien reussir, et faire mes affaires : 
fitre fi'anc et sincere est mon plus grand talent ; 
Je ne sais point jouer les hommes en parlant ; 
Et qui n'a pas le don de cacher ce qu41 pense 
Doit faire en ce pays fort peu de residence. 
Hors de la cour, sans doute, on n'a pas cet appui, 
Et ces titres d'honneur qu'elle donne aujourd'hui ; 
Mais on n'a pas aussi, perdant ces avantages, 
Le chagrin de jouer de fort sots personnages ; 
On n'a point d soufbir mille rebuts cruels, 
On n'a point d louer les vers de messieurs tels, 
A donner de I'encens d madame une telle, 
Et de nos francs marquis essuyer la cervelle. 

Le Misanthbope, Acte iii., scdne vii. 

{b) Write about twelve lines in French on Monsieur Perri- 
chon's adventures in Switzerland. 

III. — Unpbescsibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

Sou vent des vieux auteurs j'envahis les richesses. 
Plus souvent leurs ecrits, aiguillons genereux, 
M'embrasent de leur flamme, et je cree avec eux. 
Tin juge sourcilleux, 6piant mes ouvrages, 
Tout a coup d grand oris denonce vingt passages 
Traduits de tel auteur qu'il nomme ; et, les trouvant, 
II s'admire et se plait de se voir si savant. 



SUMMER, 1906 HONOUBS. 

Que ne vient-il yers moi ? Je lui f erai connaitre 
Mille de mes larcins qa*il ignore peut-etre. 
Mon doigt sur mon manteau lui devoile i rinstant 
La couture invisible et qui va serpentant 
Pour joindre k mon etoffe une pourpre etrang^re. 
Je lui montrerai I'art, ignore du vulgaire, 
De separer aux yeux, en suivant leur lien, 
Tons ces m6taux unis dont j'ai forme le mien. 
Tout ce que des Anglais la muse inculte et brave, 
Tout ce que des Toseans la voix fiere et suave, 
Tout ce que les Romains, ces rois de Tunivers, 
M'oSraient d'or et de soie, a pass^ dans mes vers. 
Je m'abreuve surtout des flots que le Permesse 
Plus feconds et plus purs fit couler dans la Gr^ce ; 
L4, Prometh6e ardent, je derobe les feux 
Dont j'anime Pargile et dont je fais des dieux. 



GERMAN. 

PiBST Paper. 

Mr. O'Sullivak. 

I. — Grammar. 

1. Give the German for : — The noblest races, the sweetest 
fruits, our highest buildings, the warmest hearts, all kinds 
of young faces. 

2. Translate into German : — Take this letter to the post. 
He consented to everything. Thousands died of hunger. 
It happened in the reign of William the Second. We recog- 
nised him by his voice. 

3. Form German sentences to show the meanings of the 
following verbs: — brangen^ brtngen^ fallen, Iftangen, ^SjoUtih 
fd^cHen/ f^Jrengen, fpringen. 

4. Translate into German : — I wish you may be loved by 
your companions. We are mistaken in the way. They 
might have praised themselves without exciting envy. They 
should have remembered that event. 



262 FIB8T UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

5. Give the second person singular present indicative, the 
first person singular preterite indicative, and the past parti- 
ciple of UfcijUn, meiben/ fled^tett/ gebef^en, ttjiegen. 

6. Translate into German : — They only arrived two hours 
ago. They lived together like enemies. The more he read, 
the less he thought. IS'ot only soldiers but citizens defended 
the city. 

7. Translate into German : — The emperor took possession 
of the city. The friends played for money. The travellers 
complained of the great heat. We insisted on his departure. 
The meal consisted of bread, meat, and wine. 

II. — Prescribed Authors. 

8. Translate into English : — 

I. 

S)er iunge Saufmann loerBeugte ftd^ mit freiem Slnjlanb loor bent 
@(i§ei(; benn er tcax tin 2Renf(i§ tton c^ukx Srjiel^ung ; ber @d§ei( 
akr jipxai) : ^Unb ^x ? ^x f^aU greubc an 2Bu|H unb Xanj ? 
3l^r l^orct e0 gerne, mm gate SSnjIler 6ttt)a0 fj)telen nnb jtngen, 
nnb fel^et gerne Xangei: fiinjll^e £anjc an^ful^ren ?" 

S)er jinnge Saufmann anttoortete : „3d^ fel^e ttjol, o ^m, bag 
itncx altc 2Bantt/ nm 6ud^ gu Belnftigen/ unfere Zl^orl^citen in^ge* 
]ammt tterratl^en l^at. SBenn e^ i^m gelang/ 6u(^ babnrd^ auf jn^ 
^cttern, fo l^abc i^ gerne ju 6nrem @(i§erj gcbicnt. 2Ba0 aBer 
UBujtf nnb £anj Betrifft, fo geflc^e t(i§, e« gtfct ni(i§t lei(i§t gttoa^, 
toa^ mm t>erg alfo »ergnngt." — ig)anff. 

II. 

Ser Sol^tt ber aij)en l^atte e« genjifl nid^t BiJfe gcmetnt, ,,e« toar 
ein bitfer SJRann, folglid^ ein guter 2Bann," fagt 6er»ante«. ater 
mein jRad^Bar tton ber anbern ®titt, ein Oreif^ttjalber/ war bnrc§ 
jene augerung fel^r ^itizxt ; er Betenerte/ bag beutfd^e Zl^atfcaft 
unb einfSltigfeit nod^ ttt(i§t ertoft^en fet, f(i§lng jld^ brSj^nenb auf 
bte SrujI/ nnb lecrte eine ungel^eure ®tange SBeigBier. 2)er 
@d^tt)eijer fagte : wSn ! nn !" S)o(i§ ic 6ef(i§tt)i(i§tigenber cr biefe^ 
fagte, beflo eifriger ging ber ©reif^walber M ®efc§irr. 2)tefer 



SUHMEB, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 268 

mx citt 2Bann an^ jencn Stitcn, aW bie grifcure gu ^erl^ungcrn 
furd^teten. Sr tntg l^erabl^angenb lange^ ^aat/ em ritterlid^e^ 
Sareit/ einen ^toavim, altbeutfd^en 9{o(f/ ein fd^mu^ige^ ^etnb/ 
bad jugleid^ bad ^mt einer SSefie )>erfa]§/ unb barunter ein 
2RebaiIlon mit einem i^aartufd^el »on Slud^erd ®d^immel. (Er 
\af) aud tt)ic ein SBarr in Sebcndgrope. — i^eine, 2!)tc $arjreife. 

(a) Write an account of Heine's life in France, and his 
literary activity there. 

{b) Quote any lines you remember from the poems occurring 
in Heine's * Harzreise.' 

in. — Unpbescbibed Passage. 

9. Traoislate into English : — 

aw @elim Sarud^ fcinc ®ef(i§id^te geenbet l^atte^ Begeugten fid^ 
bie Saufleute fcl^i: gufrieben bamit. wSBal^rl^aftig, bet ^wSimitta^ 
ifl und loergangen/ ol^ne ba$ tvir ed mer!ten text V* fagte (Einer ber^ 
felben/ inbem er bie S^ede bed 3eUed gurudfd^Iug. ,,'^tx Slbenb'^ 
njinb wcl^et filial/ toir lonnten nod^ cine gute ®ired(e aOSeged 
gnrudflegen." Seine ©effil^rten waren bamit cin»erflanben/ bie 
3ette tourben aBgekod^en, unb bie Saraioane mad^te jtd§ in ber 
ndmtid^en Orbnung/ in tveld^er ffe l^erangegogen toaXf auf ben 
aBcg. 

®ie ritten (einal^e bie gange ^tai^t i^inburd^; benn ed mar 
fd^tvul am £age/ bie SRad§i aBer tvar erquidflic^ unb flernl^ea. ®ie 
famen enblid^ an tintm Bcquemen Sagerpfa^ an, ft^Iugen bie 3elte 
auf unb legten jtd^ gur Wul^e* gitr ben Bremben ater forgten bie 
Saufleute/ toie ttjenn er il^r mertl^eper ©ajifreunb h)fire* S)er Sine 
gaB il^m ^ol^tx, ber SJlnbere 2!)edfen, ein fritter gab il^m Sclatten, 
!urg, er njurbe fo gut bebient, aid 06 er gu $aufe tvare. S)ie 
]§eigeren ©tunben bed Saged waren fd^on l^eraufgefommen, aid fie 
fld§ tuieber erl^oben^ unb fie befd§loffen einmiitl^ig, ]§ier ben Silbenb 
a(gutvarten. 



264 fibst univebsity examination. 

Second Papeb. 

Pbofessob Steinbeboeb. 

I. — Composition. 

1. Translate into Gennan : — 

A Spanish cavalier, having killed a Moorish gentleman, 
instantly fled. He was vigorously pursued; but, availing 
himself of a sudden turn in the road, he leaped unperceived 
over a garden wall. The proprietor, who was also a Moor, 
happened to be at that time walking in the garden, and the 
Spaniard, falling upon his knees before him, acquainted him 
with his case, and, in the most pathetic manner, implored 
protection. The Moor listened to him with compassion, and 
generously promised his assistance. He then told him to go 
into a summer-house, and left him with the assurance that, 
when night came, he would provide for his safety. 

A few hours afterwards, the dead body of his son was 
brought to him, and the description of the murderer exactly 
agreed with the appearance of the Spaniard whom he had 
then in his house. He concealed the horror and suspicion 
which he felt, and, retiring to his room, he remained there 
till midnight. Then going into the garden, he opened the 
door of the summer-house, and thus addressed the cavalier : 
* Christian, the youth whom you have murdered was my only 
son. Your crime deserves the severest punishment. But I 
have solemnly pledged my word not to betray you, and I 
disdain to violate a promise even with a cruel enemy.' He 
then conducted the Spaniard to the stables, and furnishing 
him with one of his swiftest horses, * Flee,' said he, * while 
the darkness of night conceals you.' 

II. — Pbescbibei) Authobs. 

2. Translate into English : — 

Sang Bettjegte fl(i§ i&ennattn unb tt)inftc bem geijllid^en greunbe, 
SDaf er ind SRtttel {l(i§ [(^(tige^ fogleid^ in s^.erfd^eud^en ben Srttnm. 
eilig ttat ber Sluge l^ctan, unb ft^aute be^ SRobd^en^ 
®tiflcn Serbrug unb gcl^altenen @(^merj unb Zl^rancn tm Silugc. 
5)a Befal^I i\)m fetn ©eijl, nid^t gletd^ bie SSemjtrrung gu ISfcn, 
Sonbern t)telme]^r ba^ Utot^tt @tmixt }u )>rufen be^ ISRobd^en^. 



SUMMEB) 1906 ^HONOTTBS. 266 

Unb er fagtc barauf gu i^x mit loerfud^cnbcn SBorten : 
®xSitt, hn iiberlegtef! nid^t tool^I/ o 2Rab^en be^ au^Ianb^/ 
aSenu bu Ui gretnbcn gu bicnen btd^ aHju eiltg entfd^toffep, 
aBo« e« l^eif e, ba« i^au« bc« geBietenben $errn gu Bctrcten ; 
Setitt ber $attbf(i§Iog Bepimmt ba^ gange ©d^ttffal be« O^^re^/ 
Unb gar »telc« gu bulbcn »erBinbet tin ctngige^ 3on>ort. 
@inb bO(i^ ni^i ba^ ©d^ttjerfle bc^ J)ienfl5 bic ermubenben SBege, 
2Si(^t bet Jtttere @(i^tt)eif ber ett)tg brfingenbcn 2lr6eit ; 
2)enn mit bem ftnet^te gugleid^ Betnill^t fld^ ber tl^atige greie. 

®oet]^e/ i^ermann unb S)orot]§ea. 

3. Translate, and annotate the spaced words : — 

Sr fd^ttjtngt fein i^unerifd^toert empor. 

®ietflber ©falbcn 5Jrei«. 

©iegfrteb ben ?)ammer too^ fd^njtngen funt. 

S)er ttjacfere Sd^hjaBe ford^t f!d^ nid^t. 

@ag an ! mer ijl benn il^r Srud^feg? 

g0 ip mir urn mtd^ fettjl nid^t fo, 

aBicumbie aite!I5re. U^Ianb. 

Indicate the sources of Goethe's 'Hermann und Dorothea.' 

Write a hrief account of Goethe's life and literary activity 
from the time he left Strasshurg up to his arrival in Weimar. 

III. — Unpbbsoribed Passage. 

4. Translate into English : — 

Sieb eine^ Sanbmann^ in ber grcmbe. 

S^raute S^timai nteincr Steben, 
Sinn' td^ pU an bid^ guriidt, 
SBirb mir tt>o^l ; unb bennod^ ttiiben 
@e]§nfud§t0t]§rancn meinen SSIidf. 

©tiller SBeiler/ grun umfangcn 
SSon Befd^irmenbem ©eflraud^, 
fiteine ^iitte, ttoH SSertangen 
2)enP iij immtx nod§ an eud^ : 



266 FIRST UNIVEBSITT EXAMINATION. 

Hit bic gcnflcr, bie mit SteUn 
Sittfl mtin SSater feKfl umjog ; 
2ln ben Strn^aum, ber bancBcn 
aiuf ba« nicb*re 35ad^ fit^ Bog : 

SBa^ mtd^ bort aW ftinb erfreute, 
fiommt mix toiehcv tetBl^aft i9or; 
S)a^ Befannte 2)orfgcWute 
SBteberl^ant m meincm Ol^r. 



IKISH. 

First Pa pee. 
Rev. Professor Hogan. 
I. 
Translate into English :— 

5p<3[6 mo 6poi6e cu a bpijbtn Thaep6a, 

Ip Tnimc 'pan oi&6e a pTnuatmrn p6in ope, 

Cd rnipe cmn, nf I mo I6i§eap 05 aon nea6 

Q'p bp6n ap an ngaoic na6 bcusann bdmn pseula. 

TTld Jabann cu an beala6 po piap, no an b6i6ptn, 
beip mo beannadc map a bpuil mo pc6iptn, 
t)d mbei6inn 'na h-aice beuppamn pdg Of 
Q6c nuaip nac bpuilim ptlim t)e6pa. 

Cuip m6 licip ann pan bpopca 

TTlap a bpuil mo peapc, 50 paib me cmppeac, 

'86 bubaipc pt liom 50 mbii6 hea;^ an bocap 

'8 an c6 btop t n5pd6 50 mbtonn a mncmn coppuijce. 

beip mo beanna6c 50 bonn §l6ibe bea6la 

TTlap 6ipi$eann spian 'p map Imjeann an $eala6, 

Cd ce6 liac ap 6*Vacliac na malla6c 

*8 nt I6ap 6am an c-aep 61* mo 6eann nd an calam. 



SUMMER, 1906 — HONOURS. *2()7 

bp6n ap an rnbdf ip spdnna an ni6 6. 

Scoil Tn6 piarfi 50 meallpaft bptob 6, 

Beuppamn t)6 6ipe Idn paoi 6aopaib 

06c Tn6 lei^ean bo lo6-'Ria5o6 05 peu6ain mo $oolca. 

a 6aile-ca6-piaba6, mo 6tJTfia, ceub pldn leac 
'S iom6a Id bped$ aoibinn 00 6ai6 m6 Idirii leac, 
05 ptop-6l ptona 'p '"o rhian ap Idiih liom 
E)t6inn gan pijm 'p bt6ea6 m'mncin i^di'CQ, 



II. 

Translate into English : — 
a riinipntn a^i* a annpa6c bt Otleap a^i" bf bain^eann, 
Q'p nd cp6i5-pe ptin bo 6poi6e 'p^^S ^op Seall ap a 

belt bealb 
t)o b6appainn an btobla a'p m6 ap bic ap calaifi 
50 bcidbpaib TTIac t)6 cuib na h-oi66e bdinn le cataifi. 

Q Thtiipntn a'p a annpa6c bo rheall cti m6 1 bcdp ^'6150 
Le bo 6liiaini$ea6c rhtn Thdnla ^up $eall cd m6 p6pa6, 
TTld CU5 mo 6poi6e gean buicbap liom-pa gup le6p pin, 
Q'p 5up ipdg c6 1 leannbub m6 ap ceacc an cpdcn6na. 

Ip paba m6 05 imcea6c 

Qip 6uaipip5 mnd cije, 
a cuaipip5 nt bpuapap 

1 mbaile no 1 bctp, 
N6 50 bpacai6 m6 mo rfitiipntn 

Qip 6aoib 6niiic na 8i&e, 
a 5pua5 na cpt biiala6 

t)'d p5uaba5 le 50016. 

Ip cpuaj jan m6 p6pca 

Le pc6p seal mo cpoi6e, 
Caob tail be'n abainn Th6ip 

Nd 05 an 5cloi6e ce6pan le no caoib, 



268 FIBST UNIYEBSITT EXAMINATION. 

Cuitil6bap ban 65 

If lat) a t65pa6 mo 6poi6e, . 
*8 bei6inn blia6ain eile b' 6150 

t)d Tnbei6inn p6pca 05 mo liiian. 

Ahhrdin Orddh ChLige Connaeht. 

III. 
Translate into English : — 
Ceann beipeanna6 Oe'n cSdtaipn mtipgldfiob an jpeann, 
tainij mo Oeipbpiutp 6115am 50 caoiTheamuil pann, 
* Ciiicpai6 p6 fcnjamn an Oleacaipe cam 
Qgup b6appai6 p6 mipe 'pa' b-piiat)a6.' 

bain cdpa 6toc eubaig Oo 6inpp g'p bo 6inn, 
Qgup ciiip ope mo haca *p mo 6iilai6 dp 6onn, 
TTld ci^eann p6 dugamn an cleataipe cam 
Ip mipe b6i6eap leip ann pa' bpuabac. 

Ibid, 
IV. 

Translate the following expressions from Qbpdin 5pd& 
Cdige Connacc: — 

{a) (3'n maigpe mdnla. (b) Q pcuiab na p6ile. {c) Ip 
luaibce an pg^al. (d) 6 na 5ptp-beul p6ip. {e) $eic 
mo 6poi&e le buaibpeab [who wrote this?]. (/) 1 n-dic 
ic6inc 'n dp n-aonap. 

V. 

Unpbescbibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 
Ld bd pabap aji maibm 50 pdna6 
Qp bpuim t)aipbp6a6 1 bcaca pe Sldinje, 
Ip m6 1 n-uai5neap 50 cpuaj cpdi&ce, 
5up cuic opm an coip6im cdTha6. 

TTltjpclaim p6in 6m n6al *na 6ia$ai6 pm, 
'8 bo6onnapc uaim 1 mbpua6 an pea6a 
TTlaiJbean liitonla niaih-Jeal ndipeafc 
Qg binn Jol, ip a bmcmn cpdi6ce. 



8TJMMEB, 1906-— HONOUBS. 269 

t)puibiTn I6i 50 b6at>la bdna, 
Ip beannui$iTn 61 50 paoili6 pdilcea6, 
1p piappiii$iiii pc6ala bon X>6 bldi6-$il, 
Cd hiat 6p d;piall an 6iab i|^dinnea6. 

Keating** Poems. 

VI. 
Translate into Irish : — 

It was a wild night ; the rain fell in floods. The roads 
were deep to the knee in water. As they trayelled, a gleam 
of lightning lit np the road now and again ; hut they could 
see nothing when the lightning died away. There was 
neither moon nor star in the heavens. The wind now hegan 
to rise and to roar in the tree tops. Two or three great 
hranches fell into the road hef ore us ; and it was with difficulty 
we were ahle to pass them. As Concubhar and his com- 
panion ascended the hill, they could hear the river roaring 
on the further side. It had been swollen by the incessant 
rain ; and when they came to cross it, they found that the 
bridge had been swept away ; and after a long debate as to 
what was best to be done, they resolved to go back by the 
same way in which they had come. They journeyed on in 
the dark, hungry, and wet, and foot-sore, and nearly died of 
exhaustion. 

VII. 

Give a brief account of the history of Cormac macCuilennain, 
King and Archbishop of Cashel. 

VIII. 

Describe the steps by which Brian Bommha won his way 
to the high-kingship of Ireland. 

IX. 

Give a short sketch of the career of Hugh De Lacy, the 
Elder. 



270 first uniyebsitt examination. 

Second Paper. 
Rev. Froebssor Hogan; 



Transkte into English : — 

Qt)eip Cambpenp, "Qn can bfb baoine umple in 
6ipinn 05 cabaipc bain^in b'd 66ile bo Idcaip eappoig 
50 bpdgaib an cpd6-poin caipe naoirh, 0:5x1]* 50 n-fbit) 
puil a c6ile ; agup lab an can-pom ullaih pe t>6anaiii 
peille ap a 6§ile. TTlo f^peagpab aip annpo, na6 puil 
laoib nd licip pean6uip, nd peinpcptbmne ippe nd 
anndla, ag ceacc leip ap an Tnbp^ig-peo; agup p6p ip 
pollup 50 paibe t)*piacaib ap na peancuibib, gan a 
parhail-peo be &poc-n6p X>o ceilc, agup p6p a 6up 1 
gcaipc 1 bp6in a n-ollarhnacca bo dailleaih, bd mbfob 
p6 ap gndcujab m 6ipinn. Uime pm ip pollup gup 
bpeu5 bo pijne Cambpenp annpo. 

Qbeip Cambpenp 'pan beadifiab caibibil, gup ab 
omeab neirii-pial gao^Qil' ; ^^5 F^ ^^P abeip — cineab, 
loinoppo, neiTti-pial an cineab-po 5^6ea6, nf beqg 
liOTn Scanihuppc m a pcdip ag ppeagpab b6 mp an 
nt6-peo ag labaipc ap oinea6 na n-6ipeanna6: — 50 
beiThm (ap p6) ip baoine p6i-piala lab, nf yiuil c^ini ip 
Tn6 m a b' p6ibip leac a mbuibeacap bo d;uilleaTh lond 
b'aici&e bo b^anarh bob' beom agup bob' coil b'd 
bcigcib. Qp po ip lon-cuigce gup ab baoine piala 
pfopomij pa biab lab, jan ceab bo Cambpenp. 

Qbeip Cambpenp map a pcpfobann ap 6ipinn, gup 
ab f bean \\i^ Ttlibe bo 6uaib ap eul66 le Oiapmuib 
na ngall, gibeab nt pfop b6 pm, a6c pd hf bean Cijeap- 
ndm Uf-Ruaipc pf bpeicpne f, agup pd hmjean bo 
ltlup6ab mac ploinn mic TTlaoilpeafclainn pf TTlibe t, 
agup tDeapbpopgaill pd hainm bf. 

Qbeip p6p 5up ab a Sliab bldbma pdpap Simp agup 
peoip asup beapba, gibeab nf pfop bO pm ; dip ip pollup 



SUMMBB, 1906 ^HONOXTBS. 271 

5up ah a heut)an 6l6ibe bldl&ina bo'n le^t 6oi p ^df gp 
an 6eapba, ajup gup ab a heut)aii 6l6ibe Qilbiuin, p6' 
pdi&ceap Sliab an 6edpndin in Utb Caipfn ipdpap Simp 
agup peoip. 

11. 

Translate into English : — 

Qt)eip Scanihuppc gup ab t an Tflibe pd cuib ponna 
DO Sldinje, mac Oeala, mic L016 ; 5ibeab nt pfop b6 
pm. (3ip t)o p6ip an Leabaip 5a^<^^a> ^if paibe be Tflibe 
ann m aimpip Sldin$e, a6c an aon-cuaid; peapainn acd 
ldiThpehUipnea6, gohaimpip Ciia6ailCea6cThaip : agup 
map aDeip gup ab 6 Sldmje, abeipceap baile Sldmje, 
agup, b'd p6ip pm, gup ab f an Ttlibe an rhtp ponna 
pdimc 6 6 n-a bpdicpib, nfop 66pa a rheap gup ab f an 
Ttli&e pdimc map rhtp ponna t)6, 'nd a meap gup ab t 
cdigeaft Laijean pd mfp ponna b6, agup gup ab uaib 
ainmnijceap Inbeap Sldmje pmjeap qi6 Idp Laijean 
50 Loc-5apman, aguppdpjup uaib ammmjfceap Otima 
Sldmge p6' pdi6ceap t)ionn-pfo§ ap bpua6 6eapba, 
it)ip 6eacapla6 agup Leifcjlinn t)o'n leic 6iap oo'n 
beapba, agup gup ab 6 pd longpopc C0Thnui6e 66, 
agiip 5up ab ann puaip bdp. — Dkanhhrollach. 

III. 

Translate into English : — 

t)o molabap-pan an 66ifiaiple pm ; agup bo buail 
bpian t)0 fileip5 Doilbce t)paoi&ea6ca lat), lona t)-qiit3p, 
50 n-bedpna peabaic dille ^agpamla &tob, agup 5luaipit> 
t)'ionnpuiJenan-t3ball. QgupmotuiJiDan lu6c c6imeut)a 
lat), agup bo gdipeabap aip 506 caob &fob, agup bo 
6aiceabap ppapa peapga^a ptpmrhneafca leo ; agup bo 
bdbappan aip a 5-c6imeub amail b'aicm bpian poirhe, 
T\6 gup 6uipeabap an lu6c c6iTheiiba a Idm-apma bfob 
uile, agup cpomaib aip na h-t3blaib 50 h-uipTheipneac ; 
agup bo pu5 bpian bd tiball leip, agup tiiiall le 506 peap 

n2 



272 FIBBT UNIYEBBITT EXAMINATION. 

t>o'n l)fp eile, agup pillid pldn, gan puilidga^ gan 
p6ip6eap5a6. G^UY c6ib an pgeul pin pd 'n g-cacpaig 
agup pd 'n 5-cptc a 5-coic6inne. Qgup bo bdbap cpf 
h-injeana glioca saopihapa 05 an pij pm ; ajup bo 
6uipeabap lab p6in a pea6caib qit i^pfOTha ingnead, 
agup bo leanabap na peabaic 'p^^i b-paippje, agup 
bol^igeabap paijnedna cmciSeinan-biaiftajuppbinpa; 
a^l* bo bdbap na pai$nedna pin bd lopjab 50 Tn6p.-^ 
Children of Tuiremn, 

IV. 

(a) Write grammatical comments on the underlined words, 
and give the verbal nouns of : — pdpaim, ceilim, meapaim, 
{li) Point out six idiomatic expressions in text I. {e) Identify 
the places in texts I. and II. 

V. 

Translate into Irish : — 

The ploughman will overtake, the reaper. I will wait for 
you at this place, as you might overtake me before nightfall 
if I continued to walk on. Judge not, that ye be not judged : 
for with what judgment ye judge, ye shall be judged. He 
uses no diligence to overcome his failings. Do this in 
memory of me. I reposed great trust in him. 

VI. 

Translate into English : — 

t)'d paibe a'p beibeap ctj amui$ na beip bpoichp^eul 
a baile ope p6in. 5^^^ sp^im bamgion bo ceagapo, ip 
cpann beacha 6 bon bpumg Jlacap gp^im 6e. beupaib 
aon Thabpab am dm ap rhabpaibe an baile capann. 
t)obeupaip opm gdipbeachap bo chlop. On uaip 
chaicnib pligche an buine leip an Ci$eapna bobeip p6 
ap a ndriiaib p6in beic ptodach leip. 



lUMHBB, 1906 ^HONOUBB. 278 

VII. 

Translate into English : — 

Qnnpain Jluaip t)iapTnait) be 6oipc6iTnib cpoiSpgai&e 
t)d lonnpaije, i ap a ](ieicpinc pm t)o'n aca6 bo 6uip 
aon Jdip QThdin bpipce coca ap, lonnup gupab longancac 
nd bea6abap i n5ealca6c n6 i bcdirh-n^alaib bdip 6 
S^imeannaib na 5CHOC -] na n^leaTin 'n-a bciTn6eall, ■) 
leip pm CU5 an bfp pin pian up6aip tyd pleajaib po 
coppaib a 66ile, lonnup ndp Th6 blaobm cdipmje 'nd 
an copann bo-pmneabap 05 bpipeab "[ 05 p6aba6 an 
aeoip pompa. 5i^6<i^ cug t)iapTnaib baoifc-l6nn 6abqiOTn 
6 calarh, lonnup 50 nbea6aib peaihaip-fleaS an a6ai$ 1 
leac-6aob pea6a, 5ibea6 bo 6uaib plea^ Oiapmaba map 
ba Jndfe leip cp6p an a4a6 6 u6c 50 popmna gup tfcuic 
an conabla6 mapb ap an Idcaip. L^imeann t)iapniaib 
X}6 lonnpaije t tfcug b6nn bfo$la t)d dlaibeam 'pan 
mmn^al b6, gup pjap a 6eann 6 n-a 6olainn leip an 
mbuille pin. Cpiallaib 'n-a gcoinne -] 'n-a gcoihbdil, -] 
p65aib 50 bil -] 50 bto6pa lab 1 b'piapamj pionn cia an 
X)<1 ptojam pin t&ugabap led. D'mnip Condn t}6 gupab 
t mgean pfoj Lo6lann bo bt 05 Opgap -] in$ean pfj an 
Oiledm t)oilbce bf 05 tDiapmaib. *t)ap bo Idiih, a 
Condin,' ap pionn, * nf gan yedX) bo cdngaip-pe p6in, 
6ip ip beap an caipfn pm ope' — Eaehtra Zomnaehtdin. 

Write down the plural nom. and gen. of g^imeannaib 
and baoc-l6iTn. 

VIII. 

State what is the subject-matter of : — 

(a) Keating^ s Ofonbpollach, 
(i) Oibhe Chlomne Cuipeann, 
{0) Gachcpa Lomnachcdin. 



274 (IBST liNIVEBSITT l£XAMINATlON. 

MATHEMATICS. 

FntST Papeb. 

[Full credit will be given for answering thkee-fourths 
of this Paper.] 

Section A. 

Trigonometry and Differential Calcitltjs. 

Profkssor Bromwich. 

1. Prove that 

sin 5^ = 16 sin ^ sin {0 - iir) sin {0 + iir) sin {0 - fir) 

sin {0 + frr). 
By differentiation, or otherwise, prove that 

5 cot 5$ = cot tf + cot {0 - i^r) + cot (fi + iv) 

+ cot {6-iir) + cot(tf + hr). 

2. Points P, Q are taken on the sides £C, CA of a 
triangle, so that BP = n. PC, AQ=p. QC. Prove that, 
if 0, fji are respectively the angle BAP and the angle 
between AP, QB, 

» cot ^ = (» + 1) cot -4 + cot^ 
{np^-n-^p) cot<^ = (» + 1) cot^ + (i?+l) cot^- np cot C, 

3. If P is any point in the plane of a triangle ABC, prove 
that 

S cot^ . cot C . PA^ = P£?+ SIP GOB A cobB cos C, 

where K is the orthocentre, and B is the radius of the 
circumcircle. 

4. AB CD is a quadrilateral inscribed in a circle of radius 1 : 
express the radii r^ ra, r^, r^ of the inscribed circles of BCJD^ 
CD A, DABy ABC in terms of a, /8, y, 8, the angles sub- 
tended by ABy BCy CD^ DA^ respectively, at any point of 
the circle. Prove tiiat 

n + ^8 = ^2 + n. 

Deduce that if ABCDE is any inscribed pentagon, the sum 
of the in-radii for the three triangles ABC, A CD, ABU is 
the same as for the three corresponding triangles at any 
other vertex {By (7, 2>, U). 



SUMMER, 1906 — HONOURS. 275 

5. Find the differential coefficient of the expression 

8 mux 
^ "^ ^ ■" 2 + COS «' 

and prove that ^ is a perfect square, and is less than A a^*, 
dx 

if X is not greater than Jtt. Deduce that when x is between 
and iTT, y is between and rio ^ ; and by taking x = Jtt, 
calculate ir to two decimals. 

[It may be assumed that (iv)* < A •] 

6. Trace the changes of sign in the differential coef- 
ficients of 

,,x 3a? -5 ,^^ x^-2x 

Eind the maximum and minimum values (if any) of these 
two fractions. 

Section B. 

Pure Geometry. 

Professor McWEEinsr. 

7. is the orthocentre of the triangle ^j5C. X, F, Z 
are the feet of the perpendiculars from any point on OA, 
OB, OC. Prove that the triangle XTZ is similar to ABCy 
and also that the parallels from A to TZ, from B to ZX, 
and from C to XT, concur on the circumcircle of the 
triangle ABC. 

8. Explain what is meant by two homographic systems of 
points on a circle. 

Galling the points of two such systems 

A,B, C, ..., A'.B'.C',..., 
if A, By Cf B; A', B\ C are given, show how to find Jy, 

If Ay B, C; A\ B'y C belong to an involution, prove 
that AA'y BB\ CC are concurrent, 

9. The middle points of the sides AB, BC, OZ), BA of a 
cyclic quadrilateral are P, Q, B, S, respectively. AB and 
CB meet in jS*, AB and BO meet in F. Prove that one of 
the points of intersection of the circumcircles of the triangles 
BPB and FQS is on the line FF. 



276 FIRST UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

10. A straight line is drawn across two circles so that the 
chords intercepted are proportional to the radii. Prove that 
it passes through one. of the centres of similitude. 

Show how to draw through a given point a plane cutting 
three given spheres in sections, the radii of which are pro- 
portional to the radii of the spheres. 

1 1 . The lengths of the edges in one face of a tetrahedron 
are a, h, e, the lengths of the opposite edges heing d, e, f, 
respectively. Prove that the lines joining the middle points 
of a and d, h and e^ e and/, meet in a point. Show that the 
line joining this point to the centre of the circumscrihiug 
sphere is normal to the face ahc if 

Explain the result when each edge is equal to the opposite 
one. 

12. Prove the formula for the area of the portion of the 
surface of a sphere bounded by two parallel planes. 

Given three points A^ B, C on the surface of a sphere, 
show how to draw a plane through A passing through the 
centre of the sphere so that, if parallel planes are drawn 
through B and C, the portion of the surface between the 
planes through A and £ may be in a given ratio to the 
portion between the planes through A and C. 



Second Papeb. 

\_FuU credit will he given for answering foub-fitths 
of this Faper,'] 

Section A. 

Algebra. 

Pbofessob Egan. 

1. Prove the binomial theorem for a positive integral 
index n. 
Deduce, or prove otherwise, that 

(« + J + c + (?)" = V , , \ , aHU^d', 
^ -' ^ pi ql rl 81 



801CMEB, 1906-~HONotms. 277 

where the Bninmation extends to all integral (or zero) yalues 
Pi ^} fy * which are snch as to make 

with the convention ! = 1. 

2. If the substitution ;r = a in a determinant, whose 
terms are polynomials in x, makes two columns identical, 
show that ir - a is a factor. 

If the substitution makes three columns identical, what 
conclusion can we draw, and why ? 

Eactorise 

3fl^ «* + a'^ + ^ «* + a*tf + c» 

a' + a5» + 5» 3*8 h' + h^o + e' 

3. Find the number of products of f» dimensions of the 
quantities a, &, c and their powers. 

Prove that l^e sum of these products is 

a*+« i»+» (j«+» 

+ 71 r,-i -V + 



(a - h){a -c) (* - c){h -a) {c- aXc - h)' 

4. Eliminate x, y, s between the equations 

ay» + 2«u? + 3Ay2 = 0, 
h^ + 2axi/ + Skzx = 0, 
cx^ + 2*y« + Slxy = 0. 

5. Find the condition that the roots of the equation 

px^ -\- qx^ + rx ■{■ s = 
should be in geometrical progression. 
Solve the equation 

24ic3 ^ 40ar» 4- 20a; + 3 = 0. 

6. If a, fi, y are the roots of 

oar* + Sha^ + 3<?a? + rf = 0, 
and a', p! are those of 

x^ + ^px-^q = Oy 
find in terms of a, 5, c, <?, ^, ^, the value of 

(^ - y)' (a - a')(a - /8') + (y - a)« (;8 - «')(/» - /?) 

+ («-j8)'(y-a')(y-i8'). 
m8 



278 FIBST UNIVBBSITT EXAMINATION. 

SscnoN B. 

Analytical Geombtet and Conic Sections. 

Fbofessob Dixon. 

7. In the hexagon whose six sides in order are 

x^a, y--h « = <?, y = <^> ^ = ^» y=/> 
prove that the lines joining opposite vertices meet in a point, 
and find the coordinates of that point. 

8. Prove that any tangent to the circle 

{x - of + (y - 5)« = c* 
can be represented by an equation of the form 
{x - a) cos tf + (y - 5) sin tf = <?. 
Find the locus of the poles with respect to the circle 

{x-ay + f = a(^c-^^ 
of tangents to the circle 

{x-a+cy + y^ = h\ 

9. From the definition of the ellipse by reference to its 
focus and directrix, prove that the curve has two axes about 
each of which it is symmetrical. 

Given the centre and directrix and a point on the curve, 
find the focus. How many solutions are there ? 

10. Find the equation of that normal to the parabola 
y3 = 4ax which makes an angle with the axis. 

Prove that the length intercepted by the curve on this 
normal is 

4a sec d cosec^tf. 

1 1 . Perpendiculars are drawn from the focus of a hyperbola 
to a pair of parallel tangents. Prove that the product of 
these perpendiculars is constant. 

If four tangents to a conic form a rectangle, prove that the 
foci lie on the rectangular hyperbola circumscribed to the 
rectangle. 



8UMMEB, 1906 HONOURS. 279 

12. The tangent to a hyperbola at P meets the asymptotes 
in Z, Z'. Prove that 

( 1 ) LL' is bisected in P, 

(2) the triangle CLL is of constant area, 

(3) CF^ - PZ» is constant. 



NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 

FiKST Papeb. 

Mb. Viwtcomb. 

Section A. 

1 . How would you show experimentally that the resultant 
upward thrust on a body immersed in a liquid is equal to 
the weight of the liquid displaced ? 

2. What is meant by the term * modulus of elasticity ' ? 
Illustrate by Young's modulus. Do you know of any other 
modulus of elasticity ? 

3. Why is the intensity of the sound of a tuning-fork 
increased when the stem is placed in contact with a table ? 

4. On what properties of a medium transmitting sound 
does the velocity of the sound depend ? Does it depend on 
the loudness or pitch of the note ? 

5. How is it that the quality of the note given out by a 
string of a sonometer depends on where it is plucked ? 

Section B. 

6. How may a pure spectrum be produced? What are 
the principal classes into which spectra are divided ? 

7. How would you use total internal reflexion to find the 
index of refraction of a medium ? 

8. Explain the construction and use of the sextant. 

9. You are given two convex lenses of five and thirty 
cms. focal length respectively. How would you arrange 



280 FERST UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

th^m 60 as to form {a) a model telescope, (i) a model 
microscope. What would be the magnifications in the two 
cases ? Give careful diagrams. 

10. How has the velocity of light been measured ? 



NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 

Second Pafeb. 

Professos McClelland. 

Section A. 

1. Describe how you would determine the coefficient of 
expansion, and the coefficient of increase of pressure for air. 
How are these constants related? 

2. Two similar vessels each contain some water at about 
20° C, one vessel being open and the other closed. They 
are placed in a bath, which is gradually heated up to 120° 0. 
Describe carefully and as fully as you can what happens in 
each vessel. 

3: A* copper calorimeter (specific heat of copper = '1) 
contains 126*5 grams of water, the calorimeter itself weighing 
23*4 grams, and the temperature of the water being IS*4? C. 
Steam at 99° C. is passed into the calorimeter until the tem- 
perature rises to 30'2° C, when the weight of the calorimeter 
and contained water is 153*5 grams. 

Calculate the latent heat of steam. 

4. What do you understand by the thermal conductivity 
of a substance? 

Being given a large slab of iron with parallel faces, how 
would you investigate its thermal conductivity? 

Section B. 

5. Define * the unit of work ' and * the unit of heat,' and 
describe carefully how you would determine the number of 
the former units required to produce one of the latter. 

6. Explain as fuUy as you can what is naeant by the 
potential of a conductor, and point out on what it depends. 



SUHMEB, 1906— HOMOUBB. 281 

7. Explain the action of a tangent galvanometer, proving 
that the current is proportional to the tangent of the de- 
flexion. 

Does the sensitiveneBS of the instmment depend on the 
suspended magnet? 

8. Explain what is meant by ' the electrical resistance of 
a wire.' 

Show how resistanceB are compared, explaining your 
method fully. 

9. Enumerate the chief facts of electrolysis, explaining 
them as fully as you can. 

10. Explain the principle of, and describe some type of, 
electric motor. 



( 282 ) 

SECOND UMIYERSITT EXAHIMATION IN ARTS. 



LATIN. 

FiBBT FaPEB. 

Pbofessob MaoMasteb. 

1. Translate into Latin : — 

The courage of Zenobia deserted her in the hour of 
trial : she trembled at the angry clamours of the soldiers 
who called aloud for her immediate execution, forgot the 
generous despair of Cleopatra, which she had proposed 
as her model, and ignominiously purchased life by the 
sacrifice of her fame and her friends. It was to their 
counsels, which governed the weakness of her sex, that 
she imputed the guilt of her obstinate resistance ; it was 
on their heads that she directed the vengeance of the cruel 
Aurehan. The fame of Longinus, who was included 
among the numerous and perhaps innocent victims of her 
fear, will survive that of the queen who betrayed, or the 
tyrant who condemned, him. Without uttering a com- 
plaint, he calmly followed the executioner, pitying his 
unhappy mistress, and bestowing comfort on his afflicted 
friends. 

2. Translate:— 

Nunc age, quae ratio terrai motibus extet 
Percipe. Et in primis terram fac ut esse rearis 
Supter item ut supera ventosis undique plenam 
Speluncis, multosque lacus multasque lucunas 
In gremio gerere et rupes deruptaque saxa : 
Multaque sub tergo terrai flumina tecta 
Volvere vi fluctus summersaque saxa putandumst : 
Undique enim similem esse sui res postulat ipsa. 
His igitur rebus subiunctis suppositisque 
Terra supeme tremit magnis concussa minis, 
Subter ubi ingentis speluncas submit aetas : 
Quippe oadunt toti montes, magnoque repente 



BUMMBB, 1906— HOMOtTBS. 288 

Concussu late disserpnnt inde tremores. 
Et merito, quoniam plaustri concossa tremesonnt 
Teota, viam propter, non magno pondere tota, 
Nee minus exultant, nt scrapns cmnque viai 
Ferratos utrimque rotanun succutit orbes. 

LUOBBTIUS* 

8. Translate also : 

(a) Hie, qui libellis praegravem gerit laevam, 
Notariorum quern premit chorus levis, 
Qui codicillis hinc et inde prolatis 
Epistolisque commodat gravem voltum, 
Exprimere, Bufe, fidiculae licet cogant, 
Ave Latinum, XoTpc non potest Oraecum. 

What is Martial's satire pointed at ? 

{b) nie sacri lateris oustos, Martisque togati, 
Credita cui summi castra fuere ducis, 

Hie situs est Fuscus. Licet hoc, Fortuna, fi&teri : 
Non timet hostiles iam lapis iste minas. 

Grande iugum domita Dacus cervice recepit, 
Et famulum victrix possidet umbra nemus. 

Quote Juvenal's reference to this Fuscus. 

(c) An tua multifidum numeravit lana Timavum, 

Quem pius astrifero Gyllarus ore bibit ? 
Te nee Amydaeo decuit livere veneno : 

Nee Miletus erat vellere digna tuo. 
Lilia tu vincis, nee adhuc delapsa ligustra, 

Et Tiburtino monte quod albet ebur. 

Comment on rrmltifid/um^ astrifero^ Amyclaeo. 

(d) Omne animi vitium tanto conspectius in se 
Crimen habet, quanto maior qui peccat habetur. 
Quo mihite solitum falsas signare tabellas 

In templis, quae fecit avus, statuamque parentis 
Ante triumphalem ? 

Comment on the construction of Qw). 

(e) Tandem intrat positas inclusa per aequora moles 
Tyrrhenamque pharon porrectaque bracchia rursum, 
Quae pelago oocurrunt medio longeque relinquunt 



284 SEOOND UNIVBBSITT BXAinNATION IN ABTS. 

Italiam (non sio igitur mirabere portue, 
Quos natora dedit) ; sed tronca puppe magister 
Interiora petit Baianae pervia cymbae 
Tuti stagna sinus. 

Give a clear description of the work here referred to. 

4. Translate also : — 

lUud in his rebus nequaquam sumere possis, 
Democriti quod sanota viri sententia ponit, 
Corporis atque animi primordia, singula privis 
Adposita, alternis variare, ac nectere membra. 
Nam cum multo sunt animae elementa minora 
Quam quibus e corpus nobis et viscera constant, 
Tum numero quoque concedunt et rara per artus 
Dissita sunt, dumtaxat ut hoc promittere possis, 
Quantula prima queant nobis iniecta ciere 
Corpora sensiferos motus in corpore, tanta 
Intervalla tenere exordia prima animai. 

Usque adeo prius est in nobis multa ciendum 
Quam primordia sentiscant concussa animai 
Semina, corporibus nostris immixta per artus, 
Et quam in his intervallis tuditantia possint 
Concursare coire et dissultare vicissim. 

Mention other points in which Epicurus and Lucretius 
differ from Democritus. 

5. Write explanatory notes on the italicised words in 
the following passages, which you need not translate : — 

(a) Aomddim turba, fiavete sacris. 

(b) Miretur Pyladen suum vetustas 
Haesit qui comes eaniU pa/renUs, 

(c) Nee Brutus erit Bruti nee a/ouncuhts umquam. 

(d) Ut locupletem aqvMam tibi sexagesimus annus 
Adferat. 

(e) Nusquam apparent Achertisia templa. 

Antiquities and Literature. 

6. (a) Give an account of the Agrarian Law of Julius 
Caesar in 59 b.o. 



8UMMBB, 1906 HOMOUBS. 285 

(b) Write a note on (1) the employment, and (2) the 
remuneration of ' oonnsel * in oriminal oases at Bome, in 
the Republic and under tibe Julian Emperors. 

(c) What were the silver coins of the time of the 
Bepublic? Explain their names and write a note on 
their values. 

7. (a) Sellar distinguishes fov/r great periods of Soman 
Poetry. What, according to him, are their characteristics ? 

(&) ' The poetical style of Lucretius is, like his rhythm, 
a true and powerful symbol of his genius.' How does 
Sellar illustrate this in the case of both rhythm and style ? 

(c) Give as full an account as you can of Cicero's 
De Oratore. 



Second Papeb. 
Professor Douoan. 

Translate into English, and add notes on all noteworthy 
points : — 

1. (a) Ego nil Non. Febr., quo die has litteras dedi, 
in Formiano, ^uo Capua redieram, mulieres exspecta- 
bam, quibus quidem scripseram tuis litteris admonitus, ut 
Bomae manerent. Sed audio maiorem quemdam in urbe 
timorem esse. Capuae Non. Febr. esse uolebam, quia 
consules iusserant. Quidquid hue erit a Pompeio adlatimi, 
statim ad te scribam, tuasque de istis rebus litteras ex- 
spectabo. 

(b) Si aestimationes tuas uendere non potes neque ollam 
denariorum inplere, Bomam tibi remigrandum est. 

c) Nee uero Atlans sustinere caelum, nee Prometheus 
xus Caucaso, nee stellatus Cepheus cum uxore, genero, 

filia traderetur, nisi caelestium diuina cognitio nomen 

eorum ad errorem fabulae traduxisset. 

(d) Sequitur.tertia, quae per omnis partis sapientiae 
manat et funditur, quae rem definit, genera dispertit, 
sequentia adiungit, perfecta concludit, uera et falsa diiudi- 
cat, disserendi ratio et scientia. Ex qua cum summa 



286 SECOND UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

utilitas exsistit ad res ponderandas, turn maxume ingenua 
delectatio et digna sapientia. 

(e) offecerat nidelicet apricanti. 

(/) quae enim natura tarn mirabiliter temperari potest. 

(g) At hercule peruulgatis iam omnibus, cum uix in 
Cortina quisquam adsistat quin elementis studiorum, etsi 
non instructus, at certe imbutus sit, nouis et exquisitis 
eloquentiae itineribus opus est, per quae orator fastidium 
aurium effugiat, utique apud eos iudices qui ui et potestate, 
non iure aut legibus cognoscunt, nee accipiunt tempera sed 
constituunt, nee exspectandum habent oratorem dum illi 
libeat de ipso negotio dicere, sed saepe ultro admonent 
atque alio transgredientem reuocant et festinare se tes- 
tantur. 

{h) At Gaecina defeetione classis uulgata primores 
centurionum et paucos militum, ceteris per militiae munia 
dispersis, secretum castrorum adfectans in principia uocat. 
ibi Vespasiani uirtutem uiresque partium extoUit : trans- 
fugisse classem, in arte commeatum, aduersas Gallias 
Hispaniasque, nihil in urbe fidum ; atque omnia de Vitellio 
in deterius. 

(t) mox durante Frontino Caesar Domitianus praeturam 
cepit : eius nomen epistulis edictisque praeponebatur, uis 
penes Mucianum erat, nisi quod pleraque Domitianus 
instigantibus amicis aut propria libidine audebat. 

(k) deductis olim et nobiscum per conubium sociatis, 
quique mox prouenerunt, haec patria est, nee uos adeo 
iniquos existimamus, ut interfici a nobis parentes fratres 
liberos nostros uelitis. uectigal et onera commerciorom 
resoluimus : sint transitus incustoditi sed diumi et inermes, 
donee noua et recentia iura uetustate in consuetudinem 
uertantur. 

2. Explain : — 

(a) suum cuique sanguinem indiscretum. 
(6) senatoria aetas. 

3. Where were the following places situated 7 — Poetouio, 
Pannoniae Alpes, Moesia, Altinum, Vetera castra. 



StJMMER, 1906 — HONOURS. 287 

4. (a) Centum et uiginti anni ab interitu Giceronis in 
hone diem colliguntur, unius hominis aetas. What difiS- 
cxQties are presented by the statement contained in the 
above extract? What inferences are drawn from this 
statement and from the context which immediately precedes 
it in the text of Tacitus ? 

(b) What is meant by cattsae centunmirales ? How is the 
fact to be accounted for that prominent orators were more 
concerned with these suits in the age of Tacitus than in 
that of Cicero ? 

{c) Explain stuisoriae et controiiersiae, 

(d) What do you know of the development and meaning 
of the Stoic definition of the chief good ? 

Unfbesobibeb Passage. 

5. Translate into English : — 

Quare iuuenis, qui rationem inueniendi eloquendique a 
praeceptoribus diligenter acceperit (quod'non est infiniti 
operis, si docere sciant et uelint), exercitationem quoque 
modicam fuerit consecutus, oratorem sibi aliquem, quod 
apud maiores fieri solebat, deligat, quem sequatur, quem 
imitetur : iudiciis intersit quam plurimis et sit certaminis, 
cui destinatur, frequens spectator, tum causas uel easdem, 
quas agi audierit, stilo et ipse componat, uel etiam alias, 
ueras modo, et utrimque tractet et, quod in gladiatoribus 
fieri uidemus, decretoriis exerceatur, ut fecisse Brutum 
diximus pro Milone. melius hoc quam rescribere ueteribus 
orationibuSy ut fecit Cestius contra Ciceronis actionem 
habitam pro eodem, cum alteram partem satis nosse non 
posset ex sola defensione. 

HiSTOBY. 

6. (a) Briefly state the bases upon which the con- 
stitutional position of the Emperor Augustus rested. Was 
the potestas consularis an integral part of his powers ? 

{b) How was the Eoman power in Germany affected by 
the death of Drusus, the brother of Tiberius ? 



288 SECOND UNIVSBSITY EXAMINATION IN AftTS. 

(c) What works of public utility were executed in the 
reign of Claudius ? 

{d) State probable grounds for the Roman policy of 
abstention from the conquest of Caledonia. 



GREEK. 

First Papeb. 

Fbofessob Keene. 

1. Translate into English: — 
(fl) t(ra)s /JL€VTOL OavfiaoTov col ^avciTat, €t rovro fwvov 
Twv aWtav aTrdvTiav airXovv iarl Kal ovSiTrore rvyxo-V€L tw 

dvOpWTTf^, WCTTTCp Kol T^XXtt, loTlV 0T€ Kol oU jScXtIOV T€0vdvaL 

V iv^' 0*5 §€ fiiXriov T€$vdvaiy Oav/JLaarov t<ra)s o-oi ^tVcrat, 
€t rovTots Tol^ dvOpdmoi^ firj oariov iariv avTous cavrovs cu 
TTotetv, dXX* ofXXov hel TrepifxiveLV evipyerqv^ 

Write a concise explanatory note on this passage. 

{h) cwocts ow, €<^>7, oTt, €7r€t8av aTToOdvy 6 dvOpiiyjro^, to 
/X.CV oparov avrov, ro crcofia, icai cv bpar^ k€l/jl€vov, o Br) v€Kpov 
KaXovfieVj <j) 7rpoar'iJK€L SLoX-vtarOaL kol StaTrtrrTCtv Kal SiaTirct- 
(rdai, ovK €v6'vs toutwv ov3€V TriwovOev, oAA' €7ri6iica)S crvx^'oi' 
i7nfX€V€i )(p6vov, idv fiiv rts fat ;(apt€i/T<D9 excov to awfia 
T€\€vn^(rg koL iv roiavrrf <Spoi, koL irdvv fxaka. crv/jLirea'OV yap 
TO (Tiofia Kal rapixtvOiVf woTrep ot iv AtyvTrrw Tapi^cvOevres, 
okCyov okov fievci dp.iJx'aLvov otrov xpovov, o'ta Sc ficp?; toS 
anafiaro^, Kal av oraTT'^, oara re Kal i/€vpa Kal rot rotavra ndvra, 
opM^ a)S exros chreiv oBdvard iariv. 

What does roLavry mean ? 

What is the subject of o-airQ ? 

(c) yiyviafTKova-i yap, ^ 8' os, ol t^iXo/Jtadcis ort TrapaXa- 
povfra avrSiV r^v ipv^rfv 17 ^iXocro^ta arc^vcos SiaScScficvi^v ei/ 
rf (TiafiaTL koI vpoarKeKoWi^fiivrjVy dvayKa^ofiarrjv Sc wo^cp St' 
€lpyfxov 8ta rovrov (rKOTrcto'dai ra ovra dXXa fi^ avr^v St' 
avr^s, Kat ei' 7(1077 dfiadCq. KvkivhovfjJvtfVf Kal rov eipy/xov r^v 
SctvoTiTra KariSovo-a ort 3i' eindv/JMK loriv, a)S ^v /uuiXiora 



8UUMEB, 1906 — H0N0UB8. 269 

avros 6 B€S€fi€V09 (yXX-qirroip ciiy rov SeSeo-^at, — OTrcp ovv Xcyw, 
yiyviiMricovcriv ol <^tXofui0€ts ort ovro) TrapoXa^ovcra 17 ^lAo- 
(TwfAji ^qv<rav avTwv t^v ^xqv yipifka Trapa/xv^ctrai. 

Comment on tlie construction and meaning of the clauBe 
beginning rov elpyfiov rrp^ ScivoriTra. 

{d) opa 8^ C6 ovra»s optitci, fi^ fiovoK ro ^avriov ro cvavriov 
fi^ Se;(C(rdai, dXXa koI iK€ivo 8 &r hru^ipg ri ivavriw iK€LViOf 
€^' o re ^v avro i]/, avro ro ciri<^cpov rijv rov iTri<f}€pofi€vov 
IvavTioTTfra firjB€jror€ SiiaurOai, 

2. Explain — d^oo-tovficvos — o2 cv8cKa — diroKpCvov 817, <5 ^v 
Tt iyyivrjrai, {wv Ibrat ; 

3. In wliat connexion, and for what purpose, are the 
following passages quoted in the Fhaedo: — (a) orr^^os Se 
irk/j^a^ Kpa^L-qv iJviVaTre ftvtf<p* rcrXa^t 8^ Kpa&Crj' Koi KvvT€pov 
aXXo TTor' €T\rj9, {h) ofiov irdvra xpT^fiara ? 

4. Translate into English : — 

{a) 'Ayvpptos yap ovroo-t, o koXos xdyado^, dpx^vrii iyiytro 
T^s TTCvnyKOOT^? rpLTOV €T09f Kal iirpiaTo rpia/coKra raXairoiv, 
li€r€frxov 8' avr<3 olrrot Travres 01 Trapaoi/XXcyevrcs vtto r^v 
Acvjo/v, ovs vficlg tore oloi curiv* 01 8ia rovro cfiotyc 8oicov(ri 
OT;AA€y^vat cfccto'C, tv' avrois ap^or^pa y, koi ft^ VTrcpfiaXXovai 
XajSctv dpyvpiov koi oXCyov 7rpa$€icrq% pjeratrx^iv, Kep8avavre9 
Sc rpta raXavra, yvdvrcs to Trpayp^ olov cm;, <os ttoXAov d(iov, 
crwia-rrjarav Travrcs, #cal fieraSoKrcs rots aXXois cwvovvro ttoXiv 
TpioKOvra raXavrwv. cttci 8' ov#c ayrfoveiro ovBck, wcipcXtfoiv 
eyo) €is rrjv fiovkrjv virepcjSaXov, lois €irpidp,7jv t$ koI rpiaKovra 
raXavrwv. 

Comment on r^v Xevicqv, 

(5) 8ta ravra clTrov r^ jSovX^ or* etSciiyv rovs wotijo-aKras, 
Kal efiJXcyfa ra ycvofieva, on etciyyijo'aro ft€V itlvovtwv •^p,Siv 
ravrrjv rrjv fiovkrjv Ev^tXiyros, dvr€t7rov 8c cyw, Kal rorc fi€V 
ov yivoiTO St' €/!»€, varT€pov 8' €ya) /i,€V €v Kvvocrapyct cttI 
TTwXtov o /xot ^v aLva/Sas eir€<rov koI rrjv kXciv crwcTpC^rjv 
Kol T^v K€<l>aXrjv Karedyrjv, <fi€p6p.€v6^ re cirl Kkivrj^ dir^KO- 
pla-Orjv otfcaSe. 

Comment on Kwoo-apyet. 

(<?) €K 8c TovTOv ov irwTTorc ovrc rov (rco/juiros ovrc rwv oKrov 
€/biol i<l>€iardpLrjv, oirov &€i irapaictv8vv€V€tV dXX' avrt/ca /acv 
roTC €tcn;yayov cis orparcav v/uov ovcav cv Saft<^ Kuwrcas, rwv 



290 SECOND UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 

TeTpaKOfrCftiV rjSrj tol Trpdyfiara ivOdSe KaTctXiy^oTaiv, 5vtos /jlol 
'Apx^^dov (ivov irarpLKOv koI SiSovtos y€vi<r0ai re koI cfayc- 
arOac ottoctovs ifiovXofirjv tovtov^ re elai^ayov tovs KoiTreas, 
#cai TTopov /Aot irfvre hpaxp^SiV rrfv rifJLrjv avrwv hiiacOai ovk 
•^Oikffo-a TTpaiaa-Sai irXiov ^ o<rov IpjoX Karicmfarav €t<nJyayov 
Sc o-tTOV T€ icai xo^'co''- 
Who was the Archelaus referred to? 

Unpresoribed Passage. 

5. Translate into English : — 

olfiai fxivroi rov^ iroXXovs rtov axovovrtav vpoBvfjuorepov crt 
dvTtTctVctv ou8* oTTOxmovv 'jreKTOfxivov^, airo ®pa<rvfid)(ov 
apiafi€vovs. firj SiajSoAAc, ^v 8' cyw, €ft€ #cai ®pafrvfw.xov 
dpTi ^iXovs y€yovoTa9, ouSe vpo rov ixOpov^ ovras. TTCtpas 
yap ovSev dvi/cro/ACV, €«>$ av ^ ttcio-cd/jicv #cai rovrov icat rov9 
dXAov9, ^ TTpovpyov ri ttoiiJctw/acv cis ckcivov tov ^tov, orav 
avOt.^ y€v6fi€V0L rots rotovrots evTi;;(a)<rt Xoyois. cts (TfiiKpov y*, 
€<^i7, xpovov etprfKai, cts ovScv /a€v ow, Ic^iyv, ws ye irpos tov 
ttTTtti'Ta. TO /JiivTOL /JLTj iriCOea'dai rots XryofiivoL^ tovs ttoXXou? 
tfavfia ovScv ov yap ttcSttotc ctSov yevo/xtvov rb vvv Xcyo/Acvov, 
dXXa TToXv /ioXXov ToiavT* aTTa prjfiara cfcTrtTiyScs dXXi/Xots 
a)fioio>p.cVa, dXX' ovk aTro tov airropArov wanrep vvv ^fiireaovra' 
avSpa Sc ap€Ty Trapio'cofievov #cai io/JLOU»}p.€VOV p-€;(pi tov SvvaTov 
TcXctDS €py<{> T€ Koi Xoycj), SvvaoTCvovTa €V wdXci crcp^ TotavTiy, 
ov TTbiTroTe iiiipoLKaariv ovt€ eva ovre vXeCov^, — Plato, £ep. 

Composition. 

6. Translate into Greek : — 

The little band thus, with death rather than riches as their 
reward, preferred it all to abandoning their honour, and 
stood firm by their leader as an example to future ages. 
But the act excited no such admiration in the mind of Tafur, 
who looked on it as one of gross disobedience to the com- 
mands of the governor, and as little better than madness, 
involving the certain destruction of the parties engaged in 
it. He refused to give any sanction to it himself by leaving 
one of his vessels with the adventurers to prosecute their 
voyage, and it was with great difficulty that he could be 
persuaded even to allow them a part of the stores which he 



SUMUER, 1906 — HONOURS. 291 

had brought. This had no influence on their determination, 
and the little party, bidding adieu to their comrades, re- 
mained unshaken in their purpose of abiding the fortunes of 
their commander. 



Sscoi^D Paper. 
Rev. Professor Browke. 
1 . Translate into English : — 

Unprescrireb Passaok. 
XO. aXXa, T€KVOVf Ta8€ fiev deos 6\f/crac 

Paidv fiOL, PaiaVf & riKvov, 

TTc/ATre Xoycov ^dfjMV 

ws 7ravT<i)v iv voo'ta €vSpaKrj^ 

VTTVOi 5v7IT09 XcVCTO-CtV. 

K€iv6 fjiOL, KtLVo XoBpa 

e^iSov OTTO)? 7rpa$€i^. 

otarOa yap wv avScofiai, 

€t ravrav tovto)v yvtajjiav t(r;(€t9, 

/jidka TOL diropa ttvklvoI^ iviSeLv irdBrj. 

OVpOS TOl, T€KVOVf OVpO^' dvTJp 8* 

avofXfiaro^f ovS* e^wv dpioyav, 
€KT€raraL vvxi'O^, dXc^s vvvo^ iaOXos, 
ov X^P^^f ^^ TToSos, ov rtvos apxmv^ 
dAA.' & Tts r 'At8^ TrapaKeCficvoq 
6p^. jSXcjr' €1 Kcupia ^Oiyyci' 
TO 8' aXdxrifwv d/xqi 
KJipovTiSif iralj ttovos 
o fi7f ffiO^iiiv Kpdrurro^. 
NE. crtyav iceXcvo), firjh^ a<^€OTavai (jypevojv. 

KiV€i yap avrjp o/JL/ia Kavdyti Kdpa, 
$1. & ^cyyos vTTVov Sid^oxov, to t* €X7ri'8o>v 
SjnaTov olKOvprj/ia rcovSc twv ^ivtav. 
ov yap ttot', ^ Trat, rovr' av iirjvxfja cyw 
tX'5''**^ o"' €X€tv<i)9 58c Ta/AO, irrifiaTa 
fietvai irapoma koX ^vctf^cXowra /x,oi. 

Sophocles, Philoc, 



SECOND UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 

2. Translate into English : — 

{a) S.p oTaO* aL<t> &v e? ; koI \4Xrf0a9 ixOpo^ ^v 
TOts <rot<riv avrov vipOe KaTrl yrj^ Syta, 
KaC <r' &fiKl>i7rXrj$ firjTpo^ re icat rov <rov warpb^ 
iXa TTOrr €k y^s rricrhi 8eivo7rovs dpa, 
pXiirovra vvv fikv opff, eirtira Bl (tkotov. 
fiorj^ hk T^9 aiJ9 iroloq ovk eorat Xi/ji^v, 
TTotos KL6aLpibv ov;(i (rvfi<l>(avo9 f^X^-i 
orav KaroLaOrj rov vp,€vaioVy ov Sofiois 
avopiLov ciccTrXeuo-as, cvrrXouxs Tv;((tfv ; 

{h) apxpLia ra KaPhaKihav olkiov optofiaL 

Tny/AttT* aXX' oAAois iirt Tny/xacrt TTMrTOvr',' 

ovS' diroAAao-o-ct y€V€av yevo?, dAA* ipeiirei 

Beltiv Tt9, ov8' €;(€t Xvo-tv. 

vvv yap €<rxa^av vjrcp 

pt^as o TcraTo ^aos ev OiStTrov 8ofiot9, 

KOLT^ av VLV <^oivCa O^tov T(UV 

V€pT€p<ov apiS. KornSy 

Xdyov T avoia kcu (jypeviov 'Epivv$. 

T€aVy Zcv, ^vvacTiv rts dvS/ocov 

xnrepficuria KardcxQ ; 

Totv ou^' UTTVO? aipcl TTotf' o TTavToyT/pcos 

OVT* OKOTTOL O^ihv VLV 

p,rjv€^j &yqp(^ 8c XP^^^ 8vvdoTa5 
KaT€p(€49 'OXuftirov 
pLappxipocfTorav alyXav, 
TO t' iTTctra Kttt TO ficXXov 
#cal TO irptv C7rapic€(r€t 

VO/AOS 08', Ov8€V IpTTCl 

Ovarlov PioTi^ irdp.iro\i^ cktos aTas, 

And with short notes : — 

{c) <us TOto-tv lp,ir€LpoL<ri KoX Tas (vp^OQos 
{ctfO'as opo) /AoXiora rcov Povkevp^drtav, 

{d) riXrjjf ydp, €t ti vvf d^§, 
tovt' €«•' ijfiap €px€Tai, 

(tf) <f)OVT^ yap vtt' dyptiav 
vXav dvd T dvrpa koX 
fTTCTpatos 6 Tttvpogf . 



SXJHMEB, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 298 

(/) av8o)V TOtOV^', 60oVV€K* OVK O^OLVTO VLV 

ovff oT lirotrxcv ovO^ biroC ISpa #ca#ca, 
dAA' Iv (TKOTia TO Xotirov dv% fihr ovk c8ei 
6tpoCa$*y ovs 8 ^^XPV^^^ ^ yvuxroCaro, 

(y) '''^ y^ ^^'^ ofifia Scivov avSpl Srjfwrrj 

Xoyois rocovroic, ofs crv /i^ rep^ei kXvwv. 

3. What is meant by * anacrusis,' a 'cyclic' dactyl, a 
'syncopated' foot, a 'parsemiac,' *qnasi-caBsura,' a 'colon,' 
a * monometer ' ? 

4. (a) Discuss the probable dates of the two prescribed 
dramas. 

{h) What defect in the plot of (Edipus is noted by 
Aristotle, and how does he excuse it? 

(c) Describe the method by which judges for dramatic 
contests were appointed, and how did they vote ? 

{d) Discuss the expenses of a tragio choregus. How many 
choreutsB were employed in a Sophoclean trilogy ? 

5. Translate, with short explanations where necessary : — 

(fl) tvtOov 8* oa-a-ov airwOev aXiTpvTOLO yipovro^ 
irvppaiais (rTa<l>vkaiarL koXov fiifipiS^v dA.<i)a, 
rav oXtyos rts KUipo^ i<f}* aifiacruuo'i <^vXao'0'€t 
^ficvos' dfi^l §€ VLV 8v' dXctfir€ice$, & fxey Av opx'm 
<l>oirg (rivofX€va rav rpia$ifxov, & 8* im "Jrqpq. 
irdvra Sokov K€v6oi<ra to irai8iov ov irplv dvrjarelv 
<f>arl TTplv t) SLKpaTurroy ivl (rfpoifri KaOiiy. 
avrap 5y' av$€piKOiarL koXolv 7r\€K€L aKpiBodi^pav 
(TYOLVia i€l>apfi6a'S(i}v' fiiXerai 8c ol ovre ri irrjpa^ 
ovrt ^vToiv Tocro^vov, ofrov ircpt TrXey/jiaTt yadii. 

{h) TOts /X€V €7r€7rXaTayT7<ra koX avriKa SSipoy cScofca, 
Acu^vtSi fi€V Kopvvav, rav /jloi irarpos crpa^cv dypos, 
avro^v^, rav 8 ov8' &v uro)9 /Aa>/Lia(raro t€kt(i)v, 
Tqvf^'Sk OTpop^pw KoXov ofrTpcLKOv, & Kpeas avrdg 
a-irrfOriv w€Tpy<riv Iv 'YKopCyo'L 8oK€vo-as, 
7r€i/T€ rafjuav irhrr^ ovciv o 8* cyicayxacraTO K6)(\(f, 

Write a short note on the dialect or dialects used by 
Theocritus. 



294 SECOND UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATIpN IN ABTS. 

HiSIOBT. 

6. (a) Give a short account of the circumstances attending 
the Battle of Tanagra, and its result, adding the date. 

(h) Grote speaks of just grounds of complaint of Alcibiades 
against Athens. What were these? 

{c) Discuss the attempt made to deal with the financial 
crisis at .Athens after the failure of her Sicilian expedition. 

((^ Outline the career of Theramenes. 

{$) Was there any justification for the attack made by 
Aristophanes upon Euripides? 



ENGLISH. 

FmsT Papeb. 

Mb. Mebbiman. 

1 . On what was the classification of weak verbs based in 
Teutonic ? To what extent can this classification be traced 
in the conjugation of Anglo-Saxon weak verbs? Has it 
survived to any extent in modem English? 

2. {a) Account, as far as you can, for the forms of the 
modern possessive pronouns (mine, ours, &c.). 

(h) Explain the terms 'Aryan,' * Indo-European,' *Indo- 
Germanic,' * Teutonic' 

3. What are the Aryan- voiced aspirates represented by in 
Teutonic ? The Aryan word * bhudhna ' is represented by 
the English word ' bottom.' Are the changes of hh to h and 
of dh to t normal ? 

What were the defects in the original statement of Grimm's 
Law? 

4. How far is the Masque a literary species ? Trace its 
development during your period, and show your acquaintance 
with any one masque. 

5. Write an account of Lyly, Hooker, and Milton, as prose- 
writers. 



SnXHEB, 1906— H0N0UB8. 

6. Discuss the pQsition of (a) Donne, (3) Beaumont and 
Fletcher, in seyenteenth-centiuy literature. 

Essay. 
Write an essay on one of the following subjects : — 
{a) The Three Dramatic Unities. 
{b) The Capabilities of the Essay as a Literary Form. 



ENGLISH. 

Second Paper. 

Peofessoe Tuench. 

1. To what extent do you suppose that Sidney would haye 
looked favourably, or unfavourably, upon (a) Hamkt^ {I) The 
Faery Queened 

2. Discuss the various estimates of Hamlet's character 
expressed by Ophelia, Rosencrantz, and Fortinbras. Show 
why Shakespeare introduces Fortinbras. 

3. {a) Show by what ways Milton introduces artistic unity 
into his treatment of the theme in Paradise Lost, 

{h) Give an account, based on Paradise Lost, Books I. and 
II., of Milton's cosmology. 

4. Consider to what extent Spenser, in The Faery Queene^ 
Book I., shows the influence of earlier writers. Is his work 
in all respects a characteristic product of the Benaissance ? 

5. Bacon described his Essays as * brief notes set down 
rather significantly than curiously,' and as * dispersed medi- 
tations/ Do these phrases describe them well ? * In wit,' 
said Macaulay, * if by wit be meant the power of perceiving 
analogies between things which appear to have nothing in 
common, he never had an equal.' Is this power shown to 
any special extent in the Essays ? 

6. Summarise in your own words Neander's appreciation 
of Shakespeare, and of Beaumont and Fletcher. 



SBCOHD UNIYEBBITY EXAMINATION IN ABT8. 

Comment upon the foUowing statemant: — * Blank verse 
is acknowledged to be too low for a poem, nay more, for a 
paper of verses ; but if too low for an ordinary sonnet, how 
much more for tragedy ? ' 

7. Give the context of the following passages, and add 
explanatory notes, or general comments : — 

(a) * Of the true Temper of Empire, both Temper and Dis- 
temper consist of contraries.* 

(b) * Thence she thee brought into this Faerie lend 

Where thee a ploughman all unweeting fond, 
And brought thee up in ploughman's state to bide.* 
{c) ' Your ladyship is nearer to heaven than when I saw 
you last by the altitude of a chopine.' 

(d) * If it be now, 'tis not to come ; if it be not to come, 
it will be now : if it be not now, yet it will come.' 

(tf) * By them stood 

Orcus and Ades, and the dreaded name 
Of Demogorgon.' 

(/) * The Ionian gods, of Javan's issue held 

Gods, yet confessed later than Heaven and Earth 
Their boasted parents.' 



FEENCH. 
FmsT Papeb. 
Pbofessos Bteinbbbger. 

I. HiSTOIBE DE LA LaNGUE FBAN9AISE. 

1. Quelles sent les transformations principales que les 
formes grammaticales ont subies pendant la p6riode du 
gallo-roman ? 

2. Classiiiez en deux colonnes les consonnes sonores et 
sourdes. 

8. Darmesieter dit que les voyelles et les consonnes ont 
cela de commun que le nombre en est illimit^. Expliquez 
eette assertion. 



SUHMBB, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 297 

4. Expliquez phonetiquement la presence des consonnes 
beid dims les mots poudre et chambre. 

5. Faites Thistorique de I mouill6e. 

6. Sous quelles conditions 1*6 fenn6 du seizidme au dix- 
huitiSme silcle devient-il 6 ouvert 9 Donnez des exemples. 

7. Dites ce que vous entendez par la loi du balancement 
des toniques et des atones. 

8. Notez phonetiquement les mots suiyants : loi, lui, 
doigt, puits, oui, lu. 

II. Pbesgbibed Atjthobs. 

Translate into English : — 

1. Le voyageur qui, il y a quarante ans, entr6 dans la fordt 
de FougSres du cdt6 de Laignelet, en ressortait du c6t6 de 
Parign6, faisait, sur la lisidre de cette profonde futaie, une 
rencontre sinistre. En d^bouchant du hallier, il avait 
brusquement devant lui la Tourgue. 

G'ltait la tradition du pays qu'aux stages sup^rieurs de 
cette tour il y avait des portes secretes faites, comme les 
portes des tombeaux des rois de Juda, d'une grosse pierre 
toumant sur pivot, s'ouvrant, puis se refermant, et 
s'effa9ant dans la muraille ; mode architecturale rapport^e 
des croisades avec Togive. Quand ces portes etaient closes, 
il 6tait impossible de les retrouver, tant elles etaient bien 
melees aux autres pierres du mur. On voit encore 
aujourd'hui de ces portes-l&. dans les myst^rieuses cit^s de 
TAnti-Liban, 6chapp^es au tremblement des douze villes 
sous Tib^re. 

La brdche par oi I'on entrait dans la mine 6tait une 
troupe de mine. Cette tour avait ^videmment soutenu, 4 
diverses ^poques, de vrais sieges en rSgle ; elle ^tait cribl^e 
de mitrailles; et ces mitrailles n'^taient pas toutes du 
meme temps ; chaque projectile a sa fa^on de marquer un 
rempart, et tous avaient laiss^ k ce donjon leur balafre, 
depuis les boulets de pierre du quatorzi^me siecle jusqu'aux 
boulets de ferdu dix-huitifime. — Victor Hugo. 

2. Write short notes on Jean Chouan, Tlm&nus, La 
Eochejaquelein, Le Marais, Westermann, le mont Saint- 
Michel, Camot. 



SECOND UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 

8. Give the English for — La France ^tait aux abois! 
L'ltalie enjambait les Alpes. La crypte-oubliette du rez- 
de-chauss6e fut rouverte. Et puis dans cette tour il y a nos 
m6mes. H fera bellement arquebuser monsieur le vicomte. 
Tout ce cortege se d^coupait en vive noiroeur sur Thorizon. 

4. Dites ce qui poussa Scud^ry k 6erire ses * Observa- 
tions sur le Cid,* et quel ^tait le but de ces * Observations.* 

III. Unpresoribed Passage. 
Translate into English : — 

Le Retour. 

Je reconnaissais bien les arbres, les sources sous les cres- 
sons et sous les pervenches,les mousses memos sur les larges 
pierres grises qui sortent comme des ossements de la terre 
du lit des genets ; mais les cabanes n'existaient plus. Je 
n'apercevais de loin, k leur place, que deux morceaux de 
pierraille ^croules. Quelques ronces aux fruits noirs 
rampaient au-dessus. Un vieux sureau, arbre domestique 
qui s'attache de lui-meme k la demeure de Thomme, comme 
la mauve et Tortie s'attachent k la tombe dans les cime- 
tieres, semait sa fleur sur des tuiles brisees. Un magnifique 
houx se cramponnait par ses bras tortueux aux debris d'un 
mur perc6 d'une fenetre sur le ciel, arbre vigoureux et 
immortel, dont la s^ve bout sous la neige et dont Tecorce 
toujours verte et les feuilles vernissees comme le cuir 
semblent survivre aux si^cles et prendre en pitie les 
fugitives generations humaines qui passent et qui se 
couchent k ses pieds. Ce spectacle m'attrista ; mais j*y 
suis accoutume. Je cherchai de I'oeil le sentier glissant 
dans le creux du ravin, sur le bord d'un filet d'eau suee par 
le granit, et qui conduisait jadis k la troisieme cabane. Je 
le decouvris sous les feuilles s6ches du dernier hiver, que 
les vents tildes du printemps avaient roul^es sur les pentes, 
du ravin, et j'y marchai quelque temps au bruit de Teau 
egoutt6e plus que vers6e par la cascade. — Lamartine. 



summeb, 1906 — honoubs. 299 

Seooiti) Fapsb. 

PfiOFESSOB CaBIC. 

I. CoMPOsmoir. 

Translate into French : — 

Louis XIY. was a warlike and ambitious sovereign, who 
lost no opportunity of extending his power in all directions. 

In 1692 was fought the great nay&L battle of La Hogue. 
A large fleet was assembled in the port, close to which was 
King James, with a powerful army. On May 5, Admiral 
EusseU set out to search for the French fleet, with a very 
large number of ships. 

The fidelity of some of the captains was suspected, but the 
event proved that they were staunch and true. After five 
hours' fighting the French gave way, and fled to the bay of 
La Hogue. Here the English attacked them, and in five 
days destroyed every ship in the harbour under the eyes of 
James, who was unable to prevent it. 

Li 1695, Marshal Luxembourg died, and Louis had no one 
fit to succeed him. William determined to retake the strong 
fortress of Namur, which rises steeply over the river Meuse, 
and which, having been defended by new works, in accordance 
with the best science of the age, was regarded as impreg- 
nable. The French were so certain of success that they 
wasted time in frivolous undertakings, and William, pressing 
the siege with the utmost vigour, made an assault upon the 
citadel, and compelled the commander to capitulate. The 
garrison was allowed to march off with the honours of war. 

II. — LiTEBATTTBB AND FbESCBIBED AuTHOBS. 

Bepondez en anglais ou en fran^ais. 

1. Quels sent les traits caractSristiques du g6nie de 
Molidre ? 

2. Ecrivez une notice biographique sur les demieres annees 
de Pierre Comeille. 

3. Mettez en relief les traits saillants du Mithridate de 
Kacine, et dites ce que la critique reproohe 4 ce caractere. 

4. Entrez dans quelques details sur I'd propos des Femmea 
SavanUs en 1672. 



800 SECOND UNIYEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

5. £n quoi consiste la folie de Behae ? 

6. Montrez qu'en faisant Ze Cid Comeille a surtout vise 
k peindre ' la nature humaine persoimifiee en des types 
accomplis.' 

7. Bappelez ce que Boileau dit de Mathurin E6giiier dans 
VArt poSttque, 

8. A qui Boileau fait-il allusion dans les vers suivants? — 

Son livre est d'agrements un fertile tresQr : 
Tout ce qu'il a touch6 se conyertit en or ; 
Tout re9oit dans ses mains une nouvelle grace ; 
Partout il diyertit, et jamais il ne lasse. 
Traduisez en anglais : — 

Henbiette. 

Je suis fort redevable d yos f eux g6nereux ; 
Get obligeant amour a de quoi me conf ondre, 
Et j'ai regret, monsieur, de n'y pouvoir repondre. 
Je Yous estime autant qu'on sauroit estimer ; 
Mais je trouve un obstacle k vous pouvoir aimer. 
Un coeur, vous le savez, k deux ne sauroit etre, 
Et je sens que du mien Clitandre s'est fait maitre. 
Je sais qu*il a bien moins de m6rite que vous, 
Que j'ai de mecbans yeux pour le choix d'un epoux ; 
Que, par cent beaux talens, vous devriez me plaire : 
Je vois bien que j*ai tort, mais je n'y puis que faire : 
Et tout ce que sur moi pent le raisonnement, 
C'est de me vouloir mal d'un tel aveuglement. 

III. — Unpsescbibed Passage. 

Traduisez en anglais : — 
Distinguez-vous la voix des soldats attendris ? 
Le nom du general se mele k tons ces cris ; 
La f oule vers ces lieux semble ^tre convoquee ; 
Le long murmure approche : on ouvre la mosquee : 
Un peuple de soldats arrete sur le seuil 
Mesure avec efProi ce long palais du deuil. . . 
Tout k coup, s'arrachant d ces groupes timides. 
Plus calme qu'd Lodi, plus grand qu'aux Pyramides, 
Bonaparte est entre : ses plus cbers generaux. 



SUKMBB, 1906 — ^HONOUBft. 801 

Kleber, Begnier, Muiat, escortent le heros ; 

II marche, et de mourants la salle parsemee 

Tressaille sur les pas du pdre de rarm6e. 

Dans les regards eteints iin c61este pouToir 

Fait luire 4 son aspect le reflet de I'espoir ; 

De ces rangs d68ol6B compagnes assidues, 

La donlenr et la mort sont comme suspendues ; 

Et dans leurs lits de jonc des spectres enchain^s 

Se dressent un moment sur leurs bras d6chanies ; 

Tons iiiToquent des yeuz Thomme que Dieu protege ; 

Et tandis que les chefs qui ferment son cortege, 

Pales imitateurs d'un magniflque effort, 

Pour la premiere fois tremblent devant la mort, 

Lui, le front d6couTert, prononce dans les rangs 

Ces mots mysterieux qui charment les mourants ; 

Sur ces lits qu'il denombre etendant sa main nue, 

Lentement il poursuit cette horrible revue. 

NapoUon en 6gypte, 



GERMAN. 

FiBSi Papsb. 

Pbofessob Cadic. 

I. — HiSTOBT OF THE GeBMAN LaHOUAGB. 

1 . Name the principal writers who enriched the New High 
German vocabulary in the nineteenth century, and mention 
the source of their respective contributions. 

2. Compare the present pronunciation of the following 
words with that of the Middle High German Period : — ^Mti 
^&tittx, ^itnmel/ ®xiit, and 2)ottner, 

3. Comment on the pronunciation of @Ia^/ 2^ag/ ga(^ and 
SBef) in North and South Germany. 

4. Account, phonetically, for the t in cntjtt)ei^ flclegcntlit^/ 
and Qffentli(i§. 

6. Write notes on ©ctirge and Serg/ ©eflfte and gelb, ^erbc 
and ^xxtt. 

8 



d02 SECOND UNIYEBSrrr EXAIONATIOK in ABTg. 

6. In Teutonic we find compounds like sunwader: give 
the meaning of that word, and say how this kind of formation 
is represented in Modem German. 

7. Show, by examples, what the aspirate in Indo-European 
became in Teutonic. 

8. What characteristic changes do final vowels undergo 
during the tenth and eleventh centuries ? 

II. — Pbesobibed Authobs. 

9. Translate into English : — 



@o iooBBrad^tc 21§aflfo anij l^tcr, tt>a^ fcinem atnbern gelungen 
tt>ax : an bcr ^unbcf^nur gog cr feincn ?)errn gang letfe »on ber 
SBcutralitat gur ^^artei ber crBittertflen Siinftlcr l^tnuter. 

S)a^ iDurbe fej! unb fertig, aU bic SBcflarer Saufleute unb 
^anbnjerter auf Oflern 1368 gur gran!furtcr 2Rejfe gtngcn. ®tc 
6ilbeten einen jiattltd^en 2ru^^, ber gefd^loflfen jufammenl^telt Ui 
ber gal^rt burd^ bie JBetterau/ njegen rau6ertfd^er 2lngnffe. 2)tc 
©efd^led^ter njaren t)orbem aud^ mitgerttten in ber JReifefd^aar i^rer 
@tabt, unb SKeifler JRid^toin auf feinem floljen JRappen l^ielt f!d^ 
fonfl Keter ju ben Domel^men Seuten ate ju ben Sunftgenoffen, 
bie JU gufi ober auf langfamen Slep^ttn bic Kod^l^ut Wlbetcn. — 
{Riel^I/ Sulturgefd^id^tlid^e Sloi)elIen. 

n. 

2)ie toorjiiglid^pcn italianifd^en 2)id^ter fel^Wen nid^t. 2)ie Bejlen 
neujlen iReifetefd^reiBungcn iwaren anii toorl^anben, unb er felbfl 
maiitt pd^ ein SSergniigen barau^/ ben fic^fller unb SRemei| ju Be* 
rid^tigen unb ju erganjen. SRid^t meniger l^atte cr pd^ mit ben 
notl^igflen ^ulf^mitteln umgeBen, mit SBorterBud^ern an^ t)erfd^ie* 
benen ©prad^eu/ mit SteaUexifen^ bafi man fid^ alfo nad^ SelieBen 
dtat^^ erl^olen lonnte/ fo voie mit mand^em anbem^ tva^ jum 
Slu^en unb SSergnfigen gereid^t. 

S)ie anbere ^fflfte Wefer Sud^etfammlung/ in fauBern ^erga* 
wenttfinben mit fel^r fd^Sn gefd^rieBencn ZitAn, toaxh in einem 



SUMHEB, 1906 ^HONOUBS. 303 

6efonbem !!Ranfarb}tmmer aufgefteUt. 2)a^ SRad^fd^afen bet 
leucn S^et, fo h>te ba^ 85inbcn unb (Sinml^en berfelBcn betrieB 
er tttit gtof er ©elaffenl^ctt unb Orbnung* S)abei l^atten bic ge* 
lel^rten SKnjetgen/ hjeld^e blefem ober jcnem SBcr! Befonbere Sorjuge 
(eilegten^ auf il^n grof en Sinfluf . ®eine ®atnmlung jurtfKffi^et 
J)iffcrtationett i^ermel^rtc fld^ jal^rlid^ urn einiflcSSfinbe.— @oetl^e/ 
SSaffxfjiit unb ^U^tuns* 

(a) Which, was the fayourite Italian poet of Goethe's 
father? 

(5) What made the city of Prankfort so lively on Few 
Year's Day? 

III. — Unpbescbibsd Passage. 

10. Translate into English : — 

3d^ Befl^e felbfi nod^ poettft^e Spiflein ioon ungcmcinci: Stufin^tit, 
^ttbf)tit unb @n)iftifd^er ©aUe/ bie ft(i^ burd§ origtneUe Jlnp^ten 
bcr ^Jcrfonen unb @ad^en l^od^Iid^ an^geit^nen^ aber jugletd^ mit fo 
erle^cnbcr ftraft gcfd^rieben flnb/ bafi t(i^ f!e niijt einmal gegen* 
njarttg ^jubltcircn miijttf fonbern jte cntn)eber ^erttlgen; ober M 
auffallenbe 2)ofumente be^ gel^eimen Bvoxt\)^aM in unferer Siteratur 
ber Kad^ttjelt aufbemal^ren tnufl. 2)afl SKertf jebod^ iei alien feinen 
arbeiten »emetnenb unb jerflorenb gu SBerte gieng/ toax i^m felbfl 
unangenel^m^ unb er f)>rad^ e^ oft an^, er beneibe utid^ unt meine 
unf(i§ulbtge !£)ar{lenung^lu^/ toeld^e au^ ber Sreube an bent SSor^ 
bilb unb bem SBad^gebilbeten entfpringe. 

Ueirtgen^ l^atte iffm fetn literarifd^er S)tlettantt^mu^ el^er 
SBu^en al^ ®d^aben gebrad^t^ \t>tnn er niSjt ben untvtberflel^lid^en 
£rieb gefiil^lt ^tU, aud^ im ted^nift^en unb merfantilifd^en ($ac§ 
aufjutreten. 2)enn ivenn er einntal fetne Sal^igteiten ju »er^ 
tounfdBen anfleng unb aufler fld^ tt^av, bie Slnff riid^e an tin au5^ 
ubenbe^ talent nid§t genialif^ genug befriebigen gu tonneu/ fo 
lief er balb bie bilbenbe/ balb bie 2)id^rtun(l fal^ren unb fann auf 
fabritma^ige faufinannifd^c .Unternel^mungen/ toeld^e ®elb ein> 
(nngen foOteu/ inbem fie i^m @pafl mac^ten. 



804 second univebsity examination in abts. 

Second Papek. 

Pbofessok Steinbkrgeb. 

I. — Composition. 

1 . Translate into German : — 

Warren Hastings sprang from an ancient and illustrious 
race. It has been affirmed that his pedigree can be traced 
back to the great Danish sea-king, whose sails were long the 
terror of both coasts of the British Channel, and who, after 
many fierce and doubtful struggles, yielded at last to the 
valour and genius of Alfred. But the undoubted splendour 
of the line of Hastings needs no illustration from fable. One 
branch of that line wore, in the fourteenth century, the 
coronet of Pembroke. From another branch sprang the 
renowned Chamberlain, the faithful adherent of the White 
Eose, whose fate has furnished so striking a theme both to 
poets and to historians. His family received from the Tudors 
the earldom of Huntingdon, which, after long dispossession, 
was regained in our time by a series of events scarcely paral- 
leled in romance. 

The lords of the manor of Daylesford, in Worcestershire, 
claimed to be considered as the heads of this distinguished 
family. The main stock, indeed, prospered less than some of 
the younger shoots. But the Daylesford family, though not 
ennobled, was wealthy and highly considered, till, about two 
hundred years ago, it was overwhelmed by the great ruin of 
the civil war. The Hastings of that time was a zealous 
Cavalier. He raised money on his lands, and, alter spending 
half his property in the cause of King Charles, was glad to 
ransom himself by making over most of the remaining half 
to Speaker Lenth&L. 

II. — HiSTOBT OF LiTBBATXTBS. 

2. Discuss the earlier writings of Goethe, with reference 
to his position towards Sturm und Drang. 

3. What was Lessing's object in writing 'Laokoon*? 
State the principal views he puts forward in this work on 
art and poetry. 

4. Give some account of the life and works of any one of 
the following authors :—Gellert, Elinger, Novalis, Amdt. 



t SUMMEB, 1906 HOMOUBS. 805 

5. Trace Goethe's influence in the composition of Schiller's 
WallmBtein, 

6. Draw a comparison between the two Wachtmeister in 
Wallenstetn^s Lager and in Minna von Barnhekn. 

7. For what purpose does Schiller introduce Thekla and 
Max Ficcolomini in his Wallenstetn ? 

8. Discuss Tellheim's conception of honour, as shown in 
Minna von Bamhehn. 

III. — Pbesobibed Authob. 

9. Translate into English : — 

Octat)to. 
SBa^ mm, mem ©ol^n ? 3c$t n)erbcn tvir Baft ftar fcin, 
— S)enn aHe^/ »ei^ Oj, gtng btird^ ben ©eflna. 

2Bax 
(ber n>&l|renb be^ ganjen ioorigen Suftritt^ in etnem l^efttgen 
innevn Samj)f geflanben; entfd^Ioffen). 
3d^ iDitt auf furjerm SBeg mir Sid^t »crfd§affen. 
Set njol^l ! 

Octat)ip. 

aaSc^in? aSIeitbal 

aiax. 

3um gurflen. 

Octa»to (erf(^ri(ft). 

S33a0? 
2Rax (jurutffommenb). 

2Benn 2)u geglauH/ id^ toerbe eine 9loIIe 
3n ©einem ®)pxt\t fpielen, l^afl ©u ©td^ 
3n tna t)erred§net. 2Uein SBeg mufi grab fein. 
3d^ {ann nid^t xoa^x fein mit ber 3unge/ tnit 
2)cm Bergen falft^ — ntd^t jufel^n/ bafi mtr 6iner 
Site fctncm greunbc traut unb tnein ©etoiffen 
S)amit Bcfd^tDtd^tigcn, bag er*5 auf feinc 
Oefal^r i^jui, bag nicin 2Runb il^n ntd§t Belogen. 

©chiller/ 3)te ^icwlomuu. 



806 SEOOND tmiVEBSITT EXAMINATiON IN ABTS. 

rV. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 
10. Translate into English : — 

SelbeintvSrt^ flog tin SSogelein 
Unb fang xm tnuntem ®onnenf(i^ein 
JiRit ftif em^ tonnhttUxem Zon : 
9bel i^ fliege nun i>at)on/ 

3d^ ^oxtfjtt auf ben gclbgefang/ 
ilRir tvarb fo tvol^t unb bod^ fo bang ; 
SRit frol^em &S)mtxi, mit tt&itt Sufi 
@tieg tt)e(i§fetnb Batb unb fanf bic Srufl ; 

Srid^fl bu »or SSBonn' ober ©(i^merj ? 

S)0(i^ ate id^ SIfitter faHen fcl^/ 
5Da fagt ^ : a^, ber ^erBfl ifl \>a, 
S)er ©ottimergaft bte ©d^toatte/ jiel^t : 
Sidleid^t fo Sie5' unb ©el^nfud^t ptfjt 
SBeit, loeit, 
{Rafd^ mit bet 3eit 

2)0(i^ rudfmart^ !am ber ®onnenfd^ein^ 
2)td§t }u mtr brauf ba^ SSSgelein; 
e^ \a^ mm tl^rdnenb SSngeffd^t 
Unb fang : bie SieBe tiointtxt ntd^t/ 
Stem! neini 
3fl unb iUxit grftl^Iinflft^ein* 



StMHEB, 1906 — H0N0T7BS. 807 

IRISH. 

FiBSi Papbb. 

Bey. Fbofessok Hogak ; Rsr. Fbofessob Mitbpht. 



Translate into English : — 

Ld eile t>o bf maop an pi$ .1. Qonsupa, 05 piubal 
cptt) an bcalrhain t)'d n-abapfcap TTlupgpai Je Cfpe, a5up 
cdpla cpeut) muc t)6, ajup abtibaipc pe n-a rhumcip 
muc t)tob DO liiapbab, a^vti' t)0 ih apbabap, a5up pu5 
piat) le6 t pd'n 5C01II ba neapa &6ib t)'d cai6earh ; agup 
cdpla 661b a n-eapcapaip a5up bo itiapbpab an maop 
agup pic6e peap b'd itiuincip aji bpua6 na habann pe 
n-abapcap an 6popna6 ; agup ap n*a fiiop pin bo Ciapdn 
bo guibeab 6 6 n-a balca, 6'n 5Cdpp6a6 obtibopc puap, 
pd bpdcaip bo'n pij Qongup (no 50 mbab mac mic b6 
6), agup 6 baoinib eile 50 nt)ea6aibTp ap 6ionn copp na 
bpomge tit) bM n-a&lacan, ap na6 idiibtp bea^abaig 
allca lab. t)o 6onnaipc Ciapdn ap po6cuin na gcopp 
bdib n*dp leop a paibe be f»o6paib 6um iom6uip na 
5COPP 5up an eaglaip; agup aotibaipc bo gu* m6p, 
* In amm dp t)Ci$eapna fopa Cptopc, ^ipjtb a baoine 
cpuaja ajup cigtb liompa'; asup b'^ipjeabap 1 5ceu- 
bbip agup an cope leb : b' lompuib an cope 6um a 
£;i$eapna p6in, .1. nea6 naomca b'dp b'ainm 6o6ai&, be 
bticaib na ctpe pm : agup t)0 bf an bpong pm bo haic- 
be66ab *na mana6aib cpdib6ea6a 05 Ciapdn 6 pm 
puap. — Beatha Chiardin, 

II. 

Translate into English : — 

Qbubaipc Ctapdn * Ip cualaing t)ia pip pm, agup 
leig-pi mipe ama6 t)^d n-iappai6 pm, agup muna bpaj- 
bab lab ciocpab p6m aptp pdb' bpeifc.* t)o psooileab 



808 SECOND UNIVBBSITY BXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

t)0 Ciapdn ann pm, agup cdinig 50 Saijip map a paibe 
an Ciapdn eile, agup b'lnnip an nt6 pin t)6, agup t)0 
bdoap an can pm i bpo6aip Ciapdin, an t)d 6peann- 
ann, agup bob' popbpdilcea6 le6 Ciapdn Cluana t)0 
cea6c; agup at)tibaipc Ciapdn pe n-a pea6Tnanna6, 
*cpeat) t)o $6abait> na naoiiti peo a-no6c pe caicearh ?^ 
QDtibaipc an pea6manna6 na6 paibe bia6 aige a6c 
peoil; at)tjbaipc Ciapdn, *UllThiiiS 50 luat an nt& acd 
a5ac,' a5up ap mbeic bedpbca t)o'n peoil t)0 beannuij 
Ciapdn t, agup t)0 clao6lui6 1 bpiabnaipe 6di6 m ola 
agup m iap5, a^My i bppaipij, agup 1 mbia^aib 0115- 
panila t)o p6ip a coile p6in ; agup cdini^ 6 Jpdpaib t)6 
5up Itonab poicije an cige uile b'pfon uapal 6uni coOa 
na naoTh aOdbpamap. t)o bf manac ipcij leip nd*p b'dil 
bia6 t)0 6aiceaTh i bpo6aip na naoiti .1. ITIao Congaip ; 
agup aDtjbaipc na6 caicpea6 na bia&a t)0 pinneab t)e*n 
peoil. QDtibaipc Ciapdn, * Caicpip peoil 'pan goap- 
Jap ; beanpait) Do 6eann t)toc, agup nt pealb6cai& ctj 
plaiceap t)6; agup ip neaihcondig 6ai6peap ct5 t)o 
beaca; 6ip cuippip t)'aibfO manaij &Toc'; asup t)0 
pfopab bpiacpa Ciapdm; 6ip t)0 mapbab 6ipean i ngap 
Do Sai$ip 6iapdin. — Beatha Chiardin. 

III. 

Translate the following words from Beatha Chiardin: — 
cuapapgbdil, t)tcpeabai6, t)eallpui$d;each, ptii5peat>, 
buime. Parse the underlined words in passage I. 

IV, 

5t beipc T^aoTh-Ciapdn ann ; cia an die I6'p bain an 
Ciapdn eile? Cia an uaip rhaip p6? 



Cuip pi6p anmanna na Ocaoipea6 ip dipbe X>o puaip 
bdp 1 ^Oat Ruip na Ri6$. 



BUmCSBy 1906— HONOUBS. d09 

VI. 

Translate into Irish : — 

Although Thomas lioore was an exceedingly graceful and 
melodious poet, I do not think that he deserves the name of 
a great one. He is hardly virile, hardly original enough ; 
and he does not come before the world with any special 
lesson or teaching sufficient to entitle him to such a name. 
His was a very versatile, almost playful genius; and his 
critics too often forgot that he was the author of many other 
admirable things as well as of the Melodies ; although, un- 
doubtedly, it is by them he will be for ever remembered. 
Davis was a more robust poet ; Mangan was more wild and 
quaint ; but Moore was the most melodious of any singer in 
the English language that Ireland has yet produced. It is, 
indeed, very doubtful whether Ireland, so long as she adopts 
a foreign speech, will ever be able to surpass him. 

VII. 

XJl^BESCBlBBD PASSAGES. 

Translate into English : — 

{a) t)o pd6 Con6ubap le Cp6nt)opn : Qn ppebaip cm 
t)0 mapb c-a6aip acap t)o cpmp Oepbpdcap ? Q cd a 
pif pm agampa, ap Cp^nOopn, 5up ab 6 l^aeipi mac 
UipniJ t)0 Thapb lat). TTld 'p 66, aji Confctibqp, gluaip 
p6rfiat) t)'pip an maipionn a beilb p6in aip t)6ipt)pe ; 
6ip md itiaipionn, nf ppil aip bpuim boiham, nd aip 
cuin caiman ben a\* dille nd t. 

Do Jluaip Cp6nt)opn soCe6na CpaeibeRuai6e, acap 
puaip t)6ippi acap puinne65a na bpui6ne lap na n-t)t3- 
na&, acap po §ab egla acap uaihain m6p 6, acap ap 66 
po pd6 : Mf conaip 66ipt)'aen ne6 micUipniJ t)'innpai6, 
6ip mepuim 50 ppil pops co h-imapca6 oppa, acap Od 
6ip pm puaip puinne65 t)o pd5ba6 bpluicce a n-Oeapmat) 
ap an m-bpuibm, acap t)0 bf ag d n-arhapc apce6, acap 
t)o p6u6 D6ipt)pe aip, cp6p an ppuinne6i5, acap bo innip 
t)6ipt)pe jpo Haeipe 50 ppaca aen 6^lat ag arhapc 
oppcaib [oppa] cp6p an ppumebig, acap ip arhlaib bo 



810 SECOND UNIVESSITT EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

bf Maeipe an can pin, acap pep-p6ipne b'fiuipinn na 
pic6ille ann a Idiiti, acap cuj iip6ap djihap, son 
caiine, ^an claeine ap pdil an 631016 5up 6uip an 
c-ptiil cap a 6loi5enn ania6. t)o lui6 an c-65la6 mup 
a paib Con6tjbap acap t)0 mnip pc6la 6 ctjip 50 Oeipeb 
66. — Oidhe Chloinne Uimeaeh, 

[h) Ld Mot)la5 beag inp an mblia&ain 1562 t)o buaiL 
p6 ipceac 50 pe6mpa pto§a6t)a 6lfp. 6f pip calma y6 
cpoi Jce -| ntop ni6 'na cuit)ea6ca, 50 ni6p Th6p Herbert 
65, a6c 6onnacacap ldicpea6 nd6 paib lonnca a6c 
pppeapdin 1 n-aice 8edSan-an-t)toTnaip. Cugann pcdip 
na 8apana6 ctincup ap a 6uaipc i ap a 6puc. * 6f 
palluins bui&e-beap5 Do b^anihtip 6aop ap pileab piap 
ptop 50 calarh leip, i gpuaig pionn-puab 50 cpipinea6, 
caTnappa6 cap a plinnednaib ptop 50 Idp a bpoma, 
ptjlaglapa pia6aine aigeb'p^ac ama6 ope c6Thlonnpac 
le gac 5p6ine; copp puinnce Iticniap aige -| ceann- 
ai5cet)dna.' 6fna c6at)ca agiappaib pa6aipct)'pd$ail 
aip p6in 1 ap a gall65laca. t)eip a cuaipipg 50 paba- 
bap po ceann-lomnocca, poilc pionna opca, I6inceaca 
ItiipiJ 6 Thinnedl 50 gltin opca, cpoiceann macctpe cap 
guailnib 506 pip aca, i gedpp-cuag caca 1 lairti gac 
aon aca. Mtop b'lonncaoib peapgbo 6up ap a leic6ibib 
pitJb. Ip t)eallpaca6 50 pabaOap 1 Tnbpuigin.dpbmaca. 
*tlnialui§i&r appa Sedjan be §uc §l6pa6 -| nf paib an 
pocal ap a b6al nuaip bo bf na 501165101$ op o leoc- 
JltJin. 

{c) Q5UP cpeub 6 on pia6canap o cd o5ainn-ne mn- 
p6in a buoibpeob le ceipceonnoib 5apco 5aoipe? 
puopsoilceop on c6 le o loboponn an bpiofeop Sto- 
puibe 6 iliomob cuoipim. Ip 6'n m-bpiocap orhdin cd 
no h-uile n6i6e; 05UP lobopann no h-uile n6ice on 
c-Qon 6pia6op po, 05UP ip 6 po an Ctip o loboponn 
mop on 5-ceiibno Imn-ne. Nf d;ui5eonn 05UP nt 
bpeaeinuigeonn oon-neod mop ip c6ip son coboip on 



SUMMEB, 1906— HON0UB8. 811 

6p6icip po. On c6 b'ap ab aon 506 uile ni6, agup a 
cappuingeaTni 506 uile ni6 6uTn aoin, agup a peiceann 
5a6 uile ni& ann aon, cd pe peapniac 'na 6poi)9e a5up 
lonuijeann 50 ptoc6dnca a n-t)ia. Q Dia na ptpinne 
c6ThceaTi5ail m6 leac a ngpdb bi^-buan. bi6iTn cuip- 
pea6 caiTh$eu5a6 50 minic 6 I6i$ea6 agup 6 6lop a Idn ; 
ip lonnac-pa aitidin cd an lomldine t)'a t)-cii5ap coil 
asup peapcino 6poi6e. Dtinab 506 oibe a beul ; bi6ea6 
t>tjile na califian uile 'na o-copt) ann Do Idcaip : t)eo- 
nuig p6in arhdin labaipc liom. 



Second Papee. 
Rev. rEOFESSOE Hogan; Rev. Peopessok Mubphy. 

I. 

Translate into English : — 

Cpdch pd paibe Con6ubap mac pa6cna pacaig 
dipOptJ Ula& a TTieipcne i a Tn6ip-cheap p6 pae 6fan -| 
p6 haimpip pat)a ; 1 ntop 6ot)ail "] nfop corhuil bta6 pip 
an pae pin, ■] nfop lui& coil lond mncmn leip, -| nf 
beappna gen Jdipe lond popbpaoilce p6 mnaoi nd p6 
peap t)*peapaib Ulab p6 hu6c na haimpipe pm. Qgap 
ba& hiTnpnfoTh mdp le hUllcaib uile an nf pin. 

Qgap t)o pd&pat) p6 Cafcpa6 caoTh-6paoi a pd& \\6 
Concubap gan beic ip an meipcne lona pan Tntolaocap 
poin mna paibe, i t)o 6an Cacpa6 pin pip. . . . 

d^ay ip cuma Do X>i ag a pd&, i t)0 P5ei6 bpu6c 
a&bal-Th6p t)o cptj a cpoi&e cap a b6al amac. *T^tpd& 
aitipa &uic-pi pm, a dipt)-pT$,' ap Cacpab, *6ip ip maic 
t)o bfogail Ulai5 pin ap peapaib 6ipionn, b'ap bpipio- 
t)ap cac S^ipi'^© 7 lolgdipibe oppo.' Mf cac liom-pa 
cac nac aj\ cuic pf§, a Cacpai6,' ap Con6ubap ; * a6c 
ceatia Oeapbaim-pi na mdiOe 6eapbait) Ulai6, 50 ccuic- 
pit) pTJe 1 puipi;^ piom-pa bom pea6c, n6 50 bpajbap 
605 1 oi6ea6.'— Ca^A £oi8 na Riogh. 



812 SECOND UNIVBBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

II. 

Translate into English : — 

*t)6i§ ipam cpiac ppia cpeic-puipe, 
am niab ppt huaip lopgaile, 
am lao6 ppt luac Idmafc, 
am cup ppt cpuai6-Jpeapaib, 
am cijeapna ppt cio&naiccib ; 
am ]\ii ppt pt J-b6ap5n a, 
am pdil ppt p6-§onaib, 
am baingean t)tocoSlai6.' 

Ppeagpap Conchubap 66, *Q mo phopa, a Chach- 
pai6/ ap p6, *ip m6p a6bap -| Oamna agam-pa, 6ip bo 
puachcaOap ceichpe hollch6p5i& 6penn, -| X>o rhdppaD 
mo bainsm ■) mo &£ncaib -| mo bpomculchaib i n-tplib 
-| 1 n glean caib , -| Oo loipgpiob mo choTht)aiJe i mo 
chacpachaib i mo 6eajbailcib, i t)o pugpat) uaim mo 
mic ■] mo mndib , ■] mo macaoiiti, -] pugpat) uaim pop mo 
bu 1 mo bo-cdmcib buan-bleachca, -| mo eachpochaib 
dille allifiup&d -] mo caipb cpoodin gan pachain uaim. 
— Cath Rois na Riogh, 

III. 

Write grammatical comments on the underlined words in 
texts I. and II. 

IV. 

{a) State from what mss. the modern version of the Cath 
Rots na Riogh has been edited. 
{h) Give a summary of that tale. 

V. 

Translate into Irish : — 

' Come, draw down the boat to the shore,' said Mary, 
'and make haste. The sun will have gone down in two 
hours, and there is every sign of a wet night. Bemember 
how far off the island is. If it becomes stormy, we shall 
never get to it at all.' The boatmen were not long about 



SUMMBB, 1906 — ^HOMOUBS. 818 

their work ; and in less than a quarter of an hour the fine 
hoat was swimming in the bay, with her snowy sails spread, 
and ready to rush upon her way like a bird. 

VI. 

Translate into English : — 

*t)o b'pedpp le pionn bdp 506 n-t)uine aguibpe md 
mipe t)t) l^igion ap.' t)'ionnpiiiS p6 bopup peaba oile, 
aS^p b']f5iappui$ cia bo bt aip. 

* Capa agup c6iiti66ile buicpe acd ann.' . . . 

Ro cuip an bapa caop puap, agup po rhapb an Oapa 
iap5 ; agup po 6uip an qieap 6a6p puap agup po ihapb 
an cpeap lapj. Tlo 6uip an bubdn agup an puainne pd 
n-a 6piop, agup an c-plac ip an b-poll, agup po pug a 
cpT 6ip5 pip map a paib Diapmuib agup ^\i6mj\e, 
agup po cuip an c-iapg ap beapaib. On can pd 
bpuicce 6, a bubaipc TTluabdn ; *t)0 beipim poinn an 
6ip5 po buic, a t)hiapmuib.' 'Ippedpp liompa fcupa 
t)d pomn md m6 p6in,' ap Diapmuib. 'TTIaipeab/ ap 
TTluabdn, *bo beipim pomn an 6ip5 po buicpe, a 
5hpdmne.' * Ip leop liom 6upa bd pomn,' ap gpdmne. 
'TTlaipeab, bd m-bab cupa bo poinnpeab an c-iapg, a 
Dhiapmuib,' ap TTluabdn, *bo beuppd an 6uib pd m6 
t>o 5^P^i^^®; aS^r ^^ m-bab T 5p<^i^ti© bo biab bd 
pomn, ip buicpe bo beuppab an 6uit) pd ihd: agup 61* 
nnipe acd t>6 pomn, btob an c-iapg ip m6 agaopa, a 
t)hiapmuib, agup an bapa h-iapg ip m6 05 gpdmne, 
agup btob an c-iapg ip luja ogam p6m.' T?o 6aicea- 
bap a 5-cuib an oibce pin, agup po cuaib t)iap- 
muit) bo 6oblab a n-iapcap na h-uama. — T&ruigheacht 
Diarmuda agua Grdinne. 

VII. 
Irish Histoby. 

Mention the most memorable events and the most distin- 
guished personages of Irish history in the reigns of Henry VII, 
and Henry VIII. 



814 SECOND UNIVEBBITT EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

HISTORY. 

FiBBT FaPEB. 

Fbofessob Gakbeby ; Key. E. J. Sbmplb. 

1. Give an account of the struggle on the question of 
monopolies in the reign of Elizabeth. When was this 
abuse abolished by legislation? 

2. Write a note on Darnell's case. Describe the prin- 
cipal grievances complained of, and the concessions made, 
by the Petition of Right. 

8. Give an account of the Instrument of Government, 
and sketch briefly the history of the Protectorate parlia- 
ments. 

4. Trace briefly the political career of Anthony Ashley 
Cooper, Earl of Shaftesbury. 

5. Trace the history of political parties in England 
during the reign of Anne. 

6. Give an account of (a) the Whig Junto, {b) the Non- 
jurors. 

7. Comment upon the cause, and give a brief sketch of 
the course, of the Geraldine rebellion. 

8. Give a brief account of the Yorkist pretenders who 
appeared in Ireland during the reign of Henry VII, 



Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Cabbbby ; Ret. R. J. Seicple. 

1. Give an account of the conspiracies of Marshal Biron 
and Cinq Mars. 

2. Trace the course of the wars of the Fronde from their 
first outbreak until the second Treaty of Ruel. 

8. Describe the character and career of Colbert, and of 
the minister whom he superseded. 

State the nature of his financial measures, and of the 
success which attended his operations. 



sumnsB, 1906^HONouBS. 815 

4. What were the causes of the war of 1688 ? Sketch 
the progress of hostilities until the death of Louvois. 

5. Give an account of the character and services of 
Marshal Tilly. Where did he meet his death ? 

6. What were the terms of the Agreement of Miihlhausen 
and the Peace of Prague ? 

Show how the capture of Breisach was a turning-point 
in the war. 

7. Give some account of the Frankish Empire. Under 
what circumstances was the Roman Empire united to the 
German Kingdom ? 

8. Give a hrief outline of the history of France from the 
final overthrow of Napoleon until the selection of Marshal 
MacMahon as President. 



LOGIC. 



Eev. Pbofessob Cronin ; Professor Maoennis ; 
Professor Park. 

1. 'Logicians are more bent upon concluMng rightly 
than on drawing right conclusions,* What is the anti- 
thesis which is sought to be drawn here ? How far does 
it go in explaining the character of Formal Logic ? 

2. (a) < Contradiction is the most perfect rm of logical 
opposition.' Explain this. 

(b) Show that the Principle of Contradiction does not 
apply to sub-contraries. 

8. Prove, in the briefest form, that if an premiss 
)ccur in a valid syllogism, the Middle term must be 
similarly situated in both premisses. 

4. Examine (a) the view that 'the so-called forms of 
Lnmediate Liference are not forms of Inference, but 
merely verbal transmutations ' ; 
Or, 

(6^ The view that they are, if rightly regarded, forms of 
mediate inference. 



816 SEOOND UNiyBBSITT EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

5. What fallacies are exemplified, or referred to, in 
three of the following ?— 

(a) ^You should not be lazy in the morning, Bruno,' 
said Sylvie ; < remember it is the early bird that picks up 
the worm.' 

* It may, if it likes,' said Bruno, with a slight yawn : 
* I don't like eating worms, one bit.' 

(b) * The observers of animals forget to note the occa- 
sions where stupidity is shown. These they pass without 
remark as a thing of course.' 

(c) ' He certainly was not there ; for I did not see 
him there.' 

{d) * B should be a good singer ; for A, her twin sister, 
who is so like her as to be indistinguishable from her, 
has a fine voice.' 

6. What is a scientific hypothesis? How is a hypo- 
thesis verified? 



MATHEMATTCS. 

EiRST Paper. 

[Full credit will he given for answering three-fourths of 
this Paper, ^ 

Section A. 

Trjgonombtrt and Theory op Eqitations. 
Professor Egan. 
1 . Prove that 



cos 



'''ji{'-<h'''^-} 



where n is any integer. 

Deduce, or prove otherwise, that 



cos 



.«-(.-5)(-3-S.)(-^)-— "'• 



2. Prove that a function of x which is capable of being 
expressed as the quotient of two polynomials, and which 



SUMHBB, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 817 

does not become infinite for any value of ar, finite or infinite, 
must reduce to a constant. 
Show (by putting tany =^x, or otherwise) that 

cot (y - ai) cot (y- fl») ... cot (y- ««) = X ^r cot (y - a^) + JT, 

r-l 

where Ai = cot (oi - Oj) cot (oi - a,) ... cot (<ii - «»), 

and JTis independent of y. 

By putting x = t , or otherwise, find the value of JT. 

3. Obtain the formulss for a spherical triangle : 

sin A/2 = vBia $-h ans-e/ einh sin c, 
sin «/2 = vsin U^A-Ej sin B sin C, 

where IE is the spherical excess. 

If /is the centre of the in-circle, and Pits point of contact 

with AB, prove that 

cos BIC + cos AP sin PAI = 0. 

4. ^X, ^ Fare two fixed arcs of great circles on a sphere. 
A variable great circle cuts them at B and C so as to form a 
spherical triangle ABC of given perimeter. Show that BC 
touches a fixed small circle. 

Deduce, or prove otherwise, that if a spherical triangle of 
given area has two vertices fixed, the third vertex lies on a 
fixed small circle passing through the points diametrically 
opposite to the fixed vertices. 

Find an expression for the radius of this circle in terms of 
a (the fixed side of the triangle) and the spherical excess. 

5. Find the pairs of consecutive integers between which 
lie the real roots of the equation 

2aj* + 4a?» - 8ic» - 8« - 1 = 0. 

Find the positive root to two decimal places by Homer's 
method. 

6. Obtain the cubic whose roots are 

a, Py y, 8 being the roots of the equation 

«* +i^«' + J'** + r^ + « = 0. 
P 



B18 SECOND UNIVEBSITT EXAMINATIOM IN ABTS. 

Supposing a TOot p of Hub cable to have been found, 
complete the solution of the qnartic. 
Solve in this way the equation 

aj* + 4«» + 4t» + 9j? - 12 = 0. 

Sbctiov B. 

Plavs Oeombtbt. 

Fbovbbsos Dizov. 

7. In a triangle ABC Hie lengths of ABy AC are given, 
and also the position of A and the bisectors of the angle 
BA C, Prove that BC is always bisected at right angles by 
a fixed ellipse. 

8. If Ihe sides BC, CA^ AB of a triangle meet a conic in 

prove that 

BP, . BP^ . CQt . CQ^.ABi.ABt 

= CPi . CPi . AQi . AQt . BBi.BBt 

Given five points on a conic, how conld you construct its 
intersections with a given straight line by ruler and 
compass ? 

9. Find the conditions that the general equation of the 
second degree in areal or trilinear coordinates may represent 
a circle. 

The first conic of question 8 is a circle, and its chords 
QijBj, BiP2y P1Q2 are parallel to BC, CA, AB, respectively. 
Find its equation in areal or trilinear coordinates, and prove 
that its envelope is a conic inscribed in the triangle. 

10. Find the condition that the straight line 

h + my -\-n = 

should touch the conic 

ar» + 2hxy + ^» + 2^« + 2/^ + ^ = 0. 

The centre of a hyperbola falls at the vertex of a parabola, 
and a quadrilateral is formed by the four common tangents 
of the two curves. Prove that the three diagonals of this 
quadrilateral are bisected by the axis of the parabola. 



SUMMBB, 1906 — ^HONOTTBS. 819 

11. Trace the conies 

(1) «» + 4ay + 4y» + 2« - y = 0, 

(2) 2aj» - «y - y» + « + y - 0. 

12. Froye that in any central conic the central chord of 
curvature at P is equal to 2CZ>*/CP, CP, CD being 
conjugate semidiameters. 

AB is a diameter of a given circle. A rectangular 
hyperbola has contact of the second order with the circle at 
A : prove that the hyperbola cuts AB again in a fixed point, 
and that its centre lies on a circle of half the diameter 
touching the given one at A, 



Secokd Pafeb. 

[Full credit will be given for answering THnEE-FOUBTHS of 
this Paper,] 

Section A. 

DiFFEBBNTIAL GaLGULUS AND SoLID GeOMETBT. 
PSOFESSOR BSOHWICH. 

1. The points P, Q are marked on two skew lines {I, m) in 
space ; and variable points X, Fare taken on the lines If m in 
such a way that PX : QFis a fixed ratio. If Z divides XF 
in a given ratio, prove tiiat the locus of ^ is a straight line n ; 
and that the three lines I, m, n are parallel to the same 
plane. 

2. If y* = a:* + c, prove that 

are constants, and find their values. 

3. The functions /(«), g{x) are continuous at x = a, 
and so are their first and second differential coefficients. 
Prove that if f(a) = g{a) = 0, 

p2 



820 SECOND UNITKltSITT EXAMINATION IN ARTS. 

then 

lim [m &! . X r^>) ^^1 

Eyal«ate H -^, - ~—X 

'=i\ixr-\ of -I) 

4. If f{x) and its first and second differential coefficients 
are continuous from x-a to x = h, inclusiye, prove that 
for the same values of x 

/(*) •= J^a ^^"^ ■" H-« ^^^^ -i{x-a){h- x)f%i), 

where $ depends on x, hut lies hetween a and h. 

The arguments in a four-figure logarithmic sine tahle 
proceed hy intervals of 6' in angle : prove that the error 
introduced by using the rule of * proportional parts ' to 
interpolate for a difference of 3', will be less than '00005 
if the angle is greater than 3° 30'. [Given log, 10 = 2-30 . . .] 

5. A circle, radius 1 , rolls outside another circle of radius 2 : 
prove that the path of a marked point on the circumference 
of the rolling circle is given by a? + ty = 3^ + ^, where 
^ = 008^4- 1 sin fi. 

Show that a; sin 20 - y cos 20 = 2 sin 

is the equation to the normal ; and prove that the normal 
envelops a similar epicycloid of half tJie size turned through 
a right angle. 

6. If the tangent to a curve is determined by the 
perpendicular p and the angle ^, prove that 

dp _^ dr 

^"^ ds' 

where r, s have their ordinary meanings. Deduce that the 
radius of curvature is rdr/dp. 
In the conic 

l/r -I - e cos $ 

prove that l/pl^ - 2/r is constant and that the intercept 
on the normal between the curve and the initial line is 
n = Irfp, 

Deduce that the radius of curvature is «'/?. 



7. Evaluate 



SUMMER, 1906— HONOUBS. 821 

Sectiow B. 

Integbal Calcxtlus and Algkbra. 

Db. Stuabt. 






and show that 



8. Explain how you would integrate an expression of 
the form 



\/a + 2bx 4 esc* ' 



where » is a positive integer. 
Find 



Jo y/2ax " x^ 

9. Show that the area of the curve 

x{x^ + 3y2) = 3a(a?» - y^) 

contained between the origin and a; = 3a is equal to 3a' • 
and find the volume when this part is rotated about the 
axis of x. 

10. Fipd the arc of the curve 

between the points (a, 0) and (0, h). If h = a, find the 
surface generated when this arc is rotated about the axis 
oi x, 

1 1 . Prom seventeen persons who are sitting in a circle three 
are selected at random: prove that the chance that no two of 
those selected are sitting next one another is ^. 



822 SSOOND UMIVEBSITT EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

12. If f{x) is positive and decreases as x increases to 
infinity, prove that the series 



will converge if the series 

2 2V(2") 



is convergent. 

Test the convergence of 

CO 00 

2 n"*, 2 (n log »)-^ • 



MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. 
FiBST Papeb. 
Peofessob Moeton. 

1. Show that a force P in the plane of a given triangle 
may be replaced by three forces in the sides of the triangle 
of magnitudes 

Papi Fhpz Pep^ 
■2A"' "2A"' 2A ' 

where a, 6, c are the sides of the triangle, A its area, and 
Pit P29 Pz the perpendicular distances of the angular points 
from the line of action of P. 

Hence show how a couple of given moment G can be 
replaced by forces in the sides. 

2. One solid body rests on another, the surfaces in 
contact being spherical. Find the condition that the 
equilibrium should be stable when the upper body rolls on 
the lower through a small angle. 

A solid segment of a sphere rests with its curved surface 
in contact with a convex spherical surface of the same 
radius. Find the greatest height of the segment consistent 
with stability. 



BUHMEB, 1906 — HONOUBS. 323 

3. A nniform wire of length I is bent into any number 
of straight equal parts, all of which are tangents to a circle 
of radius r. If tiie length of the line joining the ends of 
the rod is c, show that the distance of its centre of gravity 
from the centre of the circle is 

er 

T' 

4. Investigate the effect of friction in the case of the 
'wheel and axle/ when the two concentric circles so 
described are free to turn on a fixed inner axle with which 
actual contact is made at one point only. 

If a and & are the radii of the circles on which the strings 
are wound, and c the radius of the inner axle ; and if /i, 
the coefficient of friction, is very small, show that the 
mechanical advantage is altered in the ratio 

(a + 3) _ 

5. In a pulley arrangement of the first kind, with one 
movable and one fixed pulley, m is the mass at the end 
of the string, and M that of the movable pulley and 
attached weight. When nt, which is greater than iM, is 
descending with velocity u, it strikes an inelastic horizontal 
plane. Investigate the subsequent motion of the system, 
and show that it will finally come to rest after time 

u 4ffl + if 
2^ '2m -if* 

6. Two heavy particles are attached to different points of 
a weightless string. Show that it is impossible for the 
whole to oscillate like a pendulum with the whole string 
remaining constantly straight. 

7. From a point on the ground, particles are projected 
in any manner so as to strike an imperfectly elastic wall, 
the motion being in the vertical plane perpendicular to the 
wall. Prove that all the parabolic paths described after 
impact will, if continued backwards, meet the ground in the 
same point behind the wall. 



SEOOND UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

8. Particles are projected with given velocity to strike a 
vertical plane at a distance c from the point of projection. 
Show that the greatest height which can be reached 
on the plane measuring from the level of projection is 

where h is the height attained by projecting vertically up- 
wards. Find the angle of elevation which corresponds to 
this maximum vertical range. 

9. Two particles m, m', joined by a string, are describing 
concentric circles on a smooth table, the period of a revolu- 
tion being T. If the middle point of the string be suddenly 
fixed, show that the particles will collide after tinod 

(^ + ^') 7, 
4(m-w') 

10. A particle of mass m, movable on a smooth horizontal 
plane, is attached to the four comers of a square on the 
plane by four equal and similar elastic strings. Show 
that, if it receive a small displacement, either along a 
diagonal or parallel to a side of the square, it will execute 
simple harmonic oscillations of period 



/ mob 

27r, 



where a is the unstretched length, h the stretched length, 
and X the modulus of efach of the strings. 



Seoond Papeb. 
Professor Beroin. 

1. Find the centre of pressure of a regular hexagon with 
one side in the surface of a liquid. 

2. Explain how the position of equilibrium of a floating 
body may be found. 



umoB^f 1906— HONouBS. 8S6 

8. A hollow oone filled with liquid slides down a smooth 
inoUned plane : find the pressure of the liquid on its plane 
base which is in contact with the smooth plane. 

4. Deduce the condition ior the Tninimnfn deviation of a 
ray of light incident on a prism in a principal plane. 

5. What is meant by the equivalent lens of two lenses? 
Find its characteristies in the case of two thin lenses at a 
given distance apart. 

6. Deduce the condition for the achromatism of two 
thin lenses at a given distance apart. 

7. Explain how to convert meantime into sidereal time. 

8. Determine the i^parent ohfinge in the latitude of a 
star due to aberration. 

9. Describe the construction of a sun-dial. 

10. Explain how to find the heights of lunar mountains. 



EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. 
FntsT Paper. 
Mb. Haoeett. 

1. What physical properties determine the choice of the 
materials used for single-fibre suspensions in physical 
instruments? Illustrate your answer by discussing the 
properties of the fibres in common use. 

2. Show how sur&ce-tension can be treated from the 
energy point of view. Discuss on this basis the rise of 
liquid in capillary tubes. 

8. What is the significance of the ratio of the two 
specific heats on the kinetic theory of gases ? 

4. Oive an account of interference phenomena in sound. 

5. Describe a determination of the velocitjr of sound in 
air. What corrections are necessary ? How is the velocity 
affected by the intensity of the sound ? 

6. Discuss the magnification and brigbtn^as of the image 
in the astronomical telescope. 

jp8 



6^6 SBOOND UNIYBBSTTlr EXAMINATION IN ABT8. 

7. Disonss the formation of rainbows. 

8. Desoribe the arrangement of apparatus you would use 
to obtain a good spectrum. Explain how you would search 
for radiations lying on each side of the visible spectrum. 

9. Desoribe some method of obtaining the index of 
refraction of a liquid with accuracy. 

10. Sketch any theory of colour vision. 



Second Pafbb. 
Mb. Vintoomb. 

1. Deduce a formula for the pressure of a gas on the 
basis of the kinetic theory. 

2. How could the absolute conductivity for heat of 
mercury be obtained? What extra precautions must be 
taken which would not be necessary in the case of a 
solid? 

8. How may the < diathermancy ' of transparent mate- 
rials be measured for radiations of various wave-lengths ? 
Give some results obtained. 

4. How can very low temperatures be obtained ? What 
limits the coldness which can be reached ? 

5. What is meant by the thermal conductivity of a 
gas ? What difficulties oppose the measurement of it, and 
how can they be overcome ? 

6. What is the effect of temperature on the magnetic 
permeability of soft iron ? 

7. How would you measure the magnetic permeability of 
a sample supplied to you in the form of wire ? 

8. How are the magnetic elements of a place measured? 
• 9. How does Ohm's law apply to metals and to electro- 
lytes? How would you determine the resistance of an 
electrolyte ? 

10. What is meant by the back e.m.f. of a direct current 
motor ? What connexion does it have with the energy 
supplied and with that used ? 



SUMMKB, 1906 — HONOUBS. 827 

PRACTICAL PHYSICS. 

1. Find the volnme of the cavity in the given piece of 
glass. 

2. Find the specific heat of the given liquid. 

8. Find the index of refraction of the given liquid. 



OHBinSTBY. 

[All Chenvical changes must be expressed both in words and 
by equations. Candidates who neglect this instrwction 
will not receive full credit for their answers.] 

Db. Hawthobnb ; Pbofessob Letts ; Pbofessob Btan. 

1. What do you understand by the basicity and atomicity 
of an organic acid, and how are they actually determined ? 
Illustrate your answer by examples. 

2. How may hydroxylamine be obtained, and how does 
it react with aldehydes and ketones respectively ? 

8. Contrast in tabular form the properties (both chemical 
and physical) of magnesium, aluminium, and silicon, and 
of their chief compounds, to illustrate the principle that 
with increasing atomic weight the properties of the 
elements gradually become modified in a given * period.' 

4. Give a method of formation of ethyl acetate, and of 
acetaldehyde respectively. How do these bodies react 
towards (a) ammonia, {b) caustic potash ? 

5. Give an account of any carbonyl compounds with 
which you are acquainted. 

6. Describe the preparation and chief properties of 
copper. 

7. Describe fully how you would determine the molecular 
weight of a non-volatile solid, such as grape-sugar. 



SECOND UNIVEBSITT EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

8. What is the formula for meso-tartaric acid ? By what 
evidence is the formula supported ? How has tartaric acid 
been synthesised ? 

9. Describe a method for preparing pure iodic acid. 
Write its probable structural formula. 



PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 

[Special stress will he laid upon the written record of your 
work, and your attention is directed to the following 
points : — 

(a) Give a concise account of all the steps of the processes 
you employ, and of all the tests you use in searching for the 
dififerent substances. 

(6) If you find a metal capable of forming two series of 
compounds, ascertain, if possible, to which of these series 
the metal present in the substance you are examining 
belongs. 

(c) In testing a solid, dry way tests, in addition to wet 
way tests, must be employed. 

(d) In testing a solution, dry way tests should be em- 
ployed in aU cases where it is advisable to do so— in 
addition to liquid tests. 

{e) Use confirmatory tests where it is possible to do so. 

(/) At the end of your paper, give a statement of the 
constituents found in each solid or solution given you for 
examination.] 

1. Detect three basic radicals in the solid marked 1. 

2. Detect two acidic radicals in the solution marked 2. 

3. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in the solid 
marked 8. 



SUHMBB, 1906 — HONOUBS. 

BOTANY. 
FotsT Papkb* 

Pbofbssob SiaEBSON ; Pbofebsob Gbsoo Wilson. 

1. Mention the oonstitaents of reserve-stores, and state 
what changes take place therein, and what becomes of 
them during germination, in the case of a seed or tnber. 

2. Give an account of the evolation of heat and light by 
plants, with examples. 

8. Mention some cryptogamic and phanerogamic para- 
sites, and state how they obtain their food. 

4. Give an account of the minute structure and 
distribution of vascular tissue in a Fern. 

5. Describe the pollen and ovule of a Pine. 

6. Give a full account of the sporophyte generation 
of Funaria. 



PEAOTIGAL BOTANY. 

1. Lay out in glycerine the flower provided, sketch, 
name, and describe the parts, and assign it to its natural 
order. 

2. Mount a portion of epidermis, showing stomata: 
sketch and describe. 

8. Identify and describe briefly the objects under the 
microscope A, B. 



ZOOLOGY. 

Pbofessob Cubban; Pbofessob Habtoo. 

1. Give a comparative account of the Dog-fish and 
Osseous Fish. 

2r Describe with sketch a transverse section through the 
region of the heart in Anodon. 



880 SECOND UNIVEBBITY EXAMINATION IN ABTS. 

8. What is meant by a portal system ? Give a careful 
account of the portal systems of the Frog. 

4. Describe fully the structure of an Octocorallian 
(Alcyonarian) Polyp. 

5. Give a full account of the alimentary system [and its 
appendages in a Snail. 

6* Explain with illustrations from actual cases the 
terms: parasite, oommensatism, fission, gemmation, 
alternation of generations. 



PRACTICAL ZOOLOGY. 

Schema. 

1. Expose the brain of the animal (A) in situ. Sketch 
your dissection with explanation, noting all organs in 
view. 

2. Mount in glycerine a jaw of the animal (BJ ; sketch 
and describe your preparation. 

8. Identify and describe briefly specimens f A), (B). 



GEOLOGY. 

PmsT Papeb. 
Pbofessob Andbbson. 

1. Give a list of the currents of the Atlantic Ocean. 
Explain their origins and positions, and note the course 
and characters of each. 

2. What are the characteristic fossils of the Permian 
and Trias systems ? 

8. Place each of the following fossils in its proper 
organic position, and state where and in what systems 
these fossils are found : — Spirifer, Productus, Orthoceras, 
Belemnites, Nilssonia, Bellerophon, Glossopteris, Lepido- 
dendron, Zamites, Walchia. 



SUMMER, 1906 — HONOURS. 33l 

4. Give a short description of eacii of the chief ores of 
iron. Mention the chemical composition and physical 
characters in each case. 

5. Give an account of Muscovite, and mention the chief 
rocks in which this mineral is found. 

6. What is the law of Rational Indices ? What is the 
condition that a face {hkl) should helong to a given zone 
(uvw) ? What measurements would you require in order 
to locate a crystal face ? 



Second Paper. 
Mr. Seymour. 

1. Discuss clearly the conditions necessary for the pre- 
servation of organic remains as fossils. 

2. Give a brief account of the Crustacea) of the Devonian 
and Old Red Sandstone periods. 

3. Describe a method for the separation of mineral 
granules (such as make up an ordinary sand) by taking 
advantage of their different specific gravities. 

4. Describe in detail the megascopic and microscopic 
structures, and mineral composition of the following rocks : 
— phonolite, dunite, pegmatite, and perlite. 

6. Under what conditions are the following rocks 
formed : — amygdaloidal lava, sinter, andalusite schist, 
flint, oolite, and quartzite? 

6. Describe the chief characteristics of the Ostracoda. 
Give the names of four or more genera, stating which, if 
any, are fresh-water types, and also the horizon of each. 



( 332 ) 
EXAMINATION FOR DEGREES IN LAW. 



SUMMEE, 1906. 



FIRST EXAMINATION IN LAW. 

FOE PASS AND HONOUB CANDIDATES. 



GENERAL JURISPRUDENCE. 
Professor Baxter ; Mr. Doyle. 

1. Discuss the statement that, during the early history 
of the Roman State, Wills of Roman citizens were executed 
in the Comitia Calata. 

2. In what respect did the law of succession to the 
chieftainship in Celtic nations differ from the normal 
course of Primogeniture ? 

3. Distinguish between Implied Contracts and Quasi - 
Contracts (in Roman Law), and point out the bearing 
which the confusion of these terms has (according to Maine) 
on * the famous error which attributed political rights 
and duties to an Original Compact between the governed 
and the governor.' 

4. How is the disappearance of the punishment of death 
from the penal system of the Roman Republic to be 
explained? In what way did the Roman Constitution 
suffer (according to Maine) by the absence of this 
punishment ? 

5. Explain and discuss the statement that * from the 
moment when a tribal community settles down finally 
upon a definite space of land, the Land begins to be the 
basis of Society in place of the Kinship.' 

6. Summarize Maine's account of the agrarian organi- 
zation and the development of an Irish Tribe. 



8UMHEB, 1906 — flONOUBS. 888 

7. Discuss the phrase ocourring in Christian Marriage 
Services — ' With ail my worldly goods I thee endow.' 

8. The Roman theory of a Law Natural is (aocording to 
Maine) compounded of two elements, one Greek and one 
Boman. Wbski are they ? 

8. What is the position of a ' Government deemed 
imperfectly supreme ' ? In what different ways may such a 
government be related to the other government in relation 
to which it is deemed imperfectly supreme ? 

10. Distinguish between real and personal servitudes. 
Why is the latter term to be regarded as of negative 
import? 



CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY. 
Pbofessob Baxtbb; Mb. Dotle. 

1. What dio you consider to be the most important 
general characteristics of the British Constitution ? 

2. Explain Medley's statement — * The manor tended to 
become approximated to a jurisdictional, a geogra]^ical, 
and an economic unit.' 

8. What do you know of — (a) scutage ; (b) the Saladin 
tithe ; (c) the Assize of Clarendon, 1166 ; {d) the Statute 
De Vvris Religiosis, 1279 ? 

4. Comment upon the proposition stated by Dr. Stubbs — 
' The idea of constitutionsd government, defined by the 
measures of Edward I., and summed up in the legal 
meaning of the word ** Parliament," implies four prin- 
ciples.' 

5. What were the Courts of Common Law ? What is 
their historical origin, respectively? What was the 
primary Court of AppeaJ from their decisions? 

6. In what ways did the Revolution of 1688 secure the 
triumph of the Legislature over the Crown ? 

7. Give a short account of the progress of Parliamentary 
Reform before and since 1882. 



B84 FIBST EXAMINATION IN LAW. 

8. What is the law and practioe afiEieoting (a) the 
duration of a Farliament, {b) the regular summoning of a 
Parliament ? 

9. Distinguish between the original and the appellate 
jurisdictions of the House of Lords, referring shortly to 
the history of their exercise, and stating what jurisdiction 
the House possesses at the present day. 

10. State what you know of any two of the following : — 
Ashby V, White, Calvin's case, Bushell*s case, the Seven 
Bishops' case. 



ROMAN CIVIL LAW. 
Pbofessob Baxteb ; Mb. Dotle. 

1. Briefly sketch the development of Boman Civil Law, 
pointing out the two great periods into which its history 
is divisible. 

2, Explain the application of the Civil Law and the 
Praetorian Law to cases of metus and dohcs» 

8. What was meant by the 'Jus respondendi'? How 
did it affect the administration of justice by Boman 
Courts? 

4. Enumerate and briefly explain the requisites of a 
Juristic Act. 

6. In what twofold sense was the term *Legis actio' 
used ? Compare the ' Legis actio per judicis postula- 
tionem ' and the * Legis actio per condictionem.' 

6. Briefly explain the statement that ' Justinian fused 
the ustLcapio of the Civil Law and the longi temporis 
possessio of the magisterial law into a single system.' 

7. What was meant by a * Donatio propter nuptias*? 
Trace the origin of the term. Explain the term * Donatio 
ante nuptias in dotem redacta.' 

8. Trace the history of Execution of Judgment under 
Boman Law. 



SUMHEB, 1906 — ^HONOtJBS. BB5 

9. Translate and briefly explain the following phrases : — 

(a) culpa lata aequiparatur dolo. 

(b) solo cedit quod solo inaedificatur. 

(c) adrogatio. 

(d) compensatio est debiti et crediti inter se contributio. 

(e) praesomptiones juris et de jure. 

10. What rules existed at various times for the re- 
muneration of advocates in the Soman Courts? 



LAW OF PBOPERTY. 
Pbofbssob Baxtbb; Mb. Dotle. 

1. What is the legal meaning of— (a) hereditaments, 
(b) choses in action, (o) emblements, (d) fixtures ? 

2. State the rules (or canons) of descent, as regards real 
property. 

8. What is meant by a proviso for re-entry, in a lease ? 
What statutory restrictions affect the exercise of such a 
right at the present day? 

4. By deed dated 1st May 1905, A mortgages his fee- 
simple estate in Blackacre to £ to secure payment of a 
loan of £500. The deed contains a covenant by A to pay 
the £500 on 1st November, 1905, and to pay interest 
half-yearly at 5 per cent. In June, 1906, no interest has 
been paid, and the £500 is still owing. 

What means can B adopt, in order to realise the £500, 
or the interest, or both ? 

5. What is meant by * the lapse of a devise ' ? 

What exceptions to the ordinary rules as to lapse are 
made by sects. 82 and 88 of the Wills Act, 1887 ? 

6. Distinguish between a particular and a general 
lien. 

In what cases may a particular lien arise at common 
law? 



386 EXAMINATION FOB THE LL.B. DBGSEE. 

7. What is a bill of sale? State shortly the most 
important statutory requisites for its validity. 

8. Give the substanoe of the definition of a bill of 
exchange, contained in the Bills of Exchange Act, 1882. 

What liquidated damages may the holder of such a bill 
recover on its dishonour ? 

9. (a) Who are the persons entitled to obtain letters 
of admmistration of the goods of a deceased intestate? 

(b) What is meant by a donatio mortis ccmsa? 

10* What effect has the bankruptcy of a settlor upon 
a voluntary settlement of his property previously made by 
him? 



EXAMINATION FOE THE LL.B. DEGREE. 



LAW OF PROPEKTY. 
Pbofessob Baxtbb; Mb. Boylb. 

1. Illustrate the proposition that an estate, to arise in 
default of appointment, cannot be defeated by an appointment 
which (in the events which happ^i) fails to take effect. 

2. Enumerate the requisites to show intention to execute 
a general power. 

3. The donee of a power (to be executed by deed or will) 
executes it — 

(a) by deed, 
{b) bywiU, • 

and survives the appointee. 

What is the legal result in each case ? 

4. i^a) What is meaatby saying that * equity cannot supply 
non-execution ' (Solme v. CoghiU, 7 Ves. 499) ? How does 
this proposition bear on the case of a person dying insolvent, 
without having exercised a general power over property 
more than sufficient in value to pay his debts ? 



0t7UMBB» 1906— HONOtms. 887 

(J) Wotild his creditors stand in any different position if 
he had executed the power by deed in favour of a volunteer 
who had subsequently assigned his appointed interest to a 
purchaser for value ? Give a reason for your answer. 

6. Mention some phrases which have been held (in 
reported decisions) to constitute — 

(a) exclusive powers, 
(h) non-exclusive powers. 

6. The donee of a non-exclusive power appoints portion of 
the subject-matter of the power to one of several objects of 
the power, and dies leaving the rest unappointed. What is 
the legal effect? 

7. What implication arises when there is a power to 
appoint among the members of a class, but no gift (to the 
members or otherwise) in default of appointment ? 

8. What persons are entitled to share in the benefit of a 
non-exclusive power (created by will) to appoint among the 
children of A, subject to a life-estate given to B by the 
instrument creating the power ? 

9. What is meant by saying that a mortgagee's power of 
sale does not authorize a gift or the granting of a future 
option ofpttrehase ? 

10. What are the leasing powers of a tenant for life under 
the Settled Land Acts ? 



EQUITY. 
Pbopessor Baxteb; Mb. Doyle. 

1. How does the Court deal with a case of alleged undue 
influence in reference to a will and in reference to a gift or 
contract inter vivos respectively ? 

2. What is meant by saying that the plea of acquiescence 
* does not accurately express any known legal defence ' ? 

3. What are the general rules as to the production of 
evidence to show that the statement as to consideration in a 
deed is in fact untrue ? 



888 EXAMINATION FOB THX LL.B. DBOBEE. 

4. How and within what time is the registration of a Bill 
of Sale effected ? 

5. When will a voluntary deed be rectified on the ground 
of mistake, without any suggestion of fraud or undue 
influence ? 

6. When and how did the Lord Chancellor obtain power 
to award costs to a successful defendant, and to require a 
defendant to give security for costs ? 

7. Discuss the question of the influence of Eoman Law on 
the English Court of Chancery. 

8. In what order are the assets of a deceased testator 
applicable to the payment of his debts ? 

9. State briefly the facts and the import of the decision in 
the leading case of Garth v. Cotton (1 W. & T. 820). 

10. Explain the following terms : — 

' Constructive Trust ' ; 
' Resulting Trust * ; 

* Equitable Lien ' ; 

* Election.' 



COMMON AND CRIMINAL LAW. 
Pbofessob Baxteb; Mb. Dotle. 

1. A being in fact agent for P, and intending to 
contract on his behalf, enters into a contract with B. State 
the most important general rules as to B*q right to sue A 
or P on the contract : — (a) if B knows when contracting 
that A is agent for P ; (b) it B knows il is an agent, but 
not for whom ; (c) if £ does not know that il is an agent. 

What rights would B have if A, though purporting to 
contract for P, was not in fact P's agent ? 

2. Consider whether the following facts create binding 
contracts, giving your reasons : — 

(a) In 1905, A rescues B from drowning. In 1906, B 
writes ioA: * In recognition of your having saved my life, 
I agree to pay you £100 on demand.' 



BUMMEB, 1906— HONOUB8. 839 

(b) A is heir-at-law of his deceased father, who has by 
bis will devised Blaokaore to B\ B was an attesting witness 
to tUs will. B sues A to recover Blackacre. A promises 
that if B will withdraw this action he will pay B £50, and 
B does withdraw the action. 

8. What was the e£fect at common law of an agreement 
to refer a dispute to arbitration ? How has the matter 
been affected hy modem statutes ? 

4. State and explain shortly the principal defences which 
may be available in an action against tiie proprietor of a 
newspaper for a libel published therein. 

5. If A has entered into a binding contract with B, and 
G induces B to break this contract, under what conditions 
will A have a right of action against C? 

6. Explain the rules — {a) ' the liability of joint wrong- 
doers is joint and several ' ; (&) < there is no contribution 
or indemnity between wrong-doers.' 

What are the exceptions to (h) 7 

7. Explain shortly the several causes which would, 
at common Um^ relieve a common carrier from liability 
for loss of or damage to the goods carried, arising during 
the transit. 

8. State the principal rules of law as to a railway 
company's liability for luggage left at its cloak-room, and 
its powers of restricting such liability. 

9. To what extent does drunkenness constitute a legal 
excuse for the commission of a criminal act by the 
drunken person ? 

10. Oive Lord Coke's definition of murder, commenting 
briefly upon each term in that definition. 



LAW OP EVIDENCE. 

Pbofbssob Baxteb ; Mb. Dotle. 

1. Mention any exceptions to the general rule that the 
construction of written documents is for the judge. 



840 EXAMINATION FOB THE LL.D. DBOBEE. 

2. What are the most important presumptions of law as 
to the ownership of (a) the bed of rivers, (6) the seashore, 
(c) boundary walls, banks, and hedges ? 

8. State and illustrate Taylor's three < general rules as 
to secondary evidence.' 

4. Explain the rule that declarations and aotd which 
form part of the res gesta are admitted as original 
evidence. 

5. What illustrations does the law of evidence furnish of 
the maxim nemo tenetwr prodere seipsum ? 

6. What are the principal transactions which the 
common law requires to be evidenced by a deed ? 

7. '' Parol evidence may, in all cases of doubt, be adduced 
to explain a written instrument." From what may such a 
' doubt ' arise, and what two descriptions of evidence are 
consequently admissible ? 

8. What is the particular kind of ambiguity called < an 
equivocation' ? What special sort of parol evidence is 
admissible to solve it ? Give an example. 

9. In an action for a libel which imputes theft to the 
plaintiff, (a) may the plaintiff call evidence as to his 
character for honesty in order to increase the damages ; or 
{h) may the defendant call evidence as to the plaintiff's 
character for dishonesty in order to mitigate the damages ? 

10. Give examples of 'admissions by conduct' and 
* admissions by acquiescence.' 



EXAMINATION FOE THE LL.D. DEGHEE. 



SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. 

PdOFEssoB Baxteb ; Mb, Doyle. 

1. Sir Edward Fry considers that the words of the 
Married Women's Property Act * introduce new conceptions 
into the law of contract, and have created great peculiarities 
in the relief granted against married women.' Explain 



this statement. 



SUHIISB, 1906 — HONOTHtS. 841 

2. A contracts to sell to B shares in a company ; but on 
the transfer being tendered to the directors, they, acting 
under a power giyen them by the articles of association, 
ref ase to register B as transferee. Consider the rights of 
the parties according as the contract (a) is, or (&) is not, 
made on the Stock Exchange. 

8. Mention some of the principal cases in which a con- 
dition as to time will (contrary to the ordinary rule) be 
held of the essence of a contract in equity. 

4. What is the efiEect of the payment of a deposit by a 
purchaser of land ? 

What is the extent of a purchaser's lien ? 

5. Under what conditions will the Court order the rectifi- 
cation of a written contract ? 

6. What consequences follow from the rule, that fraud 
does not render a contract void, but voidable ? 

7. Give instances of the kinds of unfairness in a contract 
which will induce the Court to refuse specific performance. 

8. State the principal exceptions to the proposition, that 
the benefit of a contract is assignable in equity. 

9. To what extent will the Court enforce specific per- 
formance of a contract for the sale of the good-will of a 
business ? 

10. What is meant by (a) a contract ultra vires a corpo- 
ration, {b) a contract ultra vires the agents of the corpo- 
ration ? 

What is the importance of this distinction ? 



INTERNATIONAL LAW. 

FiBST Paper. 

Professor Baxter ; Mr. Doyle. 

1. State the main provisions of sect. 10 of the Natura- 
lization Act, 1870, as to the national status of married 
women and infant children. 

2 



842 EXAMINATION FOB THE LL.D. DEGREE. 

2. Write a summary of what you consider to be the 
principal rules of English law as to the change of domicil 
by an adult. 

8. (a) A, who is a domiciled Englishman, goes to Den- 
mark, and there marries JB, who is A's deceased wife's sister, 
in proper Danish form. 

(h) A, who is a domiciled Englishman, goes to Scotland, 
and there marries B, who is A*a first cousin, in a form 
peculiar to Scotch law. 

Is either of these cases recognized as a valid marriage by 
English law, and why ? 

4. A domiciled Englishman dies intestate, possessed of 
freeholds, leaseholds, and personal property, all situate in 
England. His only relative is a nephew born before 
wedlock in Scotland of parents domiciled there, and 
legitimised according to Scotch law per svhsequens matri- 
monium* 

What are the nephew's rights as regards the deceased's 
property ? 

5. Under what circumstances has an English (or Irish) 
Court jurisdiction to adjudicate bankrupt a domiciled 
Frenchman ? What effect has such adjudication upon 
personal property of the bankrupt situate in France 7 How 
may the rights of French creditors be affected ? 

6. State shortly the provisions of Lord Eingsdown's Act 
(24 & 25 Vict. c. 114) with regard to the execution of 
wills. 

7. What are the principal cases in which, under the 
present rules, the High Court may give leave to serve a 
writ out of the jurisdiction ? 

8. A, a domiciled Irishman, and B, a domiciled French- 
man, meet in Paris, and there verbally agree for the sale 
and purchase of A*a landed property in Ireland. It may be 
assumed that this agreement is valid according to French 
law : can B sue A upon it in an Irish Court, and why ? 

9. What law will prima facie govern the nature and 
incidents of a contractual obligation ? 



SUMMEB, 1906 HONOUBS. 848 

How far are contracts of affireightment and bottomry 
bonds exceptions to the ordinary rule ? 

10. If an action is brought in an English (or Irish) Court, 
founded on a judgment in personam recovered in France, 
what objections may be taken to the validity of the judg- 
ment? 



Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Baxteb; Mb. Doyle. 

1. Discuss the doctrine that * War is a relation of state 
to state, and not of individual to individual.' 

What important practical consequence would follow 
from this doctrine, if sound ? 

2. To what extent is a state considered justified in 
compelling foreign residents to help in maintaining the 
public safety ? 

8. What is the general usage as to the legal position of 
persons belonging to a state community who are in places 
not within the territorial jurisdiction of any power 7 

What special exceptions to this usage are allowed ? 

4. Give a brief historical account of the views entertained 
as to the nature of the rights arising from military 
occupation of a hostile state's territory. 

What does Mr. Hall consider to be the extent of such 
rights, and what are the limits of their exercise ? 

5. What are the effects of a treaty of peace with 
reference to (a) acts done before the commencement oi 
the war, (b) acts done during its continuance ? 

6. Supposing that France and Germany are at war, 
and that a French armed cruiser is driven into Portsmouth 
Harbour by a storm, disabled and short of coal and 
provisions : how may she use the port without a breach 
of neutrality on the part of Great Britain ? 

How would the matter be affected if, during the French 
cruiser's stay, a similar German cruiser also arrived in 
the port? 

22 



844 EXAMINATION FOB THE LL.D. DBOBEE. 

7. What are the principal matters olassed as ' analogues 
of contraband ' ? 

How does the penalty for their carriage differ from that 
incurred in the case of ordinary contraband 9 

8. What general rules must be satisfied in order that a 
maritime blockade may legally exist ? 

What is the penalty for a breach of blockade ? 

9. State the chief formalities to be observed by a 
belligerent vessel which * visits ' a neutral ship. 

When may the visit be followed by capture ? 
May the captured vessel be destroyed ? 

10. How does Mr. Hall classify treaties, with reference 
to the effect upon their validity of a war between the 
contracting states ? 



KOMAIf CIVIL LAW. 
FiEST Papkr. 
Pbofessob Baxteb; Mb. Botle. 

1 . Mention some exceptions in Eoman Law to the general 
rule that a vendor and purchaser were free to fix between 
them the price of the article sold. 

2. What was the position of an heir who sold some portions 
of his inheritance before it became delata^ and subsequently 
sold the inheritance as a whole to a single purchaser ? 

3. Under what obligations to the vendor of an inheritance 
did the purchaser he ? 

4. What different kinds of mistake were recognized by 
Eoman Law ? Mention a class of case in which a ' mistake 
of motive ' was operative to annul a contract of sale. 

5. Discuss the rule of law which cast the risk {perictdum 
rei), as a general rule, on the purchaser, from the moment of 
the conclusion of the contract. 

6. What was meant hj pactum di^liesntiae? How did 
such a pactum form an exception to the general rules 
governing the question oipericulum in the case of resolutive 
conditions ? 



S0MMBB, 1906 — HONOURS. 845 

7. When did the property pass according to the Roman 
Law of Sale? 

8. What was the position of an evicted purchaser in 
reference to— 

{a) the vendor who sold without title, 
(h) the evicting owner ? 

9. What was the position of a vendor, selling without 
title, whose purchaser acquired title by gift from the 
rightful owner after payment of the purchase-money ? 

10. Translate:— 

Sed si commimis ea res emptori cum alio sit, did debet 
scisso pretio pro portione pro parte emptionem valere, pro 
parte non valere. Si servus domini iussu in demonstrandis 
finibus agri venditi vel errore vel dolo plus demonstraverit, 
id tamen demonstratum accipi oportet, quod dominus senserit : 
at idem Alfenus scripsit de vacua possesdone per servum 
tradita. 



Sbgond Papjsb. 
Pkofbssoe Baxter; Mk. Dotlk. 

1. Sketch shortly the Roman Law as to the rights of 
vendor and purchaser in respect of * commodum rei venditae.' 

2. What was meant by the exceptio non adimpleti contraetiis, 
and when was it admissible as a defence ? 

3. What were the vendor's obligations to his purchaser as 
regards title ? Briefly contrast the Roman and English Law. 

4. State briefly the Roman Law as regards interest on 
purchase -money. 

5. Discuss the doctrine of vendor's lien in reference to the 
principles of the Roman contract of sale. 

6. Explain two chief classes of conditioner. What is the 
diflerence between a conditio and a pactum adiectum ? 

7. What were the vendor's rights when default was made 
by the purchaser in payment of the purchase-money on the 
date flxed for payment by the terms of the contract ? 



846 EXAMINATION FOB THE LL.D. DEGREE. 

8. Under what ciromnBtanceB could an agent for a pur- 
chaser rescind a contract of sale which his principal was 
not entitled to rescind ? 

9. Mention some matters in which vendor and purchaser 
were not treated alike under the Actio Eedhibitoria. 

10. Translate :— 

Gronaria, quae ex tabulis fieri solent, ita aedium sunt, si 
stipites eorum in terra def ossi sunt : quod si supra terram 
sunt, rutis et caesis cedunt. Tegulae, quae nondum aedificiis 
impositae sunt, quamvis tegendi gratia allatae sunt, in rutis 
et caesis habentur : aliud iuris est in his, quae detractae 
sunt ut reponerentur : aedibus enim accedunt. 



CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND HISTORY. 

FiBST Fapeb. 

Pbofessob Baxteb ; Mb. Dotle. 

1. Trace the history of the law as to the dissolution of 
Parliament (a) by efflux of time, (b) by the demise of the 
Crown. 

2. What is the legal effect of a member of the House 
of Commons being (a) convicted of felony, (b) convicted 
of misdemeanour, (c) becoming a lunatic, {d) becoming 
bankrupt ? 

8. Enumerate, and explain shortly, the principal dis- 
qualifications for exercising the Parliamentary franchise. 

4. What are the functions of (a) the clerk of the House 
of Commons, (b) the sergeont-at-arms ? 

6. Write a short historical account of Parliamentary 
reporting in its relation to the privilege of freedom of 
speech. 

6. How do the cases of BradUmgh v. Oosset and Stock- 
dale V. Homsa/rd illustrate the law as to Parliamentary 
privilege ? 

7. What restrictions exist upon the Crown's rights 
(a) to create peers, (fc) to summon peers to Parliament ? 



SUMMEBy 1906 ^HONOUBS. 347 

8. Discuss, from the standpoint of present-day consti- 
tutional law and practice, the powers of the House of 
Lords in regard to legislation. 

9. How were questions as to disputed returns at 
Parliamentary elections determined before 1868? How 
are they determined now ? 

10. State shortly the procedure upon the opening of 
the first session of a new Parliament. 



Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Baxteb ; Mb. Doyi«e. 

1. Upon what terms do the various classes of public 
servants hold their offices ? How are they appointed, and 
how may they be dismissed? 

2. State the principal functions and duties of the Home 
Secretary. 

8. Give a short account of the government of India, 
referring particularly to the respective functions of the 
Secretary of State and the Council of India, and to the 
exercise of Parliamentary control. 

4. State the origin and nature of the following 
modes of taxation : — (a) excise, (6) subsidy* (c) land-tax, 
(d) estate duty. Which of them are of practical importance 
at present? 

5. Explain the origin and the powers of courts-martial. 
What persons are subject to their jurisdiction? What 
remedies are available in case of the misconduct of these 
courts ? 

6. What is the composition of (a) the House of Lords, 
and (b) the Privy Council, as appellate tribimals ? 

Notice some differences in their action. 

7. In what respects do the position and liability of the 
Lord Lieutenant of Ireland differ from those of an ordinary 
colonial governor ? Eefer to authority. 



848 EXAMINATION FOB THE LL.D. DEOBEE. 

8. Consider the question, bow far a servant of the Gr6wn 
cai) be required to discharge a duty laid on him towards 
a subject ? 

9. How far is it true that a Prime Minister can choose 
and can. dismiss his colleagues ? 

10. Explain generally the nature and objects of the 
writs of certiorari, mandanvusy and qtw warranto,- 



THE LAW OF LIMITATIONS. 
Fbofessob Baxteb ; Mb. Dotle. 

1. What limitations are applicable to the case of a tenant 
at will ? 

2. How far are express trustees entitled to the benefit 
of the Statutes of Limitations ? 

8. What period of limitation applies to a remaindermazi in 
tail, in reference to equitable waste committed by a tenant 
for life during the currency of his life-estate ? 

4. Discuss the position of a mortgagee in possession, who 
(without the knowledge of the mortgagor) keeps accounts 
of the rents received by him during the period of his 
possession, extending for more than twelve years. 

6. What is the position (in reference to the Statutes of 
Limitations) of a mortgagee of land on lease who enters 
into receipt of the rent payable under the lease — (a) as 
against the mortgagor, (b) as against the lessee ? 

6. What is the difference in the rights of a mortgagee as 
regards arrears of interest — (a) when he exercises his power 
of sale, and (6) when he institutes an action for the recovery 
of the mortgage-money and interest due ? 

7. Whftt periods of limitation are applicable to the 
recovery by a lay body of property formerly belonging to 
an ecclesiastical corporation sole, and vested in the lay 
body by statute, such property having, prior to such statute, 
got into the bands of third parties ? 



SUIOIBB, 1906 — ^BOHOUBS. 

8. What is the position of a person who, as a trespasser, 
ocenides a plot of kmd for less than twelve years, and then 
takes a lease, from the owner of the plot, of a strip of 
adjoining land, and thenceforth continues in occupation of 
both, paying rent under the lease for a period amounting, 
together with the former period, to more than twelve 
years? 

9. Discuss the law relating to successive trespassers, 
none of whose periods of occupation amounts to twelve 
years, but the conjoint period of whose occupation exceeds 
twelve years. 

10. What are the requisites and effect of an acknowledg- 
ment of title within the meaning of section 14 of the 8 & 4 
WiU. 4, c. 27 ? 

Give some instances of deaHngs which have been held 
(a) to be acknowledgments, {b) not to be acknowledgments. 



PBINCIPAL AND AGENT. 
Fbofessob Baxter ; Mb. Doyle. 

1. Discuss the admissibility of parol evidence to vary an 
€kg6D.VB prima facie liability on a written contract. 

2. What is the position of a person who performs con- 
tracts entered into by him with an agent duly authorised by 
a principal, who has become insane after the authorisation, 
and is insane at and from the time of the making of the 
contracts ? 

8. To what extent, and subject to what limitations, is a 
wife her husband's agent ? 

4. Under what circumstances can a partner bind his 
firm by deed ? 

5. Discuss the question of liability of a person sending a 
telegraphic message, for an injury occasioned to the person 
receiving and acting on the message, by reason of a material 
error introduced in transmission by the telegraph clerk. 

28 



860 fiXAMlKATION FOB THE LL.D. BSOBlBfi. 

6. What is the position of an agent who bays goods in 
his own name, but on behalf of a principal, who subsequently 
wrongfully refuses to acoept delivery of the goods ? 

7. What are the rules of law applicable to the recovery 
of costs by a solicitor for conducting a suit or action for 
his client ? 

8. What are the chief rules of law regulating the execu- 
tion by a local authority of powers conferred by the 
Legislature for a particular purpose ? Mention the leading 
case on the subject. 

9. What is the position of a member of a partnership 
who, contrary to the terms of his partnership agreement, 
enters into a non-partnership business, and makes profits 
therein ? 

10. Define the liability of a master for the wrongful acts 
of his servant. Mention some cases on the subject. 



( 851 ) 

EXAMINATIONS IN THE SCHOOL OP CIVIL 
ENGINEEBINQ. 



SUMMEB, 1906. 



PASS EXAMINATIONS 



IIEST PEOFESSIOUAL EXAMUfATIOU. 



MATHEMATICS. 

FiBST Papsb. 

Plaitb Geoketet and Tbioonouetrt. 

Peofessob Egak. 

[^Tables supplied on application to the Superintendent.^ 

1. Proye that the bisector of the vertical angle of a triangle 
divides the base in the ratio of the sides. 

Show how to construct a triangle having a given base AB, 
a vertical angle equal to a given angle X, and the ratio of 
the sides about the vertical angle equal to a given ratio l:m. 

2. Two triangles ^^5 C, A'JB'C have A = A', 
AB:BC= A'B' : B' C\ and C, C both acute. 

Prove that BCi CA^ ffC'i C'A'. 

3. If the perpendicular from C on AB meets AB at if, 
prove that 

AC^ = AB* + BC^ ± 2AB . BM. 

Distinguish the cases. 

If P is any point oti the circumscribed circle of an equi- 
lateral triangle, prove that the siun of the squares on the 
lines joining F to the vertices is equal to twice the square on 
one of the sides. 

4. OABf OPQ are two intersecting straight lines, and AP 
is parallel to BQ, Show that the circles described about 
GAP and OBQ touch at 0, 



852 FIBST PBOFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

6. The area of a triangle x is nine times that of an equi- 
angular triangle y. What is the ratio of a «idc of ^ to a 
corresponding side of y ? 

On the side AB of a triangle as diameter a semicircle is 
described. P is the middle point of the semicircular arc. A 
circle with centre A and radius AF meets AB at M, MN 
is drawn parallel to BC meeting AC at iV. Prove that the 
area of the triangle AMNib half that of ABC, 

6. Find cos 16°, cos 75°, tan 930°. 

7. In a triangle show that 

8. Express sin^ + sin j5 + sin C - sin (-4 + jB + C) 
as the product of three sines by a numerical factor. 

9. In a triangle prove that 

taniCtani(^- J?) = {a-h)l{a^h). 
Given «= 9-630, J = 4'o31, 67= 67° 19', 
find A and B, 

10. Prove that the radius of the escribed circle opposite to 
the angle A oio. triangle is 

4ic cos ^ cos - sm — • 
2 2 2 



sm : 



Second Paper. 

Algbbba and Solid Geometbt. 

Pbofessob Dixon. 

\_Tahle8 supplied on application to the Superintendent,'] 

1. Solve the equations 

3a? - 4y + 5« = 14, 
4a? + y - 78 = 3, 
9a: + llz = 78. 



SUMHSB, 1906 — ^PASB. 868 

2. Find the yalue of 

v/6876 + ^3179 - ^^15069 
to the nearest figure in the third place of decimals. 

3. At each of two points on a signal-post there are jointed 
two arms which are alike. Either arm in each pair has five 
possihle positions, including that of rest. Find the numher 
of signals that can be made, excluding those in which two 
arms take the same significant position. 

4. Find the amount at compound interest of £673 for 
7 years at 3i per cent, per annum. 

6. The arithmetic mean between two numbers is 61 and 
the geometric mean 60. Find the numbers. 

6. Find the greatest term in the expansion of (1 + -02)^^ 
by the binomial theorem, and calculate by means of ^e 
expansion the value of the whole number next below 
(l-02)*«>. 

7. Three lines OAj OB, OC meet in a point, and ^0^, 
AOC axe right angles. Prove that any line thiough in 
the plane JBOCis perpendicular to OA. 

8. A, JB, Cy JD are four points not in a plane, and ABy A C, 
JDBy DC are similarly divided. Prove that the four points 
of division lie in one plane. 

9. ABCy DJSFoxe two triangles in different planes, and 
are such that AD, BJS, CF meet in a point. Prove that 
AB meets i>JS'; BC, EF\ and AC, DF\ and that the three 
points of intersection are in a straight line. 

10. Describe a sphere through four given points. When 
is this impossible, and when can it be done in more ways 
than one ? 

11. Prove that the volume of a pyramid is one- third the 
product of its base and height. 



EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. 

Me. Vinyoomb. 

1. Describe a spectrometer, and show how it is used to 
measure the angles of a prism. 



d54 ^IBST PROFESSIONAL BXAMIKATIOK. 

2. What is the cause of internal total reflection ? Give 
some practical application. 

8. Explain the formation of an image by a pinhole, and 
by a simple lens. 

4. How would you show that all bodies £all with the 
same acceleration under gravity in vacuo ? 

5. How does the pitch of a note vary with the motion of 
the sounding body ? 

6. Describe a method for comparing the moments of 
two magnets. 

7. Explain the phenomenon of charging by induction. 
Give some example of the application of this. 

8. What are the laws governing electrolysis ? What is 
meant by polarisation ? 

9. How are changes of standards of length due to 
temperature eliminated in careful measurements of 
length ? 

10. Define the < thermal capacity' of a body. How 
may it be measured? 



PBACTICAL PHYSICS. 

1. Determine the period of the torsional oscillations for 
different lengths of wire, and plot the results. 

2. Measure the specific heat of the given metal. 
8. Find the mean diameter of the wire. 



DRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE ARCHITECTURE. 

FmsT Papeb. 

Section A. 

Mb. Cowan. 

1. Assuming a horizon ground-line and station-point, 
and the vanishing points of two horizontal lines which 
intersect, find the vanishing point of the line which bisects 
the angle between them. 



sumiBB, 1906 — PAfiB. 856 

2. The height of the eye above the groand-plane is 6 
feet, and the distance from the picture-plane 10 feet ; find 
the vanishing point of a line which lies in a vertical plane, 
perpendicular to the picture-plane ; and in it makes an 
angle of 60^ with the vertical, rising from the eye. Scale 
4 feet to an inch. 

8. A block of stone, 6 feet long, the section of which is 
a square, with sides 1 foot long, has one long edge in the 
ground-plane, making an angle of 80^, with the ground- 
line to the right, and, when produced, cutting it at 2 feet to 
the left. The faces of the block make angles of 45° with 
the ground-plane, and the nearest point of the edge of the 
block on the ground-plane to the picture-plane is 2 feet 
distant, measured along the produced edge. Draw the block 
in perspective, the height of eye being 5 feet, and its distance 
from the picture-plane 5 feet. Scale 2 feet to an inch. 

4. Draw two horizontal lines, 8 inches apart, to represent 
the horizon and ground-line of a perspective picture-plane, 
and mark the point of sight. Take, for vanishing points, 
points 5 inches and 8 inches to the right and left of the 
point of sight on the horizon line, and join them to a 
point on the ground-line vertically below the point of sight. 
Find the distance of the eye, so that these may represent 
lines at right angles to one another. 

5. Draw the perspective of a circle 2 feet in diameter, 
lying on the ground-plane, the centre of which is 2 feet to 
the left, and 2 feet behind the picture-plane, the height of 
eye being 5 feet, and distance 10 feet. Scale i inch to 
1 foot. 

Seotion B. 

Pbofessob FitzGebalb. 

6. Sketch and describe the entablature of the Greek 
Doric order, naming the parts. 

7. In what ways did the Boman treatment of the Greek 
orders in large buildings of more than one story differ 
from the Greek ? 

8. Give a list, with sketches, of the principal Greek 
mouldings and ornaments. 



856 FIBST PBOFB88IONAL EXAlltKATION. 

9. Trace the development of the plans of churches from 
that of the Basilica to that of the Gothic Cathedral, with 
illustrative sketches. 

10. Give a list of the leading dates and names of the 
English Gothic styles, with illustrative sketches. 



Second Papeb. 

[This paper is accompanied by lithograph figures Hand KJ] 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Townsend. 

1. A point lies in the vertical plane of projection 2^ 
inches over the ground-line. Construct the projections of 
a line passing through the point, and making an angle of 
55^ with the ground-plane, and an angle of 29° with the 
vertical plane of projection. 

2. The horizontal trace of a plane makes an angle of 
45° with the ground-line, and the vertical trace of the plane 
an angle of 88° with the ground-line, both traces being to 
the right. The horizontal projection of a point p lying in 
the given plane is liV of an inch from the ground-lme, and 
1-iV of an inch from the horizontal trace of the plane. 
Construct the horizontal projection of a circle lying in the 
plane, the point p being its centre, and its diameter 2 
inches. 

8. In the accompanying diagram H, A and A' are the 
horizontal and vertical projections of a line, 6^, G' the ground 
line, and P and JP' the horizontal and vertical projections 
of a point. Construct the traces of a plane passing through 
the point and perpendicular to the given line, and develop 
the distance between the given point and the point where 
the plane meets the given line. 

4. In the accompanying diagram E, the cirde C lying 
in the grouud-plane is the directrix of air oblique cone, and 



8UMMKB, 1906 — PASS. 857 

V and F are the horizontal and vertical projections of its 
vertex, and P and P' are the horizontal and vertical pro- 
jections of a point. Construct the traces of a plane passing 
through the point and touching the cone. 

5. A circle lies in a horizontal plane 8 inches over the 
ground-plane, the diameter of the circle is 2 inches, and 
the horizontal projection of its centre is 1^ inches from the 
ground-line. Construct the shadow of the circle thrown 
on the vertical plane of projection, the horizontal and 
vertical projections of the rays of light making angles of 
45° with the ground-line. 

Seotion B. 
Mb. Cowan. 

6. A prism 4 inches long, its base being a regular hexagon 
of 1 inch side, stands on a block one inch thick and three 
inches square, standing on the ground so that the axis of 
the prism passes through the centre of the block, and two 
edges of the hexagon are parallel to the edges of the block. 
Make an isometric drawing of the solids full size. The 
actual lengths are to be taken along the isometric axe&. 

7. How does isometric projection differ from the system 
of projection ordinarily used, in which plans and elevations 
are obtained? What is the proportion of real lengths to 
the isometric projections thereof along the axes ? 

, 8. A plane intersects the isometric axes at points distant 
from the origin 8, 5, and 7 inches respectively. What is the 
inclination of this plane to the horizontal plane ? 

9. Draw an ellipse, with major and minor axes 4 inches 
and 2^ inches respectively, and draw a tangent to it 
inclined at 80° to the axis major. Show all construction 
dearly. 

10. The representative fraction of a map is -^^^tt^, Con- 

aOUO 

struct a scale to show 1100 feet, reading to 10 feet. 



358 FIBST PBOFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 



CHEMISTBY. 

[All Chemical changes must he expressed both in words 
and by equations. Candidates who neglect this instruc- 
tion will v^t receive full credit for their answers.] 

Section A. 

Db. Hawthobne. 

1. Describe the preparation of hydrochloric acid. What 
is its action on the following substances: — (a) iron, 
(b) potassium chlorate, (c) manganese dioxide, (d) bleach- 
ing-powder, (e) limestone ? 

2. Sulphur dioxide and chlorine are bleaching-agents. 
Explain the mechanism of the reaction in both cases. 

8. How is ammonia prepared? Mention its chief 
properties, and state how you would obtain it in a pure 
and dry state. 

4. What are the chief substances formed in the distilla- 
tion of coal and wood respectively ? 

5. To what substances is the hardness of water due ? 
Give a method of softening water for industrial purposes. 

Section B. 
Pbofessob Byan. 

6. What is the percentage composition of air by volume, 
and how is it determined ? 

7. Give the formulae for the following minerals :— 
galena, calcite, calamine, quartz, and pyrolusite. 

8. Describe the preparation of bleaching-powder. 

9. Define ' atomic weight,' and state briefly how. it can 
be determined. 

10. What are the chief points of difference between cast 
iron, wrought iron, and steel ? 



stniiCEB, 1906 — PASS. 859 

SECOUD PaOEESSIOIfAL EXAMDfATIOIf. 



MATHEMATICS. 

FiBsi Fapeb. 

Aloebsa, Tbigokometbt, Am) Akalttical Geombtby. 

Pbofbssob Bbohwich. 

[^Tables and squared paper supplied on application to 
the Superintendent.'] 

1. Galculate from the tables the number of years (n) in 
which a sum of money will treble itself at compound interest, 
taking r (the rate per cent.) to be 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. 

Plot a graph to show the connexion between n and r ; and 
draw (with the same axes) the graph of n = 110/r. 

2* U ^ = X, fi, V are the roots of the equation 

i + r^ + — : = 1> 

a + t d + ^ e-{- 1 

regarded as an equation to find t, determine ^, y, s in terms 
of a, b, Cf A., fly V. 

3. A steamer is observed from a clifP at a height h above 
sea-level, and the depression is found to be a ; after an 

.interval ty the depression is fiy and after another interval t 
it is y. Prove that if the ship steams at a uniform rate, the 
speed is equal to 

{h/t) li (cot* a + cot* y) - cot* )8]i. 

4. In a field ABCDy the opposite angles A, C axe found 
to be right angles, the angle B is 80°, and the sides AB^BC 
are 93 and 125 yards respectively: find the other two sides 
and the area, either by a scale- drawing or by the tables. 

By how much per cent, does the area differ from the 
rectangle contained by the arithmetic means of the two paii's 
of opposite sides ? 

5. In a spherical triangle, the angles are 85°, 105°, 1 10° : 
find the sides. 

What is its area, if the radius of the sphere is 2 feet ? 



860 SECOND PBOFEBSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

6. Prove tlie fomiulae in a spherical triangle 
tanijB^C) __ Bin j (h - c) t ajii(B^C) __ cosjih-e) 

cot i A sin J (i + cy cot i -4 ~" cos i{b-{- c) 

7. Find the equation to the chord of contact of tangents 
drawn from (a?o, f/o) to the circle a;^ + y* = a\ 

If a point £ is on the polar of A, prove that AJB^ is equal 
to the sum of the squares on the tangents from A and B to 
the circle. 

8. The tangent at P (ap^, 2ap) is drawn to the parabola 
y^ = 4ax, and cuts in T the diameter which passes through 
Q {aq\ 2aq) : prove that if PJf is the perpendicular from F 
to TQ, then FM^ = 4a . TQ. 

If TQ cuts in Fa chord PB, prove that 
rQ: QF= PV: VR. 

9. Prove that the reflexion of a focus in a tangent to an 
ellipse lies on a circle whose centre is the other focus, and 
radius the major axis. 

Draw a triangle whose sides are 2, 2^, 3 in. ; mark its 
centroid and the reflexions of the centroid in the sides : 
hence find the major axis of a conic touching the sides of 
the triangle, with a focus at the centroid. 

10. Find the equation to a hyperbola when the asymptotes 
are taken as axes. 

What is the equation to the locus of the mid-points of 
chords parallel to y = »w? ? Hence find the condition that 
y = mXf y = nx maybe conjugate diameters (the asymptotes, 
being axes). 

Second Papeb. 

Puke Geometky and Differential Calculus. 

Peofessor McWeenez. 

1. Show how to construct a point in the same pl^ce with 
three given points, such that its distances from them are in 
given ratios. 

2. The sides of a gauche quadrilateral are cut by a plane. 
Sliow that the result of compounding the ratios in which the 
.^ides are divided is unity. 



summt, 1906— PA88. 861 

3. AB^ a diameter of a spheie, is divided at if, so that 
AM— SMB. A right cone is described whose vertex is A, 
and ^whose base is the section of the sphere made by a plane 
drawn through M perpendicular to AB, Prove that the 
curved surface of this cone is one-half of the curved surface 
of the surrounding segment of the sphere. 

4. Differentiate 

a?(l + «*) , ^ , 4 gin* 

— - < ■ and tan"^ • 

y/l - ^* 3 + 5 cos a? 

5. Pind the length of the right cylinder of the greatest 
volume that can be inscribed in a sphere of radius a. 

6. !Find the equations of the tangent and normal to the 
curve y^ + a^y = 2a^ at the point « = a. 

7. Eind the radius of curvature of the curve 

16y« = 4a?* - «« 
at the point (2, 0). 

8. Find the integrals 

— , and xeinxdx. 

Jxy/l-^x^ Jo 

9. Prove that the area bounded by the equilateral hyper- 
bola a:* - y* = a', the positive portion of the axis of x, and 
the semi-diameter through any point (a?, y) on the curve, is 

A% x + y 

10. Find the length of the curve 

9ay^ = x{x-Say from a: = to x^Sa. 

Find alfio the volume generated by revolving the same part 
of the curve round the axis of x. 



862 SECOND PBOFESJSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. 
Section A. 
Mb. Haceett. 

1. Find the centre of gravity of a triangle of rods of 
uniform thickness, taking the density of each inversely pro- 
portional to its length. 

2. Find the horizontal force necessary to pull a wheel of 
given weight and diameter over an obstacle of given height. 

8. What must be the direction of projection from a cliff 
of height h in order that a projectile of given velocity 
should have the maximum range ? 

4. Describe any form of weighing-machine for a heavy 
load. 

5. What should be the inclination of a cycle track at 
a comer of given curvature to provide for a given maximum 
speed ? 

Section B. 

Pbofessob Beboin. 

6. The base of a triangle is in the surface of a liquid : 
divide it by a line parallel to the base into two parts on 
which the pressures shall be as 8 to 1. 

7. Find the centre of pressure of a circular area with its 
highest point in the surface of a Hquid. 

8. A parallel beam of light is incident on a convex 
refracting surface. Find the position of the focus. 

9. Describe a Eamsden eye-piece. 

10. How may the mass of a planet be found ? 



PEACTICAL CHEMISTEY. 

[Special stress will be laid upon the written record of your 
work, and your attention is directed to the following 
points ; — 
{a) Give a concise account of all the steps of the processes 

you employ, and of all the tests you use in searching for the 

different substances. 



BITlfMBB, 1906— PASS. 868 

{b) If you find a metal capable of forming two series of 
compounds, ascertain, if possible, to which of these series 
the metal present in the substance you are examining 
belongs. 

{c) In testing a solid, dry way tests, in addition to wet 
way tests, mwt be employed. 

{d) In testing a solution, dry way tests should be em. 
ployed in all cases where it is advisable to do so— in addition 
to liquid tests. 

(e) Use confirmatory tests where it is possible to do so. 

(/) At the end of your paper, give a statement of the 
constituents found in each solid or solution given you for 
examination.] 

1. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in mineral 
marked 1. 

2. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in solid 
marked 2. 

8. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in solution 
marked 8. 



ENGINEEEING. 

First Paper. 

Section A. 

Professor Townsbnd. 

1. Make a sketch of each of the following joints in 
timber work : — 

{a) to resist compression, 

(b) to resist cross-strain, 

(c) a tusk-tenon. 

2. Make a sketch of the mode you would adopt for 
ventilating the soil-pipe of a water-closet, and state what 
diameter you would recommend for the soil-pipe. 

8. If Countess slates — 20 inches by 10 inches — are 
adopted for roofing, and nailed near the centre, calculate 
the margin, and the number of slates required for 6 squares 
of slating, the lap being 8 inches. 



864 SEOOND PKOFESSIONAIi BXAMINATION. 

4. If oak flooring be used for a room, what should be 
the width and thickness of the boards? and if secret 
nailing be adopted, sketch a vertical cross-section of the 
longitudinal joints. 

5/ Sketch a vertical cross-section, and an internal 
elevation, of a straight arch window-head, the ope being 
8 feet, and the brick waU 18 inches. What is the general 
rule for the thickness of the wooden lintel ? 

Section B. 
Professor FitzGerald. 

6. Find the discharge in cubic feet per minute through 
a circular hole 5 inches diameter in a thin plate, with a 
head of 8 feet, stating coefficient of discharge assumed. 

7. If a short cylindrical piece of pipe — say, 1 foot 
6 inches or 2 feet long, and 5 inches bore — were added to 
the hole in question 6, how would the discharge be affected, 
in what proportion would it be altered ? 

8r Describe the hook-gauge and its use in finding accu- 
rately the true level of the water near a gauge weir-notch. 

9. Assuming the velocity of flow in a long pipe to be 
given by the formula 

Velocity in feet per second = 92 y/RS, 

where B is the hydraulic radius in feet, and S is the 
frictional loss of head per unit of length, And the loss of 
head required to give a discharge of 200 gallons per 
minute through a pipe of 5 inches bore, a mile long. 
[Take 6'2 gallons = 1 cubic foot.] 

10. Explain the Venturi meter, giving {a) illustrative 
sketch, and [b) show how, if the diameters at ends and at 
neck be given, and the difference of head observed, the 
rate of flow can be calculated. 



SUMMEB, 1906— PASS. 865 

LEVELLING AND MENSURATION. 

Second Papeb. 

[Copies of Bidder's Tables will be supplied on application 
to the Superintendent.] 

Section A. 

Mb. Cowan. 

1. Bule columns suitable for a level-book; head them 
properly, and enter the readings undemoted : — 

6-43; 7-20; 14-36; 1-33; 8-28; 11-46; 16-60; 
2-31; 12-47. 

The position of level was changed after taking the third 
and seventh reading. Beduce the levels to a datum 
50 feet below the bottom of the staff at the first reading, 
and check the accuracy of the work. 

2. Plot the levels in question 1, assuming the points to 
be 100 feet apart, and taking the horizontal scale as 1 inch 
to 100 feet, and the vertical scale 1 inch to 10 feet. Draw 
a line through the middle point of the section at a gradient 
of 1 in 20, and measure the depth of cutting or filling at 
each point plotted, taking the section as a line on the 
ground and the gradient line as the formation level of a 
new road. 

8. Describe the Dumpy and Y levels, and compare 
their merits. 

4. Describe fully the way in which the permanent 
adjustments of the Dumpy level are effected. 

5. The total depths of a portion of a railway-cutting 
10 chains long are 12 feet, 18 feet, 15 feet, 21 feet, 24 feet, 
and 86 feet, taken at the ends and at intermediate points 
2 chains apart, the first and last depths stated being those 
at the ends. 

Taking the width of the cutting at bottom as 28 feet, 
and the slopes of the cutting 1^^ to 1, calculate the amount 
of cutting in cubic yards. The top of the cutting is level 
across. 



866 SECOND PBOFESSIONAIi EXAMINATION. 

Section B. 
Professor FitzGerald. 

6. State approximately the greatest length of oflGset 
generally considered advisable in chain surveys. 

How would you fix points at a somewhat greater 
distance from chain line ? 

7. In chaining down a hill falling at the rate of 1 foot in 
every 25 feet of the chained length, calculate the correction 
to reduce a chained length of 62*5 chains to the level. 

8. Describe the methods of accurately observing the 
angles between the rays from a station-point to observed 
points round it in a trigonometrical survey (a) by the 
method of * sets/ (6) by that of * repetition.' 

9. Give the methods for calculating the area of a chain- 
survey, stating formulae employed (a) from the survey notes 
alone, not plotted to scale, {b) from the plotted survey. 

10. Describe Rankine's method of setting out railway 
curves by chain and theodolite, and calculate (assuming 
the chord = arc as nearly enough true) the angle through 
which the instrument is to be turned for a chord of one 
chain on a curve of 45 chains radius. 



SUMMEB, 1906 ^PASS. 867 

EXAMINATION FOR THE B.E. DEGREE. 



MATHEMATICAL PHYSIOS. 

FiBST Pafeb. 

Pbofessob Conwat. 

1. A solid lone is cut ont of a sphere by two diametral 
planes. Find the position of its centre of gravity. 

2. A nniform rod, supported at both ends, 10 feet long, 
weighing 5 lbs., is loaded with weights of 6 and 9 lbs. at 
distances of 4 and 6 feet respectively from one end. Where 
is it most likely to break ? 

8. A heavy right cone rests on a rough inclined plane, 
the inclination of which is gradually increased. Determine 
whether equilibrium will be broken by sliding or tumbling. 

4. Enunciate the principle of Virtual Work, and deduce 
the conditions of equilibrium of a system of coplanar 
forces. 

5. A circle rolls without slipping on a right line. Find 
expressions for the acceleration of any point in its area. 

6. Find the conditions of projection from a given point 
so that a particle may strike a given vertical wall at a 
given angle. 

7. A particle of mass m is suspended by a string of 
unstretched length I and modulus of elasticity A. from a 
point, and rotates in steady motion as a conical pendulum 
with angular velocity o. Find the inclination of the string 
to the vertical. 

8. Calculate the moment of inertia of a uniform cylinder 
about a line through its centre perpendicular to its axis. 

9. A uniform square board is capable of rotating about a 
horizontal axis at right angles to its plane through one 
comer. Find the time of a small oscillation under gravity. 

10. Find the motion of a uniform sphere which rolls 
down a perfectly rough inclined plane. 

r2 



868 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.E. DEaBEE. 

MATHEMATICAL PHYSIOS. 

Seoonp Papeb. 

Pbofessob Mobton. 

1. A quadrilateral two of whose sides are parallel and 
the other two equal is immersed in a liquid with one of 
the parallel sides in the surfaoe. If a is the length of 
this side, and b that of the opposite side, show that the 
centre of pressure divides the depth of the figure in 
the ratio of 

(a + 86) : (a + 6). 

2. A tall cylindrical vessel containing water to depth h 
is rotated about its vertical axis. Find the angular 
velocity necessary in order that the middle point of 
the base may be uncovered. 

8. Define the metacentre of a ship, and explain how 
the position of this point affects (a) the amount of heel 
caused by a load on one side of the deck, {b) the rate of 
side-to-side oscillation. 

4. Show that a rise in the barometer will cause a floating 
body to rise very slightly out of the water. 

If the height of the barometer is h inches, and if water is 
Jc times as heavy as air, show that the rise of an inch in 
the barometric column will cause the volume of displacement 

to decrease by about the fraction ^ of itself. 

5. Describe a form of compound eyepiece used in 
telescopes which are provided with cross-wires. Work out 
the position of the principal foci, and the focal length. 

6. Prove a formula connecting the positions of conjugate 
foci for a refracting spherical surface, and find the positions 
of the principal foci. 

7. State the law governing the radiating power of a 
luminous surface in different directions, and explain the 
evidence on which it is based. 

8. Explain how the altitude of a heavenly body can be 
obtained when the actual horizon cannot be observed. 



BUMMEB, 1906— PASS. 869 

9. Give an account of the errors introduced by refraction 
into observations of the places of stars. How are these 
errors allowed for ? 

10. Explain how the Greenwich time of sunset at a 
given place depends on the latitude and longitude of the 
place. 



STRENGTH OP MATEEIALS AND STREBBES. 

Gbouf a. Pafsb (a). 

\_Thi8 paper is accompanied bylithographfigures 1,2,8,4,6.] 

(CoMPULsoBT Group.) 

Beotion a. 
Pbofessob Townsend. 

1. A hollow cast-iron pillar is 24 feet long ; its external 
and internal diameters are 9 inches and 7 inches ; and the 
ends are securely fixed. Calculate^ by Gordon's formula, 
the working load in tons, the factor of safety being 10. 
>ij-j 2. A rectangular semi-girder, whose length is I, depth d, 
and breadth b, sustains a load F at its extremity : prove the 
equation which gives the deflection at the end in terms of 
If b, d, and E^ E being the coefficient of elasticity. 

8. A beam whose length is 80 feet is supported at the 
ends, and loaded with two weights, one of 8 tons at 10 feet 
from the left abutment, and one of 1^ tons at 22 feet from 
the same abutment. Find graphically, by Clerk Maxwell's 
theorem, the reactions at the points of support, and the 
bending moment at 17 feet from the left abutment, using 
a scale of 8 feet to the inch for position, and 2 tons to 
the inch for weights. 

4. A wrought-iron plate-girder 50 feet long, with a 
continuous web, is supported at the ends, and supports a 
load of 80 tons uniformly distributed over the entire 
length. 

Calculate the stress in either flange at 9 feet from either 
end, and the shearing force in the web at the same distance. 



870 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.E, DEGBEE. 

5. Find the moment of inertia of a thin circular plate 
with regard to an axis lying in the plane of the plate and 
touching the circle, r being the radius of the circular plate, 
and t its thickness. 

Section B. 

Pbofessob FitzGebaiiD. 

[Note. — Except in questions 6 and 9, a scale for forces 
of 8 or 10 tons to an inch is con/oenient.'] 

6. fHnd graphically the forces in the members of the 
bowstring girder (fig. 1) accompanying, when loaded as 
shown. 

7. The roof (fig. 2) is loaded as shown, the weights being 
given by the ngures enclosed in circles : it is subject to 
wind-pressure normal to the rafters indicated by inclined 
arrows, with amount of pressure in figures alongside them. 
The left-hand abutment is fastened so that it cannot slide, 
the other merely supported. Find the reactions at abut- 
ments in direction and magnitude. 

8. In the roof truss (fig. 8), find the forces in the members 
with the loads shown. 

9. Fig. 4 represents a girder 80 feet span, 10 feet deep, 
with parallel flanges and N bracing, find the tension in 
the brace A when the girder is loaded uniformly with 
4 tons per running foot. 

10. In the foundry-crane (fig. 5), find the bending 
moments at A and JB, and compressing force in the 
strut AB, when a load of 8 tons is suspended from 
the end of the jib, as shown. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — ^PASS. 871 

RAILWAYS. 

Gboup B. Papeb (e). 

(Optional Group.) 

Section A. 

Pbofebsob Townsenb. 

1. Make a sketch of Joy's valve-gear, and describe its 
advantages. 

2. Describe, nsing sketches, the two kinds of safety 
valves generally nsed in locomotive-engines. 

3. Give a general description of a recent type of express 
passenger engine, built by Mr. Pollitt for the Great Central 
Railway, and mention the heating surface in square feet, 
the diameter of cylinders, the weight of the engine, the 
weight of the tender, water-capacity, and coal-capacity. 

4. In a locomotive^boiler, describe how the joints are 
made, and calculate the thickness of the plates, the pres- 
sure per square inch being 100 lbs., the diameter of the 
boiler 4 feet, the tensile strength of the plates 20 tons, 
and the factor of safety 10. 

5. Describe by what means expansion and cushioning 
are carried out in the cylinders of a locomotive engine. 

Section B. 
Pbofessob FitzGebald. 

6. Describe the method of setting out the half-breadths 
for a cutting on ground of moderate side-slope, given the 
formation width, depth to formation from centre line at 
each peg, and slope of sides of the cutting. 

7. Sketch and describe means for preserving the sides of 
cuttings in bad g];ound from slipping. 

8. Sketch and describe the cross-section of permanent 
way of a double line English gauge railway on embank- 
ment, figuring dimensions of sleepers, ballast, &g. 



872 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.E. DEOBEE. 

9. Describe the block-system and its operation on a main 
line of railway. 

10. Sketch and describe a cross-over between two parallel 
lines of rails, explaining construction of points, frogs, &c. 



MATEEIALS, BRIDGES, AND TUNNELS. 

Gboup a. Papeb {d). 

Section A. 

(CoMPUIiSOBY GbOUp). 

Peofessob Townsend. 

1. Describe the manufacture of Shear steel and of 
Bessemer steel, and mention the uses to which they are 
applied. 

2. Describe the manufacture of Portland cement by the 
wet process, and write a short specification of the tests it 
should undergo for works of a superior kind. 

3. Describe the ingredients in clay which make it suitable 
for the manufacture of ordinary brick. 

What is the composition of the clay used for the manu- 
facture of fire-brick ? 

4. Write a short specification for steel plates suitable for 
girder-work. 

6. Describe the characteristics of the following kinds of 
timber, and mention the uses to which they are applied : — 
greenheart, jarrah, lancewood, American yellow pine, elm, 
and maple. 

Section B. 

Pbofessob FitzGebald. 

6. Sketch outline design for a bridge 150 feet span clear 
between abutments, 26 feet clear between main girders, 
which carry road or railway on their bottom flanges, and 
are parallel flange type, vertical and diagonal bracing, 
making suitable allowance for end-bearings in gross span, 
and for width of flanges in distance apart of the girders. 



fiuimm, 1906 — ^pam. 87^ 

7. Skeioh snitable bridge-flooring for — 

(a) A railway double line, long span ; 

(b) A roadway girder-bridge of moderate span, with plate 

girders. 

8. Sketch and describe the work of carrying a tnnnel 
through a hill of ordinary material. 

9. Sketch and describe the apparatus employed and 
mode of driving timber piles for oidmary foundations. 

10. In sinking foundations in water-bearing strata, 
sketch and describe provisions for (a) keeping work clear 
of water, {b) preventmg damage to newly-laid concrete by 
water. 



SUEVEYING, LEVELLING, AND MENSUEATION. 
Gboup a. Papeb (b). 

(GOMFULSOBT GbOUP.) 

Mb. Cowan ; Pbof. FitzGbbald ; Pbof. Towmsend. 

FiBST Pebiod. 

[TMs paper is cLccompanded by lithograph figv/re 10.] 

1. From the accompanying Fig. 10 calculate the weight 
of the cast-iron foundation plate given. 

2. Practical examination with level. 



Gboup A. Papeb (2>). 

(OoMPULsoBY Gboup.) 

Mb. Gowan ; Pbof. FitzGebald ; Pbof. Townsend. 

Second Pebiod. 
[This paper is a/ccompanied by lithograph figure 11.] 

1. From the survey map given, fig. 11, calculate the 
acreage of the fields Nos. 1, 2, 4, and 5, and of the 
lake No. 8. 

2. Practical examination with theodolite. 

r8 



874 EXAMINATION VOk THE B.E. DEGBEB. 

WATERWORKS. 

Gboup B. Papkb {g). 

(Optional Gboup.) 

Section A. 

Mb. Cowan. 

1. What is the purpose of air-vessels attached to large 
pumps, and what is a usual proportion between the volumes 
of the air-vessel and pump ? 

2. What is meant by the < slip ' of a pump, and how 
does it actually occur ? How is it lessened in well-designed 
pumps? 

8. Explain with sketches how a horizontal engine may 
be used for pumping water from a deep well ? 

4. Describe the action of a common ram for raising 
water. 

5. What head is usually arranged for in sand-filters for 
town-supply, and what is a common rate of filtration in 
gallons per square yard per day ? 

Section B* 
Pbofessob FitzGebald. 

6. Sketch in section an earthen dam for a waterworks 
storage reservoir about 80 feet deep, figuring dimensions and 
slopes, and specifying materials and mode of construction. 

7. State an ordinary rule for the length of waste weir 
suitable for a storage-reservoir of given catchment-area in 
the British Isles. 

8. Describe the method of laying cast-iron water-mains, 
sketching and specifying various methods of jointing. 

9. Under what circumstances may a gravitation pipe- 
line become ' air-locked ' ? What means are used to pre- 
vent this from occurring ? 

10. Describe the construction and use of Deacon's waste- 
water meter. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — ^PASS. 875 

COUNTY AND MUNICIPAL WOEK. 

Oboup B. Papbb {h). 

(Optional Gboup.) 

Section A. 

Pbofesbob Townsend. 

1. In an egg-shaped sewer, in which the depth is 1^ 
times the diameter of the circle forming the upper portion, 
and the radius of tiie invert i of the diameter, you are 
required to find the radius of the sides in terms of the 
radius of the top part. 

If the diameter of the top part is 2 feet, calculate the 
cross- section of the sewer. 

2. Describe the septic method by which the sewage is 
treated at Exeter, and the materials employed, and state 
the results with regard to the matters held in suspension, 
and the degree of purification attained. 

8. Sketch the plan and vertical section of a street-gully 
formed of brick with a cast-iron grating, and figure on 
dimensions. 

4. If the system of intermittent downward filtration is 
adopted for the treatment of sewage and growth of crops, 
what is the best material for this purpose ? 

Make a figured sketch, of the ridge-and- furrow system, 
and mention the kind of crops to which it is applicable. 

5. Sketch a longitudinal vertical section, also a vertical 
cross-section of a settling-tank, and show how the liquid is 
drawn off. What should be the capacity of the tanks in 
reference to the total amount of sewage to be dealt with 
on the absolute rest system ? 

Section B. 
Mb. Cowan. 

6. Compare the merits of asphalte, wood-paving, and 
granite paving for streets with heavy traffic. 



376 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.E. DEOBEE. 

7. What are the principal points whioh require attention 
in designing a refuse-destructor ? 

8. What are the principal points which require attention 
in arranging for the scavenging of a town, including collec- 
tion, cartage, and disposal? 

9. Describe two methods of jointing tramway-rails for 
electric traction without bolts or rivets. 

10. What are the best kinds of stones for use as paving- 
setts and for macadam ? How would you make compara- 
tive tests of stones for these purposes ? 



DRAWING. 

Group A. Paper (c). 

Professor FitzGerald ; Professor Townbend. 

lAccompanied by Lithograph sketches for an Engineering 
and for an Architectural drawing.^ 

[You are furnished with sketches, one for an Engineer- 
ing, and one for an Architectural drawing. 

Choose either of the two sketches, and prepare a com- 
plete finished drawing in accordance with the instructions 
furnished by the sketch, adding such details and dimensions 
as you think necessary.] 

1. Make finished drawings corresponding to each of the 
sketches of the railway bridge over a road, supplying any 
necessary dimensions, etc., printing title, and properly 
colouring the drawing. 

2. Make finished drawings &om the sketches furnished 
of a Bungalow, for (1) ground-plan, (2) part end elevation, 
part section on 02), (B) longitudinal elevation facing 
verandah ; printing title, and properly colouring the 
drawing. 

Note. — The perspective view is not to be drawn. It is 
furnished to elucidate particulars not elsewhere shown. 



SUMMKB, 1906 — VABB. 877 

GEOLOGY. 

Section A. 

Fbofessob Amdebson. 

, 1. Give an account of marii^e denudation, and adduce 
instances to illustrate its effects. 

2. Place the divisions of the Gainozoic and Mesozoic 
systems in a list, so that they will appear in proper sequence, 
commencing with the newest. Note opposite each the 
name of a characteristic fossil. 

8. Arrange the felspars in the order of their specific 
gravities, and comment on their relative degrees of fusibility. 

4. Give a short account of the ores of copper, and mention 
some of the most interesting crystalline forms that are 
found amongst these minerals. 

Section B. 
Mb. Setmoub. 

5. Discuss briefly the conditions under which the Trias 
Sandstone was deposited. Mention some typical fossils 
found in this formation. 

6. State fully the characteristic structures of an Esker, 
and its probable mode of formation. 

7. Describe the influence of rock-joints on the under- 
ground circulation of water. 

8. What are the chief ores of aluminium ? Where do 
they occur, and what are their chemical and physical 
properties ? 

PEAOTICAL GEOLOGY. 

[Twenty-five miimtes allowed for each qmstion.] 

1. Identify, and name the constituent minerals in^ the 
rocks 1-4. 



878 EXAMINATION FOlt THB B.E. DEGREE. 

2. Name the min erals A, B, C, and D, and give the 
composition of each. 

8. Identify the fossils a, b, c, and d, and give the 
zoological and geological positions of each. 

4. To what systems are the crystals 1-4 to be referred ? 

5. Draw a sketch section along the line A-B on the 
accompanying map, showing the relations of the rocks to 
one another. 



( 879 ) 
HONOUR EXAMINATIONS. 



FIEST PBOFESSIOlSrAL EXAMHTATIOIT. 



MATHEMATICS. 

SiscnoN A. 

Algkb&a, Solid GKOiOTBr, DiFFEKSunAL Calcitlus. 

PSOFBSSOB DiZOK. 

[Tables sv/ppUod qn application to the Svperintendent*] 

1. A loan of £A, bearing compound interest at r per cent, 
per annum, is to be paid off by equal yearly instalments in 
h years. Find the amount of each instalment. 

Work out the answer numerically, when 

A:^500, r = 4, 4:^20. 

2. Solve the equations 

«* + «y + y" « 91, 
2x+Sif = 28. 

3. AJ5f AC J AD are thiee edges of a parallelepiped. 
Prore that the diagonal drawn from ^ is divided by the 
plane BCD in the ratio 1 : 2. 

4. Through a given point constract a plane to touch two 
given spheres. 

5. A solid consists of a cylinder, with a hemisphere of 
equal radius, fitted to each end. Find what should be the 
ratio of the length of the cylinder to the radius, if the 
volume of the solid had a given value, and the surface were 
the least possible. Interpret the result. 

6. Find the tangents and normals to the curve 

y* = 4;* + « 
at the two points where x = \. 



880 FIRST PB0FES8I0NAL EXAMINATION. 

Section B. 

Plane Geometry and Trigonometry. 

Professor Eoan. 

7. Prove that the square on the distance between the 
incentre and circumcen&e of a triangle is 

jB* - 2Rr, 

where R and r are the radii of the circumcircle and incircle. 

8. Three circles whose radii are a, h, e, touch one another 
externally. Show that the area enclosed between them is 



li"- 



-J*sin"^ 



-<j»sin-^7 rz — Tx l> 



where D* = 4 (a + i + e)abc. 

9. Find the coordinates of the orthocentre of the triangle 
whose vertices are {op, a/p) ; {aq, a/q) ; (or, a/r), 

10. Show that the distances of the foci of the ellipse 

^/«* + y V*' = 1 

from the point P o^ the ellipse whose coordinates are x, y, 
are a -ex, a-^ex, e being the eccentricity. 

Prove tiiat the perpendiculars from the foci on the tangent 
at P are proportional to these distances. 

1 1 . Prove that the equation 

represents, for different values of k, a series of coaxal circles. 
Pind the radical axis and the limiting points. 

12. A variable chord of a hyperbola subtends a right angle 
at the centre. Find the locus of its pole. 

Examine the case of a rectangular hyperbola. 



BUMKEBy 1906 — fiONOUBS. 881 

EXPERIMENTAL PHYSICS. 
Pbofessob MoGlelland. 

1 Explain the use of a yemier. 

A circular scale is divided into half degrees : show how 
to construct a vernier to read to minutes. 

2. What do you know of the influence of fog on the 
propagation of sound-waves? 

How does the range of audibility of a sound depend 
on the direction of the wind, and why ? . 

8. Define accurately what is meant by the magnifying 
power of a microscope. 

Find the magnifying power of a convex lens used as a 
simple microscope. 

4. Explain as fully as you can why the object-glass of a 
telescope is composed of two or more lenses. 

5. A calorimeter contains 500 grams of water, and has 
a long spiral tube immersed in the water, the total water 
equivalent of the calorimeter and tube being 15 grams. 
A certain liquid is heated to 97° C, and 120 grams of it 
is slowly passed through the spiral, causing the temperature 
of the water to rise from 10° C. to 25° C. 

Calculate the specific heat of the liquid. 

6. Explain fully how you would measure the vapour 
pressure of water at 75° C. 

7. Explain as fully as possible what you understand 
by the potential of a conductor. 

8. How would you proceed to compare copper and 
mercury as electric conductors? 

9. Describe and explain the action of the induction 
coil. Mention some of its uses. 

10. Explain how an electric tram-car is propelled by 
the current. 



PRACTICAL PHYSICS. 

1. Deduce from the principle of the parallelogram of 
forces the ratios of the three masses. 



882 FIBST PBOFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

2. Mark the positions of the images of the objeet in 
the two mirrors. 

8. Using the apparatus given, find the signs of the 
terminals. 



DBAWING AND DESCRIPTIVE AEOHITEOTUBB. 

[Thia paper is accompanied by lithograph figure LJ] 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Townsend. 

1. The facial angles a, 6, c of a trihedral angle are, 
a = 46°, b = 52°, c = 88°. Find geometrically the dihedral 
angles -4, B, G. 

2. In the accompanying diagram L, the triangle abc 
lying in the ground-plane is the base of an oblique 
pyramid, V and V* the horizontal and vertical projections 
of its vertex, and A and A' are the horizontal and vertical 
traces of a plane. Construct the horizontal and vertical 
projections of the intersection of the plane and pyramid, 
and develop in the horizontal plime, the curve of section, G 
and & being the ground-line. 

8. The axis of a right circular cylinder 1^ inches in 
diameter is horizontal, and its horizontal projection makes 
an angle of 60° with the ground line to the right ; the 
horizontal projection of a point P is 1^ inches from the 
horizontal projection of the axis of the cylinder, and 2f 
inches from the ground-line, and its height over the 
ground-plane 1 inch. Construct the traces of two planes 
passing through the point and touching the cylinder. 

4. The base of a right prism is a regular pentagon 
whose side is 1^ inch, and the length of the prism 8^ 
inches ; one side of the base lies in the horizontal plane, 
and makes an angle of 60° with the ground line. Construct 
the horizontal and vertical projections of the prism, its 
longitudinal edges making angles of 45° with the horizontal 
plane. 



8UM1CEB, 1906 ^BONOUBS. 888 

Section B. 
Mb. Cowan. 

5. Describe with sketches how measuring-points can be 
found which measure lengths twice those set along the 
picture-line, and state the advantages of using such points. 

6. Make a perspective drawing of a dog-kennel, length 
4 feet, width 2 feet, height to eaves 2^ feet, pitch of roof 
45°, the opening is 16 inches wide, with a total height of 
2 feet, and semicircular at top. One comer of the end 
with tiie opening is 2 feet to the right of the eye, and 
2 feet within the picture, and that end is at an angle of 
80° to the left. The height of the eye is 8 feet ; and it is 
8 feet from the picture-plane. Scale to be ^ inch to 1 foot. 

7. Given the angle which a plane makes with the 
picture-plane, and the vanishing point of a horizontal line 
lying in the plane. Find the vanishing line of the plane, 
the distance of the eye from the picture being 6 feet, and 
its height 8 feet. Scale, 1 inch to 1 foot. 

Section C. 
Fbofessob FitzOebald. 

8. Sketch and describe the Erechtheium, naming its 
leading peculiar characteristics. 

9. Give a sketch plan of a Norman castle, with names 
of the principal parts. 

10. Explain with illustrative sketches the terms — 

* Moorish arch ' ; * baptistery ' ; * Palladian architecture ' ; 

* bird's beak.' 



CHEMISTBY. 

[All chemical changes must be expressed both in words and 
by equations. Candidates who neglect this instruction 
will not receive ftUl credit for their answers*] 

Fbofessob Letts; Db. Hawthobne. 

1. Name and describe two methods for separating silver 
from lead, and state the principles on which they are based. 
How is the silver finally obtained in a (commercial) state 
of purity ? 



884 FIBST PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

2. Give the chemicsJ composition of the following 
minerals : — Pyromorphitey Spinel^ Chromite, Corundum, 
Selenite. 

8. What are the principal causes of coal-mine ex- 
plosions ? 

What does the. resulting < choke-damp' consist of, and 
what precautions would you adopt in entering a coal-mine 
after an explosion ? 

4. What is the modern view of electrolysis? Mention any 
arguments in its favour. What chemical changes occur in 
an ordinary storage-cell ? 

5. Describe the cyanide process for extracting gold from 
the 'tailings' of auriferous quartz. What chemical 
changes occur ? 

6. What chemical changes ocqui during the setting of 
plaster of Paris, mortar, and Portland cement ? 

7. Describe a method for the preparation of mercury from 
its ore, and mention its chief properties and uses. 

8. What laws are connected with the following names : — 
(a) Dulong and Petit, {b) Boyle, (c) Graham, (d) Charles, 
(e) Avogadro ? 

9. Describe fully the action of heat upon phosphorus. 

10. What volume of carbon dioxide at 182° C» and 700 
mm. pressure may be obtained by burning 1 kilogram 
of coal containing 84 per cent, of carbon ? 



8UMKEB, 1906— HOMOUBS. 885 



SEGOSD FfiOPESSIOlTAL EXAMDrATIOIT. 



MATHEMATICS. 

\_Fktll ertiit wiU he given for anewering voMK-nrtsB of 
this Faper.^ 

Sxcnos A. 

Aloebba, TsieoiroicKiBT, akd AKAimoAt Gboksibt. 

Fbofessob Bboxwioh. 

[2'ai/M tuppUed on application to the Superintendent. '\ 

1. Discuss the convergence of the series 

,,,11 1 1 1 1 1 

,,,,11111 

2. state and prove de Moivre's theorem ; and give the 
geometrical interpretation in the usual diagram for complex 
numbers. 

Prove that 

m-l 

n cot nO = cot tf + :2 cot (tf + r^r/n). 

3. Find the side of a spherical equilateral triangle whose 
area is -sVth of the area of the sphere. 

Deduce that the edge of a regular icosahedron is approxi- 
mately l^ths of the radius of the circumscribing sphere. 

4. The angle ^ in a spherical triangle is to be calculated 
from the sides a, h^ e. If there are Bmall errors a, ^ in 
a, J, calculate the resulting error in -4, where a*, aj8, j8*, 
and higher powers can be neglected. 



886 SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

5. Tangents are drawn from a point P to a conic whose 
foci are 8, H, and is tlie angle between the tangents : 
prove that 8P . HP cos is equal to the square on the 
tangent from P to the director-circle. 

6. Prove Pascal's theorem for a hexagon inscribed in a 
conic. 

Draw two isosceles triangles ABC and DBC on a base 
of 3 ins. with sides 2 ins. A conic passes through 2>, and 
touches AB and AC &t B and C, respectively: construct 
with pencil and ruler the points in which this conic inter- 
sects tiie lines through B perpendicular to BA, BC. 

Section B. 

PuBE Geometby and Diffesential Calculxts. 

Peofessos McWeenet. 

7. ABCL is a cyclic quadrilateral such that AB : BC : : 
CD : DA. Prove that the diagonal AC is bisected by BJ). 

8. Prove that a plane parallel to a tangent plane to a 
right cone cuts the cone in a parabolic section. Show that 
the foci of all parabolic sections of a right cone, whose semi- 
vertical angle is a, lie on another right cone with the same 
vertex and axis, whose semi- vertical angle is 

tana 



tan-i 



1 +2tan»a 



9. Find the equation of the envelope of the circles whose 
centres are on the ellipse -^ + Ij = 1| and which pass 
through the origin. 

10. Prove that 

sina? = 0? - — + — - cos {Ox) where < tf < 1. 
Show that for positive values of x less than 19°, sin :r 

yjJ 1 • 

differs from x - — by less than . • 



8UMHBB, 1906 — ^HOMOUBS. 887 

11. Find a formula of rednctioii for 
r Ax 



Eyalnate 



P dx 

Jo(^+l)'' 



12. Pind the whole area of the curve 

oi^y^ o (a - jp) (a? - l\ where > i > 0. 



MATHEMATICAL PHYSIOS. 

Section A. 

Pbofbssob Mobton. 

1. A number of forces lying in one plane are given in 
magnitude and position. Show how to construct graphi- 
cally the magnitude and the line of action of their resultant. 
Prove the validity of the method employed, and point out 
the results arrived at in the special cases (a) where the 
forces are in equilibrium, and (6) where they are equivalent 
to a couple. 

2. A horizontal plane supporting a weight of w lbs. is 
made to oscillate with simple harmonic motion in a vertical 
line. If it makes n oscillations per minute, find the 
pressures on the plane when it is x inches above and 
X inches below its mean position. 

8. A particle is projected at an angle of elevation a, and 
with velocity i?, from a point on an imperfectly elastic 
horizontal plane, the coefficient of restitution between 
particle and plane being e. Investigate the ensuing 
motion, and find its hodograph. 

4. Two smooth spheres of the same size and different 
masses lie in a smooth spherical bowl. Determine their 
position of equilibrium. 



88S SBOOmO PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

5. A bullet of known mass is fired into the centre of a 
block of wood which is hung up as a pendulum. Show 
how to calculate the Telocity of the bullet from observation 
of the height to which the block rises. 

Section B. 
Pbofessob Conway. 

6. Find the centre of pressure of a triangle immersed in 
a liquid. 

7. A cylindrical vessel with its axis vertical is half filled 
with liquid. Find the greatest angular velocity that may 
be given to the liquid about the axis without spilling any 
of the contents. 

8. A piece of glass has one end convex, and the other 
concave, both ends being spherical and of the same radius 
a. The distance between the centres of curvature is h. 
Find the relation between conjugate foci situated on the 
line joining the centres. 

9. A ray of light enters a glass sphere, and emerges after 
any given number of internal reflexions. Find the position 
of minimum deviation. 

10. How is the first point of Aries determined ? 



PBAOTIOAL CHEMISTRY. 

[Special stress will be laid upon the written record of your 
worky and your attention is directed to the following 
points : — 

(a) Give a concise account of all the steps of the processes 
you employ, and of all the tests you use in searching for 
the different substances. 

(6) If you find a metal capable of forming two series* of 
compounds, ascertain, if possible, to which of these series 
the metal present in the substance you are examining 
belongs. 



SUHMEB, 1906 ^HONOUBS. 889 

(c) In testing a solid, dry way tests, in addition to wet 
way tests, must be employed. 

{d) In testing a solution, dr^ way tests should be em- 
ployed in all cases Where it is advisable to do so — in 
addition to liquid tests. 

(e) Use confirmatory tests where it is possible to do so. 

(/) At the end of your paper, give a statement of the 
constituents found in each solid or solution given you for 
examination.] 

1. Detect two basic and two acidic radicals in the solid 
marked 1. 

2. Detect one basic and one acidic radical in the solid 
marked 2. 

8. Determine the total hardness in the given sample of 
water. 



ENGINEERING. 

Section A. 

Pbofessor Townsend. 

1. Sketch an elevation of the truss of a king-post timber 
roof, and figure on the dimensions of each member, the 
span being 25 feet. 

2. In the case of a brick chimney intersecting the slope 
of a roof, describe, by sketches, the way of flashing the 
sloping joint by means of < soakers,' and give the length 
and breadth of the ' soakers ' when the gauge of the slating 
is known. 

8. How, according to Morris, should the area of light m 
a room be determined ? 

How should the breadth of a window be fixed according 
to Chambers ; and what should be the proportion between 
the height and breadth ? 

Mention Galton's rule for determining the superficial 
window space— (a) for a dwelling-house, (6) for an 
hospital. 



390 SECOND PROFESSIONAL EXAMINATION. 

Section B. 
Mb. Cowan. 

4. Give and prove a formula for finding the halt total 
widths of a railway cutting measured from the centime line 
when the ground has a slope across the cutting of r horizon- 
tal to 1 vertical, the slopes of the cutting heing s horizontal 
to 1 vertical, the depth of cutting being h^ and the half 
width at formation level b. 

5. Prove if x is the length between two cross-sections of 
a railway-cutting, with depths hi and ^, slopes s to 1, ground 
level across and width at bottom 26, the volume of the 
cutting is found according to the prismoidal formula by 
the expression 






6. Describe in detail how the levels of a tunnel may be 
accurately set out at the bottom of a deep shaft from a bench- 
mark on the surface near the top of the shaft. 

Section C. 
Professor FitzGerald. 

7. Describe the necessary observations, and give the 
formulsB to be used in finding, by chain and theodolite, the 
beginning and end of a railway-curve, whose radius is given, 
and its tangents set out on the ground, the intersection of 
tangents not being accessible. 

8. State fully the observations necessary, and the correc- 
tions to be applied, in finding the latitude of a place 
whose longitude is known, by means of a theodolite 
observing the Sun, mentioning in what book or books 
the requisite figures are to be sought. 

9. Show that the discharge of a rectangular orifice 
having vertical sides, of height a, breadth 6, whose upper 



SUMMER, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 891 

edge is at depth Hi below free snrfkce, and lower edge at 
depth Hj, is given by the fonnula 

discharge = }Ci(5j*- JGTi^, 

where C is the coefficient of discharge for a similar orifice 
under a head uniform over the whole opening. 

10. Give a brief account f the modifications which have 
been made in Chezy's formula by the leading investigators. 



EXAMINATION FOE THE B.E. DEGREE. 



MATHEMATICAL PHYSIOS. 
Mb. Yinyoomb. 

1. Find the centre of gravity of a hemispherical shell 
on which the surface density varies as the sine of the 
latitude. 

2. Show that the force at a point in the continuation of 
a semi-infinite rod, which attracts as the inverse n'^ power 

of the distance, is r times the force due to a particle at 

f» — 1 

the end of the rod equal in mass to a similar rod of length 
equal to the distance of the point from the end of the rod. 

8. A system of forces is typified by components (XTZ) 
acting at the point (xyz). Show that the expression 

S-XSCy^- %Ty+ %Y^{%X-xZ) + ^Zl,{xT- yX) 

is independent of the choice of axes. 

4. Two heavy particles are connected by an elastic string 
of negligible mass. Find the connexion between the 
velocities and distance apart that they may move in circles 
on a smooth horizontal table. 

s2 



802 EXAMINATION FOB THR B.E. DEOBEE. 

5. Find the form assumed by the chain of a suspension 
bridge supporting a uniform horizontal roadway, the 
weight of the chain itself being negligible compared to 
that of the roadway. 

6. Two equal elastic balls are suspended by equal threads, 
so that the threads are vertical when the balls are at rest 
and touching. One ball is drawn aside in the plane of the 
strings and allowed to fall against the other, which is at 
rest. Find the changes in the tensions of the strings at 
the impact. Coefficient of restitution, e, 

7. Find the semi-vertical angle of the right circular cone 
for which the three principal moments of inertia at the 
centre of gravity are equal. 

8. A long straight rod is suspended by its end as a 
pendulum from a bridge which is subject to slight hori- 
zontal vibrations. What point on the rod may be taken 
as practically at rest ? 

9. A plane lamina is immersed in a liquid. Show that 
the centre of pressure remains unchanged if the lamina is 
moved about the line of intersection of its plane with the 
surface as a hinge. 

10. A hollow sphere just filled with liquid is rotated 
uniformly round a vertical axis which does not pass 
through the centre of figure. Where may a small hole 
be bored so that no liquid would flow out ? 



SUMMER, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 



4^ 



3„ 



BTEENGTH OF MATEBIAL8 AND STEESSES. 

(GOMPULSOBY GbOUP.) 

Gboup a. Pafeb (a). 



'^ [This paper is accompanied by lithograph figs. 6,7,8, and 9.] 



Section A. 
Pbofessob Townsend. 

1. A beam 86 feet long, supported at each end, is loaded 
uniformly from the middle point towards the left with 
2 tons per foot-run for a length of 12 feet. Construct the 
curve of moments, using a scale of 8 feet to the inch 
for position, and a scale of 50 foot-tons to the inch for 
moments. 

2. Calculate the horse-power of a shaft 4 inches in 
diameter making 100 revolutions per minute, the limiting 
intensity of shearing-strees being 9,000 lbs. per square 
inch. TT may be taken ^. 

8. A pillar of wrought-iron whose cross-section is rec- 
tangular is 10 feet long ; it has to carry a weight of 12*5 
tons, and the smaller side is 8 inches. Calculate by 
Gordon's formula the length of the. larger side, the factor 
of safety being 10, and both ends firmly fixed, the co- 
efficients in Gordon's formula being a = 16, b = toW • 

4. In a punched iron double-riveted butt-joint with 
double covers, the tensile strength of the solid plate is 
20 tons per square inch, the diameter of the rivets is '77 
inches, ihe thickness of the plates is i inch, and the 
shearing strength of the rivets 19 tons per square inch. 
Calculate the pitch in inches. 

5. A rectangular beam of wrought-iron, whose length is 
ly breadth b, and depth d, is supported at each end, and 
gradually loaded with a weight w at the centre. Give the 

— expression for the resilience of the beam, or the work done 
by the weight w, in terms of d, 6, Z, iv, £, E being the co- 
efficient of elasticity. 



B 



894 examination fob the b.e. degbee. 

Section B. 
Pbofessob FitzGebald. 

6. Find the forces in the members of the roof-truss, 
fig. 6, accompanying this paper. 

7. Fig. 7 (accompanying) represents a uniform heavy 
block of rectangular section with flat ends standing on the 
horizontal plane. An upsetting moment M being applied 
to it normally to a vertical face as indicated, not sufficient 
to cant it over on its bottom edge, but sufficient to shift the 
centre of pressure on the base outside the middle third of 
its width: find the stress in the extreme fibre graphically or 
otherwise. 

8. In the derrick-crane, fig. 8, the weight is supported by 
a chain which follows the line shown dotted. Find the 
compression in jib and pull on top stay A. 

9. Find the forces in the members of the braced-hinged 
arch, fig. 9, due to the load given. 

10. Find the formula for the maximum force in a given 
member of the bracing in a parallel flange lattice-girder 
with isosceles triangles arising &om combined rolling and 
permanent loads. 

.KAILWATS. 

(Optional Gboup.) 

Gboup B. Fapeb (e). 

Pbofessob Townsend. 

Section A. 

1. Describe the special feature introduced by Mr. Drum- 
mond in the express passenger engines of the London and 
South- Western Bailway, and mention its advantage. 

2. Describe, using a sketch, the mode of constructing the 
wheels of a railway-carriage, the body being solid and of 
wood, and show Maunsell's method of attaching the tire 
to the body. 



SUMMEB, 1906 — HONOUBS. 395 

8. Make a sketch of Adams' vortex-blast pipe of a loco- 
motive cDgine, and mention its advantages. 

4. Describe and sketch the horn-blocks and axle-blocks 
for the main-driving axles of a locomotive. 

5. Given the throw of the eccentric, the external lap, and 
the lead, find, by Zeuner's valve-diagram, where the steam 
is admitted and out off, and the angle of advance. 

Section B. 
Fbofessob FitzGebild. 

6. Sketch and describe the plan and use of sorting grid- 
irons in goods yards, stating suitable gradient. 

7. Sketch and describe two types of iron or steel sleepers, 
mentioning cases where the use of these is advisable. 

8. Sketch and describe a system of tunnelling with a 
shield employed in low-level urban railways. 

9. State the width and headway required by the Standing 
Orders of Parliament for — 

(a) Turnpike-roads 85 feet wide. 

(b) Public roads 26 feet wide. 

(c) Occupation-roads 12 feet wide. 

10. What are the disadvantages experienced in terminal 
station-roofs of large span— say 180 to 240 feet ? Sketch 
arrangements of roof-framing which have been adopted in 
place of trussed arch principals extending across fuU span. 



WATERWOEKS. 

Gboup B. Papeb (g). 

Mb. Cowan ; Pbopessob FitzGebald. 

Section A. 

1. Write down and explain Bernoulli's theorem. 

2. Divide water-motors into classes, according to their 
use of the component parts of the energy available in the 
water-supply. 



896 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.E. DEGREE. 

8. Why is it not practicable to use steam economically 
in small direct acting-pumps ? 

4. Given that the gradient necessary in an eight-inch 
main to maintain a velocity of one foot per second is 1 in 
1000, calculate the brake horse-power required to pump 
625,000 gallons in ten hours through an eight-inch main, 
a mile long, to a height of 200 feet, assuming the efficiency 
of the pump as 90 per cent. 

5. Explain how water-mains of large and small diameters 
can be scraped, showing, by sketches, the tools used, and a 
common form of hatch-box. 

Section B. 

6. State how the available discharge of a given catchment 
area is to be arrived at, giving the means to be employed for 
obtaining data, and approximate figures, such as might be 
expected in our climate. 

7. Sketch and describe a water-tower, and waste-weir 
with overflow channel, suitable for an impounding reservoir 
with earthen dam about 40 feet high, the outlet main being 
2 feet in diameter. 

8. Sketch and describe methods for causing streams in 
catchment-areas, subject to being turbid during freshets, to 
automatically discharge only clear water into the collecting 
channels of the reservoir, for town supply. 

9. To what purposes may such turbid water and the 
reservoir overflow be frequently usefully put ? 

10. Describe and sketch a reflux valve suitable for use 
on a large water-main tq prevent loss of water in the event 
of fracture occurring in a siphon. 



BtmiiSB, 1906— HcmouBS. 807 

COUNTY AND MUNICIPAL WOBKB. 

(OpnoNAii Gboup). 

Gsoup B. Papeb (%). 

Section A. 
Pbofesbos Townbbnd. 

1. Describe the system which has been adopted for carry- 
ing oat the main sewerage of London. 

How was the size of the sewers determined, and what 
provision was made for the rainfiall ? 

2. Sketch a street- ventilator for a sewer. How far apart 
should ventilators be placed, and what arrangement should 
be made to prevent bad gas accumulating in the upper 
districts. 

8. Sketch a longitudinal section of the syphon con- 
structed by Mr. Baldwin Latham, for conveying the 
sewage under the Mottlau river at Dantzic. Give the 
length and diameter of the syphon, and describe how it 
was laid. 

4. Describe the sprinkler-system for the treatment of 
sewage, and the degree of purity attained. 

5. Describe the experiments recently carried out at the 
London sewage-works by Dr. Clowes and Dr. Houston for 
the treatment of sewage, and give the results at which they 
arrived. 

Section B. 

Mb. Cowan. 

6. Explain, in detail, how the drainage of a public under- 
ground lavatory, the fittings of which are under the level of 
the adjoining sewers, may be effected. 

7. Describe, with sketches, the permanent way of electric 
street-tramways, for the trolly system, including anchors, 
foundations, stays, bonding, paving, and grouting. 

8. Write a brief specification for the construction of a 
carriage-drive in a public park with tarred macadam. 

s8 



898 EXAMOfATION ^B tHE B.E. DEGREE. 

9. Describe with sketches a good fonn of refose-destrac- 
tor. 

10. Describe the way in which you would proceed to 
test the drains, soil-pipes, and internal fittings of a house. 



GEOLOGY. 
Pbofessob Andebson ; Mb. Setmoub. 

1. Give an account of the Sandstones that are found 
in Ireland ; refer each to its proper geological system, and 
note their economic values. 

2. What are the physical and chemical characters of 
the following minerals : — nosean, biotite, actinolite, 
gerussite, andalusite, jet, dolomite, orpiment, pyrargy- 
rite, cassiterite. 

3. Give ten minerals that crystallize in the trimetric 
system. Write a list of the notations of the chief faces. 

4. What fossils found in rocks at the surface would 
indicate the probable proximity of coal-bearing strata ? 

5. Under what conditions is clay formed and deposited 7 
What surface-indications would guide you in looking for 
deposits of this material, and also for sand and gravel ? 

6. State the chief characteristics, from a geological stand- 
point, of a first-class road-metal, giving also its mineral 
Composition. 



PEAOTIOAL GEOLOGY. 

1. identify the rocks 1-4, and name the constituent 
minerals in each. 

2. Name the minerals A, B, 0, and D, and give the 
composition of each. 

8. Identify the fossils a, b, c, and d, and give the 
zoological and geological positions of each. 

4. Draw a sketch-section along the line A-B on the 
accompanying map, showing the relations of the rocks to 
one another. 



SUMMER, 1906^>^HONOURS. 89$ 

DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH 
EXAMINATION. 



METEOROLOGY. 
Professob McClelland. 

1. Explain the corrections necessary in making an 
accurate determination of the barometric height. 

2. Describe some reliable method of measuring wind 
velocity. 

3. From a physical point of view, what general results 
as regards health are to be expected after a period of 
excessive rainfall, and why? 

4. What effects have extensive forests on the general 
climate of a country ? 

5. Explain as fally as you can the origin of the dense 
fogs that occur in large cities, and describe some suggested 
methods of preventing or dispelling them. 

6. How would you proceed to obtain a continuous record 
of underground temperature ? Point out the importance 
of such observations. 

7. Describe the general situation of a district that might 
be expected to have an abnormally small rainfall. 

8. Mention the chief points to be attended to in equip- 
ping a building with a system of lightning-conductors. 



PHYSICS. 
Pbofessob Conway. 

1. Describe some form of maximum and minimum 
thermometer. 

2. How may heat be transmitted through a substance 
from one place to another ? Distinguish between the 
various ways and give examples. 



400 DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH EXAMINATION. 

8. How is the dew-point determined? 

4. Explain the term ' latent heat.' 

6. How long will it take an engine of three horse-power 
to fill a tank of 1000 cubic feet capacity with water, the 
height of the tank above the level of the source of supply 
being 40 feet ? 

6. What observations would you require, and how 
would you use them, to determine the pressure of the 
atmosphere per square inch? 

7. How are the volume, temperature, and density of a 
gas related ? 

8. A hole is made in the side of a vessel containing 
water. What do you know about the quantity of water 
which will flow out per second ? 



SANITARY ENGINEEEING. 

Section A. 

Fbofessob Townsend. 

1. Describe the treatment of sewage by the bacterial 
method. 

2. Make a sectional sketch of a modem water-closet, 
and show how the soil-pipe is ventilated. 

8. If a sewerage-pipe is carried under a dwelling-house, 
what precautions would you adopt to make it safe ? 

4. Describe the general principles of the Meldrum 
destructor, and mention its chief merits. 

Section B. 
Mb. Cowan. 

5. Describe in detail the conditions which are desirable 
in a catchment-area for the supply of water to a town, and 
indicate in what circumstances water from a catchment- 
area may be safely used without filtration* 



stniMBB, 1906 — ^HONotms. 401 

6. Describe what precaations should be taken as to the 
construction of shallow wells for the supply of water to a 
village. 

7. Describe the general construction of sand-filters for a 
town water-supply, and the principal points which require 
attention in their use. 

Section 0. 

Pbofbssob FitzGebald. 

8. Discuss the relative merits of ceiling and floor inlets 
in connexion with (a) the plenum, and {b) the natural 
ventilation systems, respectively. 

9. Which of the following provides the more liberal 
ventilation : — 

(a) Three changes of air per hour for a room containing 
500 cubic feet per occupier ; 

(6) 80 cubic feet of air-supply per minute per occupier ? 

10. Distinguish, using a sketch to illustrate your 
meaning, between the * one-pipe ' and * two-pipe ' systems 
of low-pressure hot- water warming-apparatus with radia- 
tors. 



SANITAEY LAW. 

Sib Chables Camebon ; Fbofessob Boohe. 

1. Mention the acts under the provisions of which in- 
sanitary areas may be cleared. 
2 What laws are intended for the protection of children ? 

3. Describe the general powers possessed by the Local 
Government Board in relation to urban and rural sanitary 
authorities ? 

4. What ar the functions of port sanitary authorities? 

5. Mention the regulations for the control of cellar- 
dwellings. 

6. What powers have the sanitary authorities of a town 
over the water-supply ? 



402 DIPLOMA m PtBLiC HEALTH EXAMINATION. 

HYGIENE. 
Sib Chables Camebon ; Pbofessob Boghe. 

1. Describe the noxious exhalations produced in (a) arti- 
ficial manure works, (h) in alkali works, (c) and in white- 
lead manufactories. 

2. What quantity of milk would an infant require at 
(a) one month old, (b) three months old, and {c) six months 
old? 

3. Write the composition of a good water of a moderate 
degree of hardness. How is Nesler's solution prepared, and 
what compound does it form when added to water containing 
saline ammonia ? 

4. Describe the etiology of typhus and enteric fevers. 

5. Discuss the question of the aerial convection of in- 
fectious diseases. 

6. Mention the diseases which affect animals that would 
render them dangerous when used as food. 



VITAL STATISTICS. 
Sib Chables Camebon ; Fbofessob Eochb. 

1. About what is the death-rate of England and Wales, 
or of Ireland, from all causes, and from the principle zymotic 
diseases ? 

2. Give the mortality per 1000 persons living at the ages 
five to fifteen years, and the proportion of deaths of infants 
under one year per 1000 births. 

3. What diseases are promoted by a high temperature and 
by a low temperature ? 

4. Discuss the relative importance of the various zymotic 
diseases in estimating the sanitary condition of a place. 

5. Discuss the influence of different occupations on the 
health of a community. 

6. Mention the methods, besides the official, that have 
been proposed for estimating the population of a place in the 
interval between the census. 



StJMMEB, 1906~HONOtTB8. 40B 



BACTERIOLOGY. 

Pbofessob E. J. MoWeeney ; Pbofessob Moobe ; 
Pbofessob Sthmseb. 

1. What are the characters of the bacillus of Asiatic 
cholera? How would you proceed to determine the 
presence of this organism in a suspected case of the 



2. Given a sample of milk suspected to contain tubercle 
bacilli, how would jou examine it ? 

8. How would you test the efficacy of a mode of room- 
disinfection ? What substance do you regard as the most 
reliable germicide for this purpose ? 

4. Shortly describe the morphological and cultural 
characters of the following micro-organisms : — glanders, 
anthrax, and tetanus. 

5. Give a careful description of Elebs-Loeffler (diphtheria) 
bacillus. How would you distinguish it from Hoffman's 
(pseudo diphtheria) bacillus ? 

6. Discuss the relationship between human and bovine 
tuberculosis. 

What are * grapes ' ? 



( 404 ) 
PASS EXAMINATIONS IN ARTS. 



AUTUMN, 1906. 



MATEICULATIOir EXAMDfATIOI. 



LATIN. 

Pbofessob M^'Eldebry. 

Section A. 

1. {a) Give the principal parts of — ^gaudeo, reverter, 
malo, aufero, vinco, occido, uro. 

(b) Write out in full — the present indicative of adeo, of 
noioy and of inquam ; the imperfect subjunctive of capio ; 
the perfect indicative of cogo, 

(c) When are ' magis * and < maxime ' used in the 
comparison of adjectives? Give examples. Compare— 
saepe, facile, multus, celer. 

(d) Give the genitive singular and meaning of — auceps, 
dives, caro, anceps, as, iter, custos, incus, scelus, sus. 

(e) Give the Latin for — whence ? when ? which of the 
two ? twenty times, ten each, seventy, twenty -eighth, nine 
hundred, two thousand. 

2. Translate into Latin : — 

{a) Would that I had never been bom I I fear that I 
shall never be happy again. 

(h) Li the consulship of Marius and Oatulus, the king 
sent envoys to the senate at Bome to ask for peace. 

(c) Caesar ordered his troops to build a bridge over the 
river and attack the enemy's camp. 

{d) He said that it could not be doubted that Caesar was 
the greatest of men, and his murderers the most foolish. 



AUTtJMN, 1906 — PASS. 405 

(e) When he was asked how old he was, he said he was 
too old to remember. 

Section B. 

1. Translate into English the following unprescribed 
passage from Cioebo's First Philippic : — 

Ego, si quid in vitam eius aut in mores cum contumelia 
dixero, quo minus mihi inimicissimus sit non recusabo : 
sin consuetudinem meam, quam in re publica semper 
habui, tenuero, id est, si libere quae sentiam de re publica 
dixero, primum deprecor ne irascatur : deinde, si hoc non 
impetro, peto ut sic irascatur ut civi. Armis utatur, si ita 
necesse est, ut dicit, sui defendendi causa : iis, qui pro re 
publica quae ipsis visa erunt dixerint, ista arma ne noceant. 
Quid hac postulatione dici potest aequius? Quod si, ut 
mihi a quibusdam eius familiaribus dictum est, omnis eum, 
quae habetur contra voluntatem eius, oratio graviter 
ofifendit, etiam si nulla inest contumelia, feremus amici 
naturam. 

2. Translate into English : — 

(a) Quanta autem vis amicitiae sit ex hoc intelligi 
maxime potest, quod ex infinita societate generis humani, 
quam conciliavit ipsa natura, ita contracta res est et 
adducta in angustum, ut omnis caritas aut inter duos aut 
inter paucos iungeretur. 

Est autem amicitia nihil aliud, nisi omnium divinarum 
humanarumque rerum cum benevolentia et caritate con- 
sensio ; qua quidem baud scio an, excepta sapientia, nil 
quidquam melius homini sit a dis immortalibus datum. 
Divitias alii praeponunt, bonam alii valetudinem, alii 
potentiam, alii honores, multi etiam voluptates. Beluarum 
hoc quidem extremum est : ilia autem superiora caduca 
et incerta, posita non tam in consiliis nostris, quam in 
fortunae temeritate. — Cicero, de Amicitia, 

(6) Verum ergo illud est, quod a Tarentino Archyta, ut 
opinor, dici solitum nostros senes commemorare audivi, ab 
aliis senibus auditum : Si quis in caelum ascendisset 
naturamque mundi et pulchritudinem siderum perspexisset, 
insuavem illam admirationem ei fore, quae iucundissima 



406 MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 

faisset, si aliquem, cni narraret, haboisset. Sic natura 
solitarium nihil amat, semperqae ad aliquod tamquam 
adminiculnm annititur : quod in amicissimo quoque 
dulcissimum est. — Id., ib. 

Write a note upon Tarentino Arch/yta, and parse folly 
siderum and perspexisset (accounting for the mood). 

8. Translate into English : — 

(a) * Orandaevis oppida curae 
Et munire favos et daedala fingere tecta. 

At fessae multa referunt se nocte minores, 
Crura thymo plenae ; pascuntur et arbuta passim 
Et glaucas salices casiamque crocumque rubentem 
Et pinguem tiliam et ferrugineos hyacinthos. 
Omnibus una quiee operum, labor omnibus unus : 
Mane ruunt portis ; nusquam mora ; rursus easdem 
Vesper ubi e pastu tandem decedere campis 
Admonuit, tum tecta petunt, tum corpora curant. 

ViBGiL, Oeorgics. 

Explain the construction of Orandaevis oppida curae 
and of Crv/ra thymo plenae. 

{b) Non te nullius exercent numinis irae ; 
Magna luis commissa : tibi has miserabilis Orpheus 
Hautquaquam ob meritum poenas, ni fata resistant, 
Suscitat, et rapta graviter pro coniuge saevit. 
Ilia quidem, dum te fugeret per fiumina praeceps, 
. Immanem ante pedes hydrum moritura puella 
Servantem ripas alta non yidit in herba. 

Id., ib. 

Who is the speaker, and who is addressed? Explain 
the mood of fugeret. 
4. (a) Give a short account of the career of Marius. 

(b) Trace in outline Caesar's campaigns from the 
beginning of the civil war. 

(c) Explain the circumstances of Cicero's exile and 
recall. 

(d) Write brief notes upon : — the Conference at Luca, 
and the reform of the calendar. 

[Dates should be given where possible.] 



AUTUMN, 1906— PASS. 407 

GBEEK. 

Seotiom a. 

Pbofe680b Eeienb. 

1. Translate into English : — 

(a) €K 8c rrji y^Xt^ ravrrj^ awi/Stja'av oi crparLwraL avrol 
avrots Kal riairaiovro tov% fura &patrvXXov. i$rj\0ov 3c 
Ttvas xai oAAas ii68ov9 tov x^^'H^^^^ «& t^»' ipreipov koI 
€7r6pOow rrp^ PaciXtta^ \uipav, r^ 8* avr^ xpovti^ koX AaxcSai- 
ixdvioi rov% CIS TO Kopv^oortov rct>v EtXarrcov d^coTQ^ras ck 
MaXcas vTrocrTTOvSovs d^xav. 

Where was Coryphasium ? 

(J) cTTcl 8' c(tfpa cavrf cwow oScrav ical aTparrfyov avrbu 
yfyrjfievov^ jcai iStiji /icraTrcfiTro/icvovs rovs cirin^Sctovs, xarc- 
ttXcvo-cv CIS rov Ilcipata ^fi^ptf. y HXwrijpia ^cv 17 iroAts, tov 
c8ovs KaTaK€KaX.vfifi€yov r^ 'AOrjva^f o rivcs otcovi^ovro dvc- 
9r£n^8ciov cTvai koX avr^ icai r^ TroXct' ^AOrp/aitav yap ov8cts 
Ik ravrrj tq ijficp^ ovocvos (nrov8(Uov ipyov roX/irja-ai av 
aif/axrOai. 

What was the IIAwn/pia, and when did it take place ? 

{c) ifiol /X€V dpK€X OlKOl fl€V€iVf Kol CITC AvCTaySpOS CITC 

oXXos rts cfLTTCipdrcpos Trcpl ra vavriica ^ovXerai ctyat, ov 
kcdAvo) to icar' e/ic* cyoi 8' vrro t^s ttoAccds «rt ras vavs ir€pjffi6€\^ 
ovK €x<a ri oAAo 7rotQ> ^ ra Kfkfvo/ieya a»s &v 8vv(i)/Aat jcpdriora. 
v/icts 8c TTpos a ivQ) re ^iXori/AOv/Aat icat 17 ttoXis i7fi(ii>v atrid^^crai, 
t(rrc yap avra ciMnrcp icai cyco, (rv/ijSovXcvcrc ra dptora v/aiv 
8oicovKra ctvat ircpt rov c/i^ hOo&t fiivtLV ^ otxaSc dTroirXctv 
ipcvvra ra KaBtfrrvna lv0dS€. 

Distinguish oticot and olicoi. 

Unpbesgbibed Passage. 

2. Translate into English : — 

6 Sk Hcvo^wv Kol ol ko^ayol ia-KOTrow, ei otov re cti; r^v 
axpav Xa/Sctv* ^v yap ovra) (rtonrjpLa do-^oA.))?, oAXcds 8c iravv 
;(CLA.C7roi' c8okci cfvat dTrcX^ctF* o-kottov/ackois 8c avrois €8ofc 
iravT<£7rao-iv dvdXcarov ctvai ro \iiipCov. ^"EnnavOa irap€(TK€vdiovro 
rriv a^o8oVy koX rovs ficv orravpovs cicaoroi rovs Koff avrovs 



408 mai:bictjlation examination. 

Si-ffpow, KoX Tov^ d;(/octovs /cat tjiOfyrCa l^oyrag i$€ir€fi7rovTO kol 
Tiov oirkirSiv to irXrjSoi Karakiirovre^ ol \o)^ayol oli iKoarro^ 
hrC<TT€V€v. — Xbnophon, Anabasis. 

Gbahhab. 

3. {a) Write down the nom. pi. masc, fern., and neut. of 
Trpaos, aTrXov?, ZXc(i)9, dyiypcos, iriiriiiv, 

{h) Give the gen. sing, and dat. pi. of fjuaxmiy Sopv, ovsy 
XaSf KV(ov. 

{c) Give the principal parts of dyaXurica), /Saivo), pXMKTKfDy 
irdo-xci), co^CQ). 

{d) Write down and translate short sentences to illustrate 
the various meanings of Trapd according to the case with 
which it is used. 

(e) "What constructions are used with irpCv ? Give illustra- 
tions. 

Composition. 

4. Translate into Greek : — 

{a) On the following day they held an assembly, and 
ordered the generals to prepare the ships for an engagement. 

(i) After this ambassadors were sent to require (dftdo)) 
them to give an oath and pledges to one another. 

{o) Conon sailed with the triremes he had, and, falling in 
with three ships of the enemy, took them, crews and all. 

Section B. 
Eev. Pbofessob Bbowne. 
1 . Translate into English : — 

Unpeescblbei) Passage. 
HvXdSrjf <r€ yap Sr] Trptarov avOpiaTrmv iyo) 

tTLiTTOV VOpLl^Oi Kot ^iAoV $€VOV t' iflOl' 

ftovos 8' ^Opearrjv tov8' iOavfiaie^ ^tXcov, 
irpd(r<rov6^ a Trpdo-a-a) SctV vtt* Alyia-Qov iraOiov, 
OS fiov KaT€KTa iraripa ^(17 iravfoKtSpo^ 
firjrrjp, atfilypxii S' €k Oeov xp7j(mjpL(ov 
'Apyciov ovoa? ovSevb^ fuvctSdros, 
tfiovov ^ovcvo-t irarpos dAXd^cov ifiov, 

Ettbipibes, Eleetra, 



AUTuioi, 1906 — PASS. 409 

2. Translate into English :— 

(a) & TToXXa rXocra KopSia koi ;(cip c/ii;, 

'HXcicrpvovos fyciVar' 'AAic/iiJn; Au. 
Sei yap /tie or(ii>orai t^v ^avoOcrav dpricos 
yvFOiica #ceis rov8' av^ts ihpva-ai. SofJLOV 
AXjcrjOTiv, *ASfirJTtf ff VTrovfryrja'at xdpiv, 
iXBiiiV ^ avaicra rov iX€kdfiv€7rXov vtKplav 
%avarov ^vkdfiay koi viv cvpi/o'civ BokIo 
vivovra rvfifiov irhqaLov irpoaff^ayfidTiay. 

(b) A A. <ra<l> otSa PovkeaOai cr* &v, dXXa irov roSc ; 

ovK loTt Tov^ Oavovra^ cts if}do^ /aoXcif. 
HP. fiT^ wv xnripPaiv, 6XX' ivaurCfjiM^ ^cpc. 
AA. p§,ov vtxpfluvetv 17 vaJdovra KapT€p€iv. 
HP. rt 8' &v irpoKOHTOis, ci ^cXois d€t otcfciv ; 
AA. eyvcojca xavrds, dlAX' cpcos ri? c^ayei. 
HP. TO yap ^lA^o-ot rov Oavovr ayci hoKpv. 

Parse /ioXciv, lyvwxa, vTrovpTr^crai. 

Scan the last two lines of the passage marked (a). 

3. What is the meaning of the following phrases ? — 
Pdpos ^vx^? diravrXoiqv dv — koX firjv — dvn]\€iv iraLciva — 

tc/xvct' av)^€V<iiv ^ofi-qv — v€aviat Xoyoi. 

HiSTOBT. 

4. {a) Assign dates to the following events : — 

The Eevolt of Euboea. 
The Death of Euripides. 
The Battle of Arginusae. 

(h) "What do you know about Demosthenes the general 
(answer briefly, & possible giving dates) ? 

{e) Did Lysander deal leniently with Athens, and had he 
any special motive for doing so ? 



410 MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 

ENGLISH. 

Kev. Pkofessor O'Neill. 

Section A. 

1. State the chief ways in which the plural of English 
nouns is formed, with examples. 

2. Explain, with examples, the use of shaU and will as 
auxiliaries. 

3. Give the story of Johnson's relations {a) with Lord 
Chesterfield, (h) with Eichard Savage. 

4. State and comment on Macaulay's representation of 
Johnson's political views and political writings. 

5. Give a hrief account of Scott's four poems — Rosabelle, 
Pibroch, Coronach, Hekellyn, and of the impression they 
have made upon you. 

Or, 
Explain or paraphrase fully two of the following 



{a) Possessions vanish and opinions change. 
And passions hold a fluctuating seat : 
But, hy the storms of circumstance unshaken, 
And suhject neither to eclipse nor wane. 
Duty exists ; immutably survive. 
For our support, the measures and the forms 
Which an abstract intelligence supplies. 
Whose kingdom is where time and space are not. 

(J) Youth — that scruples not to solve 

Doubts and determine questions by the rules 
Of inexperienced judgment ever prone 
To overweening faith, and is inflamed 
By courage to demand from real life 
The test of act and suffering, to provoke 
Hostility, how dreadful when it comes. 
Whether affliction be the foe, or guilt. 

{c) [From these ecstasies] he acquired 

Wisdom, which works through patience ; thence 
he learned 



AUTUMN, 1906 PABB. 411 

In ott-recturing hours of sober thought 
To look on nature with a humble heart, 
Self -questioned where it did not understand, 
And with a superstitious eye of love. 

Sscnoir B. 

6. By whom and under what circumstances were the 
following poems written, and what is most remarkable about 
each of them : — (a) Elegy written in a Country Churchyard ; 
(i) The Burial of Sir John Moore ; {e) The Gladiator ? 

Or, 

{a) Be-tell (in about two pages of prose) the story of 
Margaret. 

(h) Quote or recall as well as you can the simile of the 
chUd and the ' smooth-lipped shell.' 

7. "Write an essay on one of the following subjects : — 
(a) Cats. 

{h) Winter amusements. 



FRENCH. 

Pbofessob Cadio. 

Section A. 

I. — COMPOSITTON. 

Translate into French :— - 

In 1907 there will be an exhibition in this city. A 
policeman told me that it will only be held in the following 
year. 

I can tell you that there are already workmen who work 
in the park. They begin their work early, and finish 
about six o'clock. 

I see them preparing their breakfast every morning. 
They drink tea, and generally eat bread and butter. Do 
you know what they get for their dinner ? As a general 



412 MATBIOULATION EXAMINATION. 

rule they get a little meat, cabbage, and potatoes. I am 
sorry their wives do not know how to make soup. 

Although their lives are monotonous, I believe they are 
happier than many ladies and gentlemen who have fine 
houses and many servants. 

The directors are energetic men ; let us hope their 
efforts will be crowned with success. 

II. — Obammab. 

Write in the plural : — 

Toi pour qui j'ai fait un effort superflu. 
J'espSre, mon enfant, que tu triompheras. 
Orois-tu que je me moque de lui ? 

Give rules for the formation of the imperfect indicative 
and future in the four regular conjugations. 

Form French sentences (which must be translated) 
illustrating the use and meaning of : — quelle que, quels 
que, quelles que. 

Give the present conditional of : — noyer, ouvrir, servir, 
acqu6rir. 

Translate: — The old woman trembled with joy. The 
bells of our church are new. Did he catch those sparrows ? 
What did they do with our pencils ? I know nothing about 
it. What is the matter with you ? 

Section B. 
Translate into English : — 

FILIPPO. 

Qui ? Moi, te pardonner, mon ami ? Et quoi done ? 

SANDBO. 

Vois-tu, je Taimais trop...j'avais T&me obs6d6e!... 
Et je ne pouvais pas me faire k cette iMe 
Qu'un rival, quel qu'il fiit, piit me vaincre k ses yeux, 
Je suis un miserable, un lache, un envieux. 
Lorsque j'eus ton chef-d'oeuvre en mes mains, c*est 
infame ! 



AUTUMN, 1906 — PASS. 418 

Mais la tentation se glissa dans mon ame ; 
J'avais le coeur perdu de rage et de douleur, 
J'ai (Me !...Pr6s d'ici, tremblant comme un voleur, 
Sous Tombre d'un portail des ruelles etroites, 
Filippo, j'ai change nos violons de boites ! 

FILIPPO. 

Toi? 

SANDBO, 

Je les ai pories devant les juges, puis, 
Au moment oii Texpert oavrait les deux etuis, 
Ah I je n'ai pas pu voir cela. J'ai pris la fuite. 
Yenge-toi 1 Devant tons, d6voile ma conduite 1 

Gopp]&E, Le Luthier de Crhnone. 

C'etait le grand serment du soldat ; Charles dut regarder 
la chose comme s^rieuse. Vincent Tencouragea de nouveau 
en r^petant qu'il avait son avenir en main, et le jeune 
homme se coucha r^solu k tous les efforts. 

Mais la confidence de son oncle avait ^veill6 chez lui 
de trop magnifiques esp^rances pour qu41 pHt dormir. 
II passa la nuit dans une sorte de fidvre, calculant les 
moyens de gagner plus t6t la somme dont il avait besoin, 
r6glant Temploi de sa richesse future, et traversant Pune 
aprSs Tautre, comme des realit^s, toutes les chimSres qu'il 
8 6tait plu jusqu'alors k rever. — Souvestbb, Au Coin dufeu, 

Unpbesobibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

Deux hommes 6taient voisins, et chacun d'eux avait une 
femme et plusieurs petits enfants, et son seul travail pour 
les faire vivre. 

Et Tun de ees deux hommes s'inquietait en lui-meme, 
disant : Si je meurs, ou que je tombe malade, que devien- 
dront ma femme et mes enfants ? 

Et cette pensee ne le quittait point, et elle rongeait son 
coeur comme un ver ronge le fruit oi\ il est cach6. 

Or, bien que la meme pensee fut venue 6galement k 
Tautre pk*e, il ne s'y ^tait point arrets : car, disait-il, 
Dieu, qui connidt toutes ses creatures et qui veille sur 

t 



414 MATBIGULATION EXAMINATION. 

elles, veillera aussi sur moi, et sur ma femme, et sur 
mes enfants. 

Et celni-ci vivait tranquille, tandis que le premier ne 
goiitait pas un instant de repos ni de joie int^rieurement. 

Un jour qu'il travaillait aux champs, triste et abattu k 
cause de sa crainte, il vit quelques oiseaux entrer dans un 
buisson, en sortir, et puis bient6t y revenir encore. 

Et s'^tant approcb6 il vit deux nids pos^s c6te d cote, et 
dans cbacun plusieurs petits nouvellement eclos et encore 
sans plumes. 



GERMAN. 

F&OFESSOB ElTTLEB. 

I. — Composition. 

1. Translate into German: — 

The German language is spoken in Germany, which is one 
of the largest countries in Europe. 

It has many great rivers on which ships sail, and which 
bring travellers far into the interior. 

Many people would rather live in the country than in a 
town ; but not every man can choose his dwelling-place. 

The children in a school are divided into different classes^ 
each of which has a master. 

The children work during the morning, and in the after- 
noon they have time to play. 

II. — Grammar. 

2. Put into German : — the body ; the window ; the girl ; 
the tree ; the forks ; the years ; the daughters ; the ears ; the 
glasses ; the woods. 

3. Put into German, and decline in full : — a good German ; 
her young brother ; this beautiful flower. 

4. Put into German : — his hat and mine ; whose is the 
house ? I know who said it. 

5. How do German adjectives form their comparative and 
superlative ? 



AUTUMN, 1906 PASS. 416 

6. Put into German : — He is being punished. I have seen 
him. The door is shut. He came in. He climbed up. 

III. — Fbescbibbd Authors. 

7. Translate into English :— 

{a) ^U er ben ZtUtx geleert fjatit unb ber 2Btrt \a^, baf e^ 
if^m fo mol^I ^ijmeitt, munterte er iffn l^oflii^ auf/ no(^ etnen 
Soffel Don }u nel^meit/ ba^ fei gut (ei bem raul^en ZBetter. Sun 
koutbe bie goreDe aufgetrageu/ mit ®nhtem (efranjt/ unb ber 
SBtrt legte ein fd^9ne^ ®tudf i9or. S)o(^ ber ®(^netber/ t>on 
@orgen gequSIt/ toa^tt in feiner SKbigleit ni(^t/ bad' Nanle 
SReffer }u (raud^en/ fonbem l^antierte fd^iid^tern unb )im))erli(^ 
twit ber fliernen ®aUl baran IJerum. 

{h) Unb bte Slitter/ bie ftnoppen urn il^n l^er 
SJernel^men*^ unb fd^toeigen ftiU, 
&d)tn ffinai in bad tvilbe 2Reer/ 
Unb feinei ben Seiner gekoinnen miO. 
Unb ber fi5nig )um brittenmal fraget : 
w3fl feiner/ ber fli) IJinunter waget ?" 

£)od^ aDed nod^ {lumm (Iei(t toie gubor : 
Unb ein Sbelfned^t/ fanft unb fed/ 
£ritt aud ber ftnappen jagenbem d^ox, 
Unb ben ®urtel n>irft er/ ben ilRantel meg. 

lY. — ^Unpbbsgbibbd PAssAes. 

8. Translate into English : — 

Stud bed 2Beered tiefeni/ tiefem ©runbe 
jKingen JKbenbglodfen bum))f unb matt, 
Und )u ge(en munberiare ftunbe 
SSon ber fd^Jneu/ alten SBunberflabt. 

3n ber gluten ©d^of l^inatgefunfen/ 
Slieben unten il^re 2;rflmmer jlel^n ; 
3]§re 3tnnen laffen goIb*ne gunfen 
2Biberfd§einenb auf bent ©piegel feljn. 
t2 



416 MATBIOULATiON EXAMINATION. 

Unb ber Sd^tfer/ ber ben Sau^erfd^hnmer 
Sinmal fal^ in l^eDen SlBenbrot/ 
!Rad§ berfeften SteDe fci^if t er immer/ 
Oi auij ring^ uml^er bie kli))pe bro§t 



IKISH. 

Key. FfiOFESsoB Hogan. 

Translate into English : — 

I. 

Qgup bo 5aba6 a eic a nio6 na niQit)ne ap n-a rfidpad 
bo Lip agup pdinig ^yar\ j^liie piapbeap 5060 n-bfpea6 
n6 50 pdimg 50 cpdig Loca t)aipbpea6 ; agup bo 
6onncabap clanna Lip an Tnapcf»luaJ 6uco, a5up a 
btibaipc pionnjuala an laoi6 : — 

* m ocean bo ihapcpluag na n-eac, 
t)o 6fni Idiiti p6 Log t)aipbpea6 ; 
t)peani ct]Thacca6 6iaihaip 50 bea6c 
t)'ap n-iappai&, b'ap n-iapih6ipea6c.' 

*t)piiibiOTn p6 h-oipiop, a Q06, 

Q fha6pa, agup a 6uinn caoirh, 
"Nf pluai J pd niTh pip na n-ea6, 
Q6c mab Lip agup a cea§la6.' 

Q h-ai6le na laoi6e pm, cdinig Lip 50 h-oipiop an 
cuain, agup cug ba aipe 5I6P baonna bo bei6 05 na 
i[-6anaib ; agup bo piappai J 6tob cfb p6 beapa boib 
5l6p baonna bo bei6 aca. 

' Cuigpe, a Lip itiic Lt]i§&io6,' ap pionn Juala, ' gupab 
pinne bo 6eacpap clomne, ap n-ap milleab boc rhnaoi 
agup bo beipbpitip ap mdcap p6in, cp6 aingtbiodc 
6aba.' — Oidhe CMoinne Lir, 



AUTUMN, 1906 PASS. 417 

II. 

t)o piappainn pceol Xyovn^ corhappa ap aon put), 

1 in-bpiacpaib beoil bo b' eol bo 6eubaib, 

Qp bhpian bop6iThe ap f»l6J no p^inne 

Qp 6liap itiic L6buip Th6ip ap TTlhaoJnuip! 

"Nfp 66pa bam cea6c cap Jpeap b'd paocap 

'Nd ap nuabacc bo bam bam beapcab an c-pa05ail, 

t)e bpij 50 pabap-pa gann pd Jp6i6pe 

'8 gup ppt6 50 pann-lag bpeam na h-6ipeann, 

5an 6fop, gan 6obaip, a6c ppionnpap bp^ige, 

t)'d pnooibeaih le peall, le cam, le h-6icea6. 

b' 6 mtinab pcoile bob' obaip bom' laecib 

*Sa ptSn bon f)obiil gup b' fiolaih an 66ipb pin — 

"Nuaip cugab mo domappain c6ip ap ^leup bam 

S^nibmn cuibea6ca ap pp6pc 6*n nbm 50 66ile, 

l^fp 6puinni J m6 6p nd pc6p ap aon 6op 

a6c an pcillmg bo geobainn b'6l 50 h-eupcaib ! 

III. 

t)o pinn' x*i mo 61(3 ba m'b']^iti mo f»ao6ap 
Chuipeab pf am' 6t3l-pa ptibap 516-Jeal— 
bhtob beo6 ap maibin 'pm6 am leaba b'd gleup bam . . . 
*lm6ij-pe a baile'. ap an papaipe cpeunitiap 

* Q buine po cagann map cea6caipe ap 6ipinn, 
>1i paba b6ib ptolpab mfn, caip Sh6amuip 

pd 6eannap an ptj cd 'Dfbipc 5aebil-peap. 
5b n-6ipe66ai& plannba be pean-cf»lio6c 6ibip 
t)o 66anpaib concap map $eall ap ^igeapc, 
t)o bampib an 6op6in ben 66ip 'na 6ipic, 

* '8 bo leanpaib 50 beo oe p6ip TTlhil6piup ! 
8ea6ain an c-olc t)o loic ptol ^aba aip pab, 
5ab paibip ap cpopcab ay cpop TTlhic t)e ope, 
bf b6ipcea6, capcana6, ap lapab le baonnacc 
Gy p6im na b-placap bo geabaip mdp p^ibip. 

— Uachtra Ghiolla an Amardin, 



418 matriculation examination. 

Grammab and Idioms. 
IV. 
Parse the underlined words in texts I., II., and III. 

V. 

{a) Decline fully an cpeanbean bo6c. 

(J) State how the genitive cases singular of the five 
declensions are formed. 

{c) State how adjectives are compared regularly, and give 
five examples of irregular comparatives. 

VI. 
Translate into English : — 

W^l aon loncaoib a^am opca. 
Cd pi at) ag cup ptj6a ann po anoip. 
C6 h6 pm call a^ bagaipc ope? 
>1i'l aon bainc agum leip. 

6f Deapgab 6oip ap maibm agup beapgab ciap anoip. 
>1f lim ap pognaTh. 

t)eip na pap6ip 50 nib6ib aimpeap bpedj asainn 
Idicpeac. Ip mbp acd piop ag luce na 'bpdip6ap 
cionnap a b6ib an Id. 

Cd an pipmne agac, a bume uapail, a6c cd pub ^igin 
agam le pdb leac. Cd call 6p op 5Coihaip bean t)dp 
amm Cdic nf StiiUeabdin, baincpeabac ip eab t, ip cd 
cpidp 6lainne aici — buacaillibe ip eab lat). Qgup ip 
bbij liom 50 bpuil piat) leacldmad 50 lebp; b'(i6it)ip 
gup 6eapc bam bpaon beag anbpuice bo cup 6uca, ip 
annpam X)6at} mipnea6 oppa ceo6c annpo ip gabdil linn 
ap pat). 

VII. 

Translate into Irish : — 

It is a very fine day [put this in Irish in two or more 
ways]. John is a big man ; James is a little man, and is very 
weak. You are a nice boy, and you have done well ; it is no 



AUTUMN, 1906 — ^PASS. 419 

liarm to be depending on you ; no, indeed. Is to-day Friday ? 
Xoiir shoe-string is unfastened. Is that he ? ' That is she. 
Who are they, and where are they ? Are my shoes clean, 
and is my breakfast ready ? Have you got your books, and 
have you your lessons ? 

VIII. 

Give the meaning of the following words from Oidh$ 
CMdnne Zir: — Cpiopla6, cpocal, cuan, cuap, 6io6pa6. 
Write do¥ni and identify any five place-names of that 
text. 



MATHEMATICS. 

FiBST Paper. 

Abithmetio akd Algebea. 

Pbofessob Dixon; Fbofessos McW^eenet. 

1. Find to 3 decimal places the square root of 27 H* 

2. Find the price of 7 cwt. 3 qrs. 14 lbs. at £5 16«. Sd. 
per ton. 

3. Find in its simplest form the value of the difference 
of the cubes of H and ff • 

4. Find to the nearest penny the sum of money which 
will amount to £7500 in 6 years at 2f per cent, per annum 
simple interest. 

5. Two clocks, one of which goes 5 minutes fast and the 
other 3^^ minutes slow in a day, are set together at nine 
o'clock on Monday morning. What time is it by the second 
clock when the first strikes three on the following Friday 
afternoon ? 

6. A man sells an article at 4 per cent, profit. If he had 
bought it at 6 per cent, less, and sold it for 7«. 6d, less, he 
would have gained 10 per cent. Find what he paid for it. 

7. Multiply «* + 42:» + 124?' + 24a: + 24 by ;ir» - 3a:*+ 6x - 6. 

8. Divide x"^ - 5x^ -^ S hj x^ -^ x ^ 2, 



420 MATBICULATION EXAMINATION. 

9. Simplify as much as possible 

Ij^ ^ ^_+y ^ y-1 ^ (1 + a?) (d? + y) (y - 1) 
1-a? a;-y y+l (1-^) (^-y)(y+ 1)" 

^^•^^ ^ = -^^3ir and y=-jrr^, 

prove that «' + y' = a' + 5*. 
11. Solve the equation 

X - c X - a + c 



a-¥b- e h + e 



= 2. 



12. The numerator and denominator of a fraction are two 
consecutive odd numbers. Prove that half the sum of this 
fraction and its reciprocal is also a fraction whose numerator 
and denominator are two consecutive odd numbers. 



Second Papeb. 

Professob Bbohwich ; Profbssob Eqan. 

Geometbt and Alqebba. 

1. If the sum of the squares on two of the sides of a 
triangle is equal to the square on the third side, prove that 
the triangle is right-angled. 

2. If a line AB is divided at C, prove that the square on 
AB is equal to the sum of the squares on AC and CB, 
together with twice the rectangle A C . CB. 

3. Prove that the sum of two opposite angles of a quadri- 
lateral inscribed in a circle is equal to two right angles. 

4. The angle C of the triangle ABC is right. The line 
CM is drawn, making the angle A CM equal to CAB, and 
meeting AB at M. Prove that AM= MB. 

5. The sides AB, AC oi the triangle ABC are equal; 
P and Q are any two points on BC, Perpendiculars PM, 
QKoxe drawn to AB, and perpendiculars PZ, QMare drawn 
to A C. Prove that SP+PL = S:Q+ QM. 



AUTUMN, 1906 PASS. 421 

6. Draw a line 12 cm. in length, and divide it into two 
parts such that the rectangle contained by the whole line 
and one part may be equal to the square on the other part. 
Describe your construction, without proof. 

7. In a circle of 4 cm. radius, inscribe a quadrilateral 
ABCI), having AB = 5 cm., BC = 3 cm., and the angle 
B CD = iABC. Describe your construction. 

8. Construct a triangle ABC having AB = 10 cm., 
BC =S cm., CA = 9 cm. Take a line A'B* = 6 cm., and on 
it describe a triangle AB'C having the angles A\ -5', (j 
equal to A^B, C respectively. Measure the sides of AlBfC, 

9. Describe an isosceles right-angled triangle with sides 
5 cm. in length. Construct a square which shall be equal 
in area to the rectangle contained by the hypotenuse and 
one of the sides of this triangle. Measure the side of this 
square. Describe your construction, without proof. 

10. Find X from the equation 

^x X ^ X X 

21 + 5-2 = 3-1-4^^ 

11. Find X and y from the equations 

ia? + <?y + a = 0, 
(?a? + ay + J = 0. 

12. One side of a right-angled triangle is two feet less 
than three-j6.fths of the hypotenuse, and the other is one foot 
more than four-fifths of it. Calculate the length of the 
hypotenuse. 

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 

Mr. Vinycomb. 

Section A. 

1. A straight uniform rod of weight 60 grammes is 
suspended 10 cms. from its middle point. A weight of 
76 grammes is hung on it so as to balance. Where is it 
hung? 



422 MATRICULATION EXAMINATION. 

2. Explain why it is not safe to step off a moving 
tram facing backwards. 

8. Where is the centre of gravity of a plane triangle. 
Prove your statement, 

4. A ship is steaming south at nine knots and another is 
steaming east at twelve knots. What is the velocity of 
the second ship relatively to the first ? 

Section B. 

6. Three forces, equal respectively to the weights of 11, 
60, and 61 grammes, act at a point and are in equilibrium. 
Show that the angle between one pair of forces is a right 
angle. 

6. A stone is dropped from a height of 48 feet at the 
same instant that another is thrown vertically upwards 
with a velocity of 64 feet per second from a point vertically 
underneath. When will they meet ? 

7. State Newton's three laws of motion. 

8. A hollow circular cylinder 1*5 cms. diameter with 
lower end closed, is weighted so as to float vertically in 
water. What weight must be put into it to sink it 1 cm. 
deeper ? 

9. One litre of water is mixed with alcohol of specific 
gravity '8, so that a piece of wood of specific gravity '6 
floats with f of its volume immersed. How much alcohol 
is used if there is no contraction on mixing ? 

10. Describe a hydrometer, and explain how the specific 
gravity of a liquid is found by it. 



{ 423 ) 

FIE8T raiVERSITY EXAMIMTI05. 



LATIN. 

FiBST Fapeb. 

Fbofessob MaoMasteb. 

Seotiok a. 
Unpbescbibed Passage. 

1. Translate into English : — 

Tempore quo primom Phrygia formabat in Ida 
Aeneas classem, et pelagi petere alia parabat, 
Ipsa deum fertor genetrix Berecyntia magnum 
Vocibus his adfata lovem : ' Da, vate, petenti, 
Quod tua cara parens domito te poscit Olympo. 
Lucus in arce fuit sunmia, quo sacra ferebant, 
Nigranfci picea^ trabibusque obsourus acemis : 
Has ego Dardanio iuveni, cum classis egeret, 
Laeta dedi : nunc sollicitam timer anxius urguet. 
Solve metus, atque hoc precibus sine posse parentem, 
Ne cursu quassatae ullo neu turbine venti 
Vincantur : prosit nostris in montibus ortas.* 

ViBGiL, Aeneid. 
Gbammab. 

2. (a) The following terminations in the third declension 
are feminine — do, go, to, as, and x. Give, with their mean- 
ingSy two exceptions for each termination. 

(b) Parse in all possible ways the following words : when 
there is a difference in the vowel-quantities of words 
spelled alike, but different in meaning, indicate the quan- 
tities : — iacerem, latere, procerum, securis, seris, velitis. 

(c) Quote or form sentences to illustrate the use of the 
dative and accusative plural of the gerundive. In each 
instance add the translation of your example. 

1 picea = pitch-pine. 



124 FIRST UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION. 

(^d) Set down, with their meanings, three pairs of oorre- 
lative (pronominal) adverbs. 

(e) Give the principal parts of — audeo, haereo, noceo, 
redeo, meto, metior, morior, moror. 

(/) Livy's report of the message sent to Hannibal by 
his ofiScers in Capua runs thus : — ^abisse eum in Bruttios 
velut avertentem sese, ne Capua in oculis eius caperetur : 
at hercule Bomanos ne oppugnatione quidem urbis 
Bomanae abstrahi a Capua obsidenda potuisse. Si redeat 
Capuam bellumque omne eo vertat, et se et Campanos 
pajatos eruptioni fore. 

Set down (in Latin) the corresponding words of the 
direct message. 

Section B. 

1. Translate into English : — 

(a) At, credo, mea numina tandem 
Fessa iacent, odiis aut exsaturata quievi — 
Quin etiam patria excussos infesta per undas 
Ausa sequi, et profugis toto me opponere ponto : 
Absumptes in Teucros vires caeli^ue marisque. 
Quid Syrtes, aut Scylla mihi, quid vasta Charybdis 
Profuit ? optato conduntur Thybridis alveo, 
Securi pelagi atque mei. 

ViRoiL, Aeneid. 
Where and what were the Syrtes ? 

(b) Densis hunc frondibus atrum 
Urguet utrimque latus nemoris, medioque fragosus 
Dat sonitum saxis et torto vertice torrens. 

Hie specus horrendum, saevi spiracula Ditis, 
Monstratur, ruptoque ingens Acheronte vorago 
Pestiferas aperit fauces : quis condita Erinys, 
Invisum numen, terras caelumque levavit. 

Ibid. 

Oive the name of the place described here. In what 
district of Italy was it ? 

(c) Monte decurrens velut amnis, imbres 
Quern super notas aluere ripas, 
Fervet inmensusque ruit profundo 

Pindarus ore, 



AUTUMN, 1906 PASS. 426 

Lanrea donandus Apollinari, 
Sen per audaces nova dithyrambos 
Verba devolvit nnmerisqne fertnr 

Lege solntis, 
Sive qnos Elea domnm redncit 
Palma caelestes pngilemve eqnumve 
Dicit et centum potiore signis 

Munere donat, 
Mebili sponsae iuTenemve raptum 
Florat et vires animumque moresque 
Aureos edacit in astra nigroque 

Invidet Oreo. Horace, Odes. 

Write notes in explanation of the phrases — nova verba : 
numeris lege solutis : Elea palma : nigro Oreo* 

2. Do not translate the passages which follow, but write 
notes in explanation of the words in italics : — 

(a) Carpathii trans rrums aequora. 

(b) Non monstrum submisere . . . 
Mains EcMoniae Thebae. 

(c) Immanes Ehaetos 
Aicspiciis pepulit secundis, 

(d) Terret ambtistiis Fhaethon avaras spes. 

(a) commissi calores 

Aeoliae fidibus puellae. 

(/) Hie . . . primos attoUere/asces 
Begibus omen erat. 

(g) Bellona manet te prov/uba, 

{h) Belli ferratos rumpit Satumia postis. 

(i) Claudia nunc a qvo difiPanditur et tribus et gens 
Per Latium. 

{k) Una ingens Amitema cohors priscique Quirites. 

8. Mark the scansion of the following lines : — 

Nunc age, qui reges, Erato quae tempora rerum, 
Quis Latio antiquo fuerit status, advena classem 
Cum primum Ausoniis exercitus appulit oris, 
Expediam, et primae revocabo exordia pugnae. 



426 FIBST UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

LiTERATTJBE. 

4. What models had Cicero for his works in , dialogue 
form ? Give some account of the Brutus and the De 
Officiis, 

5. What is didactic poetry? What Latin works come 
under this head ? Give as full an account as you can 
of one (and not more than one) of the most important 
of these. 

6. What were the following: — fabula praetextata, 
epyllia, Pharsalia, Tristia, Silvae ? 



Second Paper. 

Section A. 

Professor Semple. 

Composition. 

1. Translate into Latin : — 

(a) They destroyed from the very foundation the city of 
Alba, whence they were descended : much less do I suppose 
they will spare Capua. 

(b) Although taken by surprise, they snatched up their 
arms amid the confusion, and when they could not escape 
from the city, fell fighting to the last. 

(c) They each had seven javelins four feet in length, 
pointed with iron. 

{d) On the day before he entered the city, a thanksgiving 
was decreed for the successes gained under his leadership. 

(e) The leaders of the revolt were scourged and beheaded ; 
the remainder of the people were sold by public auction. 

Unpresoribed Passage. 

2. Translate : — 

Cum Hannibal ad portas esset (Nolam enim rursus a 
Nuceria movit castra) plebesque Nolana de integro ad 



AUTUMN, 1906— -PASS. 427 

defectionem spectaret, Marcellus sab adventom hostinm 
intra mnros se recepit, non castris metuens, sed ne 
prodendae urbis occasionem nimis multis in earn imminen- 
tibus daret. Instrui deinde utrimque acies coeptae, 
Bomanorum pro moenibus Nolae, Poenorum ante castra 
sua. Proelia hinc parva inter urbem castraque et vario 
eventu fiebant, quia duces neo probibere paucos temere 
provocantes neo dare signum universae pugnae volebant. 

Section B. 
Feofessob Dougan. 

1. Translate into English : — 

(a) Principio eius anni cum de litteris L. Marcii ref erretur, 
res gestae magnificae senatui uisae ; titulus honoris, quod 
imperio non populi iussu, non ex auctoritate patrum dato 
< propraetor senatui ' scripserat, magnam partem hominum 
offendebat : rem mali exempli esse, imperatores legi ab 
exercitibus et sollemne auspicandorum comitiorum in 
castra et prouincias procul ab legibus magistratibusque ad 
militarem temeritatem transferri. 

(b) responsa inde legationibus suspensis uarietate tot 
casuum dare coepit ita elato ab ingenti uirtutum suarum 
fiducia animo, ut nullum ferox uerbum excideret, ingens- 
que omnibus, quae diceret, cum maiestas inesset tum 
fides. 

(c) aurum, argentum, aes signatum omne senatores 
crastino die in publicum conferamus, ita ut anulos sibi 
quisque et coniugi et liberis, et filio bullam, et, quibus 
uxor filiaeue sunt, singulas uncias pondo auri relinquant : 
argenti, qui curuli sella sederunt, equi ornamenta et libras 
pondo, ut salinum patellamque deorum causa habere 
possint, ceteri senatores libram argenti tantum ; aeris 
signati quina milia in singulos patres familiae relinqua- 
mus : ceterum onme aurum, argentum, aes signatum ad 
triumuiros mensarios extemplo deferamus nulk> ante 
senatus consulto facto, ut uoluntaria conlatio et certamen 
adiuuandae rei publicae excitet ad aemulandum animos 
primum equestris ordinis, dein relicae plebis. 



428 FIBST UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

2. Explain:— 

(a) id ei iustum exsilium esse sciait plebs. 

(b) primores centurionum. 

(c) socii nauales. 

8. Where were the following places situated ? — Eretum, 
Sutriurrif lucus Feroniae, 

HlSTOBT. 

4. (a) What evidence is there, if any, in support of the 
theory that the city and commonwealth of Borne were 
gradually formed by the union of separate communities ? 

(b) Date the Publilian law, and show its political 
significance. 

(c) Summarise the changes which took place in Southern 
Italy as a result of the Hannibalic war. 



GREEK. 

FiEST Papee. 

Pbofessoe Keene. 

1. Translate into English : — 

(a) Xeyc 817, cTttov cyw, (rv 6 rov \6yov KXrjpovofio^f ri ^iJs 
Tov '^LfKoviSrjv Xeyovra 6p6(o^ Xiyeiv irepl SiKaiocrvvrj^ ; oti, ^ 
8' OS, TO TO, 6<l>€iX6fi€va cicooTO) diToSiSovai SiKaiov com* tovto 
Xcycov SoK€L c/ioiyc KaXws Xeyciv. dXXa /acktoi, rjv 8' cyoS, 
'^ifKovCSy ye ov paSiov dTriorciv' (ro<l>o^ yap koI Otio^ airqp' 
TOVTO pAvToi o tC irore Xeyet, <rv ftei^, & TLoXifujipxe, 10-109 
yiyvwo-Kcts, cyw 8c ayvoto. S^Xov yap on, ov tovto Xcyei, oirep 
ikeyofievy to tivos irapaKOTaSefJievov tl onaovv firf o-cD^povois 
airaiTOVVTi a]ro8i8ovai' KaiToi ye 6<l>€iX6fi€v6v wov io'Ti tovto, 
o wapaKaTiSero. 

Give some account of the Simonides here mentioned. 

(h) TovTov ovv oTKorrei, ctTrcp jSovXei Kpiveiv^ 6<r<a fiaXkov 
(vfi<j>ip€i iSCcf. avTta aSiKOV eivai ^ to 8iKaiov. TravTcov 8c p^o-Ta 
fiaSrja-ei, iav iirl ttjv TeXcwTarrjv aSiKiav cX^s, § tov /icv 
dS^ici^crarTa ev^/iovea-TaTov ?rot€i, Tovs 8c dhiKTjSevTa^ koX 



AUTUMN, 1906 —PASS. 429 

dStft^o-at ovK av iOikovra^ AOkiwraTov^, ta-ri 8e rovro 
Tvpavyk, ^ ov Kara <r/iiKp6v raXXorpia koL XdOp^ kcli pi^ 
a<jiaLp€iTaif Ktu tepa Koi ooria koI iSia Koi ^fiocria, dXXa 

Explain the construction of to iUaiov. 

(^) Kara rCva ovv eri Xoyov SiKaiOcrvn/v &v vpo /Acyton/s 
dSiKtas alpoCfi€0* av; ^v iav /i€T ewrxqfiotrvvrjq ki^St^Xov 
KTrj{T<afJL€Oa, koL irapa Oeoi^ kol trap* AvOpayiroii 7rpdio/JL€v Kara 
vtwy iiavT€^ re Kat rcXcvn/iraKrcs, «l>s 6 rSiv iroAAo>v re Kal 
aKptov Xcyo/ievog Xoyo9. ^k 8^ vdvrtav ra>v eipvjfiiyiav rts 
f^VX^^f ^ 2<0Kpar€9, SiKaiocrvvTV rt/t^ c^eXciv, f ri9 Swa/uiis 
virdp)(€i ^XQi rj )(prjfJMT<ov ^ a^fiaroi ^ ycvovs, oAXa /ui^ 
ycA^v hraivoviiivrji aKovovra ; 

Comment on the sense of ojcprnv. 

2. What is the meaning of ep/iaiov, eircio-aya>yi/Aa, 
ifyyoXdPo^. 

IjKPBBSGSIfiED PASSAGE. 

8. Translate into English : — 

rovs oXXovs av 817/uovpyovs o-ko^tci et roSc 8ia^dcipei, anrrc 
Kal KaKovs yiyv€<r6ai, to iroui 8^ ravra ; irXovro9, ^v 8* eycS, 
Kal ircvia. irois Srj; c&8c' irXovTiyo-as x^;rp€V5 8oKcr coi In 
tfeXi/o'civ c^rificXeiO'^at t^ rixvrjs; ovoafiois, c^i;. d/}yo9 8c 
Kal a/itXrj^ ycv^o'crai /laXkov avros avrov ; vo\v yc. ovkovv 
KaKtcDv ;(vrpers yiyvrrai ; Kal rovro, c^i;, ^roXv. Kal /i-^v Kal 
opyavd ye /i^ ^(ov Trape^co-tfai vtto ^revtas ^ rt oIXXo rSiv eU 
r^v rixyrfv, rd re epya irovrjportpa ipydarerai Kal rovi vtcts ^ 
oXXovs 0V9 iv SiSdjcricrf xc^jpovs Brjfiiovpyov^ 8i8a^erat. ttcos 8' 
ov ; vtt' afJL<l>OT€po]iv 8i}, wevias re Kal TrXovrov, x^^'p^ /**'' '''^ 
ruiv re^vSv epya, x^^P<>v^ S< avroi. — Plato, Hep, iv. 

Gbammab. 
4. (a) Parse o-Koiret, d7ro8oo'^ai, irpoa-ertOefieVf airepydcraivro, 

CiOTKUrdo). 

(J) Write down first pers. sing. impf. act. of 7rpoXeya>, 
eKj3dXX(i>, eiordyd), o'vXXeyo), on^yxeo), 7rep()3dXX(i). 

(<?) What cases does Kara take, and with what differences 
of meaning ? 



480 FIRST UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

{d) Oive the vocative singular of Sai/uicov, Xi/ai/k, rvpavvk, 
fiaa-Lkev^, irokCrrjs, 

(*) What are the principal direct interrogative particles ? 
Frame and translate sentences to illustrate their use. 



Composition. 

5. Translate into Greek : — 

(a) That was a pleasant saying of Pindar's, that the just 
and pious pass their lives most happily. 

{h) When it is necessary to use gold or silver, we will 
acquire them by selling our fields or other possessions. 

{c) If he had not seen his friends approach, he would have 
been frightened, and would have been afraid of the formid- 
able host. 

(d) I make such a return as I can to those from whom I 
learn, for I praise heartily those who seem to me to speak 
well. 



Second Papeb. 
Eev. Pbofessob Bbowne. 

1. Translate into English : — 

(a) rj Kat TLeiaavSpov fikv d^' iirtruiv tacrc ;(afia{e, 
Sovpl ^aXa)v irpos arrjSoi' 6 S* virnos oiJSci epeicrOrj, 
'Iirirokoxo^ S' diropovo-c, rov av ;(a/ial i$€vdpi,$€v, 
X^ipas airo ^i^ti T/iiyfas diro r av\fya Koij/asy 
okfiov 8' 0)9 eaaive Kv\Lv&€aOou 3i ofiCkov. 
Toi»s fi€V taa' 6 8' oSi. TrXcto-Tat Kkoviovro ^ctXayycs, 
T^ p iv6pova\ aifia 8' dAAoi ivKvrjfiiSe^s 'Axaiot. 
ire^ol fi€v TTcfovs ok€Kov ^cvyoKras dvayKiy, 
liTTrcts 8* tiTTT^as — VTTO 8c <rff>Lcriv utpro kovit^ 
€K 7r€8iov, T^v uipa-av ipiySowroL 7ro8€S ?7nr(i)V — 
;(aXfc<^ 8i7tO(i)KT€S. drap Kpeiwv * Ay afiifivdiv 
aikv aTroKT€LV(av Ittct', 'Apyciotct kcXcvwv. 
<os 8' 0T€ wup di8i;Xoi^ €V d^uXo) ifiireayj vXj;' 
'n-avri/ r' ciXv^ooiv avefio^ <l>€p€Lf oi 8c re Sdfivoi 
TTpopptfoi irtTTTOvo-tv iiT^iyofievoL Trvpof: opfifj' 



AUTUMN, 1906— PASS. 431 

&s ap vir' 'ArpciSj; * Aya/U/ivovi iriirrt Koiprfva 
Tpwtov <l>€vy6vruiv, froXXot 8* ipiav^cvcs hnroi 
Keiv o)(€a KporaXiCov Ava Trrokifioio yc^vpas, 

^lO^OVi TrO$€OVT€i OLflVflOVa^. 

(^h) «ds 8' oirorc vXrjOiov Trora/xos ircSiovSc Kartia-iv 
X€tfjLdppov9 icar' 6p€(r<l>LV, oira^^d/icvos Aio$ 6/i/3pff, 
iroWoL^ 8c 8pi)9 a{aXeas, ttoXXols 86 re ircvica? 
co-^cpcrai, iroAAov 8c t o^vcrycTov cts oXa jSoAAci, 
(tfS c^circ kXovccdv ^reStov rore ^ai8i/uio9 Aias, 
Sotfcov ihttovs re #cai dvcpas. ov8e inn *£icr<up 
v€vO€T% Ivti pa puix'^ ^^' dpurrtpa pApvaro vdarj^f 
6x$a^ Trap vorapMO ^KapAvhpov^ ry pa ftaXurra 
dvSpoiy WiVrc Kopvfva, fiorj 8* acrjSearos 6p^p€i 
'SioTopd t' d/i^i fjJyav k€u *kpr[iov 'l8o/uicv^a. 
^Eicroip yxcv /xcra rouriv 6/iiXci, p.€pp^pa pi^iav 
tfX^it ff ImrwTwrQ re, veoiv 8* dXafro^^c ^<£\ayyas. 

2. Scan the five lines tovs ficv caor' . . . vmnav near the 
beginning of the first passage ; and also the line 

dXX' dye 8^ oTcco/icv koX ake^iap.eo'Oa /acvoktc?, 

in which line explain metrical peculiarity. 

3. Parse opatpu^ Trevapp.evov, 68a^, pepXrjarai, 

4. Translate into English : — 

(a) €^9 6 p.€v aZOi ^rccroiv Koip.rjO'aro \aKK€Ov vttvov 
olKTpos, airo ftnyoT^s aK6)(0Vf Aorroia-iv dprjyiavj 
KovpiBirj^, ^S ovTL xdpw tSc, ttoXXoi 8' cStoicci'. 

"Write a note on this passage as illustrating Homeric 
marriage customs. 

ifi) €V 8* CTTccr' varuivTj vvepau. Ta-o^ dcXXi/, 
tJT€ KaBaXKop.fyq ioeiBia ttoktov opiVci. 

Comment on vTrepaei. 

(<?) -jrap 8c 8c7ra9 ircptKoXXcs, o oiKoOiv rjy 6 yepaio?, 
Xpva'€LOL^ ^Xoio-i TTCTrap/icvov* ovara o* avrov 
reororap' ecrav, 8oial 8c 7rcXcid8es d/i.^19 cKaorov 
ypvatiai v€p.iOovTOy 8va) 8* vtto ttv^/icvcs ^(rav. 
dXXo9 yxci' /Aoycwv aTroKLVi^craa'K€ rpairi^rj^ 
TrXctov cov, Nco-Toip 8* o ycpwv afioyrjTi dctpcv. 

Add explanatory note. 



482 FIBST UNIVEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

{d) avToLp 'A;(tAA€vs 

oTos T^s dpenj^ aTroviycrerat. 
Explain meaning, 

TJnpbesgbibbd FASSAes. 

5. Translate into English : — 

The Cremating of Patrocles, 

voCrjarav 8c irvpifv iKarofivoSov Ivda koX ivSa, 

iv Sc TTvpy VTrarrj V€Kpov Oiarav ayyviievoi tcrjp. 

TToWa Sc t<l>ia fi^Xa kol ciXtiroSa^ IXiicas fiovs 

irpoa-Oe irvprj^ th^pov tc koX afi<l>€WOV €K 8* apa Trdvrmv 

BrjfjMV eXa)v kKoXwff^ v€kw fieydOvfiOi 'A^i^Xcvs 

€S ydSas CK k€kIklK^, TTCpl 8c Spara crdifmra vi/ci* 

iv o irCOci /uicXtros Kai dXci^aro? afi<l)i<l>opr}a^, 

Trpos Xc^ca icXtva)!'* Trtirupas* 8' cpiav^evas tTnrovs 

i€rcrvfi€vu)q cvc^aXXc Trvp^, /tcyoXa orcvaxtfwv. 

cvvca T«yc avaicrt rpaTrcf^cs icvvcs ^crav 

ical ficv rcov cvcj9aXXc Trvp^ 8vo SeLporofii^craSt 

8(i)8cKa 8c Tpuimv fieyadHfJuov vtcas cordXovs 

^oXici^ SrfC6(av' KaKo. 8c ^pccri fi'qSero cpya* 

€v 8c TTvpos yxcvos ijicc ci8i;pcoV; o^pa vifioiTO, 

lafjAiiiev T dp cTTciTtt, ^iXov 8' 6v6/irjv€V iralpop' 

''Xaipc/AOi, S narpoKXc, ical civ 'Ai8ao So/ioioriv* 
Travra yap T^Srj tol tcXco) Ta irdpoiOev vTrccmyv.f 
8(i)8cica /Acv Tpcocov fji€ya$vp.tav vicas co'^Xov^i 
Toi»s a/ia cot TravTos irvp €(r6L€L' ^Eicropa 8' ovri 
8(oo-(i> TLpiafilBrfV irvpl Sairrifiev, dXXa icvvccrcriv." 

HOMEB, //»W, Bk. XXIII. 

HiSTOBr, 

6. {a) How is it apparent from the recent excavations at 
Knossus that during the Great Palace period Crete had 
command of the sea ? 

(b) Write a note on the Spartan Gerusia. 
(<?) What were the chief political reforms effected by 
Cleisthenes at Athens ? Add the approximate date. 

* viffvp€s = * four ' , t vTrearriy = * I promise^/ 



AUTtMK, 1906— PAiSs. 438 

(rf) Give a short description of the Battle of Marathon. 

(tf) What were the principal coins in use among the 
Greeks? and what methods had they of ascertaining the 
time of day ? 



ENGLISH. 

First Paper. 

Professor Trench. 

Seotion a. 

1. Give some examples to show (a) that we sometimes 
find two words of similar meaning, the one of which is of 
Teutonic and the other of Bomance origin ; (b) that in 
some cases Teutonic and Bomance elements are mixed in 
the same word ; (c) that words of Bomance origin can be 
readily distinguished from words introduced direct from 
the Latin. 

2. Distinguish the dialects into which English was 
divided in the thirteenth or fourteenth century. What 
were the principal changes taking place in the language 
at that time ? 

8. Li Old English sentences, how is the gender of nouns 
distinguished? Write notes on the derivation of the 
words — first, second, both, none, next, furthest, uttermost. 

4. Write an account of the works of Swift and of Burke. 

5. Describe the contributions to English literature of 
Beattie, Ghatterton, and Gay, stating also at what part of 
the period they were respectively writing. 

6. Explain the term 'classical' as applied to English 
writings in the eighteenth century. 

Section B. 
Essay. 

Write an essay on one of the following subjects :— 

(a) Johnson's Life of Pope. 

(b) Lyrical Poetry in the eighteenth century. 

(c) Memory and its pleasures* 



484 FIBST UNIVERSITY ElCAlONATION. 

Second Paper. 

Mr. Merriman. 

Section A. 

1. * Banquo's character is made in every way a contrast 
to that of Macbeth.' Discuss this statement, and illustrate 
your remarks by quotation. 

2. Assign any Jowr of the following passages to the 
characters who speak them, and discuss their signifi- 
cance : — 

(a) ' Glamis and thane of Cawdor ! 

The greatest is behind.' 

(J) « Thou'rt mad to say it.' 

(c) * The near in blood. 

The nearer bloody.' 

i^d) ' He has no children.' 

(e) ' My strange and self-abuse 

Is the initiate fear that wants hard use.' 

(/) ' Eemove from her the means of all annoyance, 
And still keep eyes upon her.' 

(^) ' I have almost forgot the taste of fears.' 

8. Explain any three of the following passages, com- 
menting on any peculiarities of language : — 

(a) * A good and virtuous nature may recoil 
In an imperial charge.' 

(6) • If you shall cleave to my consent, when 'tis. 
It shall make honour for you.' 

(c) * Within this hour at most 

I will advise you where to plant yourselves, 
Acquaint you with the perfect spy o' the time, 
The moment on 't.' 

{d) * But in them nature's copy's not eteme.' 

(c) * I pull in resolution, and begin 

To doubt the equivocation of the fiend 
That lies like truth.' 



AUTUMN, 1906 — PASS. 436 

Section B. 

4. What English poets are alluded to by Gray in Tfie 
Progress of Poesy ? Discuss the critical value of what he 
says about any one of them. 

5. Give, in your own words, the context in which the 
following passages occur, and point out any characteristic 
of Gray which any one of them illustrates : — 

(a) * Can Honour's voice provoke the silent dust, 
Or Flattery soothe the dull, cold ear of Death ? ' 

{b) * Full many a flower is bom to blush unseen, 
And waste its sweetness on the desert air.' 

(c) * Where ignorance is bliss, 

'Tis folly to be wise.' 

{d) * What terrors round him wait I 

Amazement in his van, with Flight combined, 
And Sorrow's faded form, and Solitude behind.' 

6. What does Johnson say of Pope's Letters, and of the 
Essay on Criticism ? 

7. ' Besides the general system of morality supposed to 
be contained in the Essay on Man, it was Pope's intention 
to write distinct poems upon the different duties or con- 
ditions of life.' Give some account of such poems of Pope 
as can be considered as carrying out this intention. 



FRENCH. 

FiEST Papek. 

Pbofessob Casio. 

Section A. 

I. — GSAHMAB. 

1. Write in the plural : — 

II sentit I'aveu de sa faute pr^t k s'echapper de sea l^vres. 
Crois bien, mon enfant, que si je pouvais te secourir je le 
ferais. II s'^tait effarouche sans raison. 



436 flBST UNIVERSITY EXAMINATION. 

2. Put the required accents on the following substan- 
tives: — siege, abime, colere, epaule, maitre, chateau, depit, 
boite, lumiere, incredulite, lachete, interet. 

3. Give the present and imperfect subjunctive of — ofPrir, 
mentir, mouvoir, pouvoir, s'arroger. 

4. Give the singular and English meaning—- mesdames, 
messieurs, aieux, bestiaux, yeux, noix, generaux, emaux, 
baux, vitraux. 

5. Translate ': — Do you know the little man with the long 
hair ? Yes, I do. I speak to him every day. Where shaS 
I put my coat ? Put it on the chair. 

6. Translate ; — That mother and her daughter have written 
to each other nearly every week. They saw each other three 
months ago. 

7. Translate : — "Would he have money enough ? He has 
never enough. Hold yourself straight. I received less 
marks than she, but more than he. 

8. Form short French sentences (which must be trans- 
lated) to show the meaning of — le garde, la garde ; le mort, 
la morl ; plutot, plus tot. 

Section E. 
II. — ^Prescribed Author. 

9. Translate into English : — 

(a) M. Levrault ne fit qu'un bond de I'appartement de 
Gaston d I'appartement de la marquise ; la marquise venait 
de sortir. U demanda son coupe ; la marquise I'avait pris. 
Pour la premiere fois, il comprit pourquoi elle avait fait 
peindre une couronne de marquis sur le panneau de sa 
voiture ; il comprit tout. Ce qui se passait en lui, on le 
devine, il n'est pas besoin de le dire. Mystifie, joue comme 
un petit bourgeois I II ne pouvait tenir en place ; il sortit 
k pied et se dirigea vers les Tuileries. — Sandeau, Saes et 
Parchemtns. 

(J>) C*etait votre reve. Monsieur, de nouer des relations 
avec I'aristocratie ; vous devez etre satisfait. Quand vous 
m'avez confie vos projets et vos esperances, je me suis tu, 
j'ai respecte vos illusions. Mes opinions politiques vous 



AUTUMN, 1906— PASS. 487 

etaient connnes ; Tons n'auriez pas manque de snspecter mon 
impartiality. All ! si j'eusse ose paxler. . . 

Yoyons, qu'aoiiez-yons dit, maitre Jolibois ? demanda 
M. Leyrault en le frappant snr Tepaule. 

Ce que j'aurais dit? s'^cria le notaire aveo feu; j'anrais 
dit: Monsieur Levrault, vous, Thonneur et la gloire de 
rindustrie franqaise, quand un homme de yotre valeur s'allie 
d. la noblesse, il ne s'6Uye pas, il descend ; il n'usurpe pas, 
il abdique. J'auraip dit aussi : Le temps approche ou de 
grands evenements yont s'accomplir. Ce n'est pas en 
s'appuyant sur le bras cadue et decrepit de sa soBur atn6e 
que Taristocratie nouyelle pent se flatter de tenir tSte auz 
orages qui yont Tassaillir.— iiii. 

III. — ^UirPBXSCBiBXD Passage. 

10. Translate into English : — 

Bans la campagne de Bussie, le general d'Omano est sous 
les or&es du prince Eugene, qui lui portait un attachement 
tout particulier, et, 4 la sanglante bataille de la Moskowa, 
il joue un role 6clatant. Mais bientot la retraite a sonne, 
et nos belles legions, si longtemps yictorieuses, sent d6j4 
dScimees par ces inezorables ennemis, la mis^re et le froid. 
De tons c6t6s, sur les neiges amoncel6es par les ouragans 
furieux, tombent un i un ces yaillants soldats que le canon 
des batailles ayait epargn6s. Omano ne doit lui-meme 
ecbapper & la mort que par un hasard proyidentiel. 

De sa diyision de cayalerie si superbe nagudre, il ne reste 
plus & Omano qu'un petit nombre de cayaliers. II se met d 
leur t^te ayec cette intrepidite audacieuse qui le caracterise, 
et yeut ouyrir de yiye force un passage & Tinfanterie. Un 
boulet le renyerse. 

Etendu par terre, le general ne donne plus aucun signe de 
yie; son yisage a dejd. la liyidite de la mort. Le prince 
Eugene ne yeut pas laisser & I'ennemi ce sinistre tropbee ; 
par son ordre une fosse est creus6e dans la neige, froid 
linceul qui bientot enyeloppe et recouyre le corps du general 
Omano. 



488 fibst uniyebsitt examination. 

Second Papeb. 

Pbofessob Steinbebgeb. 

Section A» 

1. Translate into French ; — 

I left London on the fifteenth of August at five o'clock 
in the morning, crossed the Pyrenees the same day, and 
arrived in Madrid the following day. 

I met your friend the day before yesterday at the Victoria 
station, looking after his luggage; he was just coming 
back &om a long journey, and looking very well. 

You write Rench very well, and in speaking you 
make yourself understood ; please translate now a few Imes 
from French into English. 

When the horsemen had scoured the country on all sides, 
and had made sure that the inhabitants had abandoned it, 
the general determined to change the position of his camp. 

Since we had so much snow last night, we prefer to 
travel neither on horseback nor on foot, but by train, 
because the country roads are very disagreeable. 

We have been waiting since noon at the station for 
the return of our friends; as it is now ten past one, 
they must be very hungry when arriving. 

Not far from Bingen on the Rhine, a short distance 
from the town, there is an island in the middle of the 
river where an old tower stands on a rock. 

Section B. 

2. Translate into English : — 

Madame Pebbichon. Dis done, mon ami, si nous 
envoyions au journal le r^cit de la belle action de 
M. Armand? 

Henbiette. Oh ! oui I cela ferait un joli pendant ! 

Pebbichon, vwement, G'est inutile! je ne peux pas 
toujours occuper les joumaux de ma personnalit6... 

Jean, entrant, un papier a la main. Monsieur ? 

Pebbichon. Quoi? 



▲UTUMN, 1906 — PASS. 489 

Jean. Le concierge vient de me remettre nn papier 
timbr6 pour vous. 

Madame Perbichon. Un papier timbr^? 

Pebbichon. N'aie done pas peur ! je ne dois rien k 
personne...au contraire, on me doit... 

Majobin, a part. G'est pour moi qu'il dit 9a ! 

Pebbiohon, regardant le papier, Une assignation k 
comparattre devant la sixi^me chambre pour injures 
envers un agent de la force publique dans Texercice de 
ses fonctions. 

Tous. Ah! mon Dieul 

Pebbiohon, lisant. Vu le procds-verbal dress6 au 
bureau de la douane fran9aise par le sieur Machut, 
sergent douanier... (Majorin remonte.) 



TJlTPEESCEIBED PaSSAGS. 

8. Translate into English : — 

l'hiyeb. 

De r^t^ la joie est passee ! 
Dans la campagne d^laiss6e 
On ne voit plus le laboureur 
Gonduire un paisible attelage, 
Ni d'enfants un essaim volage 
Jouer le soir d. la fraicheur. 

Les arbres priv6s de parure, 
Prennent le deuil de la nature, 
Et s'61dvent nus vers les cieux 
L' oiseau quitte son nid de mousse, 
Et, vers une z6ne plus douce, 
Bien loin porte ses chants joyeux. 

Plus de moucheron qui bourdonne, 
Comme dans les beaux jours d'automne. 
Le soleil p^le et sans chaleur, 
Luttant vainement centre I'ombre, 
Dissipe k regret la nuit sombre, 
Et semble languir de douleur. 



440 FIBST UNIVEBSITT EXAMINATION. 

Pleurez, collines d6pouillees, 
Pleurez les roses parfum^es, 
La vigne au fruit rafraichissant, 
Les agneaux qui, dans la prairie, 
Bondissaient sur Therbe fleurie 
Au bord du ruisseau fr^missant ! 

Mais, 6 nature ! en ta tristesse 
De Dieu vois encor la tendresse, 
L'amour, les bienfaits pr6cieux. 
Le printemps ram^ne les roses, 
Le vert gazon, les fleurs ^closes, 
L'oiseau 16ger, Pazur des cieux. 



G. Lami. 



GERMAN. 

FiBST Paper. 

Mr. O'Sullivan. 

I. — Grammar. 

1. GKve the German for: — ^the heroes; the ghosts; the 
debts ; our large cities ; his pictures ; her songs. 

2. Decline, in singular and plural, the German for — 
the beautiful forest; a tall tree. 

3. Write out the German ordinal numerals from twelfth 
to twenty-second. 

4. GKve the German for : — a year and a half ; a quarter 
to ten ; half -past nine ; three kinds of wines ; the sixth of 
July. 

6. Give the German for: — lately; at most; at least; for 
my part ; for the most part ; entirely ; downwards ; back- 
wards ; on the other side of the river. 

6. Translate into German : — ^Ke remains here during the 
summer. They lived opposite the old castle. We will 
travel to London after the autumn. The enemy marched 
against the city. The horse ran down the hill. 



At7TUMN, 1906 PASS. 441 

7. Translate into German:— He must have come yester- 
day. We ought to help our friends. She may say what 
she will. Have you hecud anybody speak ? You must not 
say that. 

8. Give the second person singular of the present and pre- 
terite indicative and the past participle of — ixtnnttif fattgen/ 
l^alten/ liegen/ rufen. 

n. — ^PSESOBIBED AUTHOB. 

9. Translate into English : — 

(a) & ging nid^t fel^c fd^neU (ei i^t, unb fte (raud^te itma^t 
brei Sierteljfainben/ 6W fie in einen ganj entlcgenen Ztil htt @tabt 
lam unb enblid^ ^oc einem tlmtn (aufdQigeit {)aufe {lim^iett. 
S)ort }og fie einen alten/ rofligen ^olen au^ bet Za^t, fuSfx 
bomit gefc^idt in tin fleine^ So^ in ber Z^xt, unb pUiliSi f)n:ang 
biefe Irad^enb auf. 8[(er tok toax ber Reine 3afo( uBerrafd^t/ aM 
er eintrat ! 3)a^ Snnere be^ $aufe^ tvar pxai^tooVi au^gefd^mudt/ 
))on SRarmor maren bie S)edre unb bie SBclnbe/ bie ®er&tf(i§aften 
loom fd^Sttften SBenl^oIj, mtt ®oIb unb gefd^Ifffenen ©teinen ein^ 
gelegt ber Soben aBer war ton ®U9 unb fo glatt/ baf ber flleine 
einige 3RaIe au^glitt unb umfiel. 2)ie Site a(ec }0g ein ftlberne^ 
^feifd^en an^ ber Ziafd^e unb ))flff eine 2Beife barauf/ bie geOenb 
burd^ ba^ $au^ tSnte. S>a lamen fogleid^ einige !2Reerfd^n)ein^en 
bie SE:ret)))e ]^era( ; bem 3aIo( lam e^ a(er gang fonber(ar tot/ baf 
fie aufred^t auf gtoei Seinen gingen^ SSuf fd^alen fiatt S^ul^en an 
ben ^foten trugen^ menfd^Iid^e ftleiber ange(egt unb fogar $ute 
nad§ ber neucflcn 2Uobe auf tiet6<)fe gefe^t l^atten. — $au ff/ 
2)er ^iftit ton aieffanbria. 

{h) S>a^ Sager tourbe a(ge(rod^en/ unb SSKmanfor glauBte/ ie^t 
toieber gurtldfel^ren }u burfen ; a(er e^ toar nid^t fo ; ba^ $eer }og 
l^in unb l^er^ fiil^rte Strieg mit ben SRameludfen/ unb ben iungen 
SKImanfor fd^Ie))))tcn fie immer mit fld§. SBenn er bann bie ^an^ft" 
leute unb gelbl^errcn anffel^te, il^n bod^ ttieber l^eimfel^ren ju laffeu/ 
fo tertt)eigcrten fie e« unb fagteu/ er mfiffe ein Unterffanb ton 
feine^ Sater^ Xxmt fein. ®o ttar er ^itU Sage lang auf bem 
ffllarfd^. — Ibid. 



Hi tlBST tNlVEBSITT EXAHINATtOlt. 

III. — Unpbesobibed Passagb. 

10. Translate into English : — 

2Btt bcm Umjug j!nb ttjtr nun aud^ fertig. Sarr^ toax t^, 
glauBc iSj, \ijtott, baf un^ ber ^au^lwirt funbigte. @tc fagt 
ja nte btel, toenn il^r tttoa^ totl) tut 2l6er j?e h)trb bcnn fo 
fd^redft^ Waf. 21W j?e l^orte, baf ber 5<Ju^eigentumcr jum 
^er(fl felbfl bie SBol^nung "SfaUn n)oQe/ ntati^te ffe i^r Seiben^^ 
geftd^t. 2Rtr tvar e^ in einer ^tnftd^t aud^ leib/ benn einen fo 
fd^onen SBujlffaal Bcfontme td§ nic^t tt)ieber. SBeine ©thnmc 
flang ba fo gut SSBer toegen ber Srinnerungen an ben annen 
$eter ? 3Rein ®ott, bie nintmt man bod^ mit fld^/ bie l^ange n bod§ 
nid§t an ben SBcinben. 3m ®egenteil/ man lann fld^ ja trnmer 
aUe^ biel beutlid^er borfleUen bon einer i^erSnberten UmgeBung 
aud. S>af toir/ toenn e^ benn bod^ fein muflte/ Iie(er gletd^ 
jogeUf fanb id^ aud^ beffer. SBir l^atten und fon^ ju tang mit all 
ben Sragen befd^aftigt/ bie mit fo einem SBo^nung^loed^fel ju^ 
fammenl^&ngen. Unb ba^ ifl j[a fd^reddid^ tangtoeilig^ monatelang 
immer gu ben gleic^en (Sebanlen jurudffel^ren }u mujfen. 



Segoki) Papbb. 

Pkofessob Cadic. 

i. — compositiok. 

Translate into German : — 

A simple fellow went to his pastor, and told him with a 
long face that he had seen a ghost. 

* When, and where ?' said the clergyman. 

* Last night,' replied the timid man, * I was passing hy the 
church, and I saw the spectre on the wall.' 

' In what shape did it appear?' said the clergyman. 

' It appeared in the shape of a great ass.' 

' Go home, and do not say a word about it,' rejoined the 
pastor ; * you have been frightened by your own shadow.' 

Goethe came to Strasburg on the 2nd April, 1770. A 
more magnificent youth never, perhaps, entered the gates of 
the town. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — PASS. 448 

Long before celebrity had fixed all looks upon him, he was 
compared to an Apollo. 

In stature he was above the middle size ; but, although 
not really tall, he looked like a tall man, because his presence 
was so imposing. 

II. — Pbescbibed Atjthok.' 

Translate into English : — 
@(^on flel^tt hit teften Sanger inx l^ol^en @aulenfaal, 
Unb auf bem Zl^rone fi^en ber Spnig unb fein ©emal^I ; 
S)er SlSnig, furc^ttar px^iii, tote Hut^ger SBorblid^tfd^ein, 
S)te StOnigin^ [tip unb milbe/ aU Midte SSoQmonb brein. 

Sa f(i§Iug bee ®rei^ bie Saiten^ er fd^Iug ffe tounben^oll/ 
3)afl reid^er, immer reid^er ber Slang jum O^re fd^ivoD. 
S)ann fhomte l^immlifd^ l^eHc bc^ 3"ngling5 ®timme bot/ 
S)e^ SSiten ®ang bajtoif^en, h>ie bumf fer ©eijlerd^or. 

®te pngen bon Sen} unb SieBe, »on fePger golbner Seifc 
Son greil^ett, SHlfinnemflrbe, bon a:reu* unb ^eiltgfeit; 
®ie jlngen bon aHem ®u§en, toa^ ZBenfd^enBrufl burt^BeBf/ 
@ie pngen bon aUtm ^t>^tn, m^ 2Renf(i§en]^er$ erlJeM. 

S)ie ^ofling^fd^aar im Jlretfe berlernet icben ©pott/ 
S)e« ffSnig^ tw^*ge Jhieger, fie Jeugen fld^ bor ®ott ; 
S)ie AonigtU/ gerflofen in SBel^mutl^ unb in Sufl^ 
®ie toirft ben ®angern nieber bie Wofe bon tl^rec Srufl. 

w3§r l^aBt mein Solf berful^ret; berforft tijx nun mein SBeiB ?" 

35er ftonig fd^reit e« loilt^enb/ er Bebt am ganjcn Seib ; 

gr lotrft fein ©d^toert, ba« Wifcenb bc^ 3«ngling^ Srufl burd§* 

bringt/ 
2)rau^, flatt ber golbnen Sieber/ ein Slutflrom ]§od§ auffpringt. 

Unb toie bom ^tnxm gerjloben ifl aU ber ^orer @d§marm. 
2)er Singling l^at berrod^elt in feine^ 2Rcifler« 2lrm ; 
2)er fd^Ifigt um xSjti ben 2Rantel unb fe^t i^n auf ba^ Wof/ 
Sr binbt il^n aufred^t fefle/ berlapt mit iSfm bad ®d^Iop. 

Ul^Ianb. 



444 FIBST UNIVEBBITT EXAMINATION. 

III. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

Mtixtf aHetn am SBeil^naci^t^fefi 
3m ^rof en/ beutfd^en Sanb ! 
Unb J)att fo gem an^ ^erj gejjrept 
URand^ h>arme/ lieBe $anb. 

SHein ! 3d^ ging (etriKt l^inau^ 
S)urd^ SleBelnad^t unb Binb, 
Unb bad^te an ba^ glternl^au^, 
@in arm/ ijerloren Sinb. 

2)e^ URonbe^ (Sd^eilfte roUte W, 
!2Ilein SSuge roQte f^neU ; 
6« l^infl ber iRelf am lal^len iRei^ ; 
S)ie gcnfler trannten l^eH. 

S)0rt ^af) ein Sinb/ im ^od^genuf/ 
£)ie 2Bei]^nad^t^(5ume Miil^n/ 
2)aran fo mand^e SiKernuf 
Unb 6unte flergen glitl^n. 

£)ann fd^Iief e^ ein auf ^ful^ten mi^, 
Sltci^t al^nenb/ n^ad id^ litt/ 
S$ nal^m bie SRuffe ftKerreid^ 
3n feine Z^r^ume mit. 



AUTUMN, 190&— -PASS. 445 

IRISH. 

FiBST Paper. 

Key. Pbofessob Hogak ; Db. Douglas Htbe. 

I. 

Translate into English : — 

bnigiD d5 NO 5-ciabh. 

Cuipim t)o 6uiTnpigi6 

Qp t)ia 'gup impfbim 
R^i&ciJ bam an bealad agup nd pulainx Tn6 i bpian 

t)d t)ciucpd-pa pd an cpliab 

'N die a 5c6ihnaiSeann an pia5 
Qg t)6anaih lionnbuib pd na ^leanncaib, 'p gup leac 
caill m6 mo 6iall. 

Cd 5pd6 a^Qvn ap ihnaoi 
Qgup 6pd& pt mo 6poi6e, 
bu& binne liom t naoi n-uaipe 'nd an 6ua6 ap an 
5-cpaoib, 

*S 'nd lon-t)ub an b6il bui&e 
'S an ceippead le n-a caoib 
'S f an pmdiltn binn bpeu5a6 t)o S6ap-loip5 mo 6poi&e. 

Qn 5-cualai& pib-pe cpdcc 

Qp 6luanai$ea6c na mnd ? 
Ip ap peabap bo pgpfobpab pf le caol-f>eann ap 6ldp, 

Nfl p6 le pdjail 

Qnn 'poTi bppamc nd 'pa^i Spdm 
Na6 bpuil bfol pip map 66ile innci, p6upla an 6t3il bdm. 

Seobainn-pe 50 le6p 
Lu6c pfoba 'gup pp6il, 
hacaib mfne t>uba, agup pdinmbe buibe 6ip, 
Nt pa6ai6 mipe le6 
Q6c pioc-pa, a mile pc6p, 
Q f»itiip-6eapc lapla Qnncpuim 'p gup cu plannba be'n 
puii m6ip. — Ahhrdin Orddh CMige Connaeht, 
uB 



446 FIBST UNrVEBSITT EXAMINATION. 

n. 

(a) What is the other more usual form of cuimpigib or 
cuiTnpi6 ? 

{h) Write out the Future Active of pulam^. 
{e) What is the genitive of an 6ua6 ? 

(d) How might an 5cualal6 pib be otherwise written, or 
ratiiier, what is an alternative form ? 

III. 

Translate into English : — 

UNO t)eucac. 

Q Qna peucad pug buai6 ap 66nup 

Q'p b'puabai J an pg^iTh 6 ihndib an cpaogail 
Q pcuab na p6ile ap pnuab na 5p6ine 

t)o Jluaip gan bp^ig 6 pdppcap naoih. 
Q ainpip Thtiince beupa6 bo bua&aij ap "Rig Seumap 

Ip luaibce an pjeul cap cpdig antop, 
Nac qiuaj leac m6 gan puan i b' b^ig-pe 

Q gpuaib map 6aop *p an bainne cptt). 

5a6 t>laoiS map an c-6p I6ice pfop 50 bp6i5 

Leip an bpaoiledn m66map mdnla mtn, 
THaoc-cpob p6-Jlan, map turn Cpfopc, bap nb6iS, 

'S 5ac piolla 'o'd gldp map cldippea6 6aoin. 
a 6iall na p6&la, a mian na n-615-peap, 

Sgaoil an bp6n cd 1 Idp mo 6poi6e, 
THo pian cd m6p muna bpdgainn ace P65 

C n-a 5pfp-beul p6ip bei&inn pldn aptp. 

Ahhrdin Grddh. 
IV. 

(a) Give the genitive of cpdij. 

(b) How might ib' 6615-pe be also written ? 
{c) What gender is bainne ? 

{d) What is the gender of cpob ? 

(e) Give the genitive of cldippea6. 



AUTUMN, 1906 PASS. 447 

V. 

Translate into English : — 
a dgdnaij 615 

Q bpuil 6p-bui6e ann a f)6caib 
50 bpeici6 m6 t)0 b-allai6e 

i^eala, 'gup bo 66ipci&e, 
50 bpeici& Tn6 t)0 $dipt)fn 

Ldn t)e 506 copa6, 
Qgup na ceuOca 05 pdgail bdip 

Le 5pd& t)o ^6pca. 

^oil me p6in 

TTlap bf ni6 gan e6lap 
50 Tubeuppd 6aTn t)0 Idih 

No pdinne an p6pca, 
Qs^r pooil m6 *nna &61 J pin 

50 nibu& cu an peulc edlaip 
No bldfc na pti J-6paob 

Qip 506 caoib Oe'n b6icpfn. 

Abhrdin Grddh. 
VI. 

Correct tlie orthography and grammar of the following 
sentence : — 

b'olc an 6uTha Oa paib aip dp pile boi6c nuaip pag 
pe an cip pm. Niop bf oipat) agup accpa calarfi aig^ 
no aig a mumncip. 

Evil was the shape that was on our poor poet- when he 
left that country. He had not as much as an acre of land 
nor his people (either). 

YII. 

Unpbescbibei) Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

8in map a bf. Cdinig TTldiptn 1 n-dipbe ap an eat. 
6omdin pf I61 7 6uai& pf 50 bet an c-aoTia6. Nuaip a 
buail pf ipcea6 cpfb an aona6 bf gad aomne 05 peu6- 
ainc uippi, 7 nf peabapabap bo'n borhan c6'p b'f an 



448 PmST UNIVEBSITT EXAMINATION. 

bean uapal bpedj 50 I6ip ; ■] 50 Tn6p in6p hi an buine 
napal 65 'd cabaipc p6 nbeapa 50 g^ap, jup cug ft 
ctippa an aonai$ ipcea6, 7 50 paib yi aj b^anaih ap an 
nseaca cap n-aip, Nfop b'6 a &eapihat) pan beic 05 
an ngeaca poimpi, 7 le Imn gabdil caipip bi, b'piappuig 
p6 bt * cat) ap t le na coil.' 

* 6 baile na Ldirhinnibe,' app' ipe, 7 ap 50 bpd6 I61. 
t)o ^peab an buine uapal 65 1 n-dipbe q\\ a 6apall p4in, 
6un cea6c puap I61, cun cuaipipg ntop peapp t)*]pd§ail 
uaice. TUd ip eab, ba beag an 6abaip t)6 6 ; t)0 W j*i 
imci Jce ap a pabapc pap a paib p6 pin 1 n-dipbe ap a 
6apall. 

Cdimg ni6iptn abaile, 7 bt an caicfn poimpi. t)'piap- 
puij an caictn t)i, ap cuic ^at aon m& ania6 mop a 
Oubaipc yi 16} ap maibm ; 7 bubaipc T116iptn gup 6uic 
ap an gcuma jc^abna. ^65 an caicfn uaici an capall, 
7 an c-6at)a6, 7 t)ubaipc pf le T116iptn a cuiO pecn- 
6at)ai§ a cup uimpi apfp, 7 gan leigeanc uippi le 
baoinne 50 paibpt aj an aona6 1 n-aon 6op. — Mdirin, 

(Comdin = cionidin. p6=pa. cun = cum. pap = pul.) 

YIII. 
Unfeescbibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

Cd na h-ealaib ap na cuancaib 
Naoi n-uaipe 6oiii bub leip an pni6ap, 

O b'6a5 an peap uamn-ne, 

Q paib an puaipceap ap bdppaib a ih6ap, 

bub beipe a bd f»t3il Jlap 
'Nd Optjcc na maibne ap X>d\\\\ p6ip, 

^8 6 pfneab in pan uaiih 6 
Cd'n pua6c ag pdjail cpeipe ap an ngp^m. 

An Reaehtahhrach, 



AUTUMN, 1906— PASS. 449 

IX. 

Translate into Irish : — 

When the great multitude saw the belt going on young 
Tumaus, they cried out not to let him go fight, for they 
were afraid he would be killed, for this champion killed a 
good many people before that, and they thought there was 
no likelihood that a soft young boy like Tumaus would 
bring his life away from him ; but Tumaus would not listen 
to them, for he felt himself that he was stronger than the 
people thought. The old uncle was shedding tears when he 
saw that it was no good for him to be talking to him. 



SsOONn PilFSB. 
KSY. PaOFBSSOS HOGAV. 

Translate into English :^ 

I. 

CiM t)uine 'fon mbioch 6uipeap poirtie peanchup 
i\6 piTinpeap6achc cptche ap biocn oo leaniham r\6 
t)0 lopgaipeachc, ip eat) olijeap cinnea6 ap an pltje 
ip poUipe nochcap pfpmne pcdiOe na cptche agup 
bdil na poipne dicijeap f Oo chup 50 pol6ip pfop 
. . . lonnup gup b'6 n6p, beagnach, an f)poimpioUdin 
bogntt) as pcptoba6 ap 6ipeannchaib ; ip ea6 lomoppo 
ip n6p t)on ppiompioUdn an can p65bap a 6eann ipan 
partipab beic ap poluaihain ag imcea6c ajup gan 
cpoma6 ap ihion-pcoid; t)'d mbf pan machaipe n6 ap 
bld6 Xya mbf 1 lubgopc g^mab p6p n6 lile uile lao, 
ate bei6 ag puaibpeab 50 bceogifiann bualcpach b6 
n6 ocpach capaiU pip, 50 t)c6iO b'd unpaipc p6in 
lonnca. 

II. 

Ip oon lei6 ipcij Oon aimpip pin ooj^dp eapaonca 
it>ip Ceooopiup agup Tna;ciniup soocdimg t>epin 50 pug 
nia;cimup poipeann Th6p 00 lu6c na bpeacaine leip 50 



450 FIBST UNIYEBSITT EXAMINATION. 

hOpmopica, Q^up lap nofbipc na poipne t)0 bf pompa 
'pan cfp cug ap an bpoipmn Oo 6uai6 leip an 6pfo6 
oMiciugab, 50 bpuil bpon^ O'd plio6c int>iu innce. 

III. 

TTleapaiTn aji olcap an ceapcaip oobeip Scanihuppc 
ap 6ipeann6aib 5upab lonchuip 6 6eipc 6 Oo bpfg 
5upab t) 'aon-coip5 ap pupdilearh bpomse t)o bf puacmop 
0' 6ipeann6aib t)0 poptob 50 maplaigifceach oppo ; agup 
paoilim ^upab 6 puac na n-6ipeanna6 ceuO-balldn bo 
cappoins lap nt)ul 1 Sacpaib ap t)cup t>o b^anaiti 
l^ijinn t>6, agup 50 paibe 'na coipp6eap bponn aige no 
5up P5ei6 le n-a pcpfbmn 6 ap t)coi6ea6c 1 n-Sipmn b6 
... 1 n-abbabaib ceoil aihdin Oojeibim Ofceall an 
6ini& peo poiholca map a bpuil cap an uile 6inea6 
O'd bpacamap clipce 50 boirtieapca. t)o$ni66eap a 
n-oippioe lomldn oipeaihnad le luap cai$iuip, le 
corhcpom eugcopniail a^vij* le coiTfi6ea6c amppeagapcod 
p6 66ile. 

IV. 

Parse the underlined words. 



Translate into Irish : — 

What is flattery ? It is false or excessive praise. Why- 
do you say that flattery is a wrong thing ? It is wrong, 
because it is commonly contrary to truth and is apt to 
nourish and maintain the pride, vainglory, and other failings 
of the person who is excessively praised. 

YI. 

Translate into English : — 

Cpeut) ip iciompab ann? 5^^^ ^^^ 6oihpd6 50 piu 
aon-fsocdil ariidm n6 an lomcuip p6in Oo la$Oui$eap 
clti n6 meap na comappan. Cionnap ip c6ip Oo nea6 
6 p6in o'lomchap a gcoriiluaoap luchc iciompaib ? 
Ip c6ip 66 an c-iciompd& 00 6op5 an Tti6iO ip p6iOip 
leip. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — PASS. 451 

HlSTOBT. 

VII. 

Give the dates of the coming of the Norsemen and of the 
coming of the Anglo-Normans. 

YIII. 

Write the names of six of the most remarkable Irishmen 
who flourished at home or abroad within tiiat period. 

IX. 

Mention six of the most remarkable events that occurred 
in Ireland within that period. 



HEBREW. 
FiBST Fapeb. 
Bey. Pbofessob Dicset. 
1. Translate the following passages into English: — 

DfiK ntt^K bF)2ri hjf nikb d5*7 o'nn hn) («) 

jr/ - jv -; • T - X- : v t t - t t • 

'Toi ♦ ^^ivp n^.3 v^^^ j^''W^) ^^i 0^3 

nLT"? jn ink oniim iinar*? 62b mn D1^■r 

•• T : • • • - v<v - T ; : • : f •• T >• t j» 

p^3ts>n Dip;; i{t^«-)(7 dijd 



462 FIBST UNITEB8ITY EXAIONATION. 

A" T VT • V J -J' '! i - • !• : 

*i ^ T : V •• T !•• < : - I.. T • » T 

Dt£''7B> '7bf^D Nin nii3 nits' dki ppa nWn 

At • J ^' i* •• : V : : • J : tt : • v- s 

\yhv ntt^r-ntt^K *7b3 la^aa i^ns inai yhj 

f V /T •• VV - ^T : • - AT • J- ^ - • » /►• 

•te "'^'^'"^i ■'"'r^^ i^^ ^'''?i?^ 

najsn na"|i?-^j;f ^'^'^}^. "'lo d!!P ^Oi?^! ^*^ 
♦ natprr iip'!-'7K "siS^ri Dnn-'js-n^l l^3y»3 

nan ifc'iTi^i : nnarsrr r)"}Dj?ni in"*^^ njs'K 

I VT - 

2. Parse fully the following : — 

ina^i^ :Trim :nr nnanfi ro^lim prisn? 



AtTTUMHy 1906 — PASS. 468 

8. "What is the pi. abs. fern, of ]*1p and the sing. abs. 
of TXh^ ? What is the force of the form PliU ? Give 

T : T- 

two other nouns of the same form. 

4. Derive n'pn« What is the masculine singular? 
Explain the pointing of HDl* and give the rules for the 
pointing of Waw conjunctive. 

5. Comment on the expressions : — 

6. Specify the class to which the following nouns re- 
spectively belong, and give the principal inflections: — 

What is peculiar in the pointing of ^JflB^ ? 

7. Translate and comment on the following : — 

iT^ •^ : t:i T • - • • : !•: it 



Sscoim Papkb. 
Bsv. Fbopessob Dioket. 
1. Translate into English : — 

TAT 'T*^ J» K'* t : •: I ^1- vj" T : 

• <• T • I- T • J K." r : ' T - J» v*p.» I . : - : 



454 FIBST CNinSBSITT EXilONATION. 

igz-Vai TIT nan onn inva fj^ mjinnri 

IT T : • C* T : • : I '^l- t : <- t i% a 

Comment on '^JtJflin 

. .. T • 

■^I^-iK^ iv|j?j 0^3 ■'«")') ^^rji; 2^aD-^^^ (») 
^riDin fi.«"i ^^iilbpfe^ T^i^n ""S •n^33 

X 'mt; - ; K-: it; •• • j« : i" t - <• 

•'v'-na^a oipsn '•Hv ^''ba' ""aa ^••arKa n»«? 

> t : K T - i* - ' 'At V • ^" : '• - : t : j : I 

Explain "i-|lfl1 and 'h'Jlti^i 

^^fp ' ityaip "^^"i tnnn-hj; mi-nn («) 

lajT nn: 'jij? i«fcfa ^^^f b^p^ :-^nh^ ipn 
hp, irjya :ii?V 'I^T aits'? ist p^5 \}3i ^^ 
h^.i ^k: nin? Dpa-"! oWin^ ni;nn i-fn: 



AUTUMN, 1906 — ^PASS. 456 

Explain ]y3 jjt;. 

2. Parse the following : — 

3. Give the principal peculiarities of the Doable Ayin 
verbs, and illustrate them. 

4. Write out in full H/tDV with suffixes. 

5. What verbs are classed as ^^, and what are their 
peculiarities ? 

6. Write out the principal Parts Qal of H^Jll and Hiph'll 
of 22D. 

- T 

7. How would you express in Hebrew ? — His holy hill ; 
And they sinned yet more ; All the sons and daughters of 
the king; As the Lord liveth and thy soul liveth; Whose 
son is this ? 



MATHEMATICS. 

First Papee. 

Pbofessob Dixok ; Pbofessob Egait. 

[Not more than ten qv^estions to be attenypted.] 

1. Factorise 

(1) a»(J --€) + l^{e - a) + <^{a - h). 

(2) a» (i» - c») + &» ((j» - a») + c» (a» - 5«). 

2. Find x, y, % from the equations 

a? + y + a = 9, 
4iP + 3y + 2a = 30, 

4a? = y + 9a. 



456 FIBST tJNiVEBSITT EtAMINA^IOll. 

3. Solve the equations 

(1) lS5x^ = 36a; + 45. 

(2) {x - l)(ar^ + 4a; + 3) = (a; + l){x^ + Qx -^ 3). 

4. Pind to the nearest halfpenny the compoimd interest 
on £13.762 8«. 6i. at 3 per cent, for 3 years. 

5. Write down the term containing a^ in the expansion 
of (a? + ay. Find (1) the middle term, (2) the term inde- 

/ 2V* 
pendent of x, in the expansion of ( a; - —3 j • 

6. Find, hy means of the hinomial theorem, the value of 
(O-O?)^** correct to two decimal places. 

7. Find the square root of the expression 

4 1 

xi + ISxi + 10 - 6a; - 14«* - -^ + -,. 

xs x^ 

8. Find the value of 

v/l3 4- \/7 + 9 
y/TS - -/7 + 1 
correct to three decimal places. 

9. Solve the equations 

a;« + 4y' = 10, 

iry + 6y» = 3, 
for X and y. 

10. Write down the expressions for the »** term and for the 
sum of the first n terms of an arithmetical progression in 
terms of the common difference and the first term. 

If the r** term is jB and the p*^ term is P, prove that the 
«** term is 

r -p 

11. Find the »** term of the series 

V^3 + -/2, - 1, v^ - ^2, 2 v/6 - 6 . . . , 

and the sum of an infinite numher of terms (the latter to 
two decimal places). 



AUTtmN, 1906— PASS. 457 

12. Find (1) the number of arrangements of the letters of 
the word * Vesuvius ' taken all together, and (2) the number 
of different sets of three letters which may be selected from 
them. 

13. The interest on a certain sum for a year is £500, and 
the compound interest on the same sum for 3 years at the 
same rate is £1560 16«. : find the sum and the rate of 
interest. 

14. A rectangular picture is surrounded by a frame 
6 inches in breadth. The picture covers 20 square feet, 
including the frame ; 8 square feet of this area are occupied 
by the frame : find tiie length and breadth of the picture. 



Second Paper. 

Geohbtbt aetd Tbioonohetbt. 

Db. Stuabt. 

[^Nbt more than Ten queatians to he attempted.'] 

1. A variable chord is drawn through a fixed point P 
inside a circle : show that the rectangle under the segments 
of the chord depends only on the distance of P from the 
centre and the radius of the circle. 

2. When, according to Euclid, are four magnitudes in 
proportion ? Deduce from the definition that the sides of a 
triangle are divided proportionally by a line parallel to the 



3. Construct an isosceles triangle having each base angle 
double the vertical angle. Deduce the construction for an 
isosceles triangle having its base angles each one third of the 
vertical angle. 

4. Show how to construct a rectilineal figure which shall 
be of given area, and similar to a given rectilineal figure. 

5. The vertices of a cyclic quadrilateral are A, B, C, Din. 
order. Through C a line CH is drawn (on the side remote 
from A), making the angle BCJE equal to the angle CAD, 
and meeting AB produced in ^. Prove that 

AC: CUiiABiBC. 



458 FIBST UNIYEBSITT EXAMINATION. 

6. Construct a triangle with sides 5 cms., 7 cms., 9 cms. in 
length. Through each vertex draw a line perpendicular to 
the opposite side. Measure the lengths of these perpendicu- 
lars, find the product of each by the corresponding side, and 
compare your results. 

7. Construct the tangents to a circle from a given point 
outside it. 

Through a point 2 inches outside a circle of radius 
2^ inches, draw a line so that the part inside the circle may 
be I inch. 

8. Express the trigonometrical ratios of 90*^ + A and 180° 
+ ^ in terms of those of A^ proving the necessary details. 

Find sin 210®, cos 150°, and tan 225°. 

9. Find the general value of satisfying the equation 

2 cos 20 - 8 sin + 3 = 0. 

10. liAyB^ C are the angles .of a triangle, prove that 
(«) sin 2-4 + sin 2^ + sin 2C = 4 sin ^ sin jff sin C. 
{h) cosM + cos^jB + cos'C + 2 cos ^ cos J? cos C = 1 . 

11. Prove that 

cos*)8 - eos*a 



(fl) tan(a + i8)tan(a-j8) 



cos^a - sis^fi 



tan 2a + tan a ^ , 

(J) - — T = 4 cos'a - 1. 

^ ' tan 2a - tan a 

12. In a triangle, find the value of sin ^^ in terms of the 
sides. Given a ^ 5, ^ = 7, (? =s 9, calculate cos B^ sin ^A, and 
compare your values with those found from the figure of 
question 6. 

13. Express cos ZA in terms of cos u4. 

Find the values of sin 18° and cos 18°, each to two decimal 
places. 



AUTT7MN, 1906 PASS. 459 

NATURAL PHILOSOPHY. 

FntsT Papeb. 

Pbofessob Mobton. 

1. Describe Atwood's machine, and explain the facts 
about moving bodies which can be illustrated by means 
of it. 

2. State the principle of work, and use it to obtain the 
mechanical advantage of a screw-press. 

8. What effects will be produced on the pitch of a note 
given by a string by {a) halving its length, (b) doubling 
its tension ? 

4. What determines the loudness of a sound? How 
would you justify your answer ? 

5. Describe a method of measuring the velocity of sound 
in air. Give a value for this velocity. 

6. Name some of the advantages of having two eyes. 

7. Why does a pond appear of less than its true depth to 
an eye looking directly down into it 7 

8. Explain what is involved in the act of focusing an 
optical instrument. How is this done for the case of a 
telescope, and of a compound microscope ? 

9. Explain why a convex looking-glass makes the face 
look smaller, and a concave one makes it larger. Are these 
statements unreservedly true ? 

10. Describe a method of experimenting on the mixing 
of colours. 



Second Papeb. 
Mb. Haokett. 

1. Explain the difference between the real and apparent 
expansion of a liquid. 

2. Describe how a fresh- water lake freezes. Why is the 
ice generally confined to a thin surface-layer? 



460 FIB8T UNIYEBSITY EXAMINATION. 

8. In what manner would a small quantity of water 
floating on the surface of the mercury in a barometer 
influence the height of the column of mercury ? What 
effect is produced by a rise in temperature ? 

4. What is the cause of the formation of dew ? Why 
do some surfaces receive a greater deposit of dew than 
others ? 

5. Describe the construction of a simple electroscope, 
and explain its uses. 

6. What are the laws governing the force between 
electric charges 7 

7. How can it be. shown that the charge resides on the 
surfiEbce of a conductor ? 

8. Describe an astatic galvanometer. 

9. If you were given the following apparatus, aDaniell's 
cell, a coil of wire, and an unmagnetised needle, how would 
you proceed to find the magnetic meridian 7 

10. Describe the working of a simple telephone. 



( 461 ) 
HONOUR EXAMINATIONS IN ARTS. 



EXAMINATION FOR THE B.A. DEGREE. 



AUTUMN, 1906. 



ANCIENT CLASSICS, 



LATIN. 

First Paper. 

Professor Doitgan. 

1. Translate and write notes on all noteworthy points : — 

{a) in praetura competitorem habuimns amico Sabidio et 
Pantbera, quod alios ad tabulam quos poneret non habebat. 

(3) ac ne uidear aberrasse a distributione mea, qui baec in 
bac populari parte petitionis disputem, hoc sequor, baec 
omnia non tarn ad amicorum studia quam ad popularem 
famam pertinere. Etsi inest aliquid ex illo genere, benigne 
respondere, studiose inseruire negotiis ac periculis amicorum, 
tamen hoc loco ea dico, quibus multitudinem capere possis, 
ut de nocte domus compleatnr, ut amiciores abs te discedant 
quam accesserint, ut quam plurimorum aures optimo sermone 
compleantur. 

{e) nam sic intellego, ut nihil a domesticis uolneris factum 
sit, ulud quidem, quod erat, eos certe sanare potuisse. 

((Q* praeterea, si ulla res est quae bonorum animos, quos 
iam uideo esse commotos, uehementius possit incendere, haec 
certe est, et eo magis, quod portoriis Italiae sublatis, agro 
Campano diuiso, quod uectigal superest domesticum praeter 
uicensimam? quae mihi uidetur una contiuncula clamore 
pedisequorum nostrorum esse peritura. 

{e) male uehi male alio gubemante quam tam ingratis 
uectoribus bene gubemare. 

(/) quantum uero illud est beneficium tuum quod iniquo et 
graui uectigali aedilicio cum magnis nostris simultatibus 
Asiam liberasti ! 

X 



462 EXAMINATION FOR THE B.A. DEGREE. 

2. Trandate:— 

(a) sed tota res etiam nunc fluctuat Kar oirJiprjv rpvf , quae 
si desederit magis erunt iudicata, quae scribam. 

{b) tunc contractos in principia iussosque dicta cum si- 
lentio accipere temporis ac necessitatis monet. Unam in 
armis salutem, sed ea consilio temperanda manendumque 
intra uallum, donee expugnandi hostes spe propius succe- 
derent ; mox undique erurapendum : ilia eruptione ad 
Rhenum perueniri. 

{c) FirmiuB Catus senator, ex intima Libonis amicitia, 
iuuenem improuidum et facilem inanibus ad Ghaldaeorum 
promissa, magorum sacra, somniorum etiam interpretes 
impulit, dum proauum Pompeium, amitam Scriboniam, quae 
quondam Augusti coniunx fuerat, consobrinos Caesares, 
plenam imaginibus domum ostentat, hortaturque ad luxum 
et aes alienum, socius libidinum et necessitatum, quo pluribus 
indiciis inligaret. 

(d) per idem tempus Neronem e liberis Germanici, iam 
ingressum iuuentam, commendauit patribus, utque munere 
capessendi uigintiuiratus solueretur et quinquennio maturius 
quam per leges quaesturam peteret, non sine inrisu audien- 
tium postulauit. Praetendebat sibi atque fratri decreta 
eadem petente Augusto. Sed neque turn f uisse dubitauerim, 
qui eius modi preces occulti inluderent: ac tamen initia 
fastigii Caesaribus erant magisque in oculis uetus mos, 
et priuignis cum uitrico leuior necessitudo quam auo 
aduersum nepotem. 

{e) quinquaginta hominum milia eo casu debilitata uel 
obtrita sunt : cautumque in posterum senatus consulto, ne 
quis gladiatorium munus ederet, cui minor quadringentorum 
milium res, neue amphitheatrum imponeretur nisi solo firmi- 
tatis spectatae. Atilius in exilium actus est. Geterum sub 
recentem cladem patuere procerum domus, fomenta et medici 
passim praebiti, fuitque urbs per illos dies quamquam maesta 
facie ueterum institutis similis, qui magna post proelia 
saucios largitione et cura sustentabant. 

(/) speciem libertatis Piso praeceperat. 

(^) Fulcinio sufEragium ad honores poUicitus monuit ne 
facundiam uiolentia praecipitaret. 

(A) datusque rector Gaio Caesari Armeniam obtinenti 
Tiberium quoque Rhodi agentem coluerat. 



AUTUXM, 1906 — HOKOXJBS. 468 

3. QuestioM upon the above extracts, 
(a) Examine the reading in 2 (a), 

{h) Explain the genealogical references in 2 {c). 
{c) What was the utgitUiuiratus? 
{d) Explain eufiragium ad honaree, 
{e) Discuss the punctuation of 2 (A). 

4. Before what court was Piso tried ? What courts were 
available for the trial of such a case ? Cite passages bearing 
upon this question. 

TJlTPBBSCBIBED PASSAGE. 

5. Translate into English : — 

Tua mandata persequar diligenter et adiungendis hominibus 
et quibusdam non alienandis. maximae mihi uero curae erit, 
ut Giceronem tuum nostrumque uideam, si licet, cotidie, sed 
inspiciam quid discat quam saepissime ; et, nisi ille contemnet, 
etiam magistrum me ei proStebor, cuius rei non nullam 
consuetudinem nactus sum in hoc horum dierum otio, 
Cicerone nostro minore producendo. tu, quem ad modum 
scribis, quod etiam si non scriberes, facere te diligentissime 
tamen sciebam, facies scilicet, utmea mandata digeras, perse- 
quare, conficias. ego, cum Romam uenero, nullum prae- 
termittam Caesaris tabellarium cui litteras ad te non dem. 
his diebus — ignosces — cui darem fuit nemo ante hunc 
M. Orfium, equitem Romanum, nostrum et per se neces- 
sarium et quod est ex municipio Atellano, quod scis esse in 
tide nostra. 



Seconi) Paper. 

Pbofessob Semfle. 

Unpbescribed Passage. 
1. Translate: — 
Carmina sublimis tunc sunt pentura Lucreti, 

Exitio terras cum dabit una dies ; 
Tityrus et segetes Aeneiaque arma legentur, 
Roma triumphati dum caput orbis erit ; 
x2 



464 BXAMIMATION FOB THE B.A. DBOBEE. 

Donee erunt ignes arcusque CupidiniB anna, 

Discentur numeri, culte TibuUe, tui ; 
GalluB et Hesperiis et Gallus notus Eois, 

Et sua cum Gallo nota Lycoris erit. 
Ergo, cum silices, cum dens patientis aratri 

Depereant aevo, carmina morte carent : 
Cedant carminibus reges regumque triumphi, 

Cedat et auriferi ripa benigna Tagi ! 
Vilia miretur vulgus : mihi flavus Apollo 

Pocula Castalia plena ministret aqua, 
Sustineamque coma metuentem f rigora myrtum 

Atque ita sollicito multus amante legar ! 

Ovm. 
LTJcaEtEmrs. 

2. Translate: — 

[a) Nam cum multo sunt animae elementa minora 
Quam quibus e corpus nobis et viscera constant, 
Tum numero quoque concedunt et rara per artus 
Dissita sunt, dumtaxat ut hoc promittere possis, 
Quantula prima queant nobis iniecta ciere 
Corpora sensiferos motus in corpore, tanta 
Intervalla tenere exordia prima animai. 

Explain clearly the concluding lines. 

(5) Et velut anteacto nil tempore sensimus aegri, 
Ad confligendum veDientibus undique Poenis, 
Omnia cum belli trepido concussa tumultu 
Horrida contremuere sub altis aetheris oris, 
In dubioque fuere utrorum ad regna cadendum 
Omnibus humanis esset terraque marique, 
Sic, ubi non erimus, cum corporis atque animai 
Discidium fuerit quibus e sumus uniter apti. 
Scilicet baud nobis quicquam, qui non erimus tum, 
Accidere omnino poterit sensumque movere, 
Non si terra mari miscebitur et mare caelo. 

HoBACE and Yiboil. 

3. Translate: — 

(a) Mitte civiles super urbe curas : 
Occidit Daci Cotisonis agmen, 
Medus infestus sibi luctuosis 
Dissidet armis, 



AUTUMN, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 466 

Servit Hispanae yetos hoBtis orae 
Cantaber sera domitiui catena, 
lam Scythae lazo meditantur arcu 
Gedere campis. 

Explain the historical allusioiis. 

{h) Sunt geminae belli portae (sic nomine dicunt) 
Eeligione sacrae et saevi f ormidine Martis ; 
Centum aerei claudunt vectes aetemaque fern 
Robora, nee custos absistit limine Janus ; 
Has ubi certa sedet patribus sententia pugnae, 
Ipse Quirinali trabea cinctuque Gabino 
Insignis reserat stridentia limina consul, 
Ipse Yocat pugnas ; sequitur tum cetera pubes, 
Aereaque adsensu conspirant comua rauco. 

Annotate Qufrmalt trabea einetuque Gabtno, 

{e) Translate and explain : — 

(1) Te docilis magistro 
liovit Amphion lapides canendo. 

(2) Fatis nunquam conoessa moyeri 
Apparet Gamarina procul. 

(3) lUam Terra parens, ira irritata deorum, 
Extremam, ut perhibent, Coeo Enceladoque sororem 
Progenuit pedibus celerem et pemicibus alis. 

TiBULLUS. 

4. Translate with brief notes : — 

{a) Hunc cecinere diem Parcae, fatalia nentes 

Stamina non ulli dissoluenda deo, 
Hunc fore, Aquitanas posset qui fundere gentes, 

Cum tremeret f orti milite victus Atax. 
Evenere '. novos pubes Eomana triumphos 

Yidit et evinctos bracchia capta duces ; 
At te victrices lauros, Messalla, gerentem 

Portabat nitidis currus ebumus equis. 
Non sine Marte ibi partus honos : Tarbella Pyrene 

Testis et Oceani litora Santonici. 



466 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

(h) lam tibi Laurentes adsignat lupiter agros, 
lam Yocat errantes hospita terra Lares : 
niic sanctus eris, cum te yeneranda Numici 
Unda deum caelo miserit Indigetem. 

(c) Discuss the identity of Lygdamus and Sulpicia. 

Platjtus. 
5. Translate: — 

{a) Ha. Heus, ubi estis yds? Ba. Hie quidem ad me recta 

habet rectam viam. 
Ha. Heus, ubi estis yds ? Ba. Heus, adulescens, quid 

istic debetur tibi ? 
Bene ego ab hoc praedatus ibo ; noYi, bona scaeva est 

mihi. 
Ha. Ecquis hoc aperit ? Ba. Heus, chlamydate, quid 

istic debetur tibi ? 
Ha. Aedium dominum lenonem Ballionem quaerito. 
Ba. Quisquis es, adulescens, operam fac compendi 

quaerere. 
Ha. Quid iam? Ba. Quia tu ipsus ipsum praesens 

praesentem yides. 
Ha. Tune is es ? Si. Ghlamydate, caYe sis tibi a curyo 

infortunio 
Atque in hunc intende digitum ; hie leno est. 

(5) Ps. Iam hie ero ; yerum extra portam mi etiam curren- 

dum est prius. 
Ga. Quid eo? Ps. Lanios inde arcessam duo cum 

tintinnabulis ; 
Eadem duo greges yirgarum inde ulmearum adegero, 
Ut hodie ad litationem huic suppetat satias loyi. 
Ba. I in malam crucem. Ps. Istuc ibit lupiter 

lenonius. 
Ba. Ex tua re non est ut ego emoriar. Ps. Qui dum ? 

Ba. Sic ; quia, 
Si ego mortuus sim, Athenis te sit nemo nequior. 
Ex tua re est ut ego emoriar. Ga. Qui dum ? Ba. Ego 

dicam tibi ; 
Quia edepol, dum egoyiyus yiyam, nunquam erisfrugi 

bonae. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS, 467 

{c) Itast amor, ballista at iacitur : nil sic celerest neque 

volat : 
Atque is mores hominum moros et morosos efficit. 
Minus placet, magis quod snadetur : quod dissuadetur, 

placet. 
Quom inopiast, cupias : quando eius copiast, tum non 

yeHs. 
Ille qui aspellit, is compellit : ille qui consuadet, yetat. 

{d) Est minusculum alteram, quasi fiuxillum vinarium. 
(tf ) Cena hac annonast sine sacris hereditas. 

6. What indications of date may be found in Trtnummus ? 

HiGHSB Latin Gbahmab. 

7. (fl) Discuss the form of the words legehamini, toga^ tendo, 
anser, hosy latus (past participle oifero). 

{h) Define the terms — ^velar, affricate, spirant, alveolar, 
cerebral ; and give an example of each sound. 

{c) What is the treatment in Latin as compared with 
Greek of original initial pty and initial and medial sr ? 



Thibd Paper. 

Pbofessob M^'Eldebby. 

1. Translate into Latin :— 

Whilst the authors of all these evils were idly and stupidly 
gazing at this menacing meteor which blackened all their 
horizon, it suddenly burst and poured down the whole of 
its contents on the plains of the Camatic. Then ensued a 
scene of woe, the like of which no man has ever seen, no 
heart conceived, and which no tongue could adequately 
express ; all the horrors of war before known or heard of 
were mercy to that new havoc. A storm of universal fire 
blasted every field, consumed every house, destroyed every 
temple. Miserable inhabitants without regard to sex or 
age, to the respect of rank or sacredness of function, 
fathers torn from children, husbands from wives, enveloped 



468 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

in a whirlwind of cavalry, amidst the goading spears of 
drivers, and the trampling of pursuing horses, were swept 
into captivity in an unknown and hostile land. JThose who 
were able to avoid this tempest fled to the walled cities, but 
escaping from fire, sword, and exile, they fell into the jaws 
of famine. 

2. (a) How did Vespasian deal with the praetorian 
guard, and with the legions ? Indicate approximately the 
distribution of the latter after 71. 

(b) Write notes upon — ' Columna Traiana,' * Curator rei 
publicae,' * Consiliarii Augusti,' * Edictum perpetuum.' 

(c) Summarise the events which led to the rupture of 
the first triumvirate. 

(d) * This new office of Imperator was nothing else than 
the primitive regal office re-established.' Discuss and 
explain this statement. 

8. (a) Give an account of Julius Caesar's works in prose 
and verse. 

(6) Discuss the remains and traces of early indigenous 
poetry among the Latins. 

(c) Give particulars concerning * Cena Trimalchionis,' 
^ Satirae Menippeae,' ' Clastidium.' 

4, {a) Describe fully the form of process in civil suits. 
(b) Write notes upon: — * lectisteirnium,' * confarreatio,' 
' annus bissextus,' * cohortes urbanae.' 



GEEEK. 

FiEST Paper. 

Pbofessob MacMasteb. 

1. Translate the following extract from the speech of 
A rchidamus to the Peloponnesian allies : — 

ovKOvy XPVf ^^ '^^ '^^^ SoKovfi€V TrXrjdiL iwuvai. Kat do'^oiAcia 
TToXXrj civat firj av iXOilv tovs ivavrlov^ r^fuv Sia fiax^^* rovrov 
<Lv€Ka afjLfXi(TT€p6v ri Trapto'Kevaa'fiivovs xaipilv, dXXa Kat rrokew^ 
kKa<Trr}% rfyefioia kol aTpaTHt)Trjv to KaS^ avrov act Trpo(rS€)(€(rOak 



AUTUMN, 1906— HOMOtBS. 469 

cs Kiv&wov riva T^ctr. aSi^ yap ra rwr 7roKifiM¥j koI ii 
oXiyov ra voAAa ical St' opy^s at €?rtxeipi7<reis yiyvoKrai' 
ToXXaicis re ro cXcuto-of vX^tfiDS ^/avvoto rovs v\€0¥as Sea 
TO icara^povovKras d?rapao'icevovs ytviaSai, )(firj ik del cv TJ 
voXt/utjL ry fjikv yviafiy Oapo'aX.iovi (rrparevetv, rw Sc c/>ya> 
ScSioras ^rapao-Kcvd^co^ai* ovrco yap v-po? re ro hritvai 
TOis cvavrtois €v\fnJXpTaroi, Av etev, Trpd^ re ro c9ri;(eipeurAu 
do-^oXcoraroi. ^fieTs 8e ov8* cirt dSiVarov ApLvveaScu ovna 
iroXiv ipx6fi€6a, aXKa rois vouriv apurra irap€a'K€V<urfi€in]Vf 
oKrrc XP^ '(^^ Trdw cXm{eiv 8ia fuixi^s ic^ai avrov9, ct fi^ Kot 
vvv wpfii^vrai, cv cp owo) vdp€trfi€Vf dXA.' oraF iv tq yg opwnv 
ripJas ^ovvra^ re icat rdicctvwv ^cipoKras. 

2. Translate also, without note or comment, except where 
you prefer a different reading : — 

(a) ai;^erat 8* aperdf xXtapai^ Upaais a»s ore 8ei^8peov ^o-ei, 
ev o-o^i9 dvSpcuv dcpdeto** ev 8tKatois re, Trpos vypov 
aWipa, XP^^^ ^^ 'iravroiai ^iXtov dv8po>v* ra pkv dft^l irovots 
V7rcpii»rara' fiaorevei 8c Kal rip^lfis iv oppxuri $€<rOai 
irtarov. 2> Mcya, ro 8* avris rectv ifruxo-v KopiioA, 
ov pjoL hvvarov, iceveav 8* cXiri8<i>v x^^^^ov reXos* 
o-cv 8e vdrpq, Xapta8ai9 re Xd^pov 
vTTcpeurai Xt^ov Moto-atov cicart n-o8o)V evcdvvfuov 
8iS 8^ 8vorv. xaipia 8c irpoai^opov , 

Iv fiev cpytp Kopirov i€k, C7raoi8ais 8' di^p 
yo)8vvoy Kot ri¥ KapxLTov $^K€v. rjv yc /xav iinKtapios vpvo^ 
8^ TToXat Kal irplv y€vi<r$aL rav 'A8pdoTov rav re Ka8/ii€t<i>v 
cpiv. 

Mark the scansion of the first five lines. (Hve the name 
of the rhythm, and explain its meaning. 

(h) wvl 8' ct Tiff KoX do'^oXeorepov c8o^ev elvat, prrayyiatio, 
ov yap TO vpopiffil^^ ols dv dXXos em?;, Trepl rrj^ o-^crepas opoltas 
ivBixerai Xoyto'fiov, icot ooTt$ rd /tcv cavrov ^X'^' ^^^ ^rXctWos 
8€ dpeydfievos ciccov rtvt CTrepxcrat. Trdrpiov re ^fitv o'rparov 
dXXd^vXov e?reX^dvra koI Iv r^ oUetq, #cat ev ri; rcuv WXas o/xotcos 
dpyvea-BoA, ^AOrjvaiovs 8e Kal irpoa-iri opopov^ dvra$ ?roXX^ 
p,dXto-ra 8et. Trpd? re ydp rovs do-ruyetrovas Trcun to dvriiraXov 
Kal iXcvOepov KajSicrrarar koI 7rpo5 rovrovs ye 8^, ot Kal prj 
Tovs eyyv9 dXXd Kal rov^ diro^ev Tretpcovrat SoyXovaOai, vS)^ ov 
Xprf Kal ivl ro lo^arov dyoivos IXBtiv ; €uoOaai re ot t^xvos 
irov $pda'€t. rots vtXaSf <oo"jr€p ^ASrp^axoi vvv, cxidvrcs rov /ti^ 

«8 



4?0 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEaBEE. 

^avxoiovra koX €V ry cavrov /aofov d/iwofieyov dScccrrepov 
hrurrparevtiv, rov 8c cfco o/mov 7rpoa?ravr<ii>Kra koI rfv icaipos 
5 voXi/Jum ap\ovTa ijo-frov eroCfiios Kare^civ. 

3. Translate, and annotate the following passages : — 
(a) vovTOV re yetf^vp* aKa/JMVTOi cv dfi^iicriovcuv 

Tovpoifiovtf rpwrqpihi. KpeovriSav 

rifMurt noo-ciSaviov av ri/itvo^. 

(h) rrapa fikv v^lfifii&avn Uap- 

vao-^ TC<r<rapa? cf diO- 

dAAa KopivOimv vtto ffxarSiv 
iv ^(r\ov neXoTTO^ ffTi;;(ot5 

OKTO) OTC^aVOlS €fLlx6€V T^^Tf' 

iirra 8' cv Ne/mc^,, ra 8' otKOi p.axro'ov dpiOfiov, 
Ai09 ayoii't. 

What is the approximate height of Parnassus ? Explain 
the epithets 8tXo^o$, ^tV^«, applied to it by the poets. 

{e) €$ re ra iroXe/uitKa) ciTrep ^rorc, fiaXicrra 8^ OKvqporipoi 
iyivovTOf ^vcotcotc? Trapa r^v v7rdp\ova'av <r<f>ijiv i8€av r^s 
TrapocTKCv^s vavriicw dycovi, icot rovna Trpos *AOrjvaCovs, oTs to 
fi^ €vi)(€tpov/i€vov del cAAiircs ^v r^$ 8ofci7(r€a)s rt Trpdf civ. 

(rf) €1 yap 8ct^cic rots cvaKrtois ro re ttX^^os #cai r^v owXtcriv 
dvayKolav ova-av rtav p^ff cavrov, ov#c dv ^Tyctro /aoXXov wcpt- 
ycvco'^at 17 dvcv icpwi^€Vi/^ re avrcov Kai p.^ d?ro rov ovro9 
#cara^povi}0'C(i)S. 

(tf) MHA. Sfcoirovo-i 8' vpcov ovrois 01 vtti^icooi ro cZkos, 
oio'rc T0V5 re p^ -TrpociyKOKras, icai 00*01 airoiKoi ovrcs ot ?roAAo( 
Kat dirooravrcs rivcs Kcxcipcovrat, cs ro avro TiOiaa-iv ; 

A0. AifcaicSpari yap ov8cTcpov$ cAAciireiy iTyovvrai, fcard 
8vvapiv 8c rovs pcv ircptytyvco-^ai, i7pds 8c 4^6^*^ ovk iviivaC 
QKrrCy c^o> ical rov ttXcovoiv dp^ai, ical ro dcr^aXcs ^plv 8id to 
Karcurrpa^^vai av wapda^otre, dAA(i>$ re xat Fi70'ia>rat vavKpa- 
rdpoiv Kat aa'6€vi<rT€poi iriptov dvrc9, ct p^ Trcptycvoto^^c. 

4. (a) Summarize the terms of the Alliance for fifty years 
made in 421 between Athens and Lacedsemon. How far and 
how long was it observed ? 

{h) Set down the main points in the speech of Brasidas to 
the Acanthians. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 471 

(<?) Indicate where the following places were : — "AvravSpo^, 
KcpSvXiOK, KopvffMirtov, Kwovpia, Aiwpeov, Nawaicros, Olvid- 
Sat, Udrpaiy Urjyaij XaA.fci;8(i)v. 

LiTEBATUBE. 

5. {a) Give as full an account as you can of Ihycus and 
Timocreon. 

{h) What is the fundamental difference between the Aeolian 
and the Dorian melic ? 

(tf) State clearly what is meant by the following terms : — 
aulodic, hyporcheme, melic, Kararpofirdy 6fji.<fiaX.6^, TrpoaoBiov. 

(d) ' Elegiac poetry afforded a field in which any man 
could try his poetical powers on any theme.' Illustrate the 
truth of this saying as fully as you can. 



Second Paper. 
Professor Keene. 
Unprescribed Passage. 
1. Translate into English : — 

♦lAOKAEON. 
K^v Olaypoi ela-fXOy ^evycov, ovk d^o^cvyct, Trplv Slv riplv 
€K T^9 'Siofirjs tiirri prj(riv, rrjv icoAAumyv aTroXefa?. 
Kav avXiyny? yc St/oyv vtKa, ravrrf^ yjp.LV i'jrC\€ipa 
iv <f>opl3ei,^ rolo'L SdcaoTais lio^ov lyvXiyc* dinova-i, 
Kav diroOrqa-Ktav 6 varrjp t<j) 8<p fcaroXctWv ttoiS* imKkrjpov 
Kkdeiv 17/Acrs pjOLKpa t^v Kti^aXrp^ cittovtc? t^ Statfiy/oy 
Kal t5 f oyxi/ ""iS '"'dw crc/Avois rot? o^/i€toio'tv iirova-yy 
c8o/Aev ravrrp^, oorts &v ^/ia9 dvTifioXrja-a^ dva7r€iajj. 
Kal ravT* dvxmtvOvvoi Spwp€v' twv 5* a\X(ov ovS€p.C dp\rj. 

BAEATKAEAN. 
Tovri yap rot o-e fiovov rovratVy lav etpvjKa^, /AaKapifcu* 
T^S 8* IttikXt^pov rijv ZmOriKriv dSi/ccis dvaicoyj^rXtd^wv. 

«IAOKAEAN. 
eri 8* ^ BovXi;, \& 8i)/ao9, orav icpiFai //.€ya irpayp.^ dvop-^a-rjy 
c^i^^iorai TOv$ dSiicovvras rotcrt SticaoTats TrapaSovvat' 



472 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

€it' EvaOXos, x^ /Acyas ovtos KoXaKcow/tog acnriSa^o)3Xi7«, 
ov)(t irpoBioo-eLv r^fias Kfxta-LV, ircpi tov n-Xi/dov^ 8k fjua.\(da'6ai., 
KOLV t4> Siy/Aw yvdtfirjv ovSds Tnairor^ iviKrja-tVy ihiv fJLVf 
ctTTiy Tot hiKadTTipC a<l}€ivaL TrpwricTa /Atav SiKacrai/ras. 
avros 3' 6 KXeW 6 KeKpaiiSdfias fiovov ^/jias ov Treptrpcoyci, 
dWa (^uXttTTct 8ia ^^tpos c^wr, Kat Tots /AVias dfra/jivvei. 
cru Sc TOV Trarcp' ou8* ortovv tovtcdv tov o-avrov ttcottot* iSpcuras. 
aXka ®€(i)/»os, KoiTOL 'oTiv d^^/j Ev^i/jLiibv ovSev cXdrrMv, 
TOV a-iroyyov cxy^y €k t^? Xc/cdv^s rafi/SaSC rjpMV wepiKtavcl. 
o-K €i/^ai d^ro rcov dya^Q)V otcuv dfroKXetW Kai Karepviccts, 
§v SovXctav ovo-av €<^a(rfC€S )(yirrfp€a'iav awoheiieiv, 

Abistophanes, Wasps. 

HiSTOEY AND ANTIftUITIES. 

2. (<3^) Contrast Imperial Athens and Imperial Sparta in 
tlieir treatment of their subject allies. 

{h) "What circumstances led to the invasions of Elis by 
the Spartans in 402 and 401 b.c, and how far were they 
successful ? 

{c) Contrast Sparta in 432 b.c. with Sparta after 404 b.c. 

{d) "Who was Kinadon, in what political movement was 
lie concerned, and what light does it throw on the position 
of the Spartan government ? 

{e) What is meant by the * Corinthian War*? What 
account does Xenophon give of its origin, and how far is his 
account correct ? 

(/) In what respect is a new era in the policy of Sparta 
marked by the sending of Antalkidas as envoy to Tiribacus 
in 392 B.C. ? 

{g) What advantages had Persia on her side in her struggle 
with Alexander ? 

3. {a) What differences were there between the Greek and 
the medisBval tenures of sacred lands ? 

(J) Give an account of the Olympic games, stating the 
time of year they took place, the length of their duration, 
the nature of the competitions, the character of the assemblage, 
and the arrangements for their reception. 

{c) Describe the Greek siege apparatus of the fifth and 
fourth century b.c. respectively. 



▲VTUUM, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 478 



Composition. 



4. Translate into Greek: — 

Thus terminated the Battle of Xnnaxa, and along with it 
the ambitious hopes as well as the life of this young prince. 
His character and proceedings suggest instructive remarks. 
Both in the conduct of this expedition, and in the two or 
three years of administration in Asia Minor which preceded 
it, he displayed qualities such as are not seen in Cyrus 
called the Great, nor in any other Persian general throughout 
the history of the monarchy. "We observe a power of fore- 
seeing difficulties and providing means beforehand for over- 
coming them, a dexterity in meeting variable exigencies and 
dealing with different parties, officers or soldiers, a conviction 
of the necessity, not merely of purchasing men's service 
by lavish presents, but of acquiring their confidence by 
straightforward dealing and systematic good faith. How 
rare were the merits and accomplishments of Cyrus, as a 
Persian, will be best felt when we contrast this portrait by 
Xenophon with the description of the Persian satraps by 
Isocrates. 



Thibd Paper. 

Rev. Pbofessob Browne. 

1. Translate into English : — 

{a) aXka av fioi Va re koX oXXol \&ovi(ov dy€fi6v€s 
Baifiova fjL€yaXav)(rj 

lovT aiviaar €k So/jkov, Uepa'av %ov<riy€v^ Oeov* 
wifivere 8* avo) olov oviro) 
Uepa-l^ ata KijiXvif/ey, 

rj ^tXo9 avr]py ^tXos oxOos' ^iXa yap k€K€v6€V ^ft;. 
*AtS(oveu9 8' dvaTTO/jiTros avcCrjs, *At5(0V€vs, 
oiov avoLKTopa AapiSva. 

ovTL yap avBpa^ iror aTrwAAv iro\ep.o^B6poifTiv arats, 
OeofiTJa-Ttap 8' ckhcXi/o-kcto Hcpo-ats, ^co/ul^oto)/) 8' 
ecTKcv, c?rci OTparov cv ^o8ov;(ct. 
PaXtfv apxalo^ PaXrjVf tff 16* Ikov 

TOvB* hr OKpOV KOpV/Ji^OV o\6oVy 



474 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

KpOKO^aiTTov woSos tVfJLapiV dctpCDV, 
l3a<riX€iov Tidpas ^aXapov Trt^avcricwv. 
j3da-K€ Trarcp a/caKC Aapidv. 
foTTCOs icatva tc KXvy^ via r ax^*t 
Sifnrora Scottotoiv KJiavrfdi, 
%TvyLa yap rts cir' d;(Xv5 'jrciroraTat* 
1/coA.aia yap ^817 Kara ttSct* oXoiXci'o 
Pda-Ke itaT€p d^aKC Aaptdv. 

(i) An. KoX fiapTvprja-tav rj\$ov — eort yap Sofitov 
tKCTiys oS' avrjp /cat fivxSiv c^eortos 
ifi5)V, (fiovov Sc TovS' cyo) KaOdpaLO^ — 
Kat fvv8tKiJo-(ov avT05' amav 8' c^o) 
T^s Toi)8€ /Aiyrpos tou <I}6vov. (tv ctcroyc 

OTTO)? t' CTTIOTT^ TT7v8€ KVpiOaOV SlKTJV, 

A©. ^/x.Q)v 6 fivOos, €Mrdya) 8c t^v BCktjv, 

6 yap 8t(o/c(i)v TTpoTtpo^ i$ ^Xl^ Xeywv 
yfvoiT av 6p6S)^ wpdyfULTO^ 8t8ao'KaA,os. 

XO. TToAAai /i€v ia-ficvy Xi^oyuev 8c crvvTOfiios. 
OT05 8* dfieCfiov irpos cttos €v fiepct ri^cis. 
T^v p-firip ctTTC irplarov tl Karcicrovas. 

OP. £KT€tva* TovTov 8* ovTis dpVTj(ns WXci. 

XO. tv /Acv ToS' ^817 Twv rpiSiv iraXaLa-fidTOiv. 

OP, ov K€tju,ei/Q> 'JTO) Tov8€ KOfiird^ci^ Xoyov. 

Write a note explaining fully the metrical scheme of the 
choral passage («). 

2. Translate into English, with short notes : — 

{a) T<3 8* CVaVTtO) ICVT61 

eXTTts Trpoa"Q^L x^ipo^ ov irkrfpovfiivt^. 
Discuss the reading. 

(J) 6 8' difiOoVYJTOS y OVK cTTi^iyXos TTcXct. 

{c) TToXXwv Trarrja-fwv 8' elfidrtav av -qv^dp.rfVy 

S6fiOL<rL wpovvexOivro^ iv )(pr]a"rr)pLOi,^ 
^Xyi^ i^ofiLorpa T^o-8€ p.7j\avis}p.ivri. 

Explain these lines with regard to the context. 

(<?) Va Pp6T€ia irpdyiwr' €VTV\ovvra fiev 

fTKia TLs av irpcij/euv' €t 8€ 8va'rv)(rj, 
PoXoL^ vyptaa-a-tov (riroyyoq wXecrev ypa<f>iqv* 
Kal TavT €K€tv<av fiaXXov olKT€Lp(o 7ro\v, 



AUTUMN, 1906 ^HONOURS. i76 

{e) Tov Sk firf iruOdvopa 

i€viia Papeiai^, o^rrt fi^ (r€ipaif}6pov 
KpiOwivra TTcuXov. 

How do you account for the negatives here ? 
(/) kX-6€iv f 8tKat(i)st fwXKov § irpa^ai 6€\€is. 

(Other M8S. read St/caiov?.) 
{g) (ToA-wtyf 8' dvTQ irdvT* cKCtr' CTrc^Xcyev. 

3. "Write notes on the following phrases of Aeschylus : — 
Ik Spofiov TTCccov — irpooTpoTrato^ — aTrrepos ^arts — TroXtcro-oi)- 
XOS — \aXKrjprj^ (ttoXo^ — vtt dcrO/iaro^ /C€vd9. 

4. What metrical characteristic of the dialogue (not the 
choral parts) of the Persae bears upon the date of its com- 
position ? What models had the poet for a tragedy dealing 
with contemporary history ? 

5. Translate into English : — 

XOP. ai^p 'R'a^Xa^€t* 7rav€, irav 

virep^iiov' vfjieXKreov 

Ti Twv fvXcov* OLTrapvoTeov 

T€ Twv direiXwv ravnyt. 
KAE. 8a>(r€ts ifiol KoKrjv SCktjv, 

brovficvo^ rats eiatfiopais. 

cyo) yap eis tovs TrXovctous 

OTTcvo-o) <r' OTTCDS Sv cyypa^s. 
AAA. cyo) 8' aTTCtXiJo-o) /x,cv ov- 

8a/* €V)(oiJLat Si <Toi raSi' 

TO fi€V rdyrjvov r€v6C8(ov 

e^€(rravai a-i^ov' crc 8c 

yvv>firjv ipclv /icXXovra Trcpt 

MtXi/crtW, icat Kcp8av€tv 

ToXavTov, (iv KaT€pyd(Ty, 

oTr€v8€tv, oircos twv revOiSiDV 

efi7rXi;/x,evo9 <l>Oairj^ It' cts 

iKKXrja-Cav iXO^iv. 

6. Translate into English, briefly explaining allusions : — 
(flj) OTTCp yap 01 Tas €yxi\€i,s Orjpfofievoi, TriirovOa^, 

{h) 8€tvov lTn.ppip.fTaL 

cTTi pdpPapov €^op.€vrj iriraXov. 



476 EXAMINATION FOB THB B.A. DBG&EE. 

{c) ^a>ros dfivvofiivov ^pcvorc/crovos avSpo^ 

TO Kpdvo^ irploTov 'n-€pi8iij(rdfi€V0Sf tov Xoifiov ijfi^XX' hrLSi^€iv. 

{e) Sv* opfMLT* €l(r€6riK€ KOi vcK/ott) 8vo, 

ovs ovK dv dpaivT ovS* eicaroy Atywrrioi, 

7. (0) Explain the metre of the lines quoted in the 
excerpts (a) and (d) of last question. 

(h) Silvestres homines sacer interpresque Deorum 

Caedibus et victu foedo deterruit Orpheus {JSbr,A,P.). 

Can you illustrate this from the Dro^g ? 

8. Translate, and explain, the following passages, illustrat- 
ing them as far as possible from your prescribed plays : — 

(fl) wpiOTOV /£€V BrjXov oTi ovT€ Tovs €7rt€fcK€ts av8pas Set 
fjLeraPdXXoyras ^atvc<rtfat cf cvTV^tas cis Svorv^wiv (ov yap 

ffiO^^pOV OvSc CXCCIVOV TOVTOy oXXjOL fUapOV COTtv), OVTC TOVS 

fJMxOrjpovi ii drvx^as ets €VTVxCav {drpayt^Borarov yap rovr 
ia-TL vdvTtav, ovScv yap €;(€t c^v Oct, ovrc yap if>iXdvOp<inrov ovrc 
cXcctvov OVTC ^o^tpov loTvy). 

(Jji) KoiTOt ri hi.a^€p€i rf ifi/SoXtfia ^eiv ^ et prjcuv i( oAAov 
€19 oXXo dppjOTTOi ri €ir€ur6&Lov oKov ; 

{c) €Ti Se Tip fii;/c€i ^ /U16V on fidXiara irtipdrai xnro plav 
irepiohov rjXiov e?i/at ^ fiiKpov e^oAAarreiv, ^ 3c iiroTroiia 
dopioTOs r^ XP^^V '^^^ rourcp Sia^epct' icairoi ro 'trpwrov 
opjoiio^ cv rats rpay(2)Stats rovro ivoiovv koI cv rots cxco'tv. 

((2) Irt dvcv ficv irpditm^ ovk aa^ yivoiTO rpayoiSta, dvcv Se 
^c^wv ycvotr av» 

9. (flf) ct ow rovrots re Sta^cpet 'irdo-t xat crt rw r^s r€;(vi7s 
€py<^ (Set yap ov rrjv ruxova-av '^Sovyy iroi,€LV avras oXXa rrfv 
€iprjfi€vr]v)j ff>av€pov ort KpeCmov dv tlrj p^aXkov tov reXovs 
ruyxdvovca r^s cTroirottas. 

Translate this passage, and state and criticise the argu- 
ments by which Aristotle seeks to prove the statement. 

{h) Explain the terms rpayiKwraros (as applied to 
Euripides), cwXao-ros (to poets in general), Si€aTpafip,€vov 
(to TO ycXotov). 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 477 

MODEBN LITEBATUBE. 



ENGLISH. 

FntST Paper. 

Mb. Merbiman. 

1. Translate into modern English : — 

(a) pd, cwsedon hie him betweonan : * Uton wyrcau 
us tigelan, and selan hie on fyre ! ' Witodlice hie hsef- 
don tigelan for stan and tierwan for weal-lim. And 
hie cwsedon : * Uton timbrian us ceastre, and stiepel oj) 
heof on heanne ! uton weorJ)ian iirne naman, ser J^sem 
]>e we sien tddselde geond ealle eorJ)an ! ' 

(b) Seo owen hsefde getacnunge J^sere halgan gela- 
J>unge ealles cristenes folces, J?e c5m t5 J>rom gesibbsu- 
man Criste to gehierenne his wisdom and J>a god-spelliean 
lare ]>& he astealde, and be onliehtunge J^aes 85j>an 
geleafan, and be J^sem tdweardan dome, be lirre sawle 
un-deadlicnesse, and be hyhte and wuldre ]>8BS gemsene- 
lican ieristes. Seo cwen c5m id Salomone mid miclum 
lacum on golde and on deorwierj^um gimmstanum and 
wyrt-briejjum ; and jtset bieron olfendas. 

2. Trace the history of the relative pronouns, point- 
ing out particularly all changes of function. 

3. Mention the most notable changes of quantity 
suffered by the Old English vowels in the Middle 
English period. What is the normal representative, 
in Modern English, of each of the following long Old 
English vowels : a, % and u ? Mention some exceptions. 

4. On what lines would you proceed in discussing 
the authenticity of a poem ascribed to Chaucer ? 

Discuss the historical importance of Chaucer in regard 
to prosody and language. 

6. Write an account of the ballad-poetry of the 
fifteenth century, and discuss its relationship with Epic 
and Bomance. 



478 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

6. Discuss Wordsworth, Campbell, Soott, and Keats, 
as representative poets of the Homantio Revival. 

7. Indicate broadly the developments in the English 
novel between 1800 and 1830. 



Second Pafeb. 
Eev, Pbofessob O'Neili*. 

1. Discuss Chaucer's authority and value as a social 
historian. 

2. Write notes on the expressions : — (a) purchas, (b) love- 
days, (c) tappestre, {d) chapeleyne, (e) deye, (/) Gaufred, 
(g) newe Genilon. 

8. Show the working of Nemesis as a source of plot- 
interest in Eichard III. 

4. Describe and comment on the parts taken in Twelfth 
Night by Ohvia and by Feste. 

5. * Lear is the best of all Shakspere*s plays.' Discuss 
this opinion of Hazlitt's, saying how far you consider Lear 
an ideal play. 

6. Develop the following topics from Coleridge's Lectures 
and Notes :-^(a) Hamlet's wild transition to the ludicrous 
after seeing his father's ghost ; (b) the opening scenes of 
The Tempest ; (c) Shakspere's fondness for children. 

7. How does Burke account for and enlarge on the 
growth of * a fierce spirit of liberty ' in the American 
Colonies ? 

8. Compare the tone, style, and metre of Cowper with 
those of Milton and of Wordsworth, 



Thibd Paper. 

Pbofessob Gbegoby Smith. 

1. Contrast the critical attitude of Coleridge's Lectwres 
on Shakespeare with that of his Biographia Literaria, 



AUTUMN, 1906 ^HONOUSS. 479 

2. Examine Coleridge's reflections on Wordsworth's 
' mental bombast.' To what extent do these illustrate, or 
support, the view of Wordsworth's * classical ' critics, such 
as Jeffirey ? 

3. ' Those who lived about Wordsworth were all great 
lovers of the older English literature, and oftentimes there 
came out in him a noticeable likeness to our earlier poets. . . . 
He drew something, too, from the unconscious mysticism 
of the old English language itself, drawing out the inward 
significance of its racy idiom, and the not wholly unconscious 
poetry of the language used by the simplest people under 
strong excitement — language, therefore, at its origin.' — 
{Pater.) 

Discuss this. 

4. Analyse the * sentimental ' habit of Byron's poetry, 
and show how it supplies the reason why Byron's literary 
influence, unlike that of his contemporaries of the Bomantic 
Revival, was circumscribed. 

Essay. 

5. Write an Essay on one of these subjects : — 

(a) < For the property of passion is not to create, but to 
set in increased activity.' — (Biog. Lit. xvii.) 

(6) The Poet as Critic. 



FRENCH. 

First Papeb. 

Pbofessob Cadic. 

Traitez en fran9ais un des sujets suivants : — 

1. La femme et I'enfant dans I'industrie de nos jours. 

2. L'enfanoe est le sommeil de la raison. 

8. La doctrine classique du siScle de Louis XIV. 



480 examination fob the b.a. dbgbee. 

Second Pafeb. 

Pbofessob Butleb. 

I. — Composition. 

Translate into French : — 

(a) Let us take off our hats and march with reverent steps, 
for we are about to enter a library— that intellectual heaven 
wherein are assembled all those master-spirits of the world 
who have attained to immortality ; those mental giants 
who have undergone their apotheosis, and from the shelves 
of this literary temple still converse with their mental 
admirers. Here, in one point, are concentrated the rays of 
all the great luminaries since Cadmus, the inventor of 
letters, discovered the noble art of arresting so volatile a 
thing as Thought, and gave it an existence more durable 
than that of brass or marble. This was indeed the triumph 
of mind over matter. But for this miraculous process of 
rendering knowledge durable, reason would have been given 
to man in vain; human experience would not extend 
beyond individual life; the wisdom of each generation 
would be lost to its successor, and the world would always 
have remained barbarous. Books have been the great 
civilisers of men. The first literature of every country 
spoke probably of the cultivation of the fields, for food 
is the first thing of which human beings have need. 

(b) Of all the solitary insects I have ever remarked, the 
spider is the most sagacious ; and its actions, to me, who 
have attentively considered them, seem almost to exceed 
belief. This insect is formed by nature for a state of war, 
not only upon other insects, but upon its own species. For 
this state, nature seems perfectly well to have formed it. 
Its head and breast are covered with a strong natural coat 
of mail, which is impenetrable to the attempts of every 
other insect, and its belly is enveloped in a soft pliant skin, 
which eludes the sting even of a wasp. Its legs are termi- 
nated by strong claws, not unlike those of a lobster ; and 
their vast length, like spears, serve to keep every assailant 
at a distance. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — H0N0UB8. 481 

II. — History op the French Language. 

1. Give a clear account of what is meant by * Vulgar 
Latin.' 

2. Give the history of the French language in England 
during the Middle Ages. 

3. What became in French of the Latin initial syllables 
ca and ga ? 

4. What is the origin of the words moi, hii, celui, 

5. Give an account of the declension of nouns in Old 
French. 

6. Give some examples of French nouns in which the 
modem form of the singular has been modelled on the 
plural, and give, in each case, the singular form in Old 
French. 

7. What was the present indicative, in the sixteenth 
century, of verbs coming from Latin verbs of which the 
root vowel was o? How were these present indicatives 
treated in the seventeenth century? 

8. Fenelon speaks of * la s6v6rit6 de notre langue centre 
presque toutes les inversions de phrases.' How far had the 
sixteenth century established this severity ? 

III. — Darmesteter et Hatzfeld. 

1. (a) Translate into English — 
Quand le roy vous bailie une place en garde vous debvez 
consid^rer trois chozes : 

La premiere, Thonneur qu'il vous faict de se fier tant en 
vostre sagesse, valleur et bon entendement, de fere choix de 
vous pour comprendre toutes chozes qui deppendent de la 
conservation de vostre place. Et Thonneur qu'il vous faict 
n'est pas si petit, qu'il n'honore non seullement vostre per- 
sonne, mais toute vostre race, vous baillant en charge une 
clef de son royaulme, ou quelque ville qui luy importe 
grandement, comme estoit celle dont je vous ay repr^sent6 
le si^ge. Et fault bien que vous pensi^s que cest honneur 



482 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

qu'il Yous faict vous en menne uirne oue si longne, que non 
seullement vostre renomm^e s'estend aux environs de vostre 
place, mais par tout le rojaulme de France ; or ce n'est pas 
tout, car c'est encore par tout le psds des estrangiers. 
(b) Who is the author of this extract ? 
2. (a) Translate into English : — 

Bonsard en son mestier n*estoit qu'un aprentif, 
II avoit le cerveau fantastique et r^tif. 
Desportes n'est pas net, du Bellay trop facille ; 
Belleau ne parle pas comme on parle k la ville. 
II a des mots hargneux, bouffis et relevez, 
Qui du peuple aujourd'huy ne sont pas aprouvez. 

Comment I il nous faut doncq', pour faire une oeuvre 
grande, 
Qui de la calomnie et du tans se deffende. 
Qui trouve quelque place entre les bons autheurs, 
Parler comme k sainct Jean parlent les Crocheteurs. 

(E^GNIEB.) 

(b) Write explanatory notes on the proper names 
mentioned in this passage. 



Third Papeb. 

Pbofessob Steinbebgeb. 

I. — HisTOBY op Litebatube and Pbesobibed Authors. 

1. Sketch the history of French comedy from Le Menteur 
to Turcaret. 

2. Give some account of the EncychpSdie, and discuss 
Taine's statement : Retour k la nature, c'est k dire 
abolition de la soci6te : tel est le cri de guerre de tout le 
bataillon encyclop^dique. 

3. Write a brief account of the literary activity of 
Voiture, Bossuet, Beaumarchais. 

4. Describe the influence of the French < Salons' in the 
eighteenth century. 

5. In what terms does Montaigne refer to La Boitie ? 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOUBS. 488 

6. state what you know about La Boetie's treatise on La 
Servitude, How may La Boetie be said to foreshadow 
J. J. Bousseau ? 

7. Contrast Pascal with Vauvenargues as a moralist. 

8. State and discuss the criticism passed by F^nelon in 
his Lettre a VAcad&mie on Moliere's L'Avare. 

9. Translate into English: — 

Un grand nombre de maximes, non moins incompletes et 
non moins partiales, si on les met sans detour en face de 
la nature humaine et de Texp^rience, empruntent leur air 
de y^rit^ absolue k un autre genre de sophisme, puisque 
nous nous resignons k nous servir du terme exact ; c'est le 
sophisme de concomitance, pour I'appeler par son nom. — 
Pr6vost Paradol. 

Explain the term — le sophisme de concomitance. 
II. — Unpresobibed Passage. 

Le Moulin. 
t 
La nature est un grand artiste, quand on la laisse con- 
former elle-meme ses moyens k son but. Ce moulin en est 
la preuve. Je ne passe jamais par ce village sans admirer 
cette combinaison irreflechie, qui fait de cette construction 
du hasard un module de pittoresque raisonn6. Ainsi Thiver 
la riviere d^borde et noie les pres : il a fallu b&tir la 
maison au-dessus de ces d^bordements ; elle s'est assise 
par necessity sur le rocher, d'oii elle voit et d'oii elle 
est Yue. II a fallu que le courant de T^cluse tombdt 
sur les palettes de la roue du moulin pour faire mouvoir 
la meule : la maison a du tourner un de ses flancs k la 
riviere pour tendre sa roue d. Peau; T^cluse k mi-c6te, 
I'eau qui s'en ^chappe en faisant cascade centre les murs, 
les mousses verddtres qui s'y attachent et qui donnent aux 
soubassements I'apparence du vert antique ; les murmures 
et les ronflements de la chute du ruisseau impatient de 
jaillir de T^cluse; les scintillements de ses gouttes 
^cumeuses k travers les branches et sur les feuilles 
tremp^es des aunes; les rideaux de peupliers et de 
platanes qui ont pouss6 d'eux-memes, les pieds dans le 



484 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

ruisseau, et qui entre-croisent lenrs rameaux de diverses 
teintes sar le toit de tuiles rouges comme un second 
toit ; la cavity au flanc de la maison, d' oii le moyeu 
tend la roue k TMuse et qui ressemble k une grotte 
sombre voilee de brume ; le colombier qu'il a fallu aj outer 
ensuite au moulin, parce que le pigeon suit le grain qui 
tombe : toute cette fabrique, dis-je, d^fierait imagination 
d'un po^te ou d*un peintre de I'egaler en grdce et 

rusticity. — ^IlAMARTINE. 



GERMAIN. 

FmsT Papeb. 

Professor Steinbebger. 

Oegenflanbc ju cincm beutfd^cn Sluffa^ :— 

S)tc flttlid^c ©rogc ber Spl^tgente auf Zaurt^. 
S)tc traurigen golgen ber Unmcifligfett* 
35ann erjl geniefl* td^ meine^ Seben^ red^t, 
SBenn id§ mir*^ Jeben 2!ag auf^ neu evUnU. 

©driller, SBitl^elm ZtU. 

Second Paper. 

Mr. O'Sullivan. 

I. — Composition. 

1. Translate into German : — 

{a) The Duke was often consulted by parents and guardians 
as to the sort of training which boys ought to go through in 
order to fit them for the army. His answer was in every 
case the same : * Give your son the best education England 
can afford. Send him to a public school or to one of the 
universities. In this country an officer must be something 
more than a fighting machine, and should therefore acquire 
such knowledge and habits of thought as shall qualify him 
to fill, with credit to himself and benefit to the public, such 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 486 

poBition as governor of a colony, and to act, if called upon to 
do so, as a magistrate.' And on the advice he gave to others 
he himself acted. His sons went to Eton, their tutor being 
still retained to aid them in their studies ; and that -they did 
not fail to make good use of their time I have shown else- 
where. They proceeded next to Oxford, where they were 
entered at Christ Church. 

It is well known that after a while the Duke withdrew 
his sons from Oxford, and sent them to complete their edu- 
cational course at Cambridge. The reasons which induced 
him to take this step have never been fairly stated, and 
censure has accordingly been meted out in a wrong direction. 

(h) For a thousand years the story of the Kohinoor has 
been a tragic romance. The ownership of this peerless gem 
was never the less coveted because it brought with it sure 
misfortune to the wearer. The baneful power was doubtless 
given it by Krishna when the wild Delhi Chief wrested it 
from the god, the original possessor — as legend tells. By 
theft, and never by heritage, did it pass from owner to owner, 
until, in 1526, it came into the chronicles of the great 
Mogul empire, and into history. In that year, Baber, 
founder of the empire, invaded the Punjaub, part of the 
domain of the Emperor Ibrahim. Encountering the Emperor's 
army, he routed it. 

II. — History op the Language. 

2. Explain the consonantal changes which took place in the 
following words in their development from the Teutonic : — 
Olaud§, l^offcH/ Shjetg/ mejfen; ^Jffug/ jletig/ hjalten. 

3. Explain historically the forms : — fleugt/ ftk^U piegen. 

4. Distinguish the three classes of Old German weak 
verbs. How are such modem forms as Itamikf faiibte 
explained ? 

5. Comment on the forms Slgenitut; @rt)enfo]^n/ 2Ronben^ 
fd^ein/ S^erjen^/ griet)en, SBaffe. 

6. Treat of the origin of adverbs and of the definite and 
indefinite article. 

y 



486 EXAMINATION FOR THE B.A. DEGREE. 

7. Commeiit on the formation of txn% ^offaxt, (EHanb; and 
give the etymology of Rreuj, Zi\ijf ?JfaIj/ gffig, @petfe. 

8. What provinces were won for the language during the 
Middle High German period ? 

9. Give an account of the influence of French on the 
language of the Middle High German period. 

III.— Faust. 

10. Give a brief account of the development of the Faust 
legend before Goethe's time. 

11. When was Faust : A Fragmtni published ? Name the 
principal scenes which composed it. 

12. In what respects does Goethe's Fawt represent the 
Sturm und Drang period ? 

13. Describe the scene in Auerbach's Cellar. 

14. Translate into English : — 
SScrufe nid^t btc hJol^IJefanntc Sd^ar^ 

2)ic jfeomenb pd§ m 2)unjlfrcte uBertreitet, 

2)em SKcnfd^en taufenbfattigc ©efa^r, 

SSon alien Snben l^er, Bereitct* 

8on SRorben bringt ber fd^arfe ©eiflerjal^n 

2luf btd^ ^erfietf vaXi )}fet(gefpt^ten Sungen; 

SSon 3Borgen jiel^^n^ ^ertrotfnenb/ fie l^eran 

Unb nS§ren fl^ s^m beinen Sungen ; 

SBcnn fic ber mxii^x^ (xvA ber SBiifle fd^tfft, 

2)ic @Int auf ®Iut urn beinen ®i^t\it\ l^aufen/ 

<So (ringt ber 2Befl ben @(ISkoatm/ ber erfi erquicft/ 

Urn bid^ unb 3elb unb SSue ju erfaufen. 

@ie ^oren gern, jum @d§aben fro^ gcmanbt/ 

©el^ord^en geru; hjetf fie un^ gern Betrugen, 

@le peien hjle »om ^immel fld^ gefanbt, 

Unb fifpeln engltfd^/ hjenn f!e lugen. 

2)od§ gel^en tt)tr ! Srgraut ifl fd^on bie SBett/ 

T)ie Suft geftt^tt, ber 8e6el fSOt ! 

am atenb fc^afet man erfl ba^ 5>au^. 



autumn, 1906— honoubb. 467 

Thibd Papeb. 
Pbopessor Cadic. 

I. — LiTEBATUBE Ain) PBESCBIBED AUTHOBS. 

1. Trace the origin of Schiller's hatred of despotism, and 
write a short note on the influence of that hatred upon his 
works. 

2. Treat of the merits of * Wilhelm Tell ' as a work of art. 

3. What is the moral which stands out from Schiller's 
* Braut von Messina ' ? 

4. Give the chief characteristics of Goethe's Iphigenie and 
Schiller's Beatrice, 

5. Outline the character of Isahella in * Die Braut von 
Messina.' 

6. Treat of the influence of Hans Sachs upon Goethe. 

7. What influence was exercised on Wieland by his stay 
at Klosterhergen ? 

8. What do you know of Oberamtmann Eollmaus and his 
wife ? 

IT. — Unpbesobibed Passage. 

9. Translate into English :— 

3m ©iaraunb^floHen; fagtc biefer, flnb cinjelne ©teBcn, hjo ber 
3entner Srj gctotg feine taufenb ®ulbcn hjertl^ fctn mag, fo mtt 
®oIb ifl bort ba« ©eflein burd^jogen. 2lud§ finb bte grje ^on 
bfefem ©toUen Uiiji ju fd^meljen — M aergflc ifl nm, ba jl bcr 
3ugang burd^ bic alien ©totten/ bic fctt cinem Sal^rl^unbert i?er* 
laffctt jlnb, gar fo gefal^ritd^ l^erfd^aut. SJud^ fann man im SSinttt 
niijt arJeiten, mil oft Sahjtncn afgel^en. Unb im ©ommer ffnb 
bic atmleutc uBeraH in ber SRal^e, bie o^nel^in auf bic ©ergfud^tigen 
laticrn. 3n anbcren ©totten hjare bicfc SStngelegcnl^cit tocniger 
i)or]^anben, after e^ ijl entn^eber ba« $otj ju felfen unb tl^euer ober 
e« jfnb anbere ^inberniffe. Unter bem ^eHfar^SBajfcrfaH in 
SRaf felb in ©aflein mare reic^e^ 3eug, after c^ ifl ungemein fd^Ied^t 
bort l^inaufjufommen. 2(ud^ njirb e^ an bem Ort fe§r \pat ei^frei. 
2)a« 6rj (iegt gerabe l^inter bem l^eraftflurjenben SBaffer. 3d^ 

y2 



488 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DBGBEE. 

fag' ttttr fo »icl/ nnttt funfjig gctraut pd^ Reiner f)in, benn bo^ 
®eh>anb ifl fleit unb aBfd^reffenb. Slel^rae id^ abtt aud^ bett gall 
ati/ e^ traut f!d^ gtner unb e^ ijermag ber @d§tt)inbel nid^t^ uBer 
il^n/ fo ifl e^ nod§ lang nid^t au^gemad^t^ oB er aud§ jum 6rj 
lommt 3d^ roeifl e^ ioon (Sinigen, bie bort gett^efen finb* S)ie 
l^aBcn eine ftul^l^aut Ui fld§ gel^aBt unb au^gefjjannt iiber bent 
Sopf getragen ivic eincn Slcgenfd^irm. 2)enn erfllid^ faUt fd^on 
ber SBajfcrfhral^t auf einen l^erunter^ bafi ©nem ^oren unb @e^en 
loergel^t unb nid^t kitfit ©ner ben @d^Iag »ertr5gt, unb bann 
Bringt ber aBajferfatt/ toenn er antii mv flein ifl/ bod^ ofter ©teine 
mit 



ITALIAN. 

First Paper. 

Professor Steinberger. 

Svolgere in italiano uno dei temi seguenti : — 
II risorgimento della lingua e letteratura irlandese. 
I piaceri della campagna. 
L'eruzione del Vesuvio. 



Second Paper. 

Professor Butler. 

I. — Composition. 

The clock at the top of the first flight of stairs between 
the first floor and the second struck half-past one as Silla 
entered the room assigned to him, yet he had no desire 
for sleep. Upright and motionless he looked fixedly at the 
flame of the candle, as though that bright light could have 
cleared away the mists that dulled his brain. Suddenly he 
pulled himself together, took the candle and set out upon 
a voyage of discovery, which turned out less instructive 



AtJTUMN, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 489 

perhaps, but more thrilling than the famous one of Count 
de Maistre. The room was large, lofty, square. A heavy 
carved wooden bedstead ; opposite the bed, between the 
windows, a chest of drawers with a white marble top; 
above this, in a gilt frame, the reflection of a strange 
figure, half in light, half in shade, moving with a candle 
in its hand ; an escritoire, some big chairs and arm-chairs ; 
these were the only objects that showed up out of the 
darkness beneath the inquisitive light which ran along the 
walls, now ascending, now descending, now in curves, like 
the uncertain light of a will o' the wisp. At the top of the 
bed hung an admirable painting, the head of an angel 
praying, after the school of Guercino. The expression was 
that of complete abandonment ; in the half-closed mouth, 
the dilated nostrils, the almost passionate glance, could be 
seen the movement of intense supplication. One would 
have said that those pillows were accustomed to support 
the heads of great sinners, and that during the hours of 
slumber, when sinful schemes and actions are for the time 
laid aside, a spirit of mercy lifted its voice in prayer to 
God for them. 

II. — HiSTOBT OF THE ITALIAN LaNOUAOB. 

1. Give the chief points in which Vulgar Latin differed 
from Classical Latin. 

2. What reasons can be given to account for the 
comparative stability of the Italian language since the time 
of Dante ? 

8. Give some account of the disputes as to what is the 
standard literary language of Italy. 

4. How do you account for the forms — vedo, veggio, 
valgo, vaglia, sappia ? 

6. Give the derivation of — alloro, chiesa, Puglia, spedale, 
vemo. 

6. How are the four regular Latin conjugations repre- 
sented in Italian ? 

Give some examples of verbs which have changed from 
one conjugation to another in passing into Italian. 



4M EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

7. What is the origin of the Italian system of forming 
past tenses by means of auxiliary verbs ; and of forming 
adverbs from adjectives by means of the termination mente ? 

8. Mention some of the most common prefixes in Italian, 
with their origin and meaning. 

III. — Dante, Purgatorio. 

1. Translate into English : — 

{a) Maggiore aperta molte volte impruna 
Con una forcatella di sue spine, 
L' uom della viUa, quando V uva imbruna, 

Che non era lo calle, onde saline. 
Lo duca mio ed io appresso soli, 
Come da noi la schiera si partine. 

Vassi in Sanleo, e diseendesi in Noli : 
Montasi su Bismantova in cacume 
Oon esso i pi^ : ma qui convien, ch* uom voli. 

(J) Deh ! se giustizia e pietJ. vi disgrevi 
Tosto, si che possiate muover V ala, 
Che secondo '1 disio vostro vi levi ; 

Mostrate, da qual mano inver la soala 

Si va piii corto ; e se c' ^ piii d' un varco, 
Quel ne 'nsegnate, ohe men erto cala : 

Che questi, che vien meco, per lo 'ncarco 
Della came d' Adamo, onde si veste, 
Al montar su contra sua voglia i parco. 

(o) Nell' ora credo, che dell' oriente 

Prima raggi6 nel monte Citerea, 

Che di fuoco d' amor par sempre ardente ; 

Giovane e bella in sogno mi parea 
Donna vedere andar per una landa, 
Cogliendo fiori, e cantando dlcea, 

Sappia qualunque '1 mio nome dimanda, 
Ch' io mi son Lia, e vo movendo 'ntomo 
Le belle mani a farmi una ghirlanda. 

Per piacermi alio specchio, qui m'adorno : 
Ma mia suora Eachel mai non si smaga 
Dal suo miraglio, e siedetntto giorno. 



AUTUMN, 1906 ^HONOUES. 491 

2. Write philological notes on the words landa, suora^ 
rmragUo in extract (c). 

3. What poets, natives of Italy or foreigners, are met 
with or alluded to by Dante in the Purgatorio ? 

4. Describe the various divisions of the mountain of 
Purga;tory. What principle has Dante followed, as ex- 
plained by him in Canto xvii., in the distribution of the 
simiers into various classes ? 



Third Papee. 
Me. 0' Sullivan. 

I. — LiTEEATUEE AND AuTHOES. 

1. GHive an account of the works of Pulci and Boiardo. 

2. Discuss the Italian pastoral drama of the sixteenth 
centttty. 

3. Show how the Gerusalemme Liberata is influenced by 
the spirit of the poems of chivalry. 

4. Give a general account of the state of Italian literature 
in the seventeenth century. 

5. Discuss the importance of Parini in the history of 
Italian literature. 

6. Give an account of Pietro Metastasio and his works. 

7. Compare Alfleri and Manzoni as dramatists. 

8. {a) Translate into English : — 

Dove in passando le vestigia ei posa, 
Par ch' ivi scaturisca o che germoglie. 
Lk s' apre il giglio, e qui spunta la rosa ; 
Qui sorge un fonte, ivi un ruscel si scioglie ; 
E sovra e intomo a lui la selva annosa 
Tutta parea ringiovenir le foglie. 
S' ammoliscon le scorze, e si rinverde 
Piu lietamente in ogni pianta il verde. 

Eugiadosa di manna era ogni fronda : 
E distillava dalle scorze il mele, 
E di novo s' udia quella gioconda 



492 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

Strana armonia di canto e di querele. 
Ma il coro uman ch' ai cigni, all' aura, all onda 
Eacea tenor, non sa dove si cele : 
Non sa yeder chi formi umani accent!, 
N^ dove siano i musici stromenti. 
\ Tasso. 

(b) Si ripose in cammino. Gli occorreva ora dare tntta 
la sua attenzione al sentiero per non smarrirlo, per non 
precipitare. I campicelli di Gandria finiscono presto. Poi 
yengono fratte folte, pendenti sopra il lago, valloncelli 
franosi, mascherati dal bosco, che roinano diritti al basso. 
In quei passaggi Franco era costretto di menar le braccia alia 
cieca per abbrancar un ramo, poi un altro, cacciar il viso nel 
fogliame che almeno aveva V odore deUa Valsolda, trascinarsi 
di pianta in pianta, tastar coi piedi il suolo, non senza 
terrore di sprofondare, cercar le traccie del sentiero. II suo 
fardello era piccino ma pure gli dava impaccio. E gli dava 
noia quelle Btormir delle f rascbe al suo passaggio ; gli pareva 
che dovesse udirsi lontano, sui monti e sul lago, nel silenzio 
religiose della notte. — ^Piccolo Mondo Ain:ico. 

II. — ^Unpeesckibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

Da tutte le parti piovono raggi e chiarori dilEusi che fanno 
brillare i caratteri dorati e i rivestimenti lucidi delle facciate, 
come se tutto fosse fosforescente. I chioschi, che si allun- 
gauo in due file senza fine, rischiaratididentro, coi lore yetri 
H mille colon, simili a enormi lanteme chinesi piantate in 
terra, o a teatrini trasparenti di marionette, danno alia strada 
Taspetto fantastico e puerile d' una festa orientale. 

I reflessi infiniti dei cristalli, i mille punti luminosi che 
traspaiono fra i rami degli alberi, le iscrizioni di fuoco che 
splendono sui frontoni dei teatri, il movimento rapidissimo 
delle innumerevoli fiammelle delle carozze, che sembrano 
miliardi di lucciole mulinate dal vento, le lanteme porporine 
delgi omnibus, le grandi sale ardenti aperte sulla strada, le 
botteghe che somigliano a cave d'oro e d' argento incandes- 
cente, le centomila finestre illuminate, gli alberi che paiono 
accesi ; tutti questi splendori teatraU, frastagliati dalla 
verzura, che lascia vedere ora si ora no le illuminazioni 



▲txTUMN, 1906 — ^HONotms. 498 

lontane, e presenta lo spettacolo ad apparizioni successive; 
tutta questa luce rotta, rispecchiata, variopinta, mobilissima, 
pioYuta e saettata, raccolta a torrent! e sparpagliata a stelle 
e a diamauti, produce la prima yolta un' impressione di cui 
non si pu6 dare V idea. Par di vedere un solo immenso f uoco 
d' artifizio che debba spegnersi improvyisamente e lasciare 
tutta la citt4 sepolta nel fumo. 



IRISH. 

EnusT Fafeb. 

Bey. Pbofbssob Hooan ; Db. Douglas Htde. 

I. 

Translate into English : — 
Qcdit) 6ip5 aip na pptiiUib 05 I6iinpi$ 50 ItStrhup, 
Cd'n c-6clipp jan pitincap 05 ini6ea6c; 
Cd poebup 05 mtipgailc, 'p an c-^apga 50 cium-;5lan, 
Q^\* 6anlai6 n a 0(1150 50 poiciih. 
Cdit) pgaoC bea6 05 ctiiplms aip ^^a^aib ip tip-Jlap, 
Cd p6ap ajup t)pt!i6c aip no rnonsaib 
6'p c6ile t)on Tn-l)pt!ina6 t, R6alcan na ITluThan 
'8 gaol gedpp t)o'n t)iuic o Chill-Chainni J. 

Cd bfogab ann 506 cdrh-lag 'p 5poi6e-6nQic 50 ldit)ip, 

'8 an n-seiitipeab C15 bide aip 506 bile; 

Cill 6aip 6 cdplai J, a 5-cuibpea6 50 5pd6Thap, 

Le RtJ 6ille h-dipne dp j-Cupab; 

Nt'l 6a5c6ip Od lua6 'juinn, cd paocab aj cpuajaib, 

6n P56al nua6 po luaibceap le bponjaib, 

Qip p6apla 65 mnd uaiple (a t)6 61I cabaip buaib bi) 

Qn 6paob cuiiipa ip uaiple a 5-C1II ChainniJ. 

Aodhagdn Rathailh, 

11. 
Cab € an ocdm ap a ^nbeapnab an bdn puap le 
h-Qobajan, agup cia h6 an t)itiic o 6ill-6ainni J ? 

2/8 



494 EXAlffXNATiaN FOB THE B.A. DBGBElB. 

III. 

Translate into English : — 

TTiaRfiHa DianmuDa ui Laogame on Cilmn. 

Cp6at) an pfo&-bpac niihe po aip p6&la, 
6eip an c-iapcap t)ia6pac t)e6pac, 
Qn c-eu5 cp6 piciO na conna 50 gldpac, 
Qp O'puig an liluiha a 5-ouiha 50 bp6na6? 

Cd p56iih na bplaiceap aip lapa& map I66pann, 
Q'p ppao6 na paipge ag caipmipc le peopcam, 
6in a 5-cpeacaib le anaice ag c6ihpac, 
Q'p cp6a6ca an caloiih ag ppeagaipc 'p 05 p65aipc. 

RaobaiO pgamaill, ip pgapait) le p6ppa, 
Cdio caopa ppapa t)d g-cai^eaTh arp b6i6pib, 
56iTn n<k $56al3 50 Ceallaib aip c6m-6lop, 
Qn t>6i$ an maipb map meopaiO ludc e6laip. 

5lia& na nbtjl ip ctJip a 5-c6ihpaic, 
t)iapmuit) pionn 'p^Ti tiip niact)6ihnaiU, 
Capabuncal, cpti na m6p-plaic, 
Ip peapa6ti ndp pmuin beir pe6llca. 

RfS-lao6 cogaib map $oll THac THdpna, 
PpiOTii-$eu5 ponaip ba& popOa ba domgup 
5aip5t&eac na bpat)-p5pfob bo c6!h-6iip 
51'ecicui60 agup cai6-milea6 p6ipnipc. 

Lf na leacam bob parhail le p6p-luib, 

Q5 coiTheapgap caca le pneqcca na I6buib, 

Incleacc peabaic ip aigne leogain, 

'O luigtn a bacaip 50 pacailc a bpdige ; 

bab gptob a b-cpeapaib, paoi calma cp6&a, 
pto6ihap neapcThap a-5-ca6aib 'p a 5-coihlann, 
R1o5a6 peap5a6 a 5-caipmipc 'p a n-gledcib, 
N^maabea6, ppeagnad, peapomod, p6ppa6. 



AUtUMN, 1906 — HOKOtJRS. 49S 

IJ6! mo6ia6! mo pi an ! mo &e6pa! 
U6 bia6pa6 cu a ^lapmuit) mic t)6Thnaill! 
Tno f 5iac-6upat!> a n-gliaft-cup, mo leogan, 
VDo 6pann bagaip, mo caca 'p T^o l6cpaTm. 

bpdcaip poop Ui N^ill na 06150, ^ 

Ui bpiain Qpa, Ui Cealla, 'p Ui D6mnaiU, 

itlic na niapa bo paOab na pe6ibe, 

Qp c6ile cneapba na Cappaige pe6lca. 

bpdfeaip 5pd6a6 itlic Cdpca m6ip cu, 
Qy Tilic (ydjita na l)lapnan ndp le6na&, 
itlic Cdpfca 6alla6 6inn 6ainb na 5-c6ippea6, 
Qp Ttlic Cdp6a na mamge mtn macanca Tti6&Ttiaip, 

AodhagAn Rathaille. 

IV. 

Cia h-6 ap ap pgptob Qobagdn an Lfno peo ? — 
*lp iom6o mapb bo ihaipb an mapb po ptjc-a a Ifog.' 



Cia 'n uaip bubaipc Qobagdn an pann po ? — 
* Ip maic bo fcopab a 6painn 
Rac bo fcopaib ap 506 aon 6paoib ; 
ITIo cpea6! gan cpamn Innpe pdil 
Ldn bo b' copa& 506 aon Id.' 

VI. 

Translate into Irish : — 

But, after a few years, harsh measures were again used. In 
1339, there was universal war in Ireland. Some of the 
Geraldines joined with the Irish fought the Earl of Desmond ; 
the O'Dempseys and the people of Kildare were at war ; and 
the next year the MacMurroughs and the O'lToIans continued 
the war upon the English. These constant wars, this per- 
petual unrest, the shrinkage of his territories in Ireland 
drained the resources, as well as tried the patience, of the 
English king. 



496 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

VII. 

Cat) ip ciall t)o'n pocal * Comat),* nuaip cpd6cap ap 
pannaigea6c na ngae&eal? 

. YIII. 

Ssptob pfop ceacpaiha ap bic acd cumca i nt)eibi&e, 
1 mfnig bligce i piagla na pannaiS©acca pm. 

IX. 

Cat) f an t)icpip it)ip an Rannaigea6c ltl6p agup an 
Rannaigeacc beag? 

Second Papeb. 

Rev. Pbofessor Hogan; Db. Douglas Hyde. 

Sspfob cpd6cap i njaebilg ap 6eipc ap bi6 t)e na 
cjif ceipceannaib, Leanap : — 

(a) 6puil 0U-P501I eile ag ceapcdil 6 mumncip na 
b-6ipeann ? 

(5) 6puil caipbedncap t)ednc(jp a^up eappab 05 
ceapcdil uamn anoip ? 

{e) Na leabpa nua&-$ae&il5e t)o cdmig ania6 
anuppaig agup 1 mblia&na. 



Third Paper. 
Rev. Professor Hogan ; Dr. Douglas Hyde. 



Write notes on— (a) the battlefield of Eosna Rig ; {li) the 
Mss. that contain an account of the battle ; {c) the warriors 
and chiefs who fought there. 



▲UTUMK, 1906 — HONOUBS. 497 

II. 

Grive (d) a brief summary of Cath Ruis na Rig ; {$) and of 
Moirthimchell Erenn UiU. 

III. 
Translate into English : — 

{a) * t)a coppec meicc tYlasach 
in pluag bpocla bdjach, 
but) cpobeps al-lamach 
1 each Ruipp na Rtg.' 

* Dimbtiait) pip ppich-popc Tnabma. 
maibm pia figntjpib. 
6cbat) n-epp-aipm. 
giUanpat) bi-aipm. 
bichpa pebma puibb bo anochc. 
pollogob p6ile. pich ppi gelcaib. 
gaip pi bogup. 
bdl pi bimbuaib.' t). 

(Jb), Cancacap pempu co Cempaig apip. 'TTlaich dm 
mci po-b6i anb-po co n-a bpachpib. Rapa leo-pum 
hepiu ' : I acbepc na bpiachpa : — 

^Tjjii meicc Ropa Ruaib in pij 
gabpac m cfp buibnib pel : 
pinb 1 n-Qlmb, Qilill i Cpuaieh, 
Capppe chuaib i Cemaip bpeg. 
In n-oen peehc eomcepbcip a ngnim 
a cpiap bpachap im each 5le6, 
m oen-peehc bobepcip a mbaig, 
ba cpichail oen-mucci leo. 
bacap 'n-a cpi n-uachnib oip 
im a cilchaib, buan in bale ; 
ip bepn 1 n-a conjaib cacha 
o pochepa m cpep mace' C. 

Qham pltSageb cacha pmbchopab, ec m cpom-longep 
cimchell i Connachcaib, -| Cach na TTlaecpaibe. 



498 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DSGBEfi. 

(c) Cit) cpa ache ipp-anb-pin acchonOaipc Qchepne 
Qlgeppach Cti Chulaint) ba paigit). ' In each bap ch' 
aepam, a Chti Chulainb,' bap Qichepm Qlseppach. 
*ba chuca Oam-pa 6n,' ale bap Cti ChulamO. Inunt) 
p6n I baic Ofm. * Qehc Oobepim-pe mo bpechip pip,' 
ap Ctj Chulaint), * naeh pail bo Ulcaib nech bobepa a 
agio popm-pa ap-pin chach-pa, ap nab qieppiu plaibpec- 
pa caeh pep b'f^epaib hepenb na each pep bfbpiuin.' 
Ip anb pabepc Cti Chulainb b6nn b*a lopjgepcaip bap 
na pluagaib, copbbap comapbba comchuibbi lac. 

Imchupa Conaill punb mnoppa. Came po na 
pluagaib "I bobepc cocecal a chlaibib poppu, eo copch- 
pacap beich c6c pep n-apmach leip. Ra-chuala pain 
Capppe Nia pep cocecal claibib Conaill Cepnaig, 7 
mpbpulngichep bo Chaipppiu Niaib pep epibe icip. 
Ma CO came peme co haipm ip-paibe Conall. Gc 
cucapcap pciach ppi pciach i b6ic ppi b6ic "| einech ppi 
einech, 7 po-gab each bfb oc plaibe 7 oc plechcab 
apaile. Coclop gld-b^im pc6ich, pceich Caipppe Niab 
Pep pd befp claibib Conaill. 

IV. 

Parse the underlined words. 

Explain the t). and C at the end of the yerses. Write 
down and identify eight places mentioned in dUh £uts na 
Rig. 

V. 
Translate into English : — 

06ai$ 6tlinn 'con piibaip pinb, 
puapamap bia& ocup linn, 
bonpuachcap cuipc ap bcai$e 
6 piojpaibh pe\\t Oppaige. 

Cuccabh luach a bpailce 601b, 
b'Oppaighib ipin choih5ail, 
nt 6eachaibh peap btob ba choi$ 
5an aipcce6 n-aloinn n^eppaibh. 



MSHTJWSfy 1906 HONOURS. 49d 

06015b btimn 1 TTlui^ Qipb uaip 
ic cibpaccnb bpiocam buain, 
abaigh ic cldp Doipe ih6ip 
po puapaniap aji n-on6ip. 

Caipgecap coint)iheat)h ip cuaipc 
CO poppailibh CO pfoppuaipc 
t)6ipi pip muman maichi 
bonpuachcap a nbeo$f^laichi. 

Q&ai^h buinn i TTlxng peiimn 
CO beapb ocup co beiihin, 
a6ai5h hi Caipiul TlluThan, 
ann po maice an Tn6p-pht]&ap. 

VI. 

Translate into English : — 

Ip achep in gdich innochc, popuapnc paipsgae 
pmbpolc, 

ni dgop p6imm mopa minn bonb Idechpoib lamn ua 
Lochlmb. 

t)0Tnpapcai pibbaibce pdl; pomcham I6ib lum, Itiab 
nab c6l, 

huap mo lebpdn mb-lfnech pomcham cptpech mna 
n-6n. 

VII. 

Unpbescbibed Passage. 

Rucccb copp Qob Ruaib 50 Uallabolib, 50 ctiipc an 
^^5> hi gceichippiab cuThba6ca 50 bponjaib btpirhe bo 
Scaca, bo Choifiaiple i bo gapba an Rfg m a uipcim- 
6eall 50 locpannaib lapaitinaib, 50 pubpallaib polupcaib 
bo 66ip 6aaoTh-alainn ap corhlapab bo 506 leic 66. Ro 
ha6na6c lapam 1 maimpcip S. pponpeip ipm gCaipiccil 
bo ponnpab 50 Tnta6a6 mbp on6pa6 lonnap ap oipihib- 
ni$e po ha6na6c aoin neac bo 5^oi6elaib picm. T^o 



500 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DBGBBS. 

ceilebpa6 oipppmn, claifcecal 7 cancaice ceolbiTine 
t)o pdic a anma 7 po ^abab a 6ccnaipc aihail po bob 
Otp. — Four MasterSy vi. 2296. 

VIII. 
(a) Parse pomcbain, lae6paiD, p^imm, of No. VI. 
{h) Decline fally in the singular — in plige, in chachip, 
in coimciu. 

scam. 

IX. 
Cia an c-am agup cat) 6 an 6aoi ap cuipeab chum 
bdip Sean Ua N61II, ea66n, Sedn an t)toniaip? 

X. 

Sgpfob cunncap geapp ap 6ea6a QobUi N61II, lapla 
Ctpe 6ogain. 

MENTAL AND MORAL SCIENCE. 



LOGIC. 
Bbv. Pbof. Gbonin ; Pbof. Maoennis ; Pbof. Pabk. 

1. If we define Logic as ' the Science of the Forms of 
Thought,' what Forms of Thought must be considered in 
(1) Formal Logic, (2) Material Logic or Logic of Induc- 
tion? 

2. Determine briefly, by reference to the general prin- 
ciples of syllogistic reasoning (not by reference to the 
mnemonic lines), what the premiss of a valid syllogism 
must be if the conclusion and the other premiss are repre- 
sented by the same symbolic letter. 

8. Show briefly that, if the premisses of a vaUd syllo- 
gistic mood are simply convertible, the mood must be valid 
irrespective of the hmitations of figure ; 

Discuss how far, if at all, the theory of existential 
import affects your doctrine of valid inference* 



AUTUMN, 1906 — H0N0UB8. 501 

4. State and examine any two views of the Dilemma 
with which you are acquainted. 

5. A distinction is usually drawn between Induction 
and what are kilown as ' operations subsidiary to Induc- 
tion.' Emphasise the points which, in your view, are the 
basis of this distinction. 

6. Discuss the value of ' The Common Consent of Man- 
kind ' as a criterion of objective truth. 



METAPHYSICS. 

Rev. Pbofessob Dablington ; Rev. Pbofbssob Woodbubn. 

[Candidates mil answer on two sections only, one of which 
must be section A,'\ 

Section A. 

1. Discuss two of these statements : — 

(a) 'One should not entertain any proposition with 
greater assurance than the proofs it is built on will 
warrant.' 

{h) ' We might as well talk of degrees of truth, as of 
degrees of assent.' 

(c) < To say, as Newman does, that there is no ultimate 
test of truth beside the testimony borne to truth by the 
mind itself, is to make of truth something subjective and 
variable.' 

2. Write notes on the following : — 

(a) < Touch is the universal sense ; for the other senses 
are modifications of touch.' 

{h) * None of our senses can give us genuinely objective 
perception : objectivity belongs exclusively to intellectual 
cognition.' 

8. Write a note on the Relativity of Knowledge ; 
Or, 

Discuss : — 

< Necessary beliefs are due to ancestral experiences of 
uniformities of Nature.' 



502 examination fob the b.a. degbee. 

Section B. 

[For Candidates who take Course L in Calendar.] 

4. (a) * The proofs from reason for the existence of God 
tell us something of His Nature and Attributes.' Is there 
any proof which gives, at once and immediately, not only 
the existence, but also the nature and attributes of God ? 

(6) <A watch which could think would have as much 
right to argue that the watchmaker is made up of springs 
and wheels, as we have to speak of intelligence, free-will, 
and so forth in God.' How would you reply to this objec- 
tion? 

5. How would you establish, or, if need be, refute, the 
following statements ? — 

(a) * The soul is the efficient, formal, and final cause of 
the body.' 

(b) ' The object desired is the occasion, not the coMse^ 
of appetition.' 

6. Discuss, noticing other views : — 

* The theory of moderate realism alone makes any 
science of the particular possible.' 

Section C. 
[For Candidates who take Cov/rse 11. in Calendar.] 

7. Discuss: — 

* If space and time are conditions of aU existence, they 
must be conditions of the existence even of God. We can 
avoid this conclusion only by saying that space and time 
are not objective forms of all things, but subjective forms 
of our outer, as well as of our inner, perceptions.' 

Explain what Eant means by (a) axioms of perception, 
or (b) analogies of experience. 

8. Write notes on two of the following : — 

(a) * The bodily organism must be a very prominent 
constituent of the self.' 



AUTUMN, 1906 ^HONOUKS. 508 

(b) ' The thought of self always inyolves the thought of 
manifold and complex relations to other selves.* 

(c) ' The total self is broken up into a number of partial 
selves.' 

(d) ' Transfigured realism is different from natural 
realism.' 

9. Distinguish, with examples, (a) between primary and 
secondary meaning ; and (b) between contiguity and 
similarity as different forms of association of ideas. 



ETHICS. 

Rev. Pbofessob Dabungton ; Rev. Pbofessob Woodbubn. 

[Candidates will answer on two sections onlyy one of which 
must be section A.] 

Section A. 

1. ' If perfection and happiness are coincident, we might 
find a link between the theory of duty and the utilitarian 
theory of self-interest.' 

Discuss the possibility of such a reconciliation. * 

2. Write a note on : — 

< The distinctive point of Hobbism lies not in his Epi- 
curean theory, but in the doctrine that the reasonableness 
of moral rules is entirely conditional on their general 
observance.' 

8. Examine any two of the following fonnulsB : — 

(a) ' Our consciousness tells us we are free : our reason 
that we are bound.' 

(b) * The Kantian doctrine of free-wiU must be carefully 
distinguished from the ordinary free-will theory.' 

(c) ' Freedom of will is neither a constituent element, 
nor even a necessary condition, of morality.' 



504 examination fob the b.a. deobee. 

Section B. 
IFor Candidates who take Course L in Calendar.'] 

4. Discuss : — 

* K we reject the belief that the Moral Order, which we 
see imperfectly realised in the actual world, is yet really 
perfect, the cosmos of Duty is reduced to a chaos, and our 
belief in the intrinsic reasonableness of moral conduct 
must fall.' 

5. Write notes on three of the following : — 

(a) * The good for every man must be his own good ; 
now, every man is all men, or, as we say, man. Therefore 
the good for man is the good of each man.' 

(b) ' The vicious man may do a virtuous action, but not 
an act of virtue.' 

(c) ' The imperative of Duty is not a first principle, for 
it is obviously a consequence.' 

(d) ' The moral intention specifies the human act.' 

6. Criticise: — 

' True liberty is the transfer of obedience from the will 
of one man, or of a few men, to that of the norm, oi rule 
for all men.' 

What conceptions of law and liberty make the co- 
existence of both possible ? 

Is it true that ' a wise legislation will increase the area 
of restraint, in order to increase the area of liberty' ? 

Section C. 
[For Candidates who take Course II. in Calendar.'] 

7. Explain briefly at least three moral theories to which 
the term Utilitarianism has been applied. 

Discuss : — 

< Pains are the correlatives of actions injurious to the 
organism, while pleasures are the correlatives of acts 
conducive to its welfare.' 



AUTUMN, 1906 H0N0UB8. 606 

8. How does Sidgwick avoid the 'inevitable circle* in 
Green's account of the good ? 

Discuss the solution which he offers. 

9. Write notes on two of the following : — 

(a) * Butler's Sermons contain several principles which 
are worthy of the name of discoveries.' 

{b) * *' I ought to do something," meant originally that 
I should suffer, if I did not do it : but now the notion 
'' ought " does not possess this implication.' 

(o) ' We can exhibit a self-evident element in the com- 
monly recognised principles of prudence, justice, and 
benevolence.' 



HISTORY OP PHILOSOPHY. 

Bev. Pbofessob Obonin ; Pbofessob Magennis ; 
Pbofessob Pabk. 

[Candidates will answer on two sections only, one of which 
must be Section A,] 

Section A. 

1. (a) In what sense was *the phenomenal world' of 
Plato real and divine ? 

(6) Why did Plato * turn scornfully away from the world 
of becoming to the world of Being ' ? 

2. (a) « In lazy apathy let Stoics boast 

Their virtue fixed, 'tis fixed as in a frost.' 
Show, by reference to the Stoic doctrines of Virtue and 
Will, the inexactness of this criticism. 

(b) Compare the Stoic doctrines of Will and Virtue with 
Kant's conception of Virtue and its relation to the Will. 

8. State briefly what problems were presented, or dis- 
cussed, in any fov/r of the following works : — Thecetetiis, 
Meno, Isagoge, An Inquiry into the Human Mind, 
Bicherche de la Veriti, Thiodic^, Alciph/ronf Intellectual 
System of the Universe. 



506 examination fob the b.a. degree. 

Section B. 

4. Give a short account of one leading Theory of the 
Beautiful put forward in the Scholastic period, 

5. Write a brief history of the conflict of opinion (in the 
prescribed period) concerning the notion of Being. 

6. Sketch briefly the developments of Psychology in the 
Scholastic period. 

Section C. 

7. Annotate historically the statement that *The 
Cartesian antithesis between matter and mind gave place 
quickly to the distinction between thought and sense.' 

8. How did Kant correlate *the three branches of 
fallacious Metaphysics' with *tbe three logical forms of 
reasoning ' ? 

9. Annotate : — 

(a) ' Beid's Common Sense is not that of the vulgar, as 
contrasted with the philosopher.' 

(b) ^ The whole doctrine of Leibnitz regarding the human 
soul and its attributes follows consistently from his theory 
of Monads.' 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 



HI8T0BY. 

First Paper. 

Professor Carbery ; Bev. B. J. Semple. 

1. Belate the events which led to the dismissal from office 
of (a) Lord Bacon, and (6) Sir Edward Coke, 

2. Write notes on the Test Act ; the Occasional 
Conformity Act ; the Toleration Act of 1689. 

3. Enumerate the more important Acts passed by the 
Cavalier Parliament, and relate the events connected with 
its dissolution. 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOURS. 507 

4. Oive instances of the actual or contemplated creation 
of peers for the purpose of securing a majority in Parlia- 
ment, and explain the object and nature of Stanhope's 
Peerage Bill (1719). 

6. Give a brief account of the struggle between Wilkes 
and the House of Commons. How far were the proceedings 
of the Commons in this case unconstitutional, and when 
were they reversed ? 

6. Comment upon the right of the Crown to dismiss a 
Ministry, with special reference to the events of 1783 and 
1834. 

7. Give an account of Lord Palmerston's foreign policy. 

8. Give an account of the state ^of the representative 
system, and of the agitation for Parliamentary reform in 
Ireland during the years which immediately follow the 
granting of legislative independence. 



Second Paper. 
Professor Carbery ; Rev. R. J. Semple. 

1. Describe the claims put forward by Spain to the throne 
jof France on the assassination of Henry UI, and the 
efforts made to establish them. 

2. Trace the history of French intervention in the 
Thirty Years* War from the peace of Prague until the 
death of Richelieu. 

3. Sketch and criticise the conduct of the principal 
leaders in the War of the Fronde. 

4. Describe the services rendered by Napoleon on {a) the 
establishment, {b) the overthrow of the Directory. 

How is the eighteenth of Fructidor remarkable in French 
history ? 

6. Outline the chief events in the domestic and foreign 
policy of France from the second restoration of Louis XVIII 
until his death. What led to the removal of Decazes from 
the King's counsels ? 



508 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGBEE. 

6. Describe the efforts, open and diplomatic, of Joseph II 
to gain possession of Bavaria. How were his plans 
frustrated ? 

7. Trace the careers of Stein and Metternich. Compare 
the reforms of the former with those of Turgot. 

8. Write a note on the Burschenschaften, the Carlsbad 
Decrees, the Vienna Final Act. How is the Wartburg 
Festival famous in history ? 



TmBD Papeb. 
Pbofessob Cabbebt ; Bev. B. J. Seuple. 

ESSAT. 

Ireland in the Eighteenth Century. 



POLITICAL ECONOMY. 

FiBST Papeb. 
Rev. Pbofessob Finlay. 

1. Explain fully the differences in meaning between the 
terms — goods, wealth, property, income. 

2. Distinguish between value, and value in exchange; 
price and market price ; money and currency. 

3. What is meant by the term monopoly ? Mention some 
of the ways in which monopolies are secured. How are 
monopoly prices fixed ? 

4. Explain clearly what is signified by the following 
extract from 

The Coitbse of Exchange. 



On 1 Usance 


Prices. 




Paris. 1 Cheque. 
yf 3 months. 


25.29 
26.4oJ 


= Francs and Centimes for £1. 
- Francs and Centimes for £1. 



How is the difference in ^ prices ' accounted for ? 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 509 

6. Describe briefly the effects of the Industrial Revolution 
on the location and development of the Cotton Industry in 
England. 

6. Mention the advantages and disadvantages of Direct 
Taxation as contrasted with Indirect, and show that it is 
advisable to employ both forms. 



Second Paper. 
Pbofessob Gbahah. 

1. On what principles would you explain {a) the higher 
wages of skilled as compared with unskilled labourers; 
(J) the high earnings of leading K.C.s; {o) of the managers 
of trusts ? 

2. How is Gresham's Law shown to be true? What is 
the limitation to it? How would it operate under a Bi- 
metallic currency? 

3. Explain each of the following, and examine how far it 
is true : — "Wages tend to be equal (a) to the net product of 
Labour ; {h) to the Ricardian minimum ; (o) to the Wages 
Fund divided by the number of labourers. 

4. Within what limits and under what conditions is the 
doctrine of the Equality of Profits sustainable ? 

Give the substance of Professor Marshall's defence of the 
doctrine, and state how far you agree with it, together with 
your reasons. 

5. State the ecoiiomic advantages of Foreign Trade (a) as 
regards the Imports, (h) as regards the Exports. State also 
the classes of the community which are specially benefited 
in each case. 

How would you estimate the resultant Profit and Loss to 
a nation if a particular industry (^.^., glass) were crippled or 
destroyed by foreign competition ? 

6. State fully the doctrine of the Fall of Profits as held by 
Mill. 



510 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

What are the causes which retard the tendency to the fall, 
and how do they act ? 

Which of these causes have varied in force since Mill 
wrote, and how might we thence hope to test the truth 
of the doctrine ? 



GENERAL JURISPRUDENCE. 
Pbofessob Baxteb : Mb. Doyle. 

1. What is meant by b> juristic act 9 

What are the essentials or requisites of such an act ? 
Indicate some of the principal causes which may render 
an act void or voidable, 

2. Define an obligation. 

Classify obligations, with regard to their origin. 
How does Professor Holland classify the circumstances 
which terminate rights in personam ? 

3. What do you understand by (a) negligence, (b) con- 
tributory negligence, (c) a servitude, (d) usucapio ? 

4. Summarize Austin's statement of the analogy between 
' a so-called law set by general opinion ' and ' a law 
proper.' 

5. Distinguish (following Austin) between relative and 
absolute duties. 

In what cases are duties absolute ? 

6. How did Bentham regard < conscience or moral 
sense ' ? What standard of morality was proposed by 
him ? Give Graham's criticism of the proposal. 

7. {a) Explain Graham's statement that ' it would not 
be easy to hold the belief in socialism and sociology 
in the mind simultaneously.' 

[b) How does Mill criticise the suggestion that < if a good 
despot could be always available, despotic government 
would be the best ' ? 

8. (a) On what grounds does Maine explain the existence 
of a tendency towards political change ? 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOUBS. 611 

{b) In what sense and context does he say that < in all 
probability the possibilities of reform are strictly limited ? ' 

9. Briefly compare the views of Hobbes and Locke on 
Civil Government. 

10 (a) Shortly explain and illustrate Maine's dictum that 
the movement of the progressive societies has hitherto 
been a movement from status to contract. 

(6) How does he explain the connexion between Wills 
and Family Sacrificial Bites ? 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE. 



MATHEMATICS. 

First Pafeb. 

[Full credit mil be given for answering TmiEE-FouRTHs 
of this Pamper.] 

Section A. 

DlFFEEElTTIAL AND InTEGEAL CaLCULUS. 

Peofessoe McWebnbt. 

1. Show how to find maximum or minimum values of a 
function of two independent variables, giving Lagrange's 
condition. 

P is a point on the normal at to an ellipsoid. Prove 
that the distance from P to the surface is a maximum, 
a minimum, or neither at 0, according to the position of 
P with reference to the principal centres of curvature 
corresponding to 0, 

How are the results modified for a hyperboloid of one sheet ? 



2. If 

(1 - 2%x + z^y^ = 1 + Xi2 4- X^z^ + X^z^ -f . 



z2 



612 BZAifnfATicm fob the b.a. i»obee. 

prove that 

Show also that 

(n + 1) i+i - (2» + l)xX^ + nX^.i = 0. 
3. Show that when p + 1 and ^ + 1 are both positiye the 

w 

integral I ai^OcotflOdO is finite, and find its value in 

Gkunma FnnctionB. 
Prove that 

r ^^ (i» + l)irr ^^ ^ ^ »»+l . 

yz: -Z = C0S^ ; ^— \ -/===, whon < < J. 

Jo\/l-«* » Jo\/l + «^ » 



4. Find 
Prove that 



i: 



sinx , TT 
ax = -, 



I 

and deduce the value of 

C '^Bw?nx dx 

Jo X «iXLX 

where n is a positive integer. 



5. Prove, by transformation or otherwise, that the value 
of the donble integral 

dx dy 



w 



taken over the area of the curvilinear quadrilateral above 
the axis of x bounded by the confocal parabolas 

y' = 4»iaj + 4f»*, y' = 4na: + 4«*, y'=-4^a? + 4^, y'=-4$'ic + 4y*, 
is 4(v/w - y/n) {y/p - ^q). 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 618 

6. ProT6 Dirichlet's Theorem that the integral 

F{x + y + «) a;*-^ y"^^ 2*-^ dxdyds, 



Hi' 



the integration extending to all positive values of the variables 
such that X •¥ y + %<h, is equal to 

r(/ + w + ») Jo ^^ 

Find the value of 

the integration extending throughout the volume of the 
ellipsoid 

Seotion B. 

Solid Geometry. 

Pbovessob Bbomwioh. 

7. Pointe on the sphere «* + y* + «* =« 1 are projected 
from (0, 0, 1) as vertex on to the plane of xy ; prove that 
the coordinates of the projection of {x^ y, s) are 

i = x/il-%), ,-y/(l-«), 

and express a;, y, s in terms of i, tf. 

A right circular cylinder of radius a touches the sphere at 
the vertex (0, 0, 1) : prove that the projection of the curve 
of intersection is a hyperbola whose eccentricity is (1 - «)~^* 

8. Prove that if a>h> c, the plane 

x{a-h)^-¥z{b- c)^ ^p^a- cf 

cuts the surface ax^ + hy^ + cz^ = I ina circle of radius 
(1/3 - aep^/h^)^ ; and find the coordinates of its centre. 



514 KXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DKGBEE. 

9. Find the equatiooB to the generators of the hyperboloid 

«•/«* + yV^ - aVc* = 1 
which intersect at the point (a cosh 0^ 0, e sinh ff). 

If J = a, prove that the angle (w) between two generators 
and the distfuice (p) from their intersection to the centre are 
connected by the equation 

cos^^ or sin* ^ = «V(p' + O- 

10. Find the coordinates of the point of contact of the 
plane 2ir + my + iik = p with that paraboloid of the con- 
focal system 

«»/(a + X) + y»/(ft+X) = 2« + X 

which the plane touches. 

Prove thatif /, m, n are fixed and sach that /'+m'+n^a 1, 
the locns of the point of contact as p varies is a straight line 
with direction-cosines 2l», 2jnn, 2n* - 1. 

11. Prove that a quadric can be drawn to pass through 
the four sides AB^ BC, CD, DA of a twisted quadnlateral 
and any point not on these lines* 

Show that the centre of the quadric is on the line which 
bisects ^(7 and j92>. 

12. Let 2*, i\r, j9 be the ends of the radii of a unit sphere 
which are pandlel to the tangent, principal normal, and 
binormal at a point P of a twisted curve. Draw a diagram 
to show the directions of motion of Tj Ny B when P moves 
along the curve. Deduce Frenet^s f ormulse 

where ic, r are the curvature and torsion at F, and ^,^^22,^ 
are the cosines of the angles made by the radii Tf If, B with 
any fixed axis. 

A ourve is derived from the given curve by marking off a 
distance ^ along the principal normal, and 17 parallel to the 
binormal: find ^, 17 if the tangent to the new curve is 
parallel to the binormal of the first curve. 



autumn; 1906 HONOUES. 515 

Second Papek. 

[Full credit mil be given for answering five-sixths of 
this paper,'] 

Section A. 

DiFEEBENTIAL EQUATIONS AND AlGEBBA. 

Peofessob Dixon. 

1. Solve the equations 

dy 



(., (,-«!)■ 



dx' 



(2) ^-2^+y=(*'+i)(^ + <"*«^)- 

2. Find the curves (Cartesiaii or polar equation) in which 
the radius of curvature at any point varies as the distance 
from a fixed point. 

3. If t' is a function of x such that 

i^v dv 

prove that vt^^''* is an integrating factor for the equation 

where P, Q, R are functions of x only. 
Transform the equation 

^Jx^-'Av 

dx' \ iQx^r 

by the substitution 

5 2 f 

Y^yx , Z = -ar , 

and hence, or otherwise, solve it. 



516 EXAMINATION FOB THB B.A. DEGBEE. 



4. Soiye the equation 
by putting 






y 



du / 



and then expanding u in ascending powers of x. Discnfis 
the conyergencj of the series. 

5. Transform the equation 

into another in which x shall be the dependent variable, 
and y, % independent. X, Yy Z are given functions of x^ y, %. 
Solve 

(a: + y + s)_+(y + 8)_ = g. 

6. If, in a symmetrical determinant of order n with 
constant constituents, x is subtracted from each constituent 
of the principal diagonal, prove that the resulting determinant 
vanishes for n real values of x^ and that if tiiree of these 
values are equal, then all the second minors vanish for 
the same value of x. 

Section B. 

Geometet of Two Dimensions. 

Fbofessob Eoan. 

7. Show that two parabolas can in general be described 
to pass through four given points, and that the directions 
of their axes are conjugate for any other conic passing 
through the four points. 

8. Prove that a rectangular hyperbola with respect to 
which a given triangle is self -con jugate must pass through 
the in-centre of the triangle. 

Beciprocate this theorem (a) with respect to the in-circle, 
(6) with respect to an arbitrary circle. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — ^BONOUBS. 51? 

9. Find the equation of a cubic having a node at the 
origin, and having the lines 

a?=l, a? + y=*l, a?-y + 2 = 

as asymptotes. Prove that the real inflexion is at infinity on 

« + y=l, 

and trace the curve roughly. 

10. A curve of the n^ degree meets the sides a, &, of a 
triangle ABC in the sets of points cv, ^^, y„ respectively, 
(r = 1, 2, . . . «). Prove that 

UBor . TlCPr . TLdyr = ± UCor . IlByr . UAfir- 

Give a rule for distinguishing the sign. 

A cubic touches AB at A, BC at By CA at C. Prove 
that the product of the radii of curvature at Ay By CiB equal 
to the cube of the circum-radius. 

11. A curve is given by the equations 

/, y, h being polynomials. If n be the highest power of fi 
^ fy 9y or \ show that the curve is of degree n. If the 
curve has k cusps, find the class of the curve in terms of 
n and ic. Deduce or prove otherwise that the curve has the 
maximum number of double points. 
Show that tibe curve 

X __ y % 

has cusps at m =■ 0, /m = ± 1, and that in tangential 
coordinates its equations are 

u V to 

^ '^ ^ " ei?T2' 

where uar + vy + tws = is the equation of a line. 

12. A variable cubic passes tlu^ough eight given points. 
Show that the p«int where the tangent at F (one of these 
points) meets the curve again lies on a Qs^ed quartic curve 

«8 



518 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGBSE. 

haTing a triple point at P and passing through the other 
seven points. 

Show that, if three of the fixed points (none of the three 
heing F) are replaced by one point which is to be a douUe 
point on the curve, the locus becomes a cubic with a node 
at P. 



Thikd Fapeb. 

\^FM credit will he given for amwering one-half of 
this Paper.'] 

Section A. 

Differential EauAnoNS and Aloebba. 

Pbofessob Dixon. 

1. The curve which is the locus of the point (cos' t, sin' t) 
is turned about the origin through an arbitrary angle. Prove 
that in all positions it satisfies &e differential equation 

(4:c' + 4y'-l)^y-^gJ+(aj» + y»-l)(^ + y^y=0, 

and find its orthogonal trajectories. 

2. Find the complete primitive of the equation 

Prove that, if the equation has solutions not included in the 
complete primitive, tibey satisfy a certain equation of the 
first order. 

3. If ^ is written for ^, ^'« for ^^, and so on, 

prove that either 

^£z_? xLU? 1 1 

^ - h x-V <fiX - a X - a 

where X, /m, a, 5 are determinate constants, and a^ b unequal. 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOURS. 



519 



Also prove that if ^''^r = x identically, then 
(a + 8)* = 4(a8-^y)cos»^, 
where r is some integer. 

Section B. 

Geometry of Two Dimensions. 

Professor Egan. 

.4. Show how to project a triangle into an equilateral 
triangle, and at the same time a given inscribed conic into a 
circle. 

5. If a straight line is cut harmonically by the conies 

8 ^ asjs^ + hy^ + «* =0, 
F &ly%^- m%x + nxy = 0, 
show that its pole with respect to 8 lies on F, 

6. A variable cuspidal cubic touches three given con- 
current lines at three given points A^B, C, Prove that the 
inflexional tangent touches a fixed conic passing through 
A, B, and 0. 

Section C. 

Differential and Integral Calculus. 
Dr. Stuart. 

7. If ^ and ^ are two functions of x satisfying the 
equations 

and if F{x) == /(<^, ^) 

is a homogeneous function of degree » in ^ and ^, prove that 

ay ay 



ay ay 



*' f 



= (^-1) 



accents denoting differentiation as to x. 



nif F' 

{n-\)F' F"-naI 



520 EXAMINATION FOR THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

8. P is any point on a closed oval curve ; a straight- line 
PQ is drawn making a constant angle a with the normal at P. 
If the length PQ is constant and equal to /, find the area 
between the locus of Q and the original curve. 

9. If t< is a function of x satisfying the equation 

d^u 1 du __ 

doc^ X dx ' 

where a is a constant, prove that 

ssctiok d. 

Solid Geometbt. 

Pbofessob Ebohwich. 

10. A quadric surface is formed by the revolution of a 
conic about the axis containing its (real) foci iS, S, Show 
that if the surface passes through a given ellipse {E\ the 
points iS, H. must lie on a certain hyperbola whose plane 
passes through the major axis of E at right angles to the 
plane of E. 

11. A quadric cuts the plane of a:y in a pair of parallel 
lines : prove that the section by any parallel plane is a 
parabola. Show also that the locus of the focus of the 
section is a hyperbola, and the locus of the corresponding 
directrix is a hyperbolic cylinder, and that these two loci are 
polar reciprocals with respect to the quadric. 

12. The axis of s is a generator of a ruled quadric : show 
that the planes of reference can be chosen so as to reduce its 
equation to the form 

or* t %hxy + 5y* + ^g%x + 2y = 0. 

' Prove that Gauss's measure of curvature at any point on 
the axis of « is - g^ cos*d, if d is the inclination of the tangent 
plane there to the axis of x. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 521 

MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. 

■PiRST PaPEB. 

PfiOFEssoB Morton. . 

1. A circular cylinder of radius h rests on another of 
radius a, the axes of the cylinder being parallel and the 
surfaces in contact convex. Show that, if the friction 
between the surfaces is sufficient to prevent slipping, the 
upper cylinder may be rolled through an angle 6 without 
falling off, where satisfies the equation 



csiiiO 



-^H^} 



in which e is the distance of the centre of gravity of the 
upper cylinder below its axis in the position of equilibrium. 
Deduce the condition that the equilibrium should be stable 
for small displacements. 

2. Show that any system of forces may be reduced to a 
wrench, and find an expression for its pitch. 

Three equal forces in mutually perpendicular directions 
act at the comers of an equilateral triangle ABC, the force 
at A being along CA, that at £ along the perpendicular 
from B on ACy and that at C perpendicular to the plane of 
the triangle. Show that the pitch of the equivalent wrench 
is one-sixth of a side of the triangle. 

3. The density of a spherical segment which is less than 
a hemisphere varies inversely as the distance from the centre 
of the sphere. Show that its centre of gravity is a third of 
the way along from its base to its vertex. 

4. Establish an equation connecting the horizontal tension 
and the horizontal span of a uniform catenary of given length 
and weight whose ends are at the same level. 

5. Show how the direction and magnitude of the force 
due to an attracting system can be derived from knowledge 
of its equipotential surfaces. 

Consider the case of points where the force vanishes. 



522 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DBOBEE. 

6. An infinite iinifonn circular cylinder of attracting 
matter contains an infinite circular cylindrical cavity whose 
axis is parallel to that of the cylinder. 

Examine the magnitude and direction of the attraction at a 
point in the cayity. 

7. Find the condition that a given field of force should he 
capable of maintaining in equilibrium a fluid of varying 
density. 

If in a given case the pressure is p and the density p, these 
being known functions of the position of a point, show that 
the same field of force is capable of keeping at rest a fluid 
whose density is given by pj{p\ where /is any function. 

8. A disc in the form of the quadrant of a circle of radius a 
is completely immersed with plane vertical and the centre of 
the circle in the surface of the liquid. Show that as the disc 
is rotated in its own plane the centre of pressure moves along 
a straight line in the disc whose length is 

16 

9. Examine how the stability of a submarine vessel alters 
as it is gradually submerged. 

10. A uniform straight rod of wood is held in a vertical 
position with its upper end in the surface of water, and 
suddenly released. Find the condition that it should rise 
completely out of the water. 



Second Paper. 

Fbofessoe Beegin. 

1 . A plane curve rolls without slipping on a fixed curve 
in the same plane. Show that the acceleration of the point 
of contact is 

1 I 

where a> denotes the angular velocity of the moving curve, 
r and / the radii of curvature at the point of contact. 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOURS. 628 

2. A bead slides down a smootli helix, the axis of which is 
vertical : determine the pressnre at any point. 

3. A lamina moves in its own plane : show that at any- 
instant the directions of the resultant accelerations of all 
points in a straight line envelop a parabola. 

4. Prove the equation 

for central orbits, and apply it to find the law of force which 
will cause a particle to describe a circle about any point in 
the plane of the circle. 

5. A particle describes an ellipse under a force directed 
to a focus : show that the hodograph is a circle. 

6. A semicircular area is moving in its own plane, when 
suddenly an extremity of its diameter is fixed : determine 
the subsequent motion. 

7. A paraboloid of revolution is free to rotate round a 
horizontal tangent at its vertex : find the time of a small 
oscillation. 

8. A solid circular cylinder rests on a perfectly rough 
horizontal plane, with its axis vertical: find the least im- 
pulse which will overturn it. 

9. A uniform rod slides between a smooth vertical and a 
smooth horizontal plane, the line of intersection of the planes 
being at right angles to the vertical plane through the rod : 
determine the motion of the rod. 

10. A wedge rests on a smooth horizontal plane; on a 
face of the wedge, which is perfectly rough, a solid circular 
cylinder is placed, with its axis horizontal : determine the 
motion. 



Thceld Papeb. 
Pbofbssoe McCmxland. 

1. How does Newton deduce Kepler's third law of 
planetary motion from the law of gravitation? 

2. A body moves in a semicircle under the action of a 
force at right angles to the diameter. Find, after Newton, 
the law of force. 



624 EIAMINATION FOB THB B.A. DliaBES. 

3. A Imninous point is placed on the axis of a concave 
mirror at a distance from the mirror of twice the radius of 
curvature. Find the caustic, and show how much of it is 
formed if the angular aperture of the mirror as seen from 
the centre of curvature is 60°. 

4. Rays diverge from a point, and fall obliquely on a 
plate of glass witib parallel faces. Find the position of the 
primary and secondary foci, and examine if they can ever 
coincide. 

5. Find the paths of rays of light travelling in a medium, 
the index of refraction of which varies as «"**, where x 
is the distance from a fixed plane. 

6. Prove that the intensity of illumination at a small 
area placed at any point, due to a bright curve, is obtained 
by differentiating a function ^ in a direction normal to the 
area, and that ^ satisfies the equation v'^ - 0* 

7. Prove that the true anomaly of the Sun is approximately 

nt + 2e sin nt^ 
where n is the mean angular velocity of the Sun, e the 
eccentricity of the orbit, and t the time measured from 
perigee. 

8. Find the equation to the curve traced by the extremity 
of the shadow cast by a vertical rod, and examine the cases 
in which the Sun's declination is equal to {a) the latitude, 
(Jb) the co-latitude. 

9. Calculate the time occupied by the Sun in crossing 
the prime vertical on a given day. 

10. Find the elongation of Venus when it appears 
brightest. 



EXPERIMEI^TAL PHYSICS. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Secxiok a. 

Mb. Hackett. 

1 . Describe an accurate method of determining the viscosity 
of a liquid. What explanation can be ofEered of the variation 
of this coefficient with temperature for liquids and gases ? 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 525 

2. state Yan der Waals' modification of the perfect gas 
equation. Express the critical constants in terms of the 
constants of the equation. 

3. Give a brief account of the experimental evidence in 
support of the law that the osmotic pressure obeys the laws 
of gaseous pressure with the same physical constants as 



4. Explain fully t^e formation of stationary sound vibra- 
tions. 

Section B. 

Pbofessob Mobton. 

5. Give an account of the different circumstances which 
affect the rate at which electricity leaks from a charged 
conductor. 

6. Describe a method of measuring the magnitude of an 
alternating current. 

7. Give an account of the magnetic circuit. 

8. What do you know of volta contact-electricity ? 

9. Define the coefficient of self-induction. 

Explain the effect produced by inserting a coil of large 
self-induction in a circuit which is subject to an alternating 
electro-motive force. 

10. Give a summary of the chief properties of the different 
types of rays produced by electric discharge in a vacuum 
tube. 



Second Pafeb. 

Section A. 

Pbofessob Conway. 

1. What are the critical constants of a substance, and how 
are they determined ? 

What do you know of the state of a substance near its 
critical point ? 



526 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

2. Describe caref ally some accurate method of determining 
the thermal conductivity of a metal. Point out and explain 
the precautions necessary to secure accuracy. 

3. Explain what is meant by a reversible engine, and 
show fully what the efficiency of such an engine depends 
on. 

4. Deduce an expression connecting the difference between 
the specific heat of a liquid and that of its saturated vapour 
with the latent heat of a vaporization at any given tempera- 
ture. 

Show that the specific heat of a saturated vapour may 
be negative, and explain the meaning of the result. 

5. Describe Kelvin's experiments on the effects produced 
by passing gases through a porous plug, and state the deduc- 
tions which may be drawn from the results obtained. 

Section B, 
Mb. Vinycomb. 

6. Give a description of a method for finding the refrac- 
tive index of a medium such as air whose index of refraction 
is nearly unity. 

7. Describe and explain the appearance of a uniaxal 
crystal plate cut perpendicular to the axis when viewed by 
converging polarised light through an analyser. 

8. How does a plane grating produce a spectrum ? How 
can wave-lengths be measured with a grating ? 

9. What do you know of anomalous dispersion ? 
10. Describe some good form of photometer. 



PRACTICAL PHYSICS. 

1. Obtain a curve of vapour-pressures of the given liquid 
at different temperatures. 

2. Plot the rotatory power of a solution of the given 
substance against concentration. 

3. Using the voltameter and tangent galvanometer, 
measure H. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 527 

CHEMISTRY. 

[^All chemical changes must be expressed both in words and 
by equations. Candidates who neglect this instruction 
will not receive full credit for their answers.'] 

Dr Hawthobne ; Propessob Letts ; Professor Ryan. 

1. Give two methods for preparing primary amines, and 
show how by means of these bodies a homologous series 
can be ascended and descended. 

2. How are azo dyes obtained? Give the names, 
structural formulsB, and one method of preparation of any 
two members of the group. 

8. What do you understand by a, p, y, and 8 hydroxy- 
acids, respectively? How do they severally behave on 
dehydration ? 

4. Describe the preparation of aceto-acetic ester. How 
has it been employed for the synthesis of acids and ketones ? 

5. Give the names and formulsB of the three trihydroxy- 
benzenes, and describe the synthesis of any one of them. 

6. Discuss briefly the relations between physical pro- 
perties and chemical composition. 

7. Describe fully a method by which glucose may be 
converted into fructose. 

8. Give a method for preparing benzaldehyde. In what 
respects does it (a) resemble, (b) differ from, aldehydes of 
the aliphatic class. 

9. How is naphthalene obtained &om coal tar ? Write 
its structural formula, and give the evidence on which it 
is based. 



PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 

1. You are given pure barium chloride (BaCl2, 2H2O), 
and also two solutions, one of pure sodium carbonate, and 
one of pure hydrochloric acid, both of these being between 
N/10 and N/20 ; determine the exact strengths of the latter 
solutions. 



528 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEOBEE. 

2. Determine the percentage of carbon dioxide in the 
given powder. 

8. Find in the given powder three basic and three acid 
radicles : one basic and one acidic radicle is present in 
small quantities only. 



BOTANY. 

FiBST Pafeb. 

Pbofessob Sigbbson ; Fbofbssob Obegg Wilson. 

1. Describe the characters, relations, and distribution of 
Palmaceaa. 

2. Give an account of the Bryophyta. 

8. State generally the characters of island floras, and 
mention the chief features of the floras of Ireland, and of 
Great Britain. 

4. Assign to its group, and trace the life-history of, 
Bacillus svhtiUs. 



Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Gbego Wilson. 

1. In some modem systems of classification, Cucurbl- 
tacesB, Gampanulaceffi, and GompositsB are put together in 
one alliance : discuss this association. 

2. Give an account of the development of vascular 
bundles in root and stem. 

8. Describe the development of the megaspore in any 
Angiosperm, and point out the stage at which reducing 
division takes place. 

4. Give an account of Isoetes, with special reference to 
structures suggesting affinity with higher plants. 



▲UTTJMN, 1906^HONOUBB. 529 



PBAOTIOAL BOTANY. 

1. Make a section of the seed provided so as to show 
reserve stores. Sketch and describe your preparation. 

2. Make sections through the leaves provided to show 
the parasite apon them. Draw and describe your prepara- 
tion. 

8. With the flora provided, identify spedmens D and E. 

4. Draw and describe specimens A, B, 0, . . . 



ZOOLOGY. 

FntST Papeb. 
Pbof. Habtog ; Pbof. Sioebson ; Pbof. Obbgg Wilson. 

1. Give a fall account of the structure of a typical 
Nematode. 

2. Write an account of the alternation of generations in 
Insects. 

8. Give an account of gemmation and polymorphism in 
Polyzoa. 



Second Papeb. 
Pbof. Habtoo ; Pbof. Sioebson ; Pbof. Gbegg Wilson. 

1. Give an account of the development of the placenta 
in Bodents and in Man. 

2. Give an account of the share taken by the hyoid and 
mandibular arches in the skull of Vertebrates. 

8. Give an account of the arterial system of Amphibia 
in relation to development. 



580 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

PRACTICAL ZOOLOGY. 

L Make a dissection of the Lamprey to show as much as 
possible of the anatomy. Draw and name the parts. 

2. Dissect the Annelid provided, so as to show alimentary, 
circulatory, and nervous systems. Draw and describe the 
parts. 

8. Mount, sketch, and describe specimens of setae. 

4. Identify and describe briefly the preparations A, 
B, C, D, . . . 



PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. 

Prop. Coffey ; Prof. Milroy ; Prof. Sigerson ; 
Prop. Gregg Wilson. 

1. Discuss the question of variation in plants. 

2. Give an account of the production of organic acids in 
plants, mentioning the different kinds, and stating the 
purposes which they subserve. 

8. Describe experiments proving the influence of light 
of various colours on the growth of plants and on synthesis. 

4. Give an account of movements in mature leaves, and 
explain the advantages in the cases you describe. 



ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 
Prof. Coffey ; Prof. Hartog ; Prof. Milroy. 

1. Give a comparative account of the visual organs in 
Invertebrata. 

2. Describe the functions of — 

(a) the fovea centralis, 

(b) the visual purple of the Mammalian retina. 

8. Describe the mode of formation of consonants. What 
are the conditions of the vocal organs in whispering, and in 
the production of the falsetto voice ? 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 531 

PRACTICAL PHTSIOLOGr. 

Schema A. 

Animal. 

1. Ascertain the chief products in the liquid resulting 
from twenty-four hours digestion with an organic ferment ; 
and state what conclusion you arrive at as to the ferment. 

2. Demonstrate the Stannius experiments on the Frog's 
heart, and state the results which ought to he obtained. 

3. Demonstrate the spectroscopic characters of the solutions 
given you. Identify them. 

Schema B. 
Teoetable. 

1. Set up apparatus to prove that plants deprived of 
COg do not form starch. Explain your procedure. 

2. Set up an experiment to prove that the geotropism 
of roots is due to gravity. Explain the experiment, and 
state the precautions that are necessary. 



GEOLOGY. 

First Paper. 

Pbofessob Anderson ; Mr. Setmour. 

1. What agents are concerned in the secular upheaval 
and the secular subsidence of land? Discuss the im- 
portance of each, and illustrate. 

2. Give an account of the early Proboscideans. Note the 
chief peculiarities of each group. 

3. Mention some of the most interesting rocks found in 
the divisions of the Silurian. Compare the rocks of this 
system in the west of Ireland with those of Britain and 
elsewhere, with respect to structure and fossils. 



582 EXAMINATION FOB THE B.A. DEGREE. 

4. Give an acount of the physical, inclndmg the crystal- 
lographic, features of quartz crystals, with regard to struc- 
ture, optical demeanour, and twinning tendencies. 

5. Give a descriptive list of the chief monoxides and 
sesquioxides found in Nature. 

6. Describe fcdly the means of deducing the face-indices 
from the measured angles of a crystal. 



Second Pafbb. 
Mb. Seymoxjb. 

1. What is meant hy pleochroism? Describe clearly the 
construction and use of the dichroiscope. 

2. When are crystals said to be twinned ? Describe, 
with the aid of sketches, some of the different types of 
twinning. 

8. Describe fally the characteristic topographical 
features, usually to be observed in a heavily glaciated 
region. 

4. Name some of the chief minerals belonging to the 
pyroxene group, and describe some of the petrographical 
characteristics which enable the different species to be 
distinguished one from another. 

5. Describe fully the macroscopic and microscopic 
characteristics of the following rocks : — tonalite, serpen- 
tine, rhyolite, camptonite, quartzite, and calciphyre. 

6. Give a detailed description of the Oligocene strata as 
developed in Great Britain. Mention the various sub- 
divisions, their nature, and fossil contents. 



PRACTICAL GEOLOGY. 

[Half an hour allowed for each Qt(>estion.] 

1. Identify and give the physical characteristics of the 
minerals A, B, C, D. 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOURS. 538 

2. Name the rocks a, b, c, d, stating the mmeral com- 
position and mode of occurrence in each instance. 

3. Describe fully and name the rock sections 1, 2, 3, 4. 

4. Describe in detail, and name the fossils 1, 2, 8, 4, 
stating the geological horizon to which each belongs. 

5. Identify the predominating felspar in the rock-section 
suppHed, and explain fully the methods you make use of to 
determine it. 

6. Make a sketch-section along the line A, B, on the 
accompanying geological map, and discuss the structures 
developed. 



2a 



( 584 ) 



M.A. DEGREE AND STUDENTSHIP 
EXAMINATION. 



ANCIENT CLASSICS. 



LATIN. 

First Paper. 

Professor Semple. 

1. Translate, with notes where necessary: — 

{a) OUi discurrere pares atqne agmina temi 
Diductis solvere choris rursusque vocati 
Convertere vias infestaque tela tulere. 
Inde alios ineunt cursus aliosque recursus 
Adversi spatiis, alternosque orbibus orbes 
Impediunt, pugnaeque cient simulacra sub armis ; 
Et nunc terga fuga nudant, nunc spicula vertunt 
Infensi, facta pariter nunc pace feruntur. 
Ut quondam Creta fertur Labyrinthus in alta 
Parietibus textum caecis iter ancipitemque 
Mille viis habuisse dolum, qua signa sequendi 
Frangeret indeprensus et inremeabilis error : 
Haud alio Teucrum nati vestigia cursu 
Impediunt, texuntque fugas et praelia ludo, 
Delphinum similes, qui per maria umida nando 
Carpathium Libycumque secant. 

(b) Cassius hoc potius feriet caput ? Astra Thyestae 
Impulit et subitis damnavit noctibus Argos : 
Tot similes fratrum gladios patrumque gerenti 
Thessaliae dabit ille diem ? Mortalia nulli 
Sunt curata deo. Cladis tamen huius habemus 
Vindictam, quantam terris dare numina fas est. 
Bella pares superis f acient civilia divos : 
Fulminibus manes radiisque ornabit et astris, 
Inque deum templis iurabit Roma per umbras. 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOURS. 585 

(c) Amastri Pontioa et Oytore buxifer, 
Tibi haec fuisse et esse cognitissima 
Ait phaselus : ultima ex origine 
Tuo stetisse dicit in cacumine, 
Tug imbuisse palmulas in aequore, 
Et inde tot per impotentia freta 
Herum tulisse, laeva sive dextera 
Vocaret aura, sive utrumque lupiter 
Simul secundus incidisset in pedem ; 
Neque uUa vota litoralibus deis 
Sibi esse facta, cum veniret a mari 
Novissimo hunc ad usque limpidum lacum. 
Bed haec prius fuere : nunc recondita 
Senet quiete seque dedicat tibi, 
Gemelle Castor et gemelle Oastoris. 

{d) Zmyma cavas Satrachi penitus mittetur ad undas, 
Zmymam cana diu saecula pervolvent. 
At Volusi annales Paduam morientur ad ipsam 

Et laxas scombris saepe dabunt tunicas. 
Parva mei mihi sint cordi monumenta sodalis, 
At populus tumido gaudeat Antimacho. 

[e) Ch. Illicine? sed reprimam me: nam in metu esse 

hunc illist utile. 
Cl. Quid tute tecum? Oh. Dicam. Utut erat, man- 
sum tamen oportuit. 
Fortasse aliquantum iniquior erat praeter eius lubi- 

dinem : 
Pateretur : nam quem ferret, si parentem non ferret 

suom? 
Huncine erat aequom ex illius more an ilium ex huius 

vivere ? 
Et quod ilium insimulat durum, id non est : nam 

parentum iniuriae 
Unius modi sunt ferme, paulo qui est homo toler- 

abilis. 

1(f) Neque homines magis asinos unquam vidi ; ita plagis 
costae callent ; 
Quos quom ferias, tibi plus noceas ; eo enim ingenio hi 
sunt flagritribae. 

2a2 



586 M.A. DBOBEB AND STUUJBMTfSHIP KXAMDfATION. 

Qui haec habent consilia : ubi data occasio est, rape, 

clepe, tene, 
Harpaga, bibe, es, foge ; hoc eorom officinin est. 
Mayelis Inpos apud oves linqnere qnam hos domi 

costodes. 
At faciem qnom adspicias eomm, hand mali videntnr ; 

opera Mlant. 
None adeo banc edictionem nisi animiiTn advortetis 

omnes, 
Nisi sonmnm socordiamqne ex pectore ocnlisque 

amovetis, 
Ita ego Yostra latera Ions iaciam nt valide varia sint, 
Ut ne peristromata qnidem aeqne picta sint Campanica 
Neqoe Alexandrina belnata tonsilia tappetia. 

(g) Ni hercle diffiregeiitis talos posthac, qnemqne in 

tegnlis 
Yideritis aliennm, ego vostra fisMsiam latera lorea. 
Mi eqnidem iam arbitri ^cini snnt, meae qnid fiat 

domi: 
Ita per implnviom intro spectant. Nunc adeo edico 

omnibus : 
Quemque a milite hoc videritis hominem in nostris 

tegulis 
Extra unum Palaestrionem, hue deturbatote in viam. 
Quod ille gallinam aut columbam se sectari aut 

simiam 
Dicat : disperistis, ni usque ad mortem male mul- 

cassitis / 

Atque adeo, ut ne legi fraudem faciant aleariae, 
Adcuratote ut sine talis domi agitent convivium. 

2. (a) Write a note on popular Latin as exemplified in 
the plays of Plautus. 

{b) Discuss the leading features of Lucan's style, with 
special reference to Books I. and VII. 

(c) Catullus is commonly spoken of as an imitator of the 
Alexandrine writers. Comment on this statement. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 687 

Seoond Papeb. 

Seotion a. 

Professor Dougan. 

(a) What is meant by sonant nasals ? Give the history 
of our knowledge of these sounds. 

{b) State what is known of the history of the suffixes 
'ion and -tion in Latin. 

(c) Examine the causes which account for the phenomena 
of gender in Latin. 

(d) Comment upon the history of the following construc- 
tions: — 

(a) qui si conseruatus erit, uicimus. 

(b) ne dixis istuc. 

(c) quae uolo simul imperabo : poste continuo exeo. 

Section B. 

Professor Semfle. 

{a) Qive a short account of the principal Latin works in 
prose and verse dealing with agriculture. 

(b) Write a full note on the tragedies of Seneca. 

(o) Discuss the relation, both as to style and matter, 
between Virgil's works and those of earlier Latin poets. 

(d) ' The most important condition determining the 
original scope of Boman poetry was the predominance in 
that [the pre-Oiceronian] era of public over personal 
interests.' Discuss this statement. 

Section C. 
Professor M^'Elderrt. 

Translate into English the following unprescribed 
passages, adding short notes where they are needed to 
elucidate the meaning : — 

(a) Laodiceam veni pridie Eal. Sext. Ex hoc die 
clavum anni movebis. Nihil exoptatius adventu meo, 



598 M.A. DEGREE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

nihil carias ; sed est incredibile, quam me negotii taedeat. 
Non habet satis magnum campum ille tibi non igno- 
tus corsus animi, et industriae meae praeclara opera 
cessat. Qaippe, ins Laodiceae me dicere, cum Bomae 
A. Plotius dicat, et com exercitum noster amicus habeat 
tantum, me nomen habere duarum legionum exilinm? 
Denique haec non desidero, lucem, forum, urbem, 
domUm, vos desidero. Sed feram, ut potero; sit modo 
annuum : si prorogatur, actum est. Verum perfacile 
resisti potest, tu modo Bomae sis. Quaeris, quid hie 
agam ? Ita vivam, ut maximos sumptus facio. Mirifice 
delector hoc instituto. Admirabilis abstinentia ex prae- 
ceptis tuis ; ut verear, ne illud, quod tecum permutavi, 
versora mihi solvendum sit. Appii vulnera non refrico, 
sed apparent nee occuli possunt. Iter Laodicea fiEMsiebam 
a. d. m. Non. Sext., cum has litteras dabam, in castra 
in Lycaoniam ; inde ad Taurum oogitabam, ut cum 
Moeragene signis coUatis, si possem, de servo tuo 
deciderem. CUtellae bovi sunt impositae; plane non est 
nostrum onus. Sed feremus, modo, si me amas, sit 
annuum. Adsis tu ad tempus, ut senatum totum excites. 

(6) Quo tu, quo, liber otiose, tendis, 
Gultus sidone non cotidiana ? 
Numquid Parthenium videre ? Oerte. 
Vadas et redeas inevolutus. 
Libros non legit ille, sed libellos: 
Nee Musis vacat, aut suis vacaret. 
Ecquid te satis aestimas beatum 
Gontingunt tibi si manus minores '? 
Vicini pete porticum Quirini ; 
Turbam non habet otiosiorem 
Pompeius vel Agenoris puella, 
Vel primae dominus levis carinae. 
Sunt illic duo tresve, qui revolvant 
Nostrarum tineas ineptiarum, 
Sed cum sponsio fabulaeque lassae 
De Scorpo fuerint et Incitato. 

(c) Disce, sed ira cadat naso rugosaque sanna, 
Dum veteres avias tibi de pulmone revello. 
Non praetoris erat stultis dare tenuia rerum 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 539 

OfiScia, atque nsum rapidae permittere vitae. 
Sambucam citius caloni aptayeris alto. 
Stat contra ratio et secretam gannit in aorem, 
Ne liceat facere id, quod quia yitiabit agendo. 
Publica lex hominum naturaque continet hoc fas, 
Ut teneat yetitos inscitia debilis actus. 
Diluis helleborum certo compescere puncto 
Nescius examen ? yetat hoc natura medendi. 
Nayem si poscat sibi peronatus arator 
Luciferi rudis, exclamet Melicerta perisse 
Frontem de rebus : tibi recto yiyere talo 
Ars dedit ? et yeri speciem dignoscere calles, 
Ne qua subaerato mendosum tinniat auro ? 
Quaeque sequendaforent, quaeque eyitandayicissim, 
nia prius creta, mox haec carbone notasti ? 
Es modicus yoti, presso lare, dulcis amicis ? 
lam nunc astringas, iam nunc granaria laxes : 
Inque luto fixum possis transcendere .nummum, 
Nee glutto sorbere saliyam Mercurialem ? 



Third Papeb. 
Pbofessoe Dougan. 

1, (a) Mention any allusions to contemporary history that 
seem to be found in the TiMculan Disputations. 

(b) Give some account of the characteristics of the best 
Vatican hs. of the Tuseulan Disputations, 

(<?) How does Cicero in the Tuseulan Disputations make 
use of the argument from dva/Aviyo-ts ? Is there anything to 
criticise in his treatment of that doctrine ? 

{d) State and examine the question as to the parts played 
in the Dialogus de Oratorihus by Secundus and by Maternus, 
respectively. 

2. Translate the following extracts, and answer all 
appended questions : — 

{a) Est in animis omnium fere natura moUe quiddam, 
demissum, humile, eneruatum quodam mode et languidum. 



540 M.A. DEGREE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

Si nihil esset alind, nihil esset homine defoimins; sed praesto 
est domina omnium et regina ratio, quae conixa per se et 
progressa longius fit perfecta uirtus. Haec ut imperet illi 
parti animi, quae oboedire debet, id uidendum est iiiro. 

Explain the connexion of the above passage with Cicero's 
argument. 

(h) Stoicorum quidem facilis conclusio est; qui cum finem 
bonorum esse senserint congruere naturae cumque ea conue- 
nieuter uiuere, cum id sit in sapientis situm non officio solum, 
uerum etiam potestate, sequatur necesse est, ut, cuius in 
potestate summum bonum, in eiusdem vita beata sit. 

How was the definition of the finis honorumj referred to 
in the text, stated and understood by successiTe early Stoic 
leaders ? 

(e) Solet autem quaeri, totone in ambitu uerborum numeri 
tenendi sint, an in primis partibus atque in extremis. Ple- 
rique enim censent cadere tantum numerose oportere termi- 
narique sententiam. Est autem, ut id maxime deceat, non 
ut solum ; ponendus est enim ille ambitus, non abiciendus. 
Quare quum aures extremum semper exspectent in eoque 
acquiescant, id uacare numero non oportet, sed ad hunc 
exitum iam a principio fern debet uerborum ilia compre- 
hensio et tota a capite ita fluere, ut ad extremum ueniens 
ipsa consistat. 

(rf) Nee mirari oportet hunc ordinem, qui nunc est post 
expletas quinque et triginta tribus duplicato earum. numero 
centuriis iuniorum seniorumque, ad institutam ab Sernio 
Tullio summam non conuenii-e: quadrifariam enim nrbe 
diuisa regionibusque et collibus, qui habitabantur, partes eas 
tribus appellauit, ut ego arbitror a tributo, nam eius quoque 
aequaliter ex censu conferendi ab eodem inita ratio est: 
neque eae tribus ad centuriarum distributionem numerumque 
quicquam pertinuere. 

Explain the above extract fully. 

{e) Tum interfecti centuriones promptissimi OthonianO' 
rum, undo praecipua in Vitellium alienatio per Illyricos 
exercitus ; simul ceterae legiones contactu et aduersus Ger- 
manicos milites inuidia bellum meditabantur. Suetonium 
Paulinum ac licinium Proculum tristi mora squalidos tentdt, 



AUTtMN, 1906 H0N0UB8. 64l 

donee auditi necessariis magis defenBionibus quam honestiB 
uterentur. Proditionem ultro inputabant, spatium longi 
ante proelinm itineriB, f atigationem Othonianonim, permix- 
tum uebiculis agmen ac pleraque fortuita fraudi Biiae adsig- 
nantes. Et Yitellius credidit de perfidia et Mem absolyit. 

(/) Eodem anno saepiuB audita uox principiB, parem uim 
rerum habendam a procuratoribuB suis iudicatarum ac si ipse 
statuisset. Ac ne fortuito prolapsus videretur, senatus 
quoque consulto cautom plenius quam antea et uberius. 
Nam diuus Augustus apud equestres, qui Aegypto praeside- 
rent, lege agi decretaque eorum perinde baberi iusserat, ac si 
magistratus Eomani constituissent; mox alias per prouincias 
et in urbe pleraque concessa sunt, quae olim a praetoribus 
noscebantur. Claudius omne ius tradidit, de quo totiens 
seditione aut armis certatum, cum Semproniis rogationibus 
equester ordo in possessione iudiciorum locaretur, aut rursimi 
Seruiliae leges senatui indicia redderent, Mariusque et Sulla 
olim de eo uel praecipue bellarent. 

Explain all references in above extract. 

(^)Interpretationituae, mi Secunde carissime, idemexistimo, 
hactenus edicto diui August! nouatam esse legem Pompeiam, 
ut magistratum quidem capere possent ii, qui non minores 
xxY annorum essent : et qui cepissent, in senatum cuiusque 
ciuitatis peruenirent. Geterum, non capto magistratu, eos, 
qui minores xxx annorum sint, quia magistratum capere 
possint, in curiam etiam loci cuiusque non existimo legi posse. 

(A) Quod si genus ipsum et nomen publicani non iniquo 
animo sustinebunt, poterunt eis consilio et prudentia tua 
reliqua uideri mitiora. Possunt in pactionibus faciendis non 
legem spectare censoriam, sed potius commoditatem confici- 
endi negotii et liberationem molestiae. Potes etiam tu id 
f acere, quod et fecisti egregie et f acis, ut commemores quanta 
sit in publicanis dignitas, quantum nos illi ordini debeamus, 
ut remote imperio ac ui potestatis et fascium publicanos cum 
Graecis gratia atque auctoritate coniungas. Sed et ab eis, 
de quibus optime tu meritus es et qui tibi omnia debent, hoc 
petas, ut facilitate sua nos eam necessitudinem, quae est 
nobis cum publicanis, obtinere et conseruare patiantur. Sed 
quid ego te haec hortor, quae tu non mode facere potes tua 

2a8 



642 M.A. DEOBEB AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

sponte sine cmosquam praeceptis, sed etiam magna iam. ex 
parte perfecisti? Non enim desistont nobis agere cotidie 
gratias honestissiniae et maximae societates, quod quidem 
rnilii idcirco iucmidius est, qnod idem f aciunt Giaeci. 

Explain all references. 



Fourth Papbb. 
Pbofessob M^'Eldebbt. 

1. Translate : — 

There are two special dangers to which law, and society 
which is held together by law, appear to be liable in their 
infancy. One of them is that laws may be too rapidly 
developed. This occurred with the codes of the more 
progressive Greek communities, which disembarrassed 
themselves with astonishing facility from cumbrous forms 
of procedure and needless terms of art, and soon ceased to 
attach any superstitious value to rigid rules and prescrip- 
tions. It was not for the ultimate advantage of mankind 
that they did so, though the immediate benefit conferred 
on their citizens may have been considerable. One of the 
rarest qualities of national character is the capacity for 
applying and working out the law, as such, at the cost of 
constant miscarriages of justice, without at the same time 
losing the hope or the wish that the law may be conformed 
to a higher ideal. The Greek intellect, with all its mobility 
and elasticity, was quite unable to confine itself within the 
strait waistcoat of a legal formula ; and if we may judge 
them by the popular courts of Athens, of whose working 
we possess accurate knowledge, the Greek tribunals exhi- 
bited the strongest tendency to confound law and fact. 
The remains of the Orators and the forensic commonplaces 
preserved by Aristotle in his Treatise on Bhetoric, show 
that questions of pure law were constantly argued on every 
consideration which could possibly influence the mind of 
the judges. No durable system of jurisprudence could be 
produced in this way. — Sib Henby Maine. 



autumn, 1906— honours. 648 

History and Antiquities. 

2. (a) 'The Etruscan people . . . present a most 
striking contrast to the Latin and Sabellian Italians as 
well as to the Greeks.' Discuss fully, and give an account 
of Etruscan relations with Borne. 

{b) How does Mommsen criticise the strategy of the 
Romans at the opening of the Second Punic War ? 

(c) Explain Roman relations with Rhodes down to 
167 B.C. 

(d) Trace the history of the organisation and adminis- 
tration of Italy under the principate. 

(e) Write carefal notes upon: — Sodales Augustales, 
concilium plebis tributim, comitia tributa populi, inter- 
regnum, lex de imperio. 



GKEEK. 

First Paper. 
Professor Mac Master. 

1. Translate the following /owr passages from Thucydides, 
adding short notes on any points of importance : — 

{a) vfi€L^ yovVf o) AaKiSaLfxovLOLf ras iv ry IIcXoTrowiJo-a) 
TToActs €7rt TO v/uv wfjilKifiov KaTaarTrja'dfX€Voi c^ycto-^c* icat 
€t TOT6 V7rO/A€tVaVT€S Sttt TTaVTOS 0.^1^x07] (tO^ iv Tjj ^yc/AOviiot 

wo-TTcp i^/Acis, €v ta-fiiv firj av '^(rarov vfias AuTriypovs y€vofi€vov^ 
TOLs ^vfji.fid)(OL^, . Koi dvayKaaOevras av ^ dp)(€LV cyic/oarois rj 
avTOVs KLvSvvevtLV, ouTws ov8* rifj.€i% Oav/iaarbv ovSkv ttcttoiiJ- 
Kafiev ouS* dwo rov dvOpaiir^Cov rpoTrov, €t dp)(T^y t€ ^i^op.ivrjv 
iSe^dfieOa^ koI TavTrjV firj dvct/Aev, vtto t/oiwv T(av /Ltcytcrrwv viKrf- 
tferrcs, Tt/A^s KOL Siovs kol u)<f>€Xia'Sy ovS* av TrpSiTOL rov tolovtov 
virdpiavT€^f dAA' del Kadea-Tayro^ tov rjco-ia vtto tov SwaTwripov 
Kar€Lpy€(r6aLj diioi re dfxa vofiL^ovr€^ cTvat, kol vfiiv Sokovvtcs, 
f'^XP'' ®^ '''^ ivfi<l}€povra A,oyt^d/x€vot to) Sucaiiu X6y<a vvv )(pirj<rO€f 
ov ovSeiq tto), 7rapaTV)(ov ia'xvL Ti KTqa-acrdai, Trpo^cts tov firj 

v\€OV €)(€LV aTTCTpaTTCTO. 

{h) wv rifi^i^ rdvavTia, Spw/iev, kol irpoo-iriy i]v tl^ kol 
v'7roTrr€vr}Tai KepSovs fiev ev€Ka ra piXria-ra 8' opAO^ Xcyctv, 



544 M.A. DEGBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

ifSovritr&yTt^ rrj^ ov P^Paiav Som/crcais t«v Kcp^v, t^v ^vepav 
co^cXuiv Tfj^ iroXccos d<l>aipovfL€Oa. Ka$€<mjK€ Sk rayaSa airo 
Tolv €v$w Xeyofuva firfSey avwoirroTcpa civai twv icoiccav, wcttc 
Sctv 6/XOU09 Tov Tc Ta ^cirorara fiovkoficvov ircio'cu awaTj; 
irpocrdy€irO€u to irA^^09, icat tov ra dfjicCvw Xeyovra }ff€v<TdfM,€Vov 
irurrov y€y€irOtu, fiovrfv tc iroXtv 8ea ra? irepivotas cv iroc^o-at 
€K TOV Trpoifiavov^^ firf cfairan/<rayra, oSvKaroK* o yap ScSovs 
<^av€pci>9 Tt dyaBov dv$vjrinrT€V€TQx d^avm vy irXcov If cir. XP^ 
Sc irpos Ta fteyurra icat cv r^ roiw^ d^iovv ri ^fuis ircpaircpco 
TrpovoovKrag Xcyctv vficov twv St' oXtyov (TKOTrovvriov, oXXcos tc 
icat wrcv^wov t^v irapouvco'tv c^ovTas irpos dvcv^wov t^I' 
v/ieripay dxpoao'iv. 

{c) jcat i[>s avrQ>v 8ta to TOtovrov opyi^ofiiywv iroXXot re kox 
(if tdXoyot ayOpiOTTOi tjSt] iv rS B^a-fiwrrjpito ^<rav, Jcat ovjc cv 
TravXrj c^tvero, oXXa ica^' yjiiipav iircSiSocrav fiaXKov c? ro 
dypi(aT€p6v TC icat irXctovs ert fvXXafijSavctv, ivravOa dyaveiOerai 
€19 TQ)V 8cScfiev(i)V, 6fnr€p c8oKct atTta>raTOS civat, viro rcov 
fwSco'fuoTQ)^ Ttvos, ctTC opa icat Ta ovTa fiT^vvarat ctTC icat ov. 
cir* d/jufiorepa yap ctxa^crcft, to Sc o-a^€9 ouScts ovre totc ovtc 
varepov c;(et ctirctv ircpt twv 8pa<rdvriav to cpyov. Xcycov 8c 
cTTcto-cv avTov, a>s ;(p^, ct fi^ icat SeSpcuccv, avTov tc oSctav 
TTOirfo'd/ievov aSxrai koi rriv iroXiv t^s rrnpownji wo^tas iraikrai* 
jScjSatOTcpav yap avTw a-uyrqpCav ctvat ofioXoyi^o'avTt fier' dSctas, 
^ OLpvrfOevTi Sta Stm^g cX^ctv. 

(e?) 5»' ^€ TOVTo /JL€V o-xji/ia iroXiTLKov TOV Xoyov avTot9, icar' 
iZia^ 8c ^tXoTt/itas ot TroXXot avTcov t^ TOtovr<p irpoa-iK^ivro^ 
iv <av€p Kol /AoXtcrra okiyap\ia Ik ^/JLOKparla^ ycvoficn; d^dX- 
XvTat. irovTc? yap avOrjficpbv dftovo'tv oi;;( oircus Zorot, dXXa 
icat iroXv vpioTO^ avT09 cKao^os cTvcu* ck 8c SrjfiOKpaTia^ atpco-cos 
yiyvofievTf^f paov to. diro/SaCvovTa a>9 ovic aTro Tct>v 6/ioCtov cXacr- 
o'ov/ievo^ Tt9 ^cpct. 

2. In the extracts which follow there are difficulties of 
reading, construction, or interpretation. Comment on these, 
emending the text and translating as far as may be necessary, 
but do not translate the whole passage : — 

(a) 6 81 Ti^pvj's 0VT09 irp<0TO9 '08pvo'at9 t^v ftcyciXiyv jSao-tXctav 
cTTt 'H'Xiov TJ9 dXXiy9 ©pdicrjq cTrotiyo-cv, 

(J) T^Kfirjpiov S4' ovT€ yap Aaicc8at/tdvtot ica^* cKdoTov9, fic^' 
dTrdvTcov Sk c9 Tiyv y^v rjfiStv rrrpaTcvouo't, Trjv tc touv ireXa9 
arrot IttcX^ovtcs . . . toi TrXcto) KpaTovfiev, 



AUTUMN, 1906— HONOURS. 646 

(c) ol Sc IlcXoirovnyo-toi, iireiBrf avrois ot 'A^i/vouoi ovk 
iviirXeov cs tov koXttov koI to. otcvo, P€fv\6fi€V0i aKovra^ ?cni) 
Trpoayayctv avrov?, dvayayd/xcvoi afia c<^ IttAcov ^?rt Tecra-dpfDV 

raidfityoi ras vav? cttI t^v iavTwv yrjv €<rfa iwi tov koXitov 

p J. ^ ^ c ,9 y 9 

d€^iio Kcpq. rfyovfJLevi^ uHrirep kqi inpfiovv. 



{d) ol TToXXoi a-€f>as aurovs SUij^Oetpov, olorovs re ov? d<^i€0'ay 
€K€tvoi €S Tcis (T^aya? KaOtevTe^ koI Ik k\iv(ov rtvlav at crv^oi' 
auTot? cvovcrat rots a-irdproLS fat ck twv Ifiarmv vapaip'^fxara 
7roLOvvT€s airayxop'^voL wairn rpoina to iroXv t^s wktos ovoSowtcs 
(T^as avrovs koX ^aWopievoL vtto tS)V avta Sie^ddprfcrav, 

(e) ravra ovv rots AaKcSaifionois cSoxet iroiifrca cTvai, 
hriOvfJiiff. Ttav SivSptov t<ov ix rrjs vt^cov KO/uVao'^ai* ^(rav 
yap ot ^Trapriarai avrtav vptaroi t€ koi ofioio}^ cifiCaL fuyycveis. 

(/) §€1 yap av koI ivravOa, Sitrir^p Vfi€h rtav SiicouW Xoycov 
^/ias cicfftao-avT€s tw vficript^ ^vfiijiopfji wraKOveiv vdOer^, koL 
riikas kt\, 

(^) fi€ra 8c TOVTO at twv Koptv^tW v^cs ccreTrXcucrav Kat 
fwcT€txt<rav TO \onrov roU SvpaKoatots ficxpt tov lyKapaiov 

T€tXQl>9. 

(A) o filv NtKias ToaavTa Xeywv to-xvpifcro, ai<r06fievos to. 
€V Tats Svpaicovo'ats dicptjScas #cat OTt ^v avrdtfi irov to PovXo- 
fi€Vov Tots *A6rfvaioi^ ytyvcor^at Ta Trpdyfiara koll a/xa Tats yow 
i^ai;o-t ^ irpoT^pov 6apayjcr€i KparrjOtk. 

3. (a) What are our authorities for the Tco-o-apaicovTacTia 
ending with the thirty years' truce ? Estimate their value. 
On what ground has it been proposed to read TcrdpTt^ for 
ScicaTO) in Thuc. i. 103, Ot 8' cv 'I06fiy 8cKaT<2> cret ^iprjcrav 
Trpos Tov^ AaKeBaLfiovLov^ ? 

(b) What was the revenue of Athens, and what were the 
sources of it in b.c. 431 ? Calculate the expense to the State 
of keeping one hundred triremes in active employment during 
an entire year. 

{c) Give an account of the policy pursued by Argos and 
Thebes respectively, in the successive periods of the Pelopon- 
nesian War. 



546 M.A. DEGBEE Ain> STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

{d) It has been said that Thucydides' 'narrative of the 
eyents in Corcyra is so full of impossibilities that it mnst be 
pure inyention on the part of the historian.' How would 
you rebut this ? 

(e) Giye a clear and detailed account of the first battle of 
Mantinea. 

(/) Give, as nearly as you can remember, in the words of 
Ihucydides the characters of Themistodes and Alcibiades. 



Second Paper. 

Rev. Pbopbssor Bbowne. 

[ When translating, you may add any short explanations which 
you consider necessary for making clear the meaning of 
the passages, '\ 

1. Translate into English : — 

{a) hr€i^ ovv (ofioXoyrfO'a^ twv /leyttmav aya$wv ctvai 
SiKaio<rvvi]v, a T(ov tc airofiaLVovTfav aun^ avTiDV Iveica afia 
KeKTrjaOai, ttoXv Be /jlolWov avra. avrcov, olov opav, dicovctVy 
^pov€Lv, Kol vyiaivctv Sij, koI oar* aXXa dya^a yovLfia rg avrcuv 
<^v<r€t aX\' ov Soiy ioTiy tovt' ovv avro iTraCv€<rov Seicouoo-vvi/s, 
o oifTTf 8t' avrrjv rov €)(ovTa ovivqa-i koI ahiKia /JXdirrci" fiurOov^ 
3e Kol So^as irdpeq dXAots €iraiv€LV. cas eyo) r£v ficv oXXmv 
ava(r\oiyiir)v av ovna^ iiraxvovvriay SiKaioorovqv jcal ifftyovnav 
dSiKiav, So^a^ re Trcpt avrcuv koX fiiaOov^ iyKta/iLaiovTiav Koi 

XoLSopOVVTiiiV, COV 8c OVK dv, ^l /JLTJ (TV ICcXcVOlS, StOTl vdvTa TOV 

Piov ovhfv aXKo CTKOiTfjiV ZieXrjXvOa^ ^ tovto. firj ovv rjiuv 
ivSeC^y fiovov tw Aoyw, on SiKaioa-vvrj dSiKta^ Kpelrrov, dXXa 
TL iroLOva'a cicarepa tov €\ovTa avrrj 8t' avriyv, idv tc Xav0dvrf 
idv T€ firj Oeovi re icat dvOpwirov^f ^ fi€v dyaOov, ^ Sc KaKOV 
ifrnv, 

(h) TO 8c yc aXrjOl^'roiovTo /jlcp ti ^v, ws coikcv, ^ SiKoioavvrf, 
dXX' ov wept r^v cfo) trpaiiv rwv avrov, aXXa irepl rrfv cvto? <w9 
dXi^Otas TTcpt iavTov koi ra iavrov, firj cocravra raXXorpia 
TTpdrrctv €Kaxrrov iv avrw p.rjSk iroXvirpayp.ov€iv irpo^ dAAi/Xa 
TGL cv T§ «/^x5 y^^^J aXXa T« ovTt ra oikcui cv OifJLtvov koX 
dpiavra avrov avrov koX Koa-firjcravra kol ijiiXov y€v6fi€vov 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS, 54? 

iavT^ Kol $wapfi6a-avTo. rpta ovra uxrwep opov^, rpets apfiovias 
€T€;(va)S vedrrj^ T€ koX viraTrj^ kol fiearj^, kol el oAAa arra fieraiv 
Tvy-^avei ovray Trdvra ravra ^vvSiytravTa /cat Travrdirao'iv eva 
y€v6fJL€Vov e/c TroXAoiv, crw^pova kol 'qpfxoo'fxivoVj ovtu) Brj 
Trpdrrtiv rjhrjy idv tl vpaTrrj ^ Trcpl )(pYjfjLdT(av KTrj<rLV 17 Trepl 
(Tco/LiaTOS Oepaireiav ^ koi ttoKitlkov Tt ^ irepl ra tSia $vfi/36\aLa, 
iv Tracrt tovtol^ rjyovjxevov koX ovofid^ovra SiKatiav fiev koi 
KaX'qv TTpaf tv, fj av ravTtjv rrjv t^iv (Tfa^rj re Kal ^vvawepydirjraL, 
(TOifiCav 8^ rrjv eiriaTarova'av ravTQ ry irpdiei ctno'TrjfirjVf dSiKOV 
Se irpa^LV, rj av del ravrrjv \vrjy dfiaOCav Sc t^v ravrg av 
iTnarraTOva-av Sofav. 

(e) dXka firjv opOorard y' av, o vvv 8^ ekeyov, rovro ws 
aXi;0(i>9 if/evSos KakoLTOy rj iv ry i/^x5 dyvoia ^ tov itl/€V<rfi€vov' 
iirel TO yc cv rots Xoyois fiCfirffid ri tov iv ry ^x5 ^^'^'' 
TrajOrjfiaTO^ Koi vcrepov ycyovos ctSwXov, ov Travt/ ajcparov 

Explain this fully. 

(d) OLTives S' av elcv ovroi ol pvOfiOL, crov epyov, toairep ras 
dpfioviaSy ^pacrai. oAAa /xa A^, €^17, ovk €x<i> Xcyctv. on ficv 
yap Tpi* arra cortv €4817, cf aiv at pdxrei^ irkeKovraiy wnrep ev 
rots <l>66yyoiq reTrapa, oOev at ^ao-ai ap/xovtat, rc^caftcvos av 
eliroip.1' TTOia Sc Trotou yStov /iifirjfiara, Xeyctv ovk c;(a). 

Write a note on rpta arra etSr] and on iv rots <f^$6yyoLS 
TCTTapa. 

(^) )(pfl^P'Ov ovTos t6t€ TTjv TToXtv 8ta<^^ap^vat, orav avr^v 
6 arCSrjpos ^ 6 p^clXkos ff>v\d^. 
How is this applied by Socrates in his argument ? 

(y) ap' ovv trepov oy /cat tovtov, ^ Xoytort/coO ri ctSos, wore 
/it^ rpta dXXa 8vo etSrj ctvat cv ^XV^ XoytortKov /cat iTriOvfirjTLKov; 
y KaOdtrep iv rg roXei ^W€L)(€V avrrjv rpia ovra yivrj, xprj/jLan- 
crriKOVy iiriKovpriTLKov, ySouXcvri/cdv, outco /cat iv if/vxy rpirov 
rovro i&TL ro OvfioeiSis, iiriKOvpov ov tw Xoyto-rticw (^vo'ct, cav 
liTj VTTO /ca/c^9 rpo<f>rjs hiafftdap'^ ; 

Socrates quotes a line from the Odyssey as giving some 
solution of the above difficulty. Do you remember the 
line? 

2. (a) How does Socrates refute the position of Thrasy- 
machus that 'injustice' is to be classed with dpetri and 
cro^iay and * justice ' with the contrary ? . 



S48 M.A. BEGR&E AND STtJDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

(h) What references are made to Egypt or to the Phoeni- 
cians in the early books of the Republic ? 

3. Translate into English (bringing out the sense clearly) : — 
{a) irpo^ fjL€V ovv to ttoXiv cTvat So^ctcv Av rj trdvra rj evid ye 
TOUTCov 6p0(Oi afi<f^i<rl3rjT€LVy irpos fUvroi f&i^v dyaOrjv 17 TraiScta 
Koi 17 dperrf /loXtora Sifcauos av o.jxtfiKrP'qToiqa'aVj KaOdirep 
etprjrai koX trporepov, cttci 8' owe TraKTwv tcrov €Y€II' Sci rot/s 
tcrovs €1/ Tt fiovov ovra^ ovre avtcrov tovs dvorovs KaO cv, avdyicrf 
irdcra^ cTvat rots rotavras TroXiretas TrapcKjSao'cis. elprprai fi€V 
ovv Kol trporcpov on Siafiif^urP'qTova'L rpoirov tlvol Sikouos 
TraKTCS, dirXciis 8' ov vdvre^ BiKaito^. 01 TrXoucioi ficv ori ttXciov 
/irrcoTi T^s )(<apas aurois, 17 8c x*^P^ icotvov, ert irpos ra 
crv/AjSoXaia ttiotoI /aoXXov <us iirl to ttXcov* ot 8' ikevOcpoi koI 
crycvcts d)S cyyvs diXXi/Xcov (TroXtrat yap /xoXXov oe yewaiorepoi 
Twv dycwcov, 17 8' cirycvcta Trap' cKaoTois oikoi ti/aios* eri 8iori 
peXrCovs etxos tov? c#c peXriovtav, cvyiveia yap ia-riv dperrj 
yivov^y ofjLoCfo^ 8^ ff^riGopLev 8ticai(i)S Kat r^ dpcrrjv dpjtfao-p'QTUV^ 
KoivmviKrjv yap dpcr^v cti^at fftaficv rrjv 8fcicaiooTnnyv, ^ wdo'as 
dvayKaiov dKoXov^cti^ ras dXXas* dXXa fi^v koX 01 vXeiov^ Trpos 
Tovs ^Xdrrovs, icat yap Kpeirroioi koX irXovo'iiSyrepoi, koX )9cXriovs 
CIO"!, W5 XafijSavofityuiV rSiv ttXclovoiv wpo? tovs eXdrrov?. 

(i) lo-Tt 8€ TToXiriK^s \opvjiyLa^ wpSyrov to re irXrjOo^ rtov 
dv^pcoTTCtiv, TTOo-ot/s T€ /Cat wotot/s Ttvas virdp^eiv 8€t <t>va'€iy Koi 
Kara rrjv \iapav uicra-vna^. 

State clearly, but briefly, the views of Aristotle as to the 
proper size of a Greek state. 

(<?) o 8' €V T§ TToXtrciioi ScDKpan^s ov KoXcus T^v ^pvyioTi 
p.6vy}v KaraXelirei fiera rrj^ 8(optoTi, Kai ravra dTro8oKifido-a9 
Twy opydvcDv Tov avXov. 

Explain as fully as possible. 

{d) SoK€L 8k civat Twv dSwdrtav to p,^ evvofielcrOai. rrjv 
dpicTTOKparovfiivrfv TroXtv dXXa wovrjpoKpaTOVfiivrjv, ofioiui^ Se 
Kai dpio'TOKpaTeurOai rrjv firj evvoiJLOViJLivrjv, 

A simple correction has been proposed ? 

(^) olov Koi iv ®T^paL9 ftera t^v cv Otvo^vrois p^Xl^ kokws 
TToXtrcvo/Acvois 17 BrjfjLOKparCa Su^Odprj, kol y Mcyapccpv 81' 
draitav koI dvap\iav rjrryOivriiiv, 

What special principle are these cases intended to illustrate? 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 649 

4. (a) Contrast the attitude of Aristotle with that of 
Plato in regard to Laconian institutions. 

{b) On what grounds does Aristotle disapprove of the 
possession by individuals of excessive wealth ? 

(<?) Write a note on the Aristotelian conception of TroXtrcia 
(in the narrower sense of the term), and state how far it is to 
be identified with dpicrroicparta ? 

5. {a) Explain what was the debt of Plato as a meta- 
physician to Socrates. On what principles have attempts 
been made to determine the date of particular dialogues ? 

(h) Give a concise account of the Eleatic school of 
philosophy. 



Thikd Papeb. 

Section A. 

Kev. Pkofessok Beowne. 

1. Translate into Greek : — 

It may perhaps be said that, in the long run, it is for the 
interest of the people that property should be secure, and 
that therefore they will respect it. We answer thus : — It 
cannot be pretended that it is not for the immediate interest 
of the people to plunder the rich. Therefore, even if it 
were quite certain that, in the long run, the people would, 
as a body, lose by doing so, it would not necessarily follow 
that the fear of remote ill-consequences would overcome the 
desire of immediate acquisitions. Every individual might 
flatter himself that the punishment would not fall on him. 
Mr. Mill himself tells us, in his essay on jurisprudence, 
that no quantity of evil which is remote and uncertain will 
suffice to prevent crime. 

But we are rather inclined to think that it would, on the 
whole, be for the interest of the majority to plunder the 
rich. If so, the Utilitarians will say liat the rich ought to 
be plundered. We deny the inference. Eor in the first 
place, if the object of government be the greatest happiness 
of the greatest number, the intensity of the suffering which 
a measure inflicts must be taken into consideration, as well 
as the number of the sufferers. In the next place, we have 



550 M.A. DEGBEE AMD STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

to notice one most important diBtinction whicli Mr. Mill has 
altogether overlooked. Throughout his essay he confounds 
the community with the species. He talks of the greatest 
happiness of tiie greatest number ; but, when we examine 
his reasonings, we find that he thinks only of the greatest 
number of a single generation. Therefore, even if we were 
to concede that all those arguments of which we have 
exposed the fallacy are unanswerable, we might still deny 
the conclusion at which the essayist arrives. 

Section B. 

Peofessoe MacMastee. 

2. Translate into English, with short explanatory foot- 
notes : — 

(a) €t firj ' yo) Trapd<f}p(av /Aoivris l^vp koL yvwfuzs 
XeiTTOficva (ro<l>a^, 
cwriv d Trpd/Aams 
Atfca, SiKata ff>€pop.iva xepolv Kparr)' 

/ACrClGTlV, J) T€KVOV, OV flOKpOV )(p6vOV. 

vTreoTi fioL Opdcro^f 

dSwrvotav xXvovcrav 

apTidiS ovcipdrcov. 

OV yap TTOT* d/ivaoT€t y 6 <f}vcrai c' 'EXXdi'WV dva^, 

ovS' a TraXaid xaXxoTrAaKTOS a/jLit^dKrj^ ycia;s, 

d viv KaTett-€<f}vev ala-xfa-Tais ev aliciats. 

y$€L /cat iroXvTTOvs kol 7ro\v)(€ip a Sctvots 

Kpvirrofieva Xd^ois 

XakKoirovs *Eptvvs. 

dXeKTp* dvvfJL<f}a yap iirefia fiLaL<l>6vwv 

yd/jwov aiJnXKrip.a0* otctv ov ^c/xtg. 

pLrproff Tffuv 
dij/eyl^ TTcXav ripa^ 

Tots Spwo'i Kal arvvSpoiCTLV. rj rot fiavrtlai /3poTiov 
ovK eta-lv iv Sctvois dvctpots ov8' iv Oecif^droL^, 
€t fiTf ToSc <f}d(rfia wictos ev KaTa<r;(?J<r€t. 
(J) dye vvv rffieis iraMTCo/ACV, aTrcp vd/ios ivOdZe rawrt ywatf tv, 
OTttV opyta cefiva Oealv iepah wpats dvix^h^i dirtp koX 
navcrctfv (rejScrai, #cat vr/OTcvct, 
?roAAdfCt9 avratv €*c twv wpcov 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 551 

€5 TaS WpaS iw€ir€V\6fJL€V0S 

roiavra fieXciv Odfi iavrw. 
opfia xu>p€i 
Kov<f>a iroa-Lv, ay cs kvkXov, 
Xctpi (Tvvairrt x^upa, pvOfiov 
Xopeta^ V7ray€ Traxra' ySatvc 
KapiraXL/iOLV ttoSolv. 
€'jrLa'K07r€LV Se, 7ravTa)(rj 
KVKXovcrav Ofifiaj XPV X^P^^ KaTacrrao'LV, 
afia 8c /cat 

yCI/OS 'OXv/ATTUOV 0€<OV 

/acAttc, Kai yepaipe ^o>v^ Trao'a x^pofiavii rpoTrw. 
el 84 Tis 
TrpooSoK^ KaKtos ipelv 
Iv icpw yin'atKa p! ov<rav avSpas, ovk opdihs ffipovel. 
aXKa xpv, 
wo-TTcp tpyoVy avTLKa 
irpunav €vkvk\ov ^opcias €v<f}vrj crr^crtu paxriv, 
irpofiaive wocif tov 'Evkvpav 
p.€\7rovcra, kol ty^v ro^oifiopov 
ApTcfitv, avaa-a-av ayvqv, 
yaip*, £ 'Eicacpyc, 
07ra4€ 06 vlktjv. 
'Hpav T€ T^i/ rcAeiav 
p.€\\lf(ap.ev, mrirep cikos, 
§ Trao-t Tois x'^P^^^'-^ ifXTrcu^eL tc /cat 
KA^3as ydp,ov ^vXarrci. 
*Ep/A'5v T€ Nd/i.toi' dvropxLi, 
KoX Ilava, Kttt Nv/x<^a9 ^lAas, 
CTTtycXacrat irpoOvp.ta^ 
rats '^p.eripaia-L 
XOLpevra ;(op€iai9. 

(c) OVK otS', ov8' hrioiKfv & ft^ p.dOop,€V irovUa-Oai. 
€1 p,ev KoXa TTcAct ra /xcXrSpta, /cat raSc /Awva 
kSSos ep.ol ^?/(rom ra p,ot irapo? wTracrc Moipa — 
€1 8' ou;( d8€a ravra, rt /xoi ttoXv irXctova p.oxOeiv ; 
el p.€V yap ^loto) 8t7rXoov xP^vov dfifiiv l8a)ic€V 
17 Kpoi'iSas ^ Moipa TroXvrpcwros, wot' dvvco-^at 
TOV p.€V €5 €V(j»poavvav KOL X'oipP'O.Taj rov 8* ctti fioxOia, 
^v rdxa /loxOrjcravrt fieBvarepov icrOXa SixecrOai. 
el Be Oeol Karevevorav eva xpovov cs pCov iX$elv 



552 H.A. DEOBEB AND 8TUDBNTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

aySpiinroLS, koX rov$c Ppax^v jcot ficu>va iraamav, 
€9 iroo'ov 2 SciXoi KCLfjLarwis iccts ^fvya irorcvfies, 
}ln)\ay S* a;(pt riVos irori xip^a jcat Tort rc^as 
paXXofUif l/itipovre^ oci iroAv irActbvo9 oA^fo ; 
^ Xa06fi€€rff apa irdvres, ori Ovarol ycvofi€<r0a, 
X<^$ Ppf^X^^ ^f^ MoAjpas Xa)(Ofi€y \p6vov ; 



FoTJETH Paper. 
Pbofessob Kbene. 

1. Write a short Essay in Greek on one of the following 
subjects : — 

(a) The Sophists of the Fifth Century b.c. 

{h) Olympic Ghones in ancient and modem times. 

AbT and AirTIdTTIXIES. 

2. Candidates are requested to answer any Jwe of the 
following questions : — 

{a) What is the meaning of the following terms in reference 
to temple architecture — voos cv TropaoToo-i, irpooTvXos, ofi^i- 
irpooTvXo?, ircptWcpos, Swrrcpos, ^cvSoStirrcpoS) irvicvooTwXos, 
dpatooTvXos ? 

{h) Describe the form of the Erechtheum, and account for 
its peculiarity. 

{e) Describe concisely the Hai-py Monument. What school 
of art does it represent, and what various views have been 
taken of its subject ? 

{d) Compare the Discobolus of Myron with that of 
Naucydes. What schools did they represent? 

{e) Name the chief pupils of Pheidias, and give some 
account of their works. 

(/) Write a notice of Scopas and his works. 

(y) Write a note on Corinthian pottery, pointing out its 
gi-adual development. What is meant by Frotoeorinthian ? 



AUTITMNy 1906 — H0N0X7BS. 558 

Philology. 

3. {a) What is the origin of the Latin form Ugimini, and 
what inference has been drawn from it ? 

(J) What was Ascoli's theory of two h sounds, and to what 
important developments did it lead ? 

{e) What is meant by the science of Semasiology ? Give 
examples. 

{d) Distinguish aspirates from spirants. 

{e) Write a note on exceptions to Grimm's Law. 

(/) How did Greek and Latin accent differ ? What cause 
produced the special Greek accent ? Comment on the accent 
of — irarrjpf fi'qrqp, OnipioVy cvvov, Zcvs, Zcv. 



MODERN LITERATVRE. 



ENGLISH. 

FiBST Paper. 

Professor Stockley. 

1 . («) Write in Modem English : — 

He ow8e% j'set he bude on j>d&m. lande 
norjjweardum wi]) j>si Westsce. 

How would you compare that use of * wi]) ' with this : 
ferde wij> j>one feld P 

{b) Write a short note on * set ' in : in ]>8Bre stowe 
j>e is genemned set Searobyrg. 

Translate. 

{c) Write in Modem English, giving the principal 
parts of all verbs : — 

J}onne seraaS hy ealle toweard Jsem feo ; Sonne 
cymeS se mann se thset swiftoste hors hafaS to ])sem 



554 M.A. DEGBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

sBrestan diele and to ]>8Bm msestaoy and swa £b1o sefter 
oSrum, oj? hit biS eall genumen ; and se nimS J?one 
ISstan diel se nyhst J?8Bm tune Jaet feoh geseme'S. 

2. Give an account of the early non-West Saxon 
literature. 

3. Write notes on the pronunciation of English in 
the times of Alfred, Chaucer, Shakspeare. 

4. Write an account of the materials found in 
English poetry for studying the history of the poor in 
England. 

5. Discuss the sonnet forms of Wyatt, Surrey, 
Spenser, Shakspeare, Milton, Wordsworth, Mis. 
Browning. 

6. What would you say of the effects of the metre 
of these poems: — Milton's Hymn on the Nativity y 
Gray's Elegy y Tennyson's In Memoriam P Give illus- 
trations from each. 

7. What can you tell of the attitude of Charles Lamb 
and contemporary critics towards the Elizabethan 
dramatists ? 

8. Compare and contrast (with quotations in relation 
to what you say) Bums and Moore. 



Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Bacon. 

1. Show the divergence of the Chaucerian 'romantic* 
tale from the typical mediaeval romance. 

2. Describe and discuss Spenser's references to Ireland, 
and to contemporary poets in Colin Clout. 

8. Illustrate from Edward II. the strength and the 
weakness of Marlowe as a dramatist. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 655 

4. (a) Describe and comment upon the comic element 
in Hev/ry F., and compare it with that of the other plays 
of the trilogy. 

(b) Discuss the statement that ' the plane of interest in 
Henry V. is epic rather than dramatic* 

5. Consider Shakespeare's use of the supernatural as a 
source of dramatic interest. Examine the extent to which 
the Tempest is indebted to the supernatural element for its 
romantic interest and charm. 

6. Trace the influence of contemporary English life and 
thought on the minor poems of Milton. 



Thibd Papeb. 
Pbofessor Tkench. 

1. Johnson complained of the lB.ck of relief in Absalom 
and Achitophel ; and also of ' an unpleasing disproportion 
between the beginning and the end.' Are these valid 
objections? Consider also whether the failure, at some 
points, of the historical parallel renders the structure of 
the poem in any way unsatisfactory. 

2. Does Pope in his satires appear to be animated by a 
genuine love of virtue and desire for reform 7 If unfairness 
characterises him, did the circumstances in which Pope at 
this time found himself perhaps contribute to the develop- 
ment of this characteristic ? 

8. Compare Burke's style and temper in his treatment of 
the French Eevolution with his style and temper in his 
treatment at an earlier date of the American troubles. 

4. * Wordsworth does not willingly deal with a passion 
in its direct aspect, or presenting an unmodified contour, 
but in forms more complex and oblique, and when passing 
under the shadow of some secondary passion.' Can this 
be illustrated from The Excursion ? 

5. Write a note on De Quincey as a literary critic. 



546 M.A. DEGBBE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

(d) It has been said that Thucydides' * narrative of the 
events in Corcyra is so full of impossibilities that it must be 
pure invention on the part of the historian.' How would 
you rebut this ? 

(e) Give a clear and detailed account of the first battle of 
Mantinea. 

(/) Give, as nearly as you can remember, in the words of 
Thucydides the characters of Themistocles and Alcibiades. 



Second Papeu. 

Kev. PfiOPBSsoK Beowne. 

[ When translating, you may add any short explanations which 
you consider necessary for making clear the meaning of 
the passages J] 

1. Translate into English : — 

(«) CTTCiS^ ovv <i)/Jio\6yrfaras tS>v /AcyMTTCOV dyaOwv clvai 
BiKaioarvvTjv, at t(ov T€ dvo/3aLv6vT(i>v dir^ avrCjv €V€Ka afia 
KCKTrjcrOaif ttoXv Be fxaXkov aura avrStVf olov opav, dicovctv, 
<t>pov€LVj Kol vyiaLveiv 817, koI o<r dXXa dyaOa yove/ta tq avTwv 
<^v(r€t aX\* ov S6$rj co-Ti, tow' ovv avTo iiraivearov BiKaioaiJvrjSt 
o avT-q 8t' avrrjv rov Ixovra ovivrfori koI dBiKia pXanrrw /jlictOov^ 
Be KOL Boias irdpe^ aXXoi9 eiraiveiv, <u9 cyoi rcov ficv oAAcov 
dvaa-xoCfjLTjv dv ovtws eiraivovvrtav BiKaioarovrp^ icai ij/eyovTfov 
dBtKLav, Sofas re irepi avTwv icat fii<r6ov^ cyiccD/AtafovTwv icat 
\oLBopovvT(t)Vf arov Be ovk dv, el firj arv KekevoL^, Biori irdvra rbv 
Plov ovBev aXKo (TkottwiV BieXriXvOa^ ^ toOto. /x,^ ovv rifuv 
ivBeiirj fiovov toJ Adyw, on BiKaLoarvvrj dBiKia^ Kpelrrov, dXXa 
Tt iroiovara eKarepa rov e^ovTa avrtf 8t' avnyv, edv tc XavOdvy 
edv T€ fjiri Oeovs re koI dvOptavov^, 17 fiev dyaOov, rj Be KaKOV 
€<mv- 

(5) to Be ye dXrjde^'roiovTO fiev ri rjv, ws eotkev, 17 BiKaiotrvvrf, 
oAA* ov wepl rrjv cfw irpditv tcov avrov, dAAa vepl rrfv cvros ws 
dXrjOws irepl eavrov icat ra eavrov, firf edaravra raXXorpia 
trpdrreiv eKacrrov ev avT<o firjBe iroXwrpayixovelv vpo^ SXXrjXa 
rd €V TQ if/vxy yevrj, dXXd T<p ovti ra oiiccta ev Oefievov kol 
dp^avra avTov avrov kol Koafirja'avTa koI <f>LXov yevofievov 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS, 647 

iavT<a Koi ^vvapfiocravra rpia ovra vtxnrep opov^, rpcts dpfiovia^ 
iT€)(y(DS vcciTiys re koL inrdrrjs /cat fiecn^S) Kal eZ oAAa arra fjL€Ta$v 
Tvy)((ii/€i ovra, irdvra ravra ivvSya-avra Kai iravrairao'LV eva. 
y€v6fjL€Vov €K iToWiov, Q-uiffipova KoX rjpfjLoafxevov, ovrto Brj 
•7rpaTT€iv rjSrjf idv tl wpdrrrj rj irepl XprjfidTtav KTrjaLV rj ircpl 
<r(afiaros ^cpa-Trctav rj koI ttoXltikov tl ^ trepl ra Ihia ^fifiokaia, 
iv TOcrt TovTots r^yovfjievov kol ovofid^ovra SiKaCav filv koI 
Kakrjv vpa^LVf ^ av tovttjv tt^v l^tv (rtaCy re Kal tvvawepyd^rjTaL, 
crtKJiLav 8^ rrjv €7naTarov<rav ravrrj ry irpd^ei iiriarn^fJi'qv, dSiKov 
Se Trpoffcv, ^ av del ravn^v \vy, d/JLaOiav Se r^v ravry av 
iTTLOTaTova'av So^av. 

(c) aXXa firjv opOorard y* av, o vvv 8t] IXcyov, tovto ws 
dXrj$<a<s ^€t)Sos /caXotTO, 17 iv ry ijruxy dyvota 17 rov ixl/evafJLevov* 
iiTil TO yc iv rots Xoyots fJiCfirjfid Tt rov iv tQ ^XQ ^^^ 
TroBriiiaTO% Kal varrepov yeyovos ctSwAov, ov irdvv axparov 

Explain this fully. 

{d) oiTivcs S' hv €t€v ovToi 01 pvOfJLOL, cov ipyov, wnrep tcls 
dpfiovias, ffipdcai. aXKa fna Al\ €<firjj ovk €)((i> Xeyctv. on fikv 
yap TpC arra iarlv etS?;, cf wv at pdareti TrAcxovrat, oionrcp iv 
rots KJiOoyyois rirrapa, oOev at ?racrat dpfioviai, reOeafJiivo^ av 
cLTroifii' TToia 8c TToiov piov fiLfujfJLara, Xiyetv ovk l;(a). 

Write a note on rpta arra €lBtj and on iv rots ^Ooyyoi^ 
T€TTapa, 

(^) )(pi]<rfiov ovTOS TOT€ T^v TToXtv Sta^^op^vat, orav avr^v 
6 arCSrjpos rj 6 ^gXkos ff>v\a^. 
How is this applied by Socrates in his argument ? 

(/*) ap' ovv Irepov ov Kal tovtov, ^ Xoyt(rTtKOi5 Tt €t8o9, wcTe 
/x,-^ Tpta dAAa Svo elSrf cTvat cv ^v)(7J, XoyioTLKOV Kal iiridvp/vjriKov; 
ri KaOdircp iv t]} ToXet fvvct^cv avrrjv rpia ovra yivrjf \prffiaTL- 
(TTLKOVf iiTLKOVprjTtKov, ^ovkevTLKOVy ouTw Kat iv i/^^X^ rpiTov 
rovro i&TL to OvfioeiSiSf iiriKovpov ov tw Xoyto'Ttxcp c^vo'ct, cav 
/i^ VTTO icax^9 rpofjyrjs SiatfiOap'g ; 

Socrates quotes a line from the Odyssey as giving some 
solution of the above difficulty. Do you remember the 
Une? 

2. (a) How does Socrates refute the position of Thrasy- 
machus that 'injustice' is to be classed with dpcTi/ and 
o-o^ta, and * justice ' with the contrary ? . 



558 M.A. DEOBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

Les aises au cheval vous do je dire bien : 
II ert en .i. travail bien saieU d'achier ; 
Le menor des estaches ne menast .i. somier. 

Elie de Saint Gilles. 
Write etymological notes on the italicised words in 
passages (a) and (b). 

Discuss the dialect and metre of these two passages. 

10. Translate, with such explanatory notes as may seem 
necessary : — 

Et lors se porpens6rent li Grieu d'un mult grant enging, 
qu*il pristrent dix sept n^s granz, ses emplirent totes de 
granz merrienz et d'esprises et d'estopes et de poiz et de 
toniaus ; et attendirent tant que li venz venta devers aus 
mult durement. Et une nuit, a mie nuit, mistrent le feu 
es n^s et laissi^rent les voiles aler al vent ; et li feus aluma 
mult halt, si que il sembloit que tote la terre arsist. Et 
ensi s'en yienent vers les navies des pelerins ; et li criz 
li^ve en Tost, et saillent as armes de totes parz. Li 
Venisien corrent a lor vaissiaus et tuit li autre qui vaissials 
i avoient, et les comencent a rescore dou feu mult vigue- 
rosement. — VniTiEH ardouin . 

11. Translate into English : — 

Fran9ois prisent Lanbare, .j. bon evesque i misent, 
Cui caut quant il Ti misent, ^uant il n'i laisent mie ? 
Car a eel jor avoient molt poi de conpaignie, 
Car del due Godefroi n'i avoient il mie. 
II laisierent Lanbare, si passent a le Lice, 
Et vinrent a le Mare u grant paine sofrirent. 
.V. semaines i furent ains qu'eiissent la vile ; 
D'asnes et de cevals lor i convint a vivre 
Et d'autres bestes mues, nel mescrees vos mie ; 
Auquant mangiient Turs, tels i a quis ocient. 
Une nuit va en fuere dans Baimons de Saint Gille ; 
Si mena avoec lui les fieres conpaignies 
Ei cerquent les montaignes par dales le marine. 
As tren9ans de lor armes vont querant dont il vivent. 
Or oiez quel vertu illuec fist Nostre Sire 
De toz nos crestiens que paien 1 ocisent : 
Orois ont centre les cuers et devant les poitrines 
Vermelles comme sane, ce lor fist Nostre Sire. 
Qoxji estoit une cose u il ferment se fient. 



AUTUMN, 1906 ^HONOURS. 669 

Thibd Fapeb. 

Pbofessob Butleb. 

I. — Composition . 

Traduisez en fran9ais ; — 

A time of decadence is a time of over-attention to detail — 
a time when the large outline of life is effaced, and fine 
ideals are lost sight of, when great means are used for little 
ends, and small issues are taken for hig ones. In such 
phases of the world's history the whole spiritual currency 
becomes debased ; observation is substituted for religion, 
common sense for wisdom, intrigue for statesmanship ; 
while art degenerates into artifice, and a noble generosity 
into an ignoble extravagance. For beauty itself loses rank, 
and from being the true servant of the princes who once 
bowed before it becomes the insignificant slave of tyrannical 
caprice. That a period of abnormal energy of mind tends 
to produce abnormal enervation in the succeeding age is no 
new discovery ; nor need we go far to find proofs of it in 
modern history, whether we seek them in the corruption of 
the Stuart Restoration following upon the great political 
upheaval, or in the laxity and nullity of the Directory, the 
immediate sequel of the French Revolution. But nowhere 
is this truth so strongly embodied, so plainly visible, as in 
the latter half of the sixteenth century. The impressionable 
Latin races, highly strung for good and evil, fell the most 
easily a prey to the emotional excesses and moral disorders 
belonging to a time of febrile exhaustion, when will was 
weak and temperament defenceless. The richer the 
summer, the completer and the deadlier its autumnal 
decay. Miasmic vapours and chill mists close round us, 
and strange scents of dead leaves oppress us as we follow 
the last hectic pomp, the pale gold funeral pageant of the 
dying Renaissance. 

Traitez en anglais ou en fran9ais les quatre sujets 
suivants : — 

1. Le th^&tre £ran9ais au moyen &ge. 
2 62 



560 M.A. DSOSSB AKD STUDBMTSHIP BXAMIHATION. 

2. Le r^gne de Fran9ois premier et son importance pour 
la litt^ratnre fran^aise. 

8. Boileaa et son influence snr la po6sie £ran9ai8e. 
4. L'oenyre de Lamartine. 



FouBTH Papeb. 
Mb. O'SmjJVAN. 

1. Translate into English : — 

(a) Le reis Marsilies esteit en Sarragnce ; 

Alez en est en nn Vergier snz Tombre ; 

Snr nn pemm de marbre bloi se cnlchet, 

Environ Ini ad pins de vint milies kumes, 

II en apelet e ses dox e ses contes : 

' Oez, seignnrs, qnels pecchiez nus encombret. 

Li emperere Carles de France dulce 

En cest pais nus est vennz confondre. 

lo nen ai est ki bataille li dunget ; 

Nen ai tel gent ki la sue derumpet. 

Conseilliez mei, cume mi saive hume ; 

Si m'guarisez e de mort e de hunte.' 
Derive ' Sarraguce.' Is Gautier's reading ' seignurs ' in 
this and similar passages correct ? Write notes on the 
italicised words. 

(5) Oliviers montet dessoure un pui hal9or, 
Guardet sour destre par mi un val erbos, 
Si veit venir cele gent paienor, 
Sin apelat Bodlant son compaignon : 

* Devers Espaigne vei venir tel brunor, i 

Tanz blans osbers, tanz elmes flambeios f i 

Icist feront noz Francois grant iror. I 

Guenele li fel en at fait tradison, | 

Qui nos jujat devant Temperedor. I 

Tais, Oliviers,' li coms Bodlanz respont : | 

* Mes padrastre est, ne vueil que mot en sons.' , 

Comment on the assonance — iror : tradison. | 

Write notes on hal9or, paienor. , 

I 
I 
I 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 561 

(c) Orez i at de toneidre e de vent, 
Plnie e gresilz desmesoredement ; 
Chiedent i foildres e menut e sovent, 
E terremuete 90 i at veirement : 
De Saint Michiel del Peril jusque as Bainz, 
Des Besencon tresque as porz de Guitsant, 
Nen at recet dont li mors ne crevant ; 
Gontre midi tenebres i at granz, 
N'i at clart^t se li ciels nen i fent. 
Om ne lo veit qui ne s'en espavent ; 
Dient plusor : < ^ost li definemenz, 
La fin del sieole qui nos est en present ! ' 
Mais il nel sevent, ne dient veir neient : 
^ost li granz duels por la mort de Bodlant ! 

Write notes on the italicised words. 

2. Give, after Taine, a general account of the state of 
the French provinces in the year 1789. 

8. Estimate the part taken by the majority of the French 
nation in the revolutionary movement. 

4. Discuss the id.eas, and describe the temperament, of 
the Jacobins. 

5. What were the economic results of Jacobin rule in 
France ? 

6. Summarise Taine's description of the character of 
Bobespierre. 

Unpbesobibed Passages. 

Translate into English : — 

(a) Dans Bemilly, une effirayante confusion d'hommes, 
de chevaux et de voitures, encombrait la rue en pente, dont 
les lacets descendent k la Meuse. Devant T^glise, k 
mi-c6te, des canons, aux roues enchevetrees, ne pouvaient 
plus avancer, malgr^ les jurons et les coups. En has, prds 
de la filature, ou gronde une chute de TEmmane, c'^tait 
toute une queue de fourgons echoues, barrant la route ; 
tandis qu*un flot sans cesse accru de soldats se battait k 
Tauberge de la Croix de Malte, sans mSme obtenir un verre 
de vin. 



562 M.A. DEOBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

Et cette pouss^ farieuse allait s'ecraser plus loin, k 
Textr^mit^ meridionale du village, qu'un bouquet d'arbres 
s^pare du fleuve, et ot le g^nie avait, le matin, jet6 un pont 
de bateaux. Un bac se trouvait k droite, la maison du 
passeur blancbissait, solitaire, dans les hautes herbes. Sur 
les deux rives, on avait allum6 de grands feux, dont les 
flammes, activ^es par moments, incendiaient la nuit, 
^clairant Teau et les berges d'une lumi^re de plein jour. 
Alors apparaissait I'^norme entassement de troupes qui 
attendaient, pendant que la passerelle ne permettait que 
le passage de deux hommes k la fois, et que, sur le pont, 
large au plus de trois metres, la cavalerie, I'artillerie, les 
bagages, dMlaient au pas, d'une lenteur mortelle. 

(b) Tydeiis dist : * Or oi enjan ; 

Mais, par ma fei, 90 n'iert oan 
Que il vos laist issi la terre, 
Anceis vos en movra grant guerre ; 
Co sachiez bien que assez tost 
bor vos verriez grant host. 
Vos ueuz veiant prendron les preies, 
Et o engenz et o cercleies 
Nos acosteron si as murs 
la ne sereiz dedenz seiirs 
Por veir vos di, mout me merveil 
Que ne prenez autre oonseil. 
Dont esperez aveir aiue ? 
Quant vostre terre iert confundue 
Et maint baron en serront mort, 
Li adreceriez vos cest tort ; 
Fu6s que vendra al grant destreit, 
Vos 11 rendriez 90 sai, son dreit ; 
Vos li rendriez tote sa part, 
Mais donques le feriez a tart. 
Mieuz vient que ore senz damage 
Ait li vassaus son hiretage.* 

Boman de Thebes, 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 663 

GERMAN. 

FiEST Paper. 

Pbofessob Steinbebgeb. 

ZJ)tmata ju einem beutfd^en auffaft:— 

2)et: ginpuf ber iRenaiffance auf bte @ntn)i(flung be^ beutfd^en 

Setrad^tungen u(er ben i^ieben^Iongrep im Spaa^. 
UJer ba^ SBal^lred^t bet grauen. 



Second Papeb. 

Mb. 0' Sullivan. 

I. — Philology and Middle High Gebmak. 

1. Explain the changes of consonants in (eibeu and littf 
iU^cn and m, mxtn and gen^efen. 

2. What is meant by Ablaut ? Show how it is exemplified 
in the following verbs : — nemen, stigen, biegen, vam. 

3. Show, by means of a table, the vowel changes which 
took place towards the end of the Middle High German 
period. 

4. Discuss the development of meaning of the following 
words :— feljir, wenig, elenW 6lfaf, 2BeU/ ptfd^/ i^USjif altern. 

5. Comment on the formation of : — ^aijiax, l^eute/ entoeber/ 
\lvU\xb, txMUn, 2lnlaf/ entlaffen/ alter/ fefi^er* 

6. Give the history of the plural ending ^n in words such 
as iRfnber, SSild^er. 

7. Compare the uses of (?aj, oh^ da, wan in Middle and 
Modern High German. 



564 M.A. DEOBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

8. BiscusB the syntax of the foUowing : — 

der maere helt guoter. 

eine die besten. 

in einen jtten. 

ir selber hant. 

BO briche ich miner triawe niht. 

wes man ze ritterschefte gert 

des was man alles da gewert. 

II. — AUTHOBS. 

9. Translate into English : — 

I. 

Der kiinic von Bnrgonden klagete stnen tot. 

do sprach der verschwnnde * daj ist ane not, 

da^ der ndch schaden weinet, der in d& hsbt getan. 

der dienet michel schelden : ej waere bejjer verlin.' 

Do sprach der grimme Hagene * jane weij ich waj ir kleit. 
e^ h^t nn allej; ende unser sorge unt unser leit : 
wir vinden ir vil wenic die getiirren uns bestdn. 
wol mich deich siner herschaft hin ze rate getin.' 

* Ir muget inch llhte riiemen,' sprach do Sifrit. 

* het ich an iu erkennet den mortlichen sit, 
ich hete wol behalten vor iu minen lip. 

mich riuwet niht so sere so yrou Kriemhilt min wip. 

Nn miiej^e got erbarmen deich ie gewan den sun 

dem man das; itewi^en sol ndch den ziten tuon 

da^ sine mage iemen mortliche h^n erslagen. 

moht ich,' sd sprach Sifrit, ' daj; sold ich pilliche klagen.' 

Do sprach yil jsemerliche der verschwnnde man 
' welt ir, kiinic edele, triuwen iht beg&n 
in der werlt an iemen, Idt iu bevolhen sin 
uf iuwer genade die lieben triutinne mtn.' 

Bas Nihelungenlied, 
Scun the first strophe of this passage. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — ^HOMOUBS. 666 



Si spraoli : ' ir mohtent mit mir klagen. 
was mohte uns in6 gewerren 
danne umb imBem herren, 
daz wir den suln yerliesen 
Tind mit ime verkiesen 
beide guot und 6ie ? 
wir gewinnen memer mSre 
debeinen berren alsd guot 
der uns tuo daz er uns tuot/ 

Si spricben : ^ tobter, d^ b&st w&r. 
nti fmmt uns leider nibt ein bar 
iinser riuwe und din klage, 
liebez kint, d^ von gedage. 
ez ist uns also leit so dir. 
leider nu enmuge wir 
ime ze keinen staten komen. 
got der bdt in uns benomen : 
bet ez iemen anders get&n, 
der miiese unsem fluocb b&n.' 

Der arme Heinrieh. 

{a) Comment on : verliesen, debeinen, enmuge. 
(h) Estimate tbe position of Heinriob von Veldeke in 
Middle Higb German literature. 

{o) Give an account of tbe Middle Higb German Yolksepos. 



Third Papeb. 

Pbofessob Cadig. 

I. — Composition. 

dBerfeJen @ie in« SDeutfd^e :— 

Conceive tbe situation of a man, spending bis last nigbt 
on earth in a cell. Buoyed up witb some vague hope 
of reprieve, he knew not why — indulging in some wild 

268 



566 M.A. DBOBEE AND STtJDEKTSHIP BXAMINATlOK. 

and visionary idea of escaping, he knew not how — 
hour after hour of the three preceding days allowed 
him for preparation, has fled with a speed which no mail 
living would deem possible, for none but this dying man 
can know. He has wearied his friends with entreaties, 
exhausted the attendants with importunities, neglected in 
his feverish recklessness the timely warnings of his spiritual 
consoler; and now that the illusion is at last dispelled, 
now that eternity is before him and guilt behind, now that 
his fears of death amount almost to madness, and an over- 
whelming sense of his helpless, hopeless state rushes upon 
him, he is lost and stupified, and has neither thoughts to 
turn to, nor power to call upon the Almighty Being, from 
whom alone he can seek mercy and forgiveness, and before 
whom his repentance can alone avail. 

Hours have glided by, and still he sits upon the same 
stone bench, with folded arms, heedless alike of the fast 
decreasing time before him, and the urgent entreaties of 
the good man at his side. The feeble light is wasting 
gradually, and the deathlike stillness of the street without, 
broken only by the rumbling of some passing vehicle which 
echoes mournfully through the empty yards, warns him 
that the night is waning fast away. The deep bell of 
St. Paul's strikes — one 1 He heard it ; it has roused him. 
Seven hours left 1 He paces the narrow limits of his cell 
with rapid strides, cold drops of terror starting on his fore- 
head, and every muscle of his frame quivering with agony. 



II.— Sitteratur. 
(Answer in English or in German.) 

1. Slnf^nge unb Sntmidelung ber (Satire in X)eutf(i^(anb. 

2. 3)a^ beutfd^e S)rama am @nbe M neunjeljinten ^a^v^ 
l^unberW. 

3. @oet^e^« Z^ti^hit tm l^iol^en 2llter. 

4. gin Spiegel M geifligen beutfc^en Seten^ im funfjel^nten 
Sal^rl^unbert. 



AtrruiiN, 1906— HOMOUBs. 56*7 

Fourth Papbb. 

Fbofessob Btttleb. 

I. — Pbesobibed Authobs. 

1. Give some examples of the use made by Freytag of 
the poets in describing the past of Germany. 

2. What connexion was there between Ireland and 
Germany in early times? 

8. What does Freytag say about the mixture of national- 
ities in the armies of the Thirty Years' War ; and how has 
Schiller brought out the same point in * Wallenstein ' ? 

4. Write a short study of the character of the Elder 
Piccolomini. 

5. How far is there unity of action in the Wallenstein 
Trilogy ? 

6. Bring out the symbolical meaning of the Classical 
Walpurgisnacht. 

7. Show how the character of Faust differs from the 
Faust of the * Urfaust.' What reasons may be assigned 
for the change in Goethe's treatment of the subject ? 

8. What special purpose in the play have Auerbach's 
Keller, Wald und Hohle, and Helena ? 

II. — Unpbesobibed Passages. 

9. Translate into English : — 



D6 si si beide vor ir weinen sach, 
diu maget ellende zuo in dd sprach : 
' ir tuot dem geliche und sit in der gebaere, 
sam diu edele Kiidriin iu vil guoten helden sippe waBre.' 

Do sprach der viirste Herwic : * j4 riuwet mich ir lip 
uf mines lebenes ende. diu maget was min wlp. 
si was mir bevestent mit eiden als6 stsBten. 
sit muoste ich si verlisen durch des alten Ludewiges rsete. ' 



f 



^68 M.A. DEOBEE Ain> STUDENTSBIF JEUksUkTlO^. 

* Nu wellet ir mich triegen ' sprach die ariue meit. 
' von Herwlges t6de ist mir vil geseit. 
al der werlte wiinne die solte ich gewinnen, 
w8Br er indert lebende ; s6 hSte er mich geviieret von 

hinnen.* 

Dd sprach der ritter edele : ' nu sehet an mine hant. 
ob ir daz golt erkennet, so bin ich Herwic genant. 
d4 mite ich wart gemahelet EMrdn ze minnen. 
sit ir danne mln vrouwe, so viiere ich inch gewalticliche 

hinnen.' 

II. 

?IW ^exm ^etberfeter miibe «nb l^ungrtg ben ®aal Betrat/ 
flounte er. 6i)a SBalt l^atte bte fe^6 Soge tenti^t; urn ba^ altc 
?)au« einmat griinbltc^ ju reinigen. S)er gufJoben au6 6reiten 
ZotinenJrettern jeigte njteber feitte flarfe ^otjtilbung/ feine 
mcic^tigen gafern unb SnSfle; bte teiben gehjattigen S^erftatfeii/ 
rol^bel^aueu; mit atgeflumpften Santeiw Ijatkn tange »erl'orenen 
®lanj njtebergenjonnen. £)ie Sild^er auf bcm ©d^reitttfd^ l^otten 
fld^ njte juv Segriif ttng il^re^ ^errn ftramm oufgeflettt/ unb bte 
gfll^Kofen Sfl^tein unb 3ettel/ bte be^ 2luf^e5en5 tvert mxen, 
agen fauBer in Wauen SKftenbetfeIn, mil iijxtm Snl^olt tjcrtettt^ 
aufgefiapett. 5Der SRa§tt[d| ber 2Rutter/ ber cim genfler jur Sinfen 
flanb/ l^atte cin Sraune^ geierfleib an, unb red^t^ »on ber ©ang* 
tilixXf auf ber alten ®^atnUe, flanb eine rufftfd^e fupferne Sl^ee*^ 
mafc^tne, tm Blanfen ®lanj, etnfl ®rof mutter^ Stotg unb tSgtid^c 
greube, nun ein SSltertum, be« gnfett <Sinit ju fii^mutlen. 



ITALIAN. 

FiBST Paper. 

Pbofessob Steinbeboeb. 

Svolgere in italiano uno dei temi seguent : — 
II Petrarchismo del seicento. 
Doveri sociali dell' etk presente. 
Conflitti e alleanze del lavoro e del oapitale. 



AVtttHN, 1906 HOKOtlBB. 56^ 

Second Paper. 

Professor Butler ; Mr. 0'Sui<livan. 

I. — Philology. 

1. Account for the e in the accented syllables of trenta, 
lettera, hdevole, che ; the ie in dietro, fievoU^ bieco ; the 
in croce ; and the u in fui, due, 

2. What processes are exemplified by the words — anelare, 
pioppo, venti, sembrare, rado, Orlando, cugino, cassa, 
sirocchia, uguale. 

8. Account for the different treatment of similar Latin 
consonants in the following pairs of words: — -poco and 
pagare/abbate and badessa^ siepe and arrivare, dato and 
contado. 

4. Treat of the accent in connexion with verbal forms. 
Discuss the iorms — vengo, taccio, so, abbiamo, hanno, 

vendetti, sar6, amer6. 

5. Comment on the following phrases : — 

L'udii a molti dire. II poeta impiega troppa d'arte. 
Percoteremo noi con la spada ? Gi^ si vivea felice. Voi 
contadini si parla. 

6. Treat of the theory of double consonants in Italian. 

7. What are the salient features in the history of the 
Italian language during the fifteenth and sixteenth 
centuries. 

II. — Nannuoci ; Manuale. 

1. Translate into English : — 
(a) Poichd ti piace, Amore, 
Ch' eo deggia trovare, 
Far6 onne mia possanza 
Gh' eo vegna a compimento. 
Dato aggio lo meo core 
In voi madonna, amare, 
E tutta mia speranza 
In Yostro piacimento. 



5?0 M.A. DEOBEE AMD BTUDlsifTtalP BXAMIMATION. 

E non mi partiraggio 

Da voi, donna valente, 

Gh' eo y' amo doloemento : 

E place a vol ch' io aggia intendimento. 

Qual sete vol, che cara profferenza 
Si fate a me senza pur vol mostrare ? 
Molto m' agenzeria vostra parvensa, 
Perch^ '1 meo cor potessi dichiarare. 

Vostro mandato aggrada a mia intenza ; 
In gioia mi conteria d' udir nomare 
Lo vostro nome, che fa profferenza 
D' essere sottoposto a me innorare. 
Lo core meo pensar non si savria 
Alcana cosa, che sturbasse amanza ; 
Oosl affermo, e voglio ognor che sia. 
L' iidire a voi parlare 6 voglia mia, 
Se vostra penna ha buona consonanza 
Ool vostro core ; od d tra lor resia. 

2. Who is the author of extract (a). 

Comment on the words in italics in extracts (a) and (6). 

8. Oive an account of the influence of the Froven9als on 
the language and ideas of the early Italian writers. 

4. Give a short account : — 

(a) of the poets of the Bolognese school, 

(b) of Folgore da san Gemignano. 

5. Give an account of the school of poetry of the * dolce 
stil n/uovo ' and some of its principal adherents. 



Thibd Papeb. 
Pbofessob Butleb. 
I.— Composition. 

Translate into Italian : — 

I have still other memories of Greenwich, where there is 
a charming old park, on a summit of one of whose grassy 
tmdulations the famous observatory is perched. To do the 



AUTUMN, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 6^1 

thing completely, you must take passage upon one of the 
little grimy sixpenny steamers that ply upon the Thames, 
perform the journey by water, and then, disembarking, take 
a stroll in the park to get up an appetite for dinner. I find 
an irresistible charm in any sort of river navigation ; but I 
am rather at a loss how to speak of the little voyage from 
Westminster to Greenwich. It is in truth the most prosjiic 
possible form of being afloat, and to be recommended rather 
to the inquiring than to the fastidious mind. It initiates 
you into the duskiness, the blackness, the crowdedness, the 
intensely commercial character of London. Few European 
cities have a finer river than the Thames, but none certainly 
has expended more ingenuity in producing an ugly river- 
front. Eor miles and miles you see nothing but the sooty 
backs of warehouses, or perhaps they are the sooty fronts : 
in buildings so very expressionless it is impossible to 
distinguish. They stand massed together on the banks of 
the wide, turbid stream, which is fortunately of too opaque 
a quality to refiect the dismal image. A damp-looking, 
dirty blackness is the prevailing tone. The river is covered 
with black barges ; above the black housetops, from among 
the far-stretching docks and basins, rises a dusky wilderness 
of masts. The little puffing steamer is dingy and gritty ; it 
belches a sable cloud that keeps you company as you go. 

II.— LiTEBATUEE. 

1. {a) "With what special difficulties of treatment was 
Dante confronted in the Faradtso, and how far has he 
surmounted them ? 

(h) Mention some points in Dante's life which still require 
elucidation. 

2. How far can the Gerusalemme Liherata be looked on 
as a national epic ? 

3. Give an account of the poets of Ferrara. 

4. Give an account of the * Classical School' of the 
opening years of the nineteenth century. 



572 M.A. rmoBkk akd studentship ejUminatiok. 

Fourth Papbb. 

Me. 0' Sullivan. 

I, — Pbesoribed Authors. 

1. Give some account of classical and mediaeval visions 
which may have inspired the Divina Commedia, 

2. Discuss Dante's treatment of classical mythology. 

3. Give an account of the punishment of traitors in the 
Inferno. 

4. What was Dante's political ideal ? 

5. Treat of Dante's powers of description. 

6. Discuss the religious and patriotic elements in 
Petrarch's Ganzoniere. 

7. Give an account of the origin of the Guelf and 
Ghibelline factions in Florence. 

8. Give an account of the conspiracy of the Pazzi. 

II. — Unpresoribed Passages. 

Translate into English : — 

(a) Sui due marciapiedi della strada, la gente era fitta 
come air uscita d' un teatro, e non si vedevan crocchi, nS 
brigatelle, n^ alcuno che gridasse e gesticolasse ; andavan 
tutt in fretta e in silenzio, ciascuno approfittando d'ogni 
piccolo spiraglio che si facesse nella calca, per cacciarsi 
innanzi a chi lo precedeva; e urtandosi gli uni e gli 
altri, senza voltarsi. Nel mezzo della strada passava una 
fila lunghissima di grandi omnibus variopinti come carri 
da camevale, con una specie di gradinata di sedili sul da- 
vanti, che si allarga di sotto in su, e porta cosi in aria 
la gente in forma di ventaglio, i piu bassi quasi a terra, 
i piu alti che arrivano col capo al primo piano delle case, e 
sporgono fuori come se fossero sospesi. 

Fra I'uno e 1' altro omnibus, e dalle due parti, una 
confusione indescrivibile di carri, di carrozze, di barrocci, 
di calessi, di carrette, di carrozzoni coperti d'annunzi, 
trabiccoli d'ogni forma, a tre, a cinque, fino a otto di 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOUES. 673 

fronte, i mozzi delle ruote che si toccano ; e an continuo 
scansarsi a furia di serpeggiamenti, e un formarsi e 
disfarsi a stento di gruppi intricati di decine di veicoli 
da far temere ad ogni momento che scriccliiolino e si 
spezzino tutti insieme come una sola gran macchina 
scomposta da un urto violento. 

Tra carro e carro, lungo i marciapiedi, facchini carichi, 
ragazzi con carrettine a mano, lunghe file di oumini con 
cartelloni d'annunzi appesi al collo, affaccendati come a 
salvarsi la vita. A ogni cantonata, quel torrente im- 
mense d' uomini e di cose trabocca in larghi canali, 
riceve affluenti, si spande e ristagna in piazze e cortili, 
filtra nei vicoli e nei chiassuoli, in torti rigagnoli che si 
perdono fra le case. — De Amiois. 

OoLLOQui ooN aiii Albebi. 

(b) Te che solinghe baize e mesti piani 

Ombri, quercia pensosa, io piii non amo. 
Poi che cedesti al capo de gl' insani 
Eversor di cittadi il mite ramo 

N6 te, lauro infecondo, ammiro o bramo, 
Ghe mdnti e insulti, o che i tuoi verdi e strani 
Orgogli accampi in mezzo al vemo gramo 
O in fronte a calvi imperador romani. 

Amo te, vite, che tra bruni sassi 
Fampinea ridi, ed a me pia maturi 
II sapiente de la yita obllo. 

Ma piii onoro Tabete ; ei fra quattr* assi 
Nitida bara, chiuda al fin li oscuri 
Del mio pensier tumulti, e il van desio. 

Cakduooi. 



574 M.A. DfiGBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

IRISH. 

FiEST Papeb. 

Bey. Pkopessob Hog an ; Db. Dotjglas Hyde. 

Translate into Irisli : — 

I. 

Such rapid and decisive success should have urged the, 
Irish to continue united, and they might have defeated 
Ormond as easily as they had defeated Desmond. But these 
alliances were as quickly dissolved as they were formed; 
they were ever lacking in permanence or cohesion; 
O'Connor went back to Connaught, nor do we find 
these two chiefs again acting in concert. And one of 
the Mac]^amaras deserted the O'Briens, became the King's 
liege subject, and was paid to make war on his countrymen. 
The power of Thomond was further weakened by quarrels 
among the O'Briens themselves, for there were two rivals 
for the headship of the province, and their strife was long 
and bitter. The cause of one of them — Turlogh — was 
espoused by the Burkes of Connaught, who marched with 
an army into Thomond and compelled Brian O'Brien, who 
had attained to temporary pre-eminence, to fly from the 
province. But these same Burkes were soon defeated by 
the MacNamaras, whose territory they had invaded, and 
who, almost unaided, were strong enough to drive them 
back. This victory caused Burke's nominee to lose the 
headship of Thomond. His rival, Brian, who was married 
to MacNamara's daughter, made peace with Burke and gave 
him his daughter in marriage, and, strengthened by these 
alliances, assumed the reins of power. 

IL 

mtnig na pocail peo leanap, i mbedpla : — 

(a) TTlo 6eann pa' bup mbeic ann pm. 

{h) Na5cdi5 5ceann,na5ctii5nibeann, agup na 50^15 

niuin6all. 
{c) bapamail bo'n 6acpai§ pm. 
{d) Ceap 1 5ceann piuc6a. 
{e) peap bu6 luga oppa 'nd 6. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONouas. 676 

III. 

Sgpfob cuncap geapp ap toip&ealba6 O Ceapballdm ; 
7 cuip amTnnea6a ap an oipeab b'd 6uit) anipdn agupip 
p6it)ip leac. 

IV. 

Cia p* b'6 an *pinn-beannac,' agup cab 6 an c-amm 
t)0 bf ap an nditiaib t)0 itiapb 6? 

V. 

Cab ip ciall bo'n pdb * j\^ 50 ppeapabpa ' ? 

VI. 

Cionnup b'6a5 Ca&g t)all O h-Uigmn ? Cuip plop 
amm bdm ap bi6 t)*d nbeapfiaib p6. 

VII. 

mtm J na pocla ' an pe6la&/ * uaim,' * an corhab ' a 
bameap le pannaigeacc na n^ae^eal. 

VIII. 

Cuip t)6apla ap an ale po : — 

* tDeunann an c6 pm 50 leop a Jpd&ai Jeann 50 leop : 
agup map an 5-ceubna, ip Tn6p po6ap pao6aip an c6 
oibpijeann Le bt5cpa6c. Ip caipbea6 paocap an c6 
cugann poja bo'n ihaic 6oic6eann cap a coil p6in. Ip 
minic cuipeann an cean agup an 5pd& nabtipba umpa 
cpuc na capcanacca; 6ip ip gndcad linn niai6 a 
beunab cpe 6laona& nabtip&a, cpe an-coil, cpe ftiil 
le leopgnfoiti no cpe itiian dp po6aip p6in. 

Nf lappann an c6 ag a b-puil an 6apcanacc 
pfpinneac, a coil no a caipbe p6in a n-aon ni6, a6c 
5l6ip agup on6ip X)6. W bt&eann popmab aige le 
h-aon-nea6, be bpfj na6 dil leip a fdpab no a 
peapgaipeadc p6in : ace 6p cionn an uile n6ice ip 
mian leip beic pocaip 50 pona a n-t)ia. l^f 6uipeann 



576 M.A. DEGBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

pe maiceap lomldn a leic aoin btiile, a6c a leifc t)6 
anidin 6 ppucann an uile itiaic aitiail gaipe 6^r\ 
b-cobap, ami a lonui$it) na naoirii aniail 'na 5-cptoc 
6eigeanac. O! t)d Tn-bei&ea6 lonnainn a6c aon ppp6 
ariidm be'n ptop-capcana6c, cuigpiitifp na6 b-puil a 
n6icib p6niapbca an c-paogail po ace I66dn no 
baoipe/ — SearC'leanamhain Chriost. 

IX. 

TJnFABSCBIBED PASSAeE. 

Translate into English : — 

Dariacht Cuchulaind dochnin inn atha so, ocus ra chonnaic 
na clesrada ana ilerda ingantacha imda bacheird Fer diad 
bar aird. Atchi-siu sut. a mo phopa Laig, na clesrada dna 
ilerda ingantacha imda focheird Fer diad bar aird, 7 
bocotaidfer dam-sa ar n-uair inossa na clesrada ut, 7 is 
aire-sin, mad forum-sa bus roen indiu, ara n-derna-su mo 
grisad 7 mo glamad 7 olc do rada rim, go rop moite efr 
m'fir 7 m'fergg foromm. Mad romum bus roen no, ara 
n-dema-su mo mtinod 7 mo molod 7 maithius do rdd frim, 
go rop moti lim mo menma. Dagentar am ecin a Ghucuc, 
bar LflBg. — Tdtn B6 Ckliailgne, 



SscoKD Paper. 

Eey. P&ofessoe Hogan ; Db. Douglas Hyde. 

Translate into English : — 

I. 

Cuipce6ca an lomgip impopaibpiOTh 1 ccopaij po 
cojaipmeab Idp an ngoibeapnbip on nJaiUiTh t)ia 
paigea6 po lapac an t)pon5 ppip po heapbaic cochc 
an cupuppm a lomgeap pop pan lionnifiaip in 
5aiUi!fi ppi hiomcbop i lomf^ulons an 5unnal5 n^ucapt) 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOURS. 677 

TiabbalThop nameaccapgnaib bo 6ianblo6a6 t 6iopcaoi- 
lea& btimceab i bamseanchaipcfal a naitiac. Ro cuipic 
incibipi6e 506 nf ba hablaic bon cplbj ap 6eana. 
Seolaic apeanbab laiti beap ppi cuaipceapc an 6oicci& 
50 pangacop gup an 6ipne bia t)oninaiJ painpeab. 
Ro ^abpac cala&popc pop lonchaib mpi Sairtiep 1 bo 
chuippeac ma mbdoi led bia momfulang eicip bidb 
-| copmann i ba 506 eapnbail panjacap a leap an 
cceain no beaicfp occ lompuibe an chaipceoil ipm mpi 
bia luam. Ro caippngic le6 an copbandp Tn6p i ctp 
7 po puibijpeac eneach in lonchaib bon bdnab baoi 
pop up dcha Seanaigh . 

II. 

O bo piachcacap pc6la 50 htia nt)0Thnall Ceaboicc 
na long cona longeap bo teatc ipm cotian ppip m 
Sligead actiaib, po paoib apaill bfa arhpaib na 
pppichaigeab na cipcaip pop ctp gombacap ipin 
pope po aneap6oThaip eneach m lonchaib ppiti. Nip 
papgabpioih ban pichipi maic conaipeabha ndib 
eappupa eluba 6 loch C6 ppip an Seaghaip anaip 
50 loch Gecheac alia chtap gan luchc peicitie -\ 
popaipe poppa na cipeab an pluaj pea6a gan pacujab 
cipinbup. dcbeapcpac a coipij i a cpeabainn a conpail 
7 achoitiaipli J ap ceana ba ceapbai&mbp bfa mileabaib 
7 ba canaoicce acchacgabala ppi Jol'^ai^ anpcaoileab 
7 an ceppeibeab bo pace pop a ihumcip .1. bpong Th6p 
biob inn lompuibe an chaipc6oil ambui 6 Con6obaip 7 
apaill pop huchc bpumne an loingip impopdibpiom, 
apoile biob ace coimeacc poppna conaipib acctia- 
bamap. 

III. 

(a) Comment grammatically on the underlined words. 
(b) Identify the places in Nos. I, II. {0) "Write down the 
Irish of six other places mentioned in beacha Qo&q Ruaib, 



678 M.A. DEGREE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

and identify them, (d) Give an account of the author of 
beacha Qo6a Ruaib. {e) Write some comments on his 
style of writing, giving a few examples. 

IV. 

Translate into English : — 

bliabarh Idn b6 oc cni6l na plet>e . t)op6nab lapom 
cegbof chumcachca laip ppi ppichailem comalca na 
plebe. Conpocachc lapom a cech pm la bpicpent) i 
ntPtin RuOpaige. . . . Subijut) Cige TTlibchtiapca paip ; 
n6i n-iTnbat)a ant) 6 chenit) co ppaigib cpicha cpaiget) 
1 n-aipt)i cacha haipimg cp6t)unie co nt)i6pa6 6ip ppitj 
uile. Conpocachc pfsimbe ant)f apum bo Conchobup 
1 n-aipmuch inb ptgchige pin. 



V. 

Luit) L6e5 lapom, a apa-pom Conculamb bia 
acallaim-pom baile ippobe oc na cleppaib co n-epepc 
ppip, * Q chldm cptiaig, op pe, popcaig t)o gal i t)o 
gaipceb bochuam uaic in cupachmfp .^ Inblip L065 
lapom in cappac •] locdp pop 6piin. Ropiachcacap 
cpd pl6ig Ulat) apchena m can pm mag mbpeg. 

VI. 

Parse carefully the underlined words. Give the gen. sing, 
and gender of 6pini. 

HiSTOBT. 

VII. 

Descrihe hriefly the social, political, and religious state 
of Ireland — first, about the time of the coming of the Northmen; 
secondly, about the time of the coming of the Anglo-Normans 
to this island. 



autumn, 1906 — honours. 679 

TJnprescbibed Passage. 

VIII. 

(a) t)05mac iTnopjio bpenainn 7 a Tnumncep aclaiji 
bui6i bo t)ia i iinpoi6ic api&ipi co t)u i mbui in 
penoip 7 pepaip m penoip pailci ppiu •] ctip ap mec 
na pailci. Ocupbopmne na punna beca-pa ic pepcain 
police pa bpencnm : 

t)i pepaib bee bamup punn, 
t)o6uabap 6c m painab punn : 
Q6c mipi popacbab bib, 
ba moic m Ifn bobup cnn. 

Book of Lismore. 

(h) 8loi§ea& Tn6p le Isliall co n-a 6loinn ogup 
50 mcicib cen6il Oojoin 1 b-cpicn Congcil b'lonn- 
poi§i6 pop golloib, gup loipgecb, agup gup lomaip- 
5006 lomac b'a m-boilcib. g^ill na cpt6e bo 
cpumniugab ap a ccionn. Got) O'lsleill agup Raibi- 
Im Sauaoip bo ceagihdil pe apoile 1 n-iompuagab 
mapcpluaij: bd popgOTh popneapcmapa b'a 5-cpaoi- 
pea6aib bo cabaipc hi 5-cuppaib apoile b6ib. — 
Fottr Masters. 

{c) Cpe6 Tti6p la Ca6al Cpoibbepg ocup la Con- 
na6caib m-iapcap TTlibe co cucpac cpeic n-b^pmaip 
leo bo buaib ocup b'ecaib, ocup bo rhucaib ocup bo 
6aop6aib; co cdngabap impldn, lania6cain beime ppiti, 
pe6 bpuijm alle, a6c cpiap n6 cecpap bo mapbaft 
ap pipeb &fb. loinp6& bo $allaib uacaib annpin ace 
beagdn bo baoimb po pagaibpec ac pecab poppo. — 
Annals of Loch CL 



580 M.A. DEGBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

Third Paper. 

Rev. Peopessor Hogan; Dr. Douglas Htde. 

I. 

Sspfob qid6cap i ngaebeilg ap an gceipc ip peapp 
leac t)e na qif ceipceannaib pe6 : — 

(a) 6puil cmpbedncup eappab a^s^y t>6anct]p 05 
ceapcdil 6 itiumncip na h-6ipeann anoip, no an peapp 
lei jean t)6 ? 

(h) Qn p6it)ip a pd6 50 ptpinnea6 50 bpuil ceanga ap 
leic 'na pub pia6cana6 b'aon ndipitin ap Thai6 leip a 
ndipitinca6c bo feaparh ajup bo ftongbdil? 

((?) Cia aca, bop6ip bo bap aifi la-pa, ip peapp b' ^ipig 
leip na gaebealaib, an pp6p no an ]f!iilib'ea6c? 

II. 

Cia'p b^6 piann ITlao Qobagdm 6 6aile-Tnac- 
aobagdm ? 

III. 

Cab 6 an pub an * Coipe Saince ' bo btob 05 na pean- 
bdpbaib? 

lY. 

Cab ip ciall bo'n pocal * conaclonn * 1 panniii$eo6c 
na nSaebeal? Cuip ptop pompla no b6. 

V. 

Sgptob cuncap geapp ap Salcaip na Rann. 

YI. . 
Cia'p b'lab Ctipbi, erhip, Cailicfn, bpicpiti ? 

YII. 
Cia'p psptob *t)dn-6nuic 6ipeann O'? 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 681 

FouKTH Paper. 

Eev. Pbofessob Hogan ; Db. Douglas Hyde. 

I. 

(a) By whom and to whom were addressed the lines of 
Cath Ruis na Rig^ beginning thus ? — 

* Can cecmc na cechca ? 

plamnet) bam pap plechca.* 

* Canap cancacap na cechca 

punt) bo ch6in ? ' 

{li) State what you know of bpicpiu, cupab-mfp, and 
pleb. 

{e) What are the five mss. from which Henderson edited 
Fled JBricrend. 

(d) Identify — Sliab Euait, TJrros Domnand, Eemen, Falga, 
Fea, in Fled Briorend. 

II. 

Translate freely into modem Irish : — 

In can cpa ba uplam la bpicpenb b6nam a chige 
mdip ocup a gpfandn, ocup a n-eppab btb Ifnaib bo 
bpochpachaib ocup bpecdnaib ocup cholcchib ocup 
cepchaillib, ocup a cincop bo Imb ocup bo bfub, ocup 
nab pabi nt bob epbaib tiab ecep bemcpub ocup 
comabbap na plebe, bochaec lap pin co cop ache 
Bmain TYlacha ap cenb Conchobaip co maichib pep 
n-Ulab imbi. t)a heb la anb pm pob6i 6enach la 
hUlcu 1 n-6main TTlacha. pepchap pailci ppip lap 
puibiu ocup bopeppeb pop jtialainb Conchobaip ; 
acglabapcap Conchobap co n-Ulcaib olchena. * Cdic 
lim-pa/ ol pe, *co copmailibh pleiblim.' 'TTlaich lim- 
pa bono,' ol Conchobap, *mab maich la Ulcu.' — Fled 
Rriorend. 

2c 



582 M.A. DEGREE AND STUDENTSHIF EXAMDhiTION. 

III. 

TJnpbesc&ibed Passage. 

Translate into English : — 

piann TTlaimpcpech, aijib-pepleigin 7 pui penchupa 
6penn in uica ecepna quieuic. Cene gelam t)o ciach- 
cam CO po mapb cpiap ic Dipiupc Cola i mac leijinn 
oc Supb 1 CO pobpip m m-bile. Cpech bo chuaift 
eochai6 Ua piaichen ai66e noblai6 ni6p i THag n-lcha 
CO cue ctiig c6c b6 co h-abaimi TTlaiJe ht^a6a, 7 
popacpac na bu ipm obainn -| po baece o6ciip ap ;tl 
tiib im Cuilenndn mac t)ep5ain. 

IV. 

From your knowledge of Old Irish say what comments 
may be made, and what conclusions may be drawn from the 
following : — 

* Lough Neagh, Echa, a oujus oblique Neacha Lacus 
Neachus flectitur' (O'Flaherty's Offi/ffia, p. 292). O'Brien's 
Biotionary puts ceach n-aoi&ebeafe, peachc n-aon, Id 
n-aon under naoi&ebeab and naon. *It is a remarkable 
fact that bd eclipses cpian, as bd bcpian ' ; ea6 or e6 is 
used for 6 in ip eab, mdipeab, a n-eab ? nt heab, beipim 
5iTpab eab (I say that it is) ; ea&, when thus applied, refers 
to the subject, like the neuter id in Latin' (O'Donovan's 
Oramma/r, pp. 372, 129). 

Y. 

Write all the persons sing, and plural of the B-Future 
*form8e absolutae' and 'fonnsB conjunctsB' of capimm and 
I61 ctmm . Write all the persons sing, and plural of appubup c, 
cdnac (*I came'), of present deponent labpup, and pres. 
passive bepip (* is borne '). 

VI. 

Decline fully bligeb, muip with the definite article. 
Give examples of nouns which form the gen. sing, by 
^ding e, o, a, ocb, Qb, ab, on, an. 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOUBB. 588 

vn. 

state (a) how comparatives and superlative adjectives are 
formed; {b) how diminutives are formed. "Write six pro- 
positions that govern the accusative. 

Give examples of infixed pronouns, such as — he saved me, 
he saved us, he loved i/ou, he loved thee, he loved him. 

Give examples of nouns that form the dat. sing, by adding 
tm or aim. 



MENTAL AND MOBAL SCIENCE. 



LOGIC. 
Bev. Fbof. Obonin ; Pbof. Maoennis ; Pbof. Pabe. 

1. If Logic be defined either as the Theory of Proof or as 
the Organon of Discovery, how can we consistently admit 
Formal Logic into the domain of Logic ? 

2. Define Analogy, Examine how far Analogy may 
really enter into the construction of a scientific hypothesis. 

8. What do you understand by * Uniformities of Nature '? 
May we legitimately recognize different kinds of these ? 
Indicate and criticise some important assumptions that 
underlie the interpretation of these uniformities in 
ordinary inductive inquiry. 

4. How would you meet the difficulties incident to Beal 
Definition that, (1) we are sometimes obliged to make the 
class which we are about to define ; and (2) that we 
must sometimes classify by reference, not so much to 
a common element, as to a common principle teleologi- 
caUy regarded? 

5. What do you understand by a * probable proposition ' ? 
In what sense may a * probable proposition ' be regarded 
as strictly true ? 

6. If, with Cardinal Newman, we admit an Illative 
Sense, what important functions, if any, remain for the 
theoretical logic? 

2c2 



584 M.A. DEGSEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

METAPHYSICS. 

Bey. Pbof. Dabungton ; Bey. Pbof. Woodbubn. 

[Candidates will answer on two sections only, one of which 
must he section A.'\ 

Section A. 

1. Comment upon : — 

< No psychogonical analysis of any conception or belief 
can show it to be something other than careful introspec- 
tion shows it to be.' 

2. Discuss the following questions : — 

(a) Can we be conscious of an act of knowledge without 
being conscious of its object ? 

(b) If anything exists beyond the phenomena of our 
own consciousness, by what path is it to be reached ? 

8. Does the CYolution theory *< supply a reconcilation 
between the experience hypothesis, as commonly inter- 
preted, and the hypothesis which the transcendentalists 
oppose to it " ? 
Discuss the above question, or the following statement : — 
* If the world exists, God necessarily exists. It is absurd 
to admit (1) the finite reality of the world, and to deny the 
infinite reality of God ; (2) a causal and final order in the 
world and to deny a guiding and controlling law of God.' 

Section B. 
\F(yr Candidates taking Course I in Calendar.] 

4. Discuss the origin and validity of our notion of 
Being in general ; and criticise the following from the 
standpoint of Aquinas: — 

(a) *■ A science which starts from the assumption of 
Being in general (which is not a conception, but an 
equivocal term) must deal with words, not things.' 

{h) * The admission that with respect to God and 
creatures, Being is univocal ultimately leads to Pantheism.' 



AVTVuSf 1906 — ^HONotms. 585 

Annotate:— 

5. ' Qod is the First Truth, and, as First Cause, the 
foundation of objective truth in all things : hence (1) we 
can know nothing as true, except by some influence of the 
First Truth on our minds : (2) the formation of any truth 
implies the afi&rmation of the First Truth : and (8) the 
negation of Qod implies the negation of all objective truth. ' 

6. Examine Aristotle's contention that ' similarity is 
unity in some quality : identity is unity in essence.' 

Is it not enough, for two things to be alike, that they 
should have similar quality, or qualities, and that the mind 
should have the power of regarding the similarity as 
identity ? 

Section G. 

[For Ca/ndidates taking Cowrse II in Calendar.] 

7. What is meant by Epistemdogy, and how is it related 
to Metaphysics ? 

Is the reality of knowledge compatible with its relativity ? 
Discuss these two questions ; or explain the following: — 
' Kant's solution of his antinomies of pure Eeason may 
be described as substituting for the aut — a/ut, a nee — nee : 
or an et — et : the former is used to solve the first two 
antitheses. In these the case is dismissed, because both 
parties raise a false issue : in the others it is possible that 
the suit may be adjusted to the satisfaction of both sides.' 

8. Explain Green's theory of free-will, and examine the 
following criticisms : (a) Green's view of freedom is for all 
practical purposes pure determinism ; {b) Green strives to 
get the moral satisfaction of a Libertarian view, together 
with the scientific satisfaction of a Determinist view.' 

9. Answer two of the following : — 

(a) What criticism does Dr. Stout make on Berkeley's 
theory of vision ? 

{b) How is it that Berkeley's theory regarding matter 
appears unanswerable, and yet is generally rejected ? 

(e) Explain — 'Objective time as distinguished from 
subjective is aproduct of ideal construction.' 



M.A. DEGBBE AND STUBBNTSHIP EZAMIHATIOir. 

ETHICS. 

Ekt. Pborssob Dabldtotov; Bkv. Pbohmsob Woodbubh. 

Sbchov A. 

1. Answer two of the following : — 

(a) What does Thrasymachns mean by asserting that 
* jnstiee is the interest of the stronger ' ? 

{h) How does Plato show, in Book L of the Republic^ that 
the jnst lead a better life, and are happier than the unjust ? 

{e) Discuss this view: — 'After the twofold experience 
of both doing and suffering injustice, those who cannot avoid 
the latter, and compass the former, find it expedient to make 
a compact of mutual abstinence from injustice.' 

2. Why does Aristotle say that ' a child is not happy ' ? 
May it be said of Aristotle's account of the good that it 

hovers between the conunon and the ideal : between happi- 
ness and perfection ? 

3. Examine the following : — 

(a) *■ We cannot distiuguish two classes of Imperatives, for 
every moral command must have a reason, and therefore a 
condition or hypothesis.' 

(h) ^ The principle of morality commands by its form, not 
by its substcuice.' 

Sbctiov B. 

[^For Candidates taking Course Tin Calendar.'] 

4. Distinguish Moral from Logical Probability, and discuss 
the following : — 

(a) ' No one should obey any conscience but his own.' 
{h) * Thb '^ safest opinion," i.e. the opinion which '< favours 
the law " should always be adopted.' 

{c) May we ever follow the less probable opinion ? 

5. 'A moral act is good which leads to the ultimate end, 
and because it does so ; hence nature is the suf&cient con- 
stituent of morality, for that act which is natural leads to the 
ultimate end.' 

Discuss this statement with reference to Aristotle's view, 
and the later interpretation of Aquinas. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 587 

6. 'The Greeks regarded humanity as under a law of 
irreparable decadence ; the theory of progress towards inde- 
finite perfection was a later hypothesis.' 

What was the scholastic view of this question ? 

Explain the ethical aspect of progressive evolution. 

Is a theoiy of progress compatible with absolute truths 
and immutable moral law ? 

Section C. 
[Far Candidates taking Course II in Calendar.'] 

7. Comment on two of the following : — 

{a) * Ideal justice is gratitude universalised.' 

(i) * The free-will controversy has an important bearing on 
the theory of justice.' 

{e) ' Even if we accept the theory that the moral sense is 
derived from sympathy, we can discern several causes, which 
must have operated to produce a divergence between Common- 
Sense Morality and a perfect Utilitarian Code.' 

8. Discuss briefly : — 

{a) * The utilitarian end appears ignoble ; but when utili- 
tarianism is based upon intuitive principles, it may be possible 
to interpret the theory as one of conformity to moral law.' 

{h) ^ Pleasure is defined as '' desirable consciousness"; but 
the end which a rational being seeks /or himself j if desirable 
(not desired) consciousness, cannot be pleasure.' 

9. Comment upon : — 

{a) 'The practical reason makes immanent the use of 
Ideas which for speculative reason were transcendent.' 

(h) * The postulate of a future life, adequate to the reward- 
ing of desert with happiness, does not necessarily involve 
endlessness of life.' 



588 M.A. DEGBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. 

Rev. Pbop. Gbonik; Pbop. Maoennis; Peof. Pahk. 

[Candidaiie8 rrmst answer on two sections^ one of whdch 
must be section A.] 

Section A. 

1. Indicate the relations between the Psychology of Plato 
and that of Aristotle, and also between their views of Ethics 
and of Politics. 

2. ' Epicureanism was primarily opposed to Stoicism 
rather than to Platonism.' Annotate historically this remark 
in detail. 

What modem system, or systems, are similarly related to 
Stoicism ? 

3. What analogies may be traced between Socrates and 
Kant? 

Section B. 

4. Annotate historically the statement that, * in medisBval 
philosophy, speculation in regard to Natural Theology had 
less to do with the formation of Cosmological theory, than 
speculation in the region of Cosmology had to do with 
influencing the conclusions of Natural .Theology ,^ 

5. Trace the development of Mysticism in the prescribed 
period. 

6. Were there in the prescribed period any traces of a 
distinction between Dogmatic and Critical methods in 
Philosophy ? 

Section C. 

7. ' Spinoza transformed the Cartesian dualism into a 
Pantheism. Hume transformed the Lockian Empiricism into 
a Scepticism.' Explain, by historical references and by 
brief philosophical comment, how these transformations were 
eii'ectcd. 

8. * Locke's Essay is more logical, or metaphysical, than 
psychological in its aims. His critics and antagonists all 
confirm this vievir ' ? 

Annotate these statements, and say if you agree with them. 



AUHtlKN, 1906 HONOU&S. 

9. By whom, and maiiily in reference to what problems, 
was the Association Psychology developed ? 

Or, 

One marked tendency of later French Philosophy is a return 
from Germany to Scotland ; another marked tendency is to 
Empiricism along with Socialism ? 
Or, 

Trace the influence of Teleology on post-Kantian German 
speculations concerning the Beautiful. 



HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE. 



HISTOBY, 

FmsT Paper. 

Pbofbssob Oabbebt ; Bey. B. J. Semple. 

1. Trace the leading features of the struggle which led 
to the granting of Magna Carta. How was the enforce- 
ment of the Charter secured ? 

2. Compare the legislation of Edward I with that of 
Henry II. State the main provisions of the Statute de 
Beligiosis, and compare it with the Statute Quia Emptores. 

8. Describe the chief stages in the struggle between 
England and Scotland during the reign of Edward I. 

4. Give a full account of the Ordinances and the 
Ordainers. 

5. Write an historical note oa the King's power in the 
constitution of parliament during the time of Edward III 
and Bichard U. 

6. State the chief measures of the Lords Appellant and 
the Merciless Parliament. 

7. Describe the efforts of the Duke of Bedford to preserve 
the English power in Franjce. Sketch the course of the 
siege of Orleans. 

2c8 



590 M.A. DSfflOB AXD STUDSHlSBIP KZAMIHAXIOH. 

8. Give an aceoont of (a) John de Gonicy; (b) the 
adminisiratioii of Lionel, Doke of Clarence, in Irelancl ; 
(c) Thomas, the eighth Ead of Desmond. 



SscoHD Pafbb. 
Fbofbssob Gabbebt; Bey. B. J. Semfle. 

1. Oiye a brief aooonnt of (a) the abbot Snger, and 
(b) Jacques Gobht. 

2. Oiye an account of the condition of the towns and 
of the growth of mnnidpal liberty in France in the twelfth 
century. 

8. Describe the various canses of the outbreak of the 
Hundred Tears' War, and of its renewal after the Peace of 
Bretigny. 

4. Describe the causes and result of the English invasion 
of France in 1475. 

5. Trace the career of Henry the Lion. What dispo- 
sition of his territories was made at his fall ? 

6. Comment upon the German policy of the Emperor 
Frederick n, and recount his relations with the towns and 
feudatories of Germany. 

7. Trace briefly the ^owth of the territorial power of 
the House of Hapsburg in the Middle Ages. 

8. Point out the defects of the Imperial constitution 
and the principal remedies adopted or suggested in the 
fifteenth century. 

Thibd Papeb. 

Pbofessob Cabbebt ; Bsv. B. J. Semfle. 

1. Write a note on the foreign policy of Aragon during 
the reign of Peter the Great. On what did Peter found 
his claims to the possession of Sicily ? 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 691 

2. Write a review of the constitution of Aragon, giving 
special emphasis to the functions of the Justiciar. 

8. Sketch the history of John II of Castile. Estimate 
the conduct and services of Ferdinand, Prince Regent of 
Oastile. 

4. Sketch the principal reforms inaugurated by Isabella. 
What were her relations with the Oortes and the nobility ? 

5. Describe the rule of the Emperor Frederick II in 
Sicily, and give a brief account of his struggles with the 
cities of Lombardy. 

6. Describe the Battles of Genoa and Pisa off Meloria in 
the thirteenth century. 

How, and when, was Pisa brought under the rule of 
Florence ? 

7. Write a brief account of the family of Delia Scala. 
In what circumstances was their power overthrown in 
Verona ? 

8. Trace briefly the foreign history of Florence under 
the rule of Lorenzo the Magnificent. 



Fourth Papbs. 
Pbofessob Gabbbbt ; Bev. B. J. Semple. 

ESSAT. 

Political Leagues in the Empire in the Middle Ages. 



POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY. 
Kev. Pkofessor Finlat ; Professor Graham. 

1. What, according to Aristotle, are (a) the causes which 
give rise to aristocracy as a form of government, (5) the 
characteristic institutions of an aristocratic government ? 

Was Rome' in the Bepublican period an aristocracy or a 
democracy in the Aristotelian sense ? State your reasons. 



592 H.A. DEOBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

2. Discuss critically the argumeiits by wliich Mill supports 
his theory that * the ideally best form of government ' for 
advanced races is popular government. 

3. Explain and examine some of the more important 
schemes that have been proposed for securing the represen- 
tation of minorities in representative governments. 

• 4. Contrast the functions of the American Senate with 
those of the English House of Lords, and -account for the 
greater influence in the government of the former body. 

5. Discuss the merits of the dual system of Party Govern- 
ment in England. Contrast it with the Party System of the 
United States. 

6. How does Hamilton in the ^ Federalist ' explain the 
inherent weakness of all governments of the confederate 
kind? What was the proper remedy in the case of the 
United States in 1787? 



POLITICAL ECONOMY. 

EiHST Papeb. 

Rev. Peofessob Finlay. 

1 . Discuss Adam Smith's theory of the ultimate standard 
of value. How far is it true that his views on this point 
indicate a broad difference between him and the Physiocrats ? 

2. State fully and discuss critically Marshall's doctrine of 
' quasi-rents.' 

3. Examine the validity of the * currency principle ' as 
applied to a banking system. Explain in what respects the 
Act of 1844 shows the influence of this theory. 

4. Contrast the organisation of the medieeval Trade Guilds 
with that of the modern Trade Unions. Point out what you 
regard as the main defects in each system. 

5. Give a brief account of A. Comte's contribution to 
Economic Science. 

6. * An increase of currency quickens industry.' Who 
held this view before Mill's time? On what grounds? 
Discuss Mill's refutation of it. 



autumn, 1906— honoubs. 698 

Second Paper. 
Pbofessob Qbaham. 

1. Give the divergent views of A. Smith and Mill on the 
following questions : — ^the cause of the tendency to a fall of 
Profits ; the Equality of Profits ; the cause of Agricultural 
Rents ; the Measure of Value. 

2. (Hve a summary of the views of the German Historical 
School on {a) the relation of Economics to Ethics; {h) of 
Economics to Jurisprudence; ((;).the functions of the State 
in the Industrial sphere. 

3. Discuss the proposition («) that a Protective tax yields 
little or no revenue ; {h) that such a tax may be paid partly 
by foreigners. 

4. 'The rent of land is only a species of an extensive 
genus' (Whately). Explain and illustrate this statement, 
and refer to some later development of the doctrine implied 
in it. 

5. Discuss the possible effects on prices of the present 
large annual production of gold. How far could you appeal 
to the results of the similar phenomena in the sixteenth 
century ? What special difficulty is raised by the substitutes 
for gold so largely in use at present ? 

6. Discuss the views of certain Trades Unionists that a 
reduction of the hours of Labour would raise wages by 
making Labour scarce. Show the special fallacies that 
underlie the view. 



594 1I.A. DEGSEE AHD STUBBHTSHIP EZAMDIAIION. 

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE. 



MATHEMATICS. 

FiBST Pafer. 

Flake Gbokeiby ajstd Aloebsa. 

Fbofbssob Brokwich. 

{_Full credit wiU be given far answering two-thirds of 
this Paper. ^ 

1 . A set of conies oscnlate at a point 0, and are reciprocated 
with respect to a circle whose centre is and ladins k. 
Prove that the reciprocal of any conic of the set is a parabola 
whose latns-rectnm is 21^/ p, and whose axis is parallel to the 
common normal, p being the radius of the oscnlating circle 
at 0. 

2. A variable triangle is inscribed in a conic 8 and circum- 
scribed to a parabola: prove that the triangle is always 
self -conjugate with respect to a fixed conic whose centre is 
on the conic 8, and that the circumcircle cuts i9 in a fixed 
point. 

3. The double focus (0) and asymptote {l) of a cuspidal 
circular cubic are fixed : prove that the loci of the single 
focus and of the cusp are similar hyperbolas having a focus 
at and touching /, the linear dimensions of the second 
hyperbola being three times those of the first. 

4. The points P, Q are taken anywhere on a non-singular 
cubic, and FT{x)y Q^{t/) ^^ l^^^ drawn to touch the cubic 
at T, U; a/, y' are the lines PU^ QT^ respectively : show 
that, if the lines 

intersect on the cubic, a relation of the form 
XV + «V -\-h{k-\- fjL) + e = 
exists between X and /i. 

Find the condition that \x ■¥ a/ may touch the cubic ; and 
show that the pencils of tangents from P, Q to the curve 
have the same cross-ratio. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 595 

5. The polar conic of a point A with respect to a cubic 
breaks up into two lines cutting at B. Write down the 
general equation of the cubic referred to a triangle of which 
A and B are vertices, and deduce that the polar conic of B 
is a pair of lines cutting at A. 

What further simplification can be made if the third 
vertex C is the intersection of the third degenerate polar 
conic associated with a point on AB*^ Show that then 
AC J retouch the Hessian at ^, B, 

6. If a curve of the third class has a bitangent (s), prove 
that it has three cusps, the tangents at which meet in a 
point ; and if the lines joining this point to the points of 
contact with the bitangent are taken as x^ y, prove that the 
equation to any tangent can be written 

a:^ + y^ + a(l + ^) = 0. 

Discuss eithir of the following : — 

{a) The three-cusped hypocycloid and the cardioid belong 
to this type of curves. 

{h) Curves of the third class are drawn to touch five fixed 
lines, and to have the line at infinity as a bitangent ; the 
locus of their foci is a circle. 

7. Prove that for any rational curve (one on which the 
coordinates are rational functions of a parameter) of degree 
n and class m, Pliicker's numbers are given by 

8 = i (n - 1) (» - 6) + m, ic = 2 (» - 1) - m, 
T = i(m-l)(m - 6) + «, t = 2(m- 1) -«. 

Verify these results in the case of the lima^on (question 8). 

8. If 0?, y are complex coordinates, such that 

x^X+iY, y^X-iY 
( Z, Y being orthogonal Cartesians), prove that the equations 

x^2at-¥ht^y y = — + _ 
t t 

represent a lima^on, ii a, h are real and t is of the form 
cos + t sin at real points of the curve. 



596 M.A. DEGREE AND STUDENTdHIP EltAMINATlOK. 

Find the node, single focus, triple focus, bitangent, and 
inflexions ; and if /*}, ra, r^ are the distances from a point of 
the curve to the node, single focus, and triple focus, respec- 
tively, show that 

OTi - e»» = ^2 - h^ - *(*"o' - 2tf* - 3"). 

9. A moving plane slides over a fixed plane in such a way 
that a fixed point in each plane always lies on a fixed 
straight line in the other plane : prove that the locus on the 
fixed plane of a point marked on the moving plane is in 
general a circular quartic ; and examine under what condi- 
tions the locus is a cuspidal circular cubic. 

10. Show that any bicircular quartic can be obtained as 
the envelope of the circle 

hXi + hX^ + hX^ =- 0, 

where Xi, Xa, X^ are three fixed circles, and /i, 4» ^s ^6 
variables connected by a quadratic relation 

<l>{h,k,h) = 0. 

Prove also that, if 0i, Ozj <h are the coefficients of a:' + ^^ in 
Xi^ Xa, X^f the radius of the enveloping circle is given by 

where j^ is a second quadratic expression. How are the 
two bitangents obtained which belong to this set of circles? 

Show that ^ + X^ = gives a set of confocal quartics, 
and prove that any two cut at right angles. 

What are the special forms of ^, if/ when Xi, Xa, X, are foci? 

11. If the series 

y = aix + (h^ + a^ + . . . 

converges for aU points x within the circle | a; | = r, and if 

» = % + hjif^ + %» + ... 

converges for all points y within | y | = «, prove that the 
series obtained by inserting the first series in the second, and 
arranging in powers of x, will converge absolutely if a? is 
within a sufficiently small circle. Deduce that this series 
represents the value of 2 for sufficiently small values of | ^ |. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 697 

Carry out the substitution and rearrangement if 
where m has any value, real or complex. 



Second Papeb. 

[Full credit wiU be given for answering two-thibds of this 
paper,] 

Section A. 

Solid Geometby. 

Db. Stuabt. 

1. Prove that the four perpendiculars from the vertices 
of a tetrahedron on the opposite faces lie on a hyperboloid, 
and that the line joining the centre of the circumscribing 
sphere and the centre of this hyperboloid is bisected by the 
centre of gravity ( G) of the tetrahedron. 

Taking G for origin, and the lines joining 6 to the middle 
points of three concurrent edges as oblique axes : prove that 
the equation of this hyperboloid is 

a^X^ yF» e'Z^ 

he 
where X = a? + yv + ss/a + — X, 

a • 

ea 

F= XV + y + Zk-\- -- fly 

ab 
Z = XfA + yX. + z+ — V, 
c 

a, h, e being the lengths of the joins, and X, /a, v the cosines 
of the angles between the axes. 



598 1I.A. DEGBES AMD STUDXirrSHIP SZAMINATIOK. 

2. Frore that the Jacobian of a syBtem of four linearly 
independent qnadiics is a quartic surface, and is geo- 
metrically 

(i) the locns of the vertices of cones belonging to the 
system, 

(ii) the locus of the pairs of points which are conjugate 
with regard to all quadrics of the system, 

(iii) the locus of the points at which two of the quadrics 
touch. 

If the four quadrics have six points common, show that 
the twisted cubic through these six points is the envelope 
of a series of inflexional tangents on the above surface; 
and if the coordinates of any point on this cubic are 
given by the relations 

X : y : z : w = 6^ : 6^ I $ : 1^ 

the tangential equation of a pair of corresponding points is 

where 

^ + my + ns + pw = 

is the equation of a plane, 

/(X) = n (X - 0r) and ft, ft, etc., 

are the values of $ at the six base-points. 

3. Prove that the equation pD = constant determines 
either a geodesic or a line of curvature on a central quadric, 
p being the perpendicular from the centre on the tangent 
plane, and D the length of the central semidiameter parallel 
to the direction of the curve at the point. 

Show that on the quadric 

«* y' «' . 
a b e 



AUTUMN, 1906^HONOUBS. 599 

on a geodesic 

XidXi XidXi 

d\i dXi ds 



where ds is the element of axe, and 

^ (X) = - X (a - X) (J - X) {e -\){d- X), 

d being an arbitrary constant, and Xi, X^ the non-zero 
roots of 



a-0 h-0 e-e 

4. Show that all cubic surfaces are unicursal — that is, are 
surfaces the points of which have a (1, 1) correspondence 
with those of a plane. 

If x:y :z:u> = F: Q: E: 8, where P, Q, R, 8 are 
homogeneous cubics in f , rj, f , show that, if P = 0, = 0... 
represent plane curves having six common points, the locus 
of {Xy y, 2, to) is a cubic surface. Examine what corresponds 
on this surface to (a) a line joining two of the common points, 
(3) a conic through five of the common points. 

5. Prove that in general three quadrics U, V, W cannot 
simultaneously be reduced to sums of multiples of the squares 
of the same five linear expressions. 

When the reduction is possible in one way, prove that it 
is possible in an iufinity of ways, and that any two of the sets 
of five planes osculate a twisted cubic. 

6. Show that, when the linear element of a surface is given by 

d^^dp^^- GPde\ 
the specific curvature k is given by 

1 a»^ 



600 M.A. DEOR££ AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

Deduce that if ^ is constant, and ABC a geodesic triangle, 
then 

sin AB^h __ sin^fi/^ _ sin C^^y/^ 
sin (7 " sin -4 sin -ff 

Section B. 

Solid Geometby. 

Fbofessob Dixon. 

7. If four planes touching a paraholoid form a tetrahedron 
in which the perpendiculars from the vertices to the opposite 
faces meet in a point, prove that this point lies on a fixed 
plane. 

8. Prove that the straight lines which lie in a certain 
plane and are normal to difEerent quadric surfaces of a certain 
confocal system envelope a parahola {a) when the conf ocals 
are central, (J) when they are paraboloids. 

9. In a circle lying upon a hyperboloid of one sheet a 
regular polygon is inscribed, and through the vertices of this 
polygon are drawn the generators belonging to one system : 
prove that these generators meet any plane parallel to that 
of the original circle in the vertices of a regular polygon. 

10. At any point (/, g^ h) of the sphero-conic 

iC» + y» + 2*= 1, 

aa^ ^hy^^-C!L^ = 0, 
prove that the normal plane is 

If p is the spherical radius of the circle of curvature, 
prove that 

tanp = (»»/» + *y + i^h^fjabo. 

11. Prove that, in a curve of the third degree that is not 
plane, the coordinates of a variable point can be expressed 
rationally in terms of a single parameter, and find the form 
of the expressions. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 601 

If ai, Pi, yi, o^, P2, ya are linear functions of the coordinates, 
proye that tiie straight line 

lai + mPi + «yi = 0, loLt + mpi + wyg = 0, 
is a chord of a fixed twisted cubic for all values of /, m, n, 

12. Prove that there are 16 planes which have four-point 
contact with the curve of intersection of two given conicoids, 
the 16 points of contact lying by fours on 116 planes, while 
the 16 tangents meet by fours in four points, and there are 
96 planes which touch the curve at one of the 16 points, and 
cut it at two others. 



Third Paper. 

[Full credit will be given for answering three-fourths of 
this paper.] 

Differential Equations and Calculus of Variations. 

Professor Egan. 

1. If /(«, y) = is the equation of a unicureal curve, 
show how to integrate the equation 

/{x, dyldx) = 0. 
Solve the equation 



KII 



+ Jic* / + c' = 0. 
ax 



2. Reduce the solution of 
&y 



{x - a^) -J- = ax + hp -^ exy. 

Ox 



where a, b, c are positive constants, to a quadrature. 

Show that all the integral curves pass through the origin, 
and touch one another there, and that they are all asym- 
ptotic to the lines 

a:= 1, <;y + a = 0. 

3. Solve the equation 

ViVi - 4yiyay8 + 3^2^ = 0, 
where yr ^ dTyjdx^ 

given that it has an integrating factor of the form y^. 



602 M.A. DEGREE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

4. Integrate the equation 



= 0, 





X 


dx adx 




y 


dy hdy 


, J 


2 


d% ^ cdz 


where 

in the form 


X + 


y + 2 = 1, 



xl{a + #c) + yl{h + #c) + 2/(0 + #c) = 0. 

5. If the equation 

Pdx -V Qdy-¥ Rdz = 

represents a system of parallel surfaces, show that it has the 
integrating factor 

and conversely. 

6. Show that the equation 

i/»-*«g = «(£-) 

can be satisfied by putting 

{dz zx-\-{BdzlA 



where 



A = 






provided that the path of integration in the 2-plane be 
suitably chosen. 

Show that solutions of 

^y dy 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOUBS. 608 

are given by 

one path of integration being the real axis from - 1 to + 1 , 
and another being a fignre of eight containing the points t i. 

7. Find a complete primitive of 

and Uco complete primitives of 

^z=PiP2 (i?r = 92/9«,). 

8. Find the equation of the surface satisfying the equation 

and touching the quadric x = ayz + l/a, where it is cut by 
the plane ^ « 0, in the form 

2<w? = «?* - u\ 

2ay = w + Iju - «? + l/«?, 
4a2 = i («?» - w«) - 3 (w + «?) - («? - Ijv) w« + (w + 1/w) «?', 

or in any other form. 

9. Show that the only surface generated by lines parallel 
to the d;y.plane and satisfying the equation 

(1 ^q^)r-2pqs-^{\-¥p^)t^Q 
is the heliooid 2 = Zq + k^, 

y = X tan 6. 

10. Two given points A and B are to be joined by a curve 
of given length lying in a given plane OAB^ so that the 
integral J efo sin a may be a maximum ; a being the angle 
between the vector from to a point on the curve and the 
direction of the curve at the point. Show that the radius of 
curvature at any point must be proportional to the radius 
vector from to that point. 

If A, instead of being fixed, is free to move on a circle 
with as centre, prove that the curve must be an equi- 
angular apiral. 

11. Examine carefully whether the solution indicated for 
the second part of the last question gives a true maximum. 



604 M.A. DEGREE AND BTTJDBNT8HIP EXAMINATION. 

FOUBTH PaPEB. 
DiFFEBENTIAL AND InTE&BAL GaLCTJLITS AND ElUPTIC 

Functions. 

[Full credit wUl be given for answering thbee-eiohths of 
this Paper,] 

Section A. 

Fbofbssob McWebnet. 

1. AB is the chord of a segment of a circle containing an 
angle v-a. A point F is taken at random in the area of 
the segment, and a point Q at random on the arc. Prove 
that the chance that the point F is inside the triangle AQB 
ifi 

sin a (sin a - a cos a) 

a (a — sin a cos a) 

Show also that the mean yalue of the angle AFB is 

a* - sin* a 

IT ; 

a - Bin a cos a 

2. Prove Canchy's theorem that, if /(«) is an analytic 
function which has no singularities in the interior of a 
contour, //(«) d% = 0, the integration being taken round 
the contour, and state, without proof, the value of the 
integral if /(«) has a number of poles within the contour. 

Find the value of 

r* smxdx 

where a is real and positive. 

3/ 

3. If f{Xf a) and ^ are continuous except at x-0, 

da 



a lying within a certain range of values, and if, for these 

\df\ 

values of a, ^ <X, where X is independent of a, and 

\oa\ 

I Xdx is finite, prove that if f{x, a) dx is convergent) 



then 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 



606 



Prove that 



I 



2 log ( Bind;) 



/. 



sin X 



dx t 



-js(-;t- 



4. If z = - + te^ and 



< 1, prove that 



where 



ixi.= l-^«„^, 



sm 



a^ = e^ {n^ + l)^ sin |(« - 1) tan-^-|, 



provided that |<|<tf * . 

Verify that the series is convergent for such values of t, 
5. The function P(«) is defined hy 

dx 



P(w) = a?, w=[ 



Prove that 



{^X^-ffjfi!- ff^)i 



If the periods of the function are 2o> and 2o)', and their 
sum is 2(i>", show that 

i>(w) . P{u + (o) . P(w + 0)') . F(u + (o'O = ^y,' + y3P(2w). 

6. If «i = sn Ui, Ci « en Mi, di^dnui. . ,, 
prove that ^fiOj - «i«2 dn (wi + ttg) = en (wi + if,). 
Show also that, if . th +.«» + «3 + «4 = 0, 

2d 



606 M.A. DBOBEB AMD STUDENTSHIP BXAMIMATION. 

Hence, or otherwise, prove that 



SiCidi 1 »x' 
aaMi 1 #3* 
hCzdi 1 «8' 



sn («i + ffj + lis) = 



<?8<4 «8' *8 



Section B. 
Mr. Eicb. 

7. Prove that the transformation 

does not alter the form of the differential equation 

Prove that this is also true for the general homographic 
transformation 

_ aX+hY-^e 

8. If y = ^ {x), prove that 

1 <^[^(y)] 

n\ daf" 

" -*«!i!c!...i'! d!^\Uj V2!; •••^/! J' 

where the sign 2 refers to all the solutions in positive integers 
of the equation 

and |?-a + ^ + <?+..,+A, 



AUTUMN, 1906 — H0N0UB8. 607 

9. y := f{x) is the equation of a curve : prove that the 
area of the plane space enclosed between the curve, the axis 
of a?, and the two ordinates x = a and x^h \s approximately 
equal to 

(J - a){K^^ + JTiy, + . . . + K^^\ 

where x^^j a?,yi, x^^ • . • x^^ are the coordinates of » + 1 
successive points on tiie curve between x^a and x^h] and 
the coefficients JTare obtained as follows : — 

put a?o = a + tfo (* - «)> 

Xi = a-\-6i{h- a), 



^« = tf+ tfn(^-«), 



where tf^, ^i, . . . ^« are numbers increasing between and 1 ; 
then 

1 0. By evaluating in two different ways, the double integral 
of {x - yYfiy) extended throughout the area of the triangle 
formed by ttie lines y = x^y x = X, and y = x, prove that 

Hence, deduce the relation 

(there being n integral signs in left-hand expression). 

11. 8 is a function of x and y, given by the equation 

cna: + en y + en 8 + en a? en y en 2 = 
(the modulus being i). 

dX dY ^ 

Prove that -5- + T~ = ^> 

9a? oy 



_ __ 8z 

where X 



ihi^hiW- 



dx 

' '2cZ2 



608 M.A. DEGBBE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

and 



■=|/>/^HIT^(|J- 



12. Let y be the square root of a polynomial in x of degree^, 
and let R{x^ y) denote a rational function of x and y. Prove 
that the integral / R (x, y) dx can be expressed by an alge- 
braic part, a logarithmic part, and the sum of a number of 
integrals of the types 



If-' Ih'- 



where m is not greater than p-2, where JT is a function of x 
prime to its first derivative and to y*, and where Xi is a func- 
tion of a; of a degree less than that of X 

If y^ is of the fourth degree, show that the integration of 
R {x^ y) dx can be reduced to the three elliptic integrals of 
Legendi'e, viz. : 

C dx r a^dx 

J \/»o^ + aiX^ + 02* J V^ »(,«*+ «!«* + (h^ 
and 

r dx 



MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS. 

FiEST Papeb. 

Peofessor Conway. 

1 . A particle is constrained to move on a sphere of radius 
a, and is under the influence of a uniform attracting circular 
ring of radius b concentric with the sphere. Find the 
positions of stable equilibrium. 

2. Prove that it is possible to place a layer of attracting 
matter over a closed surface so that it produces at any point 
inside the surface a force equal to that produced by any 
attracting system which is wholly outside the surface. The 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOUBS. 609 

potential at any point being proportional to the solid angle 
subtended at that point by a closed curve, how does the 
above theorem apply to a closed tubular surface which 
interlaces the closed curve ? 

3. An approximately spherical surface is filled with 
uniform attracting matter. Find expressions for the 
external and internal potentials. 

4. A uniform chain lies fully extended on a horizontal 
plane, the coefficient of friction being given. One extremity 
is raised slowly in a vertical line. Find the work necessary 
to lift the chain just off the plane. 

5. A body with one point fixed is acted on by forces of 
given directions and magnitudes. Prove that, in general, 
there wiU be four positions of equilibrium. Under what 
conditions will more than four positions exist ? 

6. Three mutually rectangular non-intersecting forces 
act along the sides a, h, e oi & rectangular parallelepiped. 
Find the position of the Poinsot axis, and prove that, if it 
pass through the centre of the parallelepiped, the pitch p 
of the equivalent wrench will be given by 

V -p {a^ + J* + (r») - ahc = 0. 

7. A fluid attracting according to the law of nature just 
fills the ellipsoid «*/a* + fj}^ + «7^ = 1. Find the pressure 
at any point. 

8. A right cylinder floats in a liquid in stable equilibrium 
with its axis vertical. A small weight is attached to its 
upper circular edge. Find the periods of its principal 
oscillations. 

9. Find the condition which must be satisfied by any 
liquid film, the pressure on both sides being the same, and 
give examples of surfaces satisfying it. 

10. Find an expression for the pressure at any point of 
the atmosphere^ supposing that it rotates bodily with the 
Earth. 



/ 



610 m.a. degbee amd studentship examination. 

Second Papeb. 
Pbofessob Mobton. 

1. A particle is describing a parabolic orbit under force 
^ towards the focus. Show that the time taken to describe 
an arc is 

where c is the chord of the arc, and rr^ the distances of its 
ends from the focus. 

2. Particles are projected from a point with given velocity 
under the influence of a centre of force attracting as the 
inverse square of the distance. Show that the envelope of 
all the paths is a prolate spheroid with foci at the point of 
projection and the centre of force. 

3. A particle is projected in any manner along the inner 
surface of a smooth sphere. Show that its path is confined 
between two horizontal circles, which it touches alternately, 
and that the level midway between these circles is below 
the centre of the sphere. 

4. Show that the locus of Lines through a point, about 
which a rigid body has a given moment of inertia, is a cone 
of the second degree. Show that the reciprocals of these 
cones are tangent-cones to a set of confocal ellipsoids whose 
centre is the centre of gravity of the body. 

5. A heavy particle lies inside a spherical bowl whose 
inner surface is smooth, and which rests on a horizontal 
plane. Investigate the small oscillations of the system 
when the contact between bowl and plane is (1) smooth, 
(2) rough. 

6. Deduce the principle of least action from Lagrange's 
equations, in generalised coordinates. Is there any dfle- 
rence in the range of application of the principle and of 
Lagrange's equations? 

7. State and prove the maximum property of energy im- 
parted to a system by given impulses. 



AUTUlfN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 611 

Apply to find the motion imparted to a pair of similar 
straight rods freely jointed together, and struck at one end, 
the rods heing in the same straight Ime, and the direction of 
the blow perpendicular to the rods. Show that the velocities 
of the three terminal points are in the ratios 1:2:7* 

8. A uniform string hangs in a catenary, with its ends at 
the same level. If one end is suddenly released, show that 
th^ direction of the initial acceleration of the lowest point 
of the catenary makes with the horizontal the angle 

tan"* (a + cot a), 

where a is the inclination of the catenary at its ends. 

9. Show that any motion of a rigid body about a fixed 
point can be represented by the rolling of a cone fixed in the 
body on a cone fixed in space. 

Find the dimensions of these cones for the motion of the 
Earth relative to its centre, taking 26,000 years as the period 
of a complete precession. 

10. A particle moves under a central force along a smooth 
curve which is a brachistochrone. Show that the velocity 
at any poiut is proportional to the perpendicular from the 
centre of force on the tangent to the path. 



Thibd Papeb. 
Mb. Yinyoomb. 

1. Plane electromagnetic waves are incident, on an 
infinite plane surface of a dielectric of sp. ind. cap. K 
at an angle 0: obtain expressions for the reflected and 
refracted amplitudes. Apply to metallic reflection* 

2. An electrified particle is revolving in a circular orbit 
around a central charge which is fixed. Find the effect 
on the time of revolution of a magnetic field perpendicular 
to the plane of the orbit. 

8. A circuit, including resistance, capacity, and self- 
inductance, is subject to an alternating e.m.f. For what 



612 M.A. DEGBEE AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

periodicity is the current a xnaximiim 9 If the plates of 
the condenser are connected by a wire of high resistance 
and no inductance, what is the effect on the maximum 
current ? 

4. Show that no electric field applied to a feebly con- 
ducting dielectric can give it an internal charge. 

5. On what electromagnetic basis do we get Fresnel's 
wave-surface ? 

6. Explain the theory of electric inversion as applied to 
the solution of electrostatic problems. Find the electric 
distribution on a plane circular disc at zero potential in the 
field of a point-charge in its plane. 

7. Obtain a mathematical expression of Huyghens' theory 
of wave-propagation. 

8. Assuming the connexion between an electric current 
and a magnetic shell, obtain an expression for the mag- 
netic force due to a linear current. 

9. Obtain the difiraction-pattem due to a rectangular 
aperture when viewed through a telescope focused for 
infinity, the incident light being a parallel beam. 

10. Find the angle between the axes of single ray 
velocity of Fresnel's wave-surface in terms of the principal 
indices. 



Fourth Papeb. 
Professor Bergin. 

1. For an isotropic body, express Young's modulus in 
terms of the moduli of compression and rigidity. 

2. Determine the condition that a general strain should 
be equivalent to a shear, and find the magnitude of the 
equivalent shear. 

8. A substance is symmetrical with regard to a plane : 
find the form of the strain potential. 

4. A cylinder is twisted. Under what circumstances 
will the plane jsections remain plane ? 



▲UTUiqi, 1906 — HONOUBS. 618 

5. A uniform beam rests on three vertical supports, one 
at the middle and the other two at the ends, the latter 
being at the same level : determine the depression of the 
middle point below the end when the pressure on the 
middle prop is half the weight of the beam. 

6. A liquid is in steady motion, and aoted on by a 
conservative system of forces : show that along a stream- 
line 

]p 2 

remains constant. 

7. A fluid is contained within an infinite cylinder which 
is made to rotate with angular velocity (o round its axis. 
Show that the stream function satisfies the equation 

ilf = i0 ^ + C 

at every point of the boundary. What is the form of 
iff when the cylinder is elliptical? 

8. In the case of a liquid moving irrotationally, obtain 
an expression for the velocity-potential at any point, its 
value and rate of variation along the normal bping given at 
every point on the boundary of the liquid. 

9. Determine the form of the stream-lines in an infinite 
liquid due to two parallel rectilinear vortices. 

10. Obtain an expression for the velocity of propagation 
of long waves in a canal of uniform section. 



EXPERIMENTAL PHYSIOS. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Section A. 

Pbofessob MoOlelland. 

1. Describe fully how you would determine Young's 
modulus and the bulk modulus for glass* 

2d3 



614 M.A. DEGKEB AND STUDENTSHIP EXAIONATION. 

2. Show how we obtain an estimate of the mean free 
path of a gaseous molecule, and of the average distance 
between the molecules of a gas. 

8. Show how surface-tension phenomena canr be 
explained from the point of view of surface energy. 
Illustrate your answer by examples. 

4. How do atmospheric conditions influence the pro- 
pagation of sound-waves ? 

5. Discuss as fully as you can the action of sensitive 
flames. 

Section B. 
Mb. Haokett. 

6. How has the pressure of light been observed ? What 
relation exists between the pressure and the energy in the 
incident rays ? 

7. Give an account of the methods available for the 
refined investigation of the nature of the spectral lines. 

8. Criticise the present methods of calorimetry, pointing 
out how the chief defects of each method may be minimised. 

9. Describe a method of obtaining the heat-conductivity 
of a substance which can only be obtained in thin sheets. 

10. Explain the difference between the different types 
of polarised light. How can they be distinguished experi- 
mentally? 



Second Paper. 

Section A. 

Pbofessor McClelland. 

1. Discuss the phenomena of thermo-electricity from a 
thermo-dynamical standpoint. 

2. Deduce the dimensions of the quantity Kfiy where k 
denotes specific inductive capacitv, and a denotes permea- 
biUty. 

Discuss fully the meaning of the result you obtain. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS, 616 

3. Explain as tally as you oan how electromagnetic 
waves are sent off through the ether from a Hertzian 
vibrator. 

4. Summarise the evidence for the existence of a constant 
ionic charge of electricity, and show how its amount has 
been determined. 

5. Discuss the flow of energy in the electromagnetic 
field, and illustrate by simple examples. 

Section B. 

Mn. VlNTCOMB. 

6. What properties are required in iron for transformer 
cores ? How are they tested for ? 

7. Give a method for measuring the ratio of electro- 
magnetic to electrostatic units. 

8. Work out a theory of the breakdown of a gas under 
electric stress. 

9. Discuss some methods for measuring the strength of 
magnetic fields. 

10 An air-condenser is placed in a closed space. Show 
that, if the pressure of the air is increased, and Uie difference 
of potential maintained constant, the increment of the charge 
on unit area per unit increase of the pressure is equal to the 
decrease of volume of unit mass of the gas between the 
plates when the pressure of the air is maintained constant 
and the difference of the potential changed by unity. 



Thibd Papeb. 

Section A. 

Fbofessob Conway. 

1. Give an outline of the main facts known about the 
Zeeman effect. 

Give a theoretical explanation of the tripling of a line, 
and state any conclusions which could be drawn as to the 
mechanism ox the light-radiation. 



616 M.A. DEOBEE AND B TU PEM T BIII P BZAMINATIOM. 

2. What experimental focts are known abont aberration? 
Deduce the law of refraction which holds at the surface of a 
transparent medium which moves with the Earth. 

3. Describe the interferometer, and state some of the facts 
that have been established about the homogeneity of sources 
of Hght. 

4. Give a general account of the changes which a ray of 
light undergoes in passing through a doubly refracting 
medium. 

5. Discuss fully the formation of spectra by a grating. 



Seoiioh B. 
Mb. Hackbit. 

6. What conditions are necessary for the valid application 
of thermodynamics to any energy-transformation ? 

7. What do you know of the thermodynamic potentials of 
a gas 7 Contrast their properties. 

8. Describe a method of comparing the scale of the air- 
thermometer with the absolute temperature. 

9. Deduce a formula for the alteration in vapour-pressure 
with the curvature of the liquid surface. 

10. Show that, on theoretical grounds, the inlensity of 
radiation of a black body is proportional to the fourth power 
of the absolute temperature. 



PRACTICAL PHYSICS. 

1. Determine the bulk-modulus of the given substance. 

2. Find the optical index of the given small quantity of 
liquid. 

3. Measure the coefficient of self-induction of the given 
coil. 



AUTUMN, 1906— HONOUBS. 617 

CHEMISTRY. 

FmsT Papeb. 

[All chendcal changes must be expressed both in words and 
by eqtuitions. Candidates who neglect this instruction 
vyill not receive full credit for their answers.] 

Db. Hawthobne ; Pbofessob Le^ts ; Pbofessob Byan. 

1. Optically active compounds are known which contain — 

(a) an asymmetric atom other than carbon, 

(b) no asymmetric atom. 

Give examples of both classes and some explanation of 
their activity. 

2. State and prove the formula for determining molecular 
weight by tiie raising of the boiling-point. 

8. Describe Pulfrich's refractometer, and give a r6sum6 
of the work which has been done as regards the refractive 
indices of organic compounds. 

4. Discuss the valencies of iodine and oxygen. 

6. Mention any views you are acquainted with regarding 
the question of the evolution of the chemical elements. 

6. How is the magnetic rotatory power of a substance 
determined ? Give a sketch of the results obtained in this 
field of research. 



Second Papeb. 

[All chemical changes must be expressed both in words and by 
equations. Candidates who neglect this mstruction will 
not receive full credit for their answers,] 

Db. Hawthobne ; Pbofessob Letts; Pbofessob Ryan. 

1. Describe the various methods employed for the syn- 
theses of amido-acids. How would you separate a racemic 
amido-acid into its optically active components ? 

2. What is Grignard's reaction? Mention any two 
syntheses accomplished by its means. 



618 M.A. DEOBEE' AND STUDENTSHIP EXAMINATION. 

8. Write the structural formulad of — (a) isoprene, 
(b) limonene, (c) cisimphor. 

Give a sketch of any researches you are acquainted with 
bearing on the synthesis of any one of these. 

4. A few of the known alkaloids have been completely 
synthesised. Select any one of these, and state the steps 
in outline which have eventually led to the final result. 

5. Give some account of enzymes, and explain the part 
which they play in fermentation. 

6. Write a note on intramolecular atomic rearrangements. 



TmBD Papeb. 

[All chemical changes wast be expressed both in words 
and by equations. Candidates who neglect thds inst/ruotion 
wUl not receive full credit for their answers,] 

Db. Hawthobne ; Pbofessob Letts : Pbofessob Btan. 

1. What compounds of boron and hydrogen are known ? 
Describe their preparation and properties. 

2. Write a note on the occurrence, preparation, and 
properties of uranium and its compounds. 

8. Give an account of any isomeric inorganic compounds 
with which you are acquainted. 

4. Discuss the positions which the inert elements occupy 
in the periodic system. 

5. What views are held regarding the causes of the 
rusting of iron ? 

6. Describe any researches which have been made 
regarding the origin and artificial production of the 
diamond. 



PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 

1. Determine the percentage of nitrogen in the given 
organic substance by Dumas' method. 



ADTUMN, 1906— HOMOUBS. 619 

2. Prepare as maoh ^^e quinone as possible from 
the quantity of hydroqumone supplied, according to the 
following method : — 

Preparation of Quinone, 

' Hydroquinone is dissolved in the smallest amount of 
water possible ; then two parts of sulphuric acid are added 
for each part of hydroquinone, and to the well-cooled 
mixture, sodium bichromate solution is added, until the 
quinhydirone which first separates out is converted into 
pure yellow quinone. The latter may be filtered off, and if 
it is considered worth while, the mother-liquors may be 
extracted with ether. The yield is nearly the theoretical 
anK)unt.' 

The success of the operation depends upon its being 
conducted at a low temperature (6°-10°0.). 

(B. NiETZKi, Berichte d, deutsch. Chem. Oes. Jahrg. 19, 
p. 1467). 

[Solubility of sodium bichromate — 100 parts water dis- 
solve 107-2 parts at 0^0., and 109-2 at 15^0.] 

[The purity of the quinone specimen must be verified by 
a melting-point determination.] 

8. Ascertain, and determine quantitatively, the con- 
stituents of the given inorganic powder. 



BOTANY. 

FiBST Paper. 
Pbofessob Sioebson ; Pbofepsob Gbeoo Wilson. 

1. Discuss the inter-relations of the Phanerogamia and 
the Oryptogamia. 

2. Describe and discuss the subject of anomalous 
thickening in Dicotyledons and Gymnosperms, citing 
examples. 



620 M.A. DEOBBB AND STin>ENTSHIP BZAMINATION. 

8. Give a desoriptive account of the dermal glands of 
plants, stating their structure, contents, and uses : notice 
particularly the digestive glands, and their positions. 

4. Make a classification of the Fungi, with definitions of 
the characters of the sub-classes or groups, accompanied 
by sketches where required. 



Second Paper. 
Pbofebsob SiGEBSON ; Pbofessob Gbeog Wilson. 

1. Describe as fully as you can the development of 
microsporangium and megasporangium in Angiosperms. 

2. Give a comparative account of sieve-tubes. 

3. Give a summary of the theory (Bower's) that accounts 
for the origin of the vegetative parts of the sporophytes of 
higher plants by sterilization. 

4. Discuss the pleiomery of the androecium. 



PRACTICAL BOTANY. 

1. Make sections to illustrate the morphology of the 
plant A. Sketch your preparations and describe them. 

2. Make preparations of the reproductive organs of the 
plant B. Draw and describe your sections. 

8. Assign to their natural orders, and determine, with 
the aid of a flora, the species of the plants provided. 

4. Identify, draw, and describe preparations G, D, E, ... 



ZOOLOGY. 

First Paper. 

Prof. Hartog ; Prof. Sioebson ; Prof. Gbego Wilson. 

1. Discuss the relation of Botifera to the Trochophore 
larva. 



AUTUHN, 1906 — H0N0UB6. 621 

2. Oive a loll aeconnt of the reprodactive cyole in 
Sporozoa. 

8. Discuss the occurrence of skeletal elements in 
Sarcodine Protozoa. 



Second Papeb. 
Pbof. Habtoo ; Pbof. Sigebson ; Pbof. Gbeoo Wilson. 

1. Give a brief account of sexual dimorphism in the 
Mammalia. 

2. Discuss the part played by male Vertebrata in the 
fosterage of the young. 

8. Oive a comparative account of the characters of the 
palate and base of the Avian skull. 



PEACTICAL ZOOLOGY. 
Pbofessob Habtog ; Pbofbssob Gbbgg Wilson. 

1. Dissect the animal provided so as to show the cranial 
nerves. Sketch and describe your preparation. 

2. Dissect and display the organs in the two arms 
adjoining the madreporite, and in the disk of the animal 
provided. Sketch and describe your preparation. 

8. Mount, sketch, and describe pedicellariaa. 

4. Identify and describe briefly specimens A-D, . . . 



VEGETABLE PHYSIOLOGY. 
FiBST Papeb. 
Pbofessob Sigebson ; Pbofessob Gbegg Wilson. 

1. Give an account of the sources of energy in Anaerobes. 

2. Give a detailed account, with examples, of the inter- 
action of Symbionts, disjunctive and conjunctive, con- 
sidering the subject in its histological, physiological, and 
morphological aspects. 



M.A. DBGBBB ABB BTUBSIITSIIIP BZAMINATION. 

8. Discuss the eridenoe as to how * xedoemg diYisum' is 
eflfiecied in plants. 

4. Describe the digestive processes of seed reserves as 
far as yon know them. 



PRACTICAL PHYSIOLOGY. 
Vegetablb. 

1. By means of the eudiometer, determine the character 
of the gases given off from the water-phmt provided, and 
their respective volumes. Explain your operations. 

2. Set up experiments to prove the influence of contact 
on the growth of roots. Explain your procedure. 

Animal. 

1. Ascertain the galvanotactic reactions of Paramecium. 
Give full details of conditions. 

2. Estimate the specific rotatocy power of the sugar 
present in solution (A). (The strei^fth of the solution will 
be given.) 

8. Identify the substances B, C, and D. 



ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. 
Pkof. Goffet ; Pbof. Habtog ; Pbof. Mhjioy. 

1. Discuss the evidence respecting the transmission to 
the offspring of acquired characters in animals. 

2. Describe the electrical changes which occur in the 
beating frog's heart, and explain concisely how these may 
be demonstrated. 

8. Are the impulses which produce sensations of pain 
conducted by tracts independent of those of special sense ? 
Belate fully the evidence in favour of the view advanced. 



( 623 ) 
JUNIOR FELLOWSHIP EXAMINATIONS. 



HONOUR EXAMINATIONS. 



ANCIENT CLASSICS, 



LATIN. 

FiBST Paper. 

Pbofessob Semple. 

Translate, with brief explanatory notes, where neces- 
sary: — 

1. Q. Marcius L. f. S. Postumius L. f. cos. seuatum 
consoluerunt n. Octob. apud aedem Duelonai. Sc. arf. M. 
Claudius M. f. L. Valerius P. f. Q. Minucius 0. f. — 

De Bacanalibus quel foideratei esent ita exdeicendum 
censuere. 

Neiquis eorum Bacanal habuise velet. Sei ques esent 
quel sibei deicerent neoesus ese Bacanal habere, eeis utei ad 
pr. urbanum Bomam yenirent deque eeis rebus, ubei eorum 
verba audita esent, utei senatus noster decemeret, dum 
ne minus Senatorbus C adesent, quom ea res cosoleretur. 
Bacas vir nequis adiese velet ceivis Bomanus neve nominus 
Latini neve socium quisquam, nisei pr. urbanum adiesent, 
isque de senatuos sententiad, dum ne minus senatoribus C 
adesent, quom ea res cosoleretur, iousiset. Censuere. 

Sacerdos nequis vir eset. Magister neque yir neque 
mulier quisquam eset. Neve pecuniam quisquam eorum 
comoinem habuise velet, neve magistratum neve pro magis- 
tratud neque virum neque mulierem quiquam fecise velet. 
Neve post hac inter sed coniourase neve comvovise neve 
conspondise neve compromesise velet, neve quisquam fidem 
inter sed dedise velet. — Senatm ConsulPum de Baccanalibtts. 



624 JUMIOB FELLOWSHIP BXAMINATION. 

2. Difficile enim dicta est, quaenam causa sit car ea, 
quae maxime sensas nostros impellunt voluptate et specie 
prima aoerrime commovent, ab iis celernme figikstidio quodam 
et satietate abalienemar. Qoanto colorom polchritudine 
et varietate floridiora sont in piotaris novis pleraqae qaam 
in veteribas ! qoae tamen, etiamsi primo aspecta nos 
ceperant, diutius non delectant ; cam iidem nos in antiqais 
tabolis illo ipso horrido obsoletoqae teneamar. Qoanto 
molliores sont et delicatiores in canta flexiones et falsae 
Tocolae quam certae et severae I qoibas tamen non modo 
aasteri sed, si saepius fiont, moltitado ipsa reclamat. Licet 
hoc videre in reliqnis sensibas, ongaentis minus din nos 
delectari, somma et acerrima saavitate conditis, quam his 
moderatis, et magis laadari, quod ceram, qaam quod 
crocam olere videatar ; in ipso tacta esse modam et molli- 
tudinis et levitatis. Qain etiam gastatas, qui est sensas 
ex omnibus maxime voluptarias, qaique dulcitadine praeter 
ceteros sensas commovetar, qaam oito id, qaod valde dolce 
est, aspemator ac respait I Qois potione ati aat dbo 
dulci diutius potest ? cum utroque in genere ea, quae 
leviter sensum voluptate moveant, &cillime fugiant satie- 
tatem. Sic omnibus in rebus voluptatibus maximis 
fastidium finitimum est. — Gigebo. 

8. Neminem nominabo, genus hominum significasse 
Gontentus ; sed vobis utique versantor ante ocolos isti qui 
Lucilium pro Horatio et Lucretium pro Virgilio legunt, 
quibus eloquentia Aufidi Bassi aat Servilii Noniani ex 
comparatione Sisennae aut Varronis sordet, qui rhetorom 
nostrorum commentaries fastidiunt et oderunt, Galvi 
mirantur. Quos more prisco apud iudicem &bnlantes non 
auditores sequuntur, non populus audit, vix denique 
litigator perpetitur : adeo maesti et inculti illam ipsam 
quam iactant sanitatem non firmitate, sed ieiunio conse- 
qnuntur. Porro ne in corpore quidem valetudinem medici 
probant quae animi anxietate contingit ; parum est aegrum 
non esse, fortem et laetum et alacrem volo. Prope abest 
ab infirmitate in quo sola sanitas laudatur. Vos vero, viri 
disertissimi, ut potestis, ut facitis, inlustrate saeculum 
nostrum pulcherrimo genere dicendi. Nam et te, Messalla, 
video laetissima quaeque antiquorum imitaatem, et voB| 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 625 

Mateme. ac Becunde, ita gravitati sensnam nitorem et 
oultom verborum miscetis, ea electio inventionis, is ordo 
rerum, ea quoties causa poscit nbertas, ea quoties permittit 
brevitas, is compositionis decor, ea sententiarum planitas 
est, sic exprimitis adfectus, sic libertatem temperatis, ut 
etiam si nosiira iudicia malignitas et invidia tardaverit, 
verum de vobis dioturi sint posteri nostri. — Tacitus. 

4. Forma fait eximia, etper omnes aetatis gradusvenus- 
tissima ; quanquam et omnis lenocinii negligens, et in 
capite comendo tarn incuriosus ut raptim compluribus 
simul tonsoribus operam daret, ac modo tonderet, modo 
raderet barbam, eoque ipso tempore aut legeret aliquid aut 
etiam scriberet. ViQtu erat, vel in sermone vel tacitus, adeo 
tranquillo serenoque, ut quidam e primoribus Galliarum 
confessus sit inter suos, eo se inhibitum ac remollitum 
quominus, ut destinarat, in transitu Alpium, per simula- 
tionem coUoquii propius admissus, in praeoipitium propel- 
leret. Oculos habuit claros ac nitidos, quibus etiam 
existimari yolebat inesse quiddam divini vigoris : gaude- 
batque, si quis sibi acrius contuenti, quasi ad fulgorem 
solis, Yultum submitteret: sed in senecta sinistro minus 
yidit. Dentes raros et exiguos et soabros ; capillum leniter 
inflexum et sufflavum ; supercilia coniuncta ; mediocres 
aures ; nasum et a summo eminentiorem et ab imo deduc- 
tiorem ; colorem inter aquilum candidumque ; staturam' 
brevem (quam tamen lulius Marathus, libertus et a 
memoria eius, quinque pedum et dodrantis fuisse tradit), 
sed quae commoditate et aequitate membrorum ocouleretur, 
ut nonnisi ex comparatione astantis alicuius procerioris 
intelligi posset. — Suetonius. 

5. Est apud illos genus, qui nihil amplius quam bubul- 
citare novere: ideoque cognomen illis Bubulcis inditum. 
Sunt et mutandis mercibus callidi et obeundis praeliis 
strenui, vel sagittis eminus vel ensibus cominus. Est 
praeterea genus apud illos praestabile : Gymnosophistae 
vocantur. Hos ego maxime admirer : quod homines sunt 
periti, non propagandae vitis, nee inoculandae arboris, nee 
proscindendi soli : non illi norunt arvum colere, vel uvam 
colare, vel equum domare, vel taurum subigere, vel ovem 



626 JUNIOR FBLLOW8HIP EXAMINATION. 

vel capram tondere vel pasoere. Quid igitor est ? Unmn 
pro his omnibus norant. Sapientiam peroolant, tarn 
magistri senes qnam discipuli minores. Neo quicqnam 
apud illos aeque lando, quam quod torporem animi et 
otlum odenint. Igitur ubi, mensa posita, priusquam 
edulia apponantur, omnes adulescentes ex diversis locis et 
officiis ad dapem conyeniunt, magistri perrogant, quod 
factum a lucis ortu ad illud diei bonum feoerit. Hio alius 
se Gommemorat inter duos arbitrum deleotum, sanata 
simultate, reconoiliata gratia, purgata suspioione, amicos 
ex infensis reddidisse : inde alius, sese parentibus quidpiam 
imperantibus obedisse : et alius, aliquid meditatione sua 
reperisse, vel alterius demonstratione didioisse. Deniqu- 
ceteri commemorant. Qui nihil habet afiferre, cur prane 
deat, impransus ad opus foras extruditur. — Afuleius. 

6. Ave, mi magister optime f Scio natali die cuiusque 
pro eo, cuius is natalis dies est, amicos vota suscipere ; ego 
tamen, quia te iuxta ac memet ipsum amo, volo hac die, 
tuo natali, mihi bene precari. Deos igitur omnes, qui 
usquam gentium vim suam praesentem promptamque homi- 
nibus praebent, qui vel somniis vel mysteriis vel medioina 
vel oraculis usquam iuvant atque poUent, eorum deorum 
unumquemque mihi votis advoiso, meque pro genere 
cuiusque voti in eo loco constituo, de quo deus ei rei 
praeditus facilius exaudiat. Igitur iam primum Pergamei 
arcem ascendo et Aesculapio supplico, uti valetudinem 
magistri mei bene temperet vehementerque tueatur. Inde 
Athenas degredior. Minervam genibus nixus obsecro 
atque oro, si quid ego unquam Utterarum sciam, ut id 
potissimum ex Frontonis ore in pectus meum commigret. 
Nunc redeo Bomam, deosque viales et promarinos votis 
imploro, uti mihi omne iter tua praesentia comitatum sit, 
neque ego tam saepe tam saevo desiderio fatiger. Postremo 
omnes omnium populorum praesides deos atque ipsum 
locum, qui OapitoHum montem strepit, quaeso tribuat hoc 
nobis ut istum diem, quo mihi natus es, tecum, firmo te 
laetoque, concelebrem. — M. Aubelius. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 627 

Second Papeb. 

Section A. 

Fbofessob Semple. 

Translate, with brief explanatory notes where necessary : — 

(a) Pi. Omitte, Lyde, ac cave malo. Lt. Quid ? cave 

malo? 
Pi. lam excessit mi aetas ex magisterio tuo. 
Lt. barathrum, ubi es ? Ut ego te usurpem lubens ! 
Video nimio iam multo plus quam volueram : 
Vixisse nimio satiust iam quam vivere ; 
Magistron' quemquam discipulum minitarier ? 
Nihil moror discipulos mihi esse tarn plenos sanguinis : 
Valens affictet me vocivom yirium. 
Pi. Fiam, ut ego opinor, Hercules, tu autem Linus. 
Ly. Pol metuo magis ne Phoenix tuis factis fuam, 
Teque ad patrem esse mortuom renuntiem. 
Pi. Satis historiarum est ? Ly. Hie yereri perdidit. 
Compendium edepol baud aetati optabile 
Fecisti, quom istanc nactus's impudentiam. — 
Occisus hie homo est. — ^Ecquid in mentem est 
Patrem tibi esse ? Pi. Tibi ego aut tu mihi servos es? 
Ly. Peior magister te istaec docuit, non ego. 
Nimio es tu ad istas res discipulus docilior 
Quam ad ilia quae te docui, ubi operam perdidi. 
Pi. Istactenus tibi, Lyde, libertas data est. 
Orationis satis est. Sequere hac me ao tace. 
Ly. Edepol fecisti furtum in aetatem malum, 
Quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem. 

Plautus. 

(b) Idcirco certis dimensum partibus orbem 
Per duodena regit mundi Sol aureus astra. 
Quinque tenent caelum zonae, quarum una corusco 
Semper sole rubens et torrida semper ab igni : 
Quam circum extremae dextra laevaque trahuntur, 
Oaerulea glacie concretae atque imbribus atris. 
Has inter mediamque duae mortalibus aegris 
Munere concessae divum : et via secta per ambas 
Obliquus qua se signorum verteret ordo. 
Mundus, ut ad Soythiam Bhipaeasque urduus aroes 



628 JUNIOR VBIiLOWSBIP BXAimATION. 

Oonsargit, premitur Libyae devexus in austros. 
Hio vertex nobis semper sublimis ; at ilium 
Snb pedibus Styx atra videt manesque profundi. 
Maximus hie flexu sinuoso elabitur Anguis 
Circum, perque duas in morem fluminis Arctos, 
Arotos Ooeani metuentes aequore tingi. 
IUIg, ut perhibent, aut intempesta silet nox, 
Semper et obtenta densentur nocte tenebrae : 
Aut redit a nobis Aurora diemque reducit ; 
Noaque nbi primus equis Oriens afflavit anhelis, 
niic sera rubens accendit lumina Vesper. 

VlBGIIi. 

(c) Tandem Gorgonei victorem Persea monstri 
Felix ilia dies redeuntem ad litora duxit. 
Isque ubi pendentem vidit de rupe puellam, 
Deriguit facie quam non stupefecerat hostis, 
Vixque manu spolium tenuit, victorque Medusae 
Victus in Andromeda est. lam cautibus invidet ipsis, 
Felicesque vocat teneant quae membra catenas. 
Et postquam poenae causam cognovit ab ipsa, 
Destinat in thalamos per bellum vadere ponto, 
Altera si Gorge veniat non territus ire. 
Goncitat aerios cursus, flentesque parentes 
Promissu vitae recreat, pactusque maritum 
Ad litus remeat. Gravidus iam surgere.pontus 
Goeperat et longo fugiebant agmine fluctus 
Impellentis onus monstri. Gaput eminet undis 
Scindentis, pelagusque vomit, circumsonat aequor 
Dentibus, inque ipso rapidum mare navigat ore. 
Hinc viasti turgent immensis torquibus orbes, 
Tergaque consumunt pelagus : sonat undique Phorcys 
Atque ipsi metuunt montes scopulique ruentem. 

Manilius. 
Section B. 
Pbofessob M^'Eldebbt. 
Translate, with brief notes where necessary : — 

(a) Saepe oculos, memini, tingebam parvus olivo, 
Grandia si nollem morituri verba Gatonis 
Disoarey non sano multum Ic^udonda magiatro, 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOUBS. 629 

Quae pater adductis sudans audiret amicis. 
lure : etenim id summum, quid dexter senio ferret, 
Scire erat in voto : damnosa canicula quantum 
Raderet : angustaa coUo non fallier orcae : 
Neu quis callidior buxum torquere flagello. 
Haud tibi inexpertum curvos deprendere mores, 
Quaeque docet sapiens braccatis illita Media 
Porticus, insomnis quibus et detonsa inventus 
Invigilat, siliquis et grandi pasta polenta : 
Et tibi quae Samios diduxit litera ramos, 
Surgentem dextro monstravit limite callem. - 
Stertis adhuc, laxumque caput compage soluta 
Oscitat hestemum dissutis undique malis ? 
Est aliquid quo tendis, et in quod dirigis arcum ? 
An passim sequeris corvos testaque lutoque, 
Securus quo pes ferat, atque ex tempore vivis ? 

Pebsius. 

(5) Ipse locus templi, quod vix oorruptior aetas 

Exstruat, instar erat : laqueataque tecta ferebant 
Divitias, crassumque trabes absconderat aurum. 
Nee summis crustata domus, sectisque nitebat 
Marmoribus : stabatque sibi non segnis achates, 
Purpureusque lapis, totaque effusus in aula 
Calcabatur onyx : ebenus Maroetica vastos 
Non operit postes, sed stat pro robore vili 
Auxilium, non forma domus. Ebur atria vestit, 
Et subfixa manu foribus testudinis Indae 
Terga sedent, crebro maculas distincta zmaragdo. 
Fulget gemma toris, et iaspide fulva supellex. 
Strata micant : Tyrio quorum pars maxima suco 
Cocta diu, virus non uno duxit aeno ; 
Pars auro plumata nitet ; pars ignea cooco, 
Ut mos est Phariis miscendi licia telis. 

LUOAN. 

(c) Quis feret uxorem, cui constant omnia ? Malo, 
Malo Venustinam, quam te, Cornelia, mater 
Gracchorum, si cum magnis virtutibus affers 
Grande sup6rcilium, et numeras in dote triumphos. 
Tolle tuum, precor, Hannibalem victumque Syphacem 
In castris, et cum tota Carthagine migra, 
2^ 



630 JUMIOB RLLOWBHIP KZAIONATION. 

" Parce, preoor. Paean, et ta, dea, pone sa^Uas: 
Nil pneri faciunt, ipsam oonfigite matrem ! " 
Amphion clamat : sed Paean oonirahit arcom. 
Extnlit ei^o greges naionim ipsnmqne parentem, 
Dam sibi nobilior Latonae gente videtur 
Atqne eadem scrofa Niobe fecondior alba. 
Quae tanti gravitas, qnae forma, at se tibi semper 
Impatet ? Hoios enim rari sommiqae volaptas 
Nulla boni, qaoties animo oorrnpta saperbo 
Plos aloes qoam mollis habet. Qois deditos antem 
Usque adeo est, at nen illam, qoam laadibos effert, 
Horreat, inqae diem septenis oderit horis ? 

JUTKNAI.. 



TnmD Paper. 
Pbofessob Douoan. 
Translate into Latin : — 

1. Affected dispatch is one of the most dangerous things 
to business that can be. It is like that which the physicians 
call predigestion, or hasty digestion, which is sure to fill 
the body fall of crudities, and secret seeds of diseases. 
Therefore, measure not dispatch by the time of sitting, but 
by the advancement of the business. And as in races, it is 
not the large stride, or high lift, that makes the speed, so 
in business, the keeping close to the matter, and not taiang 
of it too much at once, procureth dispatch. It is the care 
of some only to come off speedily for the time, or to 
contrive some false periods of business, because they may 
seem men of dispatch. But it is one thing to abbreviate 
by contracting, another by cutting off; and business so 
handled at several sittings, or meetings, goeth commonly 
backward and forward in an unsteady manner. I knew a 
wise man, that had it for a by-word, when he saw men 
hasten to a conclusion : Stay a little, that we may make an 
end the sooner. 

2. Yet it cannot be said that his genius is ever un- 
provided of matter, or that his fancy languishes in penury 
of ideas. His works abound with knowledge, and sparkle 



AUTUBfN, 1906 HONOUBS. 681 

with illustrations. There is scarcely any science or &culty 
that does not supply him with occasional images and lucky 
similitudes : every page discovers a mind very' widely 
acquainted hoth with art and nature, and in full possession 
of great stores of intellectual wealth. Of him that knows 
much, it is natural to suppose that he has read with 
diligence; yet I rather believe that the knowledge of 
Dryden was gleaned from accidental intelligence and 
various conversation, by a quick apprehension, a judicious 
selection, and a happy memory, a keen appetite of 
knowledge, and a powerful digestion, by vigilance that 
permitted nothing to pass without notice, and a habit of 
reflection that suffered nothing useful to be lost. 



Fourth Paper. 

Professor M^'Elderrt. 

History, Antiquities, Literature. 

1. * Utique ei senatum habere, relationem facere, re- 
mittere, senatus consulta per relationem discessionemque 
facere liceat, ita uti licuit divo Aug., Ti. lulio Caesari 
Aug., Ti. Claudio Caesari Augusto Germanico.* 

Comment upon this, and state what you know of the 
documents from one of which it is an extract. 

2. * T. Caesari Aug. f. Vespasiano pontif., imp. xii., trib- 
pote. vii., COS. vi., provincia Lusitania, C. Arruntio Catellio 
Celere leg. Aug. pro pr., L. lunio Latrone Conimbricese 
flamine provinciae Lusitaniae, ex auri p. v.* 

Write a full commentary upon this inscription. 

8. Write notes upon ; fratres Arvales, iuridici, ver 
sacrum, iii viri a. a. a. f. f., nomenclator, congiarium, 
tribuni aerarii, sportula. 

4. Trace the history of ' ius Latii ' or * Latinitas * from 
89 B.C., showing its importance in the Roman imperial 
system, 

%e% 



682 JX7NI0B FELLOWSHIP EXAMINATION. 

5. Indicate approximately the distribution of the legions 
at any time between 60 and 100 a.d. What is known 
about the auxilia and their distribution, and from what 
sources ? 

6. Show on a sketch-map the various roads leading from 
Rome ; also the position of the fora of the empire. 

7. Explain — fiscus, aerarium Saturni, aerarium militare, 
procurator, quaestor. 

8. Give some account of Hadrian's internal administra- 
tive reforms. 

9. Discuss the importance of sea-power at different 
epochs in the history of Rome. 

10. * As a statesman without insight or purpose, he 
figured successively as democrat, as aristocrat, and as a 
tool of the monarchs, and was never more than a short- 
sighted egotist.' Criticise this estimate — Mommsen's — of 
Cicero. 

11. What do you know of the writings of Claudianus, 
Varro Atacinus, Rutilius Namatianus, Ausonius, Fronto ? 

12. Describe the mss. of Tacitus, Cicero's Letters, and 
Lucretius. Discuss the possibility of a literary relationship 
between Cicero and Lucretius. 

13. Estimate the progress of Latin learning in its 
various branches during the past fifty years. 



GUEEK. 

EiRST Paper. 

Pbofessob MacMasteb. 

A. Translate the passages which follow, and add such 
footnotes in explanation of the subject-matter, syntax, &c., 
as you think necessary : — 

1 . €t 8' i/Jiov ravra 7rpoicr;(0/A€VO'u dSwaroi /Jicv ^lycrcrc cfvai, 
€vvoi. 8' 6vT€<s dfiw(r€T€ firj KaKOVfievoL SLwOcLa-Oai kol ttjv 
i\€vO€pLav firj SlklvSvvov vfuv c^aiVco-^at, SiKaiov T€ cfvai, oU 
Kal Svvarbv 8€)(€<r0aL avrrjv, tovtoi? kol iiriffi^peLVj aKovra 8c 
fjLTjSiva IT poa-av ay Koi^iVf fidprvpa^ fxev Oeov^ kol ^pwas Tor? 



At7TUHN, 1906 ^HONOUBS. 688 

ey;(o>piovs Troirjtrofiai ws cir' dyadcp i^Ktav ov irtiBia, yrjv 8c t^v 
vfi€ripay 8ymv Trci/oao-ofiai jSia^co-^ai, Koi ovk ddiKCiv Iri vofiw, 
irpoaeivai Se ri /jlol koi Kara Svo avdyKas to cvXoyov, rwv fiky 
AaKcSaifioviW, oirws fi^ tw v/jierepo) cilvcp, et fi^ Trpoa-a\6riQ-€a'6€, 
TOL^ diro v/Aa>v ;(pi7/Aacri fficpofUvois irap^ ^ABrjvaiov^ ^XdirTOvrat, 
ot §€ ^EAAiyves tva /i^ KoiXvcDKrai v0* vfiwv SouXcias dxraAAay5vai. 
ou yap Brj ciKorois y* dv rdSc 7rpcur<rotfi€V, ovSc 6<f>€iX.ofX€V ol 
AaK^Saifjiovioi firf koivov tivos dya^ov atri^ to us ft^ povXofiivovs 
iXevOepovv. — Thucydideb. 

(a) For vpaara-OL/jLcv in last sentence cTrpcwro-o/iiev has been 
proposed as an emendation. With what probability ? 

(i) Write a note on the characteristic differences between 
the Athenian and the Spartan Empires. 

2. irp5)TOV fJL€v ovv eirt/SovAcvci fioi fi€Ta rStv ayriBiKiaVf koX 
irioTiv avTOLS StSoxriV Ittcit' dyuivoiv fioi avveo'TrjKOTWV frpos 
avTovs Tovs re Xoyovs cx^cpct /jiov €i3o>9, Kal eyypd^ci rf 
Sr}fio(ri<o airpoa-Kkrfrov cf ifA<l>avwv KaTaordo-cws itn/SoXriv 
i^aKoa-Cas koI Sexa 8pa;(fia9, 8ia AvxiiSov tot) /Jivk<i>6pov iroiiy- 
<rdp.€vo% Tr}v SiKiyv. KXrjrrjpa Sc Kar' e/nov tov re'dScX^ov tov 
avrov 'ApeOovaiov tovtov ciriypd^crat, ovvip iari TdvSpdiroSa 
Tttvra, Kttt dAAov rtva* Kal Trapeaxcvd^ovro, ct dvaKpivotfjirjv 
Kara rwv oikcicov toiv dSiKOVvrcuv /xc ras StKas as ciXi/xc^^ avroc9) 
cvSeiKi'vvai fic Kai ifi/^dXXeiv cis to SeafKon/jpiov. in 8c Trpos 
TOUTOis 6 * ApeOova-ios aTrpoo'KXrjTOV ftov c^aiOKriW icai 8c#ca 
^pa\iiS]fv BiK-qv KaTaSiKcurdficvoi cbs d^ciXovro9 r^ Siz/ioo-Mp, 
KX?yr^pas ciriypa^dficvos Kai cio'cA.^o)!' cts t^v oijcuxv )8ia ra 
Q-Kfvri iravra ii€<l>6prj(r€, irXiov rj eticoa-t fivc^v d^ia, #cai ovS* 
OTiovv Kare\i9rcv. ore dc rifiiapelcrOai ^fir^v Sc7v xai cicruras 
T^ Srjfio&Li^ TO OffiXrjfia, iireiSr/ iTrvOofirjv rrfv hnPovXrjv, 
i^dSL^ov cirt TOV xXi/T^pa tov oftoXoyovvra KCKXiyrcvKcvat t^v 
'ApeOovaiov t^s ^cvSoKXi/Tctas KaTa tov vo/iov, iXSwv cis to 
Xtapiov T^s vvKTOS, o<ra cv^v ^vtgl dxpoSpviav ytwaia lixQ^pXifi' 
ficva, Kttt Tas dvaScvSpdSas €^€ko\I/€, koI ^vrcvnypta cAawv 
7r€pioTOi;(0)V xaTCicAao'cv, ovto) Sctvcos a»s ovS' dv ol TroXifiioi. 
dtadcicv. irpos 8c Tovrots ficd* 17/jiepav TraiSdpiov dorTov €unr€fji- 
^avTcs 8ta TO ycirovc? civat Kat ojjiopov to \mpiov eKeXevov t^v 
po8<ovidv fiXaoTdvovcrav cktiAAciv, tv', ct KaTaXa)8a)V avTOV cyo) 
STJaaifiL ^ irardiaL/xL a>s SovAov ^vra, ypa^i/v fic ypdij/aLvro 
v/^pc(i>9. — Demosthenes. 

(tf) Write a note on the distinction between 81K17 a^Ktas, 
8tioy pXdfirjSy and ypa^^ i;)9pc6>9. 



684 JUMtOB FELLOWSHIP KXAMlNAflON. 

3. oAX' ei Tcmra Xeycroi koXu^ km r^v cv&ufioFcav cvvpaytav 
Beriov^ kxu kootq vcun)^ irdXccos ay cm; koI koB* haurrov apiartK 
pio^ 6 vpoKTucos. aXXa rov vpoKTiKov ovk ayayKoiov clvot 
vpos eripov^j KoBdv^p oLovrai rtvcsi ovSc ras Siayoias cvkoi 
/lovai ravras vpojcriKa^ rag to>v aTroPaxvovriav X^'^ yivofiiya^ 
€K rem vpdTT€iv,» aXXa irokv fiaXXov ras avrorcXccs icai Ta9 
avTfov €V€K€V $€fopia^ KOI 8iavoi7<r€(S. ^ yap eutrpa^Ca rekos, 
wire Kol vpaiU rts* pAXurra Sc frparrciF keyopey Kvpuas kcu 
TO)V iiii)T€pi,KSiv 7rpdi€wv Tovs reus 8iayouus apx^TCfcroKas. aXXa 
fi^ ovS' airpojcreiv avayKalov ras xad' avras irdXccs ISpvpiva^ 
Kal tfjv ovTfo irpoTjprqpAva^' evhi^erai yap Kara p.€p(q jcat rovro 
<rvp>palv€iv' irokkal yap KOivwviai 7rpo9 oAAi/Xa roi9 fi^ccri r^ 
frdXccos eto-tv. 6/xoai>9 8e rovro inrdp\(ei Kal Koff cvos orovovv 
r(i>v avOpunriov a^okfj yap av 6 ^eo9 e^oi koAxos xal ?ra9 o 
KwrpoSj 0X9 OVK curiv i(wr€piKai vpaiu% irapa ra9 oucctas ra9 
avroJK. — Abistoile. 

4. C09 ow irpoaipaXov oi 'Pw^iot BixoO^f cKwXiyf 19 ^v rwv 
2v/xiico<rto)v ical criy^ 8ia Scos p^rfSkv ayOe^eiv vpos piav koI 
8vvap,LV oiop.€viay rocravrr[v. <rxd<ravros 3c ra9 p.rj\ava^ 
rm) *Kp\iprfiQv% a/ta row ficv Trcfoi9 dirqvra roicvpjard re 
vavroSaTra koL kCOtov vwipoyKa pcYeOrj poi^fo koX ra^ct Kara- 
fl>€pop,€Vwv dirtOTO) Kal prjScvos 0X0)9 ro PpWoi crriyovros 
dOpoovs dvarpewovnav rov9 viroir«rroKra9 koI ra9 rafcis 
avyxeovrtov, rats 8c vavo*tF diro rwv reCxtav dtfiVio VTr^paiinpav- 
ficvot Kepaiai ras ficv viro PpCOov^ ar/fpC^ovros dvtaOev wOowrai 
Karc8vov €i9 PvOov, ra9 8c X^P*''^ o't8i7par9 ^ aropxtcriv ehca- 
o-ficvoi9 yepdviov dva(nr(ocrai irp(ipaOcv opOos hrl wp-upvav 
dvepdimiov rj 81' avrirovrnv evSov tin,crrpeff>6p.€vai. Kal wepiayo- 
/Acvai rot9 viro ro rctxo9 ctoTrc^vKOo-t Kp-qp^vois Kal ctkoitcXois 
TTpwrrfpajfTcroVy dpu <l>06p<a irokkiS rwv ivi.parwv (rvvrpiPop,€VWV. 
7roXXaKi9 8e p^eritJipos c^ap^ctcra vav9 diro r^9 Oakd(r(njs 8cvpo 
KdKCurc ir€pLhivovp,€irr) koX Kpepuaphrq Oeapa ^ptKa)8c9 $v, 
pixP^ <^ rwv dvSpwv diropptffiiyriav koI 8iaa-^cv8ovi7^CKra)v kcv^ 
trpocnria-OL rols r€ix€<riv ^ irepiokiaOoi rrjs Xa)8^9 di'ci<n;9. — 
Pluiabch. 

6. . . . dydOijf. rvxq. ^cSo^Oai r^ 8afi<p* circtS^ 'Epv^paioi 
<rvyyci'ci9 Kal ^iXoi €orrc9 ra9 irdX409 ^€Xovrc9 dird8€ifiv 
TTOiriQ-aa'dai ras tvvoia^ & €)(ourL 7rpo9 rov Sdpov^ ey re rots 
dXXo(9 rots a-vp,fji€p6vr€<Ta'L ra wdXct irpovorfvrai, KaBo k€ 
SvvaroL 1(1)0*1, Kal ircpl rw p.trairipirria SiKoarrfpCta ipPkiwovres 



AUTUMN, 1906 ^HONOURS. 635 

€is TOLV (TTTOvSav, Kfi TToCrj 6 8afio9, i<t>i.\oTi/JbT^6ria'av kol dirco-rcX- 
\av 5t/ca<rTats KaXois kol aydOoLS, ot re irapayeyofitvot rav 
Trpoa-rjKOKTav irpovoiav iTroLrja-avro irepi rav SUav kol c^pdvrurav, 
Iva ol fi€V avXXvOuxrL ra irpos dAAaA.ot9 oi 8c SiaKpLvofievoL 
Tv^oMTt Twv SiKaLwVf Tov T€ TrapeTTiSafiiav iwoLT^O'avTO apfioiovTios' 
oira)9 ovv koi 6 Sa/Aos Kf>dv€po^ y €V)(apicrT<ii^ avvdvraL^ cKao'TOifri 
KoX fjivav ironjjxcyos twv T€ €^a7ro(rT€XA,avTa)v kol rwv SiKdarav 
Twv cTTi/AcXccDS Kol 8iKat(os irpoarTaVTWv rav SiKoy koI a^iW rwv 
T€ airooTcAAaKTwv Kat ras tw Sa/;i(i> dypccrto?, €7ratK^<rat tov 
davov TOV *'Ejpv6paL<av cirt Ta cvvoioi a €)(€i irpos Ta/A irdXtv ktX. 
— Fart of an inscription found at Mrythrae, 

B. 1 . * In Roman times Xenophon became a model of 
** Atticism." ' Discuss his title to this position. 

2. Specify the characteristics of the ava-rqpa dpfiovia as 
exemplified in Antiphon and Thucydides, drawing attention 
to points of difference in the practice of the two writers. 

3. Write a note on the so-called kolvt^ SkxXcktos. 

4. What are the differences (noted by Greek writers on 
rhetoric) between the forensic and the deliberative types 
of eloquence ? Illustrate them from the speeches of 
Demosthenes. 



Second Paper. 
Rkv. Pbofessor Browne. 

Translate all the following passages into English, adding 
any explanations which appear to you to he required : — 

1. ev 8' dyeXiyv iroirja-e fiotav opOoKpaipawv' 

at Se )8o€S xpva-OLo rerevxaTO Kao'a-iripov T€, 
/JLVKr)Ofi(^ 8' awo KOTTpov iirea-aevovTO vojxovSe 
Trap TTorafiov iccXdSovTa, irapa poSavov Sovaicrja, 
ypvauoi. Sc vofirje^ dp^ €(ttl\6(i}vto Po^o'O'iv 
Tco-orapcs, cvvca 8c o-^i kvv^s 7ro8as dpyoX Ittovto. 
a-pbepSaXita 8c Xcovtc 8v iv TrpwTiyo-i Po^crcnv 
ravpov ipvyfirjXov €)(€Trjv' 6 Se fiaKpd /xc/jiv/cq)9 
cXkcto' tov 8c kvv€S fX€T€KiaOov rjB^ ai^rjOL. 
TO) fJL€V avapprj$avT€ ^005 fieydXoio fioeCrjv 
lyKara koX jxikav alfia Xa^vo-o-cToV ot Be vopLrJ€<s 
avT<DS €v8tWav Ta\w Kwas oTpvvovre^* 



686 JUNIOR I'ELLOWSHIP SXAMlNAtlOK. 

01 8* ^TOi BaK€iiv /jlIv dwcT/owirwvTO XeovTiaVf 
loToifievoi dc fia\' cyyvs vAaktcov Ik t' dAeovro. 

CK 8c vofjLov iroCrjcrt 'R'cpiicXvros dfi^tyvi/eis, 
cf KaX^ /Srjo'aji, /leyav oiwv dpycvvdoiv, 
araOfjiov^ t€ KXicrtas T€ Kari^/oc^cas iSc (ti/kous. 

cv Se xopov iroiVciAAc ircptKXvros dfi^iyvi/cis, 
r^ iKcXov oIoK iror' ci^l Kvcoo*^ evptiy 
AaiSoXos yiQ-Kri<T€v KOLXXiirKoKafiiff 'ApidSi^. 
cv^a fiev '^t$€oi Koi irapOivoi d\^C(ri)3o(at 
cop;(€vi^', dX\i;\o)i/ eirl Kapir^ x^lpa^ €)(Ovt€s. 
T(t)V 8' al /jicK XcTrros d^ova? ^xov, ol 3c ^^Tcovas 
ciar' ciJi'i'iyTOvs, ^Ka arTiX^ovras cXat^* 
Kac p* ai fikv KaXas (rre^dvas €;(ov, ol 8e fJMXCupa^ 
€t)(ov )(pvar€[as ii apyvpimv reXa/JLwvtav. 
oi 8' 6t€ fi€V OpiiacTKOV iirtOTafiivoiaL iroBtaro'LV 
pcta fidX', 0)5 0T€ Tts rpoxov apfifvov iv TraXd/x-Tyo'iv 
€^6fJi€vos K€pa/Ji€v^ irctpiyo-cTai, ai kc Oerjtriy' 
dXXoTc 8' a{; Opi^aa-Kov IttX o"Ti;(as dXAi^Xoio'iy. 
?roXXos 8* ifxepoevTa x,op6v irepuaTaO* ofitXos 
T€pir6fi€V0L' ficra 8e (r<jb»' ijjiiXirtTO ^ccos dot8os 
<f>opfiLimv' Soto) 8c KvPiOTrjrrjp^ Kar' avrovs 
/aoXtt^s iidp^ovTos iSCvevov Kara /lia-a-ovs. 

Write a note on the x^P^^ mentioned here, and discuss 
Leaf's view that it refers to the Cretan Labyiinth. 

2. KCtf^os dvi^p TLS, OS 'HpaKXcZ O'rdfia firj 7rcpt)8dXXc£, 

fii78^ AipKaCwv vSarayv ak fiifivaraif rd viv Opiil/avro koI 

'I^tKXca* 
TOio'i rcXciov c^' ^^X^ Kiofxdaroflai ri Travel)!' eorXoF. 

XapCriDV K€\aS€vvav 
fi-q fX€ XtTToi KaOapbv ^iyyo^, Alylv^ Tc yap 
<^a/xl Ntorov t' cv Xo<^a> rpts 8^ TroXty Tav8' cu/cXctfat, 
o-tyoXov dfxaxavtav €py<j> ^uyoiv 
ouvciccv, ct^^ ^l\os do-Toiv, ci tis dvTacts, to y* ci' ^vv^ 

/ TTCTTOVrfflivOV €V 

firj \6yov pXdiTTtav dXioio yepovTO^ KpuirrcTO). 

Kelvo^ alv€lv /cat rov ixOpov 

Travrl OvjjlQ avv yc St/cci KoXa pi^ovT^ ivveirev, 

TrXciora viKdcravrd ore Kal TcXcrat? 

a>puic9 cv naXXd8os ci8oi/ d^tavoC 8' a)S cKaorrac ff^lXrarov 

irapOeviKOL iroo'i.v rj 



AUTTtUir, 1906 ^HONOURS. 6St 

vlov evxovr'y S TcXccriKparcs, ^/ificv, 

iv '0\v/Ji,7rioicrC re icoi fiaOvKokvov 

Fas dc^Xois Iv T€ Kttl TTcurtv 

iirixdapioL^, c/ac 3' c^v ris docSav 

Si</^av diccioficvov Trpaaa-€i x/>^09 aSrts rycipai 

Kol rccov S6(av TraXai&v irpoyoviav otot Ai/^vircras a/Mf>l 

ywcLLKos tpav 
'I/ocura ir/}09 froAtv, 'Aktouov /xerct KoXXucofiov fAvaarrjpts 

dyaicXca Kovpav, 

What do you hold to be the most marked characteristics 
of Pindar as a poet ? 

d» dAA' ovToa-C fjioi I36pl3opos ^otVerat irarovvri* 

KOVK eaO* wTToi? ovx rjfiepwv Terrdpfov to TrXetcrTOv 
vScu/o dvayKaio>9 €\(e.i tov ^cov iroi^o'at. 
iireia-i yovv tolo-lv kvxyois ovrou /avki/tcs* 
^iXci 8 , orav ^ tovti, Trotciv vctof /x.dA.to'ra. 
Sctrai Sc Kal rwv KapirC/nav drra fii; 'on irp^fxa, 
vhiap yeviarOaiy KaTTLTrvevcraL Bopciov avTOts. 
Ti XPVH'* ^P* o^*^ ''^^ otKta? T^o-Sc GrvvSiKaarrji 
Triirovd^Vy ws ov <^aiv€rac Scvpo Trpos to irX^^os ; 
ov fATjv irpo TOV y c^oAkos ^V dAXa ?rpo>ros i^/xcov 
rjy^T^ dv d8ov ^pwtYOV Kal yap io'TLV avrfp 
^iX({>Sd9. ^XXd fJLOi ooKCt (rrdvras €v6a^', SvSpes, 
^Sovra^ avTov cKKoXctv* i^v rt ttcos dKovcras 
Tov/iov /AeXovs, v<;^' 17801^9 €pvv(rQ $vpai,€, 
riironr^ ov 
woo Ovp<ov xfxuver* dp' i7fi?v 6 yipmVy ovS* vvaKOvei ; 
*jJSiV dTToXctiXcKc rds i/Jb^aSas, y irpoaiKOxl/' iv 

Tft) (TKOTIf TOV BOKTVXOV VOV ,* 

cIt' i<l}\€y/ArfV€v avrov 
TO OTifivpov yepovTos ovros ; 
Kttl Tax' ^•^ Pov0<t)VL<^rf. 
rj firfv iroXv SpifiVTaros y' rjv twv Trap' i^fiiv, 
Kat jjLovas ovK &v cttci^ct'" 
dXX', OTTOT^ avTifioXoirf 

TIS, KOtTCl) ICVWTWV dv OVTCtf, 

Xti^ov l^eis, eXcycv, 
ra^a 8' Slv 
8td TOV xOi^ivov avOpiHTTOVf 09 ^/ids 8i€8i;€r* 
cfairarojv, Xcycuv d', a>s Kat ^iXa^vaios ^v, 
2e8 



688 JtJNIOB FELLOWSHIP EXAMINATION* 



KoX rdv idfinjf vpu/roi Karctirot* 
8ia tovt' 6Svvrj$€ii, 
cTr' i<rQ>9 Kcirat irvperrwv, 
loTi yap Toiovros Jln/p. 
dAA', S 'y^^'* avtOTao-o, fiiyS' ovro) (rcavrov 
^cr^ic, /xiyS' ayavaicrci. 
Kcu yap di^p ira;(vs i7K€t 
rmv vpohovTiav rdirt ®p(fKrfs' 
ov OTTWS €y;(vrpi€rs. 

(a) Write as fully as possible a metrical note on the 
above passage. 

{h) * Three periods may be distinguished in the poetical 
activity of Aristophanes with reference to the construction 
of the Pwrabasis,^ Explain. 

4. Discuss the readings of the following passages from 
Aeschylus : — 

{a) Kol Tov <Tov avdi^ irpocfjiopav dScX^eoi' 

i^irTid^iav ofifia Ho\vv€ivov^ piaVj 
8lS T* €V TcXcVtJ TOVVOfjJ cvSaTOv/xcvos, 
KaXci. 

(h) TTcfov? 8c KoX OaXaa-a-iovs 

at 8' ofJLOTTTepoi Kvav<a'inB€<s 
va€s fi€v ayayov, 'jroTrot, 
vacs 8* d'jrwXea'av totol. 

{c) el 8' cS a-iPovcTL tov% iroki.(Ta'ov\ov^ $€ov^ 

Tovs T^s dXouoTys yrjs Oewv 8* ISpv/iaraf 
ovK dvy IXovres av^is av Odvoiev ctv. 

(^) Ko.Kffiva'Liav o^elav atfiaro^ cr^ay^v 

fidWei /Ji' kp^fjLV^ xf/aKohi if}OivCas 8p6<rov, 
\aipova-av ovhev iJttov ^ Aios votcj) 
yap €1 airopyjTOS koXvkos iv ko\€VfJLa(riv. 

{e) Xeyciv 8' &fiofi<f>ov ovra rovs TrcXas Kaxois 

irpoo-o) 8iicato>i/, ^8' dTrooTarci Ot/xis* 

5. What is known of the history of the mime prior to 
Herondas? and to what authors does the latter appear to 
have been chiefly indebted ? 



autumn, 1906 honoubs. 689 

Thibd Paper. 

Pbofessob Eeekb. 

Composition. 

1. Translate into Greek : — 

Thus perished the citizen to whom, more than to any 
one, Athens owed not only her renovated democracy, but 
its wise, generous, and harmonious working, after renova- 
tion. Even the philo-Laconian and oligarchical Xenophon 
bestows upon him a marked and unaffected eulogy. His 
devoted patriotism in commencing and prosecuting the 
struggle against the Thirty, at a time when they not only 
were at the height of their power, but had plausible ground 
for calculating on the full auxiliary strength of Sparta, 
deserves high admiration. But the feature which stands 
yet more eminent in his character — a feature infinitely rare 
in the Grecian character generally — is, that the energy of 
a successful leader was combined with complete absence 
both of vindictive antipathies for the past and of over- 
bearing ambition for himself. Content to live himself as 
a simple citizen under the restored democracy, he taught 
his' countrymen to forgive an oligarchical party from 
whom they had suffered atrocious wrongs, and set the 
example himself of acq^uiescing in the loss of his own large 
property. The generosity of such a proceeding ought not 
to count for less, because it was at the same time dictated 
by the highest political prudence. 

LiTEBATUBE. 

2. Discuss the various arrangements of the Platonic 
dialogues that have been proposed in ancient and in 
modern times. 

8. Write a note on the style of Hypereides, and mention 
his principal speeches. 

4. Write concise notices of Ephorus, Theopompus, and 
Timaeus. 

5. What is known of the life and works of Bacchylides ? 

6. Give some account of the Greek Bucolic poets other 
than Theocritus. 



640 JUiaOB FELLOWSHIP BXAMINATION* 

FOUBTH PaPEB. 

Section A. 

History and Antiquities. 

Pbofessor MacMastbb. 

1. Give an account of the origin and of the different 
forms of the Greek Tyrannis, 

2. How far and at what points was the course of Hellenic 
history influenced by Carthage ? 

8. Give an outline of the financial system of Athens 
during the later years of Pericles* life. 

4. What is the common account of the so-called 
peace of Gimon or Callias ? At what points is it open 
to criticism? 

5. Give a brief account of the two main classes of 
Greek oracles, neglecting those given in dreams. 

6. Give a short sketch of affairs in the Hellenic world 
from the death of Alexander to the death of Seleucus in 
280 B.C., noting the main characteristics of the period. 

7. Write a note on the effects (economical and political) 
of slavery in the Hellenic world. 

Section B. 

Pbofbssob Eeene. 

Write a short essay in Greek on one of the following 
subjects : — 

(a) The Greeks in Egypt. 

(h) The Medical Art in ancient times. 



AUTtTMK, 1906— -ftONOUBB. 641 

LATIN AND GREEK. 
Ninth Paper. 

COMPAEATIVB PhILOLOGT. 

Prof. Dougan; Prop. Kj^ese. 
Section A. 

1 . How do you account for the fact that results cannot be 
predicted in comparative philology by means of phonetic 
laws with the same precision as they can be predicted in 
chemistry by means of the laws of that subject ? 

2. What are velar stops? Trace the history of these 
sounds in Greek and Latin. 

3. How is the fact to be accounted for that neuter plurals 
are frequently found from nouns which are masculine or 
feminine in the singular ? 

4. State what you know of the history of the perfect 
infinitive in Latin. 

5. Write notes on points philologically interesting pre- 
sented by the following words: — ambages^ eollum^ gustare, 
uiderem. 

Section B. 

1. What characteristics distinguish Indo-Germanic lan- 
guages from Isolating and Agglutinative languages ? 

2. How do nasals difPer from spirants and stops ? 

3. Distinguish between stress-accent and pitch-accent, and 
point out their influence on the history of language. 

4. Point out the errors of formation in the following words : 
iSoOrp^f iravovfyyos, iravroSairos. 

6. What are the chief Greek infinitive forms, and what 
is- their nature ? 



642 JUNIOB FELLOWSHIP ElAMINATION. 

MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE, 
SPECIAL COURSE. 

Statics — I. 

Pbofessob Hobage Lamb ; Pfofessob Beboin ; PboI^ssob 

Conway ; Mb. Hagkett ; Pbofessob MgClelland ; 

Pbofessob Mobton ; Mb. Vinygomb. 

1. A number of equidistant similar attracting particles are 
fixed on the circumference of a circle. A movable particle 
is constrained to lie on a smooth plane which is parallel to 
the plane of the circle. Find its positions of equilibrium, 
and investigate their stability, considering the various cases 
that may arise. 

2. Prove that a plane frame of n joints and 2« - 3 bars is, 
in general, rigid ; and that the stresses in the several bars 
due to a given system of equilibrating forces at the joints are, 
in general, determinate. 

Give a criterion for the exceptional cases ; and examine in 
particular the case of a hexagon ABCBEF stiffened by the 
diagonals AB^ BE, OF, Explain what practically deter- 
mines the stresses when the hexagon has one of the excep- 
tional forms, and equal and contrary forces are applied at 
(say) B and F, 

3. Prove that a system of forces in three dimensions is 
equivalent to a * wrench.* 

Give the theory of Mobius' * null-plane ' ; and explain how 
the theory can be applied to the construction of * reciprocal 
figures ' in Statics. 

4. A rigid body is acted on at given points of it by various 
forces, the directions, of which are fixed in space. If it be 
turned so that the forces reduce to a single resultant, prove 
that the line of action will intersect two conies fixed in the 
body. 

If the forces have not a single resultant, prove that planes 
drawn through the Poinsot axis to touch the above conies will 
be at right angles. 



[To face page 642 



AUTUMN EXAMINATIONS— 1906. 



JUNIOR FELLOWSHIP EXAMINATION IN 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCE. 



The Papers given were the Papers for M.A. in Mathe- 
matics and in Mathematical Physics, together with the 
Twelve Special Papers which follow. 



684 JUNlOB FELLOWSHIP EXAMINATION. 

3. oAA' €1 ravra keyerai KaXSts koX rrjv €vSaifioviav evirpayCav 
Beriovy koX koivq trdaifjs woAccds &v eltf koI KaS* iKacrrov apurros 
pio% 6 TrpaKTiicos. oAAa tov irpaKTiKov ovk avayKalov civat 
Trpos tripovs, KoBdirep otovraC rtves, ov8e ras Siavoia^ cTvat 
/xovas ravras wpaKTtKoLs ras twv awoPaivovrtov X^^iiv yivofievas 
iK TOV 7rpaTT€tv,« dAAa ttoXv fioAAov ras avrorcXcts Kal ras 
avTcov Ivcxcv ^ccoptas Kat Stavoi^o'cis. 17 yap €inrpa$ia riXos, 
a)OTe Kal irpa^is T19* /uLoXtcrra 8€ Trparrctv Acyoyxev KvptW Kai 
T<ov i^(iiT€pLKS)v 'jrpd$€(i}v Tous rats Stavoiats dp^ircKTova?. aXXa 
/x^v ou8' aTrpaKTcrv ayayxatov rots /ca^' avrcts ttoXck iSpvfievas 
KoX (ffv ovTCD Trpoyprffievas' ivSixerai yap Kara fiiprj koL tovto 
avfJLfiaiv€LV' TroAAat yap KoiKcovtat Trpos oXAiyXa rots fiipecri r^s 
TToAccos elcrCv, ofiom^ 8e rovro inrdp)(€i kol Ka$* ivos orovovv 
Twv dv^pcoTTCDV* o"xoA.^ yap &v o ^€05 €;(0t KaXo>s Kat was 6 
KOCTfioq, oh OVK elarlv i^oyrcpLKoi Trpdf eis Trapa ras oiKctas ras 
auTwF. — Akistotle. 

4. a>s ovv Trpocripakov ol 'Pco/Aaioi Sixo^cv, tKirXyj^i^ ^v tcov 
SvpaKoartW Kal (riy^ 8(a Scos fii^Sev avOe^eLV Trpos jStav Kal 
SvvafiLV oiofi€VOJv rocra'UTriv, crxdcravro^ 8c ras firj^^avas 
TOV Apx^fL^ySovs a/Aa rots filv Trefois aTnyKra TO^cv/JLard tc 
TravroSan-a Kal Xi^cdv xnripoyKa ftcyc^iy pot^o) koI Td;(€t Kara- 
<l>€poiX€V<ov awLOTt^ KoL firjBevo^ oXcos to PpWo^ crreyovros 
d0p6ov% dvarpeTTovrcDV tovs VTroTrwrroKras Kal ras rdfcts 
crvyx^ovTwv, rats 8c vavorlv ciTro twv Tct;(a)v d^V(i> VTrcpatcopov- 
ficvai Kcpalat ras ficv vtto Ppi6ov% CTTrjpC^ovTo^ avtaOey wOowrai 
KaTeSvov CIS fivOoVy ras 8c X^P^^ cri^pai^ ^ oTOfiaoriv euca- 
CfJLevoLS yepdvwv dvaoTrwo-at irptopaOfv opOas iirl wpvfivav 
dvefidiTTtf^ov 17 8t' dvTtTovo)!' €v8ov i'7ri(rTp€<f>6fi€yaL Kal wcptayd- 

flCVai TOtS VTTO TO TCt^OS CtO-TTC^VKOOrt Kpi^flVol^ KOL &KOTr€\oi^ 

irpocrripaxrcroVy d/xa <l>06pw ttoAA^ rtov CTri^aTwv crvvTpil3ofi€V<i>v, 
TToXXaKts 8c yxcrc(tfpos i^apOtla-a vavs aTTo ttjs OaXdar<rrj^ 8cvpo 
KdKcto'e 7rcpi8tvov/Acn7 Kal Kp€/iafi€in^ $€afia ^ptKa>8es ^v^ 
pi^XP^ ^^ '''^^ dvSpSiv d'iroppi<l>€yT(av Kal 8(aor^cv8ov)7^cKTCDV kci^ 
wpoo-TTcorot TOts Tctx^o^tv ^ irepiokurOoi trjs Xa)8^s dvcicnys. — 
Plutakch. 

6. . . . dydOq. Tu^f SeSoxOai T<p Sdfit^' iweiSrj 'Epv^patot 
orvyyei/cis Kal ^iXot Ioktcs rds ttoXios ^cXoktcs dTrdSctftv 
TToiYia-OLcrOai ras cvyotas ds Ixotort Trpos tov 8a/AOV, Iv tc tois 

dAAoiS TOiS OrVfL^CpOVrCOrort TOl TToAct irpOVOrjVTaiy KaOo K€ 

SvvaToi €wcrL, koX Trcpl tw /leTairifitrTOi StKaon/pici) i/A/SAcTrovTcs 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOUBS. 636 

CIS TOLV (nrovSaVf &/jl voCrf 6 8afios, i<l>iXoTifnjOrja'av Kal dwccTcX- 
Xav 8iKa(rra(9 KoAots koI ayaOois, ol T€ Trapayevofievot rav 
Trpoa"iJKOL(rav irpovoiav iironjoravro irepi ray SUav kol iff^povrtaav, 
tva oi /lev crv\\v$<a<ri ra Trpos dAXaXots oi 8c SiaKpivofievoL 
rv\iiicri Twv ZiKaCiar, rdv t€ Trapem^ap,Cav iiroirjiTavTO dpfio^ovrois' 
OTTCos ovv KOI 6 Sa/Aos <l>(iv€pog y cv;(aparTa)s (rvvavrats iKaa-Toia-i 
Koi fivav TTOitj/jLevo^ twv tc iiairocrreXXdvTtov koI twv ^LKacrrav 
Twv c?rificA.e(i)9 koI 8tfcauDs 'irpoo'TdvTwv rav Slkou koI dittos twv 
T€ dTToorreAAaKTCDv Kal ras tw 8a/ia> dypifrio^, iTraLvrjcrai tov 
Savov TOV 'EpvOpaitov iirl toi cvvoia ^ c^ct Trpos ra/A TrdXtv ktA. 
— JPart of an inscription found at Erythrae, 

B. 1 . * In Roman times Xenophon became a model of 
** Atticism." ' Discuss his title to this position. 

2. Specify the characteristics of the avarrjpa appuovCa as 
exemplified in Antiphon and Thucydides, drawing attention 
to points of difference in the practice of the two writers. 

3. Write a note on the so-called Koivrj SioXcictos. 

4. What are the differences (noted by Greek writers on 
rhetoric) between the forensie and the deliberative types 
of eloquence ? Illustrate them from the speeches of 
Demosthenes. 



Second Papek. 
Rkv. Pkofessor Bkowne. 

Translate all the following passages into English, adding 
any explanations which appear to you to he required : — 

1 . €V 8' ayiXrjv iroirjo'e fiotDV opOoKpaipdaiv' 

at 8c )3oc9 ')(pvcrolo T€T€V)(aTO Kaa-criripov re, 
/iVKrjOfi<o 8' airb Koirpov CTrccrcrcvovTO vo/JLovSe 
Trap TTorafiov Kekdhovra^ irapa poSavbv Sovaic^a, 
XpyfreiOL SI voft^es a/A* i(rTix6(ovTO ^oeo-criv 
T€<r<ra/)€S, h/via 8c cr^t icvvcs ?ro8as dpyol cttovto. 
ar/Acp8aXc€t) 8c Acovtc 8v' iv irpiarrja-L poeara-iv 
ravpov ipvyfirjXov €x4Tr)v' 6 Sc /laKpa fie/iVKois 
cAkcto* tov Sk Kwcs fi€T€KLaOov rjS' al^rjoi, 
TO) fJL€V avapprj^avT€ )6foos fieyoiXoLO /Soeirjv 
lyKara koX fiiXav alfxa Xa^vo-ccToV ol 8c vofi^e^ 
avrcDS cv8ico'av Ta;(€as Kvvas oTpvvovres* 



686 .ruNioB Fellowship sxAiliNAtioK. 

ot S* T^roL 8aK€ciV fi€V direrpcoTTwvro Xeorrcov, 
laTdfi€Voi Sk fidk* eyyvs v\dKT€Ov Ik t' aXiovro. 

iv 8c vofiov 7roCrja'€ TrcptKAvros d/i^tyvijcis, 
iv KaXy prjarayj, fieyav oiSiV dpycvvdwv, 
araOyuovs re KXtinas re KaTif)p€<f>€as tSe airjKOvS' 

iv 8e xopov TTOLKiXXe n-eptKAvros d/x^iyvi^eis, 
r^ ticeXov ordy wor' ei^t KvcDor<J €vp€iy 
AatSaXo9 rffrKi^arev #caAAt?rAoKdfi<^ ^ApidSvy. 
€v6a fi€V yfidiOL koX wapOevoi aX<f>€<Tifioiai 
wp\€vvr, aKkrj\(ov iirl Kopirw x^H^^ €X0VT€S* 
tS)v 8' at /i€V XeTTTos o^dyas e;(ov, ol fie ;(iro>vas 
e?ar' eOwiJrovs, ^xa arTLkfiovra^ ikad^' 
Kai p at ftev icaXa? (rre^dyu? e;(OV, ot fie pjOLxaipa^ 
et^ov Xpvo"€tas ef apyvpiiov rcXafifaviav. 
oi 8* ore /xev Opi^axTKov iTnoTafieyoiari ^d8eo'0"tF 
peia /AoA.', ws ore rts rpo;(6v aipfi€vov iv iraXd/irj(riv 
e^dfievos #cepaftev9 Tretpijo-erat, at ice OerjcrtV 
SWoT€ 8* av Opi^acTKov e^rt orrt;(as oAXiyAotorti'. 
TToWos 8' ifxepoevTa xopov Tr^pdcTTaO^ ofiiXo^ 
T€p7r6/jL€voi' fitra SI (Tif>iv ifiikvero detos doi8os 
<l>opfJLL^<av' 8oto) Se Kv/^LcrrqTrjpe Kar' avrovs 
fioXTT^s iidpxovros cStVeuov Kara fiiorcovs. 

Write a note on the x^pos mentioned here, and discuss 
Leaf's view that it refers to the Cretan Labyrinth. 

2. K(i)069 dvqp rts, OS 'HpaKXet arofia firj Trept^dXXet, 

/x.i78€ AipKoCfav vSaTUiv de /xc/xvarat, rd vtv OpoffavTO koI 

^I^tKAea* 
roro-t reAetov e^r' ev^a KiafidaoflaC rt iraSlov icrXov, 

Xaptrcuv Ke\a8ei/Fdv 
/xij /xe AtTTOt KaOapbv ^eyyos. AlyivijL re yap 
^a/At NtVou r' €1^ Xd^w rpts 8^ TrdAtv rdv8' eu/cAet^at, 
ciyaAoi' d/iaxo-VLav cpyo) ^uycuv 
oweKev, et^ ^tAos do-rwy, et rts dvrdets, rd y' ev ^v^ 

/ Tr€7rovrffi4vov ev 

fi^ Adyov pXdwTtav dAtoto yipovro^ KpvTrrero). 
Kett'os ati/etv Kat rov ixOpov 
wavrt ^v/Aw ot;i/ ye 8tKoi KoAa pitfivr* lvv€.ir(.v, 
TrAeto-ra viKdaavrd o-e Kat reAerats 

a)ptats ev IlaAAdSos 6t8oi/ affxavoC 8' <us eKao"rai ^tArarov 
TrapOevLKOL ttoctiv ri 



AUTmiN, 1906 ^HONOUBS. GS*? 

vlov €V\OVt\ 2) TcXcoriKparCS, €fl/l€V, 

€V 'OXv/nrioicTL re koI jSaOvKokirov 

Pas de^Aois Iv re Kal iraxriv 

l7n\(apCoi^, ifik 8^ &v res doiSav 

SCij/av ajc€L6fi€vov Trpaororei xpios a?;ris cyctpat 

Kat recov 8o^av TroAaicov wpoyovtav oToi Aip-vo'oras dfMf>l 

yw(UK09 €/8av 
"Ipatra irpos irdXtv, 'Avroiov ftcra KoXkiKOfiov fivaarrjpt^ 

ayoKkia Kovpav. 

What do you hold to be the most marked characteristics 
of Pindar as a poet ? 

3* dXA.' ovroa-C /iol fiopPopo^ ^aiVerai TroTovvrf 

KovK €cr6' a>7ro)s ov;( rjfxepGiv rerrdpuiv ro irXeurrov 
vSiop dvayKauos l^et rov ^€ov 7rot^(rai. 
en-eto'i yovv toIo-lv Xv^vots ovroit fivKrjres' 
^tXet 8 , orav ^ tovti, ttocciv vcrov /xoXtcrra. 
Setrai Sk kol tS)v Kapirifnav arra fiij 'ort irp^fia, 
v^iop y€V€<rOaLy KaTrtirvevirat Bdpeiov avrots. 
Tt XPW* ^P' o^*^ ''^5 otKtas T^orSc crvyStKaoT^s 
iriirovOev, cos ou ^atVerat Sevpo irpo9 to ttX^^os ; 
ou ft^v Trpo Tov y' i<f>o\KO^ ^v aXXa irpS/ro^ i^/awv 
riy€ir* av a&ov ^pwC^ov koI yap icrnv avrjp 
^tA.a>86s. ^AAd fjioi 8oK€i (TTavra^ ivOa^, ivSp^Sy 
ctSoKras avTov CKxaAciv* ^v ri ttcos aKOvcras 
Tov/Aov fieXovs, v^' 1780*^5 €p7rv<ry Ovpaie, 

TiirOT^ ov 

irob OvpSiV ^otvcT* 5p* ^fttv 6 ycpcov, ov8' vTraKOvci ; 
;a(i)V aTToXcoAcKc rots Ifi)3a8as, ^ vpoo'eKOil/ iv 

T<p OTKOTCj) TOV SdlCTvAdv TTOV ; 

cTt^ i<l>\eYfirjv€v avrov 
TO <r<f>vpbv ycpovTos ovros ; 
Kttt Td;(' av Pov0<avn^rj. 
^ /irjv TToXv SptftvTaTos y' rjv Ttov Trap' lyfttv, 
Kat fJLOva's ovK av iircCOeT^' 
ak\\ OTTOT* avTiPokoirj 

TtS, KCITO) KVTTTCDV aV OVTCD, 

Xt^ov li/r€is, IXeycv, 
Ta^a S' av 
8ta TOV x^if ti'OJ' SyOptawov, os ij/ias SicSucr' 
cfaTraTcov, Xeywv ^', ws /cat ^tXa^vaios ^Vy 
2e8 



648 JtNIOB ^tiiiOWSfilP EXAMINATION. 

Dynamics (I). 

Pbof. Hobaoe Lamb ; Pbof. Bebgin ; Pbof. Conway ; 

Mb. Haokett ; Pbof. MoOiiELiiAND ; 

Pbof. Mobton ; Mb. Vinyoomb. 

1. Discuss the motion of a projectile subject to a resistance 
varying as the cube of the velocity. 

2. Investigate the small oscillations, in a vertical plane, of 
a uniform chain hanging from one end- 
Explain how the period of the slowest oscillation may be 

computed. 

3. A uniform closed chain rotates in the form of a circle, 
in its own plane, with given constant angular velocity. 
Determine the periods of the various modes of small oscil- 
lation about the steady motion. 

4. If the kinetic energy of a holonomic dynamical system of 
n degrees of freedom be expressed in terms of the velocities {q) 
corresponding to m of the coordinates, and the momenta (k) 
corresponding to the remaining n - m coordinates, prove that 
it takes the form 

r = C + JT, 

where C is a homogeneous quadratic function of the q^By and 
JT is a homogeneous quadratic function of the ic's. 

Hence prove Thomson's and Bertrand's theorems relating 
to the kinetic energy of a system started from rest by given 
impulses, or with prescribed velocities, respectively. 

5. Distinguish between holonomic and non-holonomic 
dynamical systems. Show how equations may be obtained 
for the latter analogous to those of Lagrange ; and illustrate 
by a simple example. 

6. A sphere rolls on a fixed sphere under no forces except 
those of rolling friction. Prove that, however it be started, 
the point of contact will describe a circle uniformly. 

7. Define Hamilton's * principal function' S, and obtain 
the equations of motion of a conservative system in the 
forms 

, dS , dS 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOURS. 649 

_ _ a^ __ ds 

■where ^i> ^s^ • • • are generalized coordinates, Pu P2i • • . are 
the corresponding components of momentum, JTis the total 
energy, and t is the time of transit of the system between 
the two configurations considered. 

Apply the method to the case of a planetary orbit. 

8. Obtain the general equations of motion of a * gyrostatic^ 
system in the form 

where )8„ = -.j8«.; 

and illustrate the meanings of the various symbols from the 
case of the top. 

What are the chief peculiarities of a gyrostatic as com- 
pared with an ordinary dynamical system ? 



Dynamics (II). 

Prop. Horace Lamb ; Prop. Bergin ; Prof. Conway ; 

Mr. Haokett ; Prop. McClelland ; 

Prop. Morton ; Mr. Vinyoomb. 

[Not more than two questions are to he answered. The 
question {or questions) selected should he treated after the fashion 
of an essay y and as fully as possihle,'] 

r. Discuss the problem of Three Bodies. Examine in 
particular the * restricted case,' and the question of * periodic 
orbits.' 

2. Give an account of the theory of the small oscillations 
of a dynamical system about a configuration of equilibrium. 

Discuss fully the case where the frequency equation has 
fliultiple roots. 



650 JUNIOB FELLOWSHIP EXAMINATION. 

3. Discuss fully the theories of stability of equilibrium 
and of steady motion; and illustrate the latter case by 
reference to the top. 

4. Give an account of the different theories which have 
been proposed to obtain a kinetic basis for the conception of 
force. 

5. Calculate the theoretical solar precession, starting from 
the formula 

for the potential of the Earth at a distant point whose polar 
distance is $, 

Give an account of the various other regular and irregular 
motipns with which the Earth's axis is affected ; and explain 
the ascertained or suggested causes. 



Electbioity and Magnetism (I). 

Prof. Horace Lamb ; Prop. Bergin ; Prof. Conway ; 

Mr. Hackett ; Prof. McClelland ; 

Prof. Morton ; Mr. Vinycomb. 

1. Give a short account of the method of inversion in the 
solution of electrostatic problems. 

A small uncharged spherical conductor is allowed to touch 
a much larger charged spherical conductor ; find the charge 
given to the smaller sphere. 

2. Find the capacity of a condenser whose armatures have 
the form of confocal oblate ellipsoids of revolution. 

Examine the case where the inner armature reduces to a 
flat circular disk, and the outer one is very close to it. 

3. Prove that the electric potential, in any region of free 
space, can be expressed, in an infinite number of ways, in 
terms of a * simple ' and a * double ' sheet on the boundary 
of the region. Also that it can be expressed, in one and only 
one way, in terms of a simple sheet. 

4. Discuss the theory of electric conduction in a uniform 
thin sheet of metal. 



AUTUMN) 1906 — HONOURS. 661 

Determine the lines of flow, and the equipotential lines, 
in the case of a complete spherical sheet, the electrodes being 
placed at any two points of the surface. 

6. Show that the problem of the propagation of plane 
waves in a dielectric possessing conductivity, and that of the 
transmission of signals along a cable, alike lead to a diffe- 
rential equation of the form 

^d^u - S^w ^- 8w 

«2 — - ^ — J. 25 — 

dx^ dt^ ^ dt 

Explain some method of obtaining a general integral of 
this equation. 

6. Investigate the decay of free electric currents circu- 
lating round the axis of a long iron cylinder, on the 
assumption that the magnetic permeability (yx) is constant. 

Also find the currents induced by a periodic (simple- 
harmonic) variation in the strength of a magnetizing current 
which flows in a long helix surrounding the cylinder ; and 
examine how the distribution of the induced currents varies 
with the frequency. 

7. Examine the constitution of the electromagnetic field 
in the neighbourhood of a simple Hertzian vibrator. 

8. Calculate the electrical oscillations on an isolated 
perfectly conducting spherical surface. 

Also sketch the method to be followed when the conductor 
is solid and possesses jfinite conductivity. What will be the 
character of the results ? 



Eleotbioitt and Magnetism (II). 

Pbof. Hobaoe Lamb ; Prop. Bebgin ; Prop. Conway ; 

Mb. Hagkett ; Pbop. MoClelland ; 

Pbof. Mobton; Mb. Yintoomb. 

{^Nbt more than two questions are to he answered. The 
question {or questions) selected should he treated after the fashion 
of an essay, and as fully as possihle."] 

1. Discuss the question of proving rigorously {i,e. in- 
dependently of physical assumptions) that a function ^ exists 



662 JUNIOR FELLOWSHIP EXAMINATION. 

which satisfies the equation 

V'<^ = 

throughout a given region, and has prescribed values over 
the boundary. 

2. Explain fully Schwarz^s method of solving two- 
dimensional problems in Electrostatics, &c., giving simple 
examples. 

Work out the case of a thin conducting plate of finite 
breadth which is parallel to an infinite conducting plane, the 
latter being divided by a slit whose edges are symmetrically 
placed with respect to the plate. Deduce an expression for 
the capacity of the arrangement when the two semi-infinite 
planes are at one potential and the plate at another. 

3. Give an account of Maxwell's theory of the electro- 
magnetic field, distinguishing clearly the various assumptions 
made. 

Explain what you consider to be the chief developments 
of the theory since his time. 

4. Discuss the problem of the scattering of electric waves 
in two dimensions (1) by an infinitely long metallic strip 
bounded by parallel straight edges, and (2) by a conducting 
cylinder of circular section, on the assumption that the 
lateral dimensions are small compared with the wave-length. 

6. Discuss the theory of the moving electron, considering 
(1) the electric and magnetic forces due to it, and (2) the 
electro-magnetic inertia. 

Examine the way in which the inertia varies with the 
velocity on the following several assumptions : — 

(a) The electron is spherical and rigidly electrified ; 

(b) The axis of the electron in the direction of motion is 
contracted in the ratio \/(l - )8*), where j8 is the ratio of 
the speed to that of light ; 

{c) The electron experiences in addition an equatorial 
dilatation, so as to remain of constant volume. 



autumn, 1906 — honours. 668 

Thbobt op Functions. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Pbopessob Bbomwich ; Pbopessor Dtxon ; Pbopessob Egan ; 

Pbofessob H. C. McWbenet ; Pbopessob Rice ; 

Pbopessob Stuabt. 

[Full credit will be gioenfor answering onb-halp of 
this paper.] 

1. Establish Cauchy's theorem jf{%) d% = 0, the mtegral 
being taken along a closed path, within and on which the 
function /(a) and its derivative f'[%) are one- valued and 
continuous. 

By taking the integral J [^'/cosh (^)] d% along the real 
axis and along the line y = 1, show that 

r cos h {ex) ^ ^ 1__ 

Jo cosh {irx) 2 cos (i^)' 

where e is any complex number whose real part is numerically 
less than ?r. 

Show also that I — = \ \ dx « 



r 



Jo cosh* {ttx) 2w sin (Jc)' 

and obtain similar f ormulsD for 

J* cosh (ox) , , f* sinh (ex) , 
— Tjj-^.dx and . , ; \ da, 
cosh'(7ra?) Jo sinh(7ra?) 

2. (a) Express sec x sech x as the sum of two infinite 
series of fractions, and hence or otherwise find two integral 
functions <l>x, xx^ such that 

^ . coso? + x^ • ^^^^ ^ = 1* 

[An integral function is one without any singularity except 
at infinity.] 

(Jb) Construct a function which has a simple pole at each 
of the points a: = 1, 2, 3, 4, . . . , the residue being n* at 
a? = n, the function having no singularity for any other finite 
value of X, 

OB 

3. If 2«n is convergent and has the sum «, prove that 

a/ 



964 JtTNIOR FBXXOWSHI^ BXAlimifflON. 

lim 2 a^ = », 

«=1 

where x approaches 1 from the interior of the circle |a:| = 1, 
along a path which does not touch the circle. 

n «^ = <»o + «i + . . . + a«, and if »^ does not converge to a 
limit, but oscillates in such a way that the limit 

1™ - (»o + »i+ «^ + . . . + «»-l) 

exists and is equal to l^ prove that (for the same path) 

lim 2 a^ = /. 

«=1 

Generalise the argument so as to obtain the two limits 
Hm i (- i)-i ?^iil^ and Hm 2 (- i)- -^^ 

restricting the path now to lie along the real axis. 

4. Show how to form two Riemann surfaces for the 
equation 

y» = «*+!, 

taking ^, ^ as fundamental variables in the two cases 
respectively. Resolve each into a bounded simply connected 
sui^e by suitable cuts, and in such a way that the two 
boundaries are corresponding curves. 

5. State and prove the theorems connecting the number 
and position of the zeros and poles of a doubly-periodic 
function- 

{a) of the first kind, for which 

/(«r + 2o)) = f(x) = y(« + ^«')> 

{I) of the second kind, for which 

fix + 2o>) = /a/(jp), f{x + 2o)') = //(«). 



AUTUMN, 1906— Honoums. 655 

IJtiliBe the functions of the second kind to solve Lamp's 
equation (with » = 1) in either of the forms 

-S = 2^8n^ar-A or -^ = 2px-^h\ 

px being Weierstrass's elliptic function. 

6. The complex variable % being represented on a sphere, 
ABC is a spherical triangle whose angles Ay B, C axe 
respectively Jir, iir, iv. Z is & function without essential 
singularity in the triougle or on its perimeter, and -^^has the 
same real value at two points P, Q when BP = CQj and 
P, Q lie on AB, AC, respectively, or both on BC. 

Prove that Z, % are connected by an algebraic equation, 
and that if the only singularity of Z in the triangle is a 
simple pole, then it is equal to a fraction whose numerator 
and denominator are quantics in s of the degree 24. 



Secoitd Papek. 

Pbofessob Bhohwich; Professob Dixon; Pbofessob Egan; 
Professor H. C. McWeenet ; Profkssob Rice ; 
Pbofessob Stuart. 

[FtUl credit will be given for answering one-half of 
this Paper.] 

1. Determine the areas in the a?-plane which are repre- 
sented conformally on the interior of the circle | ^ | = 1, by 
the relations 

(1) 2x=:at-\-hft; (2) a? «2//(< + l)»; (3) x=={t-c)/{ct'l), 

where the coe£Gicients are in each case real. 

By combining (2) and (3), or otherwise, find a conformal 
representation of the exterior of a parabola on the interior of 
a circle, the centre of the circle corresponding to the inter- 
section of the directrix with the axis. 

2. The two power-series 

/(y) = «o + «iy+«2y*+..-, ^(y) = *o+*iy+%'+... 

2/2 



656 JUNIOR FBIiLOWSHIP EXAMINATION. 

are both convergent if | y | </8 , prove that if 

^ = fAv) 

there are two valnes of y within the circle | y | = -5, cor- 
responding to each value of x within the circle | a? | = -4, 
A and B being properly chosen constants. 
If Viy Vz are these two values of y, prove that 

as 

where e^ is the coefficient of y**-^ in the expansion of 

^'(y)[Ay)]- 

in powers of y. Calculate Ci and 02 in terms of 

«o> ^> ^> 'hf *i, K K K 
3. A function with periods 2<o, 2(d' is to be constructed in 
the form F{x)/G{x), where 

F{x) = 2-^n exp (wirM?/<i)), 6^(a?) = 2-5„ exp {nirixjia) ; 

_0O —00 

show how to determine the succession of coefficients -4„, B^'i 
and prove that the conditions are satisfied by taking 

A^ = (7« exp (n^irifi/ jiah), C^j, = C;, 

where ^ is a positive integer, with a similar formula for B^. 
Show that then F{x) . exp {\hiris^l<iiw>) has 20)' as a period ; 
and deduce that F{x) has exactly h zeros in a period < 
parallelogram. 

If ^=1, prove that the zero of F{x) is given by 
a? = 0) + 0)', and that if 

Z{X) = i^ (^ + 0) + <0')IF{X + 0) + <o'), 

then 

Z{x-\- 2(0) = Z(a?), and Z{x + 2a)') = Z{») - -jrt/o). 
By means of the integral j<f>{t)Z{t - x)dt or otherwise, 
deduce that if <l>{x) has periods 2(0, 2co', and has no other 
singularities than poles, we can write 

<f>{x) = Z + 2 [MZ{x - At) + M,Z{x -fi) + M^Z'\x - /x) 

+ . . . + M^Z\x - /.)], 
where the coefficients are constants and SJf = 0. 

[It is assumed that the real part of la^jitii is positive.] 



AUTUBIN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 657 

4. If tt^ is a function of % holomorphic within a certain 
area Ay boundary included, and if the functions Mq, tii, «2 . . . 
are given successively by the relations Wo(«) = 1 or 2, 

where the path from the fixed point a to the variable % lies 
wholly within A, prove that within A 

(1) I w„ I <^y'*/2»! where )8, y are finite constants, 

(2) Wq + Wi + . . . + «^ + . . . is a convergent series whose 
sum V satisfies the differential equation 

— = ffta. 

5. Prove that Green's function for the unit circle is the 
real part of 

log(2-2o)/(l-0> 

where %o is conjugate to sso- 

Form Green's function for a two-sheeted circular area 
having its only branch-point at the centre. 

On a two-sheeted surface, two overlapping circles are 
described with centres at branch-points. Discuss the for- 
mation, by an alternating process or otherwise, of Green's 
function for the whole surface thus enclosed, assuming that 
no other branch point is involved. 

6. Prove the following theorems relating to analytical 
functions of position on a Niemann surface : — 

(1) The number of functions of the first kind is not 
greater than p. 

(2) The moduli of the normal elementary function of the 
second kind are the values, at its pole, of the derivatives of 
the p normal functions of the first kind. 

(3) The number dni->- independent uniform functions 
that have m given simple poles is m + l -p + h, where k 
is the number of linearly independent derivatives of functions 
of the first kind that vanish at all the m poles. 



658 juniob fbllowship examination. 

Geometbt of Two Dimensions. 

FiBST Papbk. 

Pbofessob Bbomwich; Pbofessob Dixon; Fbofessob Eoan; 
Pbofessob McWeenet; Mb. Bice; Db. Stttabt. 

[Ftill credit will be given for answering one-half of this 
paper.] 

1. (i) Prove that tlie envelope of a line which is cut in 
involution by three given conies is a curve of the third class ; 
and find the line-equation to this curve in symbolical form. 
Deduce or prove in any way that if three conies meet in a 
point Ay their nine common chords which do not pass 
through A all touch the same conic. 

(ii) Prove that the locus of the foci of conies through four 
given points A, B, C, J) is, in general, a bicircular sextic of 
deficiency 2 ; and show that the sextic has nodes at the points 
P, Q, R, and at the feet of the perpendiculars from P, Q, R 
on QR, RPy PQ, where FQR is the diagonal triangle of the 
quadrangle A BCD. 

If A, B, Cy D are concyclic, show that the sdxtic reduces 
to the two circular cubics which have foci at -4, B, (7, D, 

2. The axes of coordinates are the tangent and normal at 
a point of a plane curve, and the equation to the circle of 
curvature at a point P on the curve is 

Show that, if ^^ = -:rr , then 
OS ot 

IV lu ^, ^ ar ar ^ ar zw ^„ 
a7 = ¥-^-'^^' ar = ¥-^'^^' 17 = ^-"^' 

where s is the arc OP, and t is the arc A 0, measured from a 
fixed point A of the curve, while k is the curvature at 0. 

If the value of ^is taken to be k when « = 0, find the ex- 
pansions of T, U, V,Wm powers of s as far as «*. 

3. A curve Cv passes through mn - i (i? - 1) (i? - 2) of the 
intersections of two curves C^, C^, where 

j? = w4-»-r>2. 



▲UTUICN, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 6^9 

Cfiye a rigorous discussion of Cayley's theorem that C^ passes 
through the remainiug i(i?- l)(l? - 2) intersections of 
CU, Cn'- and examine specially the exceptional case when 
these points happen to lie on a curve of degree j' - 3, proving 
that the theorem is always true if ^ = 3. 

Deduce, or prove in any way, that a quintic through eighteen 
of the intersections of a sextio ( C^ and a quartic ( C^ is degene- 
rate, unless the other six intersections of C4 and C^ happen 
to lie on a conic. 

4. A curve of the n** class touches the J»(n + 1 ) lines pining 
(» + 1) given points : show that if the points of contact with 

, n of these lines, properly selected, coincide with their middle 
points, the other points of contact will bisect the correspond- 
ing lines. 

If the (n + 1) points are roots of an algebraic equation 
/(«) = 0, 2 being a complex variable, prove that the roots of 
/' (2) = are the n foci of the curve. 

5. A quartic has nodes at A and JB ; Fy Qy J^, 8 are the 
points of contact of the four tangents from A to the curve, 
and the conic APQRS cuts the quartic again in T, U. Show 
that the line T27" passes through B and is harmonically con- 
jugate to the line AB with respect to the nodal tangents 
at J?. 

6. Prove that the straight lines which join two conjugate 
points on a plane hyperelliptic curve of degree n and deficiency 
jP, in general envelope a unicursal curve of class n-p -\. 
Show also that this envelope touches the original curve in at 
least (3n -2^-6) points. 



Second Papsb. ' 

Pbopessor Beomwich ; Peopbssob Dixon ; Pbopessoe Egan ; 
Peopessob McWbbnbt ; Mb. Rice ; Db. Stuabt. 

[Full credit will he given for answering one-halp of this 
Paper,'] 

1. A variable quartic has nodes at three given points 
A, B, C, and passes through four other given points. Show 
that the points where the tangents at A meet the curve 
again lie on a fixed quartic with a triple point at A. 



JUnOB VKLLOWBHIP XZAMnUXKUi. 

3. If the chord JQming the two pdrnts $1^ B^oi^ie limaqon 
r s a + ooe ^ toadies the cuire eLsewhere, then the tangeats 
to the circle «* + jf* = 1 at the pointB (cos $if tin. Oi), 
(eo6 $t9 on ^s) will intersect on the circle 

(a» - 1) («• + y») + 2ax + 1 = 0. 

ProTe that a hexagon can be nmnltaneously inscribed in 
and drcnmscribed to the lima9on if c^ = ^ (or - iV)* 

3. Prove that a qnartic cnrre Q has two contravariants 
8f Ty whose degrees in the coefficients are 2, 3, and in the 
contragredient yaiiables 4, 6 respectiTely, and that the 24 
lines for which both these contrayariants yanish are the* 
inflexional tangents. Show further that if the qnartic Q 
has a node at A^ the cnrres 8, Thaye also nodes at A with 
the same nodal tangents as Q : and that these nodal tangents 
touch T elsewhere. 

When the cnrre Q has two nodes, proye that the twelve 
inflexional and f onr nodal tangents are common tangents to 
two cnryes of the fourth dass. 

4. If (7 is a conic which touches a nodal qnartic Q at 
4 points Fly Fty F9, P4, prove that the equation to Q can be 
put in the form 

8* - CTiTt = 0, 

where Ti, T2 are two of the six tangents from the node to Q, 
and 8 is the conic through the node and the points i\, P21 

Prove that the polar line of the node (with respect to C) 
cuts the polar cubic of the node (with respect to <}} in one 
of thirty fixed points. 

Examine the modifications necessary (a) when the node 
reduces to a cusp, (jb) when the quartic has two nodes. 

5. Describe any method for expressing in tenns of elliptic 
functions the coordinates of points on a curve whose deficiency 
is unity. 

If the curve is the quartic 

y» « or* + ^hx^ + 6ex^ + 4dx + e, 
show that a family of parabolas of the type 
y = oup* + 2Pz + y 



AUTUMH, 1906 — HONOUBS. 66l 

can be used for the auxiliary carves; and cany ont the 
calculations when the parabolas touch the quartic on the axis 
of y, proving that then a?, y can be expressed by means of 
a Weierstrassian function with invariants 

6. Prove that the deficiency {jp) of an algebraic curve /is 
not altered by any one-to-one transformation of/. 

An adjoint-curve ^ passes (^ - 1) times through any ife-fold 
point of / prove the following results with respect to the 
intersections of /, ^ which are not singular points on /: — 

(i) If the degree of ^ is (» - 3), not more than (l> - 1) 
intersections are determined by the other (i? - 1) points. 

(ii) If the degree (n - 3 + a) of ^ is higher than {n - 3), 
as many as p intersections may be determined by the other 
(»a + /? - 2) points. 

Show how to transform a curve of deficiency 4 into a 
quintic having two nodes. 



MENTAL AND MORAL SCIENCE. 



LOGIC. 

Rev. Prop. Cbonin ; Pbop. Magennis ; Pbof. Park ; 
Rbv. Pbop. Woodbubn. 

1. Does the symbolic formula ;SwP uniformly employed 
by Logic indicate a subjective movement of thought itself, 
rather than an objective relation in the content of the 
judgment ? 

2. If we have a Logic based on the relations of whole 
and part, why not accept a Logic based on the relations of 
causation ? 

8. Examine how far Induction is concerned in the forma- 
tion of concepts. 

4. * We avoid the " Idola Specus " by trusting common 
sense, but what is to guard us against the " Idola Tri- 
bus"?' 

2/8 



662 JUKIOB FBXXOWSHIP BZA1IINA.TI0N. 

Thesis. 
• The Historical Method/ 



METAPHYSICS. 

Sbv. Pbof. Gbonin ; Pbof. Maoennis ; Pbof. Park ; 
Bev. Pbof. Woodbubn. 

[Gand/idates will answer on two sections only, one of 
which nrnst he section A."] 

SEGTioir A. 

1. Discuss : — ' Pantheism has but rarely considered the 
rival doctrine of Personality, or the possible union of 
Immanence with Personality.' 

2. Examine: — 'If pleasures and pains have no efficacy 
in modifying nervous processes, one does not see (without 
some ajpnon rational harmony such as would be scouted 
by the scientific champions of the automaton theory) why 
the most noxious acts, such as burning, might not give 
thrills of delight, and the most necessary ones, such as 
breathing, cause agony.' 

Section B. 

8. * The Being of creatures is described in the Summa 
Contra Gentiles as intrinsically dependent on the Divine 
Omnipotence for conservation as continuous creation ; and 
yet to those substances which are simple, Aquinas ascribes 
also incorruptibility and immortality as essential properties 
of their nature.' 

Discuss the compatibility of these positions ; and examine 
the conception of Immortality which the latter of them 
implies. 

Or, 

< According to St. Thomas, movement is from potency to 
act, and every form which a body becomes is educed from 
the matter of that body.' 



▲UTUlfW, 1906 — StQMOigtS. 

Is, then, matter at onoe the vehicle and the principle of 
epiritual energy 7 And if it be, how, then, can a specific 
difference be established between matter and spirit ? 

4. Distinguish the process of psychological distinction 
and analysis through which 'fundamental truths' are 
ascertained from the arguments by which their validity is 
established. 

Sacnow C. 

5. Distinguish the process of psychological distitiction 
and analysis through which the ' fundamental beliefs ' of 
common sense are ascertained, from the arguments by 
which their validity is justified, 

6. Briefly discuss the following : — < It is mere thought- 
lessness that finds in resistance the one manifestation of 
reality. For resistance, in the first place, is full of 
unsolved contradictions, and is also fixed and consists in 
that very character. And, in the second place, what ex- 
perience can come a^ more actual than sensuous pain or 
pleasure ? ' 

Or, 
Is Spencer's Transfigured Realism consistent with his 
Agnosticism ? 

Thesis. 

Bbv. Fbof. Cbonin ; Pbof. Maoennis ; Pbof. Pabk ; 
Rev. Pbof. Woodbubn. 

< The place of Will in the formation of Belief.' 



ETHICS. 

Rev. Pbofessob Cbokin ; Pbofessob MagennIs ; Fbofessob 

Fabx; Rev. Pbofessob Woodbubk. 

Section A. 

[Candidates wUl answer on two sections only, one of which 
must be section A,"] 

1. Compare Aristotle's theory of habit, and Kant's 
doctrine of the autonomy of the will. Is there any real 
antagonism between them ? 



664 JUMIOB FELLOWSHIP VlAXWlLtlOJH . 

2. 'The maxim ov8cU ckoiv koko^ is susceptible of two 
meanings : it may either mean '' no one does wrong but by 
compulsion," or ''no one does wrong but by mistake." ' 

Discuss historically and critically the ethical significance 
of the above altematiye. 

Section B. 

3. Can the Ethical theory of a Summum Bonum in its 
last analysis be distinguished from a refined Hedonism ? 

4. ' It would seem from the Nteomachean Mhica that the 
knowledge of the principles of Moral Philosophy can be 
valuable only to the man of developed moral character, and 
not to the youthful or uneducated; and that in defining 
virtue by reference to a mean there is involved that only a 
specialist in Moral Science can be virtuous.' 

Is the account of virtue given by .Aquinas open to these 
objections ? 

Sbctiof C. 

5. Discuss : — * Green's conception of the relation of God 
to the world seems to constitute a gulf between his Meta- 
physics and his Ethics which cannot be bridged over.' 

6. Can we establish morality logically as a reasoned 
system if we are limited to merely mundane sanctions? 



Thesis. 



Bev. Pbofessob Cbonin ; Pbofessob Magennis ; Pbofessob 
Pabk ; Bev. Pbofessob Woodbubn. 

< Ethical Science cannot after all be reduced to a mere 
analysis of facts : it demands an Ideal.' 



AUTUMN, 1906 HONOURS. 666 

HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. 

Bey. Pbofessob Cbonin ; Pbofsssob Magenkis ; Professob 
Pabe ; Bey. Pbofessob Woodbttbn. 

[Candidates will answer on two sections only^ one of which 
must be section A.] 

Section A. 

1. Trace the points of resemblance and the points of 
difference between Plato's attack upon Empiricism in his 
Theatetus and later criticisms with a similar aim. 

2. Write a note on German conceptions of Nature from 
Kant to Schopenhauer. 

Section B. 

3. Examine in detail : — 

* The Philosophy of the Jews in the Middle Ages was 
partly the Cabfida and partly the transformed doctrine of 
Plato and Aristotle.' 

4. Give a history of the various forms which opposition 
to ' Moderate Bealism ' took in the Scholastic period, with 
special reference to the sources of the opposition in earlier 
philosophies. 

Section C. 

6. 'Write a short history of the points selected for scepti- 
cal criticism in the period prescribed. 

6. Trace the movement of British thought, as regards 
Logic, from Bacon to Spencer. 



Thesis. 



Bey. Pbofessob Cbonin ; Pbofessob Magennis ; Pbofessob 
Pabk ; Bey. Pbofessob Woodbubn. 

< The History of Philosophy : a proof that a consensus 
of expert opinion is more attainable as regards philosophie 
method than as regards philosophic doctrine.' 



THE D.Ph. DEOBEE EXAMINATION. 

JSTJULiGS Am) POLITICS. 

Thbbod. 

Rev, Pbofbbsos Cboviv; Pbofbssok MAGKnriB; Peofbbsor 
Pask; Rbt. Pborbsok Woodbusv. 

' The lelations between Ethics and Politics.' 



MENTAL AND MOBAL SCIENCE. 

Bey. Pbofessos Cbohin ; Pbokbbsob Maoshiiib ; 
Pbofbssob Pask ; Bkv. P^fessob Woodbdbn. 

1. Write a foil note on the Pfifychology of Inference. 

2. Discnss * the Dogmatism of Metaphysies.' 

8. ' How comes it that generosity and courage are more 
esteemed, and bestow more dignity, than good nature, or 
even justice, though the latter con&bntes more to private 
as well as to pubhc happiness 9' 

4. Discuss historically : — 

' The beautifdl is higher than the good ' ; 

Or, 
' Art still has truth — ^take refuge there.' 



POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY. 
Bey. Fbofessob Finlat ; Pbofbssob Obaham. 

1. What points in the political theories of Aristotle would 
you regard as borne out and exemplified in the rise and 
supremacy of the Medici ? 



[To face page G66 



AUTUMN EXAMINATIONS— 1906. 



THE D.Fh. DEOEEE EXAMINATION. 



The Papers given were the Papers for the Junior Fellow- 
ship in Mental and Moral Science, together with the 
Four Papers which follow. 



AUTTJHM, 1906 — HONOUBS. 667 

2. Compare the views of Aristotle and Hobbes as to the 
merits and drawbacks of Monarchy and Aristocracy as forms 
of Oovemment. 

8. What is the position of St. Thomas Aquinas in 
reference to the ' Divine Bight of Kings ' ? Discuss his 
views in this connexion. 

4. <It seems expedient to keep the post of Legislator 
unsalaried, thus giving an advantage to candidates of 
independent means.' Examine Sidgwick's arguments on 
this point. State your own views. 

5. Mr. Bryce remarks that * certain English writers and 
politicians lament that England should have no Supreme 
Court. Some have even suggested that England should 
create one.' Explain, by reference to the functions of the 
Supreme Federal Court of the United States, the futility of 
the suggestion. ^ 

6. Examine Maine's criticism on Bentham and Austin's 
definition of Law as the command of the Sovereign. 



Thesis. 
Bev. Fbofessob Finlat; Pbofessob Obahah. 

* The Doctrine of the Sovereignty of the People ; its 
origin, history, and present significance.' 



( 668 ) 



THE D.Sc. DEGREE EXAMINATION. 



CHEMISTRY. 

[All chemical changes nmst he expressed both in words and 
by equations. Candidates who neglect this instruction wUl not 
receive full credit for their answer s.l 

De. Hawthoexe ; Peofessoe Letts ; Peopessoe Ryan. 

[^Onlyfowr questions to he attempted.'] 

1. Describe the methods employed for the syntheses of 
glycosides by Emil Fischer, Michael, and Skraup, respec- 
tively. 

2. Discuss the evidence advanced by the supporters of 
the formula of Tollens for glucose. 

3. Describe some recent experiments (such as those of 
Harries and of Caspar!) made with a view of determining 
the constitution of caoutchouc and gutta-percha. 

4. Give a resume of what you know with regard to 

{a) the nature of enzymes, 

{h) the theory of enzymic hydrolysis. 

5. Describe some recent work on the synthesis of poly- 
peptides. 

6. What is Thiele's theory of partial valencies ? In what 
way does the work of Harries and others on unsaturated 
ketones conflict with this theory ? 

7. Give a brief account of some recent researches on the 
chemistry of photography. 

8. Describe the use of ozone in organic research. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 

PRACTICAL CHEMISTRY. 
Dk. Hawthobjbte ; Pkof. Letts ; Peof. Rtak. 

1. Obtain, and purify by distillation in vacuo, the product 
C, of the interaction of the giyen liquid A on the solid £. 

2. Determine the density and refractive index of the 
product C at the laboratory temperature. 

3. Prepare the compound formed on mixing a hot benzene 
solution of C with D. Find its melting point, and determine 
the percentages of carbon, hydrogen, and sulphur. 

Instbuctions. 

1. Heat on the water-bath a mixture of 50 c.c. A with 
50 c.c. dry benzene and 150 grams B, under a long reflux 
condenser for ten or fifteen minutes, until the clear liquid no 
longer reacts for CI. Filter at the pump under a flue, and 
wash with 50 c.c. benzene. 

Distil ofl the solvent in vacm, and fractionate the remain- 
ing liquid at least twice in vacuo. iN'ote carefully the 
boiling point and vapour-pressure of your pure specimen. 

2. Pulfrich's refractometer will be supplied. 

3. Use 5 c.c. of C dissolved in 20 c.c. of benzene, and 
25 c.c. of D. Heat both solutions to boiling before mixing ; 
then cool the mixture ; add 30 c.c. light petroleum ; stir 
and separate the solid by means of the filter pump. 

Recrystallise from alcohol. 



( 670 ) 
EXAMINATION FOB SCHOLARSHIPS. 



AUTUMN, 1906. 
ANCIENT CLASSICS. 



LATIN. 

FiBST Paper. 

Pkofbssob Douoan. 

1. Translate into English, and write notes on all italicised 
words : — 

^a) Quo in genere est in primis senectus ; quam ut 
adipiscantur omnes optant, eandem accusant adeptam; 
tanta est stultitiae inconstantia atque peruersitas. obrepere 
aiunt earn citius quam putassent. 

(b) malleoli, plantae, sarmenta, uiuiradices, propagines 
nonne efficiunt, ut quemuis cum admiratione delectent ? 

(c) credo deos inmortales sparsisse animos in corpora 
humana, ut essent, qui terras tuerentur, quique caelestium 
ordinem contemplantes imitarentur eum uitae modo atqujB 
constantia. 

(d) qui potest esse uita uitalis quae non in amici mutua 
beneuolentia conquiescit ? 

(e) itaque hac amentia, quaestione noua perterritus, in 
Asiam profugit, ad hostis se co'ntulit, poenas rei publicae 
grauis iustasque persolmt. 

(f) quibus blanditiis G. Papirius nuper influebat in 
auris contionis, cum ferret legem de tribunis plebis 
reficiendis 7 

2. Translate and explain : — 

honorati uiri — corporis siccitas — esca malorum — capitum 
iugatio — breui praecidam — quidam minuti pbilosopbi — 
memoriter — ^in hemicyclio sedentem — multiplex ingenium 
— praeposteris enim utimur consiliis et acta agimus. 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOUBS. 671 

8. Translate into English, and write notes on all note- 
worthy points : — 

(a) itaque eadem temeritate, qua processom in aciem est, 
instruitur ipsa acies ad libidinem militom forte procurrexi- 
tium Gonsisten.tiumque, qno loco ipsorum tulisset animus, 
deinde per libidinem aut metum deserentium locum, prima 
legio et sinistra ala in prime instructae, et in longitudinem 
porreota acies. clamantibus tribunis nihil introrsus roboris 
ac uirium esse et, quacumque impetum fecissent, hostis 
perrupturos, nihil, quod salutare esset, non modo ad 
animum sed ne ad aures quidem admittebat. 

{b) ibi uero, quo longius ab hoste aberant, et quia sub 
lucem pabulatum lignatumque et praedatum quidam dilapsi 
fuerant, neglecta magis omnia ac soluta inuenere, arma 
tantum in stationibus posita, milites inermes aut humi 
sedentes accubantesque aut obambulantes ante uallum 
portasque. 

(c) is timor frequentem senatum magistratui praebuit. 
ibi cum ceteri de legatis mittendis ad imperatores Eomanos 
agerent, Vibius Virrius, qui defectionis auctor ab Eomanis 
fuerat, interrogatus sententiam negat eos, qui de legatis et 
de pace ac deditione loquantur meminisse, nee quid facturi 
fuerint, si Bomanos in potestate habuissent, nee quid ipsis 
patiendum sit. 

(d) multa alia eiusdem generis, alia uera, alia adsimulata, 
admirationis humanae in eo iuuene excesserant modum ; 
quibus freta tunc ciuitas aetati haudquaquam maturae 
tantam rerum molem tantumque imperium permisit. 

(e) ibi cum de rebus ab se gestis disseruisset, questus 
leniter non suam magis quam militum uicem, quod 
provincia confecta exercitum deportare non licuisset, 
postulauit, ut triumphant! urbem inire liceret, 

4. (a) Where were Euryalus, Hexapylon, Phocaea ? 

(b) What authorities does Livy mention in Book XXV. ? 
Briefly state what you know of these authorities. 



672 sgholabshif examikatiok. 

Skcond Paper. 

PSOFESSOB M'^ElDEBBT. 

1. Translate, with notes on all noteworthy points : — 

(a) Ble nef astos erit per quern tria verba silentnr : 

Fastus erit per quern lege lieebit agi. 
Nee toti perstare die sua iura putaris : 

Qui iam fastus erit, mane nefastus erat. 
Nam simul exta deo data sunt, licet omnia fari, 

Yerbaque honoratus libera praetor habet. 
Est quoque quo populum ius est includere saeptis : 

Est quoque qui nono semper ab orbe redit. 

Oto), Fasti, i. 47. 

(b) Ergo saepe suo coniunx abducta marito 

Uritur Idaliis alba columba focis. 
Nee defensa iuvaut Gapitolia, quo minus anser 
Det iecur in lances, Inachi vacca, tuas. 

im. 461. 

(c) Ex uno quidam celebres aut torquis adempti 

Aut corvi titulos auxiliaris habent. 
Magne, tuum nomen rerum est mensura tuaru m: 

Sed qui te vicit nomine maior erat. 
Nee gradus est ultra Fabios cognominis ullus : 

nia domus meritis Maxima dicta suis. 
Sed tamen humanis celebrantur honoribus omnes : 
Hie socium summo cum love nomen habet. 

Ibid. 608. 
{d) Namque sub Oebaliae memini me turribus arcis, 
Qua niger humectat flaventia culta Galaesus, 
Corycium vidisse senem, cui pauca relicti » 
lugera runs erant ; nee fertilis ilia iuvencis. 
Nee pecori opportuna seges, nee commoda Baccho. 
Hie rarum tamen in dumis olus albaque circum 
Lilia verbenasque premens vescumque papaver, 
Eegum aequabat opes animis, seraque revertens 
Nocte domum dapibus mensas onerabat inemptis. 

Vebg. Oeorg. iv. 125. 
(e) Nam qua Pellaei gens fortunata Ganopi 
Accolit efifoso stagnantem flumine Nilum 
Et circum pictis vehitur sua rura phaselis, 



AUTUMN, 1906 — HONOURS. 678 

Quaqne pharetratae vicinia Persidis urget, 
Et viridem Aegyptum nigra fecundat arena 
Et diversa ruens septem discurrit in era 
Usque coloratis amnis devexus ab India : 
Omnis in hac certam regie iacit arte salntem. 

Ibid. 287. 
(/) Haec super arvorum cultu pecorumque canebam 
Et super arboribus, Caesar dum magnus ad altum 
Fulminat Euphraten belle, victorque volentis 
Per populos dat iura, viamque affectat Olympo. 
nio Vergilium me tempore dulcis alebat 
Parthenope, studiis florentem ignobilis oti : 
Garmina qui lusi pastorum, audaxque iuventa, 
Tityre, te patulae cecini sub tegmine fagi. 

im. 568, 
(g) PauUum severae Musa tragoediae 

Desit theatris : mox ubi publicas 
Ees ordinaris, grande munus 
. Cecropio repetes cothurno, 
Insigne maestis praesidium reis 
Et consulenti, Pollio, curiae, 
Cui laurus aeternos honores 
Delmatico peperit triumpho. 

Hob. Odes, ii. 1, 9. 
(h) lam paucaaratro iugera regiae 

Moles relinquent, undique latius 
Extenta visentur Lucrino 

Stagna lacu, platanusque caelebs 
Evincet ulmos ; tum violaria et 
Myrtus et omnis copia narium 
Spargent olivetis odorem 
Fertilibus domino priori. 

IHd. XV. 1. 
(«) Albi, nostrorum sermonum candide iudex, 
Quid nunc te dicam f acere in regione Pedana ? 
Scribere quod Gassi Parmensis opuscula vincat, 
An tacitum silvas inter reptare salubres, 
Gurantem quidquid dignum sapiente bonoque est ? 
Non tu corpus eras sine pectore : di tibi formam, 
Di tibi divitias dederunt artemque fruendi. 

Hob. Epist. i. 4, 1. 



674 S0H0LAB8HIP BXAMINATION. 

(k) Forte per angustam tenuis nitedula rimajQ 
Bepserat in oumeram frumenti, pastaque rursus 
Ire foras pleno teudebat corpore frustra ; 
Gui mustela procul < si vis ' ait < effagere istinc, 
Macra cavum repetes artum, quern macra subisti.' 
Hac ego si compellor imagine, cuncta resigno : 
Nee somnum plebis laudo satur altilium nee 
Otia divitiis Arabum Uberrima muto. 

Ibid. 7, 29. 

(I) Libera per vacuum posui vestigia princeps, 
Non aliena meo pressi pede. Qui sibi fidit, 
Dux regit examen. Parios ego primus iambos 
Ostendi Latio, numeros animosque secutus 
Arcbilocbi, non res et agentia verba Lycamben. 
Ac ne me foliis ideo brevioribus ornes, 
Quod timui mutare modos et carminis artem : 
Temperat Arcbilocbi musam pede mascula Sappbo, 
Temperat Alcaeus, sed rebus et ordine dispar, 
Nee socerum quaerit quem versibus oblinat atris, 
Nee sponsae laqueum famoso carmine nectit. 

Ibid. 19, 20. 

2. {a) Trace in outline the history of the first triumvirate. 

(b) Write brief notes upon the Battles of Naulochus and 
Vercellae, and upon the careers of Ventidius Bassus and 
M. Livius Drusus the elder. 

(c) Summarise the Leges Comeliae. What part of 
them was of permanent value ? 

(d) What was ' Satura Menippea ' ? What do you know 
of its chief composers at Rome, and of its extant 
specimens ? 

(e) Briefly discuss :— versus Saturnius, versus Fescen- 
nini, fabula praetextata, fabula Atellana. 

[Dates should be given where possible.] 



TmBD Papeb. 

Pbofessob Semple. 

Umpbbscbibed Passage. 
1. Translate: — 

Et hercule neque exercitus domi validusneque dux quem 
opponerent erat. Hasdrubal, Oisgonis Alius, genere, fama. 



AUTUlOfy 1006 — ^HONOUBS. 076 

divitiis, regia turn etiam adfinitate longe primus eivltatis 
erat : sed eum ab illo ipso Scipione aliquot proeliis fusum 
pulsumque in Hispania meminerant, nee magis duoem duel 
parem quam tumultuarium exercitum sunm Bomano 
exercitui esse. Itaque velut si urbem extemplo adgressurus 
Scipio foret, ita conclamatum ad arma est, portaeque raptim 
clausae et armati in muris vigiliaeque et stationes dispositae, 
ac nocte insequenti vigilatum est. Postero die mille equites, 
speculatum ad mare turbandosque egredientes ex navibus 
missi, in stationes Bomanorum inciderunt. 

Composition. 

2. Translate into Latin:— 

It was too evident that in allying himself with Pompey , he 
had bound his own hands and abdicated his independence, 
so that he was no longer master over his own will. It was 
in the year before his proconsulship that he found himself 
thus more and more involved, while at the same time 
dark clouds were gathering on the horizon from all sides. 
Grassus had sustained a crushing defeat in battle against 
the Parthians, and was himself slain. Caesar maintained a 
sullen and threatening silence in Gaul ; Pompey was vested 
with full dictatorial powers in Bome, but proved himself 
unequal to the occasion ; and the rising storm of civil war 
was muttering in the distance. At this crisis Cicero de- 
parted for his distant province in Asia Minor, but he 
did so with the utmost reluctance, andpiteously did he 
beseech all his friends to save him from the possibility 
of his office being prolonged to a second year of banish- 
ment. 

Gbamuab. 

8. (a) What (dasses of adjectives are used only in the 
positive ? 

{b) Name three adjectives which have comparative 
without superlative, and three which have superlative but 
no comparative. 

4. Give examples of adverbs used in Latin with the force 
(a) of adjectives, (b) of substantives. 



676 SOHOLABSHIF EXAMINATION. 

5. Enumerate the instances in which the relative qvA is 
followed by subjunctive. 

6. What are the various uses of quin, ne^ ut ? 



GREEK. 
FiBST Paper. 
Rev. Pbopessob Ebowne. 

1. Translate into Greek : — 

Cortes was not slow in appearing: when with one voice 
officers and soldiers expressed their astonishment and disap- 
pointment at the orders which they had received. It was 
unworthy, they cried, of the Castilian courage to he daunted 
at the first aspect of danger, and infamous to fly before any 
enemy had appeared. For their own part they were deter- 
mined not to relinquish an enterprise that had hitherto been 
successful, and which tended so visibly to advance the 
interests and the glory of their country. Happy under his 
command, they would follow him with alacrity through every 
danger, in quest of those settlements and treasures which he 
had so long held out to their view ; but if he chose rather to 
return, and tamely give up his hopes to an envious rival, they 
would instantly choose another general to conduct them in 
the path of glory. 

2. Express in Greek idiom the following : — 

{a) Figet eos quod non venerant. 
(Jb) Utinam non venissem. 
{e) XJtrum voluit an noluit venire ? 
and 
Rogavit utrum vellet venire necne. 
{d) Re infecta abierunt. 
{$) Plures quam pro numero hostium interfecti sunt. 

3. Write down the future indicative (1st pers. sing.), 
generally used in Attic, of : — 

TTivuij ^ccD, ica\(i>, fid)(OfiaLf ttXcco, iaOuOf wOtOf ^aipiHj €p)(pfxaiy 



AUTUMN, 1906— HONOUBS. 677 

4. (a) Mention instances of Homeric words showing actual 
traces of the digamma (in the form of substituted sounds) ; 
and (6) state clearly what are the indirect, or meirieal traces 
of the same. 

5. What are the more importanl characteristics of the 
Bfeo-Ionic dialect as compared with the Attic ? Why did 
Herodotus use this dialect ? Answer as fully as possible. 

6. On what principles, other than actual ms. authority, 
would you decide for or against any given reading in a text ? 

7. What is meant by Fseudo-archatsms in Homer ? Illus- 
trate from your prescribed books. 

8. Compare the rules for Oratio Ohliqua which preyail in 
Latin and Greek syntax respectiyely. Can you account for 
the difference on general grounds ? 

9. Giye a clear description of the metres known as 
Anapaestic dimeter, Trochaic tetrameter, and Dochmiac, as 
used by Euripides. 



Sscoisn) Fapeb. 
FKOpiessoB Xeene. 

1. Translate into English : — 

{a) rorc 8c cos r<p KXco/xci^ct €voS<o0rf to h rbv At^fiofniTOv 
irp^fMLj avrUa wapaXapibv Acvrvx^^ V^ ^^ ^^^s Alytnfras, 
Scivdv Tivd ir<j>i lyxorov 8ia rov 7rp<yjn)XaKia'//L6v €)(<av. ovro 
8^ ovT€ oi Atytv^ai ii/A<l>OT€pn)v riov patriXiiov ^icoktcov cir' 
avTovs €SiK(U€vv €Ti dvTifioiveiv, iK€ivoL re iwiXe^dfUvoi, avBpa^ 
8cica Aiyiin]T€<av tovs irXeiorov dftovs ical irXovn^ koX ycvct 
^ov, /cat aXXovs koX 8^ /cat Kplov re rov noXvKptrov /cat 
Kao-a/tjSov rov 'Apicrroicparcos, oi irep cTxov /Acytcrrov icparos' 
Ayaydvrc$ 8c o-^cas h yfjv rrjv * Attik^v iropa^^injv TrapartOevrai 
U rovs ixOiOTovs Alyivqryo'i 'AOrjvaiov^. 

What part of speech is l/xorov here ? In what other sense 
is it found ? What is the ^rpoin/Xaicurfids referred to ? In 
what other senses than that found here does Herodotus use. 
ciTiXcyofiai ? 

2g 



678 soHOLABsmp examination. 

(5) ^w &€ cr^a^ arpartfyoi Bixa, r&y o Seicaroc ^ MiXria8i;s, 
rov Tov mripa Kifimva tov SnTO-ayopcco icarcXa^Sc ^vyecv ^f 
^A0rjv€iav Ileururrparov rov 'Iinrofcparcos. «c<u avr^ ^cvyoKri 
'OXvfiiria3a dvcXco-^ai TtOpLmnf awiprj, koX ravrqv /ikv rrjv 
vitafv iiv€\6fi€v6v fiiv twvto ^^cvcucao-^ai r^ ofAOfitfrpiif d8cX^c<p 
MiXriciS];. ficTa 8c t]J varipn 'OXv/tireaSi t]5^* avrgai Zmroio'i 
viKiOV irapa&iSoi ncio'i(rrpar<^ dvaici7pv;(^V(u, icot rrjv vCktjv Trapei^ 
rovrtp icar^X^c iTrl ra Icovrov viro<nrov8os. icai fiiv dvcXd/tcvov 
rgo-i avrga-i wnroMrt dXXi/v 'OXv/Airta8a KariKaPt &troOav€iv vwo 
rci>v ncKTicrrpdrov freuSiav ovKcn irepieovroi avrov IIcMri* 
crrparov KrceVovo-t Se o{Jtoc /aiv icora to wpwamjiov wxroi 
vircuravres dvSpas. 

Parse — iropcts and vireurarrcs. 

2. (a) avr^ diraKTcjKres ov SteoKrav Sia rrj^ Kopri^ ras xc^pA9. 

(ft) et 8c jcai TOVTo Sei ciirctv rov /Arj)(CLVOiroiov tov Iv t^ 
doTCi) Ss circt ^vo) otl Kara rov Ik Avkciov Spofiov /xeXXotcv 
Ta9 fir/xava^ irpoo'dyciv, ra ievyrj ciccXcvo-c Travra dfiaficuovs 
XiSovi oyciv icai icarajSaXXeiv ottov cicaoro? jSovXotro rov 8pdfiov. 
o>s Sc TOVTO eycvcro, iroXXa cts Ifcao-ros rwv Xt^coi^ Trpdypjara 
7rap€L\€. 

3. (a) dicovo-are 817 /aov ra ^ftot (v^pepTjKora, iv' ciS^c 
OTi ov8' &v Ivi VTreiKadoLfii Trapa to BiKaiov 8€to'a9 BavaTOv, 
firf vTTCi/ccov 8c dfia icai dfi* av d7roXoifii;y. cpo) 8c v/aiv ^opTixa 
/i^ jcai 8iicav(icd, 0X17^ 8c. cyw yap, S avSpe^ *AOrjvaLoi, 
SXXvfv p,€V dpxrjv ov&€fiLav TroiTrorc ^p(a iv r^ n-dXcc, c^SovXcvo-a 
8e" jcat Irv^cv ijfwav 17 ^vX^ 'Avriox*? irpvravcvovo-a, ot€ v/i€t9 
T0V9 8€ica orpanTyov? rovs ovic dvcXo/iCFovs rov? cic r^s 
vavfiax^CL^ iPovkea-Ot aSpoov^ Kp(v€iVf vapav6fi(0Sy ws cv rw 
varipff Xpovia ircurtv v/aiv c8o{c. tot fyo) fidvos rwv irpvrd- 
vcwv ^vnKTCw^iyv v/Aiv fii78cv TTOieiv n-apa rovs vd/tovs, icac 
cvaKTia itlnfffj^io'dfirfv. 

Parse — wrtiKaffoi/u, What is the allusion in rovs cic r^s 
vavpjaxia^ ? 

(5) KP. avra 82 8^Xa ra irapdvra wvt 2ri oto^ r^ clo-iv ol 
•n-oXXot ov ra o-fuicpdrara rwv icajccov ^fcpyofco-^ai, dXXa ra 
/xc/Krra cxcSdv, Idv rt? cv a^ot? hiaB^pXripLWo^ ^. SO. £i 
yap J>^cXov, S Kptrcov, otoc re cTvat ot voXXoi ra fityurra kclk^ 



ATTTtJMN, 1906 — ^HONOUBS. 679 

i(€pydi€crOaiy tva otol re ytrav av koI aya$a ra /ACViora, fcac 
KaA.ci>9 &v €L)(€, vw Sc ovSmpa oloi re* ovre yap fj^povifiov ovrc 
a<f>pova hvvarol TroirjaaL, iroiova-i 8k tovto, o ti av rv^uxriv. 

Comment on the construction of Iva, 

(e) ravra ehrtav 6 ©patrvfiaxO^ Iv vw €T\€V aTricvat, (oairep 
PaXavev^ •^fiSiv KaravrX'qa'a^ Kara t5>v &t<ov aOpoov koI ttoXvv 
Tov Xoyov. ov firjv ctocrav ye avrov oi iraponrcs, dXX' ^vdyKaa-ay 
vTrofULvai tc icai 7rapa<r\€iv tcov elprjfievfav koyov' Koi Stj lyorye 
jcal avro9 trdw iScofJirjv re kol ehrov *Q 8aifi6vi€ ®pa<rvfia\€y 
oTov c/A)3aA.a>v Xoyov iv y<p ex^^^ ajrUvaL, vplv SeSo^ac IicaFCJS'^ 
fAaOeiv etrc ovrcos ctre oXXcos e^ct ; rj trfiiKpov otet bn^eiptiv 
irpayfia Siopi^ccrOai, dXA,' ov ^tov SLaytayqv, y Slw Siayofievoi 
licaoTOS ^ftwv Xvo-iTcXeoTanyv f o)^v f wjy ; 

What is the allusion in uKnrep jSoXavevs ? 

XJnpbbscribei) Passage. 

4. Translate into English : — 

<os TOiVw 8ia ppa\€iiiv cittciv, tovtov dv^eicTcoF rot? iirifieXr}- 
rais rQs ttoXccd?, ottcus av avrovs fi^ Xa^ hia^Bapiv, dXXa 7ra/oa 
iravra awo ^vXaTTOwri, to /a^ v€iar€pii€iv wepl yvfivaariKiqv 
T€ ical fiQva-LKrjv irapa rrjv rd^iv, aXX' a>s oldv tc fidX.L<rra 
^vXarT€/v ^o^ovficvov?, orav tis Xeyi;, (U9 t^v aoiSi^v /aoXXov 
CTTi^povcovo'iv avOpayTTOif 

^Tis dciSorrco-o-t vedyrdrrj dfKJU'jriXrfTaL, 

fiTf TToXXcticis TOV TTOii/nyv Tt9 oit^TOi Xcyciv ovic fa-fioTa via, 
dXXa rpairov liSrj^ viov, Jcal tovto iiratVQ. Set 8* ovt' ^Tratveiv 
TO roiovrov oi!^€ v7roXafifidv€iv. elSo^ yap icaivov fiova-iK^^ 
fi€TapaX\.€iv evXaPrjreov <us cv oX<k> ictv^vvcvovra* ovBa/iov yap 
Kivovyrat fiovaiiaj^ rpoiroi dvcv TroKiriKtov vo/juov twv /icyMTTcov, 
0)9 ^170*1 TC ^dfitav /cat cyo) ireiOofJiai, Koi ifie roCwv, Iffyq 6 
*A8€t/AavTos, ^€s Twv 7re7r€Mr/i.€vwv. — Plato, i^d^^. 

HJDSTOET. 

6. {a) What were the chief causes of Greet colonization ? 

(h) What were the powers and privileges of the Spartan 
Kings ? and what were the limitations on their authority ? 

2g2 



680 SOBOLABflHIP KUJnaAYHm. 

{c) Poiiit out the oomoderatioiiB that made the 
of Salamis a matter of importance for Atltena. 

(d) Wbat drcnmstances led to the outbreak of the Ionic 
reTolt, and how was that movement connected with the 
sabsequent inTaaion of Greece by the Persiang ? 

{$) Where was Pylos ? Describe its situatiDny and state 
the circumstances under which it was occupied by tlie 
Athenians. 

(/) For what period did the hegemony of Thebes last? 
and what reasons may be assigned for its short duration ? 



Thikd Papeb. 
Professor Mac Master. 
1. Translate into English : — 

(a) ^pKuyoi 8e rts iari Ai/X7v, dXtoto yepovrosy 
iy 817/Mp 'iSdicrfs' Svo Sk irpo)SX^€s iv avr^ 
AtcTou diroppSfyc^, \i/i€vo9 voriireimpjitu, 
CUT* ay€guav (TKCirdcMri Svamjwv /if/a kv/jui 
€Kro$€V hrrwrOtv Si 1^ Syev B€a'fioio /Uvcnxriv 
v^€^ cvo-crcX/AOi, St* av opfiov /JLerpo¥ ixoivrat. 
avTop iwl KpaTos Xi/xeK09 ron^AXos iXalff, 
iyXoBi 8' avT^s avrpov hnjpaToVf rjepoeiSk, 
ipov vvfjufniiov, at Ni/iaSc? KoXeovTcu. 
iv 3e Kpfipifpi^ T€ Koc dfi^^/y$€$ hurtv 
XaXvoi' €v$a 8' eirccra TtSaiPtMrtrovo'i /xcXwrcrcu. 
iy 8* lOTol Xii^coi v€pt/ArJK€€^, €v$a re vvp/^tu 
^apc* v^ivova-iv dXivopffivpa, Bavpua, iSiaOat. 
iv 8* v8ot' aUvdovTo, 

HoxBR, Odjfstef, xiii. 

{h) wapa 8k XcvKO^^ ^dpuoBov 

€tXura'6p^vcu. icvjcXia 
frcKn/icoyra Kopcu Ni;pc(tfs 
ya/Aovs ix6p€vcrav. 
iva 8' ^Xaraio*! (rrc^vcoSci re Y^^? 
Oiaxro^ tpjoXtv cinro)3ara$ 
Kcvravpoiv ejri Saira r^v 



AUWMN, 1906 — ^HONOURS. 681 

Oewv Kparrjpd re Baic;(ov. 
fAcya 8' dvc/cXayov, S Ni^pi/i fcopo, 
TrarSa.iTc 0€oro-aXiigi, /tieya ^s 
/juivrcs 6 ifiOiPd&a yLOvaav 
etSclis ycwocrciv 

Ss ^{ct \66va koyxVP^^^ ^^^ Mvp/AiSdvcoy 

dorTTlOTOUS UpldfJiOlO K\€ivav 

'iXuiSa irvpoKrcoF. 
fxaKoipiov rorc Sat/Liovcs 
Tas cvTTarpiSos ydfiov 
Niyp^Sds T €$€a-ay Trorvtas 
ni7\€<i>s ^* vfievaiovs. 

EuBiPiDES, Tphigeneia at AulU. 

2. Translate into English : — 

(a) rdv 3' Src iriVotev ^eXii;8^a otvov ipvOpov, 
ty Stwas cfiTrXi^oras vSaros dva cucoo'i p,irpa 
X€v' oSfxrj 8' i78€id CLTTo KprfTTJpoi 68<i>8ce, 
$€<m'€(r£rj' x&r hf ovroi dTrocrxeo-tfat ^cXov ^ev. 
rov ffiipov i/iir\i^<rai oxtkov putyay' cv 8c icat ^ea 

K(OpVKt^. 

{h) ws 8' or' &v dypavXoi wopus ir€pl fiovg dycXaias, 
iXOova-a^ es Kovpov, ctt^v Pordvrji Kopia-tavrai, 
irdo-ai dfia (TKaipownv ivavriau' ovS* crc o^icot 
to-xovo"*, dXX' dSivov /Aviciu/xevai dfi^i^«ov(rtv 
/iryripa^' &s ^/a^ icctvoi, circl iSov d^OaXfjMuri-Vf 
8aic/ovdcvres c;(vkto. 

Comment on the syntax of or* di^ (L 1) and c/ac (1. 5). 

((^) dAA' ovSk vavKXrjpiav 

l<rff ovoi rts auis 
(TTciXas ^ AvK£a$ 
€«■' ^t TOts din;8povs 

8vcnrdvov TropcLXvcrai 
^ydv* /idpos ya/> diroTouo^ 
Tr\aB€C 0€(av o hr €<r)(apav 
ovKtr fyui Tiva /irfkoOvrtxy 7top€v$St, 
fum>« 8 dv, cl ^«0is rd8' ^v 



SCHOLAIISBIF KTAMIWATWMI. 
ouMBunw ^fSooKmfs 

^AtZa T€ trvXajs. 
Gomment on tiie mood of rapaXMnu and woptvO m . 
{d) oO€F ^orip ^awoi i(afuU- 

PwV St' alfLOTO^ €V VpokMl- 

r€t ^uraoiaiv 'ArpeiStu^, 
TO KoXoy ov KoXoTj TOKemf 
xvpiycvct T€§i€Uf iraXdfia 
Xpooy fifXavSerov ^ ^^•p 
^f!^os cs auyas dcXuMo Seiiai' 
TO 3' a^ Koxcvpyety curipeta /uuyoXic 
KOKoi^poviav T ay^pw nporoca. 
Explain o0cv from the context. 

3. Wnte notes on the grammatical points presented in the 
following passages : — 

{a) €v Toi cy«S y€ 

^ yaofi Surafuu yXvK€pm'€p€¥ aXXo aScoAil. 

(ft) T^F ^ yvroujca 

cUpov &np^ r' opcos Kopv^trp^. 

{e) raS €uniKCva'aT€ 

yvyaZtca* 
(d) Xtnrov/ACKOiS o^Xi/poS) cl fioXot , (evo^, 

{e) ivKreUna inXiv 

<roi (Tj^ T* dB€\il)fQ, X€vcrifJLOv Sovvax Sucijv. 

4. Examine the text of the following passages, and, 
whereyer it is necessary, give emendations : — 

(a) fLtfXoL Sk KvncXanros 

8<ura'dfJL€&' , io9 /iij rk fioi aT€fip6fjL€yoq jctbt 10179. 

(h) Iwci Opaxrvvu kov\ v^'ooTcAAct A.oy^, 



AUTUMN, 1906 — ^HOMOUBS. 688 

(o) orav 8' 6 Sot/tuDv cS 8i8^, rt XPV ^^^<»''; 
{d) ovK av fLtBtiikifp^ T^v ywaiica irpocnroXoi^, 

5. With what different meanings are the following 
words found in the tragedians : — dAaorcop, dTreiTrctv, Ooa^ia, 
TraXdfirfy irXrjtcrpov, (rx^^i-o^ ? 

6. Mark the scansion of the following lines : — 

rj OVK a$L6)(p€ia9 6 ^cos ava<f>€povTi fioi — 
StxofivOaj irarcpa /lev abv €K7ray\ovfi€V09 — 
aScKos oStfca rdr' op' eXaiccv (XaKev, airo- 

ifiOVOV or* CTTl TpMToSt 0€/!Al8o9 Of)' cSlKaO-C 

ffiovov 6 Aortas cfias fiaripo^ — 
icae (T* iv d^vicroto'i xcp^'' ct\e ^ca B€a'fiOLi' 
rokpxL 8'* ov yap dvc^ci? ttot' €V€p0€v 
fcXaiW rovs ^Oificvovs dvco. 

7. (<i) Explain fully and clearly the following technical 
phrases and terms : — SoKifiaaCa eh dvSpas, r^ Kvdfi(^ Xa^etv, 
dirayoryi;, cvSci^is, dvTco/x,o<ria, inrw/xoa-ia, crvorcrma. 

(J) Write a note on the Hellenics of Xenophon : the date 
of composition : the structure of the hook : its excellences 
and its faults. 

(<?) Set down the chief events in the life of Herodotus. 
The first six books have been said to be a proem to the story 
of the great Persian war. Give a brief summary of their 
contents. 



MODERN LITERATURE. 

ENGLISH. 

First Paper. 

Pbofessob Gregory Smith. 

1. What reasons can you give for the Northumbrian 
ascendancy in the earlier period of Old English ? 

In what ways was the Danish influence advantageous to 
the development of the English language ? 



684 SOHQLABSHIP EZAMDUnQN. 

2. Discuss ihe origin of doaUete in English, and 
differentiate the types. 

Which grammatical forms are represented by the modem 
suffix *-tn^*? 

8. Describe generally the subject-matter of Old English 
verse and prose. 

4. What do you know of any five of these : — Widsith, 
The Dream of the Bood, the translations of Boethins, 
Ormulufn, Cursor Mundi, King HorUj Bevis of Hampton^ 
Gawain and the Green Knight^ Confessio AmantiSf The 
Astrolabe, The Pastime of Pleasure ? 

5. Give some account of the influence of Chancer during 
the fifteenth century, as shown in (a) the subject-matter 
and (b) the language of English and Scottish poets. 

6. What is the historical importance of the prose 
writings of the fifteenth century? 



Sbgghd Papbb. 
Frofbssob Stocklbt. 

1. Ill what senses, not modem, are these words used in 
Biekard Il—respeet, envy, indifferent, ear, awftd, repeal, 
companion, allow, secure, yearn, sad? 

2. Who are the persons alluded to in the following ? Say 
why each is thus spoken of : — 

(a) ' The devil take Henry of Lancaster and thee.' 
{b) * Thou ladder wherewithal the mounting Bolingbroke 
ascends my throne.' 

(c) * My Lord of Westminster, be it your charge to keep 
him safely till his day of trial.' 

(rf) ' And there at Venice gave 

His body to that pleasant country's earth, 
And his pure soul unto his captain Christ.' 

{e) VThat young Mars of men.' 

3. (a) What would you learn from the Spectator of what 
was meant by Addison for praise or for blame — by a Tory ? 



AUTUMN, 1906— HONOUBS. 0B6 

(J) What did Addison and his age mean by * Gothic'? In 
what sense does he use ' humourist ' ? Kef er to what he 
says. 

4. (a) * Tho' fanned by Conquest's crimson wing, 
They mock the air with idle state.' 

What excellence can you see in these lines ? They are 
specially noted by Johnson. 

(h) Write notes on the effects oi the choice of sounds to 
express sense in the first strophe of The Bard, 

(e) What is the history implied in the allusions in The 
Bard to * Briton ' and * Britannia' ? What are these allusions ? 

Or, 

4. {a) Give the last picture of Margaret's dwelling, in the 
Excursion. 

(b) How does Wordsworth describe the life of the Minstrel 
* in days of yore ' ? 

(<?) What did the fall of the Bastille mean to Wordsworth ? 
How does he reflect on his former self with regard to it? 

5. (a) What is Burke's answer to this, * that retrospect is 
not wise ; and the proper, the only proper, subject of inquiry, 
is ** not how we got into this difficulty, but how are we to get 
out of it"'? 

{h) How is Burke's answer to this characteristic of his 
treaWent generally of leiaming from the past ? 

{c) What does he say of the noble human science of the 
law, of Mr. Greville's profession ? 

6. What does Milton mean by — rmset lawns, the labouring 
elouds, the jocund rehecky the dappled dawn ? 

Or, 

What are the passages or incidents that show religious 
feeling in The Excursion ? Describe them, and quote shortly. 

yl) How does Wordsworth's diction differ from prose? And 
show how simplicity here is not inconsistent with first-rate 
poetry. 

2^8 



686 80H0LABSHIP EXAMINATIOlf. 

Thibd Papeb. 
Fbofebsob Bacon. 

1. Describe the work and character of Alfred the Great. 

2. Sketch the career of Simon de Montfort, and show 
his importance in English constitutional history. 

8. Give an account of (a) the Statute of Kilkenny, and 
(b) Foynings' Law, and of the historical events connected 
with them. 

4. Narrate briefly the history of the loss of the English 
possessions in France in the fifteenth century. 

5. Write notes on (a) St. Golumba, (b) St. Dunstan, 

Sthe Kingmaker, (d) the Great Earl of Kildare, 
Lambert Simnel. 

6. Write an Essay on one of the following subjects : — 

(a) Ireland before the English Invasion. 

(b) Edmund Burke. 

(c) Historical Romances. 



FRENCH. 

FiBST Papeb. 

Pbofbssob Butleb. 

Composition. 

Translate into French : — 

The Italians are a people who love town life. But they 
have always taken a great delight in going to spend a day or 
two in the country. These excursions are spoken of in many 
Italian novels. The Yenetian people share the general taste ; 
and besides their supper parties, the other great amusement 
of the gondoliers and their friends is an expedition to spend a 
day in the country. Many of them take the keenest delight 
in the fields and trees and green meadows. Green is the one 
colour which is rare in their native dwelling ; and its habitual 
absence renders Venetian eyes very ready to understand its 



▲tl^UMNy 1906 ^HONOTTBS. 687 

charm; they love the verdant richness of the plain. I^ot 
that they explain the matter thus, but they show their ideas 
clearly enough by their constant exclamations of ' What 
beautiful woods, what a lovely meadow ! ' Another interest 
which they find in these journeys is the different customs of 
(he places they visit. Being themselves exact observers of 
their own customs, they perceive at once all the small 
differences by which one Italian town is distinguished from 
another, and assures itself of its own individuality. The 
plain is full of ancient ciites, beautiful in themselves and 
interesting for their customs, the quality of their wine or 
their manner of making bread, and so the choice of places to 
be visited is a wide one. 

HlSTOBV OF FeAKCB. 

1. Who were the Carlovingians ? How did they obtain 
the French crown ? 

2. Name the great vassals of the French crown in the 
eleventh and twelfth centuries. 

3. Give some account of the career of St. Louis. 

4. What provinces did the French kings win from the 
Empire ? 

5. What do you know of CoHgny, Kichelieu, Colbert, and 
Thiers? 

6. Mention some of the causes which brought about the 
French Eevolution. 

7. What benefits did Napoleon I. confer on France ? 

8. What do you know about * the Monarchy of July ' ? 



Second Papee. 

PbOFESSOB STEINBEBaEB. 

I, — Fbbnch Liteeatube and Pbescbibed Authobs. 

1. Briefly characterise the influence of Spain on French 
literature during the seventeenth century, and indicate the 
chief literary influences by which it was fostered. 



80H0LAB8HIP BXAIONAIION. 

2. Write a brief account of Fenelon's relations with 
Bossuet and Louis XIY. 

3. Describe the beginnings of the French Academy. 

4. State a few characteristic details of Port-Eoyal. 

6. Write notes on Descartes, LaBray^re, Saint-ETremond, 
Eegnard, Bourdaloue. 

6. What purpose had Erckmann-Chatrian in writing the 
* Histoire d'un Conscrit ' ? In what year, and in what part 
of Europe, did the events take place that are related in this 
tale? 

7. Indicate the sources from which ComeiUe drew his 
materials for Polyeucte. 

8. Scan the following lines taken from PolyeueU : — 

Ainsi ce rang est sien, cette favour est sienne, 
Et je n'ai rien enfin que d'elle je ne tienne. 

9. Eolate, in French, Souvestre's tale of L^oncU 

Or, 

Write, in French, a brief analysis of Le Luthier d$ 
Crimone. 

10. Translate into English : — 

(a) SSv^e, Qu'el des pensers si has mon ame se ravale ! 
Que je tienne Pauline k mon sort inegale ! 
EUe en a mieux us6, je la dois imiter ; 
Je n'aime mon bonheur que pour la m